Strategic Report

4 Chief Executive's Review
64 Business Model
66 Key Performance Indicators
68 Risks and Uncertainties
77 Viability Assessment
79 Corporate Responsibility
100 Section 172 Statement
104 Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement

Governance

108 Directors' Biographies
110 Directors' Responsibilities Statement
111 Corporate Governance Report
118 Nomination Committee Report
120 Audit Committee Report
127 Remuneration Report
156 Directors' Report
158 Independent Auditors' Report

Financial Statements

Group Financial Statements

168 Consolidated Income Statement
169 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
170 Consolidated Balance Sheet
171 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
172 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
173 Group Accounting Policies
189 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Parent Company Financial Statements

243 Parent Company Balance Sheet
244 Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
245 Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

250 Half Year and Segment Analysis
251 Five Year History
252 Glossary

27666_NEXT_AR2025_Cover.indd 4 02/04/2025 15:39

257 Notice of Meeting
269 Other Shareholder Information

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

CONTENTS

64 Business Model

Governance

108 Directors' Biographies

110 Directors' Responsibilities Statement

111 Corporate Governance Report 118 Nomination Committee Report

158 Independent Auditors' Report

120 Audit Committee Report 127 Remuneration Report 156 Directors' Report

Strategic Report 4 Chief Executive's Review

66 Key Performance Indicators 68 Risks and Uncertainties 77 Viability Assessment 79 Corporate Responsibility 100 Section 172 Statement

104 Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement

Financial Statements

168 Consolidated Income Statement

172 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

Parent Company Financial Statements 243 Parent Company Balance Sheet

250 Half Year and Segment Analysis

269 Other Shareholder Information

251 Five Year History

257 Notice of Meeting

252 Glossary

170 Consolidated Balance Sheet

173 Group Accounting Policies

169 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

171 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

189 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

244 Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity 245 Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Group Financial Statements

NEXT TOTAL GROUP SALES £6.3bn

NEXT GROUP PBT £1,011m

an 25	£1,011m
an 24	£918m

NEXT GROUP POST TAX EPS 636.3p

Jan 25	636.3p
Jan 24	578.8p

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS ON A STATUTORY BASIS

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v14_Amended_Artworked.indd 1 02/04/2025 12:31

		Jan 25. Jan 24.
Total Revenue (£bn)	6.1-	5.5-
Profit before tax (£m)		987.0- 1,015.8-
Basic Earnings Per Share (p)	615.1-	661.6-

Alternative Performance Measures as defined in the Glossary on pages 252 to 256.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v14_Amended_Artworked.indd 2 02/04/2025 12:31

STRATEGIC

4 Chief Executive's Review

66 Key Performance Indicators 68 Risks and Uncertainties 77 Viability Assessment 79 Corporate Responsibility 100 Section 172 Statement

104 Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement

REPORT

64 Business Model

STRATEGIC REPORT

4	Chief Executive's Review
64	Business Model
66	Key Performance Indicators
68	Risks and Uncertainties
77	Viability Assessment
79	Corporate Responsibility
100	Section 172 Statement
104	Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v14_Amended_Artworked.indd 3 02/04/2025 12:31

CHIEF EXECUTIVE'S REVIEW

STRUCTURE OF THIS REPORT

PART ONE p6 Headlines and Summary of Financial Performance, gives a short overview of the financial performance of the Group in 2024/25 and our guidance for 2025/26.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART ONE - HEADLINE ________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 6 PART TWO - THE BIG PICTURE ______________________________________________________________________________________________ 7 WHERE WE STAND __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 7 GROWTH BEYOND HISTORIC CONSTRAINTS ________________________________________________________________________________________ 8 A 'LOCAL' AGGREGATION PLATFORM AND A 'GLOBAL' BRAND? ______________________________________________________________ 11 £1 BILLION - WHAT'S IN A NUMBER? _________________________________________________________________________________________________ 12 FOCUS ON PRODUCT _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 13 FOCUS ON INTERNATIONAL GROWTH ________________________________________________________________________________________________ 14 FOCUS ON WAREHOUSING _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 18 FOCUS ON TECHNOLOGY _________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 20 FOCUS ON TOTAL PLATFORM ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 21 PART THREE - GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE AND GUIDANCE ________________________________________________ 22 GROUP SALES AND PROFIT SUMMARY _______________________________________________________________________________________________ 23 SALES AND PROFIT GUIDANCE FOR 2025/26 _______________________________________________________________________________________ 25 PART FOUR - RETAIL, ONLINE, FINANCE, TOTAL PLATFORM & OTHER BUSINESS ______________________________ 28 NEXT RETAIL __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 28 SUMMARY OF RETAIL SALES AND PROFIT 28 RETAIL MARGIN ANALYSIS 29 RETAIL STORE LEASE RENEWALS AND COMMITMENTS 30 RETAIL SPACE 31 NEXT ONLINE UK ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 32 SUMMARY OF ONLINE UK SALES AND PROFIT 32 FULL PRICE SALES ANALYSIS 33 ONLINE UK MARGIN ANALYSIS 34 NEXT ONLINE INTERNATIONAL __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 37 SUMMARY OF ONLINE INTERNATIONAL SALES AND PROFIT 37 SALES ANALYSIS 37 ONLINE INTERNATIONAL MARGIN ANALYSIS 38 NEXT ONLINE CUSTOMER ANALYSIS ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ 39 NEXT FINANCE _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 40 INVESTMENTS AND TOTAL PLATFORM ________________________________________________________________________________________________ 43 OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITIES ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 46 INTEREST, TAX, PENSIONS AND ESG ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ 48 PART FIVE - CASH FLOW, SHAREHOLDER RETURNS, NET DEBT & FINANCING __________________________________ 50 CASH FLOW ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 50 CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 52 DIVIDENDS AND SHAREHOLDER RETURNS __________________________________________________________________________________________ 54 NET DEBT, BOND AND BANK FACILITIES ______________________________________________________________________________________________ 55 APPENDIX 1: RECONCILIATION TO STATUTORY RESULTS __________________________________________________________________________ 57 APPENDIX 2: REPORTING OF SUBSIDIARIES' SALES AND PROFITS ______________________________________________________________ 60 APPENDIX 3: NOTE FOR ANALYSTS ON THE TREATMENT OF BRAND AMORTISATION ____________________________________ 61 APPENDIX 4: EQUAL PAY CLAIM __________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 62 APPENDIX 5: TOTAL PLATFORM CLIENTS AND EQUITY INVESTMENTS ________________________________________________________ 63

PART TWO p7 - p21 The Big Picture tries to answer the most important questions facing the Group and how it plans to navigate the year ahead, and beyond.
PART THREE p22 - p27 Group Financial Performance and Guidance, details our sales and profit performance for 2024/25, summarised by business division, along with our guidance for 2025/26.
PART FOUR p28 - p49 Retail, Online, Finance, Total Platform, and Other Business, is a very detailed section, describing the financial performance of each major business division. This section is designed for analysts and investors who want a deeper understanding of the Group.
PART FIVE p50 - p56 Cash Flow, Shareholder Returns, Net Debt and Financing, gives a detailed breakdown of our cash flow and shareholder distributions for 2024/25 and guidance for 2025/26.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 4 31/03/2025 17:32

CHIEF EXECUTIVE'S REVIEW

guidance for 2025/26.

the Group.

Headlines and Summary of Financial Performance, gives a short overview of the financial performance of the Group in 2024/25 and our guidance for 2025/26.

The Big Picture tries to answer the most important questions facing the Group and

Group Financial Performance and Guidance, details our sales and profit performance for 2024/25, summarised by business division, along with our

Retail, Online, Finance, Total Platform, and Other Business, is a very detailed section, describing the financial performance of each major business division. This section is designed for analysts and investors who want a deeper understanding of

Cash Flow, Shareholder Returns, Net Debt and Financing, gives a detailed breakdown of our cash flow and shareholder distributions for 2024/25 and

how it plans to navigate the year ahead, and beyond.

STRUCTURE OF THIS REPORT

PART ONE

PART TWO p7 - p21

PART THREE p22 - p27

PART FOUR p28 - p49

PART FIVE p50 - p56

HEADLINE ____________________ PART ONE -	6
PART TWO - THE BIG PICTURE ________________ 7
WHERE WE STAND ____________________	7
GROWTH BEYOND HISTORIC CONSTRAINTS ________________	8
A 'LOCAL' AGGREGATION PLATFORM AND A 'GLOBAL' BRAND? ______________ 11
£1 BILLION - WHAT'S IN A NUMBER? ___________________	12
FOCUS ON PRODUCT _________________ 13
FOCUS ON INTERNATIONAL GROWTH __________________ 14
FOCUS ON WAREHOUSING _____________________ 18
FOCUS ON TECHNOLOGY _________________	20
FOCUS ON TOTAL PLATFORM __________________ 21
PART THREE - GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE AND GUIDANCE ____________	22
GROUP SALES AND PROFIT SUMMARY _________________ 23
SALES AND PROFIT GUIDANCE FOR 2025/26 _______________	25
PART FOUR - RETAIL, ONLINE, FINANCE, TOTAL PLATFORM & OTHER BUSINESS	______ 28
NEXT RETAIL ______________________	28
SUMMARY OF RETAIL SALES AND PROFIT	28
RETAIL MARGIN ANALYSIS	29
RETAIL STORE LEASE RENEWALS AND COMMITMENTS	30
RETAIL SPACE	31
NEXT ONLINE UK ______________________	32
SUMMARY OF ONLINE UK SALES AND PROFIT	32
FULL PRICE SALES ANALYSIS	33
ONLINE UK MARGIN ANALYSIS	34
NEXT ONLINE INTERNATIONAL ________________ 37
SUMMARY OF ONLINE INTERNATIONAL SALES AND PROFIT SALES ANALYSIS	37 37
ONLINE INTERNATIONAL MARGIN ANALYSIS	38
NEXT ONLINE CUSTOMER ANALYSIS _______________ 39
NEXT FINANCE ___________________	40
INVESTMENTS AND TOTAL PLATFORM __________________ 43

OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITIES __________________	46
INTEREST, TAX, PENSIONS AND ESG _______________	48
PART FIVE - CASH FLOW, SHAREHOLDER RETURNS, NET DEBT & FINANCING	__________ 50
CASH FLOW _______________________	50
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ____________________	52
DIVIDENDS AND SHAREHOLDER RETURNS __________________ 54
NET DEBT, BOND AND BANK FACILITIES ________________ 55
APPENDIX 1: RECONCILIATION TO STATUTORY RESULTS ______________ 57
APPENDIX 2: REPORTING OF SUBSIDIARIES' SALES AND PROFITS __________ 60 APPENDIX 3: NOTE FOR ANALYSTS ON THE TREATMENT OF BRAND AMORTISATION __________
APPENDIX 4: EQUAL PAY CLAIM ________________ 62	61
APPENDIX 5: TOTAL PLATFORM CLIENTS AND EQUITY INVESTMENTS ________	63

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 5 31/03/2025 17:32

PART ONE HEADLINES

PART TWO

THE BIG PICTURE

It is unusual for NEXT to begin a year on an optimistic note, yet that was our stance this time last year. It felt as though the Company was entering a new era: the worst of the retail-to-online structural shift appeared to be behind us, the pandemic was well and truly over, and the cost of living

That cautious optimism appears, now, to have been well founded; and the Company went on to deliver growth in pre-tax EPS of more than 10%. We are as positive about the Company today as we

In last year's report we also set out how the business had changed, what type of business we had become, what we perceived as our core strengths, and what our priorities would be going forward. In terms of setting the Company's direction, it is as relevant today as it was then. This message was repeated and expanded on at the Half Year so will not be repeated here. Those unfamiliar with the Company may find it helpful to read the Big Picture section of our Chief Executive's Review for the

NEXT has spent seven years changing course and is, for now, clear in its direction of travel. So in this report we will spend less time explaining our course, and focus instead on how we intend to build

momentum, and navigate some of the challenges we are likely to meet along the way.

grow on two increasingly independent fronts - Product (the NEXT Brand) and Platform…

www.nextplc.co.uk/~/media/Files/N/next-plc-v4/about-next/r-and-p/2023-24/year-end-results-january2024.pdf

were then, albeit in an environment where the risks to the wider UK economy are growing.

WHERE WE STAND

A new era?

crisis was abating.

Year Ending January 20245

Building momentum

Pages 6 - 19.

HEADLINES

Sales and Profit for the Year to January 2025

NEXT full price sales1 up +5.8% and total Group sales2 (including subsidiaries) up +8.2%.
NEXT Group profit before tax3 £1,011m, up +10.1%.
Pre-tax Earnings Per Share4 (EPS) up +11.6%, enhanced by share buybacks.
Post-tax EPS up +9.9%.

Guidance for the Year to January 2026 (for detailed guidance see page 25)

Full price sales in the first eight weeks of the year have been ahead of our expectations.
We are upgrading our full price sales guidance for the first half to be up +6.5% (from +3.5%), resulting in sales for the full year being up +5.0% (from 3.5%).
NEXT Group pre-tax profit guidance increased by +£20m to £1,066m, up +5.4%. Accounting for anticipated share buybacks, we expect post-tax EPS to be up +8.5%.

SUMMARY OF SALES AND PROFIT FOR 2024/25

Sales, profit and EPS	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var %
Total Group sales	£6,321m	£5,842m	+8.2%
NEXT Group profit before tax	£1,011m	£918m	+10.1%
NEXT Group profit after tax	£761m	£702m	+8.5%
NEXT Group pre-tax Earnings Per Share	845.2p	757.2p	+11.6%
NEXT Group post-tax Earnings Per Share	636.3p	578.8p	+9.9%

Statutory revenue	£6,118m	£5,491m	+11.4%
Statutory profit before tax	£987m	£1,016m	- 2.8%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 6 31/03/2025 17:32

¹ NEXT full price sales include all items sold in Retail and Online plus NEXT Finance interest income, but excludes Sale events, Clearance, Total Platform commission and the sales from subsidiaries.

² Total Group sales are the sum of total sales (full price and markdown) from all of the Group's divisions plus revenue from subsidiaries and investments. Group sales are not statutory revenue. See page 23 for a bridge between Group sales and statutory revenue.

³ NEXT Group profit before tax excludes: (1) the cost of brand amortisation, (2) the profit attributable to shares that we do not own in subsidiary companies, and (3) exceptional, non-cash, items. See page 24 for a bridge between NEXT Group profit and statutory profit, and Note 1 of the financial statements for details.

⁴ All references to EPS in the Chief Executive's Review are 'Basic' EPS, based on 'NEXT Group profit', unless otherwise stated.

PART TWO THE BIG PICTURE

WHERE WE STAND

A new era?

PART ONE

HEADLINES

(EPS) up +11.6%, enhanced by share buybacks.

(including subsidiaries) up +8.2%.

HEADLINES

● NEXT full price sales1

● Pre-tax Earnings Per Share4

and Note 1 of the financial statements for details.

Total Platform commission and the sales from subsidiaries.

● Post-tax EPS up +9.9%.

Sales and Profit for the Year to January 2025

● NEXT Group profit before tax3 £1,011m, up +10.1%.

up +5.8% and total Group sales2

Guidance for the Year to January 2026 (for detailed guidance see page 25)

resulting in sales for the full year being up +5.0% (from 3.5%).

anticipated share buybacks, we expect post-tax EPS to be up +8.5%.

● Full price sales in the first eight weeks of the year have been ahead of our expectations.

● We are upgrading our full price sales guidance for the first half to be up +6.5% (from +3.5%),

● NEXT Group pre-tax profit guidance increased by +£20m to £1,066m, up +5.4%. Accounting for

SUMMARY OF SALES AND PROFIT FOR 2024/25

Sales, profit and EPS Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var %

Total Group sales £6,321m £5,842m +8.2% NEXT Group profit before tax £1,011m £918m +10.1% NEXT Group profit after tax £761m £702m +8.5% NEXT Group pre-tax Earnings Per Share 845.2p 757.2p +11.6% NEXT Group post-tax Earnings Per Share 636.3p 578.8p +9.9%

Statutory revenue £6,118m £5,491m +11.4% Statutory profit before tax £987m £1,016m - 2.8%

⁴ All references to EPS in the Chief Executive's Review are 'Basic' EPS, based on 'NEXT Group profit', unless otherwise stated.

investments. Group sales are not statutory revenue. See page 23 for a bridge between Group sales and statutory revenue.

² Total Group sales are the sum of total sales (full price and markdown) from all of the Group's divisions plus revenue from subsidiaries and

¹ NEXT full price sales include all items sold in Retail and Online plus NEXT Finance interest income, but excludes Sale events, Clearance,

That cautious optimism appears, now, to have been well founded; and the Company went on to deliver growth in pre-tax EPS of more than 10%. We are as positive about the Company today as we were then, albeit in an environment where the risks to the wider UK economy are growing.

Building momentum

These initiatives build upon the deep structural change that we have engineered within our business over the last five years: an evolution that has allowed us to break free of historic constraints and grow on two increasingly independent fronts - Product (the NEXT Brand) and Platform…

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 7 31/03/2025 17:32

⁵ www.nextplc.co.uk/~/media/Files/N/next-plc-v4/about-next/r-and-p/2023-24/year-end-results-january2024.pdf Pages 6 - 19.

GROWTH BEYOND HISTORIC CONSTRAINTS

Historically, the NEXT Group only sold NEXT products, and we did not sell NEXT products through any other retailers. This inevitably limited our ability to maximise the power of our brand and the reach of our platform.

PARTICIPATION BY CHANNEL AND PRODUCT CATEGORY

Full price sales participation NEXT brand WOBL

GROWTH VERSUS LAST YEAR BY CHANNEL AND PRODUCT CATEGORY

versus last year NEXT brand WOBL

the ones that are growing fastest.

Victoria's Secret and Bath & Body Works.

Full price sales growth

The table below shows the percentage of our full price sales sold through each channel of our various routes to market. The sales in the table do not include NEXT's share of our subsidiary's sales sold outside of NEXT's stores and websites, for example, it does not include sales through Reiss or FatFace

UK Retail 33% 0% 1% 34% UK Online 27% 4% 17% 48% Total UK 60% 4% 18% 82% International NEXT websites 10% 1% 2% 13% International 3rd Party Aggregators 5% 0% 0% 5% Total International 15% 1% 2% 18%

GRAND TOTAL (UK & International) 75% 5% 20% 100%

The table below shows our full price sales growth by channel and category for the year ending January 2025 versus year ending January 2024. Unsurprisingly the smaller parts of the business are

UK Retail - 2% +2% +31% - 1% UK Online +3% +4% +10% +5% Total UK +0% +4% +11% +3% International NEXT websites +14% +28% +50% +20% International 3rd Party Aggregators +29% > 200% > 100% +36% Total International +19% +61% +51% +25%

GRAND TOTAL (UK & International) +3% +13% +15% +6%

Third-party brands are all other brands, including those owned by businesses in which we own equity stakes, such as Reiss, FatFace and Joules. It also includes overseas brands where we have a stake in the UK franchise of the brand, such as Victoria's Secret and Bath & Body Works. The small quantity of third-party brands sold in our Retail stores is mainly

3rd Party

Brands TOTAL

Brands7 TOTAL

own stores and websites. It also does not include NEXT Finance interest income.

The NEXT Brand - growing beyond the constraints of its own infrastructure

The NEXT brand is no longer limited by the reach of its UK infrastructure and customer base. The ability to tap into overseas third-party distribution networks has allowed our international websites to grow their sales by 350% over the last ten years. The NEXT brand has also gained traction selling through overseas aggregation platforms, such as Zalando in Germany and Nordstrom in the USA. Sales through third-party platforms grew by 36% last year and now account for 30% of our international business.

The NEXT Platform - growing beyond the reach of the NEXT Brand

Today, our Online sales platform is no longer exclusively NEXT, in fact 42% of our online sales in the UK are not NEXT branded products. The investment we have made in warehousing, mechanisation, distribution networks, and contact centres, along with the proprietary software that supports them, has allowed the Group to quietly build a profitable fashion and homeware aggregation platform. It has also enabled us to launch Total Platform as a comprehensive service provider for other retailers.

Two increasingly independent business activities

NEXT plc now operates two increasingly distinct but complementary businesses. We pursue growth in both, where we can marshal the Company's talents and resources to profitably serve our customers.

● A Product Development Business

The vast majority of this business is focused on the NEXT brand. Its objective is the design, sourcing, buying and merchandising of outstanding clothing, accessories and homeware ranges. Recently, we have begun to establish other wholly-owned brands - managed by independent teams - whose reach extends beyond the natural boundaries of the NEXT brand.

● An Aggregation Platform

The Aggregation Platform aims to offer an outstanding choice of fashion and homeware products. It must be convenient, reliable, easy to use, and quick to serve. It must be supported by inspirational photography, effective digital marketing, great customer service (particularly on the rare occasions when things go wrong), and the convenience of physical stores.

We have two ambitions here: firstly, to be our customers' natural first choice for clothing and homeware; secondly, to be our third-party branded partners' most profitable and convenient aggregation partner. An important part of this endeavour is the rigorous control of costs.

The shape of the business today

The result of all this is that the business is growing on many fronts: new routes to international markets, new overseas markets, new third-party brands on the platform, new wholly-owned brands and licenses (WOBL6 ), and more. The following analysis gives a sense of the relative scale and growth of our various categories of product across all our different channels.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 8 31/03/2025 17:32

⁶ A slightly unfortunate acronym that has stuck, we use WOBL to refer collectively to wholly-owned brands and licences. These brands include women's brands like "Love & Roses" and licences such as "Baker by Ted Baker" childrenswear.

PARTICIPATION BY CHANNEL AND PRODUCT CATEGORY

GROWTH BEYOND HISTORIC CONSTRAINTS

of our platform.

international business.

customers.

NEXT plc now operates two increasingly distinct but complementary businesses. We pursue growth in both, where we can marshal the Company's talents and resources to profitably serve our

We have two ambitions here: firstly, to be our customers' natural first choice for clothing and homeware; secondly, to be our third-party branded partners' most profitable and convenient

aggregation partner. An important part of this endeavour is the rigorous control of costs.

The result of all this is that the business is growing on many fronts: new routes to international markets, new overseas markets, new third-party brands on the platform, new wholly-owned brands

A slightly unfortunate acronym that has stuck, we use WOBL to refer collectively to wholly-owned brands and licences. These brands include women's brands like "Love & Roses" and licences such as "Baker by Ted Baker" childrenswear.

), and more. The following analysis gives a sense of the relative scale and growth

teams - whose reach extends beyond the natural boundaries of the NEXT brand.

the rare occasions when things go wrong), and the convenience of physical stores.

of our various categories of product across all our different channels.

The NEXT Brand - growing beyond the constraints of its own infrastructure

The NEXT Platform - growing beyond the reach of the NEXT Brand

Two increasingly independent business activities

● A Product Development Business

● An Aggregation Platform

The shape of the business today

and licenses (WOBL6

Full price sales participation	NEXT brand	WOBL	3rd Party Brands7	TOTAL
UK Retail	33%	0%	1%	34%
UK Online	27%	4%	17%	48%
Total UK	60%	4%	18%	82%
International NEXT websites	10%	1%	2%	13%
International 3rd Party Aggregators	5%	0%	0%	5%
Total International	15%	1%	2%	18%
GRAND TOTAL (UK & International)	75%	5%	20%	100%

GROWTH VERSUS LAST YEAR BY CHANNEL AND PRODUCT CATEGORY

The table below shows our full price sales growth by channel and category for the year ending January 2025 versus year ending January 2024. Unsurprisingly the smaller parts of the business are the ones that are growing fastest.

Full price sales growth versus last year	NEXT brand	WOBL	3rd Party Brands	TOTAL
UK Retail	- 2%	+2%	+31%	- 1%
UK Online	+3%	+4%	+10%	+5%
Total UK	+0%	+4%	+11%	+3%
International NEXT websites	+14%	+28%	+50%	+20%
International 3rd Party Aggregators	+29%	> 200%	> 100%	+36%
Total International	+19%	+61%	+51%	+25%
GRAND TOTAL (UK & International)	+3%	+13%	+15%	+6%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 9 31/03/2025 17:32

⁷ Third-party brands are all other brands, including those owned by businesses in which we own equity stakes, such as Reiss, FatFace and Joules. It also includes overseas brands where we have a stake in the UK franchise of the brand, such as Victoria's Secret and Bath & Body Works. The small quantity of third-party brands sold in our Retail stores is mainly Victoria's Secret and Bath & Body Works.

Managing complexity

With so many different product categories, selling through different platforms, in many different countries, the question arises as to how we manage an increasingly complex mix of products and routes to market. Shareholders often ask: where do you want to grow the business? How do you decide where to invest your time, marketing, and capital expenditure?

A 'LOCAL' AGGREGATION PLATFORM AND A 'GLOBAL' BRAND?

good quality fashion and homewares. Success will depend on three things:

returns, have become such an important part of our online service.

● The breadth, availability and quality of our product offer.

Building a great aggregation platform is all about having best in class physical infrastructure, a large and loyal customer base, and a wealth of information and insight that helps us understand our customers. To that extent, success as an aggregator is more likely to be geographically concentrated in our home markets of the UK and Ireland. Because it is in these territories that we have developed comprehensive infrastructure - stores, warehouses, contact centres, distribution depots, customer

Our aim here is that NEXT's platform should be the natural first choice for customers looking to buy

● The reliability, speed, quality, cost and convenience of our deliveries and other services, both online and in stores. It is perhaps ironic that our stores, which receive 80% of our UK online

● The effectiveness with which our marketing is able to profitably attract people to our website

We are very wary of grand visions: few things date faster than a vision of the future. Yet if global fashion tastes do continue to converge then it is likely that, online at least, a small number of increasingly global brands will serve more and more of the world's fashion needs. Our aim is to

There is a risk here: some readers might think that becoming a global brand was an objective in itself. For clarity, our aim is to profitably serve as many customers as we can, and selling overseas is an opportunity to further that aim. Shareholders need not worry that we will open unprofitable shops,

Buck Rogers circa 1940 - A warning: There are few things that date faster than a vision of the future…

We are very clear that our success is not predestined; achieving these ambitions will depend entirely on the skill with which we execute: the way we develop and deliver our product ranges and the skill with which we develop and manage our infrastructure and services. Attitude will be important, and in that context we need to talk about the importance (or lack thereof) of reaching a £1 billion profit.

and, once on the website, connect customers with the products they might want.

create ranges that are strong enough for NEXT to earn its place as one of those brands.

or make bad marketing investments, in the abstract pursuit of "global" status.

'Local' aggregation platform

An increasingly global brand

Execution is everything…

base etc.

As a Board we do not try to determine where or how we "want" to grow; we do not know which of our endeavours will succeed or fail. Instead, we will invest in activities if we believe they are capable of the following criteria:

Makes a profit margin commensurate with its risks.
Delivers a healthy return on capital invested.
Plays to the natural strengths of the Group from product design and marketing skills through to specialist warehousing, systems and stores.
Delivers products and/or services which genuinely create value for our customers.

Follow the money

We then follow the money: seeking to maximise the growth of successful activities and moving on quickly from those that fail. It is an approach that aims to maximise the initiatives of talented people across every part of the business, giving them the freedom they need to make decisions, a framework by which to judge success and the resources to maximise their potential. So, in many ways, our approach to managing growth is simple - no 'strategy day' required.

An important boundary to third-party collaborations

Both sides of the business - Product and Platform - have one important restriction on the scope of their relationships with third-parties. We only offer products and services that we would, hand-on-heart, be proud to recommend to the right customer. Equally, we will only sell the NEXT brand through platforms that conform to our high standards of customer service.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 10 31/03/2025 17:33

A 'LOCAL' AGGREGATION PLATFORM AND A 'GLOBAL' BRAND?

'Local' aggregation platform

Managing complexity

of the following criteria:

Follow the money

As a Board we do not try to determine where or how we "want" to grow; we do not know which of our endeavours will succeed or fail. Instead, we will invest in activities if we believe they are capable

● Plays to the natural strengths of the Group - from product design and marketing skills through to

● Delivers products and/or services which genuinely create value for our customers.

ways, our approach to managing growth is simple - no 'strategy day' required.

brand through platforms that conform to our high standards of customer service.

decide where to invest your time, marketing, and capital expenditure?

● Makes a profit margin commensurate with its risks.

● Delivers a healthy return on capital invested.

specialist warehousing, systems and stores.

An important boundary to third-party collaborations

Our aim here is that NEXT's platform should be the natural first choice for customers looking to buy good quality fashion and homewares. Success will depend on three things:

The breadth, availability and quality of our product offer.
The reliability, speed, quality, cost and convenience of our deliveries and other services, both online and in stores. It is perhaps ironic that our stores, which receive 80% of our UK online returns, have become such an important part of our online service.
The effectiveness with which our marketing is able to profitably attract people to our website and, once on the website, connect customers with the products they might want.

An increasingly global brand

Buck Rogers circa 1940 - A warning: There are few things that date faster than a vision of the future…

Execution is everything…

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 11 31/03/2025 17:33

£1 BILLION - WHAT'S IN A NUMBER?

Talk of a billion pounds…

There has been quite a lot of comment, both within and outside the Group, about NEXT passing the £1bn profit mark. To some it may seem an important milestone, even a cause of celebration. We do not share that view, not least because profits can go down as well as up. In fact, we think it would be a big mistake to view the Company differently just because it has passed any milestone. The pitfalls of being overly impressed with this number are worth discussing, because they go to the heart of what a business is for, and the type of business we strive to be.

FOCUS ON PRODUCT

● Embracing newness. ● Improving quality. ● Broadening appeal.

Embracing newness

on with it.

Improving quality

Breadth of appeal

Supply base

The results…

many versions of very similar products.

built on last year's best sellers have not fared as well.

conviction and courage required to drive three objectives:

We are striving to increase the ambition we have for our product ranges: ambition in terms of design, quality, value and breadth of appeal. In a business report, it is hard to satisfactorily describe changes to what is an essentially creative process. There are no metrics or targets that can be helpfully used. This journey has been much less about changing processes and more about fostering the right talent,

Being bolder and adopting the future trends, prints, colours, fabrics and yarns we believe in, trusting more in the talent of those who can make these difficult calls and setting less store in the history of what we have sold in the past. That is so much harder than it sounds, it is easy to revert to what you think you can be certain of - trying to adapt thinly disguised versions of last year's best-selling formulas, but there are no lasting formulas in fashion; by its nature it moves on and we need to move

into the manufacturing process to spend more time with mills, spinners and trim suppliers, establishing the best foundations for our future ranges. To this end our sourcing operation, NEXT Sourcing, has made a significant investment in its design and product development capabilities -

In our drive to improve quality we have inevitably focused on the middle and top end of our price architecture10. This has generally been very successful, and many product categories have achieved success and higher price/quality levels than we previously thought possible. But it would be a mistake to believe that the drive for better quality is all about mid and higher price points, it is just as important, if not more, to invest time and energy improving the quality of our entry price products.

Maximising the diversity of our offer, ensuring we are addressing many different customer tastes. And if ranges are to achieve that breadth, they must avoid the very common mistake of delivering too

Although these changes are mainly about attitude and people, there are some practical measures our teams are taking in terms of adapting and developing their supply base to be more responsive to new trends. In particular, working in conjunction with NEXT Sourcing, we are looking to enhance our

Those teams that have been bold in their adoption of newness, ambitious in their aspiration for better quality and design, and rigorous at delivering those things at every level of our price architecture, have generally been hugely successful. Those who have been less ambitious and simply

10 Price architecture refers to the number of products we have at different price points in any product category.

Trims is the generic name given to zips, buttons, branding, rivets, piping, lining etc.

sourcing capabilities from new and developing territories that are closer to home.

. Going deeper

Improving the quality of our fabrics, yarns, artwork, prints, embellishments and trims9

pushing design further and earlier into the manufacturing process.

Healthy attitudes to managing the business

A colleague, frustrated at the cost constraints they worked within, was heard to say that: "surely, now we are making a billion, the company can buy me a new laptop". Buying that laptop may well have been a good investment, but reaching £1 billion profit does not make it more worthwhile. Reaching any level of profit cannot be used as an excuse for being less demanding in our approach to running the business. We can be no less rigorous in the control of costs and maintenance of margins, any less demanding in terms of return on capital or less disciplined in the way we allocate capital.

A corporation is not a person

There is a profoundly important reason for this: NEXT is a company, not a person. If NEXT were an individual you might argue that "they" could afford it: what is a few pounds to "someone" who is making a billion a year? But NEXT is a corporation with tens of thousands of shareholders.

The median shareholder on our register, including the 12,300 employees8 who have a stake in the Company, has 150 shares in the business, an investment worth around £15,000 pounds and paying a dividend of £350 a year - just under £30 a month. That shareholder cannot afford to pay for NEXT's unnecessary expenses. And, in fact, 150 shares materially overstates the average shareholding in NEXT, because pension funds are amongst our biggest shareholders, who themselves are entrusted with the savings of hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of people.

This is why NEXT's financial objective has never been a given amount of profit, our focus has always been the delivery of sustainable growth in earnings per share. This focus has allowed us to deliver a twenty-nine fold increase in EPS, from 22p to 636p, over the last thirty years.

And a broader message for those outside the business

There is, perhaps, also a message here for those who might believe that "big business" is a collection of a few very rich people with "broad shoulders"; shoulders that can afford to take on the burden of paying for excessive regulation and government financing.

Corporations are in fact vast networks of collaboration; networks that connect hundreds of thousands of customers, employees and savers - few of whom individually have broad shoulders.We are not saying that businesses should not pay tax - they absolutely should. But policymakers should not allow themselves to believe that burdening 'big' business does not impact the lives of millions of 'ordinary' people: it does - consumers through higher prices, workers through fewer jobs, and savers through lower pension income.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 12 31/03/2025 17:33

⁸ These employees have a stake through our Employee Share Option Trust (ESOT). Other employees may hold shares on the general register or through other nominees. We run a number of employee share schemes and around 26% of our total UK and Ireland employees held options or awards in respect of 6.8m shares in NEXT at the financial year end.

FOCUS ON PRODUCT

£1 BILLION - WHAT'S IN A NUMBER?

Healthy attitudes to managing the business

what a business is for, and the type of business we strive to be.

There is a profoundly important reason for this: NEXT is a company, not a person. If NEXT were an individual you might argue that "they" could afford it: what is a few pounds to "someone" who is

Company, has 150 shares in the business, an investment worth around £15,000 pounds and paying a dividend of £350 a year - just under £30 a month. That shareholder cannot afford to pay for NEXT's unnecessary expenses. And, in fact, 150 shares materially overstates the average shareholding in NEXT, because pension funds are amongst our biggest shareholders, who themselves are entrusted

who have a stake in the

demanding in terms of return on capital or less disciplined in the way we allocate capital.

making a billion a year? But NEXT is a corporation with tens of thousands of shareholders.

The median shareholder on our register, including the 12,300 employees8

twenty-nine fold increase in EPS, from 22p to 636p, over the last thirty years.

with the savings of hundreds of thousands, if not millions, of people.

And a broader message for those outside the business

paying for excessive regulation and government financing.

Talk of a billion pounds…

A corporation is not a person

through lower pension income.

Embracing newness.
Improving quality.
Broadening appeal.

Embracing newness

Improving quality

Improving the quality of our fabrics, yarns, artwork, prints, embellishments and trims9 . Going deeper into the manufacturing process to spend more time with mills, spinners and trim suppliers, establishing the best foundations for our future ranges. To this end our sourcing operation, NEXT Sourcing, has made a significant investment in its design and product development capabilities pushing design further and earlier into the manufacturing process.

Breadth of appeal

Maximising the diversity of our offer, ensuring we are addressing many different customer tastes. And if ranges are to achieve that breadth, they must avoid the very common mistake of delivering too many versions of very similar products.

Supply base

The results…

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 13 31/03/2025 17:33

⁹ Trims is the generic name given to zips, buttons, branding, rivets, piping, lining etc.

¹⁰ Price architecture refers to the number of products we have at different price points in any product category.

FOCUS ON INTERNATIONAL GROWTH

The growth of our international business significantly outstripped our expectations last year. We believe this success stems largely from our increasing ability to harness the continuing convergence of global fashion trends. The relative performance of our various different markets has often surprised us - we would certainly not have predicted our top ten countries in the correct order. Generally, we perform best in Northern Europe, where climate, sizing and tastes most closely align with the UK; and in the Middle East, which historically lacked well-developed local apparel brands.

International Marketing

Why not spend more?

returns our campaigns achieve.

naturally.

High investment hurdles for marketing

Last year we made a bit of a breakthrough in international marketing. In countries where we could raise prices and remain competitive, we did so: we then re-invested higher margins in digital marketing. The results were very encouraging and we profitably increased international marketing expenditure by 85%, to £44m. In the year ahead we believe we can profitably increase international

Some shareholders (and advertising agencies) might ask: why not increase by more than 25%? After all, our margins would allow us to increase marketing spend. But at NEXT we are very clear that marketing does not exist to fulfil our sales ambitions; it aims to make a healthy return on money invested in advertising. Each campaign has its own profitability analysis, and we aim to generate incremental profit of £1.50 for every £1.00 spent on marketing (a 50% return). The more adverts that meet this criteria, the more we will spend. Since January we have increased our estimate for international marketing from +18% to +25%, and may well increase it further, depending on the

This investment hurdle might seem unnecessarily high, but high returns are necessary because it is very difficult to measure the incremental sales generated by the advert. It is an ironic truth that the more accurately we target customers most likely to buy our products, the more likely they would be to purchase them anyway. One of our key objectives for the year ahead is to improve our

12 "Incrementality" denotes the percentage of sales an advert appears to have generated that would not have occurred

understanding of incrementality12 from digital marketing at a more granular level.

digital marketing by at least 25%, investing in new media and pushing into new territories.

The growth in our international business is not just about the convergence of global fashion. We have made good progress in improving three aspects of the way we trade in territories. These broadly fall under three headings:

Improving website functionality and delivery services.
Improving the effectiveness of our digital marketing.
Developing third-party relationships.

Improving Website Functionality and Service

Occasionally the writing of this report highlights opportunities of which we were not fully aware. The table below is a case in point. It demonstrates how much of our online functionality is available in the various territories in which we trade. For example, the third row shows that we offer a local returns solution in just 14 of the 83 countries in which we trade; and although those countries account for around 80% of our overseas sales, they only account for 45% of the world's clothing market - reflecting the very low penetration we have in some very large markets (e.g. USA and Japan).

The table shows that we deliver the most important capabilities in our biggest markets; but we can do better where we have had less natural traction. That might seem like a lot of work for little reward, but it will serve us well if fashion markets continue to converge. There is also a risk of a chicken-and-egg situation: if we fail to invest in the best functionality in large countries where we sell very little, we are unlikely to ever make progress.

	Countries EU and ME (Total 42)	Countries Rest of World (Total 41)	Total Countries (Total 83)	% of total NEXT Int. sales	% World Apparel Market11
Local currency	42	14	56 / 83	99.8%	70%
Local language address & registration	22	7	29 / 83	91%	50%
Local returns solution	12	2	14 / 83	81%	45%
Optimised product listing page	32	3	35 / 83	81%	20%
Appropriate local sizing convention	33	0	33 / 83	81%	15%
Apple Pay Express	14	3	17 / 83	79%	15%
Marketing expenditure >5% of sales	22	9	31 / 83	54%	25%
Parcel shop solution	5	0	5 / 83	22%	5%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 14 31/03/2025 17:33

¹¹ International online market size estimates obtained from GlobalData and Statista for 2024 (total clothing, footwear and accessories). Numbers are rounded to the nearest 5%.

International Marketing

Why not spend more?

FOCUS ON INTERNATIONAL GROWTH

● Improving website functionality and delivery services. ● Improving the effectiveness of our digital marketing.

Improving Website Functionality and Service

● Developing third-party relationships.

very little, we are unlikely to ever make progress.

accessories). Numbers are rounded to the nearest 5%.

broadly fall under three headings:

Japan).

The growth in our international business is not just about the convergence of global fashion. We have made good progress in improving three aspects of the way we trade in territories. These

Countries Rest of World (Total 41)

Total Countries (Total 83)

% of total NEXT Int. sales

% World Apparel Market11

Countries EU and ME (Total 42)

Local currency 42 14 56 / 83 99.8% 70% Local language address & registration 22 7 29 / 83 91% 50% Local returns solution 12 2 14 / 83 81% 45% Optimised product listing page 32 3 35 / 83 81% 20% Appropriate local sizing convention 33 0 33 / 83 81% 15% Apple Pay Express 14 3 17 / 83 79% 15% Marketing expenditure >5% of sales 22 9 31 / 83 54% 25% Parcel shop solution 5 0 5 / 83 22% 5%

11 International online market size estimates obtained from GlobalData and Statista for 2024 (total clothing, footwear and

High investment hurdles for marketing

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 15 31/03/2025 17:33

^{12 &}quot;Incrementality" denotes the percentage of sales an advert appears to have generated that would not have occurred naturally.

European Hub Consolidation - ZEOS

Since 2015, we have serviced orders from 21 countries directly from a dedicated hub in Germany. These countries account for 90% of our business in Mainland Europe. Customer orders are fulfilled from the hub which, in turn, is replenished in bulk from the UK. Where we do not have stock available in our German hub, we can fulfil orders from the UK, albeit at a slightly higher cost and with a one day delay. We also have a sizable stock holding with our aggregation partner Zalando, this stock is held in their warehouses and only services sales on their websites.

Growth - Long Haul Versus Short Haul

Reasons for lower penetration in long haul territories

International full price sales £m

Fashion Convergence Lower level of convergence in Asia & South America

Less affluent markets less able to afford NEXT clothing

Well established local brands & retailers mean markets are harder to penetrate (USA

Strong Incumbents

and Canada)

Long Distances

Low Investment

in smaller markets

Distances reduce delivery speed & increase costs

Less invested in website functionality and marketing

Affluence

potential of the prize (which is indicated by the final column of the table).

The table below sets out our international full price sales (including sales through third-party aggregators) into Europe and the Middle East, the territories which are closer to home, and the Rest of the World. We have achieved much less success in long haul territories - USA, Australia, Asia and South America. Although these long haul territories are now growing slightly faster than more established markets, we remain disappointed that we have not made more progress given the

% Sales Participation

EU and Middle East 89% +24% 22% Rest of World 11% +27% 78%

Total International Online FP Sales 100% +25% 100%

We believe that there are five reasons why we have gained less traction in long haul territories. We can do little about the first two reasons, though we believe that these headwinds are likely to ease over time. The last three reasons can be addressed, and actions are detailed in the table below. Whilst we have lots of ideas, we acknowledge that both action and progress in this area are slower

No action - barrier likely to moderate over time.

Japan, China and South Korea

India and Nordstrom in USA.

No action - barrier likely to moderate with rising global GDP and

Action: Partner with strong local incumbent retailers and licensees to leverage their infrastructure and customer bases. ○ Exclusive licence & franchise agreement with Myntra in India ○ Relationships with third-party aggregators being developed in USA (Nordstrom being the most successful to date) ○ Actively seeking licensing and aggregator partnerships in

Action: Once local licence and aggregation partners are established, direct ship manufactured goods from the source country to the local market. Solutions in place for Myntra in

Action: Increasing focus on delivering the website improvements we have delivered in other markets - from local sizing through to express registration. The resulting higher conversion rates are

likely to make digital marketing more financially viable.

than we would like. We aim to deliver considerably more progress over the next two years.

REASON PROPOSED ACTION

living standards.

Growth versus last year

% of world apparel market

In August of this year we aim to merge these two operations. Orders taken on NEXT's European sites and those taken on Zalando's sites, will be fulfilled from one combined stock holding. This operation will be managed by Zalando through their third-party warehousing and distribution business ZEOS. We will continue to be able to service orders taken on NEXT's European International websites from our UK stock holding if stock is not available in the ZEOS network.

The benefits

In the same way Total Platform leverages NEXT's UK infrastructure for its clients, this arrangement leverages the enormous investment Zalando has made in its infrastructure in Mainland Europe. By consolidating our European stock levels in one network, we aim to achieve the following benefits:

Improved speed of service for NEXT websites as a result of better stock availability in the EU hub.
Improved sales on the Zalando site from increased breadth of offer.
Reduced overall costs of serving our European websites.

Risks and mitigation

We recognise that there is a risk in entrusting so much of our EU mainland business to one party. However there are three factors that mitigate the risk:

NEXT has successfully worked with Zalando for 10 years and has first-hand experience of the high standards of their warehousing, technology and distribution networks.
There is little risk to our existing business with Zalando as it will be, in effect, served from the same network it currently operates.
The risk to the service on our own direct websites is mitigated by the fact that we are still able to fulfil orders directly from the UK (through other networks) in the event that stock is not available from the ZEOS network.

A Note on Tariffs and Removal of the 'De-Minimis' Rule

The introduction of new tariffs in the USA, along with the removal of de-minimis customs thresholds13 in the US and EU (the latter of which is planned for 2028), are currently anticipated to have relatively little impact on the overall Group's sales or profits.

In the EU, the majority (71%) of our business is currently sold by an EU domiciled subsidiary and will not be affected by the removal of the de-minimis rule. The balance is sold from a UK company and imported by the consumer; it is this latter trade that will attract additional duties in 2028. The estimated net cost of these additional EU duty liabilities is estimated to be less than £1m.

As a Group, NEXT has very little business in the USA. However, we and our subsidiaries are making arrangements to trade through a US entity, which we believe will eliminate the net cost of the removal of de-minimis thresholds. The volume of goods the Group imports to the US from China is negligible.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 16 31/03/2025 17:33

¹³ The de-minimis rule allows customers to import goods below a certain value without paying duties or taxes.

Growth - Long Haul Versus Short Haul

European Hub Consolidation - ZEOS

The benefits

Risks and mitigation

stock is held in their warehouses and only services sales on their websites.

our UK stock holding if stock is not available in the ZEOS network.

● Improved sales on the Zalando site from increased breadth of offer.

standards of their warehousing, technology and distribution networks.

A Note on Tariffs and Removal of the 'De-Minimis' Rule

have relatively little impact on the overall Group's sales or profits.

● Reduced overall costs of serving our European websites.

However there are three factors that mitigate the risk:

same network it currently operates.

from the ZEOS network.

negligible.

● Improved speed of service for NEXT websites as a result of better stock availability in the EU hub.

We recognise that there is a risk in entrusting so much of our EU mainland business to one party.

● NEXT has successfully worked with Zalando for 10 years and has first-hand experience of the high

● There is little risk to our existing business with Zalando as it will be, in effect, served from the

● The risk to the service on our own direct websites is mitigated by the fact that we are still able to fulfil orders directly from the UK (through other networks) in the event that stock is not available

The introduction of new tariffs in the USA, along with the removal of de-minimis customs thresholds13 in the US and EU (the latter of which is planned for 2028), are currently anticipated to

estimated net cost of these additional EU duty liabilities is estimated to be less than £1m.

13 The de-minimis rule allows customers to import goods below a certain value without paying duties or taxes.

International full price sales £m	% Sales Participation	Growth versus last year	% of world apparel market
EU and Middle East	89%	+24%	22%
Rest of World	11%	+27%	78%
Total International Online FP Sales	100%	+25%	100%

Reasons for lower penetration in long haul territories

REASON	PROPOSED ACTION
Fashion Convergence Lower level of convergence in Asia & South America	No action - barrier likely to moderate over time.
Affluence Less affluent markets less able to afford NEXT clothing	No action - barrier likely to moderate with rising global GDP and living standards.
Strong Incumbents Well established local brands & retailers mean markets are harder to penetrate (USA and Canada)	Action: Partner with strong local incumbent retailers and licensees to leverage their infrastructure and customer bases. Exclusive licence & franchise agreement with Myntra in India ○ Relationships with third-party aggregators being developed ○ in USA (Nordstrom being the most successful to date) Actively seeking licensing and aggregator partnerships in ○ Japan, China and South Korea
Long Distances Distances reduce delivery speed & increase costs	Action: Once local licence and aggregation partners are established, direct ship manufactured goods from the source country to the local market. Solutions in place for Myntra in India and Nordstrom in USA.
Low Investment Less invested in website functionality and marketing in smaller markets	Action: Increasing focus on delivering the website improvements we have delivered in other markets - from local sizing through to express registration. The resulting higher conversion rates are likely to make digital marketing more financially viable.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 17 31/03/2025 17:33

FOCUS ON WAREHOUSING

Elmsall 3 - a big increase in capacity

At the end of last year we opened our new highly automated Elmsall 3 "online boxed" warehouse. We have four types of warehousing - boxed items, hanging garments, palletised stock (which come in irregular boxes) and heavy furniture. Boxed items are generally folded garments that come in a standard size (60x40x30cms) cardboard box, and this type of product accounts for 80% of our sales by value.

Teething problems

systems.

procedures for handling of stoppages.

as close as possible to their packing location.

The new capacity came just in time for the Christmas seasonal peak, and without the new space our ability to serve customers effectively would have been severely disrupted. So it came just in time! However, there was a cost in terms of accuracy, and the percentage of orders that were delivered in

We believe that the degradation of our service over the Christmas period did not dramatically affect sales, and the vast majority of late items were delivered only one day late; but we were still very

Our software, operations and engineering teams have made considerable progress since Christmas

● Elimination of software bugs both in our own systems and in the third-party warehouse control

● Enhancement to mechanisation, conveyors and mobile 'pouches', which will reduce mechanical stoppages and 'traffic jams'. Along with enhancing our engineering and operations teams'

● Enhanced operational procedures for rapid, same-day, correction of errors and failed picking, in

● Improvement of stock balancing across the old and new warehouses to ensure goods are picked

Our objective is that accuracy levels show year-on-year improvement by May and deliver materially

(as shown in the chart above). Their endeavours have focused on the following main tasks:

unhappy to have eroded the reputation we have with our customers for reliability.

time to ensure failed items are re-picked and delivered on time.

● Improvement in the accuracy of stock locating procedures and systems.

better accuracy than our legacy warehousing by the second half.

full and on time reduced in the run up to Christmas, as can be seen in the chart below.

Elmsall 3 (E3) has now added 50% to our boxed capacity. However, this new capacity only occupies half of the new building. The other half of the building has been left vacant so that we can expand into it as the business grows, giving us the opportunity to add another 50% of new capacity in a relatively short time period.

E3 has been designed to work alongside our existing two boxed warehouses (E1 and E2). The three-warehouse complex operates as one virtual warehouse, with stock flowing between all three sites. The cost of both picking and packing is lowest in E3, so we are filling the new mechanisation with as much stock as it can hold, leaving spare capacity in our legacy warehouses. In the current year we aim to save £19m versus last year as a result.

Cost per unit14 set to fall as we grow

The table below sets out how costs per unit (CPU) are expected to evolve as the business grows. The first column shows the situation before we opened E3, with the older warehouse complex at 100% capacity. The second column shows the current year, with E3 mechanisation filled to maximum capacity. Rows two and three show the percentage of new and old capacity used as volumes increase. The green row shows the labour CPU and the blue row shows fixed overhead CPU (both indexed to labour CPU at 100 in the year ending Jan 23). Please note the table does not account for inflation going forward.

	Pre-E3 2022/23	YE 2025/26	Old w/h full again	Extra E3 automation	At 100% capacity
Daily output (unit volume '000)	700k	750k	1,050k	1,100k	1,400k
% Capacity used in old warehousing	100%	57%	100%	57%	100%
% Capacity used in new warehousing	0%	50%	50%	100%	100%
Labour CPU (indexed to 100, Jan 23)	100	77	83	68	75
Fixed costs (indexed to 67, Jan 23)	67	101	74	83	71
Total CPU (indexed to 167)	167	178	157	151	146

The table is instructive as it shows that total costs per unit (before accounting for inflation) are set to decline from the current year, progressively reducing as volumes increase up to double their current levels. Even in the year we add automation into the vacant half of E3 (column 4), labour rates are forecast to fall by more than fixed costs rise. Importantly, labour costs, which are most likely to rise with inflation, diminish from two thirds of CPU to around 50% once the entire complex is full.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 18 31/03/2025 17:33

¹⁴ Total CPU in boxed warehouse complex, including fixed overheads, before accounting for inflation.

Teething problems

FOCUS ON WAREHOUSING

relatively short time period.

inflation going forward.

by value.

Elmsall 3 - a big increase in capacity

year we aim to save £19m versus last year as a result.

Cost per unit14 set to fall as we grow

YE 2025/26

Old w/h full again

Extra E3 automation At 100% capacity

Pre-E3 2022/23

Daily output (unit volume '000) 700k 750k 1,050k 1,100k 1,400k % Capacity used in old warehousing 100% 57% 100% 57% 100% % Capacity used in new warehousing 0% 50% 50% 100% 100% Labour CPU (indexed to 100, Jan 23) 100 77 83 68 75 Fixed costs (indexed to 67, Jan 23) 67 101 74 83 71

Total CPU (indexed to 167) 167 178 157 151 146

with inflation, diminish from two thirds of CPU to around 50% once the entire complex is full.

14 Total CPU in boxed warehouse complex, including fixed overheads, before accounting for inflation.

Our software, operations and engineering teams have made considerable progress since Christmas (as shown in the chart above). Their endeavours have focused on the following main tasks:

Elimination of software bugs both in our own systems and in the third-party warehouse control systems.
Enhancement to mechanisation, conveyors and mobile 'pouches', which will reduce mechanical stoppages and 'traffic jams'. Along with enhancing our engineering and operations teams' procedures for handling of stoppages.
Enhanced operational procedures for rapid, same-day, correction of errors and failed picking, in time to ensure failed items are re-picked and delivered on time.
Improvement of stock balancing across the old and new warehouses to ensure goods are picked as close as possible to their packing location.
Improvement in the accuracy of stock locating procedures and systems.

Our objective is that accuracy levels show year-on-year improvement by May and deliver materially better accuracy than our legacy warehousing by the second half.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 19 31/03/2025 17:33

FOCUS ON TECHNOLOGY

Step change in technology costs and investment

Over the last five years we have increased our annual expenditure on software technology by nearly £100m. The vast majority of NEXT's operating systems - warehouses, point of sale, website, product and data - have been written in-house. We have had to re-write and modernise the vast majority of these systems and this has accounted for much of the increase in our costs. The increased pace of website development, the development of our Total Platform business and the opening of a new large automated warehouse have further added to costs.

FOCUS ON TOTAL PLATFORM

able to add value and the price must be right.

effect, a venture capital fund with operational benefits.

The dog that did not bark…

A new service

business.

website.

we would aim for no less than an IRR15 of 15%.

Total Platform is our business that provides comprehensive outsourcing of warehousing, logistics, website infrastructure, and customer service operations required to run an online retail business.

On writing this document we are conscious that there is very little to report on Total Platform this year. The reason is simple: we have not found any acquisitions that match our investment criteria. As a reminder: prospective investments must be a great brand, with great management, we must be

When we first conceived Total Platform, we thought that it would be a third-party logistics and software services business. As time went on, it became more of an M&A tool: a means by which we can add a huge amount of value to an acquisition that most potential buyers could not deliver. In

At first, the reason for this change of direction was that NEXT, with limited capacity for new Total Platform clients, focused on maximising the return on the time invested in on-boarding new clients the best way to do that was to own some of the upside the client would enjoy. But there was another equally important reason: businesses in which we did not have a stake felt uneasy placing so much of their operation in the hands of one (potentially competing) business. Buying a stake in the

Interestingly, a significant number of potential Total Platform clients asked if we were able to provide just the warehousing and logistics element of the service. At the time we felt it would not be a good

● The launch of E3 means we have plenty of capacity for a warehousing third-party logistics

● To a degree, Zalando inspired us to look again at this business: in particular its advantage for clients who were already trading on the NEXT website. These clients would greatly benefit from consolidating stock held for their direct channels with the stock allocated to trade on the NEXT

It is this second point - the potential benefit to clients on our LABEL business that makes the idea particularly appealing. So, in the coming year, we plan to establish a third-party online warehousing logistics service, with the aim of launching our first client before the year-end. Of course, this business must make margins commensurate with the risks involved and a healthy return on capital -

15 The internal rate of return (IRR) is the annual growth rate an investment and subsequent cash flow is expected to generate. It is essentially asking: what percentage would this money need to grow by each year to reach the expected

future value? The higher the IRR, the greater the return being generated by the investment.

business served to assure the client that our interests would always be aligned.

use of our limited warehouse space. Two factors have changed our minds:

Technology Spend 2020/21 - 2025/26 (e)

Peak technology costs?

It is our ambition the factors listed below should allow us to both increase output and reduce costs (at least as a percentage of sales, if not in absolute terms):

We are now 70% of the way through our modernisation programme with only one major system, Finance, less than 50% complete (see chart below).
Modernised software should be faster to develop, and easier to maintain.
Increasing retention rates and fewer vacancies mean that our well of experience and knowledge base is improving.
We have started using AI tools to improve the productivity of our software development process. We are at the beginning of this journey but are confident that this software will deliver productivity and quality improvements as we move forward.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 20 31/03/2025 17:33

Technology Modernisation Programme

FOCUS ON TOTAL PLATFORM

Total Platform is our business that provides comprehensive outsourcing of warehousing, logistics, website infrastructure, and customer service operations required to run an online retail business.

The dog that did not bark…

A new service

FOCUS ON TECHNOLOGY

Peak technology costs?

base is improving.

Step change in technology costs and investment

large automated warehouse have further added to costs.

(at least as a percentage of sales, if not in absolute terms):

Finance, less than 50% complete (see chart below).

● Modernised software should be faster to develop, and easier to maintain.

productivity and quality improvements as we move forward.

Technology Spend 2020/21 - 2025/26 (e)

It is our ambition the factors listed below should allow us to both increase output and reduce costs

● We are now 70% of the way through our modernisation programme with only one major system,

● Increasing retention rates and fewer vacancies mean that our well of experience and knowledge

process. We are at the beginning of this journey but are confident that this software will deliver

Technology Modernisation Programme

● We have started using AI tools to improve the productivity of our software development

The launch of E3 means we have plenty of capacity for a warehousing third-party logistics business.
To a degree, Zalando inspired us to look again at this business: in particular its advantage for clients who were already trading on the NEXT website. These clients would greatly benefit from consolidating stock held for their direct channels with the stock allocated to trade on the NEXT website.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 21 31/03/2025 17:33

¹⁵ The internal rate of return (IRR) is the annual growth rate an investment and subsequent cash flow is expected to generate. It is essentially asking: what percentage would this money need to grow by each year to reach the expected future value? The higher the IRR, the greater the return being generated by the investment.

PART THREE GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE AND GUIDANCE

GROUP SALES AND PROFIT SUMMARY

TOTAL GROUP SALES BY DIVISION

Walk forward from Group sales to statutory revenue

reported as revenue, instead of reporting the full GTV.

FatFace).

accounts".

NEXT full price sales in the year were up +5.8% versus last year, and total NEXT Trading sales (including markdown) were up +5.7%. Total Group sales, which includes subsidiaries and equity investments, were up +8.2% due to acquisitions completed towards the end of 2023/24 (Reiss and

TOTAL GROUP SALES (VAT EX.) £m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var %

Retail 1,849 1,865 - 1% Online (UK) 2,540 2,429 +5% Finance 300 293 +3% UK total 4,689 4,586 +2% Online (International) 930 731 +27% Total NEXT Trading sales (including markdown) 5,620 5,317 +5.7% Total Platform 67 52 +28% Franchise, Sourcing, Property & Other 105 89 +17% Total NEXT sales 5,791 5,459 +6.1% NEXT's share of sales from investments 529 383 +38% Total Group sales 6,321 5,842 +8.2% Statutory revenue 6,118 5,491 +11.4%

The differences between Group sales and statutory revenue are summarised in the table below. By way of reminder, within Group sales we report the Gross Transaction Value (GTV) of third-party goods sold on a commission basis. Under statutory reporting only the commission earned is

£m Jan 2025 Jan 2024

Total Group sales 6,321 5,842 less commission sales (full price and markdown, in the UK and International) - 648 - 564 plus commission earned on third-party brands' sales +254 +21717 less sales from investments that are not consolidated in NEXT's accounts (Note 1) - 64 - 162

NEXT's accounts (Joules, Reiss and FatFace) +158 +7717 plus other income (e.g. delivery charges) +98 +80

Group statutory revenue 6,118 5,491

Note 1: In September 2023, Reiss changed from being non-consolidated to consolidated; this explains the large drop in the adjustment from "investments that are not consolidated in NEXT's

17 For Jan 2024, £10.6m has been recategorised between these two lines, with no impact on total statutory sales.

plus the minority interests' share of sales in subsidiaries that are consolidated in

NOTES ON THE PRESENTATION OF SALES AND PROFIT

Note 1 - Group sales

By way of reminder, since the year ending January 2024, we have aligned the way we report sales in our subsidiaries with the way we report profits. For example, we own 74% of Joules so include 74% of their sales16 in our top line. For completeness, full details of our rationale for this method of reporting are repeated in Appendix 2 on page 60.

Note 2 - Brand amortisation costs

We adopt the accounting convention used by many acquisitive companies, where we exclude brand amortisation (a non-cash accounting cost) from our headline profit. For completeness, full details of our rationale for this method of reporting are repeated in Appendix 3 on page 61.

Please note all other forms of amortisation are still included in our reported profit, e.g. amortisation of software.

Note 3 - Rounding convention and casting

Figures shown in tables throughout the Chief Executive's Review are rounded to either no decimal place or one decimal place. The accurate rounding of numbers means that sometimes tables will appear as though they do not cast down. This is not the case. Subtotals, totals and variances shown in tables are all based on the actual, unrounded figures, and no figures are adjusted for casting purposes.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 22 31/03/2025 17:33

¹⁶ This figure excludes their sales through next.co.uk (100% of which are included in our Online sales), Total Platform commission and revenue from cost-plus services (which are included within Total Platform sales).

GROUP SALES AND PROFIT SUMMARY

TOTAL GROUP SALES BY DIVISION

PART THREE

GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

AND GUIDANCE

We adopt the accounting convention used by many acquisitive companies, where we exclude brand amortisation (a non-cash accounting cost) from our headline profit. For completeness, full details of

Please note all other forms of amortisation are still included in our reported profit, e.g. amortisation

16 This figure excludes their sales through next.co.uk (100% of which are included in our Online sales), Total Platform

commission and revenue from cost-plus services (which are included within Total Platform sales).

our rationale for this method of reporting are repeated in Appendix 3 on page 61.

NOTES ON THE PRESENTATION OF SALES AND PROFIT

reporting are repeated in Appendix 2 on page 60.

Note 3 - Rounding convention and casting

Note 2 - Brand amortisation costs

Note 1 - Group sales

of software.

purposes.

TOTAL GROUP SALES (VAT EX.) £m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var %
Retail	1,849	1,865	- 1%
Online (UK)	2,540	2,429	+5%
Finance	300	293	+3%
UK total	4,689	4,586	+2%
Online (International)	930	731	+27%
Total NEXT Trading sales (including markdown)	5,620	5,317	+5.7%
Total Platform	67	52	+28%
Franchise, Sourcing, Property & Other	105	89	+17%
Total NEXT sales	5,791	5,459	+6.1%
NEXT's share of sales from investments	529	383	+38%
Total Group sales	6,321	5,842	+8.2%
Statutory revenue	6,118	5,491	+11.4%

Walk forward from Group sales to statutory revenue

£m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
Total Group sales	6,321	5,842
less commission sales (full price and markdown, in the UK and International)	- 648	- 564
plus commission earned on third-party brands' sales	+254	+21717
less sales from investments that are not consolidated in NEXT's accounts (Note 1)	- 64	- 162
plus the minority interests' share of sales in subsidiaries that are consolidated in
NEXT's accounts (Joules, Reiss and FatFace)	+158	+7717
plus other income (e.g. delivery charges)	+98	+80
Group statutory revenue	6,118	5,491

Note 1: In September 2023, Reiss changed from being non-consolidated to consolidated; this explains the large drop in the adjustment from "investments that are not consolidated in NEXT's accounts".

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 23 31/03/2025 17:33

¹⁷ For Jan 2024, £10.6m has been recategorised between these two lines, with no impact on total statutory sales.

SUMMARY OF GROUP PROFIT BY DIVISION

PROFIT £m and EPS	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var %	Detail
Retail	237	245	- 3%	page 28
Online (UK)	457	421	+8%	page 32
Finance (after funding costs)	182	163	+11%	page 40
UK total	875	829	+5.5%
Online (International)	131	96	+36%	page 37
Profit from Trading	1,006	925	+8.7%
Investments and Total Platform18	75	38	+95%	page 43
NEXT Sourcing	31	27	+15%	page 46
Central costs and Other	(75)	(55)	+36%	page 47
FX revaluations	2	12	- 81%	page 47
Recharge of interest from Finance	50	48	+5%
NEXT Operating profit	1,090	996	+9.4%
Lease interest	(48)	(47)	+2%	page 48
NEXT Operating profit after lease interest	1,042	949	+9.8%
External interest	(31)	(31)	- 1%
NEXT Group profit before tax	1,011	918	+10.1%
PBT margin	16.0%	15.7%
Taxation	(250)	(216)	+16%	page 48
NEXT Group profit after tax	761	702	+8.5%
NEXT Group pre-tax Earnings Per Share	845.2p	757.2p	+11.6%
NEXT Group post-tax Earnings Per Share	636.3p	578.8p	+9.9%
Statutory profit before tax	987	1,016	- 2.8%

SALES AND PROFIT GUIDANCE FOR 2025/26

profit. New profit guidance for the year ahead is therefore £1,066m, up +5.4% on last year.

We are not upgrading our sales guidance for the second half at +3.5% for two reasons:

to +6.5% (from +3.5%), resulting in full year full price sales up +5.0%.

tougher as we move into the second half, and

consumer confidence as the year progresses.

walk forward between 2024/25 and 2025/26.

GUIDANCE FOR FULL PRICE SALES

how much stronger the second half of the year was relative to H1.

Full price sales in the first eight weeks of the year have been ahead of our expectations. It is early days, but we believe we have sufficient information to upgrade our sales estimates for the first half

The sales upgrade adds £72m of sales, of which £38m comes from the UK and £34m from international. These sales are expected to generate an increase of £20m in NEXT Group pre-tax

● Last year the second half was much stronger than the first, so the comparative numbers get

● We expect the UK tax rises in April to weaken the UK employment market and negatively impact

The rest of this section gives more detailed guidance for sales across the year, and an updated profit

The chart below shows our guidance for the first and second half, against both last year and two years ago. The estimate for the second half might seem pessimistic, given the strong start to the year, but when compared to two years ago this forecast looks more realistic and demonstrates just

Full Price Sales Guidance Versus Last Year and Two Years Ago

Walk forward from our headline NEXT Group pre-tax profit to statutory pre-tax profit

Statutory profit before tax was down versus last year, as a result of two exceptional items. Last year we had an exceptional, non-cash, gain of £109m from the acquisition of Reiss, and this year we have a one-off, non-cash charge of £15m relating to our defined benefit pension scheme. Full details of the differences between NEXT Group profit and statutory profit are set out in the table below.

£m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
NEXT Group profit before tax	1,011	918
Exceptional, non-cash, accounting cost/gain	- 15	+109
Cost of brand amortisation	- 19	- 10
Profit/(losses) from minority interests in Joules, Reiss and FatFace	+9	- 1
Group statutory profit before tax	987	1,016

18 Loan interest and preference share interest associated with investments are reported in the interest line of the P&L. Total profit for Investments and Total Platform including interest is £76.6m (Jan 2025) and £42.8m (Jan 2024). See page 48 for more detail.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 24 31/03/2025 17:33

SALES AND PROFIT GUIDANCE FOR 2025/26

The sales upgrade adds £72m of sales, of which £38m comes from the UK and £34m from international. These sales are expected to generate an increase of £20m in NEXT Group pre-tax profit. New profit guidance for the year ahead is therefore £1,066m, up +5.4% on last year.

We are not upgrading our sales guidance for the second half at +3.5% for two reasons:

Last year the second half was much stronger than the first, so the comparative numbers get tougher as we move into the second half, and
We expect the UK tax rises in April to weaken the UK employment market and negatively impact consumer confidence as the year progresses.

The rest of this section gives more detailed guidance for sales across the year, and an updated profit walk forward between 2024/25 and 2025/26.

GUIDANCE FOR FULL PRICE SALES

SUMMARY OF GROUP PROFIT BY DIVISION

PROFIT £m and EPS Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var % Detail Retail 237 245 - 3% page 28 Online (UK) 457 421 +8% page 32 Finance (after funding costs) 182 163 +11% page 40

Online (International) 131 96 +36% page 37

Investments and Total Platform18 75 38 +95% page 43 NEXT Sourcing 31 27 +15% page 46 Central costs and Other (75) (55) +36% page 47 FX revaluations 2 12 - 81% page 47

Lease interest (48) (47) +2% page 48

Taxation (250) (216) +16% page 48

UK total 875 829 +5.5%

Profit from Trading 1,006 925 +8.7%

Recharge of interest from Finance 50 48 +5% NEXT Operating profit 1,090 996 +9.4%

NEXT Operating profit after lease interest 1,042 949 +9.8% External interest (31) (31) - 1% NEXT Group profit before tax 1,011 918 +10.1%

NEXT Group profit after tax 761 702 +8.5% NEXT Group pre-tax Earnings Per Share 845.2p 757.2p +11.6% NEXT Group post-tax Earnings Per Share 636.3p 578.8p +9.9% Statutory profit before tax 987 1,016 - 2.8%

Walk forward from our headline NEXT Group pre-tax profit to statutory pre-tax profit

the differences between NEXT Group profit and statutory profit are set out in the table below.

£m Jan 2025 Jan 2024

NEXT Group profit before tax 1,011 918 Exceptional, non-cash, accounting cost/gain - 15 +109 Cost of brand amortisation - 19 - 10 Profit/(losses) from minority interests in Joules, Reiss and FatFace +9 - 1

Group statutory profit before tax 987 1,016

48 for more detail.

PBT margin 16.0% 15.7%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 25 31/03/2025 17:33

Full Price Sales Guidance Versus Last Year and Two Years Ago

Full Price Sales Guidance by Division: UK and International

The table below shows the growth we are expecting in full price sales in the first, second half and full year. The final column (in grey) gives our previous guidance for the full year numbers.

PROFIT WALK FORWARD FROM 2024/25 to 2025/26 (e)

guidance for the year ending January 2026.

Cost increases

Cost savings and gross margin gains

Profit from full price sales, Total Platform and subsidiaries

The table below walks forward our profit before tax from last year (ending January 2025) to our

NEXT Group profit before tax 2024/25 1,011

Total profit from full price sales, Total Platform and subsidiaries +70

Total cost increases - 86

Total cost savings and gross margin gains +71 NEXT Group profit before tax 2025/26 (e) 1,066 PBT versus 2024/25 (e) +5.4%

Profit from +5.0% (£251m) increase in full price sales +66 Additional profit from Total Platform Equity and Services +1 Additional profit from NEXT Sourcing +3

Wage cost inflation and National Insurance increases - 67 Digital and brand marketing (over and above sales growth) - 7 Packaging tax (EPR) - 6 Technology and other - 6

Warehouse, distribution and stores improved operating efficiencies +23 Employee incentives (returning to normal levels) +16 Bought-in gross margin improvement from price increase of circa 1% +13 Electricity rate +13 Prior year Total Platform startup costs for FatFace not repeating +6 £m

Full price sales growth versus last year	First half (e)	Second half (e)	Full year (e)	Previous full year guidance
Retail	+0.5%	- 1.0%	- 0.3%	- 0.4%
Online UK	+5.0%	+3.7%	+4.3%	+2.7%
Finance interest income	+1.2%	+1.2%	+1.2%	+0.5%
Total UK	+2.9%	+1.7%	+2.3%	+1.4%
Online International	+22.8%	+13.1%	+18.0%	+14.0%
Total full price sales	+6.5%	+3.5%	+5.0%	+3.5%

GUIDANCE FOR SALES, PROFIT BEFORE TAX AND EPS

Guidance for sales, profit before tax, and EPS is summarised below. For completeness, our previous guidance is shown on the right in grey.

	New guidance		Previous guidance
Guidance for the full year 2025/26 (52 weeks)	Full year (e)	% Versus 2024/25	Full year (e)	% Versus 2024/25
Full price sales	£5.3bn	+5.0%	£5.2bn	+3.5%
Total Group sales (inc. markdown & investments)	£6.6bn	+4.4%	£6.5bn	+3.2%
NEXT Group profit before tax	£1,066m	+5.4%	£1,046m	+3.6%
NEXT Group pre-tax EPS	919.6p	+8.8%	900.2p	+6.7%
NEXT Group post-tax EPS	690.7p	+8.5%	676.0p	+6.4%

Guidance For Total Group Sales

For the full year, the Company's total Group sales are expected to grow by +4.4%. This is lower than the +5.0% growth in NEXT's full price sales, as we do not expect markdown sales or sales in our subsidiaries to grow by +5.0%.

53rd Week

The financial year ending January 2026 is a 53-week year. The guidance above relates to a 52-week period in order to provide a direct comparison against previous years. All sales and profit numbers in this section are treated in the same way. The addition of week 53 will add around £20m of profit before tax which is reflected in the 53-week cash flow on page 50.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 26 31/03/2025 17:33

PROFIT WALK FORWARD FROM 2024/25 to 2025/26 (e)

Full Price Sales Guidance by Division: UK and International

GUIDANCE FOR SALES, PROFIT BEFORE TAX AND EPS

Full price sales growth versus last year

guidance is shown on the right in grey.

Guidance for the full year 2025/26 (52 weeks)

Guidance For Total Group Sales

before tax which is reflected in the 53-week cash flow on page 50.

subsidiaries to grow by +5.0%.

53rd Week

year. The final column (in grey) gives our previous guidance for the full year numbers.

The table below shows the growth we are expecting in full price sales in the first, second half and full

Retail +0.5% - 1.0% - 0.3% - 0.4% Online UK +5.0% +3.7% +4.3% +2.7% Finance interest income +1.2% +1.2% +1.2% +0.5% Total UK +2.9% +1.7% +2.3% +1.4% Online International +22.8% +13.1% +18.0% +14.0% Total full price sales +6.5% +3.5% +5.0% +3.5%

Guidance for sales, profit before tax, and EPS is summarised below. For completeness, our previous

Full price sales £5.3bn +5.0% £5.2bn +3.5% Total Group sales (inc. markdown & investments) £6.6bn +4.4% £6.5bn +3.2% NEXT Group profit before tax £1,066m +5.4% £1,046m +3.6% NEXT Group pre-tax EPS 919.6p +8.8% 900.2p +6.7% NEXT Group post-tax EPS 690.7p +8.5% 676.0p +6.4%

For the full year, the Company's total Group sales are expected to grow by +4.4%. This is lower than the +5.0% growth in NEXT's full price sales, as we do not expect markdown sales or sales in our

Full year (e)

First half (e) Second half (e)

Full year (e)

New guidance Previous guidance

Full year (e)

% Versus 2024/25

Previous full year guidance The table below walks forward our profit before tax from last year (ending January 2025) to our guidance for the year ending January 2026.

		£m
NEXT Group profit before tax 2024/25		1,011

Profit from full price sales, Total Platform and subsidiaries
Profit from +5.0% (£251m) increase in full price sales	+66
Additional profit from Total Platform Equity and Services	+1
Additional profit from NEXT Sourcing	+3
Total profit from full price sales, Total Platform and subsidiaries		+70
Cost increases
Wage cost inflation and National Insurance increases	- 67
Digital and brand marketing (over and above sales growth)	- 7
Packaging tax (EPR)	- 6
Technology and other	- 6
Total cost increases		- 86
Cost savings and gross margin gains
Warehouse, distribution and stores improved operating efficiencies	+23
Employee incentives (returning to normal levels)	+16
Bought-in gross margin improvement from price increase of circa 1%	+13
Electricity rate	+13
Prior year Total Platform startup costs for FatFace not repeating	+6
Total cost savings and gross margin gains		+71
NEXT Group profit before tax 2025/26 (e)		1,066
PBT versus 2024/25 (e)		+5.4%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 27 31/03/2025 17:33

PART FOUR RETAIL, ONLINE, FINANCE, INVESTMENTS, TOTAL PLATFORM & OT ER BUSINESS

RETAIL MARGIN ANALYSIS

categories is summarised below.

Store occupancy

Warehousing and distribution

Central costs and staff incentives

costs

Net margin in the year was 11.0%, down -0.3% on last year. The margin impact of major cost

Retail net margin on total sales to January 2024 11.3%

Lower energy prices (+0.5%) and an increase in business rates

Inflationary cost increases (-0.2%) were offset by efficiencies and

Lower central costs. +0.2%

+0.4%

0.8%
1.0%

+0.9%

0.0%

Bought-in margin Bought-in gross margin on NEXT product was +0.4% higher than last year, in line with our planned increase.

Markdown Margin reduced due to an increase in surplus stock levels (+15%)

Payroll Wage inflation increased payroll costs mainly as a result of the 9.8%

initiatives to reduce transport costs (+0.2%).

Retail net margin on total sales to January 2025 11.0%

In the year ahead we are budgeting for Retail full price sales, on a like-for-like basis, to be down -2.0%. The addition of new space is expected to add +1.7% to Retail sales, meaning that we expect

We expect Retail profit in the year ahead to be around £180m, with a net margin of 9.7%. The -1.3%

● wage inflation and the increase in employer's National Insurance (-1.1%),

● the expected reduction in like-for-like sales (-0.5%), partly offset by

● price increases, operational efficiencies and cost savings (+0.3%).

increase in the National Living Wage.

and lower clearance rates.

refunds (+0.4%).

Guidance for Retail in the Year Ahead

Retail full price sales to be down -0.3% versus last year.

reduction in margin is mainly due to:

NEXT RETAIL

HEADLINES

Full price sales down -1.1% versus last year.
Like-for-like19 full price sales down -1.2%.
Total sales (including markdown sales) down -0.9%.
Retail profit20 £204m, down -3.2%.
Retail margin 11.0%, down -0.3%.

SUMMARY OF RETAIL SALES AND PROFIT

Retail sales and profit for the year are summarised in the table below.

£m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var %
Total sales	1,849	1,865	- 0.9%
Operating profit	237	245	- 3.2%
Lease interest charge (see note below)	(33)	(34)	- 3.3%
Retail profit	204	210	- 3.2%
Retail margin %	11.0%	11.3%

Retail profits and margins are given after accounting for the cost of lease interest21. Lease interest in Retail was down -3.3% versus last year; this is the net result of:

A reduction in stores' lease interest which was down -6.5%. Lease liabilities have reduced as a result of a reduction in the weighted average term to expiry.
An increase in warehouse lease interest, due to the extension in the term of the lease on our Retail warehouses.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 28 31/03/2025 17:33

¹⁹ Like-for-like sales growth excludes the impact of store closures, openings and refits.

²⁰ All references to Retail profit and Retail margin in this section are given after deducting Retail lease interest costs.

²¹ Lease interest is reported in the Interest line of the P&L. £33m is the proportion of the Group's total lease interest (£48m) attributable to the Retail business. The £15m balance is reported in our Online businesses and other Group activities.

RETAIL MARGIN ANALYSIS

PART FOUR

RETAIL, ONLINE, FINANCE,

INVESTMENTS, TOTAL PLATFORM &

OT ER BUSINESS

£m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var %

Total sales 1,849 1,865 - 0.9% Operating profit 237 245 - 3.2% Lease interest charge (see note below) (33) (34) - 3.3% Retail profit 204 210 - 3.2%

Retail profits and margins are given after accounting for the cost of lease interest21. Lease interest in

● A reduction in stores' lease interest which was down -6.5%. Lease liabilities have reduced as a

● An increase in warehouse lease interest, due to the extension in the term of the lease on our

21 Lease interest is reported in the Interest line of the P&L. £33m is the proportion of the Group's total lease interest (£48m) attributable to the Retail business. The £15m balance is reported in our Online businesses and other Group

20 All references to Retail profit and Retail margin in this section are given after deducting Retail lease interest costs.

Retail margin % 11.0% 11.3%

NEXT RETAIL

Retail warehouses.

activities.

● Full price sales down -1.1% versus last year. ● Like-for-like19 full price sales down -1.2%.

● Retail profit20 £204m, down -3.2%. ● Retail margin 11.0%, down -0.3%.

● Total sales (including markdown sales) down -0.9%.

SUMMARY OF RETAIL SALES AND PROFIT

Retail was down -3.3% versus last year; this is the net result of:

result of a reduction in the weighted average term to expiry.

19 Like-for-like sales growth excludes the impact of store closures, openings and refits.

Retail sales and profit for the year are summarised in the table below.

HEADLINES

Net margin in the year was 11.0%, down -0.3% on last year. The margin impact of major cost categories is summarised below.

	Retail net margin on total sales to January 2024	11.3%
Bought-in margin	Bought-in gross margin on NEXT product was +0.4% higher than last year, in line with our planned increase.	+0.4%
Markdown	Margin reduced due to an increase in surplus stock levels (+15%) and lower clearance rates.	- 0.8%
Payroll	Wage inflation increased payroll costs mainly as a result of the 9.8% increase in the National Living Wage.	- 1.0%
Store occupancy costs	Lower energy prices (+0.5%) and an increase in business rates refunds (+0.4%).	+0.9%
Warehousing and distribution	Inflationary cost increases (-0.2%) were offset by efficiencies and initiatives to reduce transport costs (+0.2%).	+ 0.0%
Central costs and staff incentives	Lower central costs.	+0.2%

Retail net margin on total sales to January 2025 11.0%

Guidance for Retail in the Year Ahead

We expect Retail profit in the year ahead to be around £180m, with a net margin of 9.7%. The -1.3% reduction in margin is mainly due to:

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 29 31/03/2025 17:33

wage inflation and the increase in employer's National Insurance (-1.1%),
the expected reduction in like-for-like sales (-0.5%), partly offset by
price increases, operational efficiencies and cost savings (+0.3%).

RETAIL STORE LEASE RENEWALS AND COMMITMENTS

Lease renewals in the year to January 2025

In the year, we renewed 74 Retail store leases, with an average lease term of 4.1 years (weighted by value, to the earlier of the break clause or the lease end).

RETAIL SPACE

last 12 months.

Change during the year

Financial performance of new space

forecasting for next year.

New space in the year ahead

trading space in over five years.

During the year new store openings broadly offset closures resulting in minimal change to our overall trading space. The table below summarises the change in store numbers and square footage over the

January 2024 458 7,634 471 8,105 New stores and reconfigurations +7 +41 +17 +58 Mainline closures - 5 - 55 +0 - 55 Clearance stores - 3 - 29 +0 - 29 January 2025 457 7,591 488 8,078 Change - 1 - 43 +17 - 27 Change % - 0.2% - 0.6% +3.5% - 0.3%

Prior to this year, it had been a long time since we have opened new stores, and in our enthusiasm we were overly optimistic about what they could take. As a result, we will miss our appraised sales forecast. All the stores are cash generative, but our payback is forecast to be 3.5 years (versus a hurdle rate of 2 years). The 3.5 year payback equates to a 20% Internal Rate of Return (IRR), which does not sound too bad but, in our view, is not commensurate with the inherent risks associated with opening retail fashion shops. Needless to say, we have been more cautious in our approach when

In the year ahead, we plan to open ten new stores, and re-site six stores to new locations. In addition, two Home stores will be converted to fashion stores. These changes will result in a modest increase in trading space (+0.4%) - this will be the first time we have increased our fashion and home

January 2025 457 7,591 488 8,078 New stores (inc. 6 resites) & reconfigurations +10 +136 +14 +151 Mainline closures - 6 - 80 - 2 - 82 Clearance stores - 3 - 36 +0 - 36 January 2026 (e) 458 7,611 501 8,112 Change +1 +20 +13 +33 Change % +0.2% +0.3% +2.7% +0.4%

Store numbers

NEXT Sq. ft. (k)

Concessions Sq. ft. (k)

Store numbers

NEXT Sq. ft. (k)

Concessions Sq. ft. (k)

Total Sq. ft. (k)

These new leases reduced our annualised occupancy cash costs22 by -£3.6m. The cost reduction of -16% is lower than the reductions we have achieved in recent years. This is because 46 of the leases this year had already been renegotiated in recent years, and we did not receive further reductions from this portfolio of stores. The 28 leases which were last negotiated before 26 Jan 2019, experienced an average rent reduction of -30%.

The occupancy cost savings (in cash terms) from lease renewals are summarised in the tables below. Leases are split into two different categories: (1) traditional rent leases and (2) 'total occupancy cost' (TOC) leases, where we pay a fixed percentage of turnover to cover rent, business rates and service charge. For clarity we have shown TOC leases separately, to show the overall saving in rent, rates and service charge combined.

Traditional rent leases	No. of leases	Before renewal	After renewal
Fixed rent charge	38	£9.5m	£8.1m	- 14%
Turnover rent	15	£5.0m	£5.1m	+1%
Total	53	£14.5m	£13.2m	- 9%

Total occupancy (TOC) leases

Total occupancy - rent, rates and service charge	£8.1m	£5.8m
Previous rates and service charge	£2.2m
Previous rent	£6.0m
Total occupancy lease (rents, rates and service charge)		£5.8m

TOTAL COMBINED LEASE RENEWALS

Total lease renewals 74 £22.7m £19.0m - 16%
---------------------------------------------------------

In addition to the occupancy cost reduction of £3.6m detailed above, we received £5.4m from capital contributions and rent-free periods, which will be spent upgrading and maintaining our stores.

Outstanding lease commitments

At the end of January 2025, our average store lease commitment (weighted by value) was 4.0 years, compared with 4.5 years at the same time last year. 96% of our store leases (by value) will expire or break within the next ten years.

Lease renewals in the year to January 2026

In the year ahead, we expect to renew 76 store leases, with a reduction of around £2m (-9%) in the occupancy costs in those stores.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 30 31/03/2025 17:33

²² Note that the savings given here are the actual rents payable rather than the IFRS 16 P&L charge.

RETAIL SPACE

RETAIL STORE LEASE RENEWALS AND COMMITMENTS

In the year, we renewed 74 Retail store leases, with an average lease term of 4.1 years (weighted by

Fixed rent charge 38 £9.5m £8.1m - 14% Turnover rent 15 £5.0m £5.1m +1% Total 53 £14.5m £13.2m - 9%

Total occupancy lease (rents, rates and service charge) £5.8m

Total occupancy - rent, rates and service charge 21 £8.1m £5.8m - 29%

Total lease renewals 74 £22.7m £19.0m - 16%

In addition to the occupancy cost reduction of £3.6m detailed above, we received £5.4m from capital

At the end of January 2025, our average store lease commitment (weighted by value) was 4.0 years, compared with 4.5 years at the same time last year. 96% of our store leases (by value) will expire or

In the year ahead, we expect to renew 76 store leases, with a reduction of around £2m (-9%) in the

22 Note that the savings given here are the actual rents payable rather than the IFRS 16 P&L charge.

contributions and rent-free periods, which will be spent upgrading and maintaining our stores.

Previous rent £6.0m Previous rates and service charge £2.2m

No. of leases

Before renewal

After renewal

Lease renewals in the year to January 2025

experienced an average rent reduction of -30%.

and service charge combined.

Total occupancy (TOC) leases

TOTAL COMBINED LEASE RENEWALS

Outstanding lease commitments

Lease renewals in the year to January 2026

break within the next ten years.

occupancy costs in those stores.

Traditional rent leases

value, to the earlier of the break clause or the lease end).

Change during the year

During the year new store openings broadly offset closures resulting in minimal change to our overall trading space. The table below summarises the change in store numbers and square footage over the last 12 months.

	Store numbers	NEXT Sq. ft. (k)	Concessions Sq. ft. (k)	Total Sq. ft. (k)
January 2024	458	7,634	471	8,105
New stores and reconfigurations	+7	+41	+17	+58
Mainline closures	- 5	- 55	+0	- 55
Clearance stores	- 3	- 29	+0	- 29
January 2025	457	7,591	488	8,078
Change	- 1	- 43	+17	- 27
Change %	- 0.2%	- 0.6%	+3.5%	- 0.3%

Financial performance of new space

New space in the year ahead

	Store numbers	NEXT Sq. ft. (k)	Concessions Sq. ft. (k)	Total Sq. ft. (k)
January 2025	457	7,591	488	8,078
New stores (inc. 6 resites) & reconfigurations	+10	+136	+14	+151
Mainline closures	- 6	- 80	- 2	- 82
Clearance stores	- 3	- 36	+0	- 36
January 2026 (e)	458	7,611	501	8,112
Change	+1	+20	+13	+33
Change %	+0.2%	+0.3%	+2.7%	+0.4%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 31 31/03/2025 17:33

NEXT ONLINE

We have now split our Online business into two parts: Online UK and Online International (pages 32 and 37). These businesses are growing at very different rates and have different economics; for example, our International business incurs much higher logistics and duty costs as a percentage of sales. Amalgamating the two businesses has become much less meaningful than it once was, so we are no longer providing a combined commentary for total Online sales and profit.

FULL PRICE SALES ANALYSIS

total UK Online business).

Lipsy Love & Roses Friends Like These Cath Kidston

and the licensor earns a royalty on sales.

The table below summarises the full price sales performance of the different categories of brands sold through next.co.uk. Please note, we have split the sales in our 'LABEL' business into two distinct

Sales grew across all categories, with the highest growth in third-party brands. It is worth

Full price sales £m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var £m Var %

NEXT brand 1,304 1,265 +39 +3.1% Wholly-owned brands and licences 179 171 +8 +4.4% Third-party brands 783 713 +70 +9.8% LABEL total 962 885 +78 +8.8% Total Online UK 2,266 2,149 +117 +5.4%

For clarity, the table below shows examples of brands that fall into each category of non-NEXT branded product. Please note that 'third-party brands' include brands such as Reiss, FatFace and Joules, in which NEXT owns an equity stake. These brands operate as independent businesses within the Group but are not wholly-owned by NEXT, so are considered as third-parties within our reporting. They account for 12% of our UK third-party brands' full price sales (which is 4% of our

Wholly-owned brands Licences Third-party brands

smAllsaints, Baker by Ted Baker kidswear, Nina Campbell, Rockett St George

Under our licence agreements, a third-party brand (the licensor) supplies NEXT (the licensee) with design inspiration and branding. NEXT sources and purchases the stock, which is held at NEXT's risk,

Nike, Adidas, Skechers Reiss, River Island, Pour Moi, Hush

categories: (1) wholly-owned brands and licences, and (2) third-party brands.

Wholly-owned brands, licences and third party brands - definitions

highlighting that non-NEXT brands now account for 42% of our Online sales in the UK.

NEXT ONLINE - UK

HEADLINES

Full price sales up +5.4% versus last year.
Total sales (including markdown sales) up +4.6%.
Online UK profit (including lease interest) was £444m, up +8.0%.
Online UK margin improved to 17.5%, up +0.6%.

SUMMARY OF ONLINE UK SALES, PROFIT AND MARGIN

The table below summarises the sales and profit of our Online UK business (which includes NEXT branded products and our LABEL business, which sells all other non-NEXT brands).

Online UK (£m)	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var %
Total sales	2,540	2,429	+4.6%
Operating profit	457	421	+8.4%
Lease interest charge	(13)	(10)	+25.4%
Online UK profit	444	411	+8.0%
Online UK margin	17.5%	16.9%

Please note that we include the cost of lease interest within Online profitability. Lease interest was up +25%, mainly due to the extension of two warehouse leases during the last year.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 32 31/03/2025 17:33

FULL PRICE SALES ANALYSIS

NEXT ONLINE

HEADLINES

NEXT ONLINE - UK

● Full price sales up +5.4% versus last year.

● Total sales (including markdown sales) up +4.6%.

● Online UK margin improved to 17.5%, up +0.6%.

● Online UK profit (including lease interest) was £444m, up +8.0%.

SUMMARY OF ONLINE UK SALES, PROFIT AND MARGIN

branded products and our LABEL business, which sells all other non-NEXT brands).

Online UK margin 17.5% 16.9%

up +25%, mainly due to the extension of two warehouse leases during the last year.

The table below summarises the sales and profit of our Online UK business (which includes NEXT

Online UK (£m) Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var %

Total sales 2,540 2,429 +4.6% Operating profit 457 421 +8.4% Lease interest charge (13) (10) +25.4% Online UK profit 444 411 +8.0%

Please note that we include the cost of lease interest within Online profitability. Lease interest was

are no longer providing a combined commentary for total Online sales and profit.

Sales grew across all categories, with the highest growth in third-party brands. It is worth highlighting that non-NEXT brands now account for 42% of our Online sales in the UK.

Full price sales £m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var £m	Var %
NEXT brand	1,304	1,265	+39	+3.1%
Wholly-owned brands and licences	179	171	+8	+4.4%
Third-party brands	783	713	+70	+9.8%
LABEL total	962	885	+78	+8.8%
Total Online UK	2,266	2,149	+117	+5.4%

Wholly-owned brands, licences and third party brands - definitions

Wholly-owned brands	Licences	Third-party brands
Lipsy Love & Roses Friends Like These Cath Kidston	smAllsaints, Baker by Ted Baker kidswear, Nina Campbell, Rockett St George	Nike, Adidas, Skechers Reiss, River Island, Pour Moi, Hush

Under our licence agreements, a third-party brand (the licensor) supplies NEXT (the licensee) with design inspiration and branding. NEXT sources and purchases the stock, which is held at NEXT's risk, and the licensor earns a royalty on sales.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 33 31/03/2025 17:33

ONLINE UK MARGIN ANALYSIS

Overall, net margin in the UK's Online business was 17.5%, up +0.6% on last year. Margins are best understood by reviewing the constituent parts of the business, which are summarised in the table below. Further margin analysis for each division is given below the table.

				Change in margin
Online UK division	Total sales £m	Profit £m	Margin %	vs Jan 2024
NEXT branded product	1,449	290	20.0%	+0.1%
LABEL	1,091	154	14.1%	+1.3%
Total Online UK	2,540	444	17.5%	+0.6%

NEXT branded product (UK) - Margin analysis

NEXT branded product margin of 20.0% was up +0.1% versus last year; the main margin movements are summarised below.

Margin on NEXT branded product sales to January 2024
Bought-in gross margin	Bought-in gross margin on NEXT stock improved by +0.4% versus last year.	+0.4%
Markdown	Higher surplus stock (up +6%) and lower clearance rates reduced margin.	- 0.5%
Warehousing and distribution	Inflationary cost increases, mainly wages, reduced margin by -0.7%. This was more than offset by:	+0.1%
	The net effect of our Elmsall 3 warehouse, which improved ○ margin by +0.6% (after accounting for both increased occupancy costs and productivity savings). Delivery/returns charge income, which grew faster than sales, ○ improving margin by +0.2%.
Marketing	Digital marketing spend grew faster than sales, and reduced margin.	- 0.6%
Central costs and staff incentives	Lower central staff incentives, as they return to more normal levels, and prior year one-off costs not repeating.	+0.7%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 34 31/03/2025 17:33

Margin on NEXT branded product sales to January 2025 20.0%

LABEL (UK) - Margin Analysis

categories is summarised below.

Bought-in gross

Warehouse and distribution

Central costs and staff incentives

LABEL margin by business model

margin

Overall net margin of 14.1% was up 1.3% versus last year. The margin impact of major cost

Margin on LABEL sales to January 2024 12.8%

Markdown Lower clearance rates on surplus stock reduced margin. - 0.2%

○ The net effect of our new Elmsall 3 warehouse, which improved margin by +0.5% (after accounting for both increased occupancy costs and productivity savings). ○ Higher average selling prices and lower returns rates added

products (+0.6%), and third-party brands (+0.5%).

-0.4%. This was more than offset by:

improving margin by +0.1%.

Marketing Higher spend on digital marketing over sales growth reduced

+0.2%.

costs not repeating.

margin.

increase in bought-in margin, as described above.

Higher margins on our wholly-owned brands and licensed

Inflationary cost increases, mainly wages, reduced margin by

○ Delivery/returns charge income, which grew faster than sales,

Lower staff incentives than last year and some prior year one-off

Margin on LABEL sales to January 2025 14.1%

The margin of each business model within LABEL is summarised below. Margin in both categories has improved, with the largest increase in our wholly-owned brands and licences, mainly due to the

Margin by category Jan 2025 Jan 2024

Third-party brands 13.9% 12.5% Wholly-owned brands and licences 16.8% 14.1% Total LABEL margin 14.1% 12.8%

+1.1%

+0.4%

0.6%

+0.6%

LABEL (UK) - Margin Analysis

ONLINE UK MARGIN ANALYSIS

NEXT branded product (UK) - Margin analysis

year.

margin.

are summarised below.

Bought-in gross

Warehousing and distribution

Central costs and staff incentives

margin

Overall, net margin in the UK's Online business was 17.5%, up +0.6% on last year. Margins are best understood by reviewing the constituent parts of the business, which are summarised in the table

NEXT branded product 1,449 290 20.0% +0.1% LABEL 1,091 154 14.1% +1.3% Total Online UK 2,540 444 17.5% +0.6%

NEXT branded product margin of 20.0% was up +0.1% versus last year; the main margin movements

Margin on NEXT branded product sales to January 2024 19.9%

Bought-in gross margin on NEXT stock improved by +0.4% versus last

Inflationary cost increases, mainly wages, reduced margin by -0.7%.

margin by +0.6% (after accounting for both increased occupancy

○ The net effect of our Elmsall 3 warehouse, which improved

○ Delivery/returns charge income, which grew faster than sales,

Lower central staff incentives, as they return to more normal levels,

Marketing Digital marketing spend grew faster than sales, and reduced margin. - 0.6%

Margin on NEXT branded product sales to January 2025 20.0%

Change in margin vs Jan 2024

+0.4%

0.5%

+0.1%

+0.7%

below. Further margin analysis for each division is given below the table.

Online UK division Total sales £m Profit £m Margin %

Markdown Higher surplus stock (up +6%) and lower clearance rates reduced

costs and productivity savings).

and prior year one-off costs not repeating.

improving margin by +0.2%.

This was more than offset by:

Overall net margin of 14.1% was up 1.3% versus last year. The margin impact of major cost categories is summarised below.

Margin on LABEL sales to January 2024
Bought-in gross margin	Higher margins on our wholly-owned brands and licensed products (+0.6%), and third-party brands (+0.5%).
Markdown	Lower clearance rates on surplus stock reduced margin.
Warehouse and distribution	Inflationary cost increases, mainly wages, reduced margin by -0.4%. This was more than offset by:
	The net effect of our new Elmsall 3 warehouse, which ○ improved margin by +0.5% (after accounting for both increased occupancy costs and productivity savings). Higher average selling prices and lower returns rates added ○ +0.2%. Delivery/returns charge income, which grew faster than sales, ○ improving margin by +0.1%.
Marketing	Higher spend on digital marketing over sales growth reduced margin.
Central costs and staff incentives	Lower staff incentives than last year and some prior year one-off costs not repeating.
Margin on LABEL sales to January 2025		14.1%

LABEL margin by business model

The margin of each business model within LABEL is summarised below. Margin in both categories has improved, with the largest increase in our wholly-owned brands and licences, mainly due to the increase in bought-in margin, as described above.

Margin by category	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
Third-party brands	13.9%	12.5%
Wholly-owned brands and licences	16.8%	14.1%
Total LABEL margin	14.1%	12.8%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 35 31/03/2025 17:33

Guidance for Online UK in the Year Ahead

In the year ahead we are forecasting for Online UK full price sales to increase by +4.3%. Based on this forecast, we expect net margin for the year to be 17.7%. Net margins by division are summarised below, along with the prior year for reference.

NEXT ONLINE INTERNATIONAL

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

SALES ANALYSIS

International full price sales.

more than full price sales, and were up +27%.

Full price international sales by region

branded products.

Net margin % 13.9% 13.0%

Marketing spend as a percentage of sales23 increased from 4.7% last year to 6.9%.

Our Online International business has continued to exceed our expectations, with full price sales growth of £170m (+25%), net profit of £129m (+36%), and net margin improving by +0.9% to 13.9%.

£m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var £m Var %

Total sales 930 731 +199 +27% Operating profit 131 96 +35 +36% Lease interest (2) (1) - 0.5 +39% Net profit 129 95 +34 +36%

Our Online International business includes sales of all brands, i.e. NEXT branded products, wholly-owned brands and licences, and third-party brands. For context, 80% of sales are NEXT

Full price sales through NEXT websites grew by +£101m (+20%). This was driven by a significant increase in digital marketing spend, resulting in profitable sales growth and customer acquisition.

Full price sales through third-party aggregators grew by +£69m (+36%) and represented 30% of

Markdown and Clearance sales were up +72% due to more Sale stock being held in our international hubs and third-party aggregators' warehouses. This increase meant that total sales grew by 2%

£m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var £m Var %

Full price sales: NEXT websites 600 499 +101 +20% Full price sales: third-party aggregators 261 191 +69 +36% Total full price sales 860 691 +170 +25% Markdown and Clearance sales 70 41 +29 +72% Total sales 930 731 +199 +27%

The majority of growth came from Europe and the Middle East. However, unlike the previous four years, we are now experiencing good percentage growth in the Rest of World, 'long haul' territories.

Full price sales £m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var £m Var %

Europe 509 392 +118 +30% Middle East 260 227 +32 +14% Rest of World 91 72 +20 +27% Total full price sales 860 691 +170 +25%

23 Total sales on our own websites, including markdown sales, but excludes sales on third-party aggregator sites.

The improvement in our forecast margin is mainly due operational efficiencies and cost savings, which more than offset inflationary cost increases.

			Change in margin
Online net margins by division	Jan 2026 (e)	Jan 2025	vs Jan 2025
NEXT brand (UK)	20.3%	20.0%	+0.3%
LABEL (UK)	14.4%	14.1%	+0.3%
Online UK net margin	17.7%	17.5%	+0.2%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 36 31/03/2025 17:33

NEXT ONLINE INTERNATIONAL

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

£m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var £m	Var %
Total sales	930	731	+199	+27%
Operating profit	131	96	+35	+36%
Lease interest	(2)	(1)	- 0.5	+39%
Net profit	129	95	+34	+36%
Net margin %	13.9%	13.0%

SALES ANALYSIS

Guidance for Online UK in the Year Ahead

summarised below, along with the prior year for reference.

which more than offset inflationary cost increases.

In the year ahead we are forecasting for Online UK full price sales to increase by +4.3%. Based on this forecast, we expect net margin for the year to be 17.7%. Net margins by division are

The improvement in our forecast margin is mainly due operational efficiencies and cost savings,

NEXT brand (UK) 20.3% 20.0% +0.3% LABEL (UK) 14.4% 14.1% +0.3% Online UK net margin 17.7% 17.5% +0.2%

Change in margin vs Jan 2025

Online net margins by division Jan 2026 (e) Jan 2025

Our Online International business includes sales of all brands, i.e. NEXT branded products, wholly-owned brands and licences, and third-party brands. For context, 80% of sales are NEXT branded products.

Full price sales through NEXT websites grew by +£101m (+20%). This was driven by a significant increase in digital marketing spend, resulting in profitable sales growth and customer acquisition. Marketing spend as a percentage of sales23 increased from 4.7% last year to 6.9%.

Full price sales through third-party aggregators grew by +£69m (+36%) and represented 30% of International full price sales.

Markdown and Clearance sales were up +72% due to more Sale stock being held in our international hubs and third-party aggregators' warehouses. This increase meant that total sales grew by 2% more than full price sales, and were up +27%.

£m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var £m	Var %
Full price sales: NEXT websites	600	499	+101	+20%
Full price sales: third-party aggregators	261	191	+69	+36%
Total full price sales	860	691	+170	+25%
Markdown and Clearance sales	70	41	+29	+72%
Total sales	930	731	+199	+27%

Full price international sales by region

The majority of growth came from Europe and the Middle East. However, unlike the previous four years, we are now experiencing good percentage growth in the Rest of World, 'long haul' territories.

Full price sales £m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var £m	Var %
Europe	509	392	+118	+30%
Middle East	260	227	+32	+14%
Rest of World	91	72	+20	+27%
Total full price sales	860	691	+170	+25%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 37 31/03/2025 17:33

23 Total sales on our own websites, including markdown sales, but excludes sales on third-party aggregator sites.

Growth notably accelerated in the second half in the Middle East and Rest of World, as shown in the table below. The acceleration in the Middle East was the result of sales in the first half being adversely impacted by the transition to our Middle East hub. Sales in the Rest of the World accelerated as the year progressed as a result of greater spending on marketing in the second half.

Full Price Sales Growth by Region and by Half

ONLINE INTERNATIONAL MARGIN ANALYSIS

Margin of 13.9% was up +0.9% versus last year; the main movements are summarised below.

	Margin on International sales to January 2024		13.0%
Bought-in gross margin	Margin improved due to: ○ an increase in the underlying bought-in gross margin ○ price increases to fund increasing marketing spend ○ duty savings This was partially offset by the higher participation of	(+0.4%) (+1.0%) (+1.9%)	+3.0%
	lower margin third-party aggregators.	(- 0.3%)
Markdown	Higher surplus, as explained on page 37, reduced margin.		- 0.7%
Warehouse & distribution	Margin reduced due to: Inflationary cost increases, mainly wages ○ Our new hub operations in the Middle East ○ Margin improved due to: Operational efficiencies ○	(- 0.3%) (- 0.3%) (+0.3%)	- 0.3%
Marketing	Increased digital marketing spend in profitable international markets meant that overall spend increased by more than sales growth.
Central costs & staff incentives	Lower staff incentive costs than last year were partially offset by one-off costs.		+0.2%

Margin on International sales to January 2025 13.9%

NEXT ONLINE CUSTOMER ANALYSIS

● UK cash customers who pay using credit, debit or other tender types.

aggregators overseas, where we do not have visibility of customer numbers.

vs Jan 2024

Average active customers

Jan 2025

● UK credit customers who pay using a NEXT credit account24 ('nextpay' or 'pay in 3').

● International customers who shop on our websites, using credit, debit or other tender types.

The average number of 'active' customers in the year was 8.6m, up +10% versus last year. We define active customers as those who have either placed an order or received an account statement in the last 20 weeks. The total number of customers who placed an order in the year was 13.7m, up +13%. In the past, we have only reported 'active' customer numbers. Whilst this is a good measure of the number of customers actively shopping with us, it is not an appropriate number to use when calculating average sales per customer. So in the table below, we now detail the total number of customers who placed an order last year, and the average sales of those customers. We will use this new measure going forward, but for reference we have still included the average number of active

For completeness, the table below also includes sales achieved through our international third-party

Customers in the year

UK Credit 2.9m +2% 3.1m +2% 541 +1% 1,662 +3% UK Cash 3.6m +8% 6.5m +7% 135 +1% 879 +9% UK Total 6.5m +5% 9.6m +5% 265 - 1% 2,540 +5% Int'l (NEXT websites) 2.1m +26% 4.1m +34% 157 - 9% 640 +21% Total ex. aggregators 8.6m +10% 13.7m +13% 233 - 4% 3,181 +8% Third-party aggregators 290 +43% Online Total 3,471 +10%

In the UK, average sales for both credit and cash customers were up +1%. The number of cash customers (+7%) grew much faster than credit customers (+2%). On average, cash customers spend less than credit customers, meaning that the overall average sales per customer was down -1%.

Sales per customer were down by -7% in local currency, which translated into a -9% reduction in Pounds Sterling. This reduction can be attributed to the large increase in customer recruitment, as

new customers typically spend less than established customers in their first year.

24 Both NEXT credit offers are authorised & regulated by the FCA. Note, 'pay in 3' previously called 'next3step'.

vs Jan 2024

Jan 2025

Sales £ per customer

vs Jan 2024

Jan 2025

Total £m sales value

vs Jan 2024

Jan 2025

Online customers can be split into three distinct groups:

Customer Numbers

customers (in grey) in the table below.

Sales Per Customer

International sales per customer

UK sales per customer

Guidance for Online International in the Year Ahead

In the year ahead we are forecasting for Online International full price sales to increase by +18%. Based on this forecast, we expect net margin for the year to be 14.8%.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 38 31/03/2025 17:33

NEXT ONLINE CUSTOMER ANALYSIS

Customer Numbers

Full Price Sales Growth by Region and by Half

Margin of 13.9% was up +0.9% versus last year; the main movements are summarised below.

This was partially offset by the higher participation of

Marketing Increased digital marketing spend in profitable international markets

Margin on International sales to January 2024 13.0%

○ an increase in the underlying bought-in gross margin (+0.4%) ○ price increases to fund increasing marketing spend (+1.0%) ○ duty savings (+1.9%) +3.0%

0.3%
1.3%

+0.2%

lower margin third-party aggregators. (- 0.3%)

○ Inflationary cost increases, mainly wages (- 0.3%) ○ Our new hub operations in the Middle East (- 0.3%)

○ Operational efficiencies (+0.3%)

Lower staff incentive costs than last year were partially offset by one-off

meant that overall spend increased by more than sales growth.

Margin on International sales to January 2025 13.9%

In the year ahead we are forecasting for Online International full price sales to increase by +18%.

Markdown Higher surplus, as explained on page 37, reduced margin. - 0.7%

ONLINE INTERNATIONAL MARGIN ANALYSIS

Margin improved due to:

Margin reduced due to:

Margin improved due to:

Guidance for Online International in the Year Ahead

Based on this forecast, we expect net margin for the year to be 14.8%.

costs.

Bought-in gross margin

Warehouse & distribution

Central costs & staff incentives Online customers can be split into three distinct groups:

UK credit customers who pay using a NEXT credit account24 ('nextpay' or 'pay in 3').
UK cash customers who pay using credit, debit or other tender types.
International customers who shop on our websites, using credit, debit or other tender types.

In the past, we have only reported 'active' customer numbers. Whilst this is a good measure of the number of customers actively shopping with us, it is not an appropriate number to use when calculating average sales per customer. So in the table below, we now detail the total number of customers who placed an order last year, and the average sales of those customers. We will use this new measure going forward, but for reference we have still included the average number of active customers (in grey) in the table below.

For completeness, the table below also includes sales achieved through our international third-party aggregators overseas, where we do not have visibility of customer numbers.

	Average active customers			Customers in the year	Sales £ per customer		Total £m sales value
	Jan 2025	vs Jan 2024	Jan 2025	vs Jan 2024	Jan 2025	vs Jan 2024	Jan 2025	vs Jan 2024
UK Credit	2.9m	+2%	3.1m	+2%	541	+1%	1,662	+3%
UK Cash	3.6m	+8%	6.5m	+7%	135	+1%	879	+9%
UK Total	6.5m	+5%	9.6m	+5%	265	- 1%	2,540	+5%
Int'l (NEXT websites)	2.1m	+26%	4.1m	+34%	157	- 9%	640	+21%
Total ex. aggregators	8.6m	+10%	13.7m	+13%	233	- 4%	3,181	+8%
Third-party aggregators							290	+43%
Online Total							3,471	+10%

Sales Per Customer

UK sales per customer

International sales per customer

Sales per customer were down by -7% in local currency, which translated into a -9% reduction in Pounds Sterling. This reduction can be attributed to the large increase in customer recruitment, as new customers typically spend less than established customers in their first year.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 39 31/03/2025 17:33

²⁴ Both NEXT credit offers are authorised & regulated by the FCA. Note, 'pay in 3' previously called 'next3step'.

NEXT FINANCE

HEADLINES

Interest income was up +2.6% versus last year.
Underlying profit (before a provision release one-off and cost of funding) was £222m, up +5.0%.

Note 1 Customer receivables

Note 2 Interest income

Bad debt charge (underlying)

Bad debt provision release (one-off)

Default rates and provision rates

The following chart shows:

the end of March 2023.

disruption experienced in the last four years.

March 202327.

charge this year:

the year end, closing receivables were up +1.7% on last year.

(2) We have released £10m of historical bad debt provisions.

average rate of defaults observed over the last three years.

● Observed annualised default rates28 since 2011 (blue bars).

Note 3 Bad debt charge and default rates

Average customer receivables were up +1.3% versus last year due to a higher receivables balance at the start of the year, with new credit sales and customer payments broadly offsetting each other. At

Interest income was up +2.6%. This was higher than the increase in the average customer receivables balance mainly due to the annualisation of a 1% increase in nextpay APR from the end of

A reduction in default rates (see the chart below) has led us to make two changes to the bad debt

The bad debt charge of £28m was £5m less than last year due to an adjustment to the rate at which we provide for future defaults on credit sales. The rate now being used is more in line with the

This year's P&L has benefitted from a £10m provision release, as we have not seen the deterioration in bad debt rates that we anticipated following the COVID pandemic and the subsequent economic

● The closing rate of provision for future defaults (green dotted line), which remains above our

● The default rate for the year ending January 2025 was 2.6%, which is 0.6% lower than last year.

Annual Default and Closing Provision Rate

28 Defaults are net of expected recoveries and presented as a percentage of the average customer receivables balance.

27 nextpay APR increased by 1% to 24.9% for new customers recruited from January 2023 and for existing customers from

current default rates and makes allowance for a material deterioration in defaults.

(1) We have reduced the rate at which we provide for bad debt on credit sales, and

Default rates, at 2.6%, were 0.6% lower than last year. This has allowed us to lower our rate of provision for bad debt on new sales, and release £10m of historical provisions.
After accounting for the cost of funding and the release of historical bad debt provisions, total net profit was £182m, up +11.2% versus last year.

FINANCE PROFIT & LOSS SUMMARY

£m		Jan 2025	Jan 202425	Var %
Credit sales26		2,070	2,027	+2.1%
Average customer receivables	note 1	1,259	1,243	+1.3%
Closing customer receivables		1,314	1,292	+1.7%

Interest income	note 2	300	293	+2.6%
Bad debt charge (underlying)	note 3	(28)	(32)	- 14.2%
Overheads		(51)	(49)	+3.2%
Underlying profit before one-offs and cost of funding		222	211	+5.0%
Cost of funding	note 4	(50)	(48)	+5.1%
Net profit before bad debt one-off		172	163	+5.0%
Bad debt provision release	note 3	10	0
Profit after bad debt one-off		182	163	+11.2%
ROCE (before bad debt provision release)		13.6%	13.1%

The following paragraphs give further explanation of the year-on-year variances in each line of the Finance P&L.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 40 31/03/2025 17:33

²⁵ Customer receivables and ROCE for January 2024 have been restated. (Average receivables previously reported as £1,223m, Closing receivables £1,270m, and ROCE 13.4%). Last year, and historically, we deducted the customer returns provisions from our net receivables balance; however, we had incorrectly included the returns on cash customer accounts and should have limited this to credit accounts only.

²⁶ Credit sales include Online sales and Retail sales paid with a NEXT credit account, plus interest income.

Note 1 Customer receivables

Average customer receivables were up +1.3% versus last year due to a higher receivables balance at the start of the year, with new credit sales and customer payments broadly offsetting each other. At the year end, closing receivables were up +1.7% on last year.

Note 2 Interest income

NEXT FINANCE

● Interest income was up +2.6% versus last year.

net profit was £182m, up +11.2% versus last year.

FINANCE PROFIT & LOSS SUMMARY

● Underlying profit (before a provision release one-off and cost of funding) was £222m, up +5.0%. ● Default rates, at 2.6%, were 0.6% lower than last year. This has allowed us to lower our rate of

● After accounting for the cost of funding and the release of historical bad debt provisions, total

£m Jan 2025 Jan 2024²⁵ Var %

Credit sales26 2,070 2,027 +2.1% Average customer receivables note 1 1,259 1,243 +1.3% Closing customer receivables 1,314 1,292 +1.7%

Interest income note 2 300 293 +2.6% Bad debt charge (underlying) note 3 (28) (32) - 14.2% Overheads (51) (49) +3.2% Underlying profit before one-offs and cost of funding 222 211 +5.0% Cost of funding note 4 (50) (48) +5.1% Net profit before bad debt one-off 172 163 +5.0%

Profit after bad debt one-off 182 163 +11.2%

The following paragraphs give further explanation of the year-on-year variances in each line of the

Bad debt provision release note 3 10 0

ROCE (before bad debt provision release) 13.6% 13.1%

26 Credit sales include Online sales and Retail sales paid with a NEXT credit account, plus interest income.

(Average receivables previously reported as £1,223m, Closing receivables £1,270m, and ROCE 13.4%).

Last year, and historically, we deducted the customer returns provisions from our net receivables balance; however, we had incorrectly included the returns on cash customer accounts and should have limited this to credit accounts only.

25 Customer receivables and ROCE for January 2024 have been restated.

provision for bad debt on new sales, and release £10m of historical provisions.

HEADLINES

Finance P&L.

Interest income was up +2.6%. This was higher than the increase in the average customer receivables balance mainly due to the annualisation of a 1% increase in nextpay APR from the end of March 202327.

Note 3 Bad debt charge and default rates

A reduction in default rates (see the chart below) has led us to make two changes to the bad debt charge this year:

(1) We have reduced the rate at which we provide for bad debt on credit sales, and
(2) We have released £10m of historical bad debt provisions.

Bad debt charge (underlying)

The bad debt charge of £28m was £5m less than last year due to an adjustment to the rate at which we provide for future defaults on credit sales. The rate now being used is more in line with the average rate of defaults observed over the last three years.

Bad debt provision release (one-off)

This year's P&L has benefitted from a £10m provision release, as we have not seen the deterioration in bad debt rates that we anticipated following the COVID pandemic and the subsequent economic disruption experienced in the last four years.

Default rates and provision rates

The following chart shows:

Observed annualised default rates28 since 2011 (blue bars).
The closing rate of provision for future defaults (green dotted line), which remains above our current default rates and makes allowance for a material deterioration in defaults.
The default rate for the year ending January 2025 was 2.6%, which is 0.6% lower than last year.

Annual Default and Closing Provision Rate

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 41 31/03/2025 17:33

²⁷ nextpay APR increased by 1% to 24.9% for new customers recruited from January 2023 and for existing customers from the end of March 2023.

²⁸ Defaults are net of expected recoveries and presented as a percentage of the average customer receivables balance.

Note 4 Cost of Funding

The cost of funding is an internal interest recharge from the Group, based on the assumption that 85% of customer receivables are funded by debt lent by the Group to the Finance business, with the remaining 15% being funded by the Finance business's notional equity.

INVESTMENTS AND TOTAL PLATFORM

(3) lower trading losses in Joules, which broadly broke even in the year;

The combined profit from investments (including interest)30 and Total Platform services was £77m,

(1) the increased investment in Reiss, from 51% to 72% in September 2023, and 74% in June 2024; (2) the acquisition of 97% of FatFace in October 2023, and its launch on TP in September 2024;

(4) the annualisation of clients that launched during 2023 (JoJo Maman Bébé, Joules and MADE).

Profit £m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var % Investments30 63.6 32.3 +97% Total Platform services 13.0 10.5 +24% Total profit 76.6 42.8 +79%

Please note that FatFace's TP startup costs this year (£6.2m), and the impairment of JoJo Maman Bébé (£13.0m) are reported within non-recurring Group central items (see page 46), and are not

Investment profit in the year was £63.6m, up from £32.3m last year. This growth is driven by our increased stake in Reiss and acquisition of FatFace, along with a significant improvement in trading losses in Joules. In addition to several actions to reduce costs in Joules, full price sales mix has

Profit from investments £m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var % Jan 2025 Jan 2024

Reiss 40.0 24.1 +66% 73% 58% FatFace 13.5 6.5 +108% 97% 28% Joules (0.2) (5.7) - 97% 74% 74%

31 This is the weighted average ownership during each year. In October 2023 we acquired 97% of FatFace. In September 2023 we increased our stake in Reiss from 51% to 72%. In June 2024, we increased our stake in Reiss from 72% to 74%,

preference share interest), which is reported in the Interest line of the Group P&L (see page 48).

30 Profit reported in this section includes the interest earned from TP investments (loan interest and, in the prior year,

Profit from investments is stated excluding the cost of brand amortisation. Further details on the treatment of brand

Other investments 10.2 7.4 +38% Total investments 63.6 32.3 +97%

giving a weighted average of 73% in the year to January 2025.

amortisation are given in Appendix 3 on page 61.

Ownership %31

increased materially, resulting in a small loss of -£0.2m, compared to a loss of -£5.7m last year.

Further detail on our investments and Total Platform services business is set out below.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

included in the numbers above.

INVESTMENTS

up from £43m last year. Growth in profit was driven by:

For the year ahead, we are forecasting profit of £78m.

The interest rate charged by the Group was 4.7%, +0.1% higher than last year. This rate reflects the Group's slightly higher underlying external interest rate on bonds and bank facilities, driven by increased rates on floating instruments. The higher interest rate and increased average receivables resulted in a £50m cost of funding.

The table below details the cost of funding recharge calculation. The Group's actual external interest cost is much lower due to lower average borrowings across the Group compared to the Finance business. This results in a notional profit on intercompany lending.

Group lending to NEXT Finance £m	Jan 2025
Average Group external borrowing (for reference)	806
Average NEXT Finance borrowing (@85%) (for reference)	1,070
Group underlying net external interest rate	4.7%
Interest charged by Group to NEXT Finance	(50)
Underlying net external interest cost for Group29	(38)
Group profit on its lending to NEXT Finance	12

GUIDANCE FOR THE YEAR TO JANUARY 2026

In the year ahead, we anticipate that NEXT Finance will generate profits of £177m. We are forecasting that the customer receivables balance at the year end will be around £1.30bn, broadly flat versus the prior year.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 42 31/03/2025 17:33

²⁹ This figure excludes interest earned from cash on deposit. The total net external interest cost for the Group in the year was £32.2m, see page 48.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Note 4 Cost of Funding

flat versus the prior year.

was £32.2m, see page 48.

resulted in a £50m cost of funding.

The cost of funding is an internal interest recharge from the Group, based on the assumption that 85% of customer receivables are funded by debt lent by the Group to the Finance business, with the

The table below details the cost of funding recharge calculation. The Group's actual external interest cost is much lower due to lower average borrowings across the Group compared to the Finance

Group lending to NEXT Finance £m Jan 2025

Average Group external borrowing (for reference) 806 Average NEXT Finance borrowing (@85%) (for reference) 1,070 Group underlying net external interest rate 4.7% Interest charged by Group to NEXT Finance (50) Underlying net external interest cost for Group29 (38) Group profit on its lending to NEXT Finance 12

In the year ahead, we anticipate that NEXT Finance will generate profits of £177m. We are forecasting that the customer receivables balance at the year end will be around £1.30bn, broadly

29 This figure excludes interest earned from cash on deposit. The total net external interest cost for the Group in the year

remaining 15% being funded by the Finance business's notional equity.

business. This results in a notional profit on intercompany lending.

GUIDANCE FOR THE YEAR TO JANUARY 2026

The combined profit from investments (including interest)30 and Total Platform services was £77m, up from £43m last year. Growth in profit was driven by:

(1) the increased investment in Reiss, from 51% to 72% in September 2023, and 74% in June 2024;

(2) the acquisition of 97% of FatFace in October 2023, and its launch on TP in September 2024;

(3) lower trading losses in Joules, which broadly broke even in the year;

(4) the annualisation of clients that launched during 2023 (JoJo Maman Bébé, Joules and MADE).

Profit £m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var %
Investments30	63.6	32.3	+97%
Total Platform services	13.0	10.5	+24%
Total profit	76.6	42.8	+79%

For the year ahead, we are forecasting profit of £78m.

Please note that FatFace's TP startup costs this year (£6.2m), and the impairment of JoJo Maman Bébé (£13.0m) are reported within non-recurring Group central items (see page 46), and are not included in the numbers above.

Further detail on our investments and Total Platform services business is set out below.

INVESTMENTS

				Ownership %31
Profit from investments £m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var %	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
Reiss	40.0	24.1	+66%	73%	58%
FatFace	13.5	6.5	+108%	97%	28%
Joules	(0.2)	(5.7)	- 97%	74%	74%
Other investments	10.2	7.4	+38%
Total investments	63.6	32.3	+97%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 43 31/03/2025 17:33

³⁰ Profit reported in this section includes the interest earned from TP investments (loan interest and, in the prior year, preference share interest), which is reported in the Interest line of the Group P&L (see page 48).

Profit from investments is stated excluding the cost of brand amortisation. Further details on the treatment of brand amortisation are given in Appendix 3 on page 61.

³¹ This is the weighted average ownership during each year. In October 2023 we acquired 97% of FatFace. In September 2023 we increased our stake in Reiss from 51% to 72%. In June 2024, we increased our stake in Reiss from 72% to 74%, giving a weighted average of 73% in the year to January 2025.

Return on Investments

The table below summarises our capital employed, cash returns and return on capital employed (ROCE) for 2024/25. The total ROCE (including TP) was 23%. The ROCE on equity investments alone was 20%. A full explanation of how our ROCE is calculated is given below the table.

TOTAL PLATFORM SERVICES BUSINESS

Total Platform services income

Total Platform services margins We analyse margins in two ways:

(1) Profit as a percentage of our income (Row G)

(retail stores, websites, third-parties and wholesale).

(2) Profit as a percentage of our clients' sales (Row H)

from late September 2024.

in line with our target margin.

The table below sets out the sales, profits and margins for the year, along with last year.

(G) Total Platform profit as a % of income = F / E 19.4% 20.0% (H) Total Platform profit as a % of clients' sales = F / (A + C) 6.1% 6.5%

Total income in the year increased by +28% to £67.1m. This growth is driven by the annualisation of new clients that launched part way through last year (Joules and MADE) plus the addition of FatFace

Profit as a percentage of our clients' sales was 6.1% and profit as a percentage of income was 19.4%,

34 Note to Analysts - this figure only includes the online sales going through our TP websites. This differs from Note 2 of the Financial Statements, which reports revenue from subsidiaries (Reiss, Joules and FatFace only) through all of their outlets

Total Platform services £m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Var % (A) Client online sales (GTV)³⁴ 194.6 148.5 +31% (B) Commission income on clients' GTV 40.1 30.3 +32% (C) Income from cost-plus services inc. TEP 18.4 13.3 +39% (D) Recharges for services at cost 8.6 8.8 - 2% (E) Total Platform income (accounting) 67.1 52.4 +28% (F) Total Platform profit from services 13.0 10.5 +24%

	Capital employed £m		Cash profit pre-tax £m			ROCE %
	Invested	Recovered	TP	TOTAL	Equity	TP	TOTAL	Equity	TOTAL
Note:	A	B	C	D	E	F	G	= E/(A + B)	= G/D
TOTAL	361.7	(48.1)	31.2	344.8	63.6	16.5	80.1	20%	23%

Capital employed consists of:

(A) Capital invested32 in equity plus debt, less
(B) Capital recovered, which is the cumulative post-tax profit (excluding brand amortisation costs) earned from the equity investment to January 2024; this is a proxy for cash returned as at the beginning of 2024/25. In addition, it includes the cash cost of TP integration costs33 for FatFace during 2024/25.
(C) The TP capex required to provide Total Platform services.

Cash profit before tax consists of:

(E) Equity profit before tax (excluding brand amortisation) plus interest received, for the year to January 2025.
(F) TP profit before tax and depreciation for the year to January 2025.

ROCE is the cash profit before tax, divided into the capital employed. A ROCE is shown for the equity investment alone, and the overall investment including TP.

Note to Analysts on subsidiaries' profit reported at Companies House

Please note that profits previously reported by our subsidiaries, and recorded at Companies House, cannot be directly translated into their reported profit given here. This disparity is for a number of reasons:

(1) Results included in the NEXT Group accounts are after adjustments made to the fair value of the balance sheet at the date we acquired our stake.
(2) Results in the NEXT Group accounts will include the elimination of any intercompany trade and related profit. Such profits will correctly remain in the local entity accounts.
(3) Accounting policies in the local accounts may differ from those in the NEXT consolidated accounts. For example, Reiss accounts are prepared under UK accounting standards (not International) and therefore they, correctly, do not apply IFRS 16 lease accounting in their local accounts.
(4) The accounting period covered in the local accounts may not always align to the NEXT reporting period. For example, FatFace previously had a May year end.

These differences are common in Group situations where companies have been acquired. The underlying cash generated by the business is not impacted by this.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 44 31/03/2025 17:33

³² Capital invested is weighted for our period of ownership. For Reiss, this was 51% to 22 September 2023 and 72% to June 2024, after which we increased our stake to 74%. For FatFace, we had 97% ownership from 13 October 2023.

³³ £4.2m of non-recurring cash costs for TP integration of FatFace, reported in Group central costs, is included in the ROCE calculation. Please note that the P&L charge of £6.2m reported on page 47 includes non-cash charges such as accelerated depreciation.

TOTAL PLATFORM SERVICES BUSINESS

The table below sets out the sales, profits and margins for the year, along with last year.

Total Platform services £m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024	Var %
(A) Client online sales (GTV)34	194.6	148.5	+31%
(B) Commission income on clients' GTV	40.1	30.3	+32%
(C) Income from cost-plus services inc. TEP	18.4	13.3	+39%
(D) Recharges for services at cost	8.6	8.8	- 2%
(E) Total Platform income (accounting)	67.1	52.4	+28%
(F) Total Platform profit from services	13.0	10.5	+24%
(G) Total Platform profit as a % of income = F / E	19.4%	20.0%
(H) Total Platform profit as a % of clients' sales = F / (A + C)	6.1%	6.5%

Total Platform services income

Return on Investments

Capital employed consists of:

during 2024/25.

January 2025.

reasons:

accelerated depreciation.

Cash profit before tax consists of:

(A) Capital invested32 in equity plus debt, less

(F) TP profit before tax and depreciation for the year to January 2025.

equity investment alone, and the overall investment including TP.

Note to Analysts on subsidiaries' profit reported at Companies House

period. For example, FatFace previously had a May year end.

balance sheet at the date we acquired our stake.

cash generated by the business is not impacted by this.

The table below summarises our capital employed, cash returns and return on capital employed (ROCE) for 2024/25. The total ROCE (including TP) was 23%. The ROCE on equity investments alone

Note: A B C D E F G = E/(A + B) = G/D TOTAL 361.7 (48.1) 31.2 344.8 63.6 16.5 80.1 20% 23%

(B) Capital recovered, which is the cumulative post-tax profit (excluding brand amortisation costs) earned from the equity investment to January 2024; this is a proxy for cash returned as at the beginning of 2024/25. In addition, it includes the cash cost of TP integration costs33 for FatFace

(E) Equity profit before tax (excluding brand amortisation) plus interest received, for the year to

ROCE is the cash profit before tax, divided into the capital employed. A ROCE is shown for the

(1) Results included in the NEXT Group accounts are after adjustments made to the fair value of the

(2) Results in the NEXT Group accounts will include the elimination of any intercompany trade and

(3) Accounting policies in the local accounts may differ from those in the NEXT consolidated accounts. For example, Reiss accounts are prepared under UK accounting standards (not International) and

(4) The accounting period covered in the local accounts may not always align to the NEXT reporting

These differences are common in Group situations where companies have been acquired. The underlying

32 Capital invested is weighted for our period of ownership. For Reiss, this was 51% to 22 September 2023 and 72% to June 2024, after which we increased our stake to 74%. For FatFace, we had 97% ownership from 13 October 2023.

therefore they, correctly, do not apply IFRS 16 lease accounting in their local accounts.

related profit. Such profits will correctly remain in the local entity accounts.

Capital employed £m Cash profit pre-tax £m ROCE %

Invested Recovered TP TOTAL Equity TP TOTAL Equity TOTAL

was 20%. A full explanation of how our ROCE is calculated is given below the table.

Total Platform services margins

We analyse margins in two ways:

(1) Profit as a percentage of our income (Row G)
(2) Profit as a percentage of our clients' sales (Row H)

Profit as a percentage of our clients' sales was 6.1% and profit as a percentage of income was 19.4%, in line with our target margin.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 45 31/03/2025 17:33

³⁴ Note to Analysts - this figure only includes the online sales going through our TP websites. This differs from Note 2 of the Financial Statements, which reports revenue from subsidiaries (Reiss, Joules and FatFace only) through all of their outlets (retail stores, websites, third-parties and wholesale).

OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

The profits and losses in the year from other business activities, including our other Group trading companies and non-trading activities, are summarised below along with our estimates for the year ahead. Non-recurring items that are material are shown separately. Significant changes in profit are explained below the table.

Franchise and Wholesale

A note on the allocation of central overhead costs

Central Costs and Employee Share Schemes

term is uncertain and we have therefore impaired our investment.

Total Platform Startup Costs

Foreign Exchange (FX)

the outstanding contracts at year end.

2024/25 contracts in the year to January 2025.

Impairment of JoJo Maman Bébé

costs and legal costs. For the year ahead, we expect central costs of £57.0m.

£9.0m.

This year, our Franchise and Wholesale business benefited from the addition of three new revenue streams: (1) the acquisition of the Cath Kidston brand, which earns income from UK and international licences, (2) new wholesale arrangements for some of our licensed brands, and (3) new international partnerships. Profit in the year was £7.5m, up +28% versus last year. Sales and profit are set out in the table below. In the year ahead we expect profit to be broadly flat, around £7m.

£m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Sales 64.8 47.6 Profit before overheads 10.7 7.1 Directly attributable overheads (1.6) (1.3) Profit before central costs 9.0 5.8 Central overheads cost allocation (1.6) - Net profit 7.5 5.8

This year, we changed how we allocate overhead costs to our wholesale division. Previously, only direct overheads were included; we now allocate a share of central overheads such as management, technology and finance. By doing so, this gives a clearer picture of our true costs and margins; the impact is shown in the table above. On a like-for-like reporting basis, profit increased from £5.8m to

Central costs of £61.9m were £11.4m higher than last year, mainly due to increased share option

FatFace launched on TP in September 2024. As part of the transition to TP, the Group incurred £6.2m of non-trading costs, including redundancy costs and termination of third-party contracts no longer required under TP. Last year's costs of £12.3m related to Joules (£9.1m) and FatFace (£3.2m).

This year we have impaired our total investment in JoJo Maman Bébé, at a cost of £13m. We acquired the business in 2023, and it has made losses in the last two financial years. Although management is working hard to improve this position, a recovery to a profitable business in the short

Some of our FX contracts cannot be accounted for under Hedge Accounting. Gains/losses on the valuation of contracts outstanding at the year end are set out below. Due to the volatility in the value of Sterling during 2022/23, we reported a £12.3m net gain last year. This year's gain is much lower at £2.3m, which is the reversal of a loss taken last year on 2023/24's contracts and the loss on

In the year ahead we are forecasting a gain of £2.4m. This is the reversal of the £2.4m cost taken on

Foreign exchange gains/(losses) £m Jan 2026 (e) Jan 2025 Jan 2024 FX contracts placed in 2022/23 - - 17.0 FX contracts placed in 2023/24 - 4.7 (4.7) FX contracts placed in 2024/25 2.4 (2.4) - Total 2.4 2.3 12.3

£m	Jan 2026 (e)	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
NEXT Sourcing (NS)	34.5	31.4	27.4
Franchise and wholesale	7.0	7.5	5.8
Central costs and employee share schemes	(57.0)	(61.9)	(50.5)
Property management and provisions	(2.0)	(1.5)	1.7
Total underlying profit/(loss)	(17.5)	(24.6)	(15.6)

Non-recurring central items
Impairment of JoJo Maman Bébé	-	(13.0)	-
Total Platform startup costs/write-offs	-	(6.2)	(12.3)
Foreign exchange	2.4	2.3	12.3
Total non-recurring items	2.4	(17.0)	(0.0)
Total profit/(loss)	(15.1)	(41.6)	(15.6)

NEXT Sourcing (NS)

The majority of NS income and costs are denominated in US Dollars (or linked currencies). The table below sets out NS's sales and profit in US Dollars and Pounds Sterling. The exchange rate used is the average market rate of exchange during the year.

NS sales were up +10% due to higher NEXT purchases, which were partly driven by orders being placed around two weeks earlier than last year due to the disruption in the Suez Canal. Overheads did not increase in line with sales, therefore profit was up +15%.

	US Dollars \$m			Pounds Sterling £m
	Jan 2025	Jan 2024		Jan 2025	Jan 2024
Sales (mainly inter-company)	684.4	607.0	+13%	534.7	485.6 +10%
Operating profit	40.1	34.2	+17%	31.4	27.4	+15%
Net margin	5.9%	5.6%		5.9%	5.6%
Exchange rate				1.28	1.25

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 46 31/03/2025 17:33

In the year ahead, we expect NS profit to be around £34.5m.

Franchise and Wholesale

OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

explained below the table.

Non-recurring central items

NEXT Sourcing (NS)

average market rate of exchange during the year.

did not increase in line with sales, therefore profit was up +15%.

In the year ahead, we expect NS profit to be around £34.5m.

£m Jan 2026 (e) Jan 2025 Jan 2024

NEXT Sourcing (NS) 34.5 31.4 27.4 Franchise and wholesale 7.0 7.5 5.8 Central costs and employee share schemes (57.0) (61.9) (50.5) Property management and provisions (2.0) (1.5) 1.7 Total underlying profit/(loss) (17.5) (24.6) (15.6)

Impairment of JoJo Maman Bébé - (13.0) - Total Platform startup costs/write-offs - (6.2) (12.3) Foreign exchange 2.4 2.3 12.3 Total non-recurring items 2.4 (17.0) (0.0) Total profit/(loss) (15.1) (41.6) (15.6)

NS sales were up +10% due to higher NEXT purchases, which were partly driven by orders being placed around two weeks earlier than last year due to the disruption in the Suez Canal. Overheads

Sales (mainly inter-company) 684.4 607.0 +13% 534.7 485.6 +10% Operating profit 40.1 34.2 +17% 31.4 27.4 +15%

Net margin 5.9% 5.6% 5.9% 5.6% Exchange rate 1.28 1.25

US Dollars \$m Pounds Sterling £m Jan 2025 Jan 2024 Jan 2025 Jan 2024 This year, our Franchise and Wholesale business benefited from the addition of three new revenue streams: (1) the acquisition of the Cath Kidston brand, which earns income from UK and international licences, (2) new wholesale arrangements for some of our licensed brands, and (3) new international partnerships. Profit in the year was £7.5m, up +28% versus last year. Sales and profit are set out in the table below. In the year ahead we expect profit to be broadly flat, around £7m.

£m	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
Sales	64.8	47.6
Profit before overheads	10.7	7.1
Directly attributable overheads	(1.6)	(1.3)
Profit before central costs	9.0	5.8
Central overheads cost allocation	(1.6)	-
Net profit	7.5	5.8

A note on the allocation of central overhead costs

Central Costs and Employee Share Schemes

Central costs of £61.9m were £11.4m higher than last year, mainly due to increased share option costs and legal costs. For the year ahead, we expect central costs of £57.0m.

Total Platform Startup Costs

Impairment of JoJo Maman Bébé

Foreign Exchange (FX)

In the year ahead we are forecasting a gain of £2.4m. This is the reversal of the £2.4m cost taken on 2024/25 contracts in the year to January 2025.

Foreign exchange gains/(losses) £m	Jan 2026 (e)	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
FX contracts placed in 2022/23	-	-	17.0
FX contracts placed in 2023/24	-	4.7	(4.7)
FX contracts placed in 2024/25	2.4	(2.4)	-
Total	2.4	2.3	12.3

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 47 31/03/2025 17:33

INTEREST, TAX, PENSIONS AND ESG

INTEREST

The interest charge35 in the P&L is made up of four categories, as set out below.

£m	Jan 2026 (e)	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
Net external interest	(32.7)	(32.2)	(35.3)
Lease interest	(48.3)	(47.8)	(46.7)
Reiss Preference share interest	n/a	n/a	3.2
Total Platform loan interest income	1.7	1.5	1.2
Total interest	(79.3)	(78.4)	(77.6)

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG)

ESG highlights for 2024/25 include the following:

Code of Practice audits

being disengaged.

2023/24).

Grievance mechanisms

Responsible Sourcing

EQUAL PAY CLAIM

Protecting Workers in our Supply Chain

value) of the products produced in these territories.

Zero Discharge of Hazardous Chemicals (ZDHC)

until the outcome of the Employment Appeal Tribunal stage.

reached for at least a year, if not much longer.

eliminate the use of hazardous chemicals from mills, laundries and tanneries.

For ease of reference, the full details of this are repeated in Appendix 4 on page 62.

Our Corporate Responsibility Report for 2024/25 will be published on 9 April 2025 and available on www.nextplc.co.uk. The report sets out more details about our ongoing multi-year ESG projects (Carbon Reduction, Responsible Sourcing, Reducing Packaging and Waste, and Recycling and supporting our employees and communities). In addition to the longer term projects, some of our

In the year, our team of 53 Ethical Trade specialists carried out 2,402 factory audits, 95% of which were unannounced. The audits showed that 93% by value of all NEXT products were manufactured in factories rated category 1-3 (acceptable). Where factories are rated as category 4-6 (unacceptable) we will in the first instance work with them to try to resolve any issues identified. During the year this resulted in 33 moving to an improved rating, 39 having a remediation plan in progress and 51

Following the successful rollout of a grievance mechanism in our suppliers' factories in Pakistan, South India, Myanmar and UAE, we have continued with a broader rollout to suppliers covering Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Cambodia, Vietnam, Turkey and Morocco. The grievance mechanism gives us additional confidence that workers in our supply chain have a route to raise concerns between the audits we conduct on the manufacturing locations. The grievance mechanism will cover 80% (by

We reset our targets last year to recognise that, although significant progress has been made, we were not going to meet all the targets set in 2018 by our originally planned 2025 deadline. We continue to work hard on sourcing our main materials responsibly with notable progress this year with polyester (now 50% versus 22% in 2023/24) and man-made cellulosics (now 57% versus 37% in

For the second year in a row, NEXT achieved the highest possible score in the ZDHC 'Brands to Zero' annual audit. The programme is an initiative across the apparel, leather and footwear industries to

As explained in our Half Year Report in September, NEXT is currently subject to an equal pay claim.

In October 2024 NEXT submitted an appeal against all findings made against us by the Employment Tribunal. A hearing will take place in the Employment Appeal Tribunal in early summer 2025. It has been agreed with the Claimant's lawyers that no compensation will be paid in respect of any claim

Our legal team continues to be very confident of our grounds for appeal. We expect the appeals process to take some time to conclude and therefore we do not expect a final resolution to be

Net external interest

The net external interest charge of £32.2m was £3.1m lower than last year, due to the combination of larger cash balances and higher deposit interest rates received. This was partially offset by the higher interest rates payable on our floating rate instruments.

Lease interest costs

Lease interest of £47.8m was £1.1m higher than last year, due mainly to the extension of the lease of two warehouses.

Reiss preference share interest

As part of the transaction completed at the end of September 2023, which increased our stake in Reiss from 51% to 72%, a restructure in equity was agreed meaning there will be no further preference share income.

Total Platform loan interest income

Loan agreements between NEXT and seven of our equity investments generated £1.5m of interest.

TAX

Our effective tax rate (ETR) for 2024/25 was 24.7%. This is lower than the UK headline rate of 25% as set out below. For the year ahead we expect an ETR of 24.9%.

	Jan 2026 (e)	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
Headline UK Corporation Tax rate	25.0%	25.0%	24.0%
Overseas tax	- 0.3%	- 0.3%	- 0.3%
Equity profit, which has already been taxed	- 0.2%	- 0.2%	- 0.2%
Non-deductible costs	+0.4%	+0.2%	+0.1%
ETR	24.9%	24.7%	23.6%

PENSION SCHEME

On the IFRS accounting basis, the valuation of our defined benefit schemes' surplus at January 2025 was £30.8m (January 2024: £59.3m). The reduction in the plan asset surplus is due to the 'curtailment loss' which resulted from the closure of the scheme to future accrual in March 2024 and change in actuarial assumptions. Further detail is provided in Appendix 1 on page 59 and in Note 6 of the financial statements.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 48 31/03/2025 17:33

³⁵ Excludes net interest costs of Reiss, FatFace and Joules, which are reported in the equity investments' profit figures given on page 43.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG)

Protecting Workers in our Supply Chain

Code of Practice audits

INTEREST, TAX, PENSIONS AND ESG

higher interest rates payable on our floating rate instruments.

set out below. For the year ahead we expect an ETR of 24.9%.

The interest charge35 in the P&L is made up of four categories, as set out below.

£m Jan 2026 (e) Jan 2025 Jan 2024

Net external interest (32.7) (32.2) (35.3) Lease interest (48.3) (47.8) (46.7) Reiss Preference share interest n/a n/a 3.2 Total Platform loan interest income 1.7 1.5 1.2 Total interest (79.3) (78.4) (77.6)

Lease interest of £47.8m was £1.1m higher than last year, due mainly to the extension of the lease of

As part of the transaction completed at the end of September 2023, which increased our stake in Reiss from 51% to 72%, a restructure in equity was agreed meaning there will be no further

Loan agreements between NEXT and seven of our equity investments generated £1.5m of interest.

Our effective tax rate (ETR) for 2024/25 was 24.7%. This is lower than the UK headline rate of 25% as

Headline UK Corporation Tax rate 25.0% 25.0% 24.0% Overseas tax - 0.3% - 0.3% - 0.3% Equity profit, which has already been taxed - 0.2% - 0.2% - 0.2% Non-deductible costs +0.4% +0.2% +0.1% ETR 24.9% 24.7% 23.6%

35 Excludes net interest costs of Reiss, FatFace and Joules, which are reported in the equity investments' profit figures given

Jan 2026 (e) Jan 2025 Jan 2024

INTEREST

Net external interest

Lease interest costs

preference share income.

PENSION SCHEME

of the financial statements.

on page 43.

Reiss preference share interest

Total Platform loan interest income

two warehouses.

TAX

Grievance mechanisms

Responsible Sourcing

Zero Discharge of Hazardous Chemicals (ZDHC)

For the second year in a row, NEXT achieved the highest possible score in the ZDHC 'Brands to Zero' annual audit. The programme is an initiative across the apparel, leather and footwear industries to eliminate the use of hazardous chemicals from mills, laundries and tanneries.

EQUAL PAY CLAIM

As explained in our Half Year Report in September, NEXT is currently subject to an equal pay claim. For ease of reference, the full details of this are repeated in Appendix 4 on page 62.

Our legal team continues to be very confident of our grounds for appeal. We expect the appeals process to take some time to conclude and therefore we do not expect a final resolution to be reached for at least a year, if not much longer.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 49 31/03/2025 17:33

PART FIVE CASH FLOW, SHAREHOLDER RETURNS, NET DEBT & F NANC N

EMPLOYEE SHARE OPTION TRUST

2024/25.

Stock

George.

(£53m).

INVESTMENTS

Secret joint venture.

WORKING CAPITAL

higher stock purchases (see below).

were previously funded by a third-party).

stock balances were up +12.5% versus last year.

The net cash outflow in the year was £45m, versus £19m last year. This difference is mainly due to the high value of share options exercised by employees last year, which resulted in a higher than normal cash inflow. Last year's exercises were particularly high because the share options maturing were granted during 2020, when the option price was significantly lower than the share price at maturity in 2023. In the year ahead, we expect a net cash outflow of £47m, broadly in line with

Working capital this year was a £30m outflow. This is mainly due to: (1) the payment of staff incentives in April 2024, which related to, and were accrued, in the previous financial year; and (2)

In the year ahead, we expect net cash outflow of £66m. Within this figure, is a £22m one-off cash outflow from bringing in-house the funding of interest free loans for Retail furniture sales (these

Disruption in the Suez Canal has extended average delivery lead times by around 17 days. This resulted in orders being placed and shipped two weeks earlier than last year. At the year end, Group

In the year we invested £11m in subsidiaries and associated companies. We invested £10m increasing our equity share in Reiss from 72% to 74%, and £0.8m acquiring a 16% share in Rockett St

Last year's expenditure of £161m related to the acquisitions of: (1) a further 21% equity stake in Reiss (£97m); (2) a 97% equity stake in FatFace37 (£58m); and (3) the brand name and intellectual property of Cath Kidston (£9m). These investments were offset by a £3m dividend from the Victoria's

37 The acquisition of FatFace was funded partly by cash (£58m) and partly through the issue of 745,912 NEXT plc shares

CASH FLOW

In the year to January 2025, we generated £669m of surplus cash, before investments and distributions to shareholders. The table below sets out a summarised cash flow for the year, along with last year and our forecast for the year ahead.

Net debt (excluding lease debt) reduced by £40m to £660m. Adjusting for £34m of share buybacks brought forward from 2025/26, net debt reduced by £74m. This reduction, along with the £97m reduction in net debt last year and the planned reduction for the year ahead, will contribute towards the potential repayment of a £250m bond that matures in August 2025, should we decide not to refinance (see page 55).

For further details on individual cash flow movements please see the page references given in the table below.

£m		Jan 2026 (e)	Jan 2025	Jan 202436
NEXT Group profit before tax		1,066	1,011	918
Additional profit from the 53rd week		20	-	-
Depreciation/impairment on plant, property and equipment, and amortisation of software		150	148	128
Capital expenditure	(see page 52)	(179)	(151)	(167)
Tax		(244)	(243)	(191)
Employee share option trust (ESOT)	(see page 51)	(47)	(45)	(19)
Working capital/other	(see page 51)	(66)	(30)	47
Trading cash flow		700	690	716
Customer receivables ('nextpay' and 'pay in 3')	(see page 40)	5	(21)	(19)
Property stock		-	-	(14)
Surplus cash before investments and distributions		705	669	684
Investments	(see page 51)	-	(11)	(161)
Ordinary dividends	(see page 54)	(279)	(258)	(248)
Share buybacks	(see page 54)	(316)	(326)	(177)
Share buybacks brought forward from 2025/26		-	(34)	-
Net cash flow		110	40	97
Closing net debt (excluding lease debt)		(550)	(660)	(700)

³⁶ For January 2024, cash flow figures are restated by £3m for 'customer receivables' (previously (£16m)) and 'working capital/other' (previously £44m). Customer receivables now only relate to credit customer accounts ('nextpay' and 'pay in 3'). Changes in returns provisions for 'Cash' customer accounts are now reported as a creditor within 'working capital/other'. There is no change to the overall cash flow.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 50 31/03/2025 17:33

EMPLOYEE SHARE OPTION TRUST

WORKING CAPITAL

Working capital this year was a £30m outflow. This is mainly due to: (1) the payment of staff incentives in April 2024, which related to, and were accrued, in the previous financial year; and (2) higher stock purchases (see below).

In the year ahead, we expect net cash outflow of £66m. Within this figure, is a £22m one-off cash outflow from bringing in-house the funding of interest free loans for Retail furniture sales (these were previously funded by a third-party).

Stock

PART FIVE

CASH FLOW, SHAREHOLDER

In the year to January 2025, we generated £669m of surplus cash, before investments and distributions to shareholders. The table below sets out a summarised cash flow for the year, along

For further details on individual cash flow movements please see the page references given in the

£m Jan 2026 (e) Jan 2025 Jan 202436 NEXT Group profit before tax 1,066 1,011 918 Additional profit from the 53rd week 20 - -

amortisation of software 150 148 128 Capital expenditure (see page 52) (179) (151) (167) Tax (244) (243) (191) Employee share option trust (ESOT) (see page 51) (47) (45) (19) Working capital/other (see page 51) (66) (30) 47 Trading cash flow 700 690 716 Customer receivables ('nextpay' and 'pay in 3') (see page 40) 5 (21) (19) Property stock - - (14) Surplus cash before investments and distributions 705 669 684 Investments (see page 51) - (11) (161) Ordinary dividends (see page 54) (279) (258) (248) Share buybacks (see page 54) (316) (326) (177) Share buybacks brought forward from 2025/26 - (34) -

Net cash flow 110 40 97

Closing net debt (excluding lease debt) (550) (660) (700)

36 For January 2024, cash flow figures are restated by £3m for 'customer receivables' (previously (£16m)) and 'working capital/other' (previously £44m). Customer receivables now only relate to credit customer accounts ('nextpay' and 'pay in 3'). Changes in returns provisions for 'Cash' customer accounts are now reported as a creditor within 'working

NANC

RETURNS, NET DEBT & F

CASH FLOW

refinance (see page 55).

table below.

with last year and our forecast for the year ahead.

Depreciation/impairment on plant, property and equipment, and

capital/other'. There is no change to the overall cash flow.

Disruption in the Suez Canal has extended average delivery lead times by around 17 days. This resulted in orders being placed and shipped two weeks earlier than last year. At the year end, Group stock balances were up +12.5% versus last year.

INVESTMENTS

In the year we invested £11m in subsidiaries and associated companies. We invested £10m increasing our equity share in Reiss from 72% to 74%, and £0.8m acquiring a 16% share in Rockett St George.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 51 31/03/2025 17:33

³⁷ The acquisition of FatFace was funded partly by cash (£58m) and partly through the issue of 745,912 NEXT plc shares (£53m).

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

The table below sets out our capital expenditure for this year and our forecast for the year ahead, by category of spend. For comparison, last year is also shown.

Retail stores

summer 2025.

Head office infrastructure and other

capital spend between October and January was consolidated.

Other Group subsidiaries

central IT software development.

In the year, capital expenditure on new Retail space increased to £26m, versus £8m last year. This increase was mainly due to two new large stores, one of which (Thurrock) is planned to open during

Cosmetic and maintenance spend of £20m is £13m lower than last year, which included projects

In the year ahead, we expect capital expenditure on new space to increase to £55m, due to the addition of ten new stores, the relocation of six existing stores and conversion of two Home stores to

Capital expenditure on head office infrastructure was £9m, in line with last year. Projects include the

Capital expenditure across our subsidiaries totalled £12m. This is £5m higher than last year, due to the consolidation of Reiss and FatFace in NEXT's accounts for the full year; in the prior year only their

Capital expenditure in our subsidiaries relates mainly to new store openings, store refits and some

Fosse Park West, Leicester

redevelopment of some of our head office facilities and the relocation of our contact centre.

such as LED lighting and air conditioning and refit costs in some of our larger stores.

fashion stores (see page 31). Cosmetic and maintenance spend is forecast at £22m.

Total spend of £151m in the year to January 2025, was £10m lower than the estimate given in September, mainly due to lower expenditure in Technology and Warehousing. In the year ahead, we expect capital expenditure to increase to £179m, mainly due to a £31m increase in spend on Retail stores.

£m	Jan 2026 (e)	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
Warehouse	47	49	62
Technology	35	34	49
Total warehouse and technology	82	83	111
Retail space expansion	55	26	8
Retail cosmetic/maintenance capex	22	20	33
Total Retail expenditure	77	46	41
Head office infrastructure and other	7	9	9
Other Group subsidiaries	13	12	7
Total capital expenditure	179	151	167

Warehousing

Warehousing spend of £49m included the completion of some of the automation projects in Elmsall 3, the refit of warehouse space for our returns operations and the purchase of new vehicles.

In the year ahead we expect to spend £47m. This includes further development of our returns and picking system at Elmsall 3, upgrades to existing systems at the Elmsall warehouses, and further vehicle and trailer purchases.

For further details and commentary on our Elmsall 3 warehouse, see page 18.

Technology

In the year we spent £34m modernising and upgrading our systems technology (£26m on software and £8m on hardware). Expenditure by category is set out below, alongside last year for comparison.

Technology capital expenditure by category £m	Jan 2026 (e)	Jan 2025	Jan 2024
Modernisation projects	26	22	23
Total Platform and third-party brands	1	2	6
Security and head office department projects	1	1	3
Small development projects	1	2	9
Hardware	6	8	7
Total Technology capital expenditure	35	34	49

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 52 31/03/2025 17:33

For further details on Technology costs, see page 20 in the Big Picture section.

Retail stores

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

stores.

Warehousing

Technology

vehicle and trailer purchases.

category of spend. For comparison, last year is also shown.

The table below sets out our capital expenditure for this year and our forecast for the year ahead, by

£m Jan 2026 (e) Jan 2025 Jan 2024

Warehouse 47 49 62 Technology 35 34 49 Total warehouse and technology 82 83 111 Retail space expansion 55 26 8 Retail cosmetic/maintenance capex 22 20 33 Total Retail expenditure 77 46 41 Head office infrastructure and other 7 9 9 Other Group subsidiaries 13 12 7

Total capital expenditure 179 151 167

Warehousing spend of £49m included the completion of some of the automation projects in Elmsall

In the year ahead we expect to spend £47m. This includes further development of our returns and picking system at Elmsall 3, upgrades to existing systems at the Elmsall warehouses, and further

In the year we spent £34m modernising and upgrading our systems technology (£26m on software and £8m on hardware). Expenditure by category is set out below, alongside last year for comparison.

Technology capital expenditure by category £m Jan 2026 (e) Jan 2025 Jan 2024

Modernisation projects 26 22 23 Total Platform and third-party brands 1 2 6 Security and head office department projects 1 1 3 Small development projects 1 2 9 Hardware 6 8 7 Total Technology capital expenditure 35 34 49

3, the refit of warehouse space for our returns operations and the purchase of new vehicles.

For further details and commentary on our Elmsall 3 warehouse, see page 18.

For further details on Technology costs, see page 20 in the Big Picture section.

In the year, capital expenditure on new Retail space increased to £26m, versus £8m last year. This increase was mainly due to two new large stores, one of which (Thurrock) is planned to open during summer 2025.

Cosmetic and maintenance spend of £20m is £13m lower than last year, which included projects such as LED lighting and air conditioning and refit costs in some of our larger stores.

In the year ahead, we expect capital expenditure on new space to increase to £55m, due to the addition of ten new stores, the relocation of six existing stores and conversion of two Home stores to fashion stores (see page 31). Cosmetic and maintenance spend is forecast at £22m.

Head office infrastructure and other

Capital expenditure on head office infrastructure was £9m, in line with last year. Projects include the redevelopment of some of our head office facilities and the relocation of our contact centre.

Other Group subsidiaries

Capital expenditure in our subsidiaries relates mainly to new store openings, store refits and some central IT software development.

Fosse Park West, Leicester

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 53 31/03/2025 17:33

DIVIDENDS AND SHAREHOLDER RETURNS

The Company remains committed to returning surplus cash to shareholders if it cannot be profitably invested in our business activities. Surplus cash is defined as trading cash flow, after deducting interest, tax, capital expenditure, funding customer receivables, investments or acquisitions and ordinary dividends. Share buybacks are subject to us achieving a minimum 8% equivalent rate of return (ERR) on the purchase. As a reminder, ERR is calculated by dividing (1) anticipated NEXT Group pre-tax profits by (2) the current market capitalisation38.

NET DEBT, BOND AND BANK FACILITIES

long-term interest rates in the bond market remain at their current levels.

will total £975m.

value of our net debt.

Financing Options for 2025/26

resources by between £100m - £250m:

● Increase our RCF facility.

● Issue new bonds in the market.

● Raising debt via a private placement.

buybacks to distribute all the surplus cash we generate in the year.

Our net debt at January 2025 (excluding lease liabilities) was £660m, a reduction of £40m in the year. Our current facilities include a £250m bond, which matures in August 2025. We have been retaining funds over the last two years, so that we have the flexibility to repay this bond and not refinance, if

Assuming we do not refinance, at the year ending January 2026 the Group's bond and bank facilities

Based on our cash flow forecast for the year ahead, net debt will peak in August 2025 at around £775m, leaving headroom of £200m; comfortably within our bond and bank facilities of £975m. We

The chart below sets out the Group's bond and bank facilities and forecast for net debt. For context, our forecast for customer receivables at January 2026 is around £1.3bn, significantly higher than the

Group Financing, Net Debt and Headroom 2025/26 (e)

At our current level of debt, our gearing is at an historical low, and comfortably below the circa £1bn we could borrow without compromising our investment grade status. We do not intend to increase debt to that level, but we are actively considering the following options to increase our cash

If we are able to secure funding, at terms we think are reasonable, we would increase our share

estimate that we will end the year with net debt (excluding lease debt) of around £550m.

Shareholder Returns in 2024/25

Ordinary dividends

An ordinary dividend of 141p per share was paid on 1 August 2024 (with a total value of £169m) and an interim dividend of 75p per share, in respect of the year to January 2025, was paid on 3 January 2025 (with a total value of £89m).

The Board has proposed a final ordinary dividend of 158p, to be paid on 1 August 2025, taking the ordinary dividend for the year to 233p. This is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 15 May 2025. Shares will trade ex-dividend from 3 July 2025 and the record date will be 4 July 2025.

Share buybacks

In 2024/25 we purchased 3.8m shares at an average share price of £95.26, totalling £360m. This reduced the number of shares in issue by 2.97% since the start of this financial year. This included £34m of purchases in January 2025, when we brought forward some of the buybacks planned in respect of the 2025/26 financial year.

These buybacks represent an ERR of 8.9%; ahead of our buyback hurdle of 8%.

Outlook for Shareholder Returns in 2025/26

Ordinary dividends

Based on achieving our profit guidance of £1,066m, we currently expect to return £286m to shareholders by way of ordinary dividends. This represents 36% of our forecast post-tax profit and dividend cover of 2.8 times. As is our normal practice, we intend to pay an interim dividend in January 2026 and the final dividend in August 2026.

For clarity, the £279m cash outflow for ordinary dividends shown in the 2025/26 cash flow forecast on page 50 is the sum of: (1) the final dividend from 2024/25, which is forecast to be paid in August 2025, and (2) the interim dividend for 2025/26 forecast to be paid in January 2026.

Share buybacks

We anticipate generating £426m of surplus cash in the year ahead. Our forecast assumes that we will retain £110m of this surplus cash, to enable us to comfortably finance the repayment of our 2025 £250m bond. We intend to return the balancing £316m of surplus cash to shareholders by way of share buybacks. We estimate that these buybacks, along with those in the previous year, will boost pre-tax EPS in 2025/26 by +3.4%.

The value of buybacks could vary to this forecast, in the event of: (1) further investments, which would reduce cash available for buybacks, or (2) potential refinancing (see page 55) which would allow us to distribute more of the surplus cash generated in the year.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 54 31/03/2025 17:33

³⁸ Market capitalisation is calculated based on shares in circulation, so excludes shares in the NEXT ESOT.

NET DEBT, BOND AND BANK FACILITIES

DIVIDENDS AND SHAREHOLDER RETURNS

Group pre-tax profits by (2) the current market capitalisation38.

Shareholder Returns in 2024/25

Ordinary dividends

Share buybacks

Ordinary dividends

Share buybacks

2025 (with a total value of £89m).

record date will be 4 July 2025.

respect of the 2025/26 financial year.

An ordinary dividend of 141p per share was paid on 1 August 2024 (with a total value of £169m) and an interim dividend of 75p per share, in respect of the year to January 2025, was paid on 3 January

The value of buybacks could vary to this forecast, in the event of: (1) further investments, which would reduce cash available for buybacks, or (2) potential refinancing (see page 55) which would

These buybacks represent an ERR of 8.9%; ahead of our buyback hurdle of 8%.

2025, and (2) the interim dividend for 2025/26 forecast to be paid in January 2026.

38 Market capitalisation is calculated based on shares in circulation, so excludes shares in the NEXT ESOT.

allow us to distribute more of the surplus cash generated in the year.

Outlook for Shareholder Returns in 2025/26

January 2026 and the final dividend in August 2026.

boost pre-tax EPS in 2025/26 by +3.4%.

Our net debt at January 2025 (excluding lease liabilities) was £660m, a reduction of £40m in the year.

Our current facilities include a £250m bond, which matures in August 2025. We have been retaining funds over the last two years, so that we have the flexibility to repay this bond and not refinance, if long-term interest rates in the bond market remain at their current levels.

Assuming we do not refinance, at the year ending January 2026 the Group's bond and bank facilities will total £975m.

Based on our cash flow forecast for the year ahead, net debt will peak in August 2025 at around £775m, leaving headroom of £200m; comfortably within our bond and bank facilities of £975m. We estimate that we will end the year with net debt (excluding lease debt) of around £550m.

Group Financing, Net Debt and Headroom 2025/26 (e)

Financing Options for 2025/26

Issue new bonds in the market.
Raising debt via a private placement.
Increase our RCF facility.

If we are able to secure funding, at terms we think are reasonable, we would increase our share buybacks to distribute all the surplus cash we generate in the year.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 55 31/03/2025 17:33

FIRST QUARTER TRADING UPDATE

Our first quarter Trading Statement will cover the thirteen weeks to Saturday 26 April 2025 and is scheduled for Thursday 8 May 2025.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 56 31/03/2025 17:33

APPENDIX 1

RECONCILIATION TO

STATUTORY RESULTS

The financial information presented in pages 6 to 56 is used by management in assessing business performance. It is also the financial information used to inform business decisions and investment appraisals. Some of these financial metrics and performance measures are not prepared on a full IFRS statutory accounting basis. It is common for these performance measures to be called

An explanation of the APMs used by the business is provided in the glossary at the end of the 2024

Reconciliations between total Group sales and statutory revenue, and NEXT Group profit before tax

In this appendix we provide a reconciliation between our APMs and their statutory equivalents for (1) NEXT Group EPS and statutory EPS, (2) capital expenditure, (3) cash flow. We also provide further

The EPS calculation on NEXT Group profit before tax, and its statutory equivalent are summarised

NEXT Group profit (£m) and EPS (pence) (APM) Jan 2025 Jan 2024

NEXT Group profit before tax 1,011.4 918.2 Tax (249.9) (216.4) NEXT Group profit after tax 761.4 701.8 Average number of shares (millions) 119.7 121.3 NEXT Group Earnings Per Share (EPS) 636.3p 578.8p

Statutory profit (£m) and EPS (pence) Jan 2025 Jan 2024

Statutory profit before tax 987.0 1,015.8 Remove non-controlling interests (9.1) 1.2 Statutory tax attributable to NEXT (241.8) (214.7) Statutory profit after tax attributable to NEXT 736.1 802.3 Average number of shares (millions) 119.7 121.3 Basic Earnings Per Share (EPS) 615.1p 661.6p

The statutory tax attributable to NEXT of £241.8m is calculated as being the £243.8m tax charge in the statutory income statement less the tax on the non-controlling interests of £2.0m (this is the difference between the profit before tax of £9.1m non-controlling interest and the £7.1m shown on

face of the statutory income statement which is the post-tax equivalent).

and statutory profit before tax are given in this document on pages 23 and 24 respectively.

OVERVIEW

below.

'Alternative Performance Measures' (APMs).

Annual Report and Accounts available at https://www.nextplc.co.uk/.

information on the exceptional, non-cash, pension cost.

1. NEXT GROUP EPS AND STATUTORY EPS

Lord Wolfson of Aspley Guise Chief Executive 27 March 2025

APPENDIX 1 RECONCILIATION TO STATUTORY RESULTS

OVERVIEW

FIRST QUARTER TRADING UPDATE

scheduled for Thursday 8 May 2025.

Lord Wolfson of Aspley Guise

Chief Executive 27 March 2025

Our first quarter Trading Statement will cover the thirteen weeks to Saturday 26 April 2025 and is

An explanation of the APMs used by the business is provided in the glossary at the end of the 2024 Annual Report and Accounts available at https://www.nextplc.co.uk/.

Reconciliations between total Group sales and statutory revenue, and NEXT Group profit before tax and statutory profit before tax are given in this document on pages 23 and 24 respectively.

In this appendix we provide a reconciliation between our APMs and their statutory equivalents for (1) NEXT Group EPS and statutory EPS, (2) capital expenditure, (3) cash flow. We also provide further information on the exceptional, non-cash, pension cost.

1. NEXT GROUP EPS AND STATUTORY EPS

The EPS calculation on NEXT Group profit before tax, and its statutory equivalent are summarised below.

Jan 2025	Jan 2024
1,011.4	918.2
(249.9)	(216.4)
761.4	701.8
119.7	121.3
636.3p	578.8p


Jan 2025	Jan 2024
987.0	1,015.8
(9.1)	1.2
(241.8)	(214.7)
736.1	802.3
119.7	121.3

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 57 31/03/2025 17:33

2. CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

Capital expenditure in the cash flow presented in the Chief Executive's Review is based on the internal operational view of capital expenditure. From a statutory viewpoint, there are some differences which are reconciled below.

Note 1: As per the cash flow statement on page 50 of the Chief Executive's Review, cash from trading

Note 2: The cash flow in the Chief Executive's Review starts with the NEXT Group profit before tax of £1,011m whereas the statutory cash flow starts at Operating Profit of £1,075m. The table below

NEXT Group profit before tax 1,011 Add back interest costs (Chief Executive's Review, page 48) 79 Add back interest costs reported as part of Total Platform equity 9 Add Non Controlling interest in subsidiaries (Reiss, FatFace and Joules) 9 Less Brand amortisation (19) Less Exceptional cost on curtailment of pension scheme (15) Operating profit 1,075 Note 3: Management includes the capital expenditure (capex) which it considers to be part of its trading activity and deducts this capex when calculating Trading cash flow. In the statutory cash flow, all capex is included within investing activity and hence not part of operating cash flows. Therefore

the capex of £151m in the Chief Executive's Review has been added back in the bridge above.

contrast they are classified as financing activity in the statutory cash flow.

financing activity (as a lease is deemed a form of debt).

items such as the equity profit from our investments.

4. EXCEPTIONAL PENSION COST (NON-CASH)

consideration arising on a prior year acquisition.

element paid to other shareholders).

the statutory cash flow statement.

the date of closure.

inflationary increases.

flow. In contrast, this is included within operating cash flow for statutory reporting.

Note 4: Trading cash flow is recognised after the purchase and disposal of shares in the ESOT. In

Note 5: The customer receivables cash movement relates to the 'nextpay' and 'pay in 3' receivables balance. For management purposes, movements in this balance are excluded from Trading cash

Note 6: The cash flows associated with our leases, which are predominantly store related, are considered by management to be an integral part of our trading cash flows and hence are included in the calculation of Trading cash flow. From a statutory perspective, lease cash flows are included in

Note 7: The repayment of loan notes is a one-off item in the year and relates to deferred

Note 8: This relates the dividends paid by Reiss and FatFace to non-controlling interests (i.e. the

Note 9: The remaining difference relates to immaterial movements on working capital and other

Note 10: This value of £1,134m can be reconciled to the line "Net cash from operating activities" in

Following a consultation process with employees, the defined benefit pension scheme (which closed to new members in 2000) was closed to future service accrual. This resulted in a non-cash, non-recurring charge of £15m, known as a 'curtailment loss', in 2024/25. This loss arises because: (1) Our pension liability, prior to closure, was based on the service that members had accrued up to

(2) Under a closure, the liability is based on the pension payable to date plus an estimate of future

This loss is treated as exceptional and is excluded from our headline profit and EPS numbers.

£m

activities was £690m for the year to January 2025.

bridges between these two values.

£m	Jan 2025
Capital expenditure per Chief Executive's Review	151
Plus capital accruals	6
Capital expenditure per statutory reporting*	157

*includes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

3. STATUTORY CASH FLOW

The cash flow statement presented in the Chief Executive's Review is consistent with that used by management in its decision making processes and internal reporting. It is this view of the cash flows, and in particular the 'Trading cash flow' line, that informs decision making on distributions. However, this approach, while used by management, is not consistent with the presentation of cash flows on a statutory basis.

In this section we provide a walk forward from Trading Cash Flow presented in the Chief Executive's Review cash flow to 'Net cash from operating activities' in the statutory cash flow. The overall total cash flow in the year is the same - the difference is limited to presentation.

The statutory cash flow is split into three main sections:

Operating activities: cash flows primarily derived from our revenue-producing activities.
Investing activities: cash flows that result in the recognition of an asset in the balance sheet (i.e. capex or investing in another company).
Financing activities: cash flows that result from financing issue of shares, share buybacks, issue of bonds, interest payments/receipts, dividends and leases.

	Note	£m
Trading cash flow	1	690
Adjust to get to Operating profit	2	64
Capital expenditure	3	151
Purchase of shares by ESOT	4	122
Disposal of shares by ESOT	4	(77)
Customer receivables	5	(21)
Lease payments (net of incentives)	6	165
Repayment of management loan notes	7	24
Dividends paid to minority interests	8	8
Working capital and other	9	7
Net cash from operating activities - per statutory cash flow	10	1,134

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 58 31/03/2025 17:33

Note 1: As per the cash flow statement on page 50 of the Chief Executive's Review, cash from trading activities was £690m for the year to January 2025.

2. CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

differences which are reconciled below.

3. STATUTORY CASH FLOW

statutory basis.

*includes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

cash flow in the year is the same - the difference is limited to presentation.

issue of bonds, interest payments/receipts, dividends and leases.

The statutory cash flow is split into three main sections:

(i.e. capex or investing in another company).

Capital expenditure in the cash flow presented in the Chief Executive's Review is based on the internal operational view of capital expenditure. From a statutory viewpoint, there are some

£m Jan 2025

Capital expenditure per Chief Executive's Review 151 Plus capital accruals 6 Capital expenditure per statutory reporting* 157

● Operating activities: cash flows primarily derived from our revenue-producing activities.

Trading cash flow 1 690 Adjust to get to Operating profit 2 64 Capital expenditure 3 151 Purchase of shares by ESOT 4 122 Disposal of shares by ESOT 4 (77) Customer receivables 5 (21) Lease payments (net of incentives) 6 165 Repayment of management loan notes 7 24 Dividends paid to minority interests 8 8 Working capital and other 9 7 Net cash from operating activities - per statutory cash flow 10 1,134

● Investing activities: cash flows that result in the recognition of an asset in the balance sheet

● Financing activities: cash flows that result from financing - issue of shares, share buybacks,

Note £m

	£m
NEXT Group profit before tax	1,011
Add back interest costs (Chief Executive's Review, page 48)	79
Add back interest costs reported as part of Total Platform equity	9
Add Non Controlling interest in subsidiaries (Reiss, FatFace and Joules)	9
Less Brand amortisation	(19)
Less Exceptional cost on curtailment of pension scheme	(15)
Operating profit	1,075

Note 3: Management includes the capital expenditure (capex) which it considers to be part of its trading activity and deducts this capex when calculating Trading cash flow. In the statutory cash flow, all capex is included within investing activity and hence not part of operating cash flows. Therefore the capex of £151m in the Chief Executive's Review has been added back in the bridge above.

Note 4: Trading cash flow is recognised after the purchase and disposal of shares in the ESOT. In contrast they are classified as financing activity in the statutory cash flow.

Note 5: The customer receivables cash movement relates to the 'nextpay' and 'pay in 3' receivables balance. For management purposes, movements in this balance are excluded from Trading cash flow. In contrast, this is included within operating cash flow for statutory reporting.

Note 7: The repayment of loan notes is a one-off item in the year and relates to deferred consideration arising on a prior year acquisition.

Note 8: This relates the dividends paid by Reiss and FatFace to non-controlling interests (i.e. the element paid to other shareholders).

Note 9: The remaining difference relates to immaterial movements on working capital and other items such as the equity profit from our investments.

Note 10: This value of £1,134m can be reconciled to the line "Net cash from operating activities" in the statutory cash flow statement.

4. EXCEPTIONAL PENSION COST (NON-CASH)

(1) Our pension liability, prior to closure, was based on the service that members had accrued up to the date of closure.
(2) Under a closure, the liability is based on the pension payable to date plus an estimate of future inflationary increases.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 59 31/03/2025 17:33

This loss is treated as exceptional and is excluded from our headline profit and EPS numbers.

APPENDIX 2

APPENDIX 3

NOTE FOR ANALYSTS ON THE TREATENT

The explanation below was given in the Chief Executive's Review in our 2024 Annual Report and

As NEXT acquired new businesses, the accounting effect of amortising the value of acquired brands41 would increasingly understate the underlying profitability of the Group. Amortisation is a non-cash accounting adjustment similar to depreciation; accounting standards require that the value of brands is amortised over their life. In the case of FatFace and Reiss we are amortising the brand over 15 and 25 years respectively. This amortisation assumes that the value of these brands will drop to zero over the amortisation period; in reality it is more likely that they will increase in value than fall to

By way of example: If NEXT plc was acquired, at its current market value, by a shell company that issued new shares in exchange for the company's current shares then, under statutory reporting, the acquiring company would then add the brand to the balance sheet and amortise it over the 'life' of the asset. A conservative accounting approach would result in a life of, say, 25 years, which would result in an annual amortisation charge of around £415m. So, despite having exactly the same cash flow, assets and debt as the existing company, the new company's reported profit would be around 40% lower than prior to the transaction - clearly not a true representation of the company's value.

So from the year ending January 2024 onwards, we adopted the accounting convention used by many acquisitive Groups, and reported our 'headline profits' excluding brand amortisation costs. Prior to the year ending January 2024, brand amortisation costs were not material to the Group.

41 Acquired brands is used to describe the brand and any other related intangible assets acquired in the business.

SAT

OF BRAND AORT

Accounts and Half Year Report in September 2024 and is repeated here for clarity.

zero.

REPORTING OF SUBSIDIARIES' SAES AND PROFITS

The explanation below was given in the Chief Executive's Review in our 2024 Annual Report and Accounts and Half Year Report in September 2024 and is repeated here for clarity.

Reporting the headline PROFITS of subsidiaries in which we have a part share

As NEXT began to acquire new businesses the question arose as to how we report the sales and profits from companies in which we own a part share. Accounting standards require our statutory accounts to consolidate the sales and profits of companies in which we have a controlling interest, but in the case of part ownership that means that we would start to include in our headline numbers, profit that our shareholders do not "own". The answer, we believe, is to report our share of our subsidiaries' profits39; so if we own 50% of the business we will include 50% of its profits in our headline number.

In summary: We include our share of subsidiary profits in our headline profit number for the Group.

Reporting the headline SALES of subsidiaries in which we have a part share

Prior to 2023/24 we did not include the sales of subsidiary companies in our headline sales number. Until then, that was not a problem, as they were not material. As we acquired more businesses the risk was that we overstated the headline net margins of the Group by including our share of their profits but excluded all of their sales.

To address this problem, we have adopted the same convention for sales as we have done for profits. So if we own 50% of a company we will report 50% of its profits and 50% of its sales in our headline numbers (subject to the qualification below). By maintaining the proportion of sales and profits in line with our ownership we give a more accurate picture of our profit and net margins.

In summary: We include our share of subsidiary sales in our headline sales number for the Group.

ISSUE: Avoiding the double counting of sales

Historically we have always included LABEL sales within our headline sales number, whether goods are sold on a wholesale or commission basis40 and we continue with this convention. However, a subsidiary company's sales on LABEL will also be reported within their sales numbers. So if we include our share of their sales in our headline sales, including their LABEL sales, we will double count our share of their LABEL sales.

To avoid this problem, we exclude subsidiaries' LABEL sales from their sales before accounting for our share of their sales. So if we own 50% of a subsidiary that turns over £100m, of which £20m are LABEL sales, then we add 50% of £80m (i.e. £100m - £20m) to our headline sales number. On the same logic, we also deduct the value of Total Platform commission and revenue from cost-plus services from their sales.

In summary: We deduct subsidiary sales on LABEL and TP services before accounting for our share of their sales.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 60 31/03/2025 17:33

³⁹ The term subsidiaries here is used to describe businesses in which we hold equity investments, as detailed in Appendix 5 on page 63.

⁴⁰ As previously explained, the gross transaction value of LABEL items sold on commission are not statutory sales but are included in our headline numbers.

APPENDIX 3 NOTE FOR ANALYSTS ON THE TREATENT OF BRAND AORT SAT ON

APPENDIX 2

REPORTING OF SUBSIDIARIES'

SAES AND PROFITS

The explanation below was given in the Chief Executive's Review in our 2024 Annual Report and

In summary: We include our share of subsidiary profits in our headline profit number for the

In summary: We include our share of subsidiary sales in our headline sales number for the Group.

In summary: We deduct subsidiary sales on LABEL and TP services before accounting for our share

40 As previously explained, the gross transaction value of LABEL items sold on commission are not statutory sales but are

39 The term subsidiaries here is used to describe businesses in which we hold equity investments, as detailed in Appendix 5

Reporting the headline SALES of subsidiaries in which we have a part share

line with our ownership we give a more accurate picture of our profit and net margins.

Reporting the headline PROFITS of subsidiaries in which we have a part share

Accounts and Half Year Report in September 2024 and is repeated here for clarity.

headline number.

profits but excluded all of their sales.

our share of their LABEL sales.

services from their sales.

included in our headline numbers.

of their sales.

on page 63.

ISSUE: Avoiding the double counting of sales

Group.

The explanation below was given in the Chief Executive's Review in our 2024 Annual Report and Accounts and Half Year Report in September 2024 and is repeated here for clarity.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 61 31/03/2025 17:33

⁴¹ Acquired brands is used to describe the brand and any other related intangible assets acquired in the business.

APPENDIX 4 EQUAL PAY CLAIM

APPENDIX 5

TOTAL PLATFORMCLIENTS

AND EQUITY INVESTMENTS

TP launch

date Sales channels supported

May 2023 Online, retail and wholesale

Oct 2023 Online, retail and wholesale

May 2021 Online and retail

Aug 2022 Online and retail

July 2023 Online and retail

Our Total Platform clients and investments in third-party brands are shown in the tables below.

Reiss 74% equity share Feb 2022 Online, retail and wholesale

FatFace 97% equity share Sept 2024 Online, retail and wholesale

Cath Kidston 100% acquisition of brand name, domain name and intellectual property

Laura Ashley Licence to trade in UK and Eire Mar 2021 Online and retail

51% share in UK and Eire

Client Equity interest or investment

franchise

GAP 51% share in UK JV with GAP coalition

JoJo Maman Bébé 44% share in partnership with

Joules 74% share in partnership with Tom Joule

Other investments in brands not on Total Platform

Brand Equity interest or investment

Swoon 25% share

Sealskinz 19.9% share

Aubin 30.3% share

Rockett St George 16% share

MADE 100% acquisition of brand

Davidson Kempner

name, domain name and intellectual property

Victoria's Secret (UK and Eire)

The summary below was given in our Half Year Report in September 2024, and is repeated here for reference.

NEXT is currently subject to an equal pay claim. The claim is from a number of former and current employees in our Retail store network seeking equal pay with colleagues in our warehouses. The case revolves around the fact that a higher percentage of our sales consultants in stores are women, when compared to the warehouses where just over half (52%) the operatives are men. A decision on this matter was issued by the Employment Tribunal on 22 August 2024 which we intend to appeal.

The Tribunal rejected the majority of the claims made by the Claimants, in particular all claims of direct discrimination, and all aspects of the claims made in respect of bonus pay. The Tribunal expressed serious criticisms of the Claimants' expert evidence, and overwhelmingly accepted the evidence of NEXT's expert and fact witnesses.

In respect of the 7 (out of 18) claims on which the Claimants succeeded, it is our intention to appeal. This is the first equal pay group action in the private sector to reach a Tribunal decision of this type and raises a number of important points of legal principle.

NEXT is proud of its reputation as a fair employer. So it is important to stress that the Tribunal was clear that there was no direct discrimination by NEXT. It was established that NEXT did not deliberately set lower pay rates and premium payments because of gender, either consciously or subconsciously.

Further, the Tribunal found that market forces and the need to recruit and retain staff in the warehouses were the reason for the pay gap. Nevertheless, the Tribunal's approach to the law led it to conclude that, for some of the contractual terms, this did not justify the gap. This is the legal decision that NEXT is appealing, as an error of law.

In the possible (but unlikely) event we lose this case on appeal, there will be a financial cost to the Group and its ongoing future operating costs. However that is not our main concern; the ramifications go well beyond the profitability of the Group (which is protected by the fact that Retail is a relatively small percentage of our profits). The two concerns are as follows:

Each of our stores is treated as a business in its own right, and must remain individually profitable if they are to open in the first place and continue trading at lease renewal. Inevitably some of our stores will no longer be viable if this ruling is upheld on appeal. Materially increasing store operating costs will result in more shops being closed when their leases expire, and will materially impede our ability to open new stores going forward.
An additional concern is the effect the case would have on the viability of our warehouse operation. If, for many people, warehouse work is less attractive than work in stores (as the evidence before the Tribunal showed), how can a warehouse attract the number of employees it needs? On the Tribunal's approach, the warehouse cannot raise wages, as that must inevitably push up the pay of competing work in shops - a vicious circle. The Lead Claimant herself, giving evidence in open court, summed up the problem when she said that working in the warehouse "didn't seem particularly attractive" and she would only have considered it "if it had been a lot more money".

At its heart this case poses a fundamental question about the meaning of "equal value". In this case the work was assessed as being of "equal value", despite the fact it was being carried out in different workplaces, in different markets, and was of different value to the employer and attractiveness to the employee. We believe it should therefore be no surprise that they need to be paid differently.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 62 31/03/2025 17:33

APPENDIX 5 TOTAL PLATFORMCLIENTS AND EQUITY INVESTMENTS

Our Total Platform clients and investments in third-party brands are shown in the tables below.

Client	Equity interest or investment	TP launch date	Sales channels supported
Laura Ashley	Licence to trade in UK and Eire	Mar 2021	Online and retail
Victoria's Secret (UK and Eire)	51% share in UK and Eire franchise	May 2021	Online and retail
Reiss	74% equity share	Feb 2022	Online, retail and wholesale
GAP	51% share in UK JV with GAP coalition	Aug 2022	Online and retail
JoJo Maman Bébé	44% share in partnership with Davidson Kempner	May 2023	Online, retail and wholesale
MADE	100% acquisition of brand name, domain name and intellectual property	July 2023	Online and retail
Joules	74% share in partnership with Tom Joule	Oct 2023	Online, retail and wholesale
FatFace	97% equity share	Sept 2024	Online, retail and wholesale

Other investments in brands not on Total Platform

APPENDIX 4

EQUAL PAY CLAIM

The summary below was given in our Half Year Report in September 2024, and is repeated here for

Our legal team is very confident of our grounds for Appeal. We expect the appeals process to take some time to conclude so do not expect a final resolution to be achieved for at least a year, if not much longer. In the possible (but unlikely) event we lose this case on appeal, there will be a financial cost to the Group and its ongoing future operating costs. However that is not our main concern; the ramifications go well beyond the profitability of the Group (which is protected by the fact that Retail is a relatively small

● Each of our stores is treated as a business in its own right, and must remain individually profitable if they are to open in the first place and continue trading at lease renewal. Inevitably some of our stores will no longer be viable if this ruling is upheld on appeal. Materially increasing store operating costs will result in more shops being closed when their leases expire, and will materially impede our

● An additional concern is the effect the case would have on the viability of our warehouse operation. If, for many people, warehouse work is less attractive than work in stores (as the evidence before the Tribunal showed), how can a warehouse attract the number of employees it needs? On the Tribunal's approach, the warehouse cannot raise wages, as that must inevitably push up the pay of competing work in shops - a vicious circle. The Lead Claimant herself, giving evidence in open court, summed up the problem when she said that working in the warehouse "didn't seem particularly

attractive" and she would only have considered it "if it had been a lot more money".

employee. We believe it should therefore be no surprise that they need to be paid differently.

lower pay rates and premium payments because of gender, either consciously or subconsciously.

matter was issued by the Employment Tribunal on 22 August 2024 which we intend to appeal.

reference.

and fact witnesses.

number of important points of legal principle.

NEXT is appealing, as an error of law.

percentage of our profits). The two concerns are as follows:

ability to open new stores going forward.

Brand	Equity interest or investment
Swoon	25% share
Sealskinz	19.9% share
Aubin	30.3% share
Cath Kidston	100% acquisition of brand name, domain name and intellectual property
Rockett St George	16% share

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 63 31/03/2025 17:33

BUSINESS MODEL

The key elements of our business model are set out here, together with the guiding principles that have shaped the direction in which we have taken the business.

We focus here on the core NEXT business.

Founded in 1982, NEXT is a UK based online and store retailer. It began as a small women's clothing business and has expanded its range to include clothing for women, men, children, and homewear. In 1987, we launched a direct to customer catalogue, which has since evolved into the UK's largest fashion online aggregation business.

Evolution has been key to NEXT's growth. Over time, the cumulative changes have produced a radically different business. From shops to online, from one brand to an aggregator of over 1,000 third-party brands, and from a UK-centric brand to one with increasing global reach.

For further information about our business and priorities, see pages 7 to 21 of the Chief Executive's Review.

We offer beautifully designed, excellent quality clothing, homeware and beauty products, responsibly sourced and accessibly priced. We are a business with excellent operations and strong financial disciplines and have spent years honing these skills, creating our supporting infrastructure, and building the trust and confidence of our customers, suppliers and partners. We aim to leverage and develop these exceptional qualities, supported by our core principles of acting responsibly.

We look to:

1. Add value

Use our product skills, distribution networks, systems, services and sourcing to create goods and provide services that consumers cannot easily find elsewhere.
Focus on customers' satisfaction levels by improving the customer experience in our stores and continuing to develop and enhance our website and app.

2. Play to our strengths

Improve and develop our product ranges by using our design skills to create quality products at affordable prices.
Increase the number of profitable Online customers and their spend, both in the UK and internationally. Our Online business is complemented by our LABEL offering of branded products and, in the UK, the credit facilities (nextpay and pay in 3). Our objective is to be our customers' first choice online retailer for clothing, beauty and home products.

3. Make a healthy margin

● Achieve healthy gross and net margins through efficient product sourcing, stock management and cost control.

4. Make good returns on capital invested

Support the Group's access to low cost finance by maintaining a strong balance sheet and secure financing structure.
Make a return on capital commensurate with risk, using robust investment appraisal models, targeting financial hurdles, including cash payback and return on capital invested.
Maximise the profitability of retail selling space.

5.Generate and return surplus cash to shareholders

● This is done by way of share buybacks and/or dividends.

Everything we do at NEXT is underpinned by a clear financial goal – the delivery of long term, sustainable growth in Earnings Per Share.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 64 31/03/2025 17:33

OUR OBJECTIVES BUSINESS PRIORITIES

Product

We continually improve our product ranges, embracing newness, improving quality and broadening appeal.

BUSINESS MODEL

own NEXT products.

● 8 UK warehouses ● 7 UK depots

NEXT Online

● In 37 countries.

Consumer Credit

Group's financial strength.

Call Centres

Supply Chain

teams in the UK.

WHAT WE DO

NEXT Branded Products

Third-Party Brands

which are sold in store and online.

on a commission or wholesale basis. Third-Party Brand Licences

Total Platform and Investments

inspiration of partner brands.

Warehousing & Distribution

● Around 9.6m UK Online customers

Well-Connected Store Network

Digital Marketing Systems

● 4.1m overseas customers, excluding aggregators.

OUR INFRASTRUCTURE HOW WE CREATE VALUE

The combination of NEXT products, third-party brands and investments, coupled with the strong infrastructure and our core principles, enables the business to consistently create value

● We strive to create an inclusive workplace in which everyone is treated with dignity and respect.

● More product choice – A combination of NEXT products and third-party brands means customers can choose from an extensive range

● Cost and quality control – Our sourcing structure provides excellent quality and accessibly priced

● Outstanding customer experience – Our extensive logistics operations provide quick and cost effective delivery, and our call centres help maintain great customer

for our stakeholders. Our people

Our Customers

of products.

products.

satisfaction.

for our partners. Total Platform Clients

logistics. Responsibly

certified routes. Shareholders

shareholders.

Third-Party Brand Partners ● Strong relationships – We aim to be the most profitable route to market

● We enable our clients to focus on the areas where they add most value, such as design and buying, rather than capital-intensive areas such as website development and

● We source globally to deliver NEXT products that are responsibly sourced. We are working closely with suppliers to fulfil our ambition to source our main raw materials through known, responsible or

● We manage financial resources effectively to maximise shareholder value. NEXT is highly cash generative; after investing in the business, surplus cash is returned to

We draw on our assets – warehouses, delivery networks, systems, websites, stores, marketing, credit facilities, great people – to support a business selling over a thousand third-party brands alongside our

Our distribution network serves our Retail stores and Online customer deliveries for both NEXT and third-party branded products. We also facilitate the induction of products held in third-party

Our stores play an important role in supporting our Online customers; nearly half of our UK Online

The development of digital marketing systems to target products and brands to customers. Our systems can manage significant amounts of data and incorporate sophisticated search facilities and web-based

NEXT Finance has built a high quality receivables book with customer credit balances of £1.5bn. The ability to sell products on credit has proven to be an attractive service to customers, which benefits Online sales and Group profitability. The customer receivables are a valuable asset, adding to the

NEXT operates multi-language call centres in the UK and overseas to support its worldwide customer

NEXT has a well established supply chain that is supported by our overseas sourcing operation, NEXT Sourcing Limited (NSL). NSL provides buying, sourcing and design skills, which support our product

The business has evolved at pace in recent years and continues to do so. The growth in our LABEL business and, more recently, the Total Platform business has expanded the channels through which we

Our in-house team develops NEXT branded products offering great design, quality and value for money,

Our LABEL business sells over 1,000 third-party clothing, home and beauty brands online. These are sold

Our licensing business creates value by combining NEXT's sourcing and quality expertise with the design

We leverage our infrastructure by offering a complete suite of services to third-party brands including websites, marketing, warehousing, distribution networks and contact centres. Prospective investments must be a great brand, with great management (either in place or available), they must be able to add

● 3 international hubs which are fully integrated with our cost-efficient distribution facilities.

warehouses into NEXT's distribution network for onward delivery to customers.

● Over 800 stores in the UK and Eire (includes Reiss, Joules and FatFace stores) ● Over 200 franchised stores (includes Reiss, Joules and FatFace franchised stores)

orders are collected instore and the majority of returns are through our stores.

marketing tools that link with our email and social marketing systems.

service operations for Retail, Online and NEXT Finance.

generate sales. These can be summarised across four key streams:

value through taking on Total Platform and the price must be right.

See the Chief Executive's Review on page 13 for further details.

Service

We constantly upgrade our customer and online services.

See Part 2 of the Chief Executive's Review from page 14 for further details.

Cost

We relentlessly manage our costs.

See Parts Three and Four of the Chief Executive's Review from page 22 for further details.

New business

We lay foundations for future growth to keep developing new business opportunities.

See Part Two in the Chief Executive's Review on page 7 for further details.

Warehousing & Distribution

8 UK warehouses
7 UK depots

BUSINESS MODEL

We look to: 1. Add value

OUR OBJECTIVES BUSINESS PRIORITIES

Product

Service

Cost

further details.

New business

opportunities.

We continually improve our product ranges, embracing newness, improving

See the Chief Executive's Review on

We constantly upgrade our customer

See Part 2 of the Chief Executive's Review from page 14 for further details.

See Parts Three and Four of the Chief Executive's Review from page 22 for

We lay foundations for future growth to keep developing new business

See Part Two in the Chief Executive's Review on page 7 for further details.

We relentlessly manage our costs.

quality and broadening appeal.

page 13 for further details.

and online services.

● Use our product skills, distribution networks, systems, services and sourcing to create goods and provide services that

● Focus on customers' satisfaction levels by improving the customer experience in our stores and continuing to develop

● Improve and develop our product ranges by using our design skills to create quality products at affordable prices.

● Increase the number of profitable Online customers and their spend, both in the UK and internationally. Our Online business is complemented by our LABEL offering of branded products and, in the UK, the credit facilities (nextpay and pay in 3). Our objective is to be our customers' first choice online retailer for

● Achieve healthy gross and net margins through efficient product sourcing, stock management and cost control.

● Support the Group's access to low cost finance by maintaining a strong balance sheet and secure financing structure. ● Make a return on capital commensurate with risk, using robust investment appraisal models, targeting financial hurdles, including cash payback and return on capital invested.

5.Generate and return surplus cash to shareholders ● This is done by way of share buybacks and/or dividends.

Everything we do at NEXT is underpinned by a clear financial goal – the delivery of long term, sustainable growth in Earnings

supported by our core principles of acting responsibly.

consumers cannot easily find elsewhere.

and enhance our website and app.

clothing, beauty and home products.

4. Make good returns on capital invested

● Maximise the profitability of retail selling space.

3. Make a healthy margin

Per Share.

2. Play to our strengths

The key elements of our business model are set out here, together with the guiding principles that have shaped the direction in which we have taken the business.

We focus here on the core

For further information about our business and priorities, see pages 7 to 21 of the Chief Executive's Review.

NEXT business.

● 3 international hubs which are fully integrated with our cost-efficient distribution facilities.

Our distribution network serves our Retail stores and Online customer deliveries for both NEXT and third-party branded products. We also facilitate the induction of products held in third-party warehouses into NEXT's distribution network for onward delivery to customers.

NEXT Online

Around 9.6m UK Online customers
4.1m overseas customers, excluding aggregators.

Well-Connected Store Network

Over 800 stores in the UK and Eire (includes Reiss, Joules and FatFace stores)
Over 200 franchised stores (includes Reiss, Joules and FatFace franchised stores)
In 37 countries.

Our stores play an important role in supporting our Online customers; nearly half of our UK Online orders are collected instore and the majority of returns are through our stores.

Digital Marketing Systems

Consumer Credit

Call Centres

NEXT operates multi-language call centres in the UK and overseas to support its worldwide customer service operations for Retail, Online and NEXT Finance.

Supply Chain

NEXT has a well established supply chain that is supported by our overseas sourcing operation, NEXT Sourcing Limited (NSL). NSL provides buying, sourcing and design skills, which support our product teams in the UK.

WHAT WE DO

The business has evolved at pace in recent years and continues to do so. The growth in our LABEL business and, more recently, the Total Platform business has expanded the channels through which we generate sales. These can be summarised across four key streams:

NEXT Branded Products

Our in-house team develops NEXT branded products offering great design, quality and value for money, which are sold in store and online.

Third-Party Brands

Our LABEL business sells over 1,000 third-party clothing, home and beauty brands online. These are sold on a commission or wholesale basis.

Third-Party Brand Licences

Our licensing business creates value by combining NEXT's sourcing and quality expertise with the design inspiration of partner brands.

Total Platform and Investments

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 65 31/03/2025 17:33

OUR INFRASTRUCTURE HOW WE CREATE VALUE

The combination of NEXT products, third-party brands and investments, coupled with the strong infrastructure and our core principles, enables the business to consistently create value for our stakeholders.

Our people

● We strive to create an inclusive workplace in which everyone is treated with dignity and respect.

Our Customers

More product choice A combination of NEXT products and third-party brands means customers can choose from an extensive range of products.
Cost and quality control Our sourcing structure provides excellent quality and accessibly priced products.
Outstanding customer experience Our extensive logistics operations provide quick and cost effective delivery, and our call centres help maintain great customer satisfaction.

Third-Party Brand Partners

● Strong relationships – We aim to be the most profitable route to market for our partners.

Total Platform Clients

● We enable our clients to focus on the areas where they add most value, such as design and buying, rather than capital-intensive areas such as website development and logistics.

Responsibly

Shareholders

● We manage financial resources effectively to maximise shareholder value. NEXT is highly cash generative; after investing in the business, surplus cash is returned to shareholders.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (KPIs)

KPIs are designed to measure the development, performance and financial position of the business. The KPIs include Alternative Performance Measures ( ).

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (KPIs)

using an Online credit account, whereas cash customers are those who pay when ordering (includes overseas).

NEXT Online

NEXT Retail

NEXT Finance Interest income

£300.2m

+10.1%

10,587/3,069 16.5%

(after cost of funding)^⁹ Profit (after cost of funding)

13.6% £181.7m

between an APM and its closest statutory equivalent is provided in the Glossary on page 252 to 256 and Appendix 1 at page 57.

Full price sales growth Online customers⁷ (000's) NEXT Online operating margin

Total number of customers who have placed an order online in the last 12 months. Expressed as Cash / Credit (000's). Credit customers are those who order
Selling space is defined as the trading floor area of a store which excludes stockroom and administration areas and is shown as at the financial year end

Return on Capital Employed

Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) and cost of funding are defined in the Glossary from pages 252 and explained on pages 44 and 42 of the Chief

Executive's Review. Details of how ROCE is calculated is set out in the Glossary on page 256. The 2024 ROCE has been restated (from 13.4%).

Full price sales growth Retail selling space sq ft⁸ (000's) NEXT Retail operating margin

-1.1% 7,591sq ft 11.0%

(excluding Joules, Reiss and FatFace). The square footage excludes 488k sq ft (2024: 471k sq ft) of space occupied by concessions.

All KPIs that show a growth metric are based on a year-on-year calculation of growth. Commentary on business performance is provided in the Chief Executive's Review.

duty and associated costs. The average price before costs was £94.67 (2024: £68.18 excluding the 745,912 shares that were issued in October 2023 in

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 66 31/03/2025 17:33

satisfaction of part of the consideration for FatFace).

The APMs are not defined by IFRS and therefore may not be directly comparable with other companies' APMs. These measures are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measurements. Definitions of our APMs and, where appropriate, a reconciliation between an APM and its closest statutory equivalent is provided in the Glossary on page 252 to 256 and Appendix 1 at page 57.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (KPIs)

Performance Measures ( ).

in the Chief Executive's Review.

NEXT profitability and Earnings Per Share (EPS) .

£1,011.4m

NEXT Sales APM

+5.8%

Returns to shareholders

£257.8m

satisfaction of part of the consideration for FatFace).

KPIs are designed to measure the development, performance and financial position of the business. The KPIs include Alternative

All KPIs that show a growth metric are based on a year-on-year calculation of growth. Commentary on business performance is provided

NEXT full price sales¹ growth Total NEXT trading sales² growth 1. Full price sales are VAT exclusive sales of stock

NEXT Group profit before tax³ NEXT Group post tax EPS⁴ 3. For further information on NEXT Group profit

636.3p

Ordinary dividends⁵ Share buybacks⁶ Total return to shareholders

A total of 3,780,954 shares were purchased in the financial year (2024: 2,584,970) at an average cost per share of £95.26 (2024: £68.60) including stamp duty and associated costs. The average price before costs was £94.67 (2024: £68.18 excluding the 745,912 shares that were issued in October 2023 in

£360.2m £618.0m

Based on dividends paid in the Cash Flow Statement. Refer to Note 8 to the financial statements.

+5.7%

items made through NEXT Retail and NEXT Online. It excludes items sold in our sale events and our Clearance operations. It includes Finance

Total NEXT trading sales are VAT exclusive full price and markdown sales including the full transaction value of commission based sales and interest income for our Online, Retail and Finance divisions (as described in Note 1 to the

before tax, refer to Appendix 1 at page 57 and

NEXT Group post tax EPS is pre-amortisation and pre-exceptionals. For further information on

EPS, refer to Appendix 1 at page 57.

income on those sales.

financial statements).

Appendix 2 at page 60.

Total number of customers who have placed an order online in the last 12 months. Expressed as Cash / Credit (000's). Credit customers are those who order using an Online credit account, whereas cash customers are those who pay when ordering (includes overseas).

Selling space is defined as the trading floor area of a store which excludes stockroom and administration areas and is shown as at the financial year end (excluding Joules, Reiss and FatFace). The square footage excludes 488k sq ft (2024: 471k sq ft) of space occupied by concessions.

Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) and cost of funding are defined in the Glossary from pages 252 and explained on pages 44 and 42 of the Chief Executive's Review. Details of how ROCE is calculated is set out in the Glossary on page 256. The 2024 ROCE has been restated (from 13.4%).

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 67 31/03/2025 17:33

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Risk management and internal control framework

Approach

The Board has overall responsibility for risk management, the supporting system of internal controls and for reviewing their effectiveness. The Group operates a policy of continuous identification and review of business risks. This includes the monitoring of key risks, identification of emerging risks, and consideration of risk mitigations after taking into account risk appetite and the impact of those risks on the achievement of business objectives.

The risks and uncertainties that the business faces evolve over time. The Board delegates to the executive directors and senior management the task of implementing and maintaining controls to ensure that risks are managed appropriately. The risk management process is designed to identify, evaluate and mitigate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives. This means it can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance.

Our framework for risk governance

We have a 'three lines of defence' model of risk management, as illustrated below.

Board

Responsible for ensuring that risk is effectively identified, assessed and managed across the Group.
Determines the Group's risk appetite.
Overall responsibility for monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems.
Reviews the Group's emerging and principal risks.

risk management systems.

● Supports the Board's robust review of the above. ● Approves the internal audit programme.

Executive Risk Owners

Own the corporate risks and perform bi‑annual reviews of these risks.
Ensure that risks are identified, assessed, adequately controlled and mitigated.
Review and identify existing and emerging risks with the assistance of the risk management team.

Business Risk Owners

Responsible for ensuring that risks are managed within agreed risk appetite limits.
Drive design and implementation of controls.
Review, identify and assess existing and emerging risks twice a year with the assistance of the risk management team.

Risk Steering Group

Review and development of Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF).
Oversee the development of the Group's risk monitoring, assessment and reporting processes.
Ongoing consideration of horizon scanning, emerging risks and significant risk events.
Oversight to ensure effective incident management processes.

Risk Management Team

Manage and report on the risk registers. ● Work with and challenge risk owners to assess
risk and identify controls.
Implement risk management processes and framework improvements.

Broader Compliance Functions

NEXT has targeted compliance teams that provide specific guidance and support in managing risks.
Those teams support Credit, Data, Information Security/Cyber, Product Legislation, Code of Practice/Modern Slavery and Legal risks.
Each compliance team works closely with the risk management team and business risk owners to understand risks and issues as they arise and put mitigations/controls in place to bring within risk appetite.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 68 31/03/2025 17:33

First Line Second Line Third Line

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Our approach to risk identification is illustrated by the following diagram of our Enterprise Risk Management Framework and is described in more detail on the following pages. Adopting an ERMF enables a consistent approach to identifying, managing, reporting and overseeing

Principal Risks

Component Risks Map to corporate risks, providing a more granular risk categorisation and reporting capability.

Business Risks Under the management of and assessed by 20 key business entities, mapped to component risks.

Central Finance Customer Services

Treasury Product Operations Central Finance Warehousing & Distribution

Finance Operations Technology

Legal & Compliance Product

Brand Marketing Group Property

Retail Lipsy Human Resources NEXT Sourcing

eCommerce 3rd Party Brands & LABEL

Label, Logistics & Total Platform Projects International

How we identify and monitor risk

risks.

Audit Committee ● Monitors the Group's internal financial controls and internal control and

Internal Audit

Agree internal audit programme by reference to the Group Risk Register.
Conduct internal audit programme and report to the Audit Committee.
Respond to issues as they arise and amend the audit programme accordingly.

How we identify and monitor risk

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Approach

absolute assurance.

managed across the Group. ● Determines the Group's risk appetite.

management team.

achievement of business objectives.

Our framework for risk governance

risk management and internal control systems. ● Reviews the Group's emerging and principal risks.

Executive Risk Owners ● Own the corporate risks and perform bi‑annual reviews of these risks. ● Ensure that risks are identified, assessed, adequately controlled and mitigated. ● Review and identify existing and emerging risks with the assistance of the risk

Business Risk Owners ● Responsible for ensuring that risks are managed within agreed risk appetite limits. ● Drive design and implementation of controls. ● Review, identify and assess existing and emerging risks twice a year with the assistance of the risk management team.

Risk management and internal control framework

We have a 'three lines of defence' model of risk management, as illustrated below.

Board ● Responsible for ensuring that risk is effectively identified, assessed and

● Overall responsibility for monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of

First Line Second Line Third Line

Risk Steering Group ● Review and development of Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF). ● Oversee the development of the Group's risk monitoring, assessment and reporting

● Ongoing consideration of horizon scanning, emerging risks and significant risk events. ● Oversight to ensure effective incident

Risk Management Team ● Manage and report on the risk registers. ● Work with and challenge risk owners to assess

● Implement risk management processes and

Broader Compliance Functions ● NEXT has targeted compliance teams that provide specific guidance and support in

● Those teams support Credit, Data, Information Security/Cyber, Product Legislation, Code of Practice/Modern Slavery and Legal risks. ● Each compliance team works closely with the risk management team and business risk owners to understand risks and issues as they arise and put mitigations/controls in place to

processes.

management processes.

risk and identify controls.

framework improvements.

managing risks.

bring within risk appetite.

Audit Committee ● Monitors the Group's internal financial controls and internal control and

the Group Risk Register.

the Audit Committee.

audit programme accordingly.

Internal Audit ● Agree internal audit programme by reference to

● Conduct internal audit programme and report to

● Respond to issues as they arise and amend the

risk management systems.

● Supports the Board's robust review of the above. ● Approves the internal audit programme.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 69 31/03/2025 17:33

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The business has been divided into 20 operational areas for risk management, where local business risks are identified, assessed and managed.

Business risks are identified bottom up through discussions with operational area owners and mapped to components of our Enterprise Risk Universe for reporting purposes. Components are then mapped to executive-owned corporate risks, which in turn are mapped to the principal risks that may impact our ability to achieve our business objectives. The principal risks and key business risks are also subject to a top down review and challenge process.

Business risks are logged in an integrated risk management system and each business risk has a named owner. A standard 5x5 risk matrix is used to assess the potential impact of each risk measured in terms of the financial impact and the likelihood of the risk crystallising within a two year timeframe. The assessment considers both the inherent risk (before any mitigating controls) and residual risk (after mitigating controls are applied).

Each business entity risk register is assessed through a three stage management sign off process: initially with the relevant business risk assessor (a senior manager) then via the business entity owner (operational director level), and finally with the executive director who is assigned as the corporate risk owner. The assessment includes consideration of the key controls and the resulting risk reduction.

The ongoing review and development of our ERMF is the responsibility of the Risk Steering Group. The Risk Steering Group is chaired by the Legal & Compliance Director and has responsibility for providing direction and support to the management of risk across the Group. It meets quarterly and its activities include:

Establishing clear governance and accountability for risk and any associated (remediation) activities.
Providing a point of escalation for critical or emerging risks.
Providing the Board and Audit Committee with sufficient information to enable them to discharge their risk reporting requirements.
Reviewing the corporate level risks, informed by the most significant business risks assessed across all business entities.
Ongoing consideration of horizon scanning, any gaps and assessment of significant risk events.
Annual benchmarking against the published principal risks of peers, particularly those operating in the retail and consumer credit sectors.
Reviewing the correct approach to risk management for our newly acquired subsidiary companies and brands.

The key features of our risk governance, assessment and monitoring processes are:

Robust risk identification processes the bottom up identification of risks is supplemented by top down review by executive directors. The Risk Steering Group also supports the risk identification process by: (1) ensuring that the risks or control issues that give rise to any significant incidents are adequately and accurately captured in the Enterprise Risk Universe; and (2) assisting with the assessment of emerging risks.
Clear risk ownership and accountability each business risk has an owner and each corporate risk has an executive director owner.
Target business risk appetite and oversight as corporate risk

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 70 31/03/2025 17:33

owners, the executive directors are responsible for setting the risk appetite (subject to Board agreement) and overseeing the appropriateness of risk mitigation through designated governance groups. Each principal risk is also mapped to first, second and third line assurance activities.

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

To support the Audit Committee and Board in discharging their responsibilities, they were provided with the following information: ● Relevant extracts regarding their responsibilities concerning risk from the Corporate Governance Code, the FRC Guidance on the Strategic Report and also on Risk Management, Internal Control Risk appetite

Emerging risks

Black swan events

place.

Our approach to risk management aims to bring controllable risks within our appetite and enable our decision making to balance uncertainty against the objective of building shareholder value through long term, sustainable returns for our shareholders and other stakeholders. On page 64 we detail our core principles of doing business and in this section we explain how those principles contribute to managing the business objectives within the Board's risk appetite. Our financial disciplines ensure that each of our business divisions make net margins that are sufficient to allow them to withstand the inevitable vagaries of any consumer facing business. We also ensure that we make healthy returns on capital employed, commensurate with the risks involved in our sector.

Identification and review of emerging risks are integrated into our risk review process. Emerging risks are those risks or combinations of risks which are often rapidly evolving, for which the impact and probability of occurrence have not yet been fully understood and, consequently, the appropriate mitigations have not yet been fully identified. All risk owners and managers within the business are challenged to consider emerging risks and this is enhanced by formal horizon scans by the executive directors and the Risk Steering Group, and reviewed by the Audit Committee and Board. Key emerging risks that we are monitoring include the uncertain UK macroeconomic outlook and its potential impact on our business and customers and the impact of global geopolitical events which bring an increased risk to our International trade and supply chains (see pages 85 and 87)

The Audit Committee has reviewed how very large and disruptive events would be managed by the business. This review included looking at the resilience of the business, the various liquidity levers available to it (with associated estimated quantum and timescales), the business impact assessment process and continuity plans in

● A review of the Principal Risks identified by other comparable listed companies. This helps to ensure that there are no material

Following the evaluation process described above, the Board is satisfied that the material controls have been operating effectively for the financial year to January 2025 and up to and including the date of this Annual Report (see page 117 for further details). No significant failings of internal control were identified during these

The business will continue to review opportunities to develop, strengthen and improve the effectiveness of our risk management

We have identified the risks posed to NEXT by climate change and how they might impact our business. The risks include the short to medium term impacts including transitional changes (for example, legislation and financial) which we closely monitor, as well as the long term emerging risk of climate change (for example, physical changes including the increased likelihood of flooding events). Having assessed and modelled the risks, we believe that the short to medium term climate-related risks are not material for our business, although we recognise that we will need to keep abreast of future climate change legislation and consumer preferences. The risks relating to climate change are therefore part of the considerations in several of our principal risks, but are not currently deemed to be a

The environmental and climate change related risks are overseen by the Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Steering Group, supported by the Risk Management team and are reported to the executives and ultimately the Board. Further details regarding NEXT's climate risks are provided in our Task Force on Climate-related

Financial Disclosures (TCFD) disclosures on pages 83 to 89.

and Related Financial and Business Reporting.

reviews.

and internal control systems.

separate principal risk of the business.

Climate risk

gaps in our risk identification or impact assessment.

Consistency our 5x5 risk scoring matrix is used to drive consistency of risk assessment and quantification. Inherent risk and residual risk are measured, with each business risk assessed both before and after mitigating controls are applied.
Key control activities are captured these are the control activities the business places reliance on to manage risk within target appetite and are subject to Internal Audit review and monitoring.

Evaluation of the effectiveness of risk

management and internal control systems

Evaluation of the effectiveness of the Group's risk management and internal control systems for all parts of the business has been carried out twice during the year. This covered all material financial, operational and compliance controls. The evaluation process involved the following:

Executive director review the most significant corporate level risks of the Group, as identified by the risk management process, and their associated controls were assessed in detail by the executive directors. The objective of this top down review was to ensure that the appropriate risks had been accurately captured within the risk management processes described above, that adequate controls were in place to mitigate these risks and that their potential impact had been robustly assessed. The executives also considered the appropriateness of the principal risks identified.
Audit Committee review at the January 2025 meeting, management presented the Committee with details of the ERMF, the risk scoring matrix methodology and the ownership and oversight of risks. The Committee also considered the nature and circumstances around significant risk events that had occurred during the year to assess whether they suggested significant failure or weakness in internal controls. An internal financial controls matrix summarising the key processes and oversight of the Group's financial controls was reviewed, with input from senior finance management. The Committee also satisfies itself that management's response to any financial reporting or internal financial control issues identified by the external auditor is appropriate.
Board review at their January 2025 meeting, the Board undertook its formal review of the effectiveness of the risk management systems of the Group. Management supported this review by presenting information about the Group's risk management systems and processes, the output of the reviews undertaken by the Audit Committee and the executive directors, information about the most significant business risks and a summary of the type and regularity of key executive director-led risk governance meetings, mapped to the principal risks.

To support the Audit Committee and Board in discharging their responsibilities, they were provided with the following information:

Relevant extracts regarding their responsibilities concerning risk from the Corporate Governance Code, the FRC Guidance on the Strategic Report and also on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting.
A review of the Principal Risks identified by other comparable listed companies. This helps to ensure that there are no material gaps in our risk identification or impact assessment.

The business will continue to review opportunities to develop, strengthen and improve the effectiveness of our risk management and internal control systems.

Climate risk

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The business has been divided into 20 operational areas for risk management, where local business risks are identified, assessed and owners, the executive directors are responsible for setting the risk appetite (subject to Board agreement) and overseeing the appropriateness of risk mitigation through designated governance groups. Each principal risk is also mapped to first,

● Consistency – our 5x5 risk scoring matrix is used to drive consistency of risk assessment and quantification. Inherent risk and residual risk are measured, with each business risk assessed

● Key control activities are captured – these are the control activities the business places reliance on to manage risk within target appetite and are subject to Internal Audit review and

● Executive director review – the most significant corporate level risks of the Group, as identified by the risk management process, and their associated controls were assessed in detail by the executive directors. The objective of this top down review was to ensure that the appropriate risks had been accurately captured within the risk management processes described above, that adequate controls were in place to mitigate these risks and that their potential impact had been robustly assessed. The executives also considered the appropriateness of the principal risks

● Audit Committee review – at the January 2025 meeting, management presented the Committee with details of the ERMF, the risk scoring matrix methodology and the ownership and oversight of risks. The Committee also considered the nature and circumstances around significant risk events that had occurred during the year to assess whether they suggested significant failure or weakness in internal controls. An internal financial controls matrix summarising the key processes and oversight of the Group's financial controls was reviewed, with input from senior finance management. The Committee also satisfies itself that management's response to any financial reporting or internal financial control issues identified by the external auditor is

● Board review – at their January 2025 meeting, the Board undertook its formal review of the effectiveness of the risk management systems of the Group. Management supported this review by presenting information about the Group's risk management systems and processes, the output of the reviews undertaken by the Audit Committee and the executive directors, information about the most significant business risks and a summary of the type and regularity of key executive director-led

risk governance meetings, mapped to the principal risks.

both before and after mitigating controls are applied.

Evaluation of the effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems

second and third line assurance activities.

monitoring.

involved the following:

identified.

appropriate.

● Establishing clear governance and accountability for risk and any

● Reviewing the corporate level risks, informed by the most significant business risks assessed across all business entities. ● Ongoing consideration of horizon scanning, any gaps and

● Annual benchmarking against the published principal risks of peers, particularly those operating in the retail and consumer

● Reviewing the correct approach to risk management for our

The key features of our risk governance, assessment and monitoring

● Robust risk identification processes – the bottom up identification of risks is supplemented by top down review by executive directors. The Risk Steering Group also supports the risk identification process by: (1) ensuring that the risks or control issues that give rise to any significant incidents are adequately and accurately captured in the Enterprise Risk Universe; and (2)

● Clear risk ownership and accountability – each business risk has an owner and each corporate risk has an executive director

● Target business risk appetite and oversight – as corporate risk

newly acquired subsidiary companies and brands.

assisting with the assessment of emerging risks.

● Providing a point of escalation for critical or emerging risks. ● Providing the Board and Audit Committee with sufficient information to enable them to discharge their risk reporting

the Group. It meets quarterly and its activities include:

associated (remediation) activities.

assessment of significant risk events.

also subject to a top down review and challenge process.

risk (after mitigating controls are applied).

managed.

reduction.

requirements.

credit sectors.

processes are:

owner.

Risk appetite

Emerging risks

Black swan events

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 71 31/03/2025 17:33

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Assessment of principal risks and uncertainties

The directors confirm that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group, including any emerging risks and those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. Please refer to the Corporate Governance Report on page 117 for further details. After review, the Board agreed that no changes were necessary to the principal risks and uncertainties this year. They did, however, agree to changes to some of the principal risk trends, as indicated in the following pages.

The principal risks are described below, together with an explanation of how they are managed or mitigated.

The Board is committed to ensuring that the key risks are managed on an ongoing basis and the business operates within its risk appetite and takes into consideration the principal risks of the business when it assesses the long term viability of the business. Although these risks all have the potential to affect future performance, work is undertaken to mitigate and manage these risks such that they should not threaten the overall viability of the business over the three year assessment period (see the viability assessment on pages 77 to 78).

Risk trend

↑ Increasing
↗ Marginally increasing
↔ Unchanged
↘ Marginally decreasing
↓ Decreasing

Link to strategy

Improving and developing our product ranges
Maximising the profitability of retail selling space
Increasing the number of profitable NEXT Online customers

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Our success depends on designing and selecting products that customers want to buy, at appropriate price points and stocked in the

In the short term, a failure to manage this risk may result in surplus stock that cannot be sold and may have to be disposed of at a loss. Over the longer term, a failure to meet the design, quality and value expectations of our customers will adversely affect the reputation of

Product design and selection

right quantities.

the NEXT Brand.

Link to strategy

NEXT's reputation.

Link to strategy

Risk Trend ↔

unrest and labour disputes in Bangladesh.

logistical supply and demand challenges.

Risk Trend ↑

undermine our reputation as a responsible retailer.

Key suppliers and supply chain management

Reliance on our supplier base to deliver products on time and to our quality standards is essential. Failure by our suppliers to do so may result in an inability to service customer demand or adversely affect

Changes in global manufacturing capacity, costs and logistics may impact profit margins. Pressure has increased on global supply chains; the Middle East conflict has increased shipping transit times and there has been some disruption to product availability due to ongoing civil

Significant growth in our International business also contributes to

Non-compliance by suppliers with the NEXT Code of Practice may

Principal risk and description How we manage or mitigate the risk

● Executive directors and senior management continually review the design, selection and performance of NEXT product ranges

● LABEL brands (along with our Beauty business) have served to increase the breadth of our Online offer far beyond NEXT's natural design, fashion and price boundaries. Just as important are the numerous ways in which our NEXT product ranges have been

● Executive directors and senior management regularly review product range trends to assess and correct any key selection or product issues. Corrections to significant missed trends or poorer performing ranges are targeted for amendment, with alternative products being sourced within six months where necessary. ● Senior product management approve quality standards, with in‑house quality control and testing teams in place across all

● Senior management regularly review product recalls and product

● Stock availability is reviewed on an ongoing basis and appropriate action is taken where service or delivery to customers may be

● Management continually seeks ways to develop our supplier base to reduce over-reliance on individual suppliers or single territories and to maintain the quality and competitiveness of our offer. The Group's supplier risk assessment procedures establish

● Existing and new sources of product supply are developed in conjunction with NEXT Sourcing, external agents and/or direct

● We have Code of Practice Principle Standards that set out the standards we expect for supplier production methods, employee working conditions, quality control and inspection processes. ● Our in-house global Code of Practice team carry out regular audits of our product-related suppliers' operations to ensure compliance with the standards set out in our Code. Further details are set out

● We train relevant employees and communicate with suppliers regarding our expectations concerning responsible sourcing,

● The Audit Committee receives Code of Practice updates from

● The Audit Committee receives modern slavery and anti-bribery training progress updates together with whistleblowing reports at each meeting. Significant matters are reported to the Board.

anti‑bribery, human rights and modern slavery.

senior management during the year.

contingency plans in the event of key supplier failure.

and those of other brands sold by NEXT.

extended and diversified.

product areas.

safety related issues.

negatively impacted.

suppliers.

on page 94.

Managing margins

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 72 31/03/2025 17:33

Focusing on customer experience and satisfaction
Maintaining the Group's financial strength
Generating and returning surplus cash to shareholders

Business strategy development and implementation

If the Board adopts the wrong business strategy or does not implement its strategies effectively, our business may suffer. The Board, therefore, needs to understand and properly manage strategic risk, taking into account specific retail sector risk factors, to deliver long term growth for the benefit of NEXT's stakeholders.

Principal risk and description How we manage or mitigate the risk
- The Board reviews business strategy regularly to determine how sales and profit can be maximised and business operations made more efficient.
- The Chief Executive provides regular updates at Board meetings regarding key opportunities and progress of major initiatives.
- Our International Online business, third-party LABEL business and Total Platform provide geographic and product diversification.
- Our disciplined approach to sales, budgeting, stock control, investment returns and cost control ensures the Company continues to generate strong profits and cash flows.
- The Board and senior management consider strategic risk factors, wider economic and industry specific trends that affect the Group's businesses, the competitive position of its products and the financial structure of the Group.
- We include details of how we manage the business going forward and its longer term direction of travel which is articulated to our stakeholders in our annual and half yearly reports.
- Longer term financial scenarios for our Retail business have been prepared and stress tested. This process provides a mechanism for ensuring that business profitability is maximised through efficient allocation of resources and management of costs.

Link to strategy
Risk Trend	↔

Principal risk and description How we manage or mitigate the risk

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

↔ Unchanged

↓ Decreasing

↗ Marginally increasing

↘ Marginally decreasing

Link to strategy

Managing margins

more efficient.

Principal risk and description How we manage or mitigate the risk

Improving and developing our product ranges

Maximising the profitability of retail selling space

Focusing on customer experience and satisfaction

Generating and returning surplus cash to shareholders

● The Board reviews business strategy regularly to determine how sales and profit can be maximised and business operations made

● The Chief Executive provides regular updates at Board meetings regarding key opportunities and progress of major initiatives. ● Our International Online business, third-party LABEL business and Total Platform provide geographic and product diversification. ● Our disciplined approach to sales, budgeting, stock control, investment returns and cost control ensures the Company

● The Board and senior management consider strategic risk factors, wider economic and industry specific trends that affect the Group's businesses, the competitive position of its products and

● We include details of how we manage the business going forward and its longer term direction of travel which is articulated to our

● Longer term financial scenarios for our Retail business have been prepared and stress tested. This process provides a mechanism for ensuring that business profitability is maximised through efficient allocation of resources and management of costs.

continues to generate strong profits and cash flows.

stakeholders in our annual and half yearly reports.

the financial structure of the Group.

Maintaining the Group's financial strength

Increasing the number of profitable NEXT Online customers

The principal risks are described below, together with an explanation

Business strategy development and implementation If the Board adopts the wrong business strategy or does not implement its strategies effectively, our business may suffer. The Board, therefore, needs to understand and properly manage strategic risk, taking into account specific retail sector risk factors, to deliver

long term growth for the benefit of NEXT's stakeholders.

Assessment of principal risks

and uncertainties

of how they are managed or mitigated.

assessment on pages 77 to 78).

Link to strategy

Risk Trend ↔

following pages.

Product design and selection

Link to strategy

Risk Trend ↔

Our success depends on designing and selecting products that customers want to buy, at appropriate price points and stocked in the right quantities.

In the short term, a failure to manage this risk may result in surplus stock that cannot be sold and may have to be disposed of at a loss.

Over the longer term, a failure to meet the design, quality and value expectations of our customers will adversely affect the reputation of the NEXT Brand.

● Executive directors and senior management continually review the design, selection and performance of NEXT product ranges and those of other brands sold by NEXT.

Executive directors and senior management regularly review product range trends to assess and correct any key selection or product issues. Corrections to significant missed trends or poorer performing ranges are targeted for amendment, with alternative products being sourced within six months where necessary.
Senior product management approve quality standards, with in‑house quality control and testing teams in place across all product areas.
Senior management regularly review product recalls and product safety related issues.

Key suppliers and supply chain management

Significant growth in our International business also contributes to logistical supply and demand challenges.

Non-compliance by suppliers with the NEXT Code of Practice may undermine our reputation as a responsible retailer.

Stock availability is reviewed on an ongoing basis and appropriate action is taken where service or delivery to customers may be negatively impacted.
Management continually seeks ways to develop our supplier base to reduce over-reliance on individual suppliers or single territories and to maintain the quality and competitiveness of our offer. The Group's supplier risk assessment procedures establish contingency plans in the event of key supplier failure.
Existing and new sources of product supply are developed in conjunction with NEXT Sourcing, external agents and/or direct suppliers.
We have Code of Practice Principle Standards that set out the standards we expect for supplier production methods, employee working conditions, quality control and inspection processes.
Our in-house global Code of Practice team carry out regular audits of our product-related suppliers' operations to ensure compliance with the standards set out in our Code. Further details are set out on page 94.
We train relevant employees and communicate with suppliers regarding our expectations concerning responsible sourcing, anti‑bribery, human rights and modern slavery.
The Audit Committee receives Code of Practice updates from senior management during the year.
The Audit Committee receives modern slavery and anti-bribery training progress updates together with whistleblowing reports at each meeting. Significant matters are reported to the Board.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 73 31/03/2025 17:33

Link to strategy
Risk Trend	↑

Governance

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Warehousing and distribution

Our warehousing and distribution operations are fundamental to the running of the business. Risks include business interruption due to physical damage, access restrictions, breakdowns, capacity and resourcing shortages, IT systems failure, inefficient and slow processes and third-party failures.

Increasing choice in the products NEXT sells has been central to the development of our Online platform, but the proliferation of unique items, along with a shift from Retail to Online sales, has presented our warehouse operations with significant challenges.

Principal risk and description How we manage or mitigate the risk

● Our new boxed warehouse, Elmsall 3, has delivered further improvements in capacity with significant progress in 2024 and remains a work in progress with further automation to be rolled out in 2025. This helps increase resilience and reduce the risk of capacity issues with business growth.

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Poor management of NEXT's longer term liabilities and capital expenditure could jeopardise the long term sustainability of the business. It is important to ensure that the business continues to be responsive and flexible to meet the challenges of a rapidly changing

The risk associated with our long term liabilities has decreased in

● The buy-in and subsequent closure of the 2013 NEXT Group

● The renegotiation of store leases resulting in shorter average lease

The continued availability and integrity of our IT systems are critical to successful trading. Our systems must record and process substantial volumes of data and conduct inventory management accurately and quickly. Continuous enhancement and investment are required to

The threat of unauthorised or malicious attack is an ongoing risk, the nature of which is constantly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated. Our brand reputation could be negatively impacted by

Information security, data protection, business continuity and cyber risk

retail sector.

terms.

recent years due to:

Link to strategy

cyber security breaches.

Link to strategy

Risk Trend ↔

Defined Benefit Pension Plan; and

Risk Trend ↘

prevent obsolescence and maintain responsiveness.

Management of long term liabilities and capital expenditure

Principal risk and description How we manage or mitigate the risk

● Our predominantly leased store portfolio is actively managed by senior management, with openings, refits and closures based on strict store profitability and cash payback criteria. Long term

● We undertake regular reviews of lease expiry and break clauses to identify opportunities for exit or renegotiation of commitments. Leases will not be automatically renewed if acceptable terms are

● The Board regularly reviews our lease commitments, new store

● We ensure that we make healthy returns on capital employed,

● Appropriate amortisation accounting policies reduce the risk of an

● We operate an Information Security and Data Privacy Steering Committee. Its main activities include agreement and monitoring of related key risks, activities and incidents. The Committee comprises two executive directors and relevant senior

● Significant investment in systems development and security programmes has continued during the year, complemented by in‑house dedicated information and physical security resources. ● Systems vulnerability and penetration testing is carried out regularly by both internal and external resources to ensure that data is protected from corruption or unauthorised access or use. ● Critical systems backup facilities and business continuity plans are

● Major incident simulations and business continuity tests are

● We have reduced our cyber risk vulnerabilities through a dedicated programme of work with third-party support. ● IT risks are managed through the application of internal policies and change management procedures, imposing contractual security requirements, service level agreements on third-party

● All staff and contractors are required to read, accept and comply with the Group's data protection and information security policies, which are kept under regular review and supported by

● Information security and data protection risk exposures are reviewed during the year by both the Audit Committee and the Board; this informs an executive-sponsored programme of

commensurate with the risks involved in our sector.

liabilities continue to be reduced.

openings and potential store closures.

unexpected significant write-off.

reviewed and updated regularly.

suppliers, and IT capacity management.

carried out periodically.

continuous improvement.

training.

not agreed.

management.

Planning processes are in place to ensure there is sufficient warehouse handling capacity for expected future business volumes over the short and longer terms.
Service levels, warehouse handling, inbound logistics and delivery costs are continually monitored to ensure goods are delivered to our warehouses, Retail stores and Online customers in a timely and cost-efficient manner.
Our warehouse leadership team meets regularly to assess the opportunities and risks in our warehouse and distribution network.
Business continuity plans and insurance are in place to mitigate the impact of business interruption.
The Board has approved and keeps under regular review an extensive warehouse investment programme to accommodate further Online growth and transfer in customer demand from Retail to Online (see page 18 for further details).

Link to strategy
Risk Trend	↔

Business critical systems

NEXT's performance depends on the engagement, recruitment and retention of customers and on its ability to drive and service customer demand. There is a risk that the business fails to adopt and/or maintain efficient use of suitable software, hardware and mechanisation to provide both Retail and Online customers with service levels that meet or exceed their expectations. These systems, software and platforms are ever changing as technology continues to evolve. Keeping customers and users up to date and managing the implementation and changes that come with the evolution of these platforms, in addition to maintenance of existing systems, can be challenging.

As detailed in the Strategic Report, our business has increased reliance on technology and the development of business ideas within the Group (such as Total Platform) increases that reliance further.

Continued investment in technology that supports the various parts of the NEXT Online platform, including improvements in technology recruitment and retention.
Continual development and monitoring of the performance of NEXT's UK and overseas websites, with a particular focus on improving the Online customer experience.
A range of key trade and operational meetings keep under review the performance, evolution, risks and opportunities of the NEXT customer facing systems. Executive directors are in attendance at each of these key meetings.
Market research and customer feedback are used to assess customer opinions and satisfaction levels to help ensure that we remain focused on delivering excellent customer service and improve our systems to meet these needs.
Ongoing monitoring of KPIs and feedback from website and call centre support operations.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 74 31/03/2025 17:33

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

As detailed in the Strategic Report, our business has increased reliance on technology and the development of business ideas within the Group (such as Total Platform) increases that reliance further.

Warehousing and distribution

warehouse operations with significant challenges.

and third-party failures.

Link to strategy

challenging.

Link to strategy

Risk Trend ↔

Business critical systems

Principal risk and description How we manage or mitigate the risk

● Planning processes are in place to ensure there is sufficient warehouse handling capacity for expected future business

● Service levels, warehouse handling, inbound logistics and delivery costs are continually monitored to ensure goods are delivered to our warehouses, Retail stores and Online customers in a timely

● Our warehouse leadership team meets regularly to assess the opportunities and risks in our warehouse and distribution

● Business continuity plans and insurance are in place to mitigate

● The Board has approved and keeps under regular review an extensive warehouse investment programme to accommodate further Online growth and transfer in customer demand from

● Continued investment in technology that supports the various parts of the NEXT Online platform, including improvements in

● Continual development and monitoring of the performance of NEXT's UK and overseas websites, with a particular focus on

● A range of key trade and operational meetings keep under review the performance, evolution, risks and opportunities of the NEXT customer facing systems. Executive directors are in attendance at

● Market research and customer feedback are used to assess customer opinions and satisfaction levels to help ensure that we remain focused on delivering excellent customer service and

● Ongoing monitoring of KPIs and feedback from website and call

capacity issues with business growth.

and cost-efficient manner.

the impact of business interruption.

technology recruitment and retention.

each of these key meetings.

centre support operations.

improving the Online customer experience.

improve our systems to meet these needs.

Retail to Online (see page 18 for further details).

network.

volumes over the short and longer terms.

Principal risk and description How we manage or mitigate the risk

Management of long term liabilities and capital expenditure

The risk associated with our long term liabilities has decreased in recent years due to:

The buy-in and subsequent closure of the 2013 NEXT Group Defined Benefit Pension Plan; and
The renegotiation of store leases resulting in shorter average lease terms.

Our predominantly leased store portfolio is actively managed by senior management, with openings, refits and closures based on strict store profitability and cash payback criteria. Long term liabilities continue to be reduced.
We undertake regular reviews of lease expiry and break clauses to identify opportunities for exit or renegotiation of commitments. Leases will not be automatically renewed if acceptable terms are not agreed.
The Board regularly reviews our lease commitments, new store openings and potential store closures.
We ensure that we make healthy returns on capital employed, commensurate with the risks involved in our sector.
Appropriate amortisation accounting policies reduce the risk of an unexpected significant write-off.

Information security, data protection, business continuity and cyber risk

We operate an Information Security and Data Privacy Steering Committee. Its main activities include agreement and monitoring of related key risks, activities and incidents. The Committee comprises two executive directors and relevant senior management.
Significant investment in systems development and security programmes has continued during the year, complemented by in‑house dedicated information and physical security resources.
Systems vulnerability and penetration testing is carried out regularly by both internal and external resources to ensure that data is protected from corruption or unauthorised access or use.
Critical systems backup facilities and business continuity plans are reviewed and updated regularly.
Major incident simulations and business continuity tests are carried out periodically.
We have reduced our cyber risk vulnerabilities through a dedicated programme of work with third-party support.
IT risks are managed through the application of internal policies and change management procedures, imposing contractual security requirements, service level agreements on third-party suppliers, and IT capacity management.
All staff and contractors are required to read, accept and comply with the Group's data protection and information security policies, which are kept under regular review and supported by training.
Information security and data protection risk exposures are reviewed during the year by both the Audit Committee and the Board; this informs an executive-sponsored programme of continuous improvement.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 75 31/03/2025 17:33

Link to strategy
Risk Trend	↔

Link to strategy

Risk Trend ↓

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Financial, treasury, liquidity and credit risks

NEXT's ability to meet its financial obligations and to support the operations of the business is dependent on having sufficient liquidity over the short, medium and long term.

NEXT is reliant on the availability of adequate financing from banks and capital markets to meet its liquidity needs.

NEXT is exposed to foreign exchange risk and profits may be adversely affected by unforeseen moves in foreign exchange rates.

NEXT might suffer financial loss if a counterparty with which it has transacted fails and is unable to fulfil its contract.

NEXT is also exposed to credit risk, particularly in respect of our Online customer receivables, which at £1.5bn represents the largest item on the Group Balance Sheet.

Principal risk and description How we manage or mitigate the risk

VIABILITY ASSESSMENT

£425m of funds over the period of the viability assessment.

pressures, the business continued to generate high levels of cash before distributions.

(described overleaf), provide a strong degree of financial resilience and flexibility.

The directors have assessed the prospects of the Group by reference to its current financial position, its recent and historical financial performance and forecasts, its business model and strategy (pages 64 to 65) and the principal risks and mitigating factors described on pages 72 to 76. In addition, the directors regularly review the financing position of the Group and its projected funding position and requirements. The Group is operationally and financially strong and has a long track record of consistently generating profits and cash, which is expected to continue both in the short and medium term. In each of the last three financial years, despite the impact of the cost of living and inflation

The Group has maintained its net debt (excluding leases) comfortably within its available facilities with headroom of £0.6bn at the year end. During the year the Group exercised the option to extend its revolving credit facility from 2028 to 2029. In doing so it has secured access to

During the period of assessment both the 2025 and 2026 bonds fall due for repayment. The Board expects that, given NEXT's current investment grade credit rating and strong performance, it would be able to renew or replace these bonds well ahead of maturity. However, the assessment of the viability of the Group is not dependent on securing this financing. In respect of the 2025 Bond, the Group has been building its cash reserves so that it has additional flexibility to settle in cash if this is considered more cost effective at the relevant time. The Board considers that this headroom, coupled with the highly cash generative nature of the business and the available cash levers

The retail sector is inherently fast paced, competitive and dynamic, particularly in respect of the fashion product cycle. However, as

The directors have assessed the viability of the Group over a three year period, as they believe this strikes an appropriate balance between the different time horizons which are used in the business and is a reasonable period for a shareholder to expect a fashion retail business like

While the period of assessment was based on a three year horizon, the Board recognises that a significant portion of the Group's external bond debt matures in 2025 and 2026 (years one and two of the assessment period). Therefore the viability assessment gave specific consideration to the Group's ability to repay and/or refinance these debts as they fall due. Based on a forecast which is consistent with the actual levels of profit and cash realised in the year to January 2025, it concluded that the Group would have sufficient funds to repay or

illustrated in the diagram below, a wide variety of other time horizons are also relevant in the management of the business.

Statement of viability

Assessment period

NEXT to be assessed over.

secure refinancing of the bonds as they mature.

The Group's debt position, available liquidity and cash flow projections improved during 2024 and are regularly monitored and reported to the Board. The Board will agree funding for the Group in advance of its requirement to mitigate exposure to illiquid market conditions.
The Group manages the financing of its debt and liquidity to ensure it maintains its long-standing investment grade credit rating.
The Board keeps under review the cash generation levers available to it, including the potential quantum and timescales of initiatives to reduce debt and realise cash.
NEXT has a Treasury Committee which includes the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasury Committee usually meets weekly to review the Group's treasury and liquidity risks including foreign exchange exposures.
Rigorous procedures are in place with regards to our credit account customers, including the use of external credit reference agencies and applying set risk criteria before acceptance. These procedures are regularly reviewed and updated.
Continual monitoring of our credit customers' payment behaviours and credit take-up levels is in place.
The Board and Audit Committee receive regular updates throughout the year regarding the customer credit business.

Legal, regulatory and ethical standards compliance

NEXT adapts to the broad and fast-evolving regulatory framework applicable to the operation of the Group's credit and international businesses as the FCA continues to focus on lenders.

The Group could process data in a manner deemed unethical or unlawful.

Failure to have appropriate processes in place could result in financial penalties, remediation costs, reputational damage and/or restrictions on our ability to operate. This is against a backdrop of:

The attitude of consumers toward their data and how it is used and evolving data protection regulation.
Technological advances enhancing the ability to gather, draw insight from and monetise data.

Climate risk, stakeholder expectations and regulatory attention continues to increase our ESG related obligations and could impact the rate at which the business may need to cut carbon emissions.

Link to strategy
Risk Trend	↗

Relevant policies and training are in place for employees and contractors.
A financial regulatory compliance team monitors any changing requirements.
NEXT has identified a set of conduct and compliance risks, documented in a business risk register, with owners and associated controls.
Key risk and control performance indicators are managed through a series of operational meetings and reported quarterly to the Retail Credit Board.
We operate an Information Security and Data Privacy Steering Committee. Its main activities include agreement and monitoring of related key risks, activities and incidents. The Committee comprises two executive directors and relevant senior management.
Climate risk, ESG regulatory changes and stakeholder expectations are considered on an ongoing basis by our ESG Steering Group and Audit Committee.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 76 31/03/2025 17:34

VIABILITY ASSESSMENT

Statement of viability

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Financial, treasury, liquidity and credit risks

over the short, medium and long term.

item on the Group Balance Sheet.

Link to strategy

unlawful.

Risk Trend ↓

businesses as the FCA continues to focus on lenders.

on our ability to operate. This is against a backdrop of:

and evolving data protection regulation.

insight from and monetise data.

Risk Trend ↗

Link to strategy

and capital markets to meet its liquidity needs.

transacted fails and is unable to fulfil its contract.

affected by unforeseen moves in foreign exchange rates.

NEXT's ability to meet its financial obligations and to support the operations of the business is dependent on having sufficient liquidity

NEXT is reliant on the availability of adequate financing from banks

NEXT is exposed to foreign exchange risk and profits may be adversely

NEXT might suffer financial loss if a counterparty with which it has

NEXT is also exposed to credit risk, particularly in respect of our Online customer receivables, which at £1.5bn represents the largest

Legal, regulatory and ethical standards compliance NEXT adapts to the broad and fast-evolving regulatory framework applicable to the operation of the Group's credit and international

The Group could process data in a manner deemed unethical or

Failure to have appropriate processes in place could result in financial penalties, remediation costs, reputational damage and/or restrictions

● The attitude of consumers toward their data and how it is used

● Technological advances enhancing the ability to gather, draw

Climate risk, stakeholder expectations and regulatory attention continues to increase our ESG related obligations and could impact the rate at which the business may need to cut carbon emissions.

Principal risk and description How we manage or mitigate the risk

● NEXT operates a centralised Treasury Function which operates under a Board approved Treasury Policy. Approved counterparty and other limits are in place to mitigate NEXT's exposure to counterparty failure. Further details of the Group's treasury operations are given in Note 30 to the financial statements. ● The Group's debt position, available liquidity and cash flow projections improved during 2024 and are regularly monitored and reported to the Board. The Board will agree funding for the Group in advance of its requirement to mitigate exposure to

● The Group manages the financing of its debt and liquidity to ensure it maintains its long-standing investment grade credit

● The Board keeps under review the cash generation levers available to it, including the potential quantum and timescales of

● NEXT has a Treasury Committee which includes the Chief Financial Officer. The Treasury Committee usually meets weekly to review the Group's treasury and liquidity risks including foreign exchange

● Rigorous procedures are in place with regards to our credit account customers, including the use of external credit reference agencies and applying set risk criteria before acceptance. These

● Continual monitoring of our credit customers' payment

● The Board and Audit Committee receive regular updates throughout the year regarding the customer credit business.

● Relevant policies and training are in place for employees and

● A financial regulatory compliance team monitors any changing

● NEXT has identified a set of conduct and compliance risks, documented in a business risk register, with owners and

● Key risk and control performance indicators are managed through a series of operational meetings and reported quarterly to the

● Climate risk, ESG regulatory changes and stakeholder expectations are considered on an ongoing basis by our ESG

Steering Group and Audit Committee.

initiatives to reduce debt and realise cash.

procedures are regularly reviewed and updated.

behaviours and credit take-up levels is in place.

illiquid market conditions.

rating.

exposures.

contractors.

requirements.

associated controls.

Retail Credit Board.

management.

The Group is operationally and financially strong and has a long track record of consistently generating profits and cash, which is expected to continue both in the short and medium term. In each of the last three financial years, despite the impact of the cost of living and inflation pressures, the business continued to generate high levels of cash before distributions.

The Board considers that this headroom, coupled with the highly cash generative nature of the business and the available cash levers (described overleaf), provide a strong degree of financial resilience and flexibility.

Assessment period

The retail sector is inherently fast paced, competitive and dynamic, particularly in respect of the fashion product cycle. However, as illustrated in the diagram below, a wide variety of other time horizons are also relevant in the management of the business.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 77 31/03/2025 17:34

VIABILITY ASSESSMENT

Assessment of viability

Viability has been assessed by:

● Preparation of a three year viability model, with year one based on our profit guidance (NEXT Group Profit Before Tax) for the year ending January 2026 (see page 25) of £1,066m and a cash generation, before distributions, in excess of £700m. Thereafter, it assumes that the Group sales and profit remain flat, with a decline in Retail sales being offset by growth in the Online, Finance and Total Platform divisions. This is considered a base case model for viability testing purposes.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

What being a responsible business

what we have always valued – doing the right thing.

As an international fashion, homeware and beauty business, what we do and how we do it has an impact on the people and the world around us. Our stakeholder relationships are key to our success and inform our decision making on Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters, now a widely recognised term for Our principles

Environment page 80 Our Customers and Product page 96 Our People page 91 Community page 97 Our Suppliers page 93 Human Rights and Modern Slavery page 98

partners.

organisations.

chosen SDGs.

We are a member of several leading forums, where we collaborate with others to adopt more sustainable ways of working. These include:

Jonathan Blanchard Chief Financial Officer 27 March 2025

unchanged; we seek always to: ● Deliver value to our customers. ● Act in an ethical manner.

● Recognise, respect and protect human rights.

● Recruit and retain high integrity employees.

the people and animals within our supply chain.

relevant to our business operations and products.

● Take responsibility for our impact on the environment.

The principles underpinning our aim to do business responsibly are

● Develop positive relationships with our suppliers and business

● Provide support through donations to charities and community

Our business activities impact a wide range of stakeholders and we strive to make this impact a positive one. Our purpose is to provide our customers with beautifully designed, excellent quality products. These products need to be well made, functional, safe and responsibly sourced in a way which respects the environment and

We continue to implement the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and align our work with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) that are most

The following pages describe how we uphold our principles in relation to our stakeholders and the work we are doing to reach our

We continue to evolve a lower carbon business model to try and contribute toward a climate-resilient economy. This year we undertook a double materiality assessment, being the process under the delayed Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive to help companies identify and prioritise sustainability issues that are relevant to both their business and their stakeholders,. to reinforce our focus on the most material impacts, risks and opportunities for the business and to support the development of our Transition Plan

Global issues such as responsible sourcing, human rights and climate-related matters remain key areas of focus. Within this report

● Our disclosures under the Task Force on Climate-related Financial

● Our progress towards a number of our environmental goals, such

● The progress we have made towards our Science Based Target Initiative (SBTi) approved carbon emission reductions for Scopes

● The range of initiatives we continue to work on to help support

● The activities of our internal Code of Practice (COP) team, who continue to work with our suppliers worldwide to meet

More information can be found in the Group's Corporate Responsibility Report which is published on our corporate website at

means to us

Contents

to Net Zero.

you can read about:

1, 2 and 3.

nextplc.co.uk.

Disclosures (TCFD).

as our Responsible Sourcing Approach.

● Our progress on waste, packaging and recycling.

the wellbeing of our people.

appropriate labour standards.

'Top-down' sensitivity and stress testing is then applied to this model. This included a review of the three year cash projections which were then stress tested to determine the extent to which sales, and hence trading cash flows, would need to deteriorate before breaching the Group's facilities or financial covenants. This was both before and after anticipated shareholder distributions, and assuming that any bank facilities (i.e. the bonds) which expire during the period are not replaced. The current facilities of the Group include a revolving credit facility of £425m (maturity date: 2029) and it has financial covenants across its debt relating to interest cover, gearing and an EBIT to debt ratio.
This testing indicated that the business could withstand a sustained decline in sales, against its base case, across the entire business, of more than 25% over a 12 month period and still remain within its existing financing facilities and covenants. This assessment did not require the business to seek any additional or new external financing.
Specific consideration was also given to the impact caused by a 'black swan' event which results in a significant and sustained disruption to the business. This scenario modelled the impact of the total closure of the business for two months followed by a gradual recovery in sales over the subsequent four month period. In this scenario, the business was able to remain within its finance facilities and covenants through the use of mitigating actions, including the sale of shares in the ESOT and the deferral of non-essential capital expenditure.
Considering the likelihood and impact of severe but plausible scenarios in relation to each of the principal risks as described on pages 72 to 76. These principal risks were assessed, both individually and collectively, taking into consideration a broad range of mitigating actions and cash levers that might be utilised in particular situations. These mitigating actions include a mix of cost saving measures (such as a deferral of capital expenditure and cancellation of stock purchases) and the ability to realise additional cash inflows from financing or other initiatives (such as the sale of ESOT shares or assets). Whilst all the principal risks have the potential to affect future performance, none of them are considered likely either individually or collectively to give rise to a trading deterioration of the magnitude indicated by the stress testing and to threaten the viability of the business over the three year assessment period.

Viability statement

Based on this review, the directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and to meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three year period to 29 January 2028.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 78 31/03/2025 17:34

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

VIABILITY ASSESSMENT

This is considered a base case model for viability testing purposes.

require the business to seek any additional or new external financing.

to meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three year period to 29 January 2028.

the stress testing and to threaten the viability of the business over the three year assessment period.

● 'Top-down' sensitivity and stress testing is then applied to this model. This included a review of the three year cash projections which were then stress tested to determine the extent to which sales, and hence trading cash flows, would need to deteriorate before breaching the Group's facilities or financial covenants. This was both before and after anticipated shareholder distributions, and assuming that any bank facilities (i.e. the bonds) which expire during the period are not replaced. The current facilities of the Group include a revolving credit facility of £425m (maturity date: 2029) and it has financial covenants across its debt relating to interest cover, gearing and an EBIT to debt

● This testing indicated that the business could withstand a sustained decline in sales, against its base case, across the entire business, of more than 25% over a 12 month period and still remain within its existing financing facilities and covenants. This assessment did not

● Specific consideration was also given to the impact caused by a 'black swan' event which results in a significant and sustained disruption to the business. This scenario modelled the impact of the total closure of the business for two months followed by a gradual recovery in sales over the subsequent four month period. In this scenario, the business was able to remain within its finance facilities and covenants through the use of mitigating actions, including the sale of shares in the ESOT and the deferral of non-essential capital expenditure. ● Considering the likelihood and impact of severe but plausible scenarios in relation to each of the principal risks as described on pages 72 to 76. These principal risks were assessed, both individually and collectively, taking into consideration a broad range of mitigating actions and cash levers that might be utilised in particular situations. These mitigating actions include a mix of cost saving measures (such as a deferral of capital expenditure and cancellation of stock purchases) and the ability to realise additional cash inflows from financing or other initiatives (such as the sale of ESOT shares or assets). Whilst all the principal risks have the potential to affect future performance, none of them are considered likely either individually or collectively to give rise to a trading deterioration of the magnitude indicated by

Based on this review, the directors confirm that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and

Assessment of viability Viability has been assessed by:

ratio.

Viability statement

Contents
Environment	page 80	Our Customers and Product	page 96
Our People	page 91	Community	page 97
Our Suppliers	page 93	Human Rights and Modern Slavery	page 98

What being a responsible business means to us

Global issues such as responsible sourcing, human rights and climate-related matters remain key areas of focus. Within this report you can read about:

Our disclosures under the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD).
Our progress towards a number of our environmental goals, such as our Responsible Sourcing Approach.
The progress we have made towards our Science Based Target Initiative (SBTi) approved carbon emission reductions for Scopes 1, 2 and 3.
The range of initiatives we continue to work on to help support the wellbeing of our people.
Our progress on waste, packaging and recycling.
The activities of our internal Code of Practice (COP) team, who continue to work with our suppliers worldwide to meet appropriate labour standards.

More information can be found in the Group's Corporate Responsibility Report which is published on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk.

Our Customers and Product	page 96
Community	page 97
Human Rights and Modern Slavery	page 98

Our principles

The principles underpinning our aim to do business responsibly are unchanged; we seek always to:

Deliver value to our customers.
Act in an ethical manner.
Recognise, respect and protect human rights. ● Develop positive relationships with our suppliers and business partners.
Recruit and retain high integrity employees.
Take responsibility for our impact on the environment.
Provide support through donations to charities and community organisations.

We continue to implement the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and align our work with the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) that are most relevant to our business operations and products.

The following pages describe how we uphold our principles in relation to our stakeholders and the work we are doing to reach our chosen SDGs.

Jonathan Blanchard Chief Financial Officer

27 March 2025

We are a member of several leading forums, where we collaborate with others to adopt more sustainable ways of working. These include:

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 79 31/03/2025 17:34

Financial Statements

Strategic Report

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

ENVIRONMENT

Our environmental reporting comprises a number of sections:
Our Commitment	page 80
Greenhouse gas emissions – SECR	page 80
Carbon Footprint - including Scope 3	page 82
TCFD	page 83
Climate Transition Plan	page 90
Packaging and Recycling	page 90

Our commitment

We are committed to minimising our environmental impact by reducing the carbon intensity of our activities and the natural resources we use.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

reporting to convert from passenger miles in company-owned vehicles to kWh.

Restated from prior year, see Carbon emissions calculations, Gas, below.

equipment being turned off outside trading/office hours.

and NEXT's 2025 Reporting Principles and Criteria which can be found on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk.

our properties are operating efficiently. The following initiatives were undertaken during the year:

programme replacing end of life LEDs with later technology that delivers the same light for less energy.

calculating our market based emissions.

Glossary on page 256.

Changes in our SECR

electricity per annum.

repeated in future periods.

Renewable energy

consistency.

Carbon emissions calculations

of our carbon impact -12.4% (-282,080 tCO2e).

have been restated are marked with the symbol .

methodology changes are not material, so we will not be restating our baseline.

minutes.

that make up the single market. Although the UK has been excluded from the list, the RE guidance provided grandfathering provisions for contracts with operational commencement dates before 1 January 2024, allowing for the UK to continue to be recognised within the single market in Europe. The operational commencement dates of our contracts occurred prior to 1 January 2024, therefore we have applied the grandfathering provisions when

Energy from electricity, natural gas, gas oil, transport fuel and LPG have been included. We have used the 2024 DEFRA GHG conversion factors for company
We use tonnes of CO2e/Total Sales (£m) as our intensity metric. Sales used in the calculation of our intensity metric are based on the Total NEXT Trading Sales and the gross transaction value of sales from our Total Platform, Franchise, Sourcing and other divisions. Total NEXT trading sales is defined in the

This data was subject to external independent limited assurance by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC). For the results of that assurance, see PwC's report

This year, there has been a reduction in our Scope 1 and 2 emissions due to: (1) milder weather, meaning less gas and electricity consumed for gas heating and electric heating, ventilation and cooling; (2) the closure of our Toftshaw warehouse in September; (3) a new, better insulated roof at our Stadium warehouse; and (4) optimisation work on the steam tunnels in our Stadium warehouse. Previously these machines operated 24/7, which has reduced to 12 hours per day with an auto shut-down if the machine does not see a garment for 15

Energy consumption data is captured through monthly bills showing actual or estimated consumption. We continue to look for ways to improve energy efficiency as this reduces both carbon emissions and costs for our business, whilst noting that Scope 1 and 2 emissions only equate to 3% of our total carbon emissions. We actively track and review energy performance via a central data collection facility to ensure

● Expanded our commitment to using renewable energy by signing a new 15 year Power Purchase Agreement, giving us 26GW of renewable

● Installed over 3,000 more solar panels at our Stadium warehouse, generating approximately 1.2m kWh of renewable energy per annum. ● Estate LED installation completed, with roll out across all 455 UK stores and commencement of a Generation 1 LED replacement

● Roll out of Active Energy Management programme in NEXT Retail stores and at NEXT Head Office with heating, ventilation and cooling

Gas: Our natural gas figures have been restated. We perform an annual review comparing the prior period's natural gas data against a re-run of the data performed after year-end. We identified two sites at which meters had been replaced in the prior year. For one meter, the actual consumption was under-estimated by the supplier and for the other meter the data provided was associated with an old, broken meter. These sites were re-billed during the current year, with an increase in usage for the 52 week period ended 27 January 2024 which meets our materiality threshold for restatement. The gas usage has therefore been restated from 41,009,976 kWh to 44,926,737 kWh which impacts the total energy consumption. In mid 2024, we increased data collection coverage across our estate to reduce the risk of this error being

This appears in our SECR and GHG emissions tables. In SECR, the change to the Total Global Scope 1 & 2 Location Based is 717 tCO2e (+1%) and while this is below our restatement threshold, the Scope 1 and Total Scope 1 & 2 GHG emissions metrics have been updated for

Scope 3: During the year, we carried out a boundary review of our Scope 3 categories. Through this review we assessed the impact of our recently acquired companies on our Scope 3 baseline as well as our Scope 1 and 2 baseline, and the impact did not meet our materiality threshold. We did, however, identify an opportunity to improve emissions factors and methodologies to strengthen our approach. Whilst this is not material for our baseline year, we also reviewed prior year data through this lens and identified duplication within purchased goods data, and data errors within upstream and downstream transportation and distribution data, which had resulted in an overstatement

The consequence of combining these methodological changes and the error correction leads to an overall impact on our Scope 3 number of -10.7%. We have restated these numbers within this report. The baseline data is not impacted by the same duplication and the impact of

The prior year figures in the SECR table on page 80, the GHG emissions table on page 82 and the metrics and targets table on page 88 which

NEXT is a signatory to the RE100 initiative and has committed to using 100% renewable energy by 2030. Our UK and Eire operations have been using 100% renewable energy since April 2017 and we continue to work towards achieving this target in our direct operations overseas.

Rankings

Our efforts around ESG are reflected in the following external benchmarks:

Constituent of the FTSE4Good Index.
Sustainalytics: 16.6 risk rating (low risk), ranked 172 out of 461 in our industry (retail).
MSCI: ESG rating AA (Leader).
CDP: Climate change: B, Forests: C, Water security: B-.

Greenhouse gas emissions – Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR)

In accordance with the disclosure requirements for listed companies under the Companies Act 2006, the table below shows the Group's SECR disclosure across Scope 1 and 2 together with an appropriate intensity metric and our total energy use of gas, electricity and other fuels during the financial year. The reported emissions data for 2025 includes NEXT plc and those of its subsidiaries in which it has a controlling interest. Emissions from Reiss, FatFace and Joules are now consolidated in our reporting and appear in the figures for 2025 in the table below. Our 2024 figures do not include Reiss and FatFace, but do include Joules.

		Unit		2025		2024
	Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions1 tonnes CO2e		UK	Global	UK		Global
Scope 12			42,604	43,332	44,059	(43,343)	44,718	(44,001)
Scope 2 – Location Based3			36,125	42,152	40,190		43,373
Scope 2 – Market Based4			0	3,756	0		3,184
	Total Scope 1 & 2 Location Based		78,729	85,484	84,249	(83,533)	88,091	(87,374)
Total Scope 1 & 2 Market Based			42,604	47,088	44,059	(43,343)	47,902	(47,185)
Energy consumption5		kWh
Electricity Purchased			174,475,742	191,774,438	194,086,147		200,167,830
Renewable Electricity Generated			6,198,261	6,198,261	5,113,440		5,113,440
Natural Gas			39,115,657	39,435,841	44,919,207	(41,009,976)	44,926,737	(41,009,976)
Fuel Oil			0	28,745	0		0
Gas Oil			382,609	382,609	334,388		334,388
Diesel			134,551,684	135,066,499	141,512,840		142,088,152
Petrol (including plug-in hybrid)			6,079,379	6,612,397	4,139,079		4,541,148
LPG			173,887	478,637	25,027		274,837
Total Energy Consumption			360,977,218	379,977,427	390,130,129	(386,220,897)	397,446,532	(393,529,771)
Intensity metric6
Location Based	tonnes of CO2e/total sales (£m)		12	13	15		16	(15)
Market Based	tonnes of CO2e/total sales (£m)		7	7	8		8

The methodology used to calculate our emissions aligns with our global direct carbon footprint and is measured in alignment with the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard and RE100 reporting parameters. We adopt the conventional approach in calculating our carbon emissions through the collection of primary, secondary, or tertiary data in their source units (e.g. kilowatt-hours (kWh), litres (L), kilograms (kg), kilometres (km) etc.). The consumption figures relating to each energy source are converted into carbon emissions by applying the relevant carbon conversion factor. Factors are updated annually using the most recent factors published by the UK Department for Energy Security and Net Zero and the UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA); 2024 is the most recent accessible update.
Scope 1 being emissions from combustion of fuel and refrigerant gas losses.
Scope 2 being electricity (from location based calculations), heat, steam and cooling purchased for the Group's own use.
The calculation of market based emissions is based on our energy suppliers fulfilling their contractual obligations under the terms of renewable tariffs to back all energy supplied to all of their customers on such tariffs. As members of RE100, our approach is informed by the RE100 quality criteria and GHG protocol guidance. RE100 requires claims to use of renewable electricity to be based on generation occurring in the same market for renewable electricity that use is claimed in, this includes the single market in Europe. The revised RE guidance published in December 2022 provided an updated list of countries

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 80 31/03/2025 17:34

1. Energy from electricity, natural gas, gas oil, transport fuel and LPG have been included. We have used the 2024 DEFRA GHG conversion factors for company reporting to convert from passenger miles in company-owned vehicles to kWh.
1. We use tonnes of CO2e/Total Sales (£m) as our intensity metric. Sales used in the calculation of our intensity metric are based on the Total NEXT Trading Sales and the gross transaction value of sales from our Total Platform, Franchise, Sourcing and other divisions. Total NEXT trading sales is defined in the Glossary on page 256.
This data was subject to external independent limited assurance by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC). For the results of that assurance, see PwC's report and NEXT's 2025 Reporting Principles and Criteria which can be found on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk.

Restated from prior year, see Carbon emissions calculations, Gas, below.

Changes in our SECR

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

Our commitment

● Constituent of the FTSE4Good Index.

our industry (retail). ● MSCI: ESG rating AA (Leader).

resources we use.

Rankings

Greenhouse gas emissions – Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) In accordance with the disclosure requirements for listed companies under the Companies Act 2006, the table below shows the Group's SECR disclosure across Scope 1 and 2 together with an appropriate intensity metric and our total energy use of gas, electricity and other fuels during the financial year. The reported emissions data for 2025 includes NEXT plc and those of its subsidiaries in which it has a controlling interest. Emissions from Reiss, FatFace and Joules are now consolidated in our reporting and appear in the figures for 2025 in the table

Unit 2025 2024

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions1 tonnes CO2e UK Global UK Global

Scope 2 – Location Based3 36,125 42,152 40,190 43,373 Scope 2 – Market Based4 0 3,756 0 3,184

Electricity Purchased 174,475,742 191,774,438 194,086,147 200,167,830 Renewable Electricity Generated 6,198,261 6,198,261 5,113,440 5,113,440

Fuel Oil 0 28,745 0 0 Gas Oil 382,609 382,609 334,388 334,388 Diesel 134,551,684 135,066,499 141,512,840 142,088,152 Petrol (including plug-in hybrid) 6,079,379 6,612,397 4,139,079 4,541,148 LPG 173,887 478,637 25,027 274,837

Scope 12 42,604 43,332 44,059 (43,343) 44,718 (44,001)

Total Scope 1 & 2 Location Based 78,729 85,484 84,249 (83,533) 88,091 (87,374) Total Scope 1 & 2 Market Based 42,604 47,088 44,059 (43,343) 47,902 (47,185)

Natural Gas 39,115,657 39,435,841 44,919,207 (41,009,976) 44,926,737 (41,009,976)

Total Energy Consumption 360,977,218 379,977,427 390,130,129 (386,220,897) 397,446,532 (393,529,771)

The methodology used to calculate our emissions aligns with our global direct carbon footprint and is measured in alignment with the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard and RE100 reporting parameters. We adopt the conventional approach in calculating our carbon emissions through the collection of primary, secondary, or tertiary data in their source units (e.g. kilowatt-hours (kWh), litres (L), kilograms (kg), kilometres (km) etc.). The consumption figures relating to each energy source are converted into carbon emissions by applying the relevant carbon conversion factor. Factors are updated annually using the most recent factors published by the UK Department for Energy Security and Net Zero and the UK Department for Environment,
The calculation of market based emissions is based on our energy suppliers fulfilling their contractual obligations under the terms of renewable tariffs to back all energy supplied to all of their customers on such tariffs. As members of RE100, our approach is informed by the RE100 quality criteria and GHG protocol guidance. RE100 requires claims to use of renewable electricity to be based on generation occurring in the same market for renewable electricity that use is claimed in, this includes the single market in Europe. The revised RE guidance published in December 2022 provided an updated list of countries

Location Based tonnes of CO2e/total sales (£m) 12 13 15 16 (15) Market Based tonnes of CO2e/total sales (£m) 7 7 8 8

Scope 2 being electricity (from location based calculations), heat, steam and cooling purchased for the Group's own use.

benchmarks:

We are committed to minimising our environmental impact by reducing the carbon intensity of our activities and the natural

Our efforts around ESG are reflected in the following external

● Sustainalytics: 16.6 risk rating (low risk), ranked 172 out of 461 in

● CDP: Climate change: B, Forests: C, Water security: B-.

ENVIRONMENT

Energy consumption5 kWh

Intensity metric6

Our environmental reporting comprises a number of sections: Our Commitment page 80 Greenhouse gas emissions – SECR page 80 Carbon Footprint - including Scope 3 page 82 TCFD page 83 Climate Transition Plan page 90 Packaging and Recycling page 90

below. Our 2024 figures do not include Reiss and FatFace, but do include Joules.

Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA); 2024 is the most recent accessible update. 2. Scope 1 being emissions from combustion of fuel and refrigerant gas losses. This year, there has been a reduction in our Scope 1 and 2 emissions due to: (1) milder weather, meaning less gas and electricity consumed for gas heating and electric heating, ventilation and cooling; (2) the closure of our Toftshaw warehouse in September; (3) a new, better insulated roof at our Stadium warehouse; and (4) optimisation work on the steam tunnels in our Stadium warehouse. Previously these machines operated 24/7, which has reduced to 12 hours per day with an auto shut-down if the machine does not see a garment for 15 minutes.

Expanded our commitment to using renewable energy by signing a new 15 year Power Purchase Agreement, giving us 26GW of renewable electricity per annum.
Installed over 3,000 more solar panels at our Stadium warehouse, generating approximately 1.2m kWh of renewable energy per annum.
Estate LED installation completed, with roll out across all 455 UK stores and commencement of a Generation 1 LED replacement programme replacing end of life LEDs with later technology that delivers the same light for less energy.
Roll out of Active Energy Management programme in NEXT Retail stores and at NEXT Head Office with heating, ventilation and cooling equipment being turned off outside trading/office hours.

Carbon emissions calculations

The prior year figures in the SECR table on page 80, the GHG emissions table on page 82 and the metrics and targets table on page 88 which have been restated are marked with the symbol .

Renewable energy

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 81 31/03/2025 17:34

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

Carbon footprint – including Scope 3

Due to the nature of our business, most of our carbon footprint falls outside of our direct control and is reported under our Scope 3 emissions. Our Scope 3 total emissions disclosure (CO2e) covers the complete lifecycle of all the products we sell, including branded items sold through LABEL and Total Platform. As FatFace transitioned into our warehouse operations in September 2024, part way through the reporting period, only sales of their products through LABEL from that point are included¹ .

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

Changes in our GHG Scope 3 absolute emissions The increase in our Scope 3 emissions has been driven by: ● the downward restatement of many of last years' figures;

Index of TCFD recommended disclosures

1. Governance

2°C or lower scenario

3. Risk Management

overall risk management

management process

actions can be measured.

targets

4. Metrics and Targets

2. Strategy

planning

and

● the increase in the size of our business (significant uplift in sales of NEXT products and the addition of Reiss and FatFace to our figures);

● a change in our product mix, with the overall weight of our product sold increasing at a greater pace than the growth of the business. This

Purchased Goods remains the biggest category of impact. We continue to focus on the use of more responsible materials whilst we are

page 84 page 85

page 86

page 88

page 85

was influenced by higher sales of NEXT Home, Bath & Body Works and FatFace products that are more carbon intensive.

a) Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium, and long term b) Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation's businesses, strategy, and financial

c) Describe the resilience of the organisation's strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a

c) Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation's

a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk

c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against

Statement of consistency

impact and our key metrics and targets.

NEXT's climate-related disclosures are consistent with the recommendations and recommended disclosures set out in 'Section C – All Sector Guidance' within the Supplementary Guidance Report 'Implementing the Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures' published in 2021 of the TCFD, and in compliance with the requirements of UK Listing Rule 6.6.6(8)(a). These disclosures set out how NEXT incorporates climate-related risks and opportunities into governance, strategy, risk management, what we are doing to reduce our environmental

b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks

gathering data from our supply chain to understand where we can best support energy reduction

a) Describe the board's oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities

b) Describe the organisation's processes for managing climate-related risks

NEXT recognises that climate change poses challenges for our business and supply chain. We are looking at the ways in which we can best support the Paris Agreement on climate to limit the rise in global temperatures to well below 2⁰C. Accurate and relevant disclosures are essential to demonstrate progress and ensure stakeholder accountability. Whilst reporting frameworks surrounding sustainability are still being developed and are evolving, reporting helps us set a baseline from which appropriate and meaningful

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

b) Describe management's role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities

a) Describe the organisation's processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks

Our Scope 3 disclosure extends from the production of raw materials through to the manufacture, transport, how our customers use and care for them and the eventual end of life treatment of the products we sell. The emissions have been estimated in line with the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard and are based on a combination of internal data coupled with the best available public sources on CO2 emissions factors using conservative assumptions.

Our total Scope 3 emissions are reported in the table below, together with our Scope 1 and 2 (location based) emissions. Our carbon reduction targets are set out on page 88.

		Tonnes of CO2e		Var %
Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions1	2025		2024
Scope 1	43,332	44,718	(44,001)	-3%
Scope 2 – Location Based	42,152	43,373		-3%
Scope 3	2,428,999	2,030,910	(2,275,389)	20%
Total Carbon	2,514,483	2,119,001	(2,362,763)	19%
Scope 1	43,332	44,718	(44,001)
Gas Heating (stores, offices, warehouses)	7,231	8,218	(7,502)	-12%
NEXT Owned Distribution Vehicles	32,007	33,219		-4%
NEXT Owned Cars	1,686	1,675		1%
Building (diesel, oil, refrigerant gases)	2,307	1,552		49%
Machinery (LPG)	101	54		87%
Scope 2 - Location Based	42,152	43,373
NEXT Group Purchased Consumption	42,152	43,373		-3%
Scope 32	2,428,999	2,030,910	(2,275,389)	20%
Scope 3 - Subtotal subject to assurance	106,513	79,030	(74,459)	35%
Downstream Transportation and Distribution	84,683	62,878	(59,868)	35%
Business Travel	21,150	14,633	(13,072)	45%
Waste Generated in Operations	680	1,519		-55%
Scope 3 - Subtotal not subject to assurance	2,322,486	1,951,880	(2,200,930)	19%
Purchased Goods and Services	1,512,724	1,204,442	(1,394,622)	26%
Use of Sold Products	521,318	484,161	(574,636)	8%
Upstream Transportation and Distribution	170,634	162,994	(135,475)	5%
Employee Commuting	42,905	33,101	(26,252)	30%
Fuel and Energy Related Activities	23,149	24,031		-4%
End of Life Treatment of Sold Products	30,286	22,419	(25,182)	35%
Capital Goods	21,470	20,732		4%

The methodology used to calculate our emissions for 2025 is set out in our Reporting Principles & Criteria which can be found on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk. Reiss, Joules and FatFace are included in the Scope 1 and Scope 2 data. For Scope 3, data is included for Reiss and Joules with partial data for FatFace, which is for the portion of the period when stock began travelling through the NEXT warehouse as a result of FatFace becoming a TP client. Our 2024 data does not include Reiss or FatFace but does include Joules for Scopes 1,2 and part of Scope 3.
We have excluded franchises from our reporting at present due to challenges in obtaining accurate and reliable data.

Restated from prior year. See Carbon emissions calculations, Gas and Scope 3, on page 81.

This data was subject to external independent limited assurance by PwC. For the results of that assurance, see PwC's report and NEXT's 2025 Reporting Principles and Criteria which can be found on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 82 31/03/2025 17:34

Changes in our GHG Scope 3 absolute emissions

The increase in our Scope 3 emissions has been driven by:

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

public sources on CO2 emissions factors using conservative assumptions.

reduction targets are set out on page 88.

Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions1

Scopes 1,2 and part of Scope 3.

reporting period, only sales of their products through LABEL from that point are included¹

Our total Scope 3 emissions are reported in the table below, together with our Scope 1 and 2 (location based) emissions. Our carbon

Scope 1 43,332 44,718 (44,001) -3% Scope 2 – Location Based 42,152 43,373 -3% Scope 3 2,428,999 2,030,910 (2,275,389) 20% Total Carbon 2,514,483 2,119,001 (2,362,763) 19%

Gas Heating (stores, offices, warehouses) 7,231 8,218 (7,502) -12% NEXT Owned Distribution Vehicles 32,007 33,219 -4% NEXT Owned Cars 1,686 1,675 1% Building (diesel, oil, refrigerant gases) 2,307 1,552 49% Machinery (LPG) 101 54 87%

NEXT Group Purchased Consumption 42,152 43,373 -3% Scope 32 2,428,999 2,030,910 (2,275,389) 20% Scope 3 - Subtotal subject to assurance 106,513 79,030 (74,459) 35% Downstream Transportation and Distribution 84,683 62,878 (59,868) 35% Business Travel 21,150 14,633 (13,072) 45% Waste Generated in Operations 680 1,519 -55% Scope 3 - Subtotal not subject to assurance 2,322,486 1,951,880 (2,200,930) 19% Purchased Goods and Services 1,512,724 1,204,442 (1,394,622) 26% Use of Sold Products 521,318 484,161 (574,636) 8% Upstream Transportation and Distribution 170,634 162,994 (135,475) 5% Employee Commuting 42,905 33,101 (26,252) 30% Fuel and Energy Related Activities 23,149 24,031 -4% End of Life Treatment of Sold Products 30,286 22,419 (25,182) 35% Capital Goods 21,470 20,732 4% 1. The methodology used to calculate our emissions for 2025 is set out in our Reporting Principles & Criteria which can be found on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk. Reiss, Joules and FatFace are included in the Scope 1 and Scope 2 data. For Scope 3, data is included for Reiss and Joules with partial data for FatFace, which is for the portion of the period when stock began travelling through the NEXT warehouse as a result of FatFace becoming a TP client. Our 2024 data does not include Reiss or FatFace but does include Joules for

This data was subject to external independent limited assurance by PwC. For the results of that assurance, see PwC's report and NEXT's 2025 Reporting Principles and Criteria

Scope 1 43,332 44,718 (44,001)

Scope 2 - Location Based 42,152 43,373

We have excluded franchises from our reporting at present due to challenges in obtaining accurate and reliable data.

Restated from prior year. See Carbon emissions calculations, Gas and Scope 3, on page 81.

which can be found on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk.

2025 2024

Tonnes of CO2e Var %

Carbon footprint – including Scope 3

the downward restatement of many of last years' figures;
the increase in the size of our business (significant uplift in sales of NEXT products and the addition of Reiss and FatFace to our figures); and
a change in our product mix, with the overall weight of our product sold increasing at a greater pace than the growth of the business. This was influenced by higher sales of NEXT Home, Bath & Body Works and FatFace products that are more carbon intensive.

Purchased Goods remains the biggest category of impact. We continue to focus on the use of more responsible materials whilst we are gathering data from our supply chain to understand where we can best support energy reduction

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

Index of TCFD recommended disclosures
1. Governance	page 84
a) Describe the board's oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities	page 85
b) Describe management's role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities
2. Strategy
a) Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium, and long term	page 85
b) Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation's businesses, strategy, and financial
planning	page 86
c) Describe the resilience of the organisation's strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a
2°C or lower scenario	page 86


3. Risk Management	page 88
a) Describe the organisation's processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks
b) Describe the organisation's processes for managing climate-related risks
c) Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation's
overall risk management
4. Metrics and Targets	page 88
a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk
management process
b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks
c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 83 31/03/2025 17:34

Statement of consistency

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

1. Governance– Disclose the organisation's governance around climate-related risks and opportunities

Our governance structure around ESG-related activities is relatively simple. This allows emerging issues and matters for decisions to be escalated quickly.

a) Describe the Board's oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities

The Board has delegated primary oversight of ESG activities to the Audit Committee. It decided this was appropriate given the increasing focus on the potential risks and financial impacts associated with climate change. ESG is a standing agenda item at each Audit Committee meeting and the Committee's remit includes:

Monitoring progress against climate-related goals and targets.
Overseeing the Company's ESG risks and opportunities.
Keeping under review the materiality of climate-related risk and its impact on the financial statements.
Monitoring adherence to externally applicable sustainability codes and principles.

Wider governance arrangements

There are wider governance arrangements in place to support the Audit Committee and the Board in discharging their responsibilities. These include:

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

The Chief Financial Officer, Jonathan Blanchard, is the executive sponsor of ESG activities and directs the activities of the Steering Group. He routinely meets with the key members of the Steering Group, receives regular updates throughout the year and is present at Audit Committee and Board meetings to discuss ESG matters that arise. The Committee updates the Board and makes those risks and opportunities and revisit our scenario analysis of business resilience under a range of climate scenarios. We explain more about the risks and opportunities on page 86 and our findings

Climate-related risks are assessed as part of our overarching risk management framework; for further information please see page 71. Senior management hold quarterly calls with the Company's broker to obtain market updates and stay informed of the views of institutional shareholders on ESG matters, as well as regularly engaging directly with shareholders, banks, credit rating agencies and proxy advisors. During the year, we engaged directly with many of our shareholders specifically to discuss ESG matters, such as carbon emissions, responsible sourcing and modern slavery.

measurement of sustainability from our supply chain. The most significant thing the business can do to reduce exposure to this risk is to reduce the carbon intensity of its supply chain and operations. Market: Climate change is expected to impact the supply and demand for certain commodities, products and services. NEXT mitigates this risk by continuing to maintain balanced and diverse

During the year we continued to participate in industry-wide initiatives, such as the British Retail Consortium's Climate Action Roadmap. This forum has enabled us to share learnings as well as contribute to the development of metrics and measurement of improvement actions across the supply chain. In addition, we are continuing to collect supplier data through the Worldly platform (formerly Higg). We are working closely with Worldly to gather insights from the data to support our risk and impact management

Physical: It is through playing our part in reducing the carbon intensity of our operations, that we will in turn reduce the physical climate-related risks that impact our business. Our diverse sourcing routes and product suppliers is also a mitigating factor against

of the scenario analysis on page 87.

sourcing routes and product suppliers.

across the supply chain.

physical climate-related risks.

2. Strategy – disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities on the

organisation's businesses, strategy, and financial planning where such information is material

b) Describe management's role in assessing and managing

a) Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long

During our initial review, we considered the transitional and physical risks and opportunities presented by rising temperatures, climate-related policy and emerging technologies and agreed on the methodology for assessing and quantifying financial impacts.

Physical risks arise out of the physical aspects of climate change, for example extreme weather events or global temperature increase. Market risks refer to changes in demand of certain products and commodities due to climate change. Transition risks are those which arise from the transition to a lower-carbon economy, such as policy changes. For the purposes of our assessment, the time horizons we

The risks identified during our analysis are more likely to present themselves in the medium or long term. Having assessed and modelled the risks, we believe that there is still no material financial risk or threat to our business model. In this context, materiality, in terms of potential impact, is the threshold at which we believe a risk becomes sufficiently important to our investors and other stakeholders that it should be publicly reported. We will continue to review this as we develop our Transition Plan Towards Net Zero

The risk management recommendations arising from our climate

Policy/Regulation: It is likely that increased policy and regulation will have the most significant financial impact on NEXT over the longer term. Incoming regulation and requirements such as digital product passports, corporate net zero and transition plans, and Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures are expected to come into force in the next two to five years. We are already considering the

change scenario analysis (further details on page 87) were:

investment required to meet our future obligations.

recommendations as appropriate.

term.

used were as follows:

● Short term: present day to 2030. ● Medium term: from 2030 to 2040. ● Long term: from 2040 to 2050.

which is explained in more detail on page 90.

climate-related risks and opportunities.

The Nomination Committee is responsible for ensuring the Board has appropriate knowledge and expertise to assess the climate-related issues NEXT faces in the short, medium and longer term.
The Remuneration Committee considers whether the inclusion of ESG-related targets should be included in pay arrangements. While a specific ESG metric is not included in targets for performance-related pay for executive directors, the Remuneration Committee reserves the discretion to reduce variable pay in certain circumstances which could be evoked if a material ESG failure came to light.
An ESG Steering Group meets quarterly to oversee our ESG workstreams, targets and emerging ESG risks. Climate-related issues are central to the ESG matters the Steering Group considers.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 84 31/03/2025 17:34

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

BOARD ● Has delegated oversight of ESG matters to the Audit Committee. ● Is updated after each Committee meeting.

a) Describe the Board's oversight of climate-related risks and

● Keeping under review the materiality of climate-related risk and

● Monitoring adherence to externally applicable sustainability

its impact on the financial statements.

codes and principles.

ESG TARGETS

Underpinning the commitment to do the right thing with transparent, challenging but achievable targets.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE ● Considers if and how ESG metrics should be included in variable pay arrangements of executive directors, see page 129.

escalated quickly.

opportunities

1. Governance– Disclose the organisation's governance around climate-related risks and opportunities Our governance structure around ESG-related activities is relatively simple. This allows emerging issues and matters for decisions to be

AUDIT COMMITTEE ● Considers ESG risks (including materiality), opportunities and any impact on financial statements. ● Monitors progress against goals/targets and adherence to sustainability principles. ● Receives an ESG report from senior managers at each meeting. ● Makes recommendations on all ESG matters to the Board.

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER ● Executive sponsor of ESG matters. ● Receives updates on ESG matters throughout the year from key stakeholders.

There are wider governance arrangements in place to support the Audit Committee and the Board in discharging their responsibilities.

● The Nomination Committee is responsible for ensuring the Board has appropriate knowledge and expertise to assess the climate-related issues NEXT faces in the short, medium and

● The Remuneration Committee considers whether the inclusion of ESG-related targets should be included in pay arrangements. While a specific ESG metric is not included in targets for performance-related pay for executive directors, the Remuneration Committee reserves the discretion to reduce variable pay in certain circumstances which could be evoked if a

● An ESG Steering Group meets quarterly to oversee our ESG workstreams, targets and emerging ESG risks. Climate-related issues are central to the ESG matters the Steering Group

CALIBRATING AND ADJUSTING

Taking regular stock of how we are performing against our peers and ensuring we are positioned where we want to be and where our stakeholders would expect us to be.

Wider governance arrangements

material ESG failure came to light.

REPORTING

Internal and external reporting to measure progress and provide a level of accountability on our actions.

These include:

longer term.

considers.

ESG STRATEGY Meet business objectives whilst ensuring we 'do the right thing' on Environmental, Social and Governance matters.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS ACTIVITY

Prioritising, engaging and supporting the business to move forward initiatives that assist in meeting our targets.

ESG STEERING GROUP ● Meets quarterly, focusing on ESG targets, responsible business activity, reporting and calibrating ESG performance against peers. ● Chaired by the Legal & Compliance Director and attended by the Deputy Company Secretary and Heads of Supplier Ethical Compliance and Sustainability.

b) Describe management's role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities.

Senior management are responsible for managing on a day-to-day basis the climate-related risks and opportunities of the business. This year we engaged an external climate risk consulting firm to update our climate opportunity and risk assessment which was first carried out in 2021. They have helped us assess the financial impacts of those risks and opportunities and revisit our scenario analysis of business resilience under a range of climate scenarios. We explain more about the risks and opportunities on page 86 and our findings of the scenario analysis on page 87.

Climate-related risks are assessed as part of our overarching risk management framework; for further information please see page 71.

Senior management hold quarterly calls with the Company's broker to obtain market updates and stay informed of the views of institutional shareholders on ESG matters, as well as regularly engaging directly with shareholders, banks, credit rating agencies and proxy advisors. During the year, we engaged directly with many of our shareholders specifically to discuss ESG matters, such as carbon emissions, responsible sourcing and modern slavery.

2. Strategy – disclose the actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation's businesses, strategy, and financial planning where such information is material

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 85 31/03/2025 17:34

a) Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long term.

Short term: present day to 2030.
Medium term: from 2030 to 2040.
Long term: from 2040 to 2050.

The risk management recommendations arising from our climate change scenario analysis (further details on page 87) were:

The majority of NEXT's exposure to the impact of increased policy and regulation and the area where greater understanding is being developed is in our supply chain, so continuing our supply chain mapping and engagement through the Higg Index is key to identifying and reducing our exposure. We are members of Cascale (formerly the Sustainable Apparel Coalition) and this membership gives us access to a range of tools to support the standardised measurement of sustainability from our supply chain. The most significant thing the business can do to reduce exposure to this risk is to reduce the carbon intensity of its supply chain and operations.

Market: Climate change is expected to impact the supply and demand for certain commodities, products and services. NEXT mitigates this risk by continuing to maintain balanced and diverse sourcing routes and product suppliers.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

b) Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation's businesses, strategy and financial planning.

Risks

We have considered the potential for the financial statements to be impacted by climate change, with a particular focus on long term assets. Of the assets on our balance sheet which might be considered to be at risk from climate change, the majority of our plant, property and equipment are warehouses, retail stores, plant and machinery and shop fittings in the UK. These assets have a useful remaining life of less than 10 years other than the leases on our Head Office and warehouses. These assets are not considered to be at material risk of any physical impacts or transitional risks arising from climate change. No climate-related matters have been identified which would materially impact intangible assets.

Even though there is uncertainty around the time horizon over which climate risks will materialise, stakeholder expectations and regulatory attention could develop quickly, impacting the rate at which the business may need to cut carbon emissions. We recognise that we will need to keep abreast of future climate change legislation as well as consumer preferences. The retail sector is faster paced than many and there are likely to be changes in the way retailers do business in the next few years. However, we have a strong track record of evolving at pace and we are confident that we can react accordingly.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

operational risk.

● The potential for significant exposure to Scope 3 emissions costs.

datasets for the early transition scenario have increased compared to other scenarios. The analysis suggests that NEXT is most exposed to transition risk up to 2050. This is due to:

ability, therefore it does not require any investment or changes in approach.

use.

regime.

term.

short term.

Risk type Risk Potential impact Mitigation/Business response

Increase in the raw material costs across the core fabrics we

Tax levied on imports from countries with a less environmentally friendly

Failure to comply with regulations to reduce our environmental footprint.

Factories located in low-lying areas could be at risk of flooding. A severe weather event could lead to supply disruption and loss of materials in the short term and increased insurance costs over the long

A severe adverse weather event could cause widespread crop failure. This could lead to supply disruption, increased raw material prices, and a decrease in the quality of products in the

The headline implications for the resilience of our business, as summarised by reference to our scenarios, are:

in a short timeframe before adequate mitigation would be in place.

predicted to stay at lower levels. Therefore, this is the middle impact scenario.

Early transition Most impactful scenario, driven by the potential for the introduction of the most severe forms of carbon taxation

Late transition In this scenario, the impact from the introduction of carbon taxation is still significant but carbon prices are

Hothouse world This is the least impactful analysis, with low level of carbon prices and 'business as usual' regulatory and

In updating the scenario analysis and timeframe, the scenario data has moved the peak impact assessment from late transition to early transition. Were carbon and utility prices and/or taxes to be introduced, the impact on NEXT would be greater compared to the outcome modelled in the 2021 analysis. The underlying reason for this is that the carbon prices in the latest Network for Greening the Financial System

● The ability to manage physical risks to the supply chain via a diverse supplier base and agile procurement practices. NEXT already has this

change.

risk.

We already closely monitor the implementation of any policies related to products to ensure we comply with appropriate safety regulations. We will continue to monitor product legislation policies with a view to identifying potential direct operating costs of the business that relate to climate

Balanced sourcing of product suppliers should reduce exposure to this

Pay attention to any future policy proposed which may increase direct operating costs of the business through carbon taxes. Working to achieve

NEXT Sourcing, our overseas sourcing operation, undertook an environmental impact assessment for supplier factories in China, Bangladesh and India to model the potential impact of flooding. It is considered that there would be little production risk but likely delays in getting product to ports for onward transportation. The key mitigation would be to send critical stock by air freight where necessary. The financial impact of doing so would be immaterial. The potential increase in costs to insure buildings in those areas or move them altogether is a long term risk. We did experience some flooding near our factory sites in Sri Lanka in 2024. This had minimal business impact. Some workers were unable to reach the sites for a short period. Worker wellbeing was supported in

In addition to NEXT Sourcing, we source from a number of suppliers which

In order to have a significant impact on the business, there would need to be a significant systemic global failure of crops. Mitigations would include passing on the increased cost to the consumer or blending materials

provides us with a diversity across different geographies.

the climate goals will reduce any cost risks.

collaboration with local partners.

together.

Management remain confident that in any of the considered scenarios above, the business is resilient to the impact of climate change. The scenario analysis has confirmed that our mitigation actions to 2050 should focus on transitional risks, and critically on the reduction of carbon and environmental impacts on which NEXT may be taxed or regulated. The impacts of the physical risks under all scenarios are relatively modest under both time horizons and there is little distinction between climate impact scenarios until the second half of the century. Having considered the different types of risks in the table below, we anticipate the time horizons for when they are most likely to

Overview of our findings

Scenario Description

impact will be medium to long term.

mix

Transition Increased pricing

Physical Increasingly

Physical Severe crop

regulation on product composition or

Introduction of climate sanctions

of greenhouse gas emissions

extreme weather events affecting suppliers' operations

failure in cotton supply chain

Transition Increased

Transition and Market

Opportunities

We are considering the following opportunities in the medium to long term:

Reduced energy spend through energy-saving measures which incorporate renewable energy.
Clothing donation schemes.

You can read more details on these in our Corporate Responsibility Report which can be found at nextplc.co.uk/corporate-responsibility.

c) Describe the resilience of the organisation's strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2o C or lower scenario.

Our climate change scenario analysis

To further understand and explore how potential climate risks and opportunities could evolve and impact our business over the medium to longer term, the TCFD recommends undertaking climate scenario analysis, which we updated this year.

Climate scenarios are hypothetical plausible future states under different levels of global warming and states of transition to a low-carbon world. They provide a forward looking view of how different types of climate-related risks and opportunities may impact an organisation. There are a number of scenarios that have been developed by scientific organisations which are publicly available and widely used within TCFD scenario analysis.

Scenarios and timeframes assessed

The TCFD specifically recommends that organisations consider a set of scenarios, including a '2°C or lower scenario' in line with the 2015 Paris Agreement. This low-carbon scenario is centred on 'transition' risks and looks at the rapid changes, such as policy, technology and market risks, that will be needed to cut emissions in line with the Paris Agreement. The scenario analysis should also consider 'physical' risks, such as temperature rise, sea level rise, and changes to the frequency and severity of extreme weather events, including droughts and storms. This is most relevant to our supply chain, the majority of which is based in Asia.

We examined three climate scenarios against two timeframes for the purposes of our analysis. The time frames we selected were to 2030 and 2050.

Scenario Description Reference data1 used in analysis Early transition Gradual and deliberate shift towards a low-carbon economy with the outcome of successfully limiting global average temperature increase within 2°C by 2100. Scenario based: UNFCCC's SSP1 Physical risk scenario: RCP 2.6 Late transition Sudden shift towards low-carbon economy with governments making dramatic policy interventions to make up for a late start. Global average temperature increase to be kept within 2°C by 2100. Scenario based: UNFCCC's SSP1/ UNFCCC's SSP2 Physical risk scenario: RCP 2.6 Hothouse world Continuation of current projection of carbon emissions without any significant abatement or mitigation. Likely to result in average global temperature increase of >4°C. Scenario based: UNFCCC's SSPs 2-5 w Physical risk scenario: RCP8.5

The three scenarios we considered were as follows:

The reference data refers to existing published scenarios in relation to socioeconomic data and climate projections that we have used to base our forward looking scenarios on.

As NEXT grows and changes, and the reference data evolves, we intend to periodically review the scenarios and timeframes we choose to apply in our analysis and refine them as needed.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 86 31/03/2025 17:34

Overview of our findings

regulatory attention could develop quickly, impacting the rate at which the business may need to cut carbon emissions. We recognise that we will need to keep abreast of future climate change legislation as well as consumer preferences. The retail sector is faster paced than many and there are likely to be changes in the way retailers do business in the next few years. However, we have a strong track record of evolving at pace and we are confident that we

We are considering the following opportunities in the medium to

● Reduced energy spend through energy-saving measures which

You can read more details on these in our Corporate Responsibility Report which can be found at nextplc.co.uk/corporate-responsibility.

Scenario based: UNFCCC's SSP1 Physical risk scenario: RCP 2.6

Physical risk scenario: RCP 2.6

Scenario based: UNFCCC's SSPs 2-5 w Physical risk scenario: RCP8.5

Scenario based: UNFCCC's SSP1/ UNFCCC's SSP2

can react accordingly. Opportunities

incorporate renewable energy. ● Clothing donation schemes.

long term:

c) Describe the resilience of the organisation's strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios,

To further understand and explore how potential climate risks and opportunities could evolve and impact our business over the medium to

We examined three climate scenarios against two timeframes for the purposes of our analysis. The time frames we selected were to 2030

The reference data refers to existing published scenarios in relation to socioeconomic data and climate projections that we have used to base our forward

As NEXT grows and changes, and the reference data evolves, we intend to periodically review the scenarios and timeframes we choose to

Scenario Description Reference data1 used in analysis

with the outcome of successfully limiting global average

making dramatic policy interventions to make up for a late start. Global average temperature increase to be kept within

without any significant abatement or mitigation. Likely to result in average global temperature increase of >4°C.

longer term, the TCFD recommends undertaking climate scenario analysis, which we updated this year.

storms. This is most relevant to our supply chain, the majority of which is based in Asia.

Early transition Gradual and deliberate shift towards a low-carbon economy

temperature increase within 2°C by 2100.

Late transition Sudden shift towards low-carbon economy with governments

Hothouse world Continuation of current projection of carbon emissions

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

b) Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation's businesses, strategy and

identified which would materially impact intangible assets.

C or lower scenario.

Our climate change scenario analysis

Scenarios and timeframes assessed

The three scenarios we considered were as follows:

2°C by 2100.

apply in our analysis and refine them as needed.

Even though there is uncertainty around the time horizon over which climate risks will materialise, stakeholder expectations and

financial planning.

including a 2o

TCFD scenario analysis.

looking scenarios on.

and 2050.

Risks

The headline implications for the resilience of our business, as summarised by reference to our scenarios, are:

Scenario	Description
Early transition	Most impactful scenario, driven by the potential for the introduction of the most severe forms of carbon taxation
	in a short timeframe before adequate mitigation would be in place.
Late transition	In this scenario, the impact from the introduction of carbon taxation is still significant but carbon prices are
	predicted to stay at lower levels. Therefore, this is the middle impact scenario.
Hothouse world	This is the least impactful analysis, with low level of carbon prices and 'business as usual' regulatory and
	operational risk.

The analysis suggests that NEXT is most exposed to transition risk up to 2050. This is due to:

The potential for significant exposure to Scope 3 emissions costs.
The ability to manage physical risks to the supply chain via a diverse supplier base and agile procurement practices. NEXT already has this ability, therefore it does not require any investment or changes in approach.

Management remain confident that in any of the considered scenarios above, the business is resilient to the impact of climate change.

The scenario analysis has confirmed that our mitigation actions to 2050 should focus on transitional risks, and critically on the reduction of carbon and environmental impacts on which NEXT may be taxed or regulated. The impacts of the physical risks under all scenarios are relatively modest under both time horizons and there is little distinction between climate impact scenarios until the second half of the century. Having considered the different types of risks in the table below, we anticipate the time horizons for when they are most likely to impact will be medium to long term.

Risk type	Risk	Potential impact	Mitigation/Business response
Transition	Increased regulation on product composition or mix	Increase in the raw material costs across the core fabrics we use.	We already closely monitor the implementation of any policies related to products to ensure we comply with appropriate safety regulations. We will continue to monitor product legislation policies with a view to identifying potential direct operating costs of the business that relate to climate change.
Transition and Market	Introduction of climate sanctions	Tax levied on imports from countries with a less environmentally friendly regime.	Balanced sourcing of product suppliers should reduce exposure to this risk.
Transition	Increased pricing of greenhouse gas emissions	Failure to comply with regulations to reduce our environmental footprint.	Pay attention to any future policy proposed which may increase direct operating costs of the business through carbon taxes. Working to achieve the climate goals will reduce any cost risks.
Physical	Increasingly extreme weather events affecting suppliers' operations	Factories located in low-lying areas could be at risk of flooding. A severe weather event could lead to supply disruption and loss of materials in the short term and increased insurance costs over the long term.	NEXT Sourcing, our overseas sourcing operation, undertook an environmental impact assessment for supplier factories in China, Bangladesh and India to model the potential impact of flooding. It is considered that there would be little production risk but likely delays in getting product to ports for onward transportation. The key mitigation would be to send critical stock by air freight where necessary. The financial impact of doing so would be immaterial. The potential increase in costs to insure buildings in those areas or move them altogether is a long term risk. We did experience some flooding near our factory sites in Sri Lanka in 2024. This had minimal business impact. Some workers were unable to reach the sites for a short period. Worker wellbeing was supported in collaboration with local partners. In addition to NEXT Sourcing, we source from a number of suppliers which provides us with a diversity across different geographies.
Physical	Severe crop failure in cotton supply chain	A severe adverse weather event could cause widespread crop failure. This could lead to supply disruption, increased raw material prices, and a decrease in the quality of products in the short term.	In order to have a significant impact on the business, there would need to be a significant systemic global failure of crops. Mitigations would include passing on the increased cost to the consumer or blending materials together.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 87 31/03/2025 17:34

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

3. Risk Management – Describe how the organisation identifies, assesses and manages climate-related risks

a) Describe the organisation's processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks.

We include climate-related risks within our overall integrated risk management framework and any risks identified are subject to the same process and managed in line with all other risks. For further detail on our risk management framework and processes please see pages 68 to 71.

b) Describe the organisation's processes for managing climate-related risks.

Senior management conduct formal assessments of the key risks relevant to their areas of responsibility twice a year. Climate is discussed as part of that process but is not currently a material matter in respect of any risk identified.

c) Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation's overall risk management.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

zero ambition.

forward.

Strategy

below.

4. Waste management

5. Reduce emissions caused by transport

economy. Our environmental ambition is informed and driven by:

gained SBTi approval for our targets in July 2021. ● Industry trends with a potential environmental impact. ● Regulation, guidance and stakeholder expectations.

medium and long term and also climate change scenario analysis.

3. Reduce our Scope 3 emissions by encouraging our supply chain to improve energy efficiency and reduce carbon emissions

See Carbon emissions calculations, Scope 3 on page 81 and Changes in our GHG Scope 3 emissions on page 83 for details on Scope 3 changes. We are members of Cascale who own and develop the Higg Index (available through the Worldly platform), which gives us access to a suite of tools to support the standardised measurement of sustainability from our supply chain. In addition, we use the BRC's Climate Action Roadmap which is a framework to guide the retail industry to net zero by 2040. As a founding signatory to the Roadmap we commit to working with other retailers, suppliers, Governments and stakeholders, and to support customers, to collectively deliver the industry's net

As our business operations continue to grow and we continue to make acquisitions, the Group's waste is also increasing. Although we have achieved our target, we still measure the amount of waste that goes to landfill and consider it important to keep revisiting the target going

One of the main elements within our control is our Scope 1 transport emissions. We have continued to review and test EVs with a view to replacing our existing fleet as soon as possible. Unfortunately technology does not appear to be developing as fast as we anticipated, as the distance range of the vehicles currently available cannot meet our needs. We will continue to review the position with the intention to move

We continue to develop our strategy towards achieving a lower carbon business model and play our part in building a climate-resilient

● The direct and potential impact of climate change on our operations, identified through assessing our risks and opportunities in the short,

● Our commitment to reducing our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, which have been set to align with the GHG (Greenhouse Gas) Protocol. Our Scope 1 and 2 targets are consistent with achieving a 1.5 degree reduction in line with the SBTi pathway. We also commit to reduce Scope 3 emissions by 40% per £1m of sales and Scope 3 emissions from indirect use of sold products by 40% per £1m of sales by 2030. We

Our Scope 1, 2, 3 and GHG emissions are disclosed on pages 80 to 82. A further breakdown of our 2024/25 emissions is set out in the chart

Breakdown of our 2024/25 emissions

to EV or alternatives as soon as vehicles are available that are viable and commercially reasonable.

The Audit Committee, under delegated authority from the Board, is accountable for overseeing the effectiveness of our risk management process, including identification of the principal and emerging risks. Our ESG Steering Group identifies, monitors and assesses current and emerging climate risks and reports these to the Audit Committee. Valuable input is received from the Head of Sustainability who is a member of the ESG Steering Group. The output of all climate-related risk assessments is considered by the Board when they assess the principal risks of the business and is also used to direct focus to our ESG work.

4. Metrics and Targets – Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess and manage relevant climate-related risks and opportunities where such information is material

a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process.

b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and the related risks.

c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets.

NEXT's metrics and targets are used to help us understand our progress and to identify opportunities and risks. These span a number of topics set out in more detail below and are collectively used to assist in the determination of our priorities. Our primary current targets are set out in the table below and on pages 80 to 82 for our SECR and GHG disclosures.

Metrics and targets

Strategic goal	Deadline	Progress achieved at January 2025	Measures
Responsible Sourcing Approach1	2030	In progress – 65% (2024: 59%)	Source 100% of our main raw materials through known, responsible or certified routes by 2030.
Reduce Scope 1 & 2 carbon emissions2	2030	In progress – 47% reduction (2024: 46%)	Reduce Scope 1 & 2 absolute carbon emissions by 55% against an absolute baseline of 2016/17 (SBTi).
Reduce Scope 3 carbon emissions3	2030	In progress – 29% (2024: 33% (28%))	Reduce Scope 3 emissions by 40% per £1m of sales against a relative baseline of 2019/20 (SBTi).
Divert operational waste from landfill	Ongoing4	Achieved – 97% (2024: 96%)	Divert at least 95% of operational waste from landfill through recycling.
EV100 Pledge5	2030	We have 967 (2024: 858) Company Cars in our UK fleet, of which 336 (2024: 212) are fully electric (35%)(2024: 25%).	100% of vehicles up to 3.5 tonnes to be electric. Charging points across all staff sites. Charging
		We have 363 (2024: 360) charging points across our network with 69 at Head Office.	points across all customer sites (car parks with sole use).
RE100 Pledge	2030	In progress – 96% (2024: 97%)	100% of electricity purchased to be certified renewable globally.

1. Source 100% of our main raw materials through known, responsible or certified routes by 2030

We do not source raw materials directly, so our main focus is on supporting our commercial buying teams and working closely with them to influence positive sourcing and manufacturing decisions. We have an internal 'Responsible Sourcing Manual' which gives our commercial teams guidance on more sustainable materials. Last year we evolved our methodology to make it more accurate by reference to total weight of product rather than the number of products. In addition, we are improving our visibility of the different tiers of our supply chain to ensure the materials used in our products are sourced and manufactured responsibly. We have a clear responsible sourcing strategy to source 100% of main raw materials through known, responsible or certified routes by 2030.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 88 31/03/2025 17:34

2. Reduce Scope 1 & 2 absolute carbon emissions by 55%

See Changes in our SECR on page 81 for details on reduction in our Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions.

3. Reduce our Scope 3 emissions by encouraging our supply chain to improve energy efficiency and reduce carbon emissions

See Carbon emissions calculations, Scope 3 on page 81 and Changes in our GHG Scope 3 emissions on page 83 for details on Scope 3 changes.

We are members of Cascale who own and develop the Higg Index (available through the Worldly platform), which gives us access to a suite of tools to support the standardised measurement of sustainability from our supply chain. In addition, we use the BRC's Climate Action Roadmap which is a framework to guide the retail industry to net zero by 2040. As a founding signatory to the Roadmap we commit to working with other retailers, suppliers, Governments and stakeholders, and to support customers, to collectively deliver the industry's net zero ambition.

4. Waste management

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

a) Describe the organisation's processes for identifying and

b) Describe the organisation's processes for managing

Senior management conduct formal assessments of the key risks relevant to their areas of responsibility twice a year. Climate is discussed as part of that process but is not currently a material

risks

pages 68 to 71.

targets.

climate-related risks.

assessing climate-related risks.

matter in respect of any risk identified.

risk management process.

Metrics and targets

Responsible Sourcing

Reduce Scope 1 & 2 carbon emissions2

Reduce Scope 3 carbon

Divert operational waste

Approach1

emissions3

from landfill

3. Risk Management – Describe how the organisation identifies, assesses and manages climate-related

4. Metrics and Targets – Disclose the metrics and targets used to assess and manage relevant

a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and

c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against

b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and the related risks.

UK fleet, of which 336 (2024: 212) are fully

our network with 69 at Head Office.

We have 363 (2024: 360) charging points across

RE100 Pledge 2030 In progress – 96% (2024: 97%) 100% of electricity purchased to be certified

electric (35%)(2024: 25%).

climate-related risks and opportunities where such information is material

Strategic goal Deadline Progress achieved at January 2025 Measures

2030 In progress – 47% reduction (2024: 46%)

EV100 Pledge5 2030 We have 967 (2024: 858) Company Cars in our

of main raw materials through known, responsible or certified routes by 2030.

2. Reduce Scope 1 & 2 absolute carbon emissions by 55%

1. Source 100% of our main raw materials through known, responsible or certified routes by 2030

See Changes in our SECR on page 81 for details on reduction in our Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions.

set out in the table below and on pages 80 to 82 for our SECR and GHG disclosures.

c) Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the

known, responsible or certified routes by 2030.

Reduce Scope 1 & 2 absolute carbon emissions by 55% against an absolute baseline of 2016/17

sales against a relative baseline of 2019/20

100% of vehicles up to 3.5 tonnes to be electric.

Charging points across all staff sites. Charging points across all customer sites (car parks with

landfill through recycling.

organisation's overall risk management.

used to direct focus to our ESG work.

2030 In progress – 65% (2024: 59%) Source 100% of our main raw materials through

2030 In progress – 29% (2024: 33% (28%)) Reduce Scope 3 emissions by 40% per £1m of

Ongoing4 Achieved – 97% (2024: 96%) Divert at least 95% of operational waste from

(SBTi).

sole use).

renewable globally.

5. Reduce emissions caused by transport

Strategy

We continue to develop our strategy towards achieving a lower carbon business model and play our part in building a climate-resilient economy. Our environmental ambition is informed and driven by:

The direct and potential impact of climate change on our operations, identified through assessing our risks and opportunities in the short, medium and long term and also climate change scenario analysis.
Our commitment to reducing our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, which have been set to align with the GHG (Greenhouse Gas) Protocol. Our Scope 1 and 2 targets are consistent with achieving a 1.5 degree reduction in line with the SBTi pathway. We also commit to reduce Scope 3 emissions by 40% per £1m of sales and Scope 3 emissions from indirect use of sold products by 40% per £1m of sales by 2030. We gained SBTi approval for our targets in July 2021.
Industry trends with a potential environmental impact.
Regulation, guidance and stakeholder expectations.

Our Scope 1, 2, 3 and GHG emissions are disclosed on pages 80 to 82. A further breakdown of our 2024/25 emissions is set out in the chart below.

Breakdown of our 2024/25 emissions

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 89 31/03/2025 17:34

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

Climate Transition Plan

Whilst not yet mandated, we recognise that having a Transition Plan to Net Zero is likely to be required in the next few years. By Net Zero, we mean setting corporate net zero targets to reduce our Scope 1, 2, 3 and residual emissions in line with the SBTi Corporate Net Zero Standard. We are continuing with our work in setting out our objectives and priorities which make up our ambition for achieving Net Zero. This year we undertook a double materiality assessment as part of the groundwork for setting our Transition Plan to Net Zero. Understanding our most significant risks and opportunities should enable us to ensure our transition plan is realistic, credible and deliverable when we are required to publish it.

We are a signatory to the British Retail Consortium's Climate Action Roadmap, a framework to guide the industry to net zero emissions by 2040. Through the Roadmap we commit to working with other retailers, suppliers, Government and other stakeholders, and to support customers to collectively deliver to the industry's net zero ambition.

Illustrated below are some of the many carbon reduction initiatives we are working on.

Packaging and recycling

Collection points for consumers to return their plastic packaging for recycling are now in all our stores, our warehouses and our Head Office. This has contributed to the 2,517 tonnes of plastic we have collected this year. We continue to work on methods to improve the efficiency of this method of packaging take-back. We are working with our UK packaging suppliers to reuse the collected materials which are appropriate for use in new packaging.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

Our colleagues are integral to NEXT's success, their safety and wellbeing is always our top priority. We want to ensure we provide a BUPA was established at Head Office this year as part of our

● Offered a free flu vaccination programme for all employees. ● We have provided our employees with financial education sessions, focussing on early careers, retirement planning and share schemes to improve understanding and help them make

Equal opportunities and diversity

We believe that a diverse and inclusive working environment is vital to the success of our business and to support the health and wellbeing of our employees. We continue to run mandatory equality, diversity and inclusion training for new starters and all our managers to explore unconscious bias, inappropriate behaviour, discrimination and harassment, and provide guidance on how to positively

● A new inclusion diagnostic survey to better understand the maturity and employee perceptions of our culture of inclusion

● Engaging with new employees to understand the value of our employee-led networks and to receive feedback on shaping these communities through listening circles run with Business in the

● Launching a new monthly series of online Equality Diversity and Inclusion training - 'Knowledge Bites'. This is in addition to the diversity and inclusion awareness training sessions for managers and e-learning sessions which are available for the wider

● Partnering with The Sunflower Network, MicroLink and Language Line to help support a disability inclusive culture for our

● A continuing partnership with GenM to champion an open culture of menopause awareness, education and support across

● FatFace have signed the Wellbeing of Women menopause pledge and launched a Menopause Policy – including paid time off for managing symptoms - and monthly support group, 'Taking Charge

● We are a Level 2: Disability Confident Employer. The Disability Confident Scheme supports employers to make the most of the talents that disabled people can bring to the workplace. Our employee network "Able at NEXT" gives a voice to disabled people, people who care for someone with a disability and to

● We continued to partner with Carers UK. We have signed up to the Employers for Carers digital platform to provide employees

● Held our Annual Business Review meetings, which you can read

those who support our aims within the organisation.

with access to dedicated resources for carers.

more about on pages 100 to 101.

employee benefit offer.

well-informed decisions.

influence the behaviour of others. Actions during the year

employee population.

the business.

colleagues and customers.

of Change', for employees.

and to identify opportunities to improve.

Community and our Together We Are NEXT teams.

We aim to deliver on our commitment by focussing on the following

Good health and wellbeing is one of our most relevant SDGs. We want to ensure NEXT is an exciting and rewarding place to work and allow everyone to work in an environment where they are able to maximise their creativity, productivity and engagement. It is important therefore to have a culture that enables all our colleagues

Health and Safety: We review our Company safety statement and objectives every three years, including programmes for each division of the business. 2024 marked the end of this three-year cycle and we will be compiling a new statement and supporting programmes for 2025-2028, including closer integration with Joules and other TP

● Our Mental Wellbeing Charter, available on our wellbeing site, encourages an environment where mental wellbeing is discussed

● We have an established Mental Health First Aider (MHFA) network of 175 trained colleagues in all divisions who help

● Additional online tools and support for employees include Digicare+ Workplace, providing access to a Digital GP, annual health checks, a suite of lifestyle and health information and our Employee Assistance Programme offering independent counselling. We continue to provide five lifestyle checkpoint

● An extensive series of online and in-person wellbeing events and activities continues to be offered year-round to engage and inform our employees at Head Office, retail, online and warehouse locations, including face to face events to engage and showcase the services available to colleagues at team events, meetings and conferences. A new onsite GP service provided by

openly to eliminate stigma, fear and discrimination.

provide a supportive workplace environment.

machines which move across our different sites.

OUR PEOPLE

Our commitment

workplace in which everyone is:

● Treated fairly and with respect.

● Health, safety and wellbeing. ● Equal opportunities and diversity.

● Training and development.

to maintain positive mental health.

Actions during the year

partner brands. Wellbeing:

● Motivated to achieve their full potential.

● Reward, fair pay and employee share ownership.

Health, safety and wellbeing

● Supported.

● Listened to.

elements:

Our approach

All our packaging is recyclable with 100% recycled content carrier bags (excluding the handles) in our retail stores. We recycle any bags returned to us by our customers.

We are trialling a new scheme to use recycled flexible plastic collected from customers to make the linings of our NEXT courier sacks which all contain at least 30% recycled content.

In addition, we reuse or recycle all hangers used in our retail stores, and accept back unwanted hangers from our customers for recycling. The recycled hangers are either reprocessed for reuse or made into new hangers. In 2024, we collected 602 tonnes of hangers for reprocessing for reuse within the supply chain or to be remade into new hangers.

We will be within scope of the Extended Producer Responsibility regulations, details of which will be included in next year's report. It is anticipated to have an immaterial impact on cash flow.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 90 31/03/2025 17:34

OUR PEOPLE

Our commitment

Our colleagues are integral to NEXT's success, their safety and wellbeing is always our top priority. We want to ensure we provide a workplace in which everyone is:

Supported.
Treated fairly and with respect.
Listened to.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

Packaging and recycling

which are appropriate for use in new packaging.

sacks which all contain at least 30% recycled content.

returned to us by our customers.

new hangers.

All our packaging is recyclable with 100% recycled content carrier bags (excluding the handles) in our retail stores. We recycle any bags

We are trialling a new scheme to use recycled flexible plastic collected from customers to make the linings of our NEXT courier

We will be within scope of the Extended Producer Responsibility regulations, details of which will be included in next year's report. It

is anticipated to have an immaterial impact on cash flow.

Illustrated below are some of the many carbon reduction initiatives

Climate Transition Plan

deliverable when we are required to publish it.

ambition.

we are working on.

● Motivated to achieve their full potential.

Our approach

We aim to deliver on our commitment by focussing on the following elements:

Health, safety and wellbeing.
Equal opportunities and diversity.
Reward, fair pay and employee share ownership.
Training and development.

Health, safety and wellbeing

Actions during the year

Wellbeing:

Our Mental Wellbeing Charter, available on our wellbeing site, encourages an environment where mental wellbeing is discussed openly to eliminate stigma, fear and discrimination.
We have an established Mental Health First Aider (MHFA) network of 175 trained colleagues in all divisions who help provide a supportive workplace environment.
Additional online tools and support for employees include Digicare+ Workplace, providing access to a Digital GP, annual health checks, a suite of lifestyle and health information and our Employee Assistance Programme offering independent counselling. We continue to provide five lifestyle checkpoint machines which move across our different sites.
An extensive series of online and in-person wellbeing events and activities continues to be offered year-round to engage and inform our employees at Head Office, retail, online and warehouse locations, including face to face events to engage and showcase the services available to colleagues at team events, meetings and conferences. A new onsite GP service provided by

BUPA was established at Head Office this year as part of our employee benefit offer.

Offered a free flu vaccination programme for all employees.
We have provided our employees with financial education sessions, focussing on early careers, retirement planning and share schemes to improve understanding and help them make well-informed decisions.

Equal opportunities and diversity

Actions during the year

A new inclusion diagnostic survey to better understand the maturity and employee perceptions of our culture of inclusion and to identify opportunities to improve.
Engaging with new employees to understand the value of our employee-led networks and to receive feedback on shaping these communities through listening circles run with Business in the Community and our Together We Are NEXT teams.
Launching a new monthly series of online Equality Diversity and Inclusion training - 'Knowledge Bites'. This is in addition to the diversity and inclusion awareness training sessions for managers and e-learning sessions which are available for the wider employee population.
Partnering with The Sunflower Network, MicroLink and Language Line to help support a disability inclusive culture for our colleagues and customers.
A continuing partnership with GenM to champion an open culture of menopause awareness, education and support across the business.
FatFace have signed the Wellbeing of Women menopause pledge and launched a Menopause Policy – including paid time off for managing symptoms - and monthly support group, 'Taking Charge of Change', for employees.
We are a Level 2: Disability Confident Employer. The Disability Confident Scheme supports employers to make the most of the talents that disabled people can bring to the workplace. Our employee network "Able at NEXT" gives a voice to disabled people, people who care for someone with a disability and to those who support our aims within the organisation.
We continued to partner with Carers UK. We have signed up to the Employers for Carers digital platform to provide employees with access to dedicated resources for carers.
Held our Annual Business Review meetings, which you can read more about on pages 100 to 101.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 91 31/03/2025 17:34

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

NEXT is an equal opportunities employer and we offer career opportunities without discrimination. Job vacancies are filled by the candidates who have the most relevant skills and competencies to succeed. Our policy is to treat all employees fairly and equally regardless of gender, sexual orientation, marital status, race, colour, nationality, religion, ethnic or national origin, age, disability or union membership status. Further details of our diversity policy are included in our Nomination Committee Report on page 118.

Full consideration is given to applications for employment from disabled persons, having regard to their particular aptitudes and abilities. We continue the employment wherever possible of anyone who becomes disabled during their employment, providing assistance and modifications to their environment where possible. Opportunities for training, career development and promotion do not operate to the detriment of disabled employees.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

We focus on ethical trading, traceability and responsible sourcing to ensure our products are made by workers who are treated fairly and Ethical trading

willingness to improve.

Conventions.

Infringement of workers' rights like safety, human rights, employment and working conditions are a key risk. We induct, train and support our suppliers to make sure they understand what is expected of them and to help them raise standards. Where we find issues of non-compliance, we find that working with suppliers to raise their standards rather than immediately terminating the relationship delivers a better outcome for workers and the supply chain as a whole. Our aim is to support factories in resolving issues, but we will not continue to work with them indefinitely if there is no

Our drive to support ethical trading in our supply chain includes: ● Working with our suppliers to ensure they understand our

● Holding regular meetings with individual suppliers to share

● Our in-house global COP team which comprises 53 employees that administer our COP programme based on the Ethical Trading Initiative Base Code (ETI) and International Labour Organisation

Our COP team works directly with new and existing suppliers and their factories. They are based in key sourcing locations around the world which enables the team to respond quickly if issues occur. It also allows us to develop trust and strong relationships with suppliers by offering meetings, training and support, even before

requirements and COP Principle Standards.

information and develop relationships.

orders are placed by our product teams.

In common with other retailers, NEXT's product supply chain is both diverse and dynamic. During the year, NEXT products were manufactured in 35 countries through over 700 suppliers. Diversity of supply provides us with a cost-effective supply chain and an extensive range of products for our customers. It also increases the risk of sourcing from unethical suppliers, particularly in the lower

NEXT calculates and uploads relevant supplier data onto the UK Government portal under the 'Duty to report on payment practices and performance' legislation under section 3 of the Small Business,

The illustration below shows a breakdown of audits by category rating. Ongoing work with new and existing suppliers means the percentages have

whose safety, human rights and wellbeing are respected.

OUR SUPPLIERS

tiers of the supply chain where visibility is more limited.

Our commitment

Payment practices

not moved materially from last year.

Enterprise and Employment Act 2015.

Our approach

Recognising that women can be disproportionately affected by childcare commitments, our Head Office (where over 4,800 of our colleagues are based) has a purpose-built nursery onsite. This is part of our ongoing commitment to support our employees with their pre-school childcare arrangements.

Gender equality is a fundamental human right and is another SDG that we focus on. Gender equality continues to be particularly challenging in less developed countries and we are looking at ways to support improvements in the areas we source from. See page 99 for more details.

The gender mix of the Group's employees at the end of the financial year is set out in the table below.

	20252			2024
	Male	Female	Male	Female
Directors of NEXT plc	8	4	7	4
Operational directors and other senior managers1	40	15	37	18
Total employees	15,442	35,503	15,7873	36,8423

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 92 31/03/2025 17:34

Other directors of the Company's subsidiary undertakings comprise 22 male and 5 female employees.
Reiss, FatFace and Joules are now consolidated in our reporting and appear in the figures for 2025.
Restated to include employees of controlled subsidiaries.

Reward, fair pay and employee share ownership

We operate a Sharesave scheme to encourage employees to own shares in NEXT. All UK employees have the opportunity to save money over three or five years to buy NEXT plc shares at a discounted price. We also operate a share option incentive scheme which extends to more than 2,000 participants.

Around 12,300 employees (circa 26% of our total UK and Irish employees) held options or awards at the end of January 2025. These options or awards were held in respect of 6.8m shares in NEXT, being 5.5% of the total shares then in issue. NEXT's Employee Share Ownership Trust (ESOT) purchases shares for issue to employees when their options are exercised or awards vest. At the year end the ESOT held 6.2m shares. The ESOT Trustee does not vote on any resolution at General Meetings.

Pension provision

Details of the pension benefits we provide to participating employees are set out in the Remuneration Report and in Note 21 to the financial statements. At January 2025, there were over 25,000 UK active members of the Group's various defined contribution schemes (2024: around 24,000).

Training and development

We have a good track record of promoting from within; all our executive directors were promoted to the Board having previously served as employees in the Group. We aim to realise our employees' potential by supporting their career progression wherever possible. The Group invests significantly in the training and development of staff and in education programmes which contribute to the promotion prospects of employees. We believe these opportunities help employees feel supported and equipped to carry out their role to the best of their ability.

Our employees can access a range of development tools and appropriate job-specific training through the integrated training teams within each area of the business. This includes:

Job role-specific training covering professional, technical, operational and skills training.
Individually tailored training to address an employee's individual needs and specific business requirements.
We have a Learning Hub for our Head Office population that offers additional training and development support on management and recruitment topics.
Training in areas such as health and safety, first aid and manual handling to help ensure our employees work in a safe environment.

OUR SUPPLIERS

Our commitment

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

We continue to look at ways to improve gender diversity. Women are well represented throughout the Group, with a third of our Board being female at the financial year end. In relation to our senior management and their direct reports, NEXT was ranked third in the 2024 FTSE Women Leaders Review, Achieving Gender Balance. Recognising that women can be disproportionately affected by childcare commitments, our Head Office (where over 4,800 of our colleagues are based) has a purpose-built nursery onsite. This is part of our ongoing commitment to support our employees with their

Male Female Male Female

Our employees can access a range of development tools and appropriate job-specific training through the integrated training

● Job role-specific training covering professional, technical,

● Individually tailored training to address an employee's individual

● We have a Learning Hub for our Head Office population that offers additional training and development support on

● Training in areas such as health and safety, first aid and manual handling to help ensure our employees work in a safe

teams within each area of the business. This includes:

needs and specific business requirements.

management and recruitment topics.

pre-school childcare arrangements.

Training and development

to the best of their ability.

environment.

operational and skills training.

for more details.

The gender mix of the Group's employees at the end of the financial year is set out in the table below.

²⁰²⁵²²⁰²⁴

Directors of NEXT plc 8 4 7 4 Operational directors and other senior managers1 40 15 37 18 Total employees 15,442 35,503 15,7873 36,8423

Other directors of the Company's subsidiary undertakings comprise 22 male and 5 female employees. 2. Reiss, FatFace and Joules are now consolidated in our reporting and appear in the figures for 2025.

Reward, fair pay and employee share

We aim to reward all employees with fair and competitive salaries and provide the opportunity to earn additional pay in the form of a bonus. Our annual Gender Pay Report can be found at nextplc.co.uk. We operate a Sharesave scheme to encourage employees to own shares in NEXT. All UK employees have the opportunity to save money over three or five years to buy NEXT plc shares at a discounted price. We also operate a share option incentive scheme

not operate to the detriment of disabled employees.

Restated to include employees of controlled subsidiaries.

which extends to more than 2,000 participants.

on any resolution at General Meetings.

Pension provision

schemes (2024: around 24,000).

ownership

We focus on ethical trading, traceability and responsible sourcing to ensure our products are made by workers who are treated fairly and whose safety, human rights and wellbeing are respected.

Our approach

Payment practices

NEXT calculates and uploads relevant supplier data onto the UK Government portal under the 'Duty to report on payment practices and performance' legislation under section 3 of the Small Business, Enterprise and Employment Act 2015.

The illustration below shows a breakdown of audits by category rating. Ongoing work with new and existing suppliers means the percentages have not moved materially from last year.

Ethical trading

Our drive to support ethical trading in our supply chain includes:

Working with our suppliers to ensure they understand our requirements and COP Principle Standards.
Holding regular meetings with individual suppliers to share information and develop relationships.
Our in-house global COP team which comprises 53 employees that administer our COP programme based on the Ethical Trading Initiative Base Code (ETI) and International Labour Organisation Conventions.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 93 31/03/2025 17:34

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

Compliance with our COP Principle Standards is monitored through audits by our COP team which generally take place unannounced. Our auditing standards provide detailed information to help our suppliers fulfil their obligations. Our audit plan prioritises the human rights of workers in our supply chain and is risk-based, taking into account geographic location, ethical reputation, the type of manufacturing process and the factory's most recent audit rating. Where we find areas for improvement during an audit, we create a Corrective Action Plan which is agreed with the supplier and factory management. Follow up reviews are undertaken to monitor progress against the Corrective Action Plan.

Actions during the year

During the year, the COP team:

Carried out over 2,400 audits. Of the audits conducted, 87% related to Tier 1 suppliers and 13% related to Tier 2 suppliers.
Supported 33 factories to successfully remediate critical issues found. A further 38 sites are participating in an active remediation process.
Disengaged with 51 factories that refused to satisfactorily rectify their critical non-compliance with our COP Principle Standards.
Carried out 70 audits for JoJo Maman Bébé, 94 for Reiss, 57 for Joules and 36 for Fatface as part of the roll out of the NEXT COP approach with our Total Platform partners. We expanded the global COP team to reflect these broader responsibilities.

Traceability

Traceability and transparency of our suppliers' factories are an important part of NEXT's overall approach. Suppliers are categorised into five tiers:

Tier 1 are suppliers' factories where bulk production of NEXT branded products takes place.
Tier 2 are factory sites declared and used by a Tier 1 supplier which include subcontractor locations that manufacture or process materials, components or parts of a finished product for processing by a Tier 1 supplier.
Tier 3 suppliers are fabric and yarn suppliers who spin, knit, weave, dye and print to produce finished fabric.
Tier 4 suppliers process the raw materials into a fibre.
Tier 5 is where the raw materials are sourced.

Tier 1 and Tier 2 suppliers are contractually bound by our COP Principle Standards that apply to all their declared sites from which they operate and source. These standards cover workers' safety, human rights, employment and working conditions. Our contracts mean we can visit a supplier (even unannounced) to undertake an audit to ensure it is, and remains, compliant.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

Environmental collaborative initiatives

these territories.

our supply chain.

our Timber Policy in 2025.

development, and manufacture.

throughout our operations.

sufficient to limit global warming to 1.5o

improve the sustainability of textiles across their entire life cycle.

indigenous communities are respected.

Zero Discharge of Hazardous Chemicals (ZDHC) Roadmap to

Changing Markets Foundation's Roadmap Towards Responsible Viscose and Modal Fibre Manufacturing

Cascale (formerly Sustainable Apparel Coalition (SAC))

The Microfibre Consortium (TMC)

Waste Resources Action Plan – The UK Plastics Pact

Waste Resources Action Plan – Textiles

2030

Zero

other retailers, is involved in a number of initiatives to minimise these adverse impacts. These include:

Solutions to reduce negative environmental and social impacts can really only be achieved with collaborative global actions. NEXT, along with

of hazardous chemicals from production processes into the environment.

standards and the ZDHC Man-made Cellulosic Fibre (MMCF) Guidelines.

Better Cotton (BC) NEXT joined BC in 2017 and in 2024/25 sourced 69% (2023/24: 78%) of its cotton as Better Cotton. Our target is

CanopyStyle NEXT is working with Canopy through its CanopyStyle initiative to ensure wood based fabrics are responsibly

Timber sourcing We are preparing for the new EU Deforestation Regulation (EUDR) to be implemented from the end of 2025.

NEXT is a signatory to the ZDHC Roadmap to Zero programme which promotes industry-wide change in responsible chemical management in textile, leather and MMCF production processes (dyeing, printing and laundering of textiles, and tanning and dyeing of leather and viscose production - 'wet processors') to protect workers, customers and the environment. In the most recent year NEXT was ranked as 'Champion', the highest score available. NEXT has its own Restricted Substances Standards which ban or state the limits for harmful chemicals used in or during the manufacture of our products and also adopts the ZDHC Manufacturers Restricted Substance Standards for chemicals formulation. We work closely with our key fabric mills and wet processors to help them adopt the ZDHC tools and requirements in order to reduce and eliminate the discharge

to source 100% of cotton from certified sources including BC, recycled or Certified Organic cotton by 2030. NEXT bans the use of cotton from Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan and the Xinjiang region of China in our textile products due to concerns over the mistreatment of the Uyghur people, child labour and working conditions in

This roadmap focuses on engaging with viscose production facilities and encouraging them to adopt best practices in order to minimise the effects of harmful chemicals used in the viscose manufacturing process. NEXT works with its viscose and modal manufacturers to help them adopt closed-loop production systems to ensure emissions controls and chemical recovery rates are in line with the EU Best Available Technique

sourced. By this we mean it is our Policy to use man-made cellulosic fibres from producers that have achieved Canopy Green Shirt rating. Canopy risk assess each fibre producer to ensure that they do not use cellulose from ancient and endangered forests, endangered species or illegal sources and that the rights and wishes of

In 2021, NEXT joined the SAC, a global non-profit alliance of more than 250 members working together to reduce the environmental and social impacts of the apparel, footwear and textile supply chains. Cascale's work includes the development of the Higg Index, a suite of tools to measure environmental and social performance of suppliers in a standardised way. We encourage our suppliers to adopt the Higg Index which allows NEXT to monitor and improve standards at factory level. NEXT has rolled out the Higg Facility Environment Module to

Our internal EUDR Working Group is developing and deploying EUDR compliance policies and processes, including building a robust online system to enable us to track data in a compliant way. We will be reviewing

In 2018, NEXT joined TMC to collaborate on solutions to minimise microfibre release into the environment. NEXT provides resources from its in-house laboratory, to test fabrics and report fibre shedding results which are helping TMC to conduct in-depth analysis of industry data and work towards robust solutions in design,

The UK Plastics Pact brings together businesses across the entire plastics supply chain, the UK Government and NGOs to tackle plastic waste. It is striving to create a circular economy for plastics, capturing their value by keeping them in the economy and out of the natural environment. Pact members are committed to eliminating problematic plastics, reducing the total amount of packaging and helping to build a stronger recycling system in the UK. NEXT has been an associate member since October 2020 and by the end of 2025 we aim to eliminate avoidable plastics in product packaging. We are also investigating opportunities to reduce packaging

Textiles 2030 is a UK textile sector collaboration making rapid, science-based progress on circularity and climate action. Launched in April 2021, the voluntary agreement builds on the learning and success of the Sustainable Clothing Action Plan 2020 and has over 140 signatories across the retail, recycling and reuse sectors. As a founding signatory partner, by 2030 NEXT aims to reduce its combined greenhouse gas emissions by 50%,

collectively also aim to reduce the water footprint of new products sold by 30%, and develop a clear pathway to

C in line with the UN trajectory to reduce climate change. We

Actions during the year

We have updated our lists of our Tier 1 and Tier 2 supplier manufacturing sites which produce NEXT branded products and Tier 3 suppliers and published these on our corporate website, nextplc.co.uk. We have extended our NEXT Tier 1 list to include male/female worker split and whether there is a union or worker committee on site.

We are continuing our work to extend the visibility of our supply chain to include Tier 4 and 5 as well as TP Brands.

Responsible sourcing

Each stage of our supply chain has an environmental and social impact, from sourcing the materials through to post consumer use and disposal. The majority of the environmental impact lies in the fibre and fabric production stage. While we do not source raw materials directly, we work with our suppliers to ensure traceability where possible. This enables us to source products in ways which support their replenishment, respect human rights and protect natural habitats.

The main raw material fibres used in our products include cotton, polyester, manmade cellulosic fibres (such as viscose), and wool. Timber and leather are also significant raw materials for us. These materials can have wide-ranging environmental and social risks associated with their production and extraction, if not managed correctly.

Actions during the year

Maintained Brand Certification with Textile Exchange, to ensure traceable chain of custody of our certified products.
Joined the Traceable Better Cotton Programme to further enhance traceability of our cotton supply chain.
Continued to support teams with internal data tracking with live benchmarking and visibility by division showing progress against our fibre targets and priorities. Using this interactive Responsible Sourcing Progress dashboard, our Product teams have the ability to see their progress against targets. This enables teams to understand the impact of their sourcing decisions without waiting for a formal report.
Increased focus on sustainably sourced cotton, wool and manmade cellulosic fibres with revised targets to 2028 and 2030.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 94 31/03/2025 17:34

Environmental collaborative initiatives

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

human rights, employment and working conditions. Our contracts mean we can visit a supplier (even unannounced) to undertake an

We are continuing our work to extend the visibility of our supply

● Maintained Brand Certification with Textile Exchange, to ensure

● Joined the Traceable Better Cotton Programme to further

● Continued to support teams with internal data tracking with live benchmarking and visibility by division showing progress against our fibre targets and priorities. Using this interactive Responsible Sourcing Progress dashboard, our Product teams have the ability to see their progress against targets. This enables teams to understand the impact of their sourcing decisions without waiting

● Increased focus on sustainably sourced cotton, wool and manmade cellulosic fibres with revised targets to 2028 and 2030.

traceable chain of custody of our certified products.

enhance traceability of our cotton supply chain.

audit to ensure it is, and remains, compliant.

chain to include Tier 4 and 5 as well as TP Brands.

Responsible sourcing

Actions during the year

committee on site.

natural habitats.

correctly.

Actions during the year

for a formal report.

● Carried out over 2,400 audits. Of the audits conducted, 87% related to Tier 1 suppliers and 13% related to Tier 2 suppliers. ● Supported 33 factories to successfully remediate critical issues found. A further 38 sites are participating in an active

● Disengaged with 51 factories that refused to satisfactorily rectify their critical non-compliance with our COP Principle Standards. ● Carried out 70 audits for JoJo Maman Bébé, 94 for Reiss, 57 for Joules and 36 for Fatface as part of the roll out of the NEXT COP approach with our Total Platform partners. We expanded the global COP team to reflect these broader responsibilities.

Traceability and transparency of our suppliers' factories are an important part of NEXT's overall approach. Suppliers are categorised

● Tier 1 are suppliers' factories where bulk production of NEXT

● Tier 2 are factory sites declared and used by a Tier 1 supplier which include subcontractor locations that manufacture or process materials, components or parts of a finished product for

● Tier 3 suppliers are fabric and yarn suppliers who spin, knit,

Tier 1 and Tier 2 suppliers are contractually bound by our COP Principle Standards that apply to all their declared sites from which they operate and source. These standards cover workers' safety,

weave, dye and print to produce finished fabric. ● Tier 4 suppliers process the raw materials into a fibre.

● Tier 5 is where the raw materials are sourced.

against the Corrective Action Plan. Actions during the year During the year, the COP team:

remediation process.

Traceability

branded products takes place.

processing by a Tier 1 supplier.

into five tiers:

Solutions to reduce negative environmental and social impacts can really only be achieved with collaborative global actions. NEXT, along with other retailers, is involved in a number of initiatives to minimise these adverse impacts. These include:

Zero Discharge of Hazardous Chemicals (ZDHC) Roadmap to Zero	NEXT is a signatory to the ZDHC Roadmap to Zero programme which promotes industry-wide change in responsible chemical management in textile, leather and MMCF production processes (dyeing, printing and laundering of textiles, and tanning and dyeing of leather and viscose production - 'wet processors') to protect workers, customers and the environment. In the most recent year NEXT was ranked as 'Champion', the highest score available. NEXT has its own Restricted Substances Standards which ban or state the limits for harmful chemicals used in or during the manufacture of our products and also adopts the ZDHC Manufacturers Restricted Substance Standards for chemicals formulation. We work closely with our key fabric mills and wet processors to help them adopt the ZDHC tools and requirements in order to reduce and eliminate the discharge of hazardous chemicals from production processes into the environment.
Better Cotton (BC)	NEXT joined BC in 2017 and in 2024/25 sourced 69% (2023/24: 78%) of its cotton as Better Cotton. Our target is to source 100% of cotton from certified sources including BC, recycled or Certified Organic cotton by 2030. NEXT bans the use of cotton from Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan and the Xinjiang region of China in our textile products due to concerns over the mistreatment of the Uyghur people, child labour and working conditions in these territories.
Changing Markets Foundation's Roadmap Towards Responsible Viscose and Modal Fibre Manufacturing	This roadmap focuses on engaging with viscose production facilities and encouraging them to adopt best practices in order to minimise the effects of harmful chemicals used in the viscose manufacturing process. NEXT works with its viscose and modal manufacturers to help them adopt closed-loop production systems to ensure emissions controls and chemical recovery rates are in line with the EU Best Available Technique standards and the ZDHC Man-made Cellulosic Fibre (MMCF) Guidelines.
CanopyStyle	NEXT is working with Canopy through its CanopyStyle initiative to ensure wood based fabrics are responsibly sourced. By this we mean it is our Policy to use man-made cellulosic fibres from producers that have achieved Canopy Green Shirt rating. Canopy risk assess each fibre producer to ensure that they do not use cellulose from ancient and endangered forests, endangered species or illegal sources and that the rights and wishes of indigenous communities are respected.
Cascale (formerly Sustainable Apparel Coalition (SAC))	In 2021, NEXT joined the SAC, a global non-profit alliance of more than 250 members working together to reduce the environmental and social impacts of the apparel, footwear and textile supply chains. Cascale's work includes the development of the Higg Index, a suite of tools to measure environmental and social performance of suppliers in a standardised way. We encourage our suppliers to adopt the Higg Index which allows NEXT to monitor and improve standards at factory level. NEXT has rolled out the Higg Facility Environment Module to our supply chain.
Timber sourcing	We are preparing for the new EU Deforestation Regulation (EUDR) to be implemented from the end of 2025. Our internal EUDR Working Group is developing and deploying EUDR compliance policies and processes, including building a robust online system to enable us to track data in a compliant way. We will be reviewing our Timber Policy in 2025.
The Microfibre Consortium (TMC)	In 2018, NEXT joined TMC to collaborate on solutions to minimise microfibre release into the environment. NEXT provides resources from its in-house laboratory, to test fabrics and report fibre shedding results which are helping TMC to conduct in-depth analysis of industry data and work towards robust solutions in design, development, and manufacture.
Waste Resources Action Plan – The UK Plastics Pact	The UK Plastics Pact brings together businesses across the entire plastics supply chain, the UK Government and NGOs to tackle plastic waste. It is striving to create a circular economy for plastics, capturing their value by keeping them in the economy and out of the natural environment. Pact members are committed to eliminating problematic plastics, reducing the total amount of packaging and helping to build a stronger recycling system in the UK. NEXT has been an associate member since October 2020 and by the end of 2025 we aim to eliminate avoidable plastics in product packaging. We are also investigating opportunities to reduce packaging throughout our operations.
Waste Resources Action Plan – Textiles 2030	Textiles 2030 is a UK textile sector collaboration making rapid, science-based progress on circularity and climate action. Launched in April 2021, the voluntary agreement builds on the learning and success of the Sustainable Clothing Action Plan 2020 and has over 140 signatories across the retail, recycling and reuse sectors. As a founding signatory partner, by 2030 NEXT aims to reduce its combined greenhouse gas emissions by 50%, sufficient to limit global warming to 1.5o C in line with the UN trajectory to reduce climate change. We collectively also aim to reduce the water footprint of new products sold by 30%, and develop a clear pathway to improve the sustainability of textiles across their entire life cycle.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 95 31/03/2025 17:34

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

OUR CUSTOMERS AND PRODUCT

Our commitment

Our commitment is to offer beautifully designed, excellent quality clothing, homeware and beauty products that are well made, functional and safe, sourced responsibly and provide outstanding value to meet or exceed our customers' expectations.

Our approach

Understanding what our customers want is essential in the design and manufacture of our products. 'NEXT Loves to Listen' is our online survey and is available to every customer who collects an order or shops in our stores. We also conduct customer interviews and online surveys, accompanied store visits and run customer discussion groups. We have processes in place to monitor, evaluate and respond to customer feedback.

Continuing our journey to a circular economy

The circular economy is an economic system aimed at designing out waste and pollution and maximising the reuse and recycling of resources along the whole supply chain.

As part of our Responsible Sourcing Strategy, we recognise we must work to reduce the environmental impact of our business activities. This will be achieved by supporting the transition to a more circular economy by designing, producing and selling products which limit pollution and waste and help to keep materials in use for longer. Examples of our activities include:

With the launch of our new premium branded website 'Seasons' in late 2024, we created a new offering of 'pre-loved' designer handbags. These are authenticated and resold to our customers. We adhere to our animal welfare policies to ensure that introducing circular business models does not inadvertently create new demand: for example, for endangered or exotic animal skins.
We have a number of long-standing initiatives which keep products in use: we repair products in one of our UK Distribution Centres; we have staff shops to sell products not able to be sold in stores; we have take-back boxes for flexible plastics in our Head Office, and warehouses; and a mattress recycling programme and help for customers to donate unwanted furniture for reuse. We recognise there is much more to do and that collaboration across the industry is vital.

We are one of the founding signatories of WRAP's Textile 2030 initiative. Signatories have committed to a collaborative approach to accelerate progress towards a circular economy for textiles as well as working to reduce the climate impact of the industry. We will consider the impact our designs and product development can have on the environment and what positive choices we can make when developing our products, such as:

Product durability and longevity.
Responsibly sourced materials.

● Safe processing to protect workers and the environment.

The framework will provide a practical tool to support our Product teams and help to set future product category specific circular economy plans.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

We support charities and organisations that positively impact the countries in which we operate and source our products. This can be in the form of financial and product donations, or sharing our

Where possible, we support charities over a number of years with a specified annual donation as this commitment helps them to plan

Community Support through Gifts in

● As part of our target to divert waste from landfill we identify products that otherwise may have been disposed of and offer them to local charities and social enterprises for reuse and to create value for their missions. During the year we donated around 600 coats, hundreds of pairs of socks and shoes, swimwear and accessories like hats, gloves and scarves to schools and organisations that support families and children in low income areas around our Head Office in Leicestershire. We also donated clothing and toiletries to women's refugees and

● Established four new 'Together with NEXT' collaborations selling unique clothing and homeware items to raise funds for key

£000

2024 £000

● Made total NEXT charitable contributions of over £2.8m.

their work with confidence.

homeless charities. Actions during the year

charity partners.

Kind

We support a wide range of charities and organisations, working with them to provide donations that are of most benefit. In particular, we support organisations that have a positive impact on

● Reducing inequality: supporting the promotion of diversity, inclusion and human rights and preventing or relieving poverty. ● Health: advancement and promotion of health and supporting

● Education, skills and youth amateur sport: advancement of education, life and work skills and the development of youth

This support was supplemented by the following additional activities:

During the year, we provided financial support to registered charities totalling £1.29m (2024: £1.17m).

the monies raised are paid to the Government who use the proceeds to fund environmental projects.

²⁰²⁵

You can read more about our charitable work in our Corporate Responsibility Report on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk.

Gifts in kind – product donations 1,288 1,488 Charity-linked sales 207 164 Employee fundraising 29 29

The proceeds from the sale of our reusable carrier bags go to our nominated charities across England, Scotland and Wales. We support both environmental charities and health charities that focus on care for life-limited children, young people and their families. In Northern Ireland,

● Environment: environmental protection or improvement.

Our commitment

COMMUNITY

expertise, knowledge and time.

emergency care services.

amateur sports.

Our approach

the following areas:

Product safety and legislation compliance

Our product safety standards are based on a range of legislation and compliance requirements. Technologists in our Product teams work closely with our suppliers to provide expert guidance to ensure the right materials are chosen to manufacture high quality, durable products in factories with robust product safety processes. Suppliers to NEXT have direct access via our online Supplier Portal to our full range of technical manuals and quality, safety, ethical and responsible sourcing standards. Products are inspected on receipt into our UK warehouses by our quality assurance team to ensure they meet our required standards.

NEXT also works with our LABEL third-party brands to ensure all products offered for sale are safe for their intended use. Third-party brands need to demonstrate compliance with legislation as well as being able to show the product has been sourced from factories which are compliant with the ETI Base Code, NEXT's own COP Principle Standards and Responsible Sourcing Guidelines.

Chemical management

Many products contain chemicals in one form or another, most of them harmless. To make sure our products do not contain chemicals which could be harmful to our customers, the workers who make them, or the environment, we require our suppliers to adhere to our Restricted Substance Standards (RSS) which are part of our Chemical policy. The RSS bans or limits harmful chemicals used in the manufacture of our products. We also have a thorough due diligence programme in place to support compliance with the RSS. If products fail our requirements, they are removed from sale and may be recalled from customers.

Actions during the year

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 96 31/03/2025 17:34

Helped to research methods of monitoring and benchmarking materials' durability across the industry through our membership of Textile 2030 Durability group.
Achieved 'Champion Level' in the ZHDC Brands to Zero Leader Programme and met key milestones of the Roadmap to Zero Programme and fulfilled selected KPIs determined by ZDHC.

Governance

COMMUNITY

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

OUR CUSTOMERS AND PRODUCT

● Safe processing to protect workers and the environment.

economy plans.

Product safety and legislation compliance

they meet our required standards.

Chemical management

recalled from customers. Actions during the year

of Textile 2030 Durability group.

The framework will provide a practical tool to support our Product teams and help to set future product category specific circular

● Helped to research methods of monitoring and benchmarking materials' durability across the industry through our membership

● Achieved 'Champion Level' in the ZHDC Brands to Zero Leader Programme and met key milestones of the Roadmap to Zero Programme and fulfilled selected KPIs determined by ZDHC.

Principle Standards and Responsible Sourcing Guidelines.

Our commitment is to offer beautifully designed, excellent quality clothing, homeware and beauty products that are well made, functional and safe, sourced responsibly and provide outstanding

Continuing our journey to a circular

The circular economy is an economic system aimed at designing out waste and pollution and maximising the reuse and recycling of

● With the launch of our new premium branded website 'Seasons' in late 2024, we created a new offering of 'pre-loved' designer handbags. These are authenticated and resold to our customers. We adhere to our animal welfare policies to ensure that introducing circular business models does not inadvertently create new demand: for example, for endangered or exotic

● We have a number of long-standing initiatives which keep products in use: we repair products in one of our UK Distribution Centres; we have staff shops to sell products not able to be sold in stores; we have take-back boxes for flexible plastics in our Head Office, and warehouses; and a mattress recycling programme and help for customers to donate unwanted furniture for reuse. We recognise there is much more to do and that collaboration across

value to meet or exceed our customers' expectations.

Our commitment

Our approach

respond to customer feedback.

resources along the whole supply chain.

Examples of our activities include:

animal skins.

the industry is vital.

developing our products, such as: ● Product durability and longevity. ● Responsibly sourced materials.

economy

Our commitment

We support charities and organisations that positively impact the countries in which we operate and source our products. This can be in the form of financial and product donations, or sharing our expertise, knowledge and time.

Our approach

We support a wide range of charities and organisations, working with them to provide donations that are of most benefit. In particular, we support organisations that have a positive impact on the following areas:

Environment: environmental protection or improvement.
Reducing inequality: supporting the promotion of diversity, inclusion and human rights and preventing or relieving poverty.
Health: advancement and promotion of health and supporting emergency care services.
Education, skills and youth amateur sport: advancement of education, life and work skills and the development of youth amateur sports.

Where possible, we support charities over a number of years with a specified annual donation as this commitment helps them to plan their work with confidence.

Community Support through Gifts in Kind

Actions during the year

Established four new 'Together with NEXT' collaborations selling unique clothing and homeware items to raise funds for key charity partners.
Made total NEXT charitable contributions of over £2.8m.

During the year, we provided financial support to registered charities totalling £1.29m (2024: £1.17m).

This support was supplemented by the following additional activities:

	2025	2024
	£000	£000
Gifts in kind – product donations	1,288	1,488
Charity-linked sales	207	164
Employee fundraising	29	29

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 97 31/03/2025 17:34

You can read more about our charitable work in our Corporate Responsibility Report on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

HUMAN RIGHTS AND MODERN SLAVERY

Our commitment

We will not tolerate any instance of modern slavery in our business or in our supply chain.

Our approach

Respect for human rights is a cornerstone of any responsible business. The violation of human rights in our operations is unacceptable and we deal firmly with any infringements identified in our supply chain.

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

● Implement the Protect, Respect and Remedy framework of the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. ● Use the United Nations Guiding Principles Reporting Framework to help us identify and manage the risk of harm associated with unsatisfactory working conditions, discrimination, modern slavery, human trafficking and forced or bonded labour, particularly to the most vulnerable and exploited, such as women

Freedom of Association (FoA)

ways of working on FoA challenges.

include:

Gender Empowerment Programme

● 71 beneficiaries of literacy workshops ● 52 beneficiaries of legal rights training

● 42 beneficiaries of financial literacy workshops

additional educational support via tutoring.

During the year, our COP team investigated claims that FoA rights were not being adhered to in six Turkish factories. We collaborated with other brands using the same suppliers to investigate the claims and agree next steps. To help us get better at managing such issues, we developed a decision making flowchart which was reviewed for robustness by an industrial relations expert through our membership of the ETI, a coalition improving the lives of workers who make consumer goods. We also developed a new policy on FoA with the ETI team which surpasses the requirements set out in our Code of Practice and Auditing Standards. Additionally, a joint supplier conference was held in Turkey with another retailer to outline expectations and

Since 2023, together with BCC, a local NGO, we have been delivering an innovative gender empowerment programme in three supplier factories in Morocco. After positive feedback, courses evolved to include soft skills training, legal literacy and financial literacy. Most popular were literacy courses. Enabling women to read and write for the first time enhances the quality of their everyday lives, such as being able to read mobile phone messages and support their children's homework. Highlights

● 57 children of female factory workers benefited from

● Uphold internationally recognised human rights principles, including those encompassed in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International Labour Organisation's Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work. More information on our salient risks is available at nextplc.co.uk/

The standards expected of our suppliers which are integral to our ethical trading are clearly set out in our COP Principle Standards and Auditing Standards, further details of which can be found on pages 93 to 94 and our corporate website at

Our COP programme is based on the Ethical Trading Initiative (ETI) Base Code and International Labour Organisation Conventions.

Our global teams were able to monitor supply chain issues and work with suppliers and factories to ensure that our standards were met. Collaboration and partnering is key to achieving change. Our in-country COP teams have direct links with locally based representatives of NGOs and trade unions. This helps to broaden our understanding of root causes and solutions. Activities during the

● Following successful trials in Pakistan, India and Myanmar, we continued to expand the implementation of grievance mechanisms including TIMBY (This is My Back Yard) App, to provide channels for workers to raise concerns. New territories for 2024 include UAE, Morocco, Turkey, Vietnam, Cambodia and

● We have carried out in-person supplier presentations in Morocco, Sri Lanka, Vietnam, Cambodia, China and the UK. We will continue this approach of contact with our suppliers in-country

● We held 21 one-to-one meetings with our top suppliers to discuss common supply chain issues and agree collaborative solutions. This was an opportunity for open dialogue to remind suppliers of our ethical standards and expectations. We also discussed the tools we have available to support suppliers and factories in

● Establishing a flagship Gender Empowerment Programme in Morocco, Bangladesh and Turkey. Work in Morocco has already commenced with our partner NGO including baseline

nextplc.co.uk/corporate-responsibility/code-of-practice.

In our work on human rights, we:

and children.

corporate-responsibility.

Code of Practice

Actions during the year

year included:

Sri Lanka.

throughout 2025.

assessments.

maintaining those standards.

Human rights abuse and modern slavery are complex issues which can take many forms. To help us prioritise our efforts, we focus on our salient human rights – those human rights that stand out because they are at risk of the most severe negative impact through our activities or business relationships. We identify our salient human rights taking into account the severity and scale of the risk and how difficult it would be for us to put right any harm, as set out in the UN Guiding Principles Reporting Framework.

The key human rights are:

Salient issue	Why it is important to NEXT
Freedom of association	In a number of countries that we source from, the freedom to join an independent trade union is restricted by law or is not recognised by management attitudes and practices. This restricts the ability for workers to have a voice within their place of work.
Health & Safety	Fire and industrial accidents are a risk within our extended supply chain, impacted by the quality and management of building design and structure, fire prevention, machinery, chemicals and abrasives.
Children's rights	Use of child labour is a risk in some areas of our supply chain. As part of new supplier inductions, we carry out training on child labour risks and explain our approach to managing any cases, our Child Labour Policy and supplier guidelines, to ensure we help to minimise the risk of child labour within our extended supply chain.
Modern slavery	Some of our sourcing countries hire migrant workers from overseas and such workers can be vulnerable to the risks of exploitation, such as forced labour or retention of wages by employers.
Wage levels	All workers in our supply chain should be entitled to fair wages for the work they do.
Harassment and discrimination	Women represent the majority of workers in our supply chain. In many countries, the risk of discrimination against women is significant in relation to equal opportunities, age or marital status.
Water, sanitation and health	We source products from places which frequently encounter periods of water scarcity. This can lead to an increased risk that communities may not have access to clean, safe water.
	Our extended supply chain includes operations such as laundries, mills, dye houses and tanneries; these facilities carry a particularly high risk of water contamination where untreated effluent can be discharged into rivers used by local communities.
Working hours	We rely on the workforce of our suppliers to meet order requirements, and those workers want to work to earn money. These factors can lead to excessive working hours that can impact workers' wellbeing.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 98 31/03/2025 17:34

<-- PDF CHUNK SEPARATOR -->

In our work on human rights, we:

CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

We will not tolerate any instance of modern slavery in our business

Salient issue Why it is important to NEXT

chain.

Our commitment

or in our supply chain.

The key human rights are:

Harassment and discrimination

HUMAN RIGHTS AND MODERN SLAVERY

Our approach

by law or is not recognised by management attitudes and practices. This restricts the ability for workers to

out training on child labour risks and explain our approach to managing any cases, our Child Labour Policy and supplier guidelines, to ensure we help to minimise the risk of child labour within our extended supply

Women represent the majority of workers in our supply chain. In many countries, the risk of discrimination

Our extended supply chain includes operations such as laundries, mills, dye houses and tanneries; these facilities carry a particularly high risk of water contamination where untreated effluent can be discharged

earn money. These factors can lead to excessive working hours that can impact workers' wellbeing.

management of building design and structure, fire prevention, machinery, chemicals and abrasives.

our supply chain.

Freedom of association In a number of countries that we source from, the freedom to join an independent trade union is restricted

Health & Safety Fire and industrial accidents are a risk within our extended supply chain, impacted by the quality and

Children's rights Use of child labour is a risk in some areas of our supply chain. As part of new supplier inductions, we carry

Modern slavery Some of our sourcing countries hire migrant workers from overseas and such workers can be vulnerable to the risks of exploitation, such as forced labour or retention of wages by employers.

Water, sanitation and health We source products from places which frequently encounter periods of water scarcity. This can lead to an increased risk that communities may not have access to clean, safe water.

Working hours We rely on the workforce of our suppliers to meet order requirements, and those workers want to work to

against women is significant in relation to equal opportunities, age or marital status.

Wage levels All workers in our supply chain should be entitled to fair wages for the work they do.

into rivers used by local communities.

have a voice within their place of work.

Respect for human rights is a cornerstone of any responsible business. The violation of human rights in our operations is unacceptable and we deal firmly with any infringements identified in

in the UN Guiding Principles Reporting Framework.

Implement the Protect, Respect and Remedy framework of the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.
Use the United Nations Guiding Principles Reporting Framework to help us identify and manage the risk of harm associated with unsatisfactory working conditions, discrimination, modern slavery, human trafficking and forced or bonded labour, particularly to the most vulnerable and exploited, such as women and children.
Uphold internationally recognised human rights principles, including those encompassed in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International Labour Organisation's Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work.

More information on our salient risks is available at nextplc.co.uk/ corporate-responsibility.

Code of Practice

Our COP programme is based on the Ethical Trading Initiative (ETI) Base Code and International Labour Organisation Conventions.

Actions during the year

Our global teams were able to monitor supply chain issues and work with suppliers and factories to ensure that our standards were met.

Collaboration and partnering is key to achieving change. Our in-country COP teams have direct links with locally based representatives of NGOs and trade unions. This helps to broaden our understanding of root causes and solutions. Activities during the year included:

Following successful trials in Pakistan, India and Myanmar, we continued to expand the implementation of grievance mechanisms including TIMBY (This is My Back Yard) App, to provide channels for workers to raise concerns. New territories for 2024 include UAE, Morocco, Turkey, Vietnam, Cambodia and Sri Lanka.
We have carried out in-person supplier presentations in Morocco, Sri Lanka, Vietnam, Cambodia, China and the UK. We will continue this approach of contact with our suppliers in-country throughout 2025.
We held 21 one-to-one meetings with our top suppliers to discuss common supply chain issues and agree collaborative solutions. This was an opportunity for open dialogue to remind suppliers of our ethical standards and expectations. We also discussed the tools we have available to support suppliers and factories in maintaining those standards.
Establishing a flagship Gender Empowerment Programme in Morocco, Bangladesh and Turkey. Work in Morocco has already commenced with our partner NGO including baseline assessments.

Freedom of Association (FoA)

Gender Empowerment Programme

71 beneficiaries of literacy workshops
52 beneficiaries of legal rights training

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 99 31/03/2025 17:34

42 beneficiaries of financial literacy workshops
57 children of female factory workers benefited from additional educational support via tutoring.

SECTION 172 STATEMENT

This section describes how we have engaged with and considered the interests of our key stakeholders when exercising our duty to promote the success of the Company under section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006. The principles underpinning section 172 are not only considered at Board level, they are embedded throughout NEXT. Sometimes decisions must be made based on competing priorities of stakeholders. We describe below how the Board seeks to understand what matters to stakeholders and carefully considers all the relevant factors when selecting the appropriate course of action.

Our stakeholders

Our key stakeholder groups are set out below, with an explanation of why we have identified each as key to NEXT's business. Our many and varied engagement processes help lead us to a better understanding of what matters to our stakeholders. Their views and needs, as well as the consequences of any decision in the long term, are then considered in the business decisions made by the Board and across the entire Company, at all levels. We do this through various methods, including: direct engagement by Board members; receiving reports and updates from members of management who engage with various stakeholders; and coverage in our Board papers of relevant stakeholder interests concerning proposed plans.

Our workforce - see page 100 to 101

The strength of our business is built on the hard work and dedication of all of NEXT's people. We also consider the interests of former employees who are members of a Group pension scheme we explore this further in the case study on page 101.

Our colleagues rely on us to provide stable employment and opportunities to realise their potential in a working environment where they can be at their best.

Communities and the wider public expect us to act as a responsible company and neighbour, and to minimise any adverse impact we might have on local communities and the environment.

Investors - see page 103

We rely on our shareholders and providers of debt funding as essential sources of capital to further our business objectives.

They rely on us to protect and manage their investments in a responsible and sustainable way that generates value for them.

Customers - see page 102

SECTION 172 STATEMENT

providing additional support to management to enable them to respond to comments.

Agreed actions from matters raised in 2024 included:

Employee engagement surveys

well as the initiatives planned to address the matters raised.

safety risk management and mental health wellbeing initiatives.

2024, the scheme was closed to future service accrual.

Case study: pension 'buy-in'

Stakeholder groups considered Workforce; Investors; Regulators.

and regulators in our financial statements.

Continuous performance management and feedback

Meetings.

teams.

Context

Decision taken

Outcome

insurance company.

division of the business. These meetings offer our employees the chance to voice their opinions on the issues that are important to them. Following discussion on the key issues in different parts of the business, actions were agreed and feedback was reviewed by the Board.

Our Business Review Meetings were supplemented by Your Team Voice meetings which take place regularly throughout the year. Each business function and area has a nominated Your Team Voice representative, and employees can submit questions to Business Review Meetings via Your Team Voice meetings. One purpose of Your Team Voice meetings is to agree initiatives coming out of the Business Review

Our Group wide employee engagement survey, 'Your Voice Counts', spans the majority of our business. The survey, conducted anonymously using a third-party tool, was sent to approximately 43,000 employees and response rates at 78% were improved from the year before. The overall engagement score for the whole NEXT Group was marginally higher than the prior year. Employees believe that our main strengths as a Group are recognition for performance and championing equality and health. Wellbeing remains an area of focus for our people and we encourage our managers to make it an every day part of their role, through promotions and campaigns as well as access to our wellbeing intranet site, which hosts a whole range of support and resources for all NEXT colleagues. The Board considered the results of the survey as

Our online performance and development tool provides a forum for positive and constructive feedback by individuals, peers and managers. Our HR Director attended a meeting of the Board to brief the directors on employee-related matters, including workforce demographics, engagement activities, the results of employee engagement surveys, staff retention rates, diversity, whistleblowing, disciplinary and grievance procedures, learning and development activity, pay and reward including gender pay gap and HR initiatives. With a focus on developing great people, senior management attended workshops in 2024 aimed at maximising performance to bring out the best in their

The Board considers that, taken together, these arrangements deliver an effective means of ensuring the Board stays alert to the views of the workforce. With regard to health, safety and wellbeing, during the year the Audit Committee received an update on safety performance,

Our defined benefit pension scheme was closed to new members in the year ended January 2001. In January 2024, the Pension Scheme Trustees, with the Company's support, purchased an insurance policy to safeguard all future DB pension payments (a 'buy-in'). In March

The Board approved the closure of the pension scheme. The decision-making process included monitoring the member consultation process to ensure the engagement with colleagues was considered fully, including union engagement. The consultation process included presentations and drop-in sessions, providing details of personal illustrations, which were all designed to engage with members and ensure transparency, clarity and that we reached an appropriate decision. Following consultation feedback, we made some changes to the original proposal to enhance death in service benefits - an important aspect to members. The Audit Committee also provided support by reviewing the accounting treatment of the exceptional non-cash cost arising, culminating in a full and transparent disclosure for investors

Through the consideration of multiple stakeholder groups, the Board has taken a decision which provides greater security for scheme members, through an insurance-backed pension, and greater certainty for the Company as it passes the obligation to fund the plan to the

● Further training on handling challenging customers safely and increasing the visibility and impact of our 'Respect in Retail' initiative. ● Reviewing the questions of the employee engagement survey to elicit responses to which management can take action, as well as

Our customers are the reason we exist. It is essential to our future that we can consistently and continuously design and offer attractive, stylish products of high quality to new and existing customers at an accessible price. In doing so, we build our brand value Communities - see page 102 and customer loyalty.

Suppliers - see page 102

We rely on our suppliers to make and distribute our products, provide the real estate through which we store, sell and display our products, and provide essential services we need to operate our business.

Our suppliers rely on us to generate revenue and employment for them.

Regulators - see page 102

We seek to enjoy a constructive and cooperative relationship with the bodies that authorise and regulate our business activities. They expect us to comply with applicable laws, regulations and licence conditions. This helps us maintain a reputation for high standards of business conduct.

Our workforce

Our current executive directors have a combined service of over 120 years in the NEXT Group. This gives them extensive knowledge of the business as well as an acute insight into the mood, culture and views of their colleagues. All of our executive directors have a high degree of personal oversight and engagement in the business. This is complemented by active engagement between our colleagues and non-executive directors and regular workforce updates to the Board, ensuring a well rounded view of the workforce. The Board also engages in the following ways:

Annual Business Review Meetings, described further on pages 100 to 101.
Reviewing the output of employee engagement surveys and agreeing follow up actions.
Presentations on performance and business priorities from the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer to our workforce following the announcements of our key trading results. Where possible, the directors present to the business in person, but a video link is sent to remote employees.
Visits to stores and warehouses, providing an opportunity to meet a wide range of our workforce.
Online performance, development and feedback tools.

Business Review Meetings

Our Business Review Meetings form the workforce advisory panels as referred to in the UK Corporate Governance Code and focus on specific business outputs such as efficiencies and ideas to improve engagement. Dame Tristia Harrison and Venetia Butterfield, two of our non-executive directors, attended the meetings along with the Chief Executive, our HR Director and workforce representatives for each

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 100 31/03/2025 17:34

Further training on handling challenging customers safely and increasing the visibility and impact of our 'Respect in Retail' initiative.
Reviewing the questions of the employee engagement survey to elicit responses to which management can take action, as well as providing additional support to management to enable them to respond to comments.

Employee engagement surveys

Continuous performance management and feedback

Case study: pension 'buy-in'

Context

SECTION 172 STATEMENT

factors when selecting the appropriate course of action.

Our workforce - see page 100 to 101

Communities and the wider public expect us to act as a responsible company and neighbour, and to minimise any adverse impact we might have on local communities and the

Regulators - see page 102

Our workforce

remote employees.

Business Review Meetings

following ways:

we explore this further in the case study on page 101.

potential in a working environment where they can be at their best.

The strength of our business is built on the hard work and dedication of all of NEXT's people. We also consider the interests of former employees who are members of a Group pension scheme -

Our colleagues rely on us to provide stable employment and opportunities to realise their

● Annual Business Review Meetings, described further on pages 100 to 101.

● Online performance, development and feedback tools.

● Reviewing the output of employee engagement surveys and agreeing follow up actions.

● Visits to stores and warehouses, providing an opportunity to meet a wide range of our workforce.

Our stakeholders

concerning proposed plans.

environment.

doing so, we build our brand value Communities - see page 102 and customer loyalty.

way that generates value for them.

● Presentations on performance and business priorities from the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer to our workforce following the announcements of our key trading results. Where possible, the directors present to the business in person, but a video link is sent to

We rely on our shareholders and providers of debt funding as essential sources of capital to further our business objectives.

They rely on us to protect and manage their investments in a responsible and sustainable

Investors - see page 103

Customers - see page 102 Our customers are the reason we exist. It is essential to our future that we can consistently and continuously design and offer attractive, stylish products of high quality to new and existing customers at an accessible price. In

Suppliers - see page 102 We rely on our suppliers to make and distribute our products, provide the real estate through which we store, sell and display our products, and provide essential services we need to operate our business.

Our suppliers rely on us to generate revenue and employment for them.

Stakeholder groups considered

Workforce; Investors; Regulators.

Decision taken

Outcome

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 101 31/03/2025 17:34

SECTION 172 STATEMENT

Our relationships with suppliers, customers and others

Suppliers

Throughout the year the Board approved major contract renegotiations and strategy with key suppliers, notably with the Group's lenders for the revolving credit facility, providers of warehouse services and certain landlords. We balanced the benefits of maintaining strong partnerships with key suppliers alongside the need to obtain value for money for our investors and excellent quality and service for our customers. Further details on how we engage with our suppliers can be found on pages 93 to 94.

SECTION 172 STATEMENT

any unfair advantage or position compared to shareholders as a whole.

During 2024 we engaged with investors on a range of topics including:

● Changes to executive remuneration - see page 127 for further details.

The Board receives regular information on investor views through a number of different channels:

● Shareholder feedback reports and statements made by representative associations.

The interests of investors were considered as part of the Board's decisions throughout the year.

● Reports from the Chairman and other non-executive directors who have direct dialogue with shareholders.

The most prevalent example of this is in the Board's decisions with regard to capital allocation. The Board balances:

● The environment, sustainability and responsible sourcing. ● Company performance against its business objectives.

● Major Shareholders are invited to the full and half-year results presentations.

● Roadshows and conferences with institutional investors.

● Regular calls and meetings between shareholders and the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer.

The Company has just one class of share in issue and so all shareholders benefit from the same rights. The Board does not take any decisions or actions, such as selectively disclosing confidential or inside information, that would provide any shareholder or group of shareholders with

● Meetings and calls between major shareholders and the Chairman and Remuneration Committee Chairman on governance and

● Regular communication with institutional investors by the Company Secretary and senior management, particularly on Environmental,

● The Group's corporate broker provides written feedback on market reaction and investor views after full and half-year results

All shareholders have an opportunity to ask questions or represent their views formally to the Board at the AGM, or with directors after the

Within the fast-moving fashion retail sector, the operational cycle is short and has become even shorter within recent years. Despite this, we are mindful that our strategic decisions can have long term implications for the business and its stakeholders and these implications are

● The expectations of long term investors on dividends and the return of capital to shareholders via the share buyback programme; with ● The increased need for capital expenditure on warehouses, systems, stores, and our Total Platform investments to support the growth of

Investors

● AGM.

meeting.

carefully assessed.

the business.

How the Board engages:

remuneration matters.

Social and Governance matters.

Shareholder engagement

● Human rights and ethical trading.

● Workforce pay matters.

● Governance including Board composition.

announcements and investor roadshows.

● Analyst/broker reports and views.

Long term decisions

Customers

As a large retail business, the sentiment of customers can be seen in the Company's underlying sales performance figures, which the Board reviews regularly. The executive directors provide updates to the Board on their perceptions and the market view of consumer sentiment. The interests of customers are considered in key decisions, e.g. relating to: store portfolio changes; selection of product lines including third-party brands; selection and monitoring of suppliers to ensure quality and safety standards are met; freight and logistics arrangements to maximise efficiencies from order to delivery; the availability of customer credit products; and the development of the NEXT Online platform. With the interests of customers in mind, during the year the Board reviewed proposals in respect of capital expenditure on warehouses, major freight forwarding and customer order delivery contracts.

Regulators

The business is subject to a wide range of regulations. Of particular note is our Finance business which is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in respect of the provision of consumer credit. As a responsible authorised company, we seek always to co-operate and engage constructively with the FCA and meet its standards. The Audit Committee exercises independent oversight over the regulated Finance business that includes updates on matters under discussion with the FCA.

During the year we engaged with the FCA in relation to monthly 'cost of living' returns and other periodic returns including financial resilience and performance and complaint handling. We have responded positively to the Financial Ombudsman Service's annual plans and budget consultation in relation to the proposal to levy a charge on professional representatives.

NEXT manages its tax affairs responsibly and proactively to comply with tax legislation. The Company's approach is to seek to build solid and constructive working relationships with all tax authorities. NEXT's UK tax policy can be found at nextplc.co.uk and was reviewed and approved by the Board during the year. This policy includes that the Company engages with HMRC constructively, honestly and in a timely and professional manner, and seeks to resolve disputed matters through active and transparent engagement. Engagement with HMRC is led by the Company's in-house tax team of qualified tax professionals. The Chief Financial Officer provides regular updates to the Board on tax matters.

Debt capital/credit facility providers and credit reference agencies

The Chief Financial Officer and the Company's Treasury team are responsible for managing the relationships with our banks, bond investors and credit rating agencies, and the management of the Group's cash/debt and financing activities. The Chief Financial Officer provides regular reports to the Board on these activities including the Company's access to liquidity, monitoring the headroom and maturity schedules of our primary credit facilities and future financing plans. The Board approves the Company's Treasury Policy annually.

Our impact on the community and the environment

We have a number of targets and initiatives aimed at reducing any adverse impact of our business on the environment and the communities in which we operate. How we engage with these communities is set out in more detail on page 97 of our Corporate Responsibility Report.

Doing the right thing - maintaining high standards of business conduct

Corporate governance

We have a robust corporate governance framework in place, details of which are set out in our Corporate Governance Report on pages 111 to 117. The Board receives regular updates on changes to the external corporate governance landscape.

Ethical trading and responsible sourcing

The Audit Committee exercises strong oversight over the Group's activities in these areas including reviewing the work of the Code of Practice team and receiving regular updates on Environmental, Social and Governance issues. It reports to the Board on these topics as appropriate. For further details on our approach to ethical trading and responsible sourcing, please see pages 93 to 94 as well as our Corporate Responsibility Report which is available on our corporate website.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 102 31/03/2025 17:34

Investors

SECTION 172 STATEMENT

Suppliers

Customers

Regulators

matters.

Corporate governance

Ethical trading and responsible sourcing

Corporate Responsibility Report which is available on our corporate website.

Our relationships with suppliers, customers and others

customers. Further details on how we engage with our suppliers can be found on pages 93 to 94.

warehouses, major freight forwarding and customer order delivery contracts.

regulated Finance business that includes updates on matters under discussion with the FCA.

budget consultation in relation to the proposal to levy a charge on professional representatives.

Debt capital/credit facility providers and credit reference agencies

Our impact on the community and the environment

We have a robust corporate governance framework in place, details of which are set out in our Corporate Governance Report on pages 111

of our primary credit facilities and future financing plans. The Board approves the Company's Treasury Policy annually.

Doing the right thing - maintaining high standards of business conduct

to 117. The Board receives regular updates on changes to the external corporate governance landscape.

How the Board engages:

Regular calls and meetings between shareholders and the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer.
Roadshows and conferences with institutional investors.
Major Shareholders are invited to the full and half-year results presentations.
Meetings and calls between major shareholders and the Chairman and Remuneration Committee Chairman on governance and remuneration matters.
Regular communication with institutional investors by the Company Secretary and senior management, particularly on Environmental, Social and Governance matters.
AGM.

Shareholder engagement

During 2024 we engaged with investors on a range of topics including:

Governance including Board composition.
Human rights and ethical trading.
The environment, sustainability and responsible sourcing.
Company performance against its business objectives.
Workforce pay matters.
Changes to executive remuneration see page 127 for further details.

The Board receives regular information on investor views through a number of different channels:

The Group's corporate broker provides written feedback on market reaction and investor views after full and half-year results announcements and investor roadshows.
Reports from the Chairman and other non-executive directors who have direct dialogue with shareholders.
Analyst/broker reports and views.
Shareholder feedback reports and statements made by representative associations.

All shareholders have an opportunity to ask questions or represent their views formally to the Board at the AGM, or with directors after the meeting.

The interests of investors were considered as part of the Board's decisions throughout the year.

Long term decisions

The most prevalent example of this is in the Board's decisions with regard to capital allocation. The Board balances:

The expectations of long term investors on dividends and the return of capital to shareholders via the share buyback programme; with
The increased need for capital expenditure on warehouses, systems, stores, and our Total Platform investments to support the growth of the business.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 103 31/03/2025 17:34

NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT

In accordance with sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006, the following tables summarise where you can find further non-financial and sustainability information in our reporting.

Our policies Our impact and related Principal Risks Page reference

Further information regarding our employees, social, community, human rights and environmental matters is provided in our Corporate

Risk Management – describe how the organisation identifies, assesses and manages climate-related risks ● ⁸⁸

Details of our climate-related financial disclosures can be found on the pages of this Report as signposted below.

Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long term

Metrics and Targets – metrics and targets used to assess and manage climate-related risks and opportunities

● Our Audit Committee oversees our whistleblowing procedures and receives updates on anti-bribery and awareness. ● Our 'Key suppliers and supply chain management' Principal Risk considers the training of employees and communications with suppliers regarding our expectations

● 125 ● 73

● 64 to 65

● 102

● 71 ● 76 ● 84 to 85

● 71 ● 76 ● 72 and 88 ● 85

● 71 ● 85 ● 85 to 87

● 80 to 81 ● 88 to 89 ● 89 ● 90

● 80 to 90 and 97

in relation to anti-bribery and

● We describe our Business Model in full

● Our Section 172 statement sets out how we have regard to our impact on the community and environment. ● Our approach to 'Environment', 'Our People' and 'Community' is explained further in our Corporate Responsibility

anti-corruption.

within this report.

section.

Anti-bribery and anti-corruption

possible improprieties on a confidential basis.

stakeholders in a responsible way.

(a) Governance arrangements

Legal, regulatory and ethical standards compliance

Legal, regulatory and ethical standards compliance Assessment of principal risks and uncertainties

matters.

Business model

Non-financial KPIs

Net Zero.

Climate Risk

On behalf of the Board

Jonathan Blanchard Chief Financial Officer 27 March 2025

Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy*: this formalises our zero tolerance approach to combat the risks of bribery and corruption by our companies, employees, agents or third parties acting on our behalf. Our employees receive training on anti-bribery

Whistleblowing Policy: The Company's whistleblowing policy and procedures ensure that employees, suppliers and other third parties are able to raise concerns about

Our Business Model includes non-financial inputs and outputs and creates value for our

We continue to evolve a lower-carbon business model, have updated our Responsible Sourcing Approach and are continuing the groundwork to setting our Transition Plan to

* The policies highlighted are available to view on our corporate website.

(b) & (c) Risks and opportunities and risk management process

(e) & (f) Impacts on business model and strategy and resilience

Greenhouse gas emissions – SECR and Carbon footprint – including Scope 3

Strategy – impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities

(g) & (h) Targets and key performance indicators

Strategy towards achieving a lower carbon business model Transition Plan to Net Zero and Packaging and recycling

(d) Principal climate-related risks and opportunities and time periods

Responsibility Report available on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk.

Governance – Disclose the organisation's governance around climate-related risks and opportunities

Our policies	Our impact and related Principal Risks	Page reference
Environmental matters
Environment Policy: we recognise that we have a responsibility and an obligation to work to reduce the direct impact of our business operations on the natural environment, both now and in the future.	● More information can be found in 'Our Principles' and 'Environment'. ● Our 'Principal Risks' discusses our	● 79 and 80 ● 71 and 76
Timber Sourcing and Protecting Forests Through Fabric Choices Policies*: we aim to reduce our impact and to increase social and environmental benefits by using only responsibly sourced timber and paper. This includes ensuring man made cellulosic fabrics used in the products we sell which come from timber are responsibly sourced.	approach to environmental and climate change risks.
Cotton Sourcing Policy*: we aim to reduce the social and environmental impacts of the main raw materials used in our products by, among other things, sourcing cotton fibre cultivated in a more sustainable way than conventional cotton.
Chemical Policy*: we ensure that all products manufactured for NEXT meet the strictest legal requirements or eliminate specific chemicals of concern.
Animal Welfare Policy*: we are committed to sourcing products responsibly and to working towards improving animal welfare in relation to the animal derived components used in our products.
Employees
Our colleagues are integral to our success. Their safety and wellbeing is always our top priority.	● Our commitment and approach to our people is detailed further in 'Corporate Responsibility'.	● 91 and 92 on Equal
Staff Handbook: our handbook sets out expectations of our people to create an environment where people have the skills and confidence to positively influence the business and contribute to their full potential. It includes our company HR policies for consistency and ease of reference.		Opportunities
Diversity and Inclusion Policy: we are dedicated to supporting diversity and encouraging an inclusive culture. Our business is about people and being an employer for everyone in an environment where people feel respected, valued, able to fulfil their potential and be their very best.
Health and Safety Policy Statement*: we are committed to minimising the risk of injury or ill health to our employees and anyone who may be affected by our actions.
Social matters
It is a key priority for us to ensure we trade ethically, source responsibly and work to assure the safety and human rights of the workers within our produce and services suppliers' global operation.	● More information can be found in 'Our Principles' and 'Environment'. ● Our 'Principal Risks' explain how we consider 'Key suppliers and supply chain	● 79 and 80 ● 73 and 76
Code of Practice Principle Standards*: this is our ethical trading programme and forms an integral part of our business. It was first developed and implemented in 1998. We became a member of the Ethical Trading Initiative in 2022 and our Principle Standards are aligned to the ETI Base Code.	management' and 'Legal, regulatory and ethical standards compliance'.
Human rights
Respect for human rights is a cornerstone of a responsible business. The violation of human rights in our operations is unacceptable and we deal firmly with any infringement identified in our supply chain.	● Our approach to human rights is detailed further in 'Corporate Responsibility'. ● Our Audit Committee oversees and receives updates on modern slavery	● 98 ● 73
Human Rights and Modern Slavery Policy*: we ensure we trade ethically, source responsibly and work to prevent modern slavery and human trafficking throughout our organisation and in our supply chain.	training and awareness. ● Our 'Key suppliers and supply chain management' Principal Risk considers the training of employees and communications with suppliers regarding our expectations in relation to human rights and modern slavery.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 104 31/03/2025 17:34

NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY

In accordance with sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006, the following tables summarise where you can find further

Our policies Our impact and related Principal Risks Page reference

● More information can be found in 'Our Principles' and 'Environment'. ● Our 'Principal Risks' discusses our approach to environmental and climate

● Our commitment and approach to our people is detailed further in 'Corporate

● More information can be found in 'Our Principles' and 'Environment'. ● Our 'Principal Risks' explain how we consider 'Key suppliers and supply chain management' and 'Legal, regulatory and ethical standards compliance'.

● Our approach to human rights is detailed further in 'Corporate Responsibility'. ● Our Audit Committee oversees and receives updates on modern slavery

training and awareness. ● Our 'Key suppliers and supply chain management' Principal Risk considers the training of employees and communications with suppliers regarding our expectations in relation to human rights and modern

slavery.

Responsibility'.

● 79 and 80 ● 71 and 76

● 91 and 92 on Equal Opportunities

● 79 and 80 ● 73 and 76

● 98 ● 73

change risks.

INFORMATION STATEMENT

Environment Policy: we recognise that we have a responsibility and an obligation to work to reduce the direct impact of our business operations on the natural

Timber Sourcing and Protecting Forests Through Fabric Choices Policies*: we aim to reduce our impact and to increase social and environmental benefits by using only responsibly sourced timber and paper. This includes ensuring man made cellulosic fabrics used in the products we sell which come from timber are responsibly sourced.

Cotton Sourcing Policy*: we aim to reduce the social and environmental impacts of the main raw materials used in our products by, among other things, sourcing cotton fibre

Chemical Policy*: we ensure that all products manufactured for NEXT meet the strictest

Animal Welfare Policy*: we are committed to sourcing products responsibly and to working towards improving animal welfare in relation to the animal derived

Our colleagues are integral to our success. Their safety and wellbeing is always our top

Staff Handbook: our handbook sets out expectations of our people to create an environment where people have the skills and confidence to positively influence the business and contribute to their full potential. It includes our company HR policies for

Diversity and Inclusion Policy: we are dedicated to supporting diversity and encouraging an inclusive culture. Our business is about people and being an employer for everyone in an environment where people feel respected, valued, able to fulfil their

Health and Safety Policy Statement*: we are committed to minimising the risk of injury or ill health to our employees and anyone who may be affected by our actions.

It is a key priority for us to ensure we trade ethically, source responsibly and work to assure the safety and human rights of the workers within our produce and services

Code of Practice Principle Standards*: this is our ethical trading programme and forms an integral part of our business. It was first developed and implemented in 1998. We became a member of the Ethical Trading Initiative in 2022 and our Principle Standards

Respect for human rights is a cornerstone of a responsible business. The violation of human rights in our operations is unacceptable and we deal firmly with any

Human Rights and Modern Slavery Policy*: we ensure we trade ethically, source responsibly and work to prevent modern slavery and human trafficking throughout our

non-financial and sustainability information in our reporting.

cultivated in a more sustainable way than conventional cotton.

legal requirements or eliminate specific chemicals of concern.

Environmental matters

environment, both now and in the future.

components used in our products.

consistency and ease of reference.

potential and be their very best.

Social matters

Human rights

suppliers' global operation.

are aligned to the ETI Base Code.

infringement identified in our supply chain.

organisation and in our supply chain.

Employees

priority.

Anti-bribery and anti-corruption
Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy*: this formalises our zero tolerance approach to combat the risks of bribery and corruption by our companies, employees, agents or third parties acting on our behalf. Our employees receive training on anti-bribery matters. Whistleblowing Policy: The Company's whistleblowing policy and procedures ensure that employees, suppliers and other third parties are able to raise concerns about possible improprieties on a confidential basis.	● Our Audit Committee oversees our whistleblowing procedures and receives updates on anti-bribery and awareness. ● Our 'Key suppliers and supply chain management' Principal Risk considers the training of employees and communications with suppliers regarding our expectations in relation to anti-bribery and anti-corruption.	● 125 ● 73
Business model
Our Business Model includes non-financial inputs and outputs and creates value for our stakeholders in a responsible way.	● We describe our Business Model in full within this report.	● 64 to 65
Non-financial KPIs
We continue to evolve a lower-carbon business model, have updated our Responsible Sourcing Approach and are continuing the groundwork to setting our Transition Plan to Net Zero.	● Our Section 172 statement sets out how we have regard to our impact on the community and environment. ● Our approach to 'Environment', 'Our People' and 'Community' is explained further in our Corporate Responsibility section.	● 102 ● 80 to 90 and 97
* The policies highlighted are available to view on our corporate website.
Further information regarding our employees, social, community, human rights and environmental matters is provided in our Corporate Responsibility Report available on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk. Details of our climate-related financial disclosures can be found on the pages of this Report as signposted below.
(a) Governance arrangements
Climate Risk		● 71

(b) & (c) Risks and opportunities and risk management process Risk Management – describe how the organisation identifies, assesses and manages climate-related risks ● 88 (d) Principal climate-related risks and opportunities and time periods Climate Risk ● 71 Legal, regulatory and ethical standards compliance ● 76 Assessment of principal risks and uncertainties ● 72 and 88 Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long term ● 85 (e) & (f) Impacts on business model and strategy and resilience Climate Risk ● 71 Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long term ● 85 Strategy – impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities ● 85 to 87 (g) & (h) Targets and key performance indicators Greenhouse gas emissions – SECR and Carbon footprint – including Scope 3 ● 80 to 81 Metrics and Targets – metrics and targets used to assess and manage climate-related risks and opportunities ● 88 to 89 Strategy towards achieving a lower carbon business model ● 89 Transition Plan to Net Zero and Packaging and recycling ● 90	Legal, regulatory and ethical standards compliance Governance – Disclose the organisation's governance around climate-related risks and opportunities	● 76 ● 84 to 85

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 105 31/03/2025 17:34

On behalf of the Board

Jonathan Blanchard Chief Financial Officer 27 March 2025

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

GOVERNANCE

Directors' Responsibilities Statement Corporate Governance Report Nomination Committee Report Audit Committee Report Remuneration Report Directors' Report

Independent Auditors' Report

Directors' Biographies

107

GOVERNANCE

108 Directors' Biographies
- 110 Directors' Responsibilities Statement
- 111 Corporate Governance Report
- 118 Nomination Committee Report
- 120 Audit Committee Report
127 Remuneration Report
156 Directors' Report

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 107 31/03/2025 17:34

158 Independent Auditors' Report

DIRECTORS' BIOGRAPHIES Directors and Officers

Audit Committee

Nomination Committee
Remuneration Committee
Chair

Committee key: Michael Roney CHAIRMAN

Key Experience Michael joined the Board as Deputy Chairman in February 2017 and became Chairman in August 2017. Michael brings significant international leadership experience to the Board; he was previously the Chief Executive of Bunzl plc from 2005 until his retirement in April 2016, Chief Executive of Goodyear Dunlop Tires Europe BV and non-executive director of Johnson Matthey plc.

Lord Simon Wolfson of Aspley Guise CHIEF EXECUTIVE Executive Director

Simon has deep knowledge of all areas of the NEXT business, together with strong leadership and strategic expertise, having led as Chief Executive since 2001. He joined the Group in 1991 and was appointed Retail Sales Director in 1993. He became responsible for NEXT Directory in 1995 and was appointed to the Board in 1997 with additional responsibilities for Systems. Simon was appointed Managing Director of the NEXT Brand in 1999 before his appointment as Chief Executive.

None None

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER Executive Director

Jonathan Blanchard

DIRECTORS' BIOGRAPHIES

Tom Hall Independent

Deutsche Bank.

Wehkamp

Non-Executive Director

Tom worked at Apax, the global private equity firm, from 1998 until the end of 2024. He led several investments over his two-and-a-half decades at Apax - principally into online marketplaces and retailers and served on the Boards of those (and of other businesses) in his time there. He has considerable experience, therefore, of working with management teams as they deal with a wide variety of business issues - including capital allocation choices. Prior to joining Apax, Tom worked at S.G. Warburg and

● Non-Executive Director of Baltic Classifieds Group PLC

● Supervisory Board Director of

Venetia Butterfield

Non-Executive Director

Venetia is Managing Director of Cornerstone, the largest adult division of Penguin Random House. She brings experience as an accomplished business leader and experienced marketing professional. She was previously responsible for setting up the imprint HarperPerennial in her role at HarperCollins and has led the marketing operations for both HarperCollins and Collins

● Chief Financial Officer of May 2024

● Managing Director of Cornerstone, part of the Penguin

Independent

Educational.

Group

October 2016 July 2020 September 2018 September 2021

Dame Tristia Harrison Independent

Crisis.

● Trustee at Crisis

Autism

● Trustee at Ambitious about

Seonna Anderson COMPANY SECRETARY

Past Directors

Amanda James Group Finance Director

April 2015

July 2024

APPOINTED TO THE BOARD

RETIRED FROM THE BOARD

Non-Executive Director

Tristia was most recently Chief Executive Officer of TalkTalk Telecom Group Limited and as such has experience of running a large-scale consumer and B2B facing company and knowledge of digital and cyber security. Tristia was Managing Director of TalkTalk's consumer business when it demerged from Carphone Warehouse, which she joined in 2000 and held a number of senior management and executive positions. Tristia is also Chair of the national homelessness charity

Soumen Das Independent

the Parker Review.

plc

Non-Executive Director

Soumen is Chief Financial Officer of SEGRO plc, the largest UK and European Real Estate Investment Trust and a constituent of the FTSE 100. He has over 15 years' board level experience with listed companies, having been Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Capital & Counties Properties plc prior to joining SEGRO, and was previously an executive director with UBS within the investment bank. Soumen is also Co‑Chair of

● Chief Financial Officer of SEGRO

Dame Dianne Thompson Non-Executive Director

APPOINTED TO THE BOARD

RETIRED FROM THE BOARD

January 2015

Jonathan Bewes Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

After qualifying as a Chartered Accountant with KPMG, Jonathan spent 25 years as an investment banking adviser, with Robert Fleming, UBS and Bank of America Merrill Lynch. As a senior banker, he provided advice to the boards of many UK and overseas companies on a wide range of financial and strategic issues, including financing, M&A, shareholder engagement and corporate governance. Jonathan is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales.

● Chair of MONY Group plc ● Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

of The Sage Group plc

of the Bank of England

Non-Executive Director

Hargreaves Lansdown

April 2024 April 2024

Amy is Chief Financial Officer of Hargreaves Lansdown, the UK's largest savings and investment platform and the UK's biggest retail stockbroker. Amy has significant strategic and financial experience in client facing businesses across the telecommunications and financial services sectors. She has considerable transformation and M&A experience at both executive and non-executive level and is a qualified chartered accountant.

Amy Stirling Independent

● Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

Jonathan qualified as a Chartered Certified Accountant in 1994 and has 25 years of experience at Board level in private equity backed businesses, all of which were in the retail/consumer sectors. Jonathan has a wealth of experience implementing rigorous financial and capital controls; he has also managed several successful private equity transactions. His previous role was Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Reiss Group, where he played a critical role, not least in negotiating and implementing the transition to Total Platform.

Jeremy Stakol GROUP INVESTMENTS, ACQUISITIONS AND THIRD PARTY BRANDS DIRECTOR

Executive Director

Jeremy holds a Masters in Professional Accounting and spent his early career in the finance department of a large media company. Jeremy joined as Managing Director of Lipsy which was acquired by NEXT in 2006. In more recent years Jeremy has successfully led many of the new investment deals and related Total Platform opportunities (such as Joules, Victoria's Secret, Gap and others).

None

Principal External Appointments ● Non-Executive Director of Brown-Forman Corporation (US firm)

Jane Shields

GROUP SALES, MARKETING AND HR DIRECTOR

Executive Director

Key Experience Jane has a profound understanding of NEXT's operations, having joined NEXT Retail in 1985 as a sales assistant in one of our London stores. Jane worked her way through store management to be appointed Sales Director in 2000, responsible for all store operations and training. In 2006 Jane was given additional responsibility for Retail Marketing and in 2010 was appointed Group Sales and Marketing Director, adding Directory and Online Marketing to her portfolio. She assumed responsibility for Human Resources and the Customer Service Contact Centre in August 2020.

Principal External Appointments	None	None	None

Appointed to the Board July 2013 May 2018 April 2023

Appointed to the Board February 2017 February 1997 July 2024 Richard Papp GROUP MERCHANDISE AND OPERATIONS DIRECTOR

Executive Director

Richard has a wealth of operational and merchandising experience. He joined NEXT in 1991 as a merchandiser and worked his way through management, becoming Menswear Product Director in 2001. In 2005 he gained valuable experience in a similar role at another retailer. Richard returned to NEXT in 2006 as Group Merchandise Director, responsible for NEXT's Merchandising function, Product Systems, International Franchise, and Clearance operations. On appointment to the Board, Richard took on additional responsibility for Warehousing, Logistics and Technology within the Group.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 108 31/03/2025 17:34

Jonathan Bewes Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

DIRECTORS' BIOGRAPHIES

Key Experience Michael joined the Board as Deputy

Principal External Appointments ● Non-Executive Director of

Key Experience Jane has a profound understanding

CHAIRMAN

Matthey plc.

firm)

Jane Shields GROUP SALES,

DIRECTOR

MARKETING AND HR

of NEXT's operations, having joined NEXT Retail in 1985 as a sales assistant in one of our London stores. Jane worked her way through store management to be appointed Sales Director in 2000, responsible for all store operations and training. In 2006 Jane was given additional responsibility for Retail Marketing and in 2010 was appointed Group Sales and Marketing Director, adding Directory and Online Marketing to her portfolio. She assumed responsibility for Human Resources and the Customer Service Contact

Executive Director

Centre in August 2020.

Principal External Appointments None None None

Appointed to the Board July 2013 May 2018 April 2023

Chairman in February 2017 and became Chairman in August 2017. Michael brings significant international leadership experience to the Board; he was previously the Chief Executive of Bunzl plc from 2005 until his retirement in April 2016, Chief Executive of Goodyear Dunlop Tires Europe BV and non-executive director of Johnson

Brown-Forman Corporation (US

Appointed to the Board February 2017 February 1997 July 2024

Lord Simon Wolfson of

None None

Richard Papp

DIRECTOR Executive Director

Group.

GROUP MERCHANDISE AND OPERATIONS

Executive Director

OFFICER

Total Platform.

Jeremy Stakol

DIRECTOR

others).

Executive Director

GROUP INVESTMENTS, ACQUISITIONS AND THIRD PARTY BRANDS

Aspley Guise CHIEF EXECUTIVE Executive Director

Directors and Officers

Audit Committee Nomination Committee Remuneration Committee

Chair

Committee key: Michael Roney

Chair of MONY Group plc
Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee of The Sage Group plc
Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee of the Bank of England

October 2016 July 2020 September 2018 September 2021

Amy Stirling Independent Non-Executive Director

April 2024 April 2024

Tom Hall
Independent
Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director of Baltic Classifieds Group PLC
Supervisory Board Director of Wehkamp

Venetia Butterfield

Non-Executive Director

Independent

Group

Dame Tristia Harrison Independent Non-Executive Director

Trustee at Crisis
Trustee at Ambitious about Autism

Soumen Das Independent Non-Executive Director

- Chief Financial Officer of SEGRO plc

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Seonna Anderson COMPANY SECRETARY

stockbroker. Amy has significant	accomplished business leader and	Amanda James	Dame Dianne Thompson
strategic and financial experience in client facing businesses across the telecommunications and financial	experienced marketing professional. She was previously responsible for setting up the imprint	Group Finance Director	Non-Executive Director
services sectors. She has considerable transformation and M&A experience at both executive and non-executive level and is a	HarperPerennial in her role at HarperCollins and has led the marketing operations for both HarperCollins and Collins	APPOINTED TO THE BOARD April 2015	APPOINTED TO THE BOARD January 2015
qualified chartered accountant.	Educational.	RETIRED FROM THE BOARD	RETIRED FROM THE BOARD
● Chief Financial Officer of Hargreaves Lansdown	● Managing Director of Cornerstone, part of the Penguin	July 2024	May 2024

Venetia is Managing Director of
Cornerstone, the largest adult	Past Directors
division of Penguin Random House.
She brings experience as an
accomplished business leader and	Amanda James
experienced marketing professional.	Group Finance Director
She was previously responsible for
setting up the imprint

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 109 31/03/2025 17:34

DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT

Directors' responsibilities

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Directors' Responsibilities

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared the Group financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and Parent Company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 "Reduced Disclosure Framework", and applicable law).

Under company law, the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and Parent Company for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the directors are required to:

Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
State whether applicable UK-adopted International Accounting Standards have been followed for the Group financial statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 have been followed for the Parent Company financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;
Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Parent Company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Parent Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and Parent Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Parent Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors' Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are also responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the NEXT plc website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors' confirmations

The directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Parent Company's position and performance, business model and strategy.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Our Board composition provides a combination of skills, experience and knowledge to support the overriding financial objective to deliver long term sustainable growth in Earnings Per Share; to support our growth avenues; and to fit our culture which allows our

The Company has once again taken part in the Parker Review and the FTSE Women Leaders Review in relation to its gender and ethnic

You can read more about the Board appointment process and Board diversity in the Nomination Committee Report on page 118.

Our governance framework, described on page 114, is designed to be straightforward, without bureaucracy, to support the delivery of our business objectives. We believe that good governance provides the framework for stronger long term value creation for all our stakeholders. We apply corporate governance in a way that is relevant and meaningful to our business and consistent with our

We welcome the new UK Corporate Governance Code 2024 and work is underway to implement new provisions as appropriate. We

ESG remains a key area of focus for stakeholders who want to work for, shop with or invest in companies who do business responsibly. Our ESG metrics, targets and reporting have been reviewed, and in particular we continue to formulate our ambition so we can share our actions and demonstrate our accountability for how we will decarbonise as part of a Net Zero Transition Plan. You can read our Corporate Responsibility Report on pages 79 to 99 and our Corporate Governance Code statement of compliance and

will report against the new Code in our next Annual Report.

supporting disclosures on pages 112 to 117.

Continuing governance commitment

colleagues to thrive.

culture and values.

Michael Roney Chairman 27 March 2025

diversity.

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to introduce our Corporate Governance Report for the year ended 25 January 2025. This report sets out our approach to effective corporate governance and explains the key features of the Group's governance structure.

Good corporate governance runs along the foundations of a well run organisation and the external governance landscape, guides and rules continue to evolve. NEXT continues to prioritise doing the right thing to promote the success of the Company, and through its governance structure, it always seeks to do so in the right way.

The Board has been required to exercise its judgement on numerous occasions during the year to ensure that the Group's stakeholders

Key engagement pieces this year have been with shareholders in relation to workforce pay, our changes to executive remuneration and Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) matters, and with members of a Group pension scheme, shareholders, and regulators

Further details on how we have engaged with our stakeholders can

It is important that the Board, its Committees and individual directors rigorously review their performance and embrace the opportunity to develop where necessary. This year's annual effectiveness review of our Board and Committees was facilitated externally by Lintstock. The review positively concluded that the Board continues to operate effectively; further details can be found

After 29 years of service at NEXT our Group Finance Director, Amanda James, stepped down from the Board in July 2024. Our succession planning enabled us to announce Amanda's replacement, Jonathan Blanchard, with sufficient time to avoid any unnecessary disruption to the business. Jonathan was appointed to the Board in July 2024, supported by an orderly handover and thorough

In May 2024, we said farewell to Dame Dianne Thompson as she

Amy Stirling and Venetia Butterfield joined the Board as

Amy is the Chief Financial Officer of Hargreaves Lansdown, a financial services company and until March 2025 a constituent of the FTSE 100. Amy has significant financial and strategic leadership experience in client facing businesses across the telecommunications

Venetia is part of the Penguin Group leadership team and is Managing Director of the Cornerstone Publishing House. Venetia brings to the Board experience as an accomplished business leader and experienced marketing professional. Her successful leadership of an independent business within a larger group will be particularly helpful as NEXT steadily increases the number of businesses it takes

on within the Group through its Total Platform initiatives.

non-executive directors with effect from 2 April 2024.

Board appointments and diversity

Chairman's introduction

Stakeholder engagement

are treated as fairly as possible.

be found on pages 100 to 103.

on pages 116 to 117.

induction.

Board effectiveness

completed nine years on the Board.

and financial services sectors.

in relation to the buy-in of that scheme.

Each of the current directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 108 to 109, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

The Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group;
The Parent Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Parent Company; and
The Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and Parent Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

On behalf of the Board

Lord Wolfson of Aspley Guise Chief Executive 27 March 2025

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 110 31/03/2025 17:34

Jonathan Blanchard Chief Financial Officer

111

Governance

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Chairman's introduction

DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT

Directors' confirmations

and profit of the Group;

risks and uncertainties that it faces.

Company; and

On behalf of the Board

Chief Executive 27 March 2025

Lord Wolfson of Aspley Guise

strategy.

Each of the current directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 108 to 109, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge: ● The Group financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position

● The Parent Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Parent

● The Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and Parent Company, together with a description of the principal

Jonathan Blanchard Chief Financial Officer

Directors' Responsibilities

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and

● State whether applicable UK-adopted International Accounting Standards have been followed for the Group financial statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 have been followed for the Parent Company financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the

● Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable

● Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Parent

The directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Parent Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and Parent Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Parent Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the Directors' Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act

Directors' responsibilities

regulation.

law).

consistently;

financial statements;

Company will continue in business.

from legislation in other jurisdictions.

and prudent; and

2006.

Stakeholder engagement

The Board has been required to exercise its judgement on numerous occasions during the year to ensure that the Group's stakeholders are treated as fairly as possible.

Further details on how we have engaged with our stakeholders can be found on pages 100 to 103.

Board effectiveness

Board appointments and diversity

In May 2024, we said farewell to Dame Dianne Thompson as she completed nine years on the Board.

Amy Stirling and Venetia Butterfield joined the Board as non-executive directors with effect from 2 April 2024.

The Company has once again taken part in the Parker Review and the FTSE Women Leaders Review in relation to its gender and ethnic diversity.

You can read more about the Board appointment process and Board diversity in the Nomination Committee Report on page 118.

Continuing governance commitment

We welcome the new UK Corporate Governance Code 2024 and work is underway to implement new provisions as appropriate. We will report against the new Code in our next Annual Report.

Michael Roney Chairman 27 March 2025

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 111 31/03/2025 17:34

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Corporate Governance Statement

The statement below, together with the rest of the Corporate Governance Report, provides information on how NEXT has applied the principles in the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the Code), which is the version of the Code that applies to its 2024/25 financial year.

For the year ended 25 January 2025, the Board considers that it has complied in full with the provisions of the Code (available at www.frc.org.uk). Given the external interest in pension alignment as recommended by provision 38 of the Code, the Board notes that the majority of executive directors at NEXT have very long service at the Company. Whilst the pension provision offered to new joiners has changed over time (which is consistent with wider market practice), the Board considers it more relevant to consider the alignment of the pension contribution rates of the executives in the context of members of the workforce recruited at the same time. Each executive director is provided with pension contributions no more generous than those provided to colleagues recruited at the same time. Full details of the pension arrangements of the executive directors are given on page 139 of the Directors' Remuneration Report.

Disclosures required by the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR) 7.2.6 with regard to share capital are presented in the Directors' Report on page 156. Disclosures required by DTR 7.2.8A relating to diversity policy are presented in the Nomination Committee Report on page 118.

Directors' biographies and membership of Board Committees are set out on pages 108 to 109.

Board leadership and company purpose

The Board's role is to promote the long term sustainable success of the Company. It does this through:

Discussions with the executive directors and other members of the senior management team on industry trends.
Evaluating business development proposals and considering how these will support and strengthen components of the business model.
A policy of continuous identification and review of principal business risks, including identifying key and emerging risks, determining control strategies and considering how those risks may affect the achievement of business objectives, taking into account risk appetite, as detailed on pages 68 to 76.
Our annual viability assessment which is undertaken by reference to the business model, strategy and the principal risks and mitigating factors as well as the current financial position and historical financial performance and forecasts – see pages 77 to 78.

In particular, during 2024/25 the Board:

Reviewed the approach to assessing potential acquisitions and investment opportunities, having regard to strict financial criteria.
Provided oversight to the defined benefit pension scheme 'buy-in' and monitored the member consultation process - see page 101 for further detail.
Provided oversight to the share buyback programme and approved the terms of the irrevocable, non-discretionary programme to purchase shares for cancellation, aligned with our

rigorous financial discipline which includes the return of surplus cash to shareholders.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Division of responsibilities

directors able to implement the strategy.

matters affecting the Group and its performance.

Directors' conflicts of interest

Senior Independent Director (SID)

Independence of non-executive directors

performance against objectives.

corporate governance.

non-executive directors.

in 2017.

annually by the Board.

the Chairman's performance.

There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman and Chief Executive which is set out in writing and agreed by the

● The Group has appropriate objectives and an effective strategy. ● There is a high calibre Chief Executive with a team of executive

● There are procedures in place to inform the Board of

● The Group is operating in accordance with a high standard of

The Chief Executive reports at each Board meeting all material

The Chairman sets the Board's agenda and is also responsible for promoting a healthy culture of openness, challenge and scrutiny, and ensuring constructive relations between executive and

Over half of the directors at our financial year end, excluding the Chairman, are non-executive directors. The Board considers that all of its non-executive directors, except for the Chairman, are independent when assessed against the requirements of the Code and their knowledge, diversity of experience and other business interests continue to enable them to contribute significantly to the work of the Board. Michael Roney, the Chairman, met the independence requirements set out in the Code on his appointment

In accordance with the Company's Articles of Association, the Board has a formal process in place for situational conflicts to be authorised by non-conflicted directors. In deciding whether to authorise a situational conflict, the non-conflicted directors take into account their general duties under the Companies Act 2006. Limits or conditions can be imposed when giving an authorisation or subsequently if considered appropriate. Any situational conflicts considered by the Board, and any authorisations given, are recorded in the Board minutes and in a register of conflicts which is reviewed

Jonathan Bewes is the Company's Senior Independent Director. In this role Jonathan is available to provide a sounding board for the Chairman and to serve as an intermediary for the other directors and shareholders. He also meets with each of the directors to appraise

Board. The Chairman manages the Board to ensure that:

Chairman and Chief Executive

The Board ensures that the necessary resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives and measure performance against them. It has an integral role in setting and approving the Company's budget and capital allocation processes and in monitoring the availability of debt capital facilities and the Company's credit ratings. In regard to people, the Board receives reports from management on any development gaps in key roles and the plans to address

The Board maintains a balanced approach to risk within a framework of effective controls and takes into account the interests of a diverse range of stakeholders. It is responsible for keeping the effectiveness of the systems of risk management and internal controls under

Significant time and effort are invested in providing detailed and transparent information to shareholders and maintaining regular and effective dialogue. Rather than delegation to an investor relations team, Lord Wolfson and Jonathan Blanchard, as Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer respectively, engage directly with investors regularly throughout the year. Full year and other public announcements are presented in a consistent format and are made as meaningful, understandable, transparent and comparable as possible. This information is also made publicly available on the

Our Section 172 Statement on page 103 details how the views of

In 2024, we wrote to our 34 largest shareholders, at the time representing around 50% of our issued share capital, and proxy agencies, about changes made to executive remuneration. Further

With regard to engagement with the workforce, the Board uses various methods including attendance by non-executive directors at our workforce advisory panel meetings. The Board considers that taken together, these arrangements deliver an effective means of ensuring the Board stays alert to the views of the workforce. The views of other providers of capital and key stakeholders are also considered. Our Section 172 Statement on pages 100 to 103 provides more details on how the Board considers the views of these

shareholders have been taken into account during the year.

details on this engagement can be found on page 127. Engagement with other stakeholders

Risk management and internal controls

Engagement with shareholders

Company's corporate website nextplc.co.uk.

various stakeholders in its decision making.

Resourcing

these.

review – see page 117.

Reviewed and approved the purchase of a proportion of the Group's annual energy requirements under a long term Power Purchase Agreement.
Reviewed and monitored the scope for a significant finance system modernisation project approved last year.
Agreed the assessment period for the statement of viability at the recommendation of the Audit Committee – see page 123.

At its heart, the purpose of the Company is to source and trade excellent quality clothing, homeware and beauty products in order to make a profit for its shareholders. We aim to do this in a responsible way and to do the right thing by our employees, our customers, our suppliers and our wider stakeholders. Our Corporate Responsibility Report on pages 79 to 99 sets out the way in which we fulfilled our responsibilities this year.

Culture

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 112 31/03/2025 17:34

The directors are responsible for ensuring a healthy and supportive culture within the Group. We monitor this through direct employee engagement activities (see pages 100 to 101) and discussions with the executive directors, the HR Director and other members of management. We assess and monitor this in the following ways and it is through these activities we ensure that the Company's culture aligns with its purpose, value and strategy:

Engaging directly with employees during site visits.
Dedicated time at Board meetings, supported by our HR Director, to hold discussions on culture and employee/workforce matters.
Reviewing the results of the Group's employee engagement surveys.
Monitoring the levels and nature of whistleblowing reports and grievance and disciplinary hearings.
Monitoring absenteeism and employee turnover.
Reporting by Internal Audit on fraud and compliance monitoring to the Audit Committee.
Overseeing management's plans to respond to matters raised by the workforce.
Reviewing the Group's key policies and HR initiatives.

During the year we continued with our employee engagement activities, in particular the workforce Business Review Meetings.

Our values are set out in the Corporate Responsibility Report on page 79 and the Non-Financial Information and Sustainability Statement summarises the Company's supporting policies on pages 104 to 105. Our Whistleblowing Policy encourages workers to report concerns or suspicions about any wrongdoing or malpractice, and provides a number of ways to do this, including via the confidential NEXT Integrity line (managed by Crimestoppers). The Audit Committee Report contains more details of the Company's whistleblowing procedures and the Audit Committee's oversight.

Our Board members also strive, through their own behaviours, to set the tone from the top in conducting themselves appropriately and in line with the Group's values.

Information on the Company's approach to investing in and rewarding its workforce is set out in the Strategic Report on pages 91 to 92.

Resourcing

rigorous financial discipline which includes the return of surplus

● Reviewed and approved the purchase of a proportion of the Group's annual energy requirements under a long term Power

● Reviewed and monitored the scope for a significant finance

● Agreed the assessment period for the statement of viability at the recommendation of the Audit Committee – see page 123. At its heart, the purpose of the Company is to source and trade excellent quality clothing, homeware and beauty products in order to make a profit for its shareholders. We aim to do this in a responsible way and to do the right thing by our employees, our customers, our suppliers and our wider stakeholders. Our Corporate Responsibility Report on pages 79 to 99 sets out the way in which we

● Dedicated time at Board meetings, supported by our HR Director, to hold discussions on culture and employee/workforce matters. ● Reviewing the results of the Group's employee engagement

● Monitoring the levels and nature of whistleblowing reports and

● Reporting by Internal Audit on fraud and compliance monitoring

● Overseeing management's plans to respond to matters raised by

During the year we continued with our employee engagement activities, in particular the workforce Business Review Meetings. Our values are set out in the Corporate Responsibility Report on page 79 and the Non-Financial Information and Sustainability Statement summarises the Company's supporting policies on pages 104 to 105. Our Whistleblowing Policy encourages workers to report concerns or suspicions about any wrongdoing or malpractice, and provides a number of ways to do this, including via the confidential NEXT Integrity line (managed by Crimestoppers). The Audit Committee Report contains more details of the Company's whistleblowing procedures and the Audit Committee's oversight. Our Board members also strive, through their own behaviours, to set the tone from the top in conducting themselves appropriately and in

Information on the Company's approach to investing in and rewarding its workforce is set out in the Strategic Report on pages 91

system modernisation project approved last year.

cash to shareholders.

Purchase Agreement.

fulfilled our responsibilities this year.

aligns with its purpose, value and strategy:

grievance and disciplinary hearings.

to the Audit Committee.

line with the Group's values.

to 92.

the workforce.

● Engaging directly with employees during site visits.

● Monitoring absenteeism and employee turnover.

● Reviewing the Group's key policies and HR initiatives.

Culture

surveys.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Corporate Governance Statement

financial year.

Report.

Committee Report on page 118.

company purpose

the Company. It does this through:

In particular, during 2024/25 the Board:

page 101 for further detail.

Board leadership and

out on pages 108 to 109.

model.

78.

Directors' biographies and membership of Board Committees are set

The Board's role is to promote the long term sustainable success of

● Discussions with the executive directors and other members of

● Evaluating business development proposals and considering how these will support and strengthen components of the business

● A policy of continuous identification and review of principal business risks, including identifying key and emerging risks, determining control strategies and considering how those risks may affect the achievement of business objectives, taking into

● Our annual viability assessment which is undertaken by reference to the business model, strategy and the principal risks and mitigating factors as well as the current financial position and historical financial performance and forecasts – see pages 77 to

● Reviewed the approach to assessing potential acquisitions and investment opportunities, having regard to strict financial criteria. ● Provided oversight to the defined benefit pension scheme 'buy-in' and monitored the member consultation process - see

● Provided oversight to the share buyback programme and approved the terms of the irrevocable, non-discretionary programme to purchase shares for cancellation, aligned with our

the senior management team on industry trends.

account risk appetite, as detailed on pages 68 to 76.

Risk management and internal controls

Engagement with shareholders

Our Section 172 Statement on page 103 details how the views of shareholders have been taken into account during the year.

In 2024, we wrote to our 34 largest shareholders, at the time representing around 50% of our issued share capital, and proxy agencies, about changes made to executive remuneration. Further details on this engagement can be found on page 127.

Engagement with other stakeholders

Division of responsibilities

Chairman and Chief Executive

There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman and Chief Executive which is set out in writing and agreed by the Board. The Chairman manages the Board to ensure that:

The Group has appropriate objectives and an effective strategy.
There is a high calibre Chief Executive with a team of executive directors able to implement the strategy.
There are procedures in place to inform the Board of performance against objectives.
The Group is operating in accordance with a high standard of corporate governance.

The Chief Executive reports at each Board meeting all material matters affecting the Group and its performance.

The Chairman sets the Board's agenda and is also responsible for promoting a healthy culture of openness, challenge and scrutiny, and ensuring constructive relations between executive and non-executive directors.

Independence of non-executive directors

Directors' conflicts of interest

Senior Independent Director (SID)

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 113 31/03/2025 17:34

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Governance framework

The structure of the Board and its governance framework is set out below. The Board believes that it facilitates the operation of an open and straightforward culture without complex hierarchies and over-delegation of responsibilities, allowing the Company to deliver its objectives effectively.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

The Board is also responsible for:

● Providing effective leadership.

revised and reviewed monthly.

Board attendance

Committees.

request.

Directors Role Board Nomination Audit Remuneration Number of meetings held in the year 8 3 5 7

Michael Roney and Amanda James (and subsequently Jonathan Blanchard) are not members of the Audit Committee, however they attended all Audit
Amy Stirling was appointed to the Board in April 2024. She was unable to attend one Audit Committee meeting and one Remuneration Committee meeting

due to a prior commitment; she received all Committee papers and provided comments to the Committees prior to the meeting.

● The long term success of the Company, setting and executing the

● Setting and monitoring the Group's risk appetite and the system

● Monitoring implementation of its policies by the Chief Executive. ● Approving semi-annual Group budgets and regular review of performance against budget. Forecasts for each half year are

Certain other matters are reported weekly or monthly including sales, treasury operations and capital expenditure programmes.

The table below shows the attendance at Board and Committee meetings during the year to 25 January 2025. All independent non-executive directors are members of the Nomination, Audit and Remuneration Committees. This allows the non-executive directors to deepen their understanding of the NEXT business, control and risk environment and enhance their contribution to the Board and its

The Board is satisfied that each of the directors is able to allocate sufficient time to the Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively. Contracts and letters of appointment of directors are made available at the AGM, and are available for inspection at the Company's registered office during normal business hours or on

3/3 3/3 2/2 3/3 3/3 3/3 2/2 1/1

- - - - 5/5 4/4 5/5 5/5 5/5 3/4 1/1
- - - - 7/7 7/7 6/6 7/7 7/7 7/7 5/6 2/2

8/8 5/5 3/3 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8 8/8 7/7 8/8 8/8 8/8 7/7 2/2

business strategy and overseeing its delivery.

of risk management and internal control.

The Chairman encourages openness and debate at Board meetings to enable better decision making. Any director who has concerns about the operation of the Board or the management of the Company that cannot be resolved would ordinarily (and especially if requested by that director or the Chairman) be recorded in the minutes of the relevant meeting. If, on resignation, any non-executive director had any such concerns they would be invited to provide a written statement to the Chairman that would be circulated to the Board. No concerns have been raised in the year.

As Senior Independent Director, Jonathan Bewes led the appraisal of Michael Roney's performance as Chairman in the year through individual discussions with the other directors. Michael Roney appraised the performance of Lord Wolfson as Chief Executive. The performance of the executive directors is monitored throughout the year by the Chief Executive and the Chairman. The Chairman also monitors the performance of the non-executive directors. Appropriate feedback is provided where necessary. For more information on the Board effectiveness evaluation process, please

At each Board meeting the Board receives reports from the Chief Executive on the performance of the business. This includes scrutiny

There is a formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board. These include investments, significant items of capital expenditure, share

Chief Executive Chief Financial Officer Group Finance Director

Chairman

Dame Dianne Thompson stepped down from the Board after the AGM in May 2024.

Senior Independent Director Non-executive director Non-executive director Non-executive director Non-executive director Non-executive director Non-executive director

Amanda James stepped down from, and Jonathan Blanchard was appointed to, the Board in July 2024.

Group Operations & Merchandising Director Group Sales, Marketing & HR Director Group Investments & Acquisitions Director

Noting of directors' concerns

Review of directors' performance

of performance against clear financial objectives.

Matters reserved for the Board

buybacks, dividend and treasury policies.

see pages 116 to 117.

Lord Wolfson Jonathan Blanchard1,2 Amanda James1,2 Richard Papp Jane Shields Jeremy Stakol Michael Roney2 Jonathan Bewes Venetia Butterfield3 Soumen Das Tom Hall

Dame Tristia Harrison Amy Stirling4

Dame Dianne Thompson5

Committee meetings during the year by invitation. 3. Venetia Butterfield was appointed to the Board in April 2024.

Board	Nomination Committee – see Committee report on pages 118 to 119
Provides effective leadership by setting business strategy and overseeing delivery in a way that delivers long term growth for the benefit of NEXT's shareholders.	● Keeps under review the composition, size, structure and diversity of the Board and its Committees. ● Evaluates the balance of skills, experience and diversity of the Board. ● Provides succession planning for the Board and senior management. ● Leads the process for new Board appointments.
Committee Terms of Reference are agreed by the Board and regularly reviewed. These are available on the corporate website nextplc.co.uk The Chairman, Chief Executive and SID's role descriptions are summarised on the preceding page.	Audit Committee – see Committee report on pages 120 to 126 ● Reviews and monitors the integrity of the Group's financial and narrative statements. ● Reviews and monitors the adequacy and effectiveness of the risk management framework and the systems of internal controls (including whistleblowing and anti-fraud procedures). ● Reviews and monitors the effectiveness and independence of the external and internal auditors.
	Remuneration Committee – see Committee report on pages 127 to 155 ● Responsible for setting the Remuneration Policy for all executive directors and the Chairman, including pension rights and any compensation payments. ● Recommends and monitors the level and structure of remuneration for senior management. ● Reviews the ongoing appropriateness and relevance of the Remuneration Policy when setting remuneration.

Chief Executive Responsible for the day-to-day running of the Group's business and performance, and the development of and implementation of business strategy.	Other Governance Steering Groups The below steering groups, comprising representatives from executive/senior operational management, held meetings during the year to review and monitor specific risks, activities and incidents: ● Risk Steering Group – risk identification and risk management activities. ● Treasury – Group's treasury policy, treasury operations and funding activities. ● Consumer Credit Risk Committee - Consumer Credit risk and monitoring. ● Information Security & Data Protection – Group's information security and cyber related activities. ● Health & Safety – Group's health and safety activities. ● ESG Steering Group – ESG risk monitoring and setting of ESG priorities.

Executive/operational management

The Chief Executive has delegated authority for the day-to-day management of the business to operational management comprising other executive directors and senior management who have responsibility for their respective areas.

This includes important weekly NEXT Brand trading and capital expenditure meetings, which consider the performance and development of the NEXT Brand through its different distribution channels. This and other meetings also focus on risk management of business areas in respect of the NEXT Brand, including product, sales, customer experience, property and stores, warehousing, systems and personnel.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 114 31/03/2025 17:34

Noting of directors' concerns

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

● Leads the process for new Board appointments.

Audit Committee – see Committee report on pages 120 to 126

● Keeps under review the composition, size, structure and diversity of the Board and its

● Reviews and monitors the integrity of the Group's financial and narrative statements. ● Reviews and monitors the adequacy and effectiveness of the risk management framework and the systems of internal controls (including whistleblowing and anti-fraud procedures). ● Reviews and monitors the effectiveness and independence of the external and internal

● Responsible for setting the Remuneration Policy for all executive directors and the

● Recommends and monitors the level and structure of remuneration for senior

● Reviews the ongoing appropriateness and relevance of the Remuneration Policy when

The below steering groups, comprising representatives from executive/senior operational management, held meetings during the year to review and monitor specific risks, activities and

● Information Security & Data Protection – Group's information security and cyber related

● Evaluates the balance of skills, experience and diversity of the Board. ● Provides succession planning for the Board and senior management.

Remuneration Committee – see Committee report on pages 127 to 155

Chairman, including pension rights and any compensation payments.

● Risk Steering Group – risk identification and risk management activities. ● Treasury – Group's treasury policy, treasury operations and funding activities. ● Consumer Credit Risk Committee - Consumer Credit risk and monitoring.

● ESG Steering Group – ESG risk monitoring and setting of ESG priorities.

● Health & Safety – Group's health and safety activities.

The Chief Executive has delegated authority for the day-to-day management of the business to operational management comprising other

Board Nomination Committee – see Committee report on pages 118 to 119

Committees.

auditors.

management.

incidents:

activities.

executive directors and senior management who have responsibility for their respective areas.

Chief Executive Other Governance Steering Groups

setting remuneration.

Governance framework

Provides effective leadership by setting business strategy and overseeing delivery in a way that delivers long term growth for the benefit of NEXT's shareholders.

Committee Terms of Reference are agreed by the Board and regularly reviewed. These are available on the corporate website nextplc.co.uk

The Chairman, Chief Executive and SID's role descriptions are summarised on the preceding page.

Responsible for the day-to-day running of the Group's business and performance, and the development of and implementation of business

Executive/operational management

strategy.

effectively.

Review of directors' performance

The performance of the executive directors is monitored throughout the year by the Chief Executive and the Chairman. The Chairman also monitors the performance of the non-executive directors. Appropriate feedback is provided where necessary. For more information on the Board effectiveness evaluation process, please see pages 116 to 117.

At each Board meeting the Board receives reports from the Chief Executive on the performance of the business. This includes scrutiny of performance against clear financial objectives.

Matters reserved for the Board

There is a formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board. These include investments, significant items of capital expenditure, share buybacks, dividend and treasury policies.

The Board is also responsible for:

The long term success of the Company, setting and executing the business strategy and overseeing its delivery.
Providing effective leadership.
Setting and monitoring the Group's risk appetite and the system of risk management and internal control.
Monitoring implementation of its policies by the Chief Executive.
Approving semi-annual Group budgets and regular review of performance against budget. Forecasts for each half year are revised and reviewed monthly.

Certain other matters are reported weekly or monthly including sales, treasury operations and capital expenditure programmes.

Board attendance

Directors	Role	Board	Nomination	Audit Remuneration
Number of meetings held in the year		8	3	5	7
Lord Wolfson	Chief Executive	8/8	-	-	-
Jonathan Blanchard1,2	Chief Financial Officer	5/5	-	-	-
Amanda James1,2	Group Finance Director	3/3	-	-	-
Richard Papp	Group Operations & Merchandising Director	8/8	-	-	-
Jane Shields	Group Sales, Marketing & HR Director	8/8	-	-	-
Jeremy Stakol	Group Investments & Acquisitions Director	8/8	-	-	-
Michael Roney2	Chairman	8/8	3/3	-	7/7
Jonathan Bewes	Senior Independent Director	8/8	3/3	5/5	7/7
Venetia Butterfield3	Non-executive director	7/7	2/2	4/4	6/6
Soumen Das	Non-executive director	8/8	3/3	5/5	7/7
Tom Hall	Non-executive director	8/8	3/3	5/5	7/7
Dame Tristia Harrison	Non-executive director	8/8	3/3	5/5	7/7
Amy Stirling4	Non-executive director	7/7	2/2	3/4	5/6
Dame Dianne Thompson5	Non-executive director	2/2	1/1	1/1	2/2

Amanda James stepped down from, and Jonathan Blanchard was appointed to, the Board in July 2024.
Michael Roney and Amanda James (and subsequently Jonathan Blanchard) are not members of the Audit Committee, however they attended all Audit Committee meetings during the year by invitation.
Venetia Butterfield was appointed to the Board in April 2024.
Amy Stirling was appointed to the Board in April 2024. She was unable to attend one Audit Committee meeting and one Remuneration Committee meeting due to a prior commitment; she received all Committee papers and provided comments to the Committees prior to the meeting.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 115 31/03/2025 17:34

Dame Dianne Thompson stepped down from the Board after the AGM in May 2024.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

Board Committees

As detailed in the diagram on page 114, the Board has appointed Committees to carry out certain aspects of its duties. Each is chaired by a different director and each Committee Chairman reports regularly to the Board on how that Committee has discharged its responsibilities.

External appointments during the year

During the year, the Board approved Jonathan Bewes' appointment as Chair Designate of MONY Group plc with effect from 1 July 2024, and as Chair from 1 January 2025. After confirming that there were no conflicts of interest and considering the likely time commitment required to fulfil this role, the Board was satisfied that this appointment would not inhibit Jonathan's ability to continue to effectively discharge his duties and responsibilities as a non-executive director of NEXT. The Board also approved Amanda James' appointments as non-executive director of Auto Trader Group plc and The British Land Company PLC with effect from 1 July 2024, noting that the very short overlap with her executive role at NEXT would not inhibit Amanda's ability to effectively discharge her duties and responsibilities.

Information and support

There is a regular flow of information between all directors. The Company Secretary attended all Board meetings; she advised the Board on corporate governance matters and facilitated the flow of information within the Board.

The Company has an open culture; its non-executive directors meet on a formal and informal basis with a broad range of NEXT management and have unrestricted access to the business and its employees.

If directors decide it is necessary to seek independent advice about the performance of their duties with the Company, they are entitled to do so at the Company's expense. Details of professional assistance in relation to Remuneration Policy matters are shown on page 148.

Composition, succession and evaluation

Board composition

At the financial year end the Board comprised six independent non-executive directors (including the Senior Independent Director), the Chairman and five executive directors who all bring considerable knowledge, skills and experience to the Group. The Board is continually assessed and periodically refreshed to ensure it maintains an appropriate balance of skills and experience.

Director appointments and the Nomination Committee

We have seen a number of planned changes to the Board in 2024, which are explained in further detail in the Chairman's introduction on page 111.

During the year we welcomed Venetia Butterfield and Amy Stirling to the Board, who bring a good deal of experience and commitment to their roles. The Board is mindful of its need for greater gender diversity following the departure of Dame Dianne Thompson and Amanda James during 2024, and this will be considered in future appointments.

The Nomination Committee Report on page 118 contains information on the procedure for the appointment of new directors to the Board, succession planning for Board and senior management positions and information on the Company's diversity position and approach.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

is acceptable and has a considered approach to evaluating risk and reward and promoting a risk aware culture throughout the business. Risk management and internal control is a continuous process and has been considered by the Board on a regular basis throughout the year (see the description of the Group's risk management and internal control framework on page 68 for more information). This includes identifying and evaluating principal and emerging risks, determining control strategies and considering how they may impact

The Board has carried out a robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Company and has also conducted an annual review of the effectiveness of the systems of internal control during the year – see page 70 in the Strategic Report for further

The Board promotes the development of a strong control culture within the business. The Audit Committee regularly reviews strategic and operational risks and the Audit Committee and Board have reviewed the principal risks (described on pages 72 to 76) and the associated financial, operational and compliance controls and mitigating factors. The Audit Committee discusses these risks with

The Board considers that the Group's management structure and continuous monitoring of key performance indicators can promptly identify any material areas of concern. Business continuity plans and procedure manuals are maintained in respect of specific risk areas and business processes. The management of business risk is an integral part of Group policy and the Board will continue to develop

The use of a Group accounting manual and prescribed reporting procedures for finance teams throughout the Group ensures that the Group's accounting policies are clearly established and consistently applied. Information is appropriately reviewed and reconciled as part of the reporting process and the use of a standard reporting software package by all entities in the Group ensures that information is presented consistently to facilitate the production of

During the year, the Audit Committee has considered work to formalise and document the Company's material controls as part of the preparation for assessment of the effectiveness of material controls in line with the new UK Corporate Governance Code.

The Company's remuneration policies and practices are designed to support strategy and promote long term sustainable success. They are aligned to the Company's purpose and values and linked to the successful delivery of the Company's long term strategy. You can read about the Company's Remuneration Policy including considerations taken on board and the work of the Remuneration Committee in the Remuneration Report on pages 127 to 155.

The Remuneration Report also contains information on the Company's compliance with the Code provisions relating to

on the achievement of business objectives.

the relevant directors and senior management.

the consolidated financial statements.

Remuneration

remuneration.

risk management and internal controls where necessary.

information.

and provide feedback. Views were also sought from the Company

The review considered the effectiveness of the Board, as well as that of each Board Committee and the individual directors. The areas of focus included Board composition and succession planning, quality of information received, Board dynamics and support, management and focus of meetings, Board Committees, business development oversight, risk management and mitigation, internal control, oversight of sustainability and Board relations. A report, with action points and recommendations for the Board to consider, was distributed to the directors and results of the review were subsequently discussed by the Board at its January 2025 meeting. Key themes identified through the performance review included the need to focus on conducting regular reviews of M&A activities, succession planning and in-depth review of the global risk landscape. Lintstock is independent of and has no other connection with the Company or its directors in connection with the performance review. The Board has followed the CGI principles for Good Practice for

Secretary, external auditor and the Company's broker.

Listed Companies Using External Board Reviewers.

Audit, risk and internal control

Going concern and viability assessment

provided in Note 30 of the financial statements.

Risk management and internal control

pages 77 to 78.

Audit Committee and independent auditor

For further information on the Company's compliance with the Code provisions relating to the Audit Committee and auditors, please refer to the Audit Committee Report on pages 120 to 126. The independent auditors' responsibilities are set out on page 165 and the Board's statement as to the Annual Report and Accounts being fair, balanced and understandable can be found on page 110.

The Group's business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out in the Strategic Report, which also describes the Group's financial position, cash flows and borrowing facilities. Further information on these areas is detailed in the financial statements. Information on the Group's financial management objectives and how derivative instruments are used to hedge its capital, credit and liquidity risks is

The directors report that, having reviewed current performance and forecasts, they have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue its operations for a period of at least 12 months. For this reason, they have continued to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. The directors have also assessed the prospects of the Company over a three year period. Further details of the viability assessment are provided on

The Board is responsible for the Group's risk management process and delegates responsibility for its implementation to the Chief Executive and senior management best qualified in each area of the business. The Board sets guidance on the general level of risk which

a culture of openness and debate.

In addition, the Chairman's performance was considered by the SID with input from the non-executive directors and discussed following the December and January Board meetings without the Chairman present. The discussion concluded that the Chairman continued to devote sufficient time to his role and continued to lead the Board constructively, demonstrating objective judgement and encouraging

Re-election and election of directors

Under the Company's Articles of Association, directors are required to stand for re-election at least once every three years. However, in accordance with the Code, all directors stand for election or re-election at each AGM.

The specific reasons why the Board considers that each director's contribution is, and continues to be, important to the Company's long term sustainable success are set out in the directors' biographies on pages 108 to 109.

Board induction and development

On joining the Board, new members receive a personalised induction, tailored to their experience, background and understanding of the Group's operations and environment. During the year, Amy Stirling and Venetia Butterfield completed a comprehensive induction programme, which comprised:

Visits to warehouses and stores.
Attendance at key operational meetings.
Meetings with operational directors and senior managers, giving an overview of all aspects of the business.
Meetings with the Chairs of each of the Board and its Committees and the external audit partner.
A briefing from the Company Secretary, the Group's corporate broker and external lawyers on the duties of a public company director.
Access to past Board, Committee and other key governance papers.

Jonathan Blanchard received a personalised induction, incorporating the above plus a detailed handover with the outgoing Group Finance Director to ensure an orderly transition.

Individual training and development needs are reviewed as part of the annual Board evaluation process and training is provided where appropriate, requested or a need is identified. All directors receive frequent updates on a variety of issues relevant to the Group's business, including legal, regulatory and governance developments, with visits to stores and warehouse operations organised periodically to help directors' understanding of the operational aspects of the business.

Board effectiveness review

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 116 31/03/2025 17:34

Every year there is a review of the performance, composition and effectiveness of the Board, its Committees, the Chairman and individual directors. An outcome of the 2023/24 internal Board review identified opportunities to develop the Board's effectiveness further. Opportunities included extending Board composition to external skills in cyber and ESG and succession planning to include greater exposure of senior managers to non-executive directors. These themes were reviewed by the Board throughout the year and used to inform the 2024/25 performance review.

Our Board performance review is externally facilitated every three years. During the year, Lintstock Limited (Lintstock) were engaged to undertake our review for the first time, following a thorough review of potential facilitators. It was overseen by the Chairman and comprised a short questionnaire, individual interviews with Lintstock and attendance at our Board and Committee meetings to observe

and provide feedback. Views were also sought from the Company Secretary, external auditor and the Company's broker.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

to the Board, succession planning for Board and senior management positions and information on the Company's diversity position and

Under the Company's Articles of Association, directors are required to stand for re-election at least once every three years. However, in accordance with the Code, all directors stand for election or

The specific reasons why the Board considers that each director's contribution is, and continues to be, important to the Company's long term sustainable success are set out in the directors'

● Meetings with operational directors and senior managers, giving

● Meetings with the Chairs of each of the Board and its Committees

● A briefing from the Company Secretary, the Group's corporate broker and external lawyers on the duties of a public company

● Access to past Board, Committee and other key governance

Jonathan Blanchard received a personalised induction, incorporating the above plus a detailed handover with the outgoing Group Finance

Re-election and election of directors

Board induction and development

comprehensive induction programme, which comprised:

approach.

re-election at each AGM.

biographies on pages 108 to 109.

● Visits to warehouses and stores.

and the external audit partner.

Director to ensure an orderly transition.

Board effectiveness review

used to inform the 2024/25 performance review.

director.

papers.

business.

● Attendance at key operational meetings.

an overview of all aspects of the business.

There is a regular flow of information between all directors. The Company Secretary attended all Board meetings; she advised the Board on corporate governance matters and facilitated the flow of

The Company has an open culture; its non-executive directors meet on a formal and informal basis with a broad range of NEXT management and have unrestricted access to the business and its

Director appointments and the Nomination

We have seen a number of planned changes to the Board in 2024, which are explained in further detail in the Chairman's introduction

The Nomination Committee Report on page 118 contains information on the procedure for the appointment of new directors

maintains an appropriate balance of skills and experience.

Composition, succession and

External appointments during the year

Board Committees

responsibilities.

and responsibilities.

employees.

evaluation

Committee

on page 111.

appointments.

Board composition

Information and support

information within the Board.

Key themes identified through the performance review included the need to focus on conducting regular reviews of M&A activities, succession planning and in-depth review of the global risk landscape.

Lintstock is independent of and has no other connection with the Company or its directors in connection with the performance review. The Board has followed the CGI principles for Good Practice for Listed Companies Using External Board Reviewers.

Audit, risk and internal control

Audit Committee and independent auditor

Going concern and viability assessment

Risk management and internal control

is acceptable and has a considered approach to evaluating risk and reward and promoting a risk aware culture throughout the business.

Risk management and internal control is a continuous process and has been considered by the Board on a regular basis throughout the year (see the description of the Group's risk management and internal control framework on page 68 for more information). This includes identifying and evaluating principal and emerging risks, determining control strategies and considering how they may impact on the achievement of business objectives.

Remuneration

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 117 31/03/2025 17:34

The Remuneration Report also contains information on the Company's compliance with the Code provisions relating to remuneration.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

Membership and meetings

Members

Michael Roney (Committee Chairman) Jonathan Bewes Venetia Butterfield Soumen Das Tom Hall Dame Tristia Harrison Amy Stirling

The Committee member attendance table is shown on page 115. Lord Wolfson also attends the Nomination Committee meetings by invitation. In addition to formal meetings during the year, there were regular informal discussions on succession plans and appointments at the senior leadership team level.

The Committee's roles and responsibilities are covered in its terms of reference which are available on our corporate website nextplc.co.uk.

Our annual evaluation of the Nomination Committee's performance was undertaken as part of the externally facilitated Board evaluation process. Further details are set out on pages 116 to 117.

Committee activities in 2024/25

Board appointments

The Committee adopts a formal and transparent procedure for the appointment of new directors to the Board.

Following an extensive search exercise in 2023 and early 2024, the Board approved the appointment of Amy Stirling and Venetia Butterfield as non-executive directors with effect from 2 April 2024. Heidrick & Struggles was appointed to help identify suitable external candidates for the non-executive director roles and has no other connection with the Company. A comprehensive candidate specification was agreed and aligned the role briefs to the desired Board and Committee composition with reference to our Board skills matrix and diversity policy.

In October 2023, the Company announced the appointment of Jonathan Blanchard as Chief Financial Officer designate for appointment in the 2024/25 financial year. Jonathan was formerly CFO at Reiss which first became part of the NEXT Group in 2021. He moved to NEXT in November 2023 and joined the Board as Chief Financial Officer in July 2024. NEXT has a good track record of internal promotions to the Board and has not made an external appointment of an executive director for over 35 years.

Succession planning

During the year, the Committee considered the succession arrangements for the Board and the operational directors below Board level. We reviewed a skills matrix which captured the core skills, knowledge, experience and diversity represented by the Board members. This provides a framework for considering the skills we wish to focus on when preparing role specifications and evaluating potential new Board candidates. Our current Board members each bring a broad range of individual skills, knowledge and experience. A summary of the skills of our directors is shown below.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

gender balance under review and this will be considered in future appointments. Further analysis of employees by gender is given in the Strategic Report on page 92.

Board to be women.

Gender identity

Ethnic Background

Michael Roney

27 March 2025

White British or other White (including

information for ethnicity is based on voluntary self-declaration.

Chairman of the Nomination Committee

At least one individual on the Board of directors is from a minority ethnic background.

We are pleased to have been recognised in the FTSE Women Leaders Review: Achieving Gender Balance (February 2025) again this year. We were placed third in the FTSE 100 Rankings 2024 Women on Boards and in Leadership, having remained in the top three since 2017. Currently, women represent 33.3% of our Board, below the Board diversity target set out in the UK Listing Rules. The NEXT Board has undergone significant change in recent years and is set for further change, as noted under succession planning. The Board will keep its

The Company has not met the target that at least one of the required senior positions on its Board of directors is to be held by a woman.
At the financial year end, 33.3% of the Board of directors were women, therefore the Company did not meet the target for 40% of its

Men 8 67% 4 21 64% Women 4 33% 0 12 36% Not specified/prefer not to say 0 0 0 0 0

minority-white groups) 11 92% 4 31 94% Mixed/Multiple ethnic groups 0 0 0 0 0 Asian/Asian British 1 8% 0 2 6% Black/African/Caribbean/Black British 0 0 0 0 0 Other ethnic group 0 0 0 0 0 Not specified/prefer not to say 0 0 0 0 0

Approach to collating diversity data: data is from our employee database containing all permanent colleague details as at 25 January 2025. Diversity

Percentage of the Board Number of senior positions on the Board (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair)

Number in executive management Percentage of executive management

The Company met one of the three targets on board diversity set out in UKLR 6.6.6(9) as at the year end as set out below.

Number of Board members

Skills and experience	Number of directors
Retail/Commercial/Operational	9
Listed market experience and governance	7
Finance/Accounting	5
Brand marketing	4
CEO experience	3
Cyber risk/Digital	3
Property	2

The Committee recognises that governance is an ethos rather than a tick-box exercise, and in this increasingly complex governance arena, we occasionally need to balance conflicting governance requirements. The Committee is mindful that Jonathan Bewes and Michael Roney will complete nine years of service in the next twelve months, specifically in October 2025 and February 2026, respectively. During this same period, we will be conducting our external audit tender process, potentially resulting in the onboarding of a new external auditor, while also beginning the search for a new Chair. These key processes are led by the Audit Committee Chair and SID, both roles currently held by Jonathan Bewes. Our expectation is that we will request Jonathan to remain in post beyond the nine years to provide continuity and assist with these processes.

Crisis situation succession

During the year, we also considered crisis situation succession arrangements in the event of sudden changes in the availability of executives and key operational director personnel. The business has a strong history of successful internal promotions to both operational director and executive director positions, and we were able to clearly identify potential candidates to immediately cover for key personnel should the need arise.

Diversity and inclusion

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 118 31/03/2025 17:34

Appointments to the Board and its Committees, as with other positions within the Group, are made on merit according to the balance of skills and experience offered by prospective candidates. As a company, we acknowledge the benefits of diversity in terms of business experience and individual appointments are made irrespective of personal characteristics such as race, religion or gender. The Committee will always seek to appoint the candidate with the most appropriate skills and experience.

NEXT's Diversity & Inclusion Policy sets out our support for diversity and encourages an inclusive culture. We actively support a culture of inclusion, to ensure that all our employees are valued, and are treated with dignity and respect. We recognise that for the business to continue to be successful we must ensure that we can recruit from as wide a pool of talent as possible. This policy is to treat all employees fairly and equally, regardless of gender, sexual orientation, marital status, race, colour, nationality, religion, ethnic or national origin, age, disability or union membership status and we do not have a separate formal policy for the Board and its Committees as the all employee policy is applicable. We satisfy the Parker Review recommendation to have at least one Board director from an ethnic minority background.

Strategic Report

Governance

Further analysis of employees by gender is given in the Strategic Report on page 92.

The Company met one of the three targets on board diversity set out in UKLR 6.6.6(9) as at the year end as set out below.

1. The Company has not met the target that at least one of the required senior positions on its Board of directors is to be held by a woman.
1. At least one individual on the Board of directors is from a minority ethnic background.
1. At the financial year end, 33.3% of the Board of directors were women, therefore the Company did not meet the target for 40% of its Board to be women.

	Number of Board members	Percentage of the Board	Number of senior positions on the Board (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair)	Number in executive management	Percentage of executive management
Gender identity
Men	8	67%	4	21	64%
Women	4	33%	0	12	36%
Not specified/prefer not to say	0	0	0	0	0
Ethnic Background
White British or other White (including minority-white groups)	11	92%	4	31	94%
Mixed/Multiple ethnic groups	0	0	0	0	0
Asian/Asian British	1	8%	0	2	6%
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British	0	0	0	0	0
Other ethnic group	0	0	0	0	0
Not specified/prefer not to say	0	0	0	0	0

Approach to collating diversity data: data is from our employee database containing all permanent colleague details as at 25 January 2025. Diversity information for ethnicity is based on voluntary self-declaration.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 119 31/03/2025 17:34

NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT

skills, knowledge, experience and diversity represented by the Board members. This provides a framework for considering the skills we wish to focus on when preparing role specifications and evaluating potential new Board candidates. Our current Board members each bring a broad range of individual skills, knowledge and experience. A

summary of the skills of our directors is shown below.

Skills and experience Number of directors Retail/Commercial/Operational 9 Listed market experience and governance 7 Finance/Accounting 5 Brand marketing 4 CEO experience 3 Cyber risk/Digital 3 Property 2

years to provide continuity and assist with these processes.

Crisis situation succession

key personnel should the need arise.

Diversity and inclusion

with the most appropriate skills and experience.

from an ethnic minority background.

Membership and meetings

The Committee's roles and responsibilities are covered in its terms of reference which are available on our corporate website

Our annual evaluation of the Nomination Committee's performance was undertaken as part of the externally facilitated Board evaluation

The Committee adopts a formal and transparent procedure for the

External consultants are used to assist in identifying suitable candidates for non-executive roles, as well as for executive roles where no suitable internal candidate has been identified. A written specification is produced for each appointment. The Chairman is responsible for providing a shortlist of candidates for consideration by the Nomination Committee which then makes its recommendation to the Board for final approval. The Nomination Committee is led by the Senior Independent Director when dealing with the appointment of a successor to the Board chairmanship. Following an extensive search exercise in 2023 and early 2024, the Board approved the appointment of Amy Stirling and Venetia Butterfield as non-executive directors with effect from 2 April 2024. Heidrick & Struggles was appointed to help identify suitable external candidates for the non-executive director roles and has no other connection with the Company. A comprehensive candidate specification was agreed and aligned the role briefs to the desired Board and Committee composition with reference to our Board skills

During the year, the Committee considered the succession arrangements for the Board and the operational directors below Board level. We reviewed a skills matrix which captured the core

appointment of an executive director for over 35 years.

process. Further details are set out on pages 116 to 117. Committee activities in 2024/25

Michael Roney (Committee Chairman)

at the senior leadership team level.

Board appointments

matrix and diversity policy.

Succession planning

appointment of new directors to the Board.

Members

Amy Stirling

nextplc.co.uk.

Jonathan Bewes Venetia Butterfield Soumen Das Tom Hall

Dame Tristia Harrison

Michael Roney Chairman of the Nomination Committee 27 March 2025

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Chairman's Introduction

On the following page is a summary of the activities undertaken by the Committee during the year, which broadly fall into four categories: (i) financial reporting; (ii) external audit; (iii) internal control, risk management and internal audit; and (iv) governance and other matters. The Committee assists the Board through overseeing, challenging and monitoring the Company's frameworks and disclosures, along with management's judgements in these areas.

This year, the Committee completed preparatory work for the competitive tender process for its external auditor. The Committee agreed on the tender process timetable, prepared assessment criteria to ensure a fair evaluation of each firm, identified suitable firms to participate, and invited engagement from shareholders. Further information may be found on page 124.

The Committee is pleased with the progress made during the year to further reinforce the Company's robust environment of internal controls. The Committee has overseen the strengthening of the anti-fraud framework, and has received updates from the Anti-Fraud Steering Group. Work has also been underway regarding the risk management and internal control provision of the new UK Corporate Governance Code, which will be effective from the beginning of the financial year ending January 2027.

The Committee has also monitored progress of a new financial system, which will further enhance the Company's control environment and support the growth of the business.

All that remains is for me to thank the management team at NEXT and all Committee members for their valuable contributions which support the work of the Committee.

Jonathan Bewes Chairman of the Audit Committee 27 March 2025

Role of the Committee

The Committee's roles and responsibilities are covered in its terms of reference which are available on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk. These terms of reference were most recently reviewed by the Board in December 2024.

The Committee focuses on ensuring the integrity of the financial reporting and audit processes and the maintenance of sound internal control and risk management systems to safeguard shareholder interests. In particular, it focuses on monitoring and/or reviewing:

The integrity of financial and narrative reporting, and reviewing significant financial judgements.
The going concern and viability statements.
NEXT's systems of risk management and internal control.
The activities and effectiveness of the Internal Audit function.
The effectiveness of whistleblowing and anti-fraud arrangements.

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

● Reviewed the annual report and interim financial statements. ● Reviewed the going concern and viability statements and management's process and assumptions for assessing viability. ● Agreed the application of the key accounting judgements and estimates and considered whether the Annual Report and

● Reviewed the appropriateness and implementation of the

● Reviewed the appropriateness, application and disclosure of

● Reported and made recommendations to the Board on financial

● Reviewed correspondence between the Company and the FRC regarding the FRC's review of the 2024 Annual Report and

● Received reports from management on the progress of the finance transformation project to replace the core finance

● Reviewed audit findings and challenged management on its views

● Reported to the Board on the audit process, the effectiveness of the external auditor, the results of the external audit, and made a recommendation to the Board on the re-appointment of the

● Undertook preliminary work for the external audit re-tender,

During the year, the FRC's Corporate Reporting Review team completed a review of our 2024 Annual Report and Accounts covering reporting issues of a particular relevance to retail companies. It enquired into the Group's approach to impairment testing of plant, property and equipment and related Retail assets. As a result of the review, no changes to the reported numbers were required. However, we have expanded the disclosure in relation to the cash generating units identified for purposes of impairment testing. This change provides further information on our approach to impairment testing but had no impact on the process or results of

The FRC's enquiries regarding this matter are now complete. The FRC has asked that we make clear the inherent limitations of its review; it does not benefit from detailed knowledge of NEXT's business or an understanding of the underlying transactions entered into. Accordingly, it provides no assurance that the Annual Report and

● Assessed external auditor effectiveness and independence. ● Approved the audit and non-audit fee policy and fees. ● Received auditor views on management and controls.

Accounts are fair, balanced and understandable.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs).

● Reviewed audit approach, scope and planning.

and actions to address the findings.

which is due to take place in 2025.

Accounts are correct in all material respects.

Financial reporting FRC Reporting Review

Financial reporting

accounting policies.

reporting matters.

Accounts.

systems.

External audit

external auditor.

such testing.

Summary of key Committee activities during the year

Internal control, risk management and internal audit

● Reviewed and considered the appropriateness of the principal

● Considered risk reviews from various business areas including information security, tax, data protection, FCA compliance and

● Approved the Internal Audit plan, including amendments to the

● Reviewed the results of Internal Audit's work and proposed

● Reviewed fraud risk and mitigation, including the implementation

● Reviewed the assurance mapping matrix, which documents the levels of assurance undertaken for various reports and

● Considered work undertaken to formalise and document the

● Received reports and presentations from senior management in other significant business areas such as health and safety,

● Considered regular updates on ESG matters, including Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures ("TCFD") requirements, the new Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive,

● Reviewed the adequacy and security of whistleblowing processes

● Assessed NEXT's compliance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code and monitored progress towards compliance

The Committee reviews the financial statements of the Group, assesses whether suitable accounting policies have been adopted and whether management has made appropriate estimates and judgements. To assist with this review the Committee requested that management present detailed papers explaining and substantiating the basis for the Group's accounting policies, APMs and key areas of judgement and estimation. These papers included a sensitivity analysis of key estimates so that the potential impact of these could be viewed in the context of the financial statements as a whole. The Committee recognises the importance of the views of the external auditor and consequently made enquiries to ensure that suitably robust challenges and audit procedures had been performed on these judgements during the audit. There were ultimately no significant differences in views between management and the

Having reviewed management's papers and considered the procedures and findings of the external auditor, the Committee is satisfied that the judgements are reasonable, and that suitable accounting policies have been adopted and disclosed in the Annual

● Provided oversight of the risk management systems.

● Met with Internal Audit without management.

of a new anti-fraud framework .

Company's material internal controls.

pensions, payroll, legal, and taxation.

climate-related risks and Code of Practice.

and received regular reports on matters reported.

with the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code.

Review of financial statements

Governance and other matters

● Assessed the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function.

risks.

treasury.

plan during the year.

remediation plans.

submissions.

external auditor.

Report and Accounts.

● The effectiveness of the external audit process and the appropriateness of the relationship with the external auditor.

Membership and meetings

During the year the Committee comprised the following independent non-executive directors:

Member

Jonathan Bewes (Committee Chairman) Venetia Butterfield (from April 2024) Soumen Das Tom Hall Dame Tristia Harrison Amy Stirling (from April 2024) Dame Dianne Thompson (until May 2024)

The Committee held five scheduled meetings during the year. The meeting attendance table is shown on page 115. In advance of each meeting, the Committee Chairman met with the Central Finance Director, the Company Secretary, and separately with the external audit partner to discuss their reports and any other relevant issues. The Committee Chairman also had regular meetings with the Head of Internal Audit where the Group's internal controls, governance framework and the progress of the internal audit work programme are reviewed. The Committee Chairman routinely reported to the Board on the Committee's activities and matters of particular relevance, following the Committee meetings.

The Board Chairman attended all meetings by invitation. The Chief Financial Officer attended all meetings since his appointment, and his predecessor attended until her resignation, both by invitation. Operational directors and senior managers are invited to attend and present at Committee meetings regularly to reinforce a strong culture of risk management and to keep the Committee up to date with events in the business. The Committee meets without management present regularly and meets privately with the Head of Internal Audit and the external auditor as necessary and at least annually.

Details of the directors' skills, experience and qualifications can be found in the biographies on pages 108 to 109. The Committee's wide range of financial and commercial skills and experience serves to provide the necessary knowledge and ability to work as an effective committee and to robustly challenge the Board and senior management as and when appropriate. The Committee Chairman, Soumen Das and Amy Stirling all possess recent and relevant financial experience, and the Committee as a whole continues to have competence relevant to the sector. None of the Committee's members has a connection to PwC, the external auditor.

Committee effectiveness

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 120 31/03/2025 17:34

During the year, the Committee's performance was assessed as part of the annual Board performance review. This year's assessment was conducted externally and concluded that the Committee continues to operate effectively. Further details of this year's review can be found on pages 116 to 117.

Summary of key Committee activities during the year

Financial reporting

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to present the Audit Committee's report for the year ended 25 January 2025. This report explains the Committee's responsibilities and how it has discharged ● The activities and effectiveness of the Internal Audit function. ● The effectiveness of whistleblowing and anti-fraud arrangements. ● The effectiveness of the external audit process and the appropriateness of the relationship with the external auditor.

During the year the Committee comprised the following

members has a connection to PwC, the external auditor.

Committee effectiveness

found on pages 116 to 117.

Membership and meetings

independent non-executive directors:

Jonathan Bewes (Committee Chairman) Venetia Butterfield (from April 2024)

Dame Dianne Thompson (until May 2024)

relevance, following the Committee meetings.

Member

Soumen Das Tom Hall

annually.

Dame Tristia Harrison Amy Stirling (from April 2024)

The Committee has also monitored progress of a new financial system, which will further enhance the Company's control

All that remains is for me to thank the management team at NEXT and all Committee members for their valuable contributions which

The Committee's roles and responsibilities are covered in its terms of reference which are available on our corporate website at nextplc.co.uk. These terms of reference were most recently

● The integrity of financial and narrative reporting, and reviewing

● NEXT's systems of risk management and internal control.

environment and support the growth of the business.

Chairman's Introduction

Further information may be found on page 124.

financial year ending January 2027.

support the work of the Committee.

Chairman of the Audit Committee

Role of the Committee

reviewed by the Board in December 2024.

significant financial judgements.

● The going concern and viability statements.

Jonathan Bewes

27 March 2025

reviewing:

them over the year.

areas.

Reviewed the annual report and interim financial statements.
Reviewed the going concern and viability statements and management's process and assumptions for assessing viability.
Agreed the application of the key accounting judgements and estimates and considered whether the Annual Report and Accounts are fair, balanced and understandable.
Reviewed the appropriateness and implementation of the accounting policies.
Reviewed the appropriateness, application and disclosure of Alternative Performance Measures (APMs).
Reported and made recommendations to the Board on financial reporting matters.
Reviewed correspondence between the Company and the FRC regarding the FRC's review of the 2024 Annual Report and Accounts.
Received reports from management on the progress of the finance transformation project to replace the core finance systems.

External audit

Reviewed audit approach, scope and planning.
Reviewed audit findings and challenged management on its views and actions to address the findings.
Assessed external auditor effectiveness and independence.
Approved the audit and non-audit fee policy and fees.
Received auditor views on management and controls.
Reported to the Board on the audit process, the effectiveness of the external auditor, the results of the external audit, and made a recommendation to the Board on the re-appointment of the external auditor.
Undertook preliminary work for the external audit re-tender, which is due to take place in 2025.

Financial reporting

FRC Reporting Review

Internal control, risk management and internal audit

Provided oversight of the risk management systems.
Reviewed and considered the appropriateness of the principal risks.
Considered risk reviews from various business areas including information security, tax, data protection, FCA compliance and treasury.
Approved the Internal Audit plan, including amendments to the plan during the year.
Reviewed the results of Internal Audit's work and proposed remediation plans.
Met with Internal Audit without management.
Assessed the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function.
Reviewed fraud risk and mitigation, including the implementation of a new anti-fraud framework .
Reviewed the assurance mapping matrix, which documents the levels of assurance undertaken for various reports and submissions.
Considered work undertaken to formalise and document the Company's material internal controls.

Governance and other matters

Received reports and presentations from senior management in other significant business areas such as health and safety, pensions, payroll, legal, and taxation.
Considered regular updates on ESG matters, including Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures ("TCFD") requirements, the new Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, climate-related risks and Code of Practice.
Reviewed the adequacy and security of whistleblowing processes and received regular reports on matters reported.
Assessed NEXT's compliance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code and monitored progress towards compliance with the 2024 UK Corporate Governance Code.

Review of financial statements

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 121 31/03/2025 17:35

The Committee recognises the importance of the views of the external auditor and consequently made enquiries to ensure that suitably robust challenges and audit procedures had been performed on these judgements during the audit. There were ultimately no significant differences in views between management and the external auditor.

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Significant matters and judgements for the year ended 25 January 2025

The following areas of significance were all subject to review and challenge by the Committee and were discussed and addressed with our external auditor throughout the external audit process.

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

The Committee reviewed the appropriateness of preparing the Annual Report and Accounts on a going concern basis and the viability assessment for the business. To inform its assessment of Fair, balanced and understandable

out in the diagram below.

Report and Accounts.

Accounts.

The Internal Audit function and internal specialists undertake a review of material components of the financial statements, verifying information within the Annual Report.

Committee:

In March 2025, the Committee reviewed the Annual Report and Accounts. The Committee concluded that the Annual Report and Accounts taken as a whole are fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information necessary for shareholders to assess NEXT's position, performance, business model and strategy. It also considered the TCFD report (pages 83 to 89) and the potential impact on forward-looking assumptions supporting going concern and viability assessments. In reaching its conclusion, the Committee considers the Annual Report and Accounts in line with the steps set

Detailed consideration was given to the following items by the

● Reporting of the exceptional item of £14.5m in the Consolidated Income Statement as a result of the closure of the defined benefit plan in March 2024. This 'curtailment' loss is as a result of the difference between the pre and post closure estimates of the pension liability. As it is one off in nature and non cash, it is

● The use of an APM for profit before tax in the Chief Executive's Review. This APM removes the impact of non-controlling interests, amortisation relating to brand acquisitions and the exceptional item on the pension curtailment. The rationale for this approach and reconciliation to the statutory profit before tax has been considered and disclosed within the Annual Report and

● Other APMs and segmental analysis (Note 1) were also considered and the Committee was satisfied these had also been disclosed and explained appropriately in the Annual Report and

Management provides the Committee with a report on the steps taken to ensure that the report is fair, balanced and understandable. The Committee discusses this with management and challenges any significant judgements or estimations made, as well as the use of any APMs.

The Committee considers the views of the external auditor and recommends the Annual Report and Accounts to the Board for approval.

recognised in the income statement within exceptionals. ● The Reporting of Group Sales within the Chief Executive's Review which is an APM. This APM records sales on the basis of the percentage held in the businesses acquired by NEXT. The rationale for this approach and reconciliation to the statutory revenue has been considered and disclosed within the Annual

● Received a presentation from management which set out the Group's financial position and performance, its three year cash projections and the Group's available borrowing facilities and covenants, including the repayment profile of its existing debt

● Reviewed the process behind the preparation of the cash projections, assessing the completeness of the inputs and appropriateness of key assumptions made by management. ● Reviewed the stress testing and reverse stress test prepared by management. The stress tests included the possible cash impact of a 'black swan' event such as the temporary closure of all the

● Took into consideration recent updates they had received on the

● Noted that the Group had generated significant cash in the year, which had enabled it to continue its share buyback activity, while also reducing its net debt by £40m. Furthermore, the Group continued to have access to significant cash levers which it could

Based on these procedures the Committee approved the disclosures in relation to both the going concern and viability assessment and recommended to the Board the preparation of the financial

Fair, balanced and understandable assessment

The reporting is led by a small team of management which coordinates the input into the Annual Report. Senior management reviews the Report as a whole to ensure that the information provided is accurate and the narrative is consistent with the fact pattern.

The Committee reviews the Annual Report during the drafting process and receives regular updates on progress. By facilitating input at an early stage, there is adequate time for review and amendments.

utilise if required to support the viability of the business. ● Received an update from management setting out how it was managing its cash and net debt so that it retained flexibility over its ability to settle or replace the bond due to mature in 2025. Further details of the scenario testing, including the cash levers available to the business, are provided in the Viability Statement on

Going concern and viability statement

these, the Committee:

structure.

page 78.

warehouses and retail stores.

statements on a going concern basis.

Management accounts and KPIs are considered at Board meetings to ensure that business performance is appropriately assessed, reported and

understood.

Group's principal and emerging risks.

Area of focus	Details of Committee review	Reference to financial statements
1. Online customer receivables and related allowance for expected credit losses (ECL)	This represents the largest asset class on the Group's Balance Sheet (2025: Gross value £1.6bn and allowance for expected credit losses of £182m). Based on detailed reports and thorough discussions with management and the external auditor, including the appropriate ECL model specialists, the Committee reviewed the basis and level of provisions under IFRS 9 "Financial instruments" and the sensitivity of key judgements.	Page 187 and Note 14
	The Audit Committee reviewed the key risk indicators included within the model, including the disclosure within the financial statements which explain the impact of forecast UK unemployment rates, real wage growth and the continued pressure caused by UK inflation rates. Sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions, including management overlays to the base ECL model, has also been reviewed and, where significant, has been disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts.
	The Committee is satisfied that the judgements made, and the sensitivities disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts, are reasonable and appropriate.
2. Closure of pension scheme	In March 2024 NEXT announced that it was closing its defined benefit plan to future accrual. This resulted in a curtailment loss including related expenses of £14.5m. This loss has been recognised as an exceptional loss in the Group Income Statement.	Notes 6 & 21
	The Committee was provided with accounting papers setting out how this loss was calculated and considered whether the presentation of this item, as an exceptional loss, was appropriate. Given the loss was significant, non-cash and not related to the underlying trade of the core business the Committee concluded that it was appropriate to separately present this as an exceptional item. Having concluded this was appropriate, careful consideration was then given to how this amount was disclosed and explained in the Annual Report and Accounts. In particular, the Committee considered whether the disclosure was sufficient and appropriate to enable a user of the Annual Report and Accounts to know whether performance metrics included or excluded the loss.
	Regarding the Group Balance Sheet it shows a funding surplus of £30.8m (2024: £59.3m), comprising £617.3m assets and £586.5m defined benefit pension schemes' obligation.
	The Committee reviewed the actuarial assumptions underlying the calculations, discussed with the auditor its view on these assumptions, and was satisfied that they are reasonable.
3. Equal pay claim	In August 2024 the first tier Employment Tribunal issued its decision on an Equal Pay case brought against NEXT by both current and former employees. NEXT has carefully reviewed the findings of the Tribunal and, following advice from legal Counsel, has appealed the decision. The legal advice we have received suggests that we have good prospects of success with the appeal. As such, it remains the view of the Board that the likelihood of any payment remains possible, but not probable. Therefore, at this time, no provision has been made in the accounts pending the appeal process.	Note 36
	In addition, there remains significant uncertainty in the total number of claims that may be received and the outcome from the appeals process (and timing) is unknown.
	Finally, the Committee agreed that any estimate of the potential liability is not disclosed as doing so could be prejudicial to NEXT's position.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 122 31/03/2025 17:35

Going concern and viability statement

Reference to financial statements

Notes 6 & 21

Note 36

Page 187 and Note 14

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

external auditor throughout the external audit process.

Area of focus Details of Committee review

key judgements.

excluded the loss.

obligation.

are reasonable.

Online customer receivables and related allowance for expected credit losses (ECL)
Closure of pension

scheme

Significant matters and judgements for the year ended 25 January 2025

£1.6bn and allowance for expected credit losses of £182m).

significant, has been disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts.

the Annual Report and Accounts, are reasonable and appropriate.

The following areas of significance were all subject to review and challenge by the Committee and were discussed and addressed with our

This represents the largest asset class on the Group's Balance Sheet (2025: Gross value

Based on detailed reports and thorough discussions with management and the external auditor, including the appropriate ECL model specialists, the Committee reviewed the basis and level of provisions under IFRS 9 "Financial instruments" and the sensitivity of

The Audit Committee reviewed the key risk indicators included within the model, including the disclosure within the financial statements which explain the impact of forecast UK unemployment rates, real wage growth and the continued pressure caused by UK inflation rates. Sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions, including management overlays to the base ECL model, has also been reviewed and, where

The Committee is satisfied that the judgements made, and the sensitivities disclosed in

In March 2024 NEXT announced that it was closing its defined benefit plan to future accrual. This resulted in a curtailment loss including related expenses of £14.5m. This loss has been recognised as an exceptional loss in the Group Income Statement.

The Committee was provided with accounting papers setting out how this loss was calculated and considered whether the presentation of this item, as an exceptional loss, was appropriate. Given the loss was significant, non-cash and not related to the underlying trade of the core business the Committee concluded that it was appropriate to separately present this as an exceptional item. Having concluded this was appropriate, careful consideration was then given to how this amount was disclosed and explained in the Annual Report and Accounts. In particular, the Committee considered whether the disclosure was sufficient and appropriate to enable a user of the Annual Report and Accounts to know whether performance metrics included or

Regarding the Group Balance Sheet it shows a funding surplus of £30.8m (2024: £59.3m), comprising £617.3m assets and £586.5m defined benefit pension schemes'

The Committee reviewed the actuarial assumptions underlying the calculations, discussed with the auditor its view on these assumptions, and was satisfied that they

case brought against NEXT by both current and former employees. NEXT has carefully reviewed the findings of the Tribunal and, following advice from legal Counsel, has appealed the decision. The legal advice we have received suggests that we have good prospects of success with the appeal. As such, it remains the view of the Board that the likelihood of any payment remains possible, but not probable. Therefore, at this time,

In addition, there remains significant uncertainty in the total number of claims that may be received and the outcome from the appeals process (and timing) is unknown.

Finally, the Committee agreed that any estimate of the potential liability is not disclosed

Equal pay claim In August 2024 the first tier Employment Tribunal issued its decision on an Equal Pay

as doing so could be prejudicial to NEXT's position.

no provision has been made in the accounts pending the appeal process.

Received a presentation from management which set out the Group's financial position and performance, its three year cash projections and the Group's available borrowing facilities and covenants, including the repayment profile of its existing debt structure.
Reviewed the process behind the preparation of the cash projections, assessing the completeness of the inputs and appropriateness of key assumptions made by management.
Reviewed the stress testing and reverse stress test prepared by management. The stress tests included the possible cash impact of a 'black swan' event such as the temporary closure of all the warehouses and retail stores.
Took into consideration recent updates they had received on the Group's principal and emerging risks.
Noted that the Group had generated significant cash in the year, which had enabled it to continue its share buyback activity, while also reducing its net debt by £40m. Furthermore, the Group continued to have access to significant cash levers which it could utilise if required to support the viability of the business.
Received an update from management setting out how it was managing its cash and net debt so that it retained flexibility over its ability to settle or replace the bond due to mature in 2025.

Further details of the scenario testing, including the cash levers available to the business, are provided in the Viability Statement on page 78.

Based on these procedures the Committee approved the disclosures in relation to both the going concern and viability assessment and recommended to the Board the preparation of the financial statements on a going concern basis.

Fair, balanced and understandable

Detailed consideration was given to the following items by the Committee:

Reporting of the exceptional item of £14.5m in the Consolidated Income Statement as a result of the closure of the defined benefit plan in March 2024. This 'curtailment' loss is as a result of the difference between the pre and post closure estimates of the pension liability. As it is one off in nature and non cash, it is recognised in the income statement within exceptionals.
The Reporting of Group Sales within the Chief Executive's Review which is an APM. This APM records sales on the basis of the percentage held in the businesses acquired by NEXT. The rationale for this approach and reconciliation to the statutory revenue has been considered and disclosed within the Annual Report and Accounts.
The use of an APM for profit before tax in the Chief Executive's Review. This APM removes the impact of non-controlling interests, amortisation relating to brand acquisitions and the exceptional item on the pension curtailment. The rationale for this approach and reconciliation to the statutory profit before tax has been considered and disclosed within the Annual Report and Accounts.
Other APMs and segmental analysis (Note 1) were also considered and the Committee was satisfied these had also been disclosed and explained appropriately in the Annual Report and Accounts.

Fair, balanced and understandable assessment

Management accounts and KPIs are considered at Board meetings to ensure that business performance is appropriately assessed, reported and understood.

The Internal Audit function and internal specialists undertake a review of material components of the financial statements, verifying information within the Annual Report.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 123 31/03/2025 17:35

Management provides the Committee with a report on the steps taken to ensure that the report is fair, balanced and understandable. The Committee discusses this with management and challenges any significant judgements or estimations made, as well as the use of any APMs.

The Committee considers the views of the external auditor and recommends the Annual Report and Accounts to the Board for approval.

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Risk management, internal control and internal audit

Risk management

While the Board retains ultimate responsibility for risk management, the Committee reviews the overall effectiveness of risk management within the business regularly and at least annually. At each meeting during the year, the Committee received presentations from management detailing risks and risk management in various business areas. More information about the Committee's risk oversight during the year can be found below.

Further details regarding NEXT's risk framework and approach to risk management, together with details of the principal risks and risk assessment can be found on pages 68 to 76.

The Committee's risk management activities during the year

IT systems, cyber security and data privacy

The Committee received progress reports on IT control observations made by the external auditor during the 2024/25 audit.
At every meeting, the Committee received updates from the Information Security Manager on cyber security, including IT ransomware defence and recovery work.
Management presented to the Committee on work being done to enhance information security processes and procedures.
The Committee reviewed information security and data privacy (GDPR) key risk indicators, key controls dashboards, and enhancement plans.

Consumer credit

During the year the Committee received regular briefings on the Finance business, including reporting on the financial outlook, work on new customer management scorecards and affordability assessments and updates on credit account fraud.
The Committee received updates on payment and default rates, bad debt, and arrears.
The Committee oversees the credit business' FCA conduct risk dashboard and has the opportunity to challenge management as appropriate.

Other risk activities

The Committee also:

Reviewed the key current and emerging risks (including ESG risks), together with the associated controls and mitigating factors.
Considered management's scoring of inherent and residual risks, and challenged assumptions and methodology to ensure these are appropriate and robust.
Reviewed the 2024/25 risk governance schedule.
Reported to the Board on its evaluation of the effectiveness of the Group's systems of internal control and risk management, informed by reports from Internal Audit and PwC.
Received regular updates on fraud prevention and detection activity and reviewed the oversight and governance framework in place.
Received updates on material legal matters.

● Received updates from the operations team on key projects such as the Finance Transformation project, including consideration of the associated risks.

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

and has now completed his third year of the maximum term of five

Effectiveness

audit was effective.

shareholders at the 2025 AGM

Other matters

the year the Committee:

Whistleblowing

● Reviewed the proposed TCFD disclosures.

Sustainability on ESG governance matters.

reported directly to the Committee Chairman.

modern slavery training and awareness programmes.

standards in our supply chain.

ESG

aware of:

The Committee Chairman attended the audit close meeting between the external auditor and management to ensure that he was fully

● The views of the external auditor's technical specialists and

The external auditor attended all of this year's Committee meetings. Based on these reviews, the Committee concluded that PwC had applied appropriately robust challenge and professional scepticism throughout the audit, that it possessed the skills and experience required to fulfil its duties effectively and efficiently, and that the

Having reviewed the auditor's independence and objectivity, the audit quality and the auditor's performance, the Committee was satisfied with PwC's independence and objectivity and recommended its re-appointment for the year ending 31 January 2026. A resolution to re-appoint PwC and give authority to the Committee to determine its remuneration will be submitted to

ESG is a standing item on the Audit Committee's agenda and during

● Received updates on new regulatory developments and significant environmental initiatives within the business. ● Had presentations from the Code of Practice team, which works with NEXT's suppliers worldwide to uphold and improve labour

● Received updates at every meeting from the Head of

The Company's whistleblowing procedures ensure that employees, suppliers and other third parties can raise concerns about possible improprieties on a confidential basis. Concerns can be raised via telephone or online directly to NEXT or an independently provided third-party service. The policy also provides for concerns to be

During the year, the Committee received updates at every meeting of reported issues, investigation details and follow up actions. The Committee also received updates in relation to anti-bribery and

● The issues that arose during the audit and their resolution.

● The interaction between management and the auditor.

● The level of errors identified during the audit.

NEXT's subject area experts.

The Audit Committee has assessed the independence of the auditor by considering, amongst other things, the length of tenure of the audit firm and the audit partner, the value of non-audit fees provided by the external auditor, the relationship with the auditor as a whole, and management responses to the independence questions in the questionnaire conducted at the end of the audit process. It also considers the external auditors' own assessment of its independence. The Committee is satisfied that PwC meets the required standard of independence to safeguard the objectivity and

The Committee confirms its compliance with the provisions of The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 for the financial year ended

Non-audit work carried out by the external

In accordance with the FRC's Ethical Standard and in order to maintain the continued independence and objectivity of the Group's external auditor, NEXT has a policy governing the provision of

● The Committee's approval is required in advance of any non-audit

● In any one year the aggregate non-audit fees will not exceed

● Over a rolling three-year period, non-audit fees are limited to 50% of the average audit fee paid in the previous three years. ● Only permitted non-audit services may be provided by the

The policy was most recently reviewed and updated in March 2025. The Committee reviews PwC's audit and non-audit fees twice a year. These procedures also ensure that the regulatory cap on permitted non-audit services of 70% of the average Group audit fee paid on a

Proposed assignments of non-audit services with anticipated fees over £175,000 are generally subject to competitive tender and decisions on the award of work are made based on competence and cost-effectiveness. A tender process may not be undertaken where existing knowledge of the Group enables the auditor to provide the relevant services more cost-effectively than other parties. The external auditor is prohibited from providing any services that would conflict with their statutory responsibilities or which would

During the year, PwC's audit fee amounted to £2.9m (2024: £2.7m). PwC non-audit fees were £0.2m (2024: £0.3m). In line with the above policy, appropriate advance approval was obtained from the Committee. Non-audit fees included services to provide limited assurance over parts of our corporate responsibility reporting from PwC as it has existing knowledge of the Company and was able to provide the services in a cost-effective manner. Further details are

otherwise compromise their objectivity or independence.

provided in Note 3 to the financial statements.

non-audit services by the external auditor.

rolling three-year basis is not exceeded.

services to be provided by the external auditor.

annual audit cycles.

integrity of the audit.

25 January 2025.

£400,000.

auditor.

auditor

Internal audit

The Internal Audit function is an integral feature of the Group's control framework. The work undertaken by the team provides invaluable insight into the practices, processes, systems and controls of the business. As such, the internal audit plan is approved by the Committee annually, and the Head of Internal Audit provides a detailed update to the Committee at each meeting. This update provides insight into the results of audits, including proposed improvement plans where relevant.

The Committee has oversight of the Internal Audit function's resources, experience and expertise. The Committee as a whole and the Committee Chairman each meet with the Head of Internal Audit without management present regularly to allow for open discussion.

The Committee is satisfied that the Internal Audit function has continued to perform effectively during the year.

External audit

The Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the appointment, re-appointment, remuneration and removal of the external auditor. A resolution to propose the re-appointment of PwC was approved by shareholders at the 2024 AGM. When considering whether to recommend the re-appointment of the external auditor, the Committee considers a range of factors, including the effectiveness of the external audit, the period since the last audit tender was conducted, and the ongoing independence and objectivity of the external auditor.

Audit Tender and Minimum Standard

When considering the appropriate time to conduct an audit tender, the Committee takes into account a range of matters, including the benefit of an incumbent firm with deep knowledge of the Group's operations enabling an efficient and high quality audit, the independence and objectivity of the appointed auditor and audit partner and the results of the assessment of audit effectiveness.

The tender process for audit services to begin in the year ending January 2028 is in its early stages and is expected to be completed by the end of H1 2025/26. During the financial year, the Committee undertook preparatory work for the tender process, including setting the tender process timetable, agreeing assessment criteria to ensure fair evaluation of each firm, identification of suitable firms to participate, and inviting engagement from shareholders.

The Committee is mindful of conducting the audit tender process in accordance with best practice, including the FRC's External Audit: Minimum Standard. A report on the tender process and outcome will be provided in next year's Annual Report and Accounts.

Independence and objectivity

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 124 31/03/2025 17:35

PwC has reported to the Committee that, in its professional judgement, it is independent within the meaning of regulatory and professional requirements and the objectivity of the audit engagement partner and audit staff is not impaired. Mark Skedgel was first appointed as the Lead Audit Partner for the 2022/23 audit

and has now completed his third year of the maximum term of five annual audit cycles.

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Risk management, internal control and

● Received updates from the operations team on key projects such as the Finance Transformation project, including consideration of

PwC conducted its first audit of NEXT's financial statements in 2018, following a competitive tender process. The Committee conducts an audit services tender at least every ten years as required by law, to ensure that the independence of the external auditor is safeguarded. When considering the appropriate time to conduct an audit tender, the Committee takes into account a range of matters, including the benefit of an incumbent firm with deep knowledge of the Group's operations enabling an efficient and high quality audit, the independence and objectivity of the appointed auditor and audit partner and the results of the assessment of audit effectiveness. The tender process for audit services to begin in the year ending January 2028 is in its early stages and is expected to be completed by the end of H1 2025/26. During the financial year, the Committee undertook preparatory work for the tender process, including setting the tender process timetable, agreeing assessment criteria to ensure fair evaluation of each firm, identification of suitable firms to

the associated risks. Internal audit

improvement plans where relevant.

External audit

objectivity of the external auditor.

continued to perform effectively during the year.

Audit Tender and Minimum Standard

participate, and inviting engagement from shareholders.

will be provided in next year's Annual Report and Accounts.

Independence and objectivity

The Committee is mindful of conducting the audit tender process in accordance with best practice, including the FRC's External Audit: Minimum Standard. A report on the tender process and outcome

Further details regarding NEXT's risk framework and approach to risk management, together with details of the principal risks and risk

The Committee's risk management activities

● The Committee received progress reports on IT control observations made by the external auditor during the 2024/25

● At every meeting, the Committee received updates from the Information Security Manager on cyber security, including IT

● Management presented to the Committee on work being done to enhance information security processes and procedures. ● The Committee reviewed information security and data privacy (GDPR) key risk indicators, key controls dashboards, and

● During the year the Committee received regular briefings on the Finance business, including reporting on the financial outlook, work on new customer management scorecards and affordability

● The Committee received updates on payment and default rates,

● The Committee oversees the credit business' FCA conduct risk dashboard and has the opportunity to challenge management as

● Reviewed the key current and emerging risks (including ESG risks), together with the associated controls and mitigating factors. ● Considered management's scoring of inherent and residual risks, and challenged assumptions and methodology to ensure these

● Reported to the Board on its evaluation of the effectiveness of the Group's systems of internal control and risk management,

● Received regular updates on fraud prevention and detection activity and reviewed the oversight and governance framework in

assessments and updates on credit account fraud.

IT systems, cyber security and data privacy

internal audit

during the year

enhancement plans. Consumer credit

bad debt, and arrears.

Other risk activities The Committee also:

are appropriate and robust.

● Reviewed the 2024/25 risk governance schedule.

informed by reports from Internal Audit and PwC.

● Received updates on material legal matters.

appropriate.

place.

audit.

Risk management

oversight during the year can be found below.

assessment can be found on pages 68 to 76.

ransomware defence and recovery work.

Non-audit work carried out by the external auditor

In accordance with the FRC's Ethical Standard and in order to maintain the continued independence and objectivity of the Group's external auditor, NEXT has a policy governing the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor.

The Committee's approval is required in advance of any non-audit services to be provided by the external auditor.
In any one year the aggregate non-audit fees will not exceed £400,000.
Over a rolling three-year period, non-audit fees are limited to 50% of the average audit fee paid in the previous three years.
Only permitted non-audit services may be provided by the auditor.

Effectiveness

The Committee Chairman attended the audit close meeting between the external auditor and management to ensure that he was fully aware of:

The issues that arose during the audit and their resolution.
The level of errors identified during the audit.
The interaction between management and the auditor.
The views of the external auditor's technical specialists and NEXT's subject area experts.

The external auditor attended all of this year's Committee meetings.

Based on these reviews, the Committee concluded that PwC had applied appropriately robust challenge and professional scepticism throughout the audit, that it possessed the skills and experience required to fulfil its duties effectively and efficiently, and that the audit was effective.

Other matters

ESG

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 125 31/03/2025 17:35

ESG is a standing item on the Audit Committee's agenda and during the year the Committee:

Reviewed the proposed TCFD disclosures.
Received updates on new regulatory developments and significant environmental initiatives within the business.
Had presentations from the Code of Practice team, which works with NEXT's suppliers worldwide to uphold and improve labour standards in our supply chain.
Received updates at every meeting from the Head of Sustainability on ESG governance matters.

Whistleblowing

During the year, the Committee received updates at every meeting of reported issues, investigation details and follow up actions. The Committee also received updates in relation to anti-bribery and modern slavery training and awareness programmes.

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

Effectiveness

It is the Committee's responsibility to assess the effectiveness of the external audit.

The Committee kept the effectiveness of the external audit under continuous review throughout the year. It did this through:

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 126 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

Part 1: Annual Statement from the Remuneration Committee Chairman

This report complies with Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Group (Accounts and Reports) Regulations, the UK

page 127 page 132 page 149

As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and on behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our report on directors' remuneration for

At the May 2024 AGM we proposed inflation-linked pay rises for all executive directors (including the CEO) and modest changes to the bonus arrangements of the executive directors other than the CEO. Subsequently, in July 2024 the Committee implemented a further set of changes to both salaries and bonus structures for the executives other than the CEO. These changes were necessitated by evolving

With hindsight, the Committee would have preferred to propose these at the 2024 AGM. Still, our duty is to the business and its shareholders, and this in turn requires adaptability to evolving circumstances. It had become clear to us that the changes below were necessary and well within normal bounds. I wrote on behalf of the Committee to our 34 largest shareholders, who collectively at that time held around 50% of our issued shares, along with their representative bodies, to inform them about the changes to the executive directors'

● For Richard Papp (Group Merchandise and Operations Director) and Jane Shields (Group Sales, Marketing and HR Director), base salary

● For Jeremy Stakol (Group Investments, Acquisitions and Third Party Brands Director) and Jonathan Blanchard (new Chief Financial Officer),

● The maximum bonus for those four executives will remain capped at 150% (the increase from a cap of 100% to 150% was disclosed in my Statement last year), but we aligned the bonus mechanism with that of the Chief Executive (who is also capped at 150%). When increasing the bonus level for FY25, we originally planned that the Chief Executive would receive a higher percentage payout of salary than the other Executive Directors for the same performance above budgeted NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS. Now, all Executive Directors will earn the maximum bonus at the same performance level. Any bonus exceeding 100% will be paid in shares, which must be held for two years.

● We also increased the salary of outgoing Group Finance Director, Amanda James, who retired from the business after 29 years of service in September 2024, to £700k (i.e. in line with Richard Papp and Jane Shields). Given we think it is the right thing for the business - and its shareholders - to increase the pay of Richard Papp and Jane Shields, we considered that it would be highly inequitable for Amanda, after 29 years of service, not to receive the benefit of this change for her last remaining months in the business. During the year and until she departed from the business, Amanda demonstrated exceptional diligence managing the transition of her extensive responsibilities to our

We backdated these pay arrangements to the start of the financial year, although we did not increase the first half LTIP grant which was

● NEXT has, for many years, maintained a very conservative approach to overall pay levels. This remains the case and the Remuneration Committee strongly believes that these changes are appropriate, not excessive, and in the interests of our investors. These changes ensure that we retain and motivate our highly experienced and long serving executive team in the context of a highly competitive market for management talent and the need for stability in the senior team, especially given Amanda's departure and the fact that Richard (58)

● The executive directors' responsibilities have expanded significantly over recent years, driven by organic initiatives such as Total Platform and LABEL, along with successful acquisitions like Reiss; these initiatives taken together now play a substantial role in the Company's

● While no changes were made to the Chief Executive's arrangements, for completeness, his package is at or below the lower quartile of the

new CFO, Jonathan Blanchard. Amanda chose to retire from the business and has not received any severance pay.

and Jane (61), are likely to retire at some point in the coming years, necessitate these changes.

salary and bonus structure and held follow up meetings with a number of them (see Shareholder Engagement section below).

Changes to executive directors' salary and bonus structure

Remuneration compliance

Part 2: Annual Remuneration Report Part 3: Directors' Remuneration Policy

Changes to salaries and bonuses

base salary increased from £499k and £575k respectively to £600k.

● We did not change anything in the mechanics of the LTIP scheme.

based on the base salaries before the changes outlined above.

Whilst these changes are material, we would point out that:

Context and rationale for the changes

overall performance.

various benchmarks.

increased from £557k to £700k.

Corporate Governance Code (Code) and the Listing Rules.

Part 1: Annual Statement

Contents

2024/25.

circumstances.

REMUNERATION REPORT

Contents
Part 1: Annual Statement from the Remuneration Committee Chairman	page 127
Part 2: Annual Remuneration Report	page 132
Part 3: Directors' Remuneration Policy	page 149

Remuneration compliance

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

It is the Committee's responsibility to assess the effectiveness of the external audit.

The Committee kept the effectiveness of the external audit under continuous review throughout the year. It did this through:

Effectiveness

This report complies with Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Group (Accounts and Reports) Regulations, the UK Corporate Governance Code (Code) and the Listing Rules.

Part 1: Annual Statement

As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and on behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our report on directors' remuneration for 2024/25.

Changes to executive directors' salary and bonus structure

Changes to salaries and bonuses

For Richard Papp (Group Merchandise and Operations Director) and Jane Shields (Group Sales, Marketing and HR Director), base salary increased from £557k to £700k.
For Jeremy Stakol (Group Investments, Acquisitions and Third Party Brands Director) and Jonathan Blanchard (new Chief Financial Officer), base salary increased from £499k and £575k respectively to £600k.
The maximum bonus for those four executives will remain capped at 150% (the increase from a cap of 100% to 150% was disclosed in my Statement last year), but we aligned the bonus mechanism with that of the Chief Executive (who is also capped at 150%). When increasing the bonus level for FY25, we originally planned that the Chief Executive would receive a higher percentage payout of salary than the other Executive Directors for the same performance above budgeted NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS. Now, all Executive Directors will earn the maximum bonus at the same performance level. Any bonus exceeding 100% will be paid in shares, which must be held for two years.
We did not change anything in the mechanics of the LTIP scheme.
We also increased the salary of outgoing Group Finance Director, Amanda James, who retired from the business after 29 years of service in September 2024, to £700k (i.e. in line with Richard Papp and Jane Shields). Given we think it is the right thing for the business - and its shareholders - to increase the pay of Richard Papp and Jane Shields, we considered that it would be highly inequitable for Amanda, after 29 years of service, not to receive the benefit of this change for her last remaining months in the business. During the year and until she departed from the business, Amanda demonstrated exceptional diligence managing the transition of her extensive responsibilities to our new CFO, Jonathan Blanchard. Amanda chose to retire from the business and has not received any severance pay.

We backdated these pay arrangements to the start of the financial year, although we did not increase the first half LTIP grant which was based on the base salaries before the changes outlined above.

Context and rationale for the changes

Whilst these changes are material, we would point out that:

NEXT has, for many years, maintained a very conservative approach to overall pay levels. This remains the case and the Remuneration Committee strongly believes that these changes are appropriate, not excessive, and in the interests of our investors. These changes ensure that we retain and motivate our highly experienced and long serving executive team in the context of a highly competitive market for management talent and the need for stability in the senior team, especially given Amanda's departure and the fact that Richard (58) and Jane (61), are likely to retire at some point in the coming years, necessitate these changes.
The executive directors' responsibilities have expanded significantly over recent years, driven by organic initiatives such as Total Platform and LABEL, along with successful acquisitions like Reiss; these initiatives taken together now play a substantial role in the Company's overall performance.
While no changes were made to the Chief Executive's arrangements, for completeness, his package is at or below the lower quartile of the various benchmarks.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 127 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

● Reliable comparable data for the Chief Financial Officer position shows that his overall compensation package remains materially below the median. Jonathan's base salary is below both the lower quartile for FTSE 50 CFOs and below the median for FTSE 100 CFOs overall. The overall package is also lower than both groups due to significantly lower variable pay. The combined bonus and LTIP opportunity is 375% of salary, compared to a FTSE 100 retailer median of 450% and a FTSE 50 median of 495%.

REUNERATION REPORT ®

Annual base salary review for 2025/26

EPS and performance measurement

● It is consistent and transparent to participants and shareholders.

ESG metrics in performance measurement

initiatives NEXT undertakes in this space.

in the event of significant ESG failures.

appropriate to exercise such provisions. Pension entitlements

company, not by NEXT shareholders.

ESG measures were incorporated.

Malus and clawback

growth, as evidenced by the results this year and a TSR of 84% over ten years.

account the following:

which the Company operates. In allowing the executives' performance-related pay to vest without adjustment, the Committee took into

● Our executive directors are high performing, with an excellent track record in delivering strong and resilient Company performance and

● The strong performance of the business is driven by the continued success of our executive directors in enhancing NEXT's product ranges, fostering the growth of third-party brands, and advancing our technology. As a result, NEXT has successfully navigated the long term challenges and opportunities brought by the structural shift of consumer spending from physical stores to online. Additionally, the

The Committee believes in consequence that the executive directors' remuneration earned this year is proportionate and aligned to business

The Committee reviewed and set the remuneration for the Chairman, executive directors and senior management. Whilst the wider

Each year the Committee reviews the performance measures used for the annual bonus and LTIP. The performance measure for the annual bonus continues to be based on underlying NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS before exceptionals. The principal reasons for using EPS are:

● The primary financial objective of the Group is to deliver long term, sustainable returns to shareholders through a combination of growth

As set out in previous years, we consider it right that the impact of share buybacks on EPS (or adjustments for special dividends) should be included in performance measurement, as share buybacks (and special dividends) have been one of NEXT's primary strategies in delivering value to shareholders. Share buybacks or special dividends are regularly considered by the Board. Shares are only bought when the Board is

The Committee is acutely aware of the significant attention ESG (Environmental, Social, and Governance) issues receive from the investment community and the broader importance they hold in society. The Company itself places substantial focus on ESG, particularly in areas such as the working conditions of factories where NEXT's garments are produced. Pages 79 to 99 provide detailed information on the extensive

In the Committee's view, these initiatives are comprehensive, well-integrated, and deeply embedded in the Company's day-to-day operations. Therefore, the Committee feels it unnecessary to introduce an ESG metric into the bonus structure to incentivise behaviours that are already advanced and widespread. Additionally, selecting one or two specific ESG metrics for evaluating and rewarding management

The Committee values pay arrangements based on clear and objective financial performance measures and does not see the introduction of specific ESG metrics as a sensible step. As such, while ESG metrics are not explicitly included in the pay structure, the behaviours they seek to encourage are already implicit in how the Company operates. The Committee also retains the discretion to reduce bonus and LTIP payments

It is worth noting that in other companies, ESG metrics and personal objectives often lead to higher payouts than financial measures. By choosing not to include these metrics, the Committee acknowledges that executive pay levels at NEXT may be lower than they might be if

The triggers for malus and clawback have sufficient scope to capture circumstances in which the Committee may wish to exercise these rights, including discretion to reduce variable pay at the point of determination which is in the executive directors' service agreements (as set out on page 155). The Committee considered these provisions at the year end as part of its normal review and concluded that it was not

Until April 2024 NEXT operated a Defined Benefit ("DB") pension scheme for a limited number of current and former employees. Whilst this scheme was closed to new members in 2000, there remained a potential liability to NEXT shareholders due to the combination of (a) financial market fluctuations, (b) changes in the lifespan of scheme members and (c) the fact that active members of the scheme i.e. those members who are still employees, earned the right to additional pension benefits with each completed month of service. NEXT had been investigating ways of reducing shareholders' exposure to this liability for some time and, in conjunction with the scheme Trustees, agreed to an arrangement which achieves this objective. The key elements are that active members ceased to accrue additional service benefits from April 2024, and the benefits of all members (including deferred and pension members), are now underwritten by a third-party insurance

executives have been instrumental in the development of our Overseas business whose growth has continued to accelerate.

● That it was consistent with the approach to performance-related remuneration across the wider workforce.

workforce's base salary increase was on average 6.8%, the executive directors will receive a pay increase of 2.8%.

performance and, therefore, approved the formulaic outcomes without the exercise of any discretion.

in EPS (including from the impact of share buybacks) and payment of cash dividends.

satisfied that the ability to invest in the business and to grow the ordinary dividend will not be impaired.

● The use of EPS is complemented by the application of relative TSR for the LTIP.

seems arbitrary, given the broad and multifaceted nature of ESG considerations.

It is hard to benchmark Richard, Jeremy and Jane, given that a good majority of public companies now place only their Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer on their Boards. We believe there is considerable merit to including executives from different areas of the business on the Board as they bring a variety of viewpoints and expertise, and this diversity leads to more well-rounded decision-making. Shareholders also benefit from the increased transparency of the pay arrangements for the most senior leadership in the Company. Overall, we consider the size of Richard, Jeremy and Jane's roles to be comparable with those of the Chief Financial Officer and Richard and Jane's base salary remains around the line of best fit of FTSE 100 retailer data and below the median for FTSE 50 CFOs. Their overall package remains lower against all groups as variable pay is much lower as indicated in the preceding bullet. Jeremy's overall package clearly benchmarks at a rather lower level.
Due to the relatively modest pay arrangements and the strong commercial advantages to retaining a high-performing executive team for longer than we might otherwise do, a phased approach to these salary increases was not considered appropriate.

Future plans

While the Committee regrets not proposing these changes at the May 2024 AGM, they were not anticipated at the time (and were permitted under our policy). With these changes made, we do not intend to make any material changes to pay arrangements for any of the Executive Directors until the next Policy Review in May 2026, with the exception that we may, between now and then, and subject to their performance, increase somewhat the salaries of Jeremy Stakol and Jonathan Blanchard, such that they are closer to, or indeed equivalent to, the salaries of Richard and Jane. This is consistent with NEXT's long-standing approach to salary progression for those Executive Directors who are appointed to the Board from an internal senior managerial position of starting the executive's salary at a below benchmark level and increasing this as they prove their performance and contribution at Board level over time, or their area of responsibility grows.

The Committee remains vigilant of the competitive landscape and will conduct a thorough review during the Policy Review process.

Pay and performance outcome for 2024/25

Total remuneration

Our 2023 Remuneration Policy, tabled at our AGM in May 2023 for its three year renewal, was supported by 84% of the shareholders who voted. The Policy kept pay arrangements at NEXT unchanged. They are simple, have been broadly consistent over many years and – in part as a consequence of this consistency – are well understood by the executive team, the wider workforce and shareholders. Although the Remuneration Policy is explicitly for executive directors, the principles which underlie it are used more widely in the business, at the operational director level and below.

Pay arrangements at NEXT are moderate. They are also objective: variable pay is a result only of clear and objective financial performance measures, without any subjective or personal component. Consequently, these arrangements serve shareholders well; there is a long track record of their variable element paying out when performance is good, and not paying out when performance is weaker.

As outlined in our Strategic Report, NEXT performed very strongly during the year and the business overall materially outperformed our initial expectations in the year. This led us to upgrade our guidance four times and the executive directors oversaw the delivery of record NEXT Group profit before tax (excluding brand amortisation) of £1,011m (+10.1% versus 2023/24) and NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS of 845.2p (+11.6% versus 2023/24).

Annual bonus

The 2024/25 annual bonus was calculated with reference to NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS, as described on page 133. Under the bonus formula, a bonus of 108% of salary was earned by the executive directors. This compares to the bonuses in 2023/24 of 150% for Lord Wolfson and 100% for the other executive directors. Any element of bonus above 100% for an executive director is payable in shares deferred for two years, and those shares are subject to forfeiture in the event of voluntary resignation before the end of that period.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

LTIP awards are granted twice a year, each grant at 112.5% of base salary for executive directors; vesting is a function of NEXT's total shareholder return (TSR) relative to a comparator group of 18 or 19 other quoted UK retailers, as described on page 151.

Two LTIP awards, made in September 2021 and March 2022, reached the end of their three year performance period during the year. Of these, the first vested at 100% as NEXT's TSR ranked 3rd out of 20 companies in the comparator group and the second also vested at 100% as NEXT's TSR ranked 3rd in the comparator group of 19 companies.

Key remuneration decisions

In addition to the changes to executive directors' salaries and bonuses outlined above, the Committee addressed the following matters during the year:

Committee assessment of performance-related remuneration

The Committee is mindful of the need to ensure that executive pay is inextricably linked to performance. While mathematical outcomes can give a strong indication of the appropriate remuneration, it is the Committee's role to assess this in the context of the wider environment in

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 128 31/03/2025 17:35

which the Company operates. In allowing the executives' performance-related pay to vest without adjustment, the Committee took into account the following:

Our executive directors are high performing, with an excellent track record in delivering strong and resilient Company performance and growth, as evidenced by the results this year and a TSR of 84% over ten years.
The strong performance of the business is driven by the continued success of our executive directors in enhancing NEXT's product ranges, fostering the growth of third-party brands, and advancing our technology. As a result, NEXT has successfully navigated the long term challenges and opportunities brought by the structural shift of consumer spending from physical stores to online. Additionally, the executives have been instrumental in the development of our Overseas business whose growth has continued to accelerate.
That it was consistent with the approach to performance-related remuneration across the wider workforce.

The Committee believes in consequence that the executive directors' remuneration earned this year is proportionate and aligned to business performance and, therefore, approved the formulaic outcomes without the exercise of any discretion.

Annual base salary review for 2025/26

REMUNERATION REPORT

clearly benchmarks at a rather lower level.

Pay and performance outcome for 2024/25

Future plans

Total remuneration

operational director level and below.

845.2p (+11.6% versus 2023/24).

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Key remuneration decisions

NEXT's TSR ranked 3rd in the comparator group of 19 companies.

Committee assessment of performance-related remuneration

Annual bonus

during the year:

● It is hard to benchmark Richard, Jeremy and Jane, given that a good majority of public companies now place only their Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer on their Boards. We believe there is considerable merit to including executives from different areas of the business on the Board as they bring a variety of viewpoints and expertise, and this diversity leads to more well-rounded decision-making. Shareholders also benefit from the increased transparency of the pay arrangements for the most senior leadership in the Company. Overall, we consider the size of Richard, Jeremy and Jane's roles to be comparable with those of the Chief Financial Officer and Richard and Jane's base salary remains around the line of best fit of FTSE 100 retailer data and below the median for FTSE 50 CFOs. Their overall package remains lower against all groups as variable pay is much lower as indicated in the preceding bullet. Jeremy's overall package

● Due to the relatively modest pay arrangements and the strong commercial advantages to retaining a high-performing executive team for

LTIP awards are granted twice a year, each grant at 112.5% of base salary for executive directors; vesting is a function of NEXT's total

In addition to the changes to executive directors' salaries and bonuses outlined above, the Committee addressed the following matters

longer than we might otherwise do, a phased approach to these salary increases was not considered appropriate.

increasing this as they prove their performance and contribution at Board level over time, or their area of responsibility grows. The Committee remains vigilant of the competitive landscape and will conduct a thorough review during the Policy Review process.

record of their variable element paying out when performance is good, and not paying out when performance is weaker.

for two years, and those shares are subject to forfeiture in the event of voluntary resignation before the end of that period.

shareholder return (TSR) relative to a comparator group of 18 or 19 other quoted UK retailers, as described on page 151.

375% of salary, compared to a FTSE 100 retailer median of 450% and a FTSE 50 median of 495%.

The Committee reviewed and set the remuneration for the Chairman, executive directors and senior management. Whilst the wider workforce's base salary increase was on average 6.8%, the executive directors will receive a pay increase of 2.8%.

EPS and performance measurement

It is consistent and transparent to participants and shareholders.
The primary financial objective of the Group is to deliver long term, sustainable returns to shareholders through a combination of growth in EPS (including from the impact of share buybacks) and payment of cash dividends.
The use of EPS is complemented by the application of relative TSR for the LTIP.

ESG metrics in performance measurement

Malus and clawback

Pension entitlements

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 129 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

Pension members who were previously accruing service became deferred members and their accrued pension is revalued each year on a basis linked to inflation. To help ensure that these members do not receive a lower overall pension due to the closure of the DB scheme, the Company either makes contributions into a defined contribution (DC) scheme and/or pays a salary supplement. This contribution or salary supplement totals 5% of the member's pensionable earnings as of October 2012. This is in addition to any existing DC fund contributions already available to these members.

REUNERATION REPORT ®

Remuneration Report, together with my Annual Statement.

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

In July 2024, I wrote on behalf of the Committee to our 34 largest shareholders, who collectively at that time held around 50% of our issued shares, along with their representative bodies, to invite them to engage about the changes to the executive directors' salary and bonus structure. We held follow-up meetings with six of these shareholders and two proxy advisors. The questions raised during these discussions focused on the timing and process behind the Committee's decision. Overall, shareholders were supportive of the changes and understood

The Committee has continued to be mindful of the requirements of the Code when determining the Remuneration Policy and practices. It considers that the simplicity and transparency of our remuneration arrangements and their consistent application have contributed positively to NEXT's management team delivering positive and resilient performance over many years. The Remuneration Policy structure continues to provide a strong and transparent link between pay and performance and has operated as intended. We hope that this report provides clear insight into the Committee's decisions and look forward to receiving your support at the 2025 AGM for our 2024/25 Directors' Annual

For further details regarding the feedback to the Board on shareholder views, please see page 103.

Shareholder engagement

the commercial reasons behind them.

2025 AGM

Tom Hall

27 March 2025

Lord Wolfson had been accruing service in an unfunded, unapproved supplementary pension arrangement. The scheme also closed to future service accrual (from 1 April 2024) and Lord Wolfson became a deferred member at that time. The obligations under this supplementary pension arrangement are not covered by a third-party insurance company. In March 2024 the Committee considered the changes outlined above and concluded that it was appropriate to treat Lord Wolfson's pension arrangements in a way that is consistent with the previously active members of the main approved DB scheme. As noted on page 139, Lord Wolfson has twice agreed to take a material reduction in terms of his pension and the Committee concluded that it would not be reasonable to treat him differently to other employees impacted by the changes to the DB schemes. Therefore, with effect from April 2024, Lord Wolfson receives a Company contribution into a DC scheme and/or salary supplement which in total is 5% of his pensionable earnings as of October 2012 (being an annual contribution of £35k), instead of his former DB service accrual. This contribution is in addition to the 15% salary supplement paid to Lord Wolfson since 2012 which is in lieu of past changes to his pension. The total of Lord Wolfson's Company contribution and salary supplement is 18% of his 2024/25 salary, 6 percentage points lower than the previous capped DB pension accrual plus salary supplement of 24% which he received.

Wider employee considerations and employee engagement

The Committee reviews remuneration arrangements across the Group and considers pay and employment conditions to ensure that differences for executive directors are justified. This includes performance-related pay which is designed to attract and retain high quality employees as well as ensure that all employees have the potential to benefit from the success of NEXT. The Committee is responsible for approving the remuneration of the Group's senior management. It is also responsible for determining the targets for performance-related pay schemes, approving any award of the Company's shares under employee share option or incentive schemes, and overseeing any major changes in employee benefit structures.

Rewarding our workforce

There are bonus structures throughout NEXT and employee share ownership is strongly encouraged. Market value options over NEXT shares are granted each year to approximately 2,300 middle management in our Head Office, call centres and warehouses, as well as senior store staff. Participation in our Sharesave scheme is open to all our UK employees.

Around 12,300 employees (circa 26% of our total UK and Eire employees) held options or awards in respect of 6.8 million shares in NEXT at the financial year end.

Knowing our workforce

Our annual employee forum meetings for our Head Office, Warehousing & Distribution, Retail and Online divisions were held in 2024. Lord Wolfson (CEO), Dame Tristia Harrison and Venetia Butterfield (non-executive directors), our HR Director and a cross-section of workforce representatives from the relevant business divisions with operational director sponsors, attended the meetings.

For further details regarding the feedback to the Board on employee views, please see page 100.

Along with the employee forum feedback, earlier this year the Committee reviewed and discussed a range of 'dashboard' information on important employee matters such as pay and reward, bonuses, benefits, diversity, equality of pay, internal promotions, culture and behaviours (including data on staff turnover by business division, absences, redundancies, disciplinaries and grievances), and learning and development. The remuneration framework works best when decisions are made in the context of the workforce as a whole rather than in isolation, and so the Committee considered the output of the workforce dashboard to ensure the executive directors' pay policy is aligned with the Company's strategy and, where relevant, to performance-related pay for managers below Board level. I have made a letter available to all our employees setting out our approach to executive pay and inviting them to email me with any queries or comments they have.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 130 31/03/2025 17:35

Shareholder engagement

For further details regarding the feedback to the Board on shareholder views, please see page 103.

2025 AGM

REMUNERATION REPORT

already available to these members.

changes in employee benefit structures. Rewarding our workforce

the financial year end.

Knowing our workforce

Around 12,300 employees (circa 26% of our total UK and Eire employees) held options or awards in respect of 6.8 million shares in NEXT at

percentage points lower than the previous capped DB pension accrual plus salary supplement of 24% which he received.

Wider employee considerations and employee engagement

representatives from the relevant business divisions with operational director sponsors, attended the meetings.

For further details regarding the feedback to the Board on employee views, please see page 100.

staff. Participation in our Sharesave scheme is open to all our UK employees.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 131 31/03/2025 17:35

Tom Hall Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 27 March 2025

REMUNERATION REPORT

Part 2: Annual Remuneration Report

This Annual Remuneration Report comprises a number of sections:

Implementation of Remuneration Policy	page 132	Performance and CEO remuneration comparison	page 145
Single total figure of remuneration	page 134	Analysis of Chief Executive's pay over 10 years	page 145
Total remuneration	page 136	Annual change in remuneration of each director
Executive directors' external appointments	page 139	compared to employees	page 146
Pension entitlements	page 139	Pay ratios	page 146
Directors' shareholding and share interests	page 140	Relative importance of spend on pay	page 147
Scheme interests awarded during the financial year	page 143	Dilution of share capital by employee share plans	page 147
Deferred bonus	page 143	Consideration of matters relating to directors' remuneration	page 147
Performance targets for outstanding LTIP awards	page 144
Payments to retired director	page 144	Voting outcomes at General Meetings	Page 148
Payments for loss of office and to past directors page 144		Service Contracts	page 148

REUNERATION REPORT ®

Element of remuneration Policy implemented during 2024/25 and changes in 2025/26

appropriate and approved without adjustment.

+19.4% (905.4p).

dividend payment.

applied to LTIPs.

No change.

Recovery and withholding provisions

Chairman and non-executive director fees

Shareholding requirement No change.

Other benefits No change.

Post cessation shareholding

Save As You Earn scheme

requirement

(Sharesave)

Annual bonus See page 127 for details on the changes made to the 2024/25 executive directors' bonus structure. For the year

LTIP No change. See Note 4 to the single total figure of remuneration table for details of LTIP vestings in the year.

comparator group considered immediately before each grant.

(2024/25: £13,104) paid to the Senior Independent Director.

Pension With effect from 1 April 2024, Lord Wolfson receives a salary supplement at 5% of his pensionable earnings as

service contracts of the executive directors.

colleagues with an equivalent length of service.

to January 2025, performance targets were set based on requiring NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS of at least 805.3p (+6.4% on 2023/24), adjusted for special dividends and excluding exceptionals. At this threshold, 30% of salary was payable. A maximum bonus of 150% of salary was payable if NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS growth was +14.4% (866.9p). These targets apply to all executive directors. It was originally envisaged that this target range would only apply to the chief executive with other directors earning a 20% bonus at the same threshold EPS growth and earning a maximum bonus of 150% of salary if NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS growth was

NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS growth achieved in the year was +11.6% versus 2023/24, being 845.2p. In accordance with the bonus formula, a bonus of 108% of salary was earned which the Committee considered

For the year to January 2026, the bonus structure will remain unchanged. Bonus performance targets for the year ahead (which remain based on NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS) have been set but are not disclosed in advance for reasons of commercial sensitivity. The targets and performance will be disclosed in next year's Remuneration Report and, the Committee ensures that a mechanism exists so that executive directors are not incentivised to recommend share buybacks to the Board in preference to special dividends, or vice versa. This is achieved by making a notional adjustment to EPS growth for special dividends, on the basis that the cash distributed had instead been used to purchase shares at the prevailing share price on the day of the special

LTIP grants in 2025/26 will be made on the same basis as the 2024/25 grants, with any changes to the TSR

Consistent with market practice, the LTIP awards increase to reflect dividends paid over the period to vesting (assuming reinvestment at the prevailing share price). See page 151 for details of the performance conditions

Although the normal approach is to grant awards over shares worth 112.5% of salary in 6-monthly instalments,

No change. The Committee previously introduced recovery and withholding provisions in the service contracts of all executive directors to cover the bonus and LTIP, with the latter covered for five years from the date of the initial grant (comprising the three year vesting period and a two year holding period for any shares that vest, net of tax, under the relevant grant). See page 155 for details of the malus and clawback provisions in the

The fees of the Chairman and non-executive directors will be increased by 2.8% from 1 April 2025. The Chairman, Michael Roney, will be paid an annual fee of £408,025 (2024/25: £396,911). The basic non-executive director fee for 2025/26 will increase to £78,580 (2024/25: £76,440), with a further £22,452 (2024/25: £21,840) paid to the Chairman of each of the Audit and Remuneration Committees respectively, and £13,471

of October 2012 (being a contribution of £35k). This is in addition to the 15% salary supplement paid to Lord Wolfson since 2012 which is in lieu of past changes to his pension. The total of Lord Wolfson's Company contribution and salary supplement was 18% of his 2024/25 salary, 6 percentage points lower than the

The value of overall pension provision is consistent with the wider workforce for each director compared with

previous capped DB pension accrual plus salary supplement of 24% he received before 2024/25.

no top-up awards were made to the first half award to reflect the mid-year salary adjustments.

Annual Remuneration Report

This Annual Remuneration Report, together with the Annual Statement on pages 127 to 131, will be put to shareholders for an advisory (non-binding) vote at the AGM to be held on 15 May 2025. Sections which have been subject to audit are noted accordingly.

Implementation of Remuneration Policy

The Committee has implemented the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the AGM in May 2023. The table below sets out the way that the Policy was implemented in 2024/25 and any significant changes in the way it will be implemented in 2025/26.

Element of remuneration	Policy implemented during 2024/25 and changes in 2025/26
Base salary	See page 127 for details on the changes made to the 2024/25 executive directors' base salaries. Base salaries for the executives in the year ahead will increase by 2.8% compared with base salary increases on average of 6.8% for the wider Company award.
	The base annual salaries for the executive directors for 2025/26, effective from 1 April 2025, are:
	£000	2025/26	2024/25
	Lord Wolfson	971	944
	Richard Papp	720	700
	Jane Shields	720	700
	Jeremy Stakol	617	600
	Jonathan Blanchard	617	600

The figures for 2024/25 are after the adjustments explained on page 127 of this report.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 132 31/03/2025 17:35

Element of remuneration	Policy implemented during 2024/25 and changes in 2025/26
Annual bonus	See page 127 for details on the changes made to the 2024/25 executive directors' bonus structure. For the year to January 2025, performance targets were set based on requiring NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS of at least 805.3p (+6.4% on 2023/24), adjusted for special dividends and excluding exceptionals. At this threshold, 30% of salary was payable. A maximum bonus of 150% of salary was payable if NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS growth was +14.4% (866.9p). These targets apply to all executive directors. It was originally envisaged that this target range would only apply to the chief executive with other directors earning a 20% bonus at the same threshold EPS growth and earning a maximum bonus of 150% of salary if NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS growth was +19.4% (905.4p).
	NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS growth achieved in the year was +11.6% versus 2023/24, being 845.2p. In accordance with the bonus formula, a bonus of 108% of salary was earned which the Committee considered appropriate and approved without adjustment.
	For the year to January 2026, the bonus structure will remain unchanged. Bonus performance targets for the year ahead (which remain based on NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS) have been set but are not disclosed in advance for reasons of commercial sensitivity. The targets and performance will be disclosed in next year's Remuneration Report and, the Committee ensures that a mechanism exists so that executive directors are not incentivised to recommend share buybacks to the Board in preference to special dividends, or vice versa. This is achieved by making a notional adjustment to EPS growth for special dividends, on the basis that the cash distributed had instead been used to purchase shares at the prevailing share price on the day of the special dividend payment.
LTIP	No change. See Note 4 to the single total figure of remuneration table for details of LTIP vestings in the year. LTIP grants in 2025/26 will be made on the same basis as the 2024/25 grants, with any changes to the TSR comparator group considered immediately before each grant.
	Consistent with market practice, the LTIP awards increase to reflect dividends paid over the period to vesting (assuming reinvestment at the prevailing share price). See page 151 for details of the performance conditions applied to LTIPs.
	Although the normal approach is to grant awards over shares worth 112.5% of salary in 6-monthly instalments, no top-up awards were made to the first half award to reflect the mid-year salary adjustments.
Recovery and withholding provisions	No change. The Committee previously introduced recovery and withholding provisions in the service contracts of all executive directors to cover the bonus and LTIP, with the latter covered for five years from the date of the initial grant (comprising the three year vesting period and a two year holding period for any shares that vest, net of tax, under the relevant grant). See page 155 for details of the malus and clawback provisions in the service contracts of the executive directors.
Chairman and non-executive director fees	The fees of the Chairman and non-executive directors will be increased by 2.8% from 1 April 2025. The Chairman, Michael Roney, will be paid an annual fee of £408,025 (2024/25: £396,911). The basic non-executive director fee for 2025/26 will increase to £78,580 (2024/25: £76,440), with a further £22,452 (2024/25: £21,840) paid to the Chairman of each of the Audit and Remuneration Committees respectively, and £13,471 (2024/25: £13,104) paid to the Senior Independent Director.
Pension	With effect from 1 April 2024, Lord Wolfson receives a salary supplement at 5% of his pensionable earnings as of October 2012 (being a contribution of £35k). This is in addition to the 15% salary supplement paid to Lord Wolfson since 2012 which is in lieu of past changes to his pension. The total of Lord Wolfson's Company contribution and salary supplement was 18% of his 2024/25 salary, 6 percentage points lower than the previous capped DB pension accrual plus salary supplement of 24% he received before 2024/25.
	The value of overall pension provision is consistent with the wider workforce for each director compared with colleagues with an equivalent length of service.
Shareholding requirement	No change.
Post cessation shareholding requirement	No change.
Other benefits	No change.
Save As You Earn scheme (Sharesave)	No change.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 133 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

This Annual Remuneration Report comprises a number of sections:

Implementation of Remuneration Policy

Executive directors' external appointments

Directors' shareholding and share interests

Scheme interests awarded during the financial year

Performance targets for outstanding LTIP awards

Payments for loss of office and to past directors

Single total figure of remuneration

Total remuneration

Pension entitlements

Deferred bonus

Payments to retired director

Annual Remuneration Report

Implementation of Remuneration Policy

Element of remuneration Policy implemented during 2024/25 and changes in 2025/26

6.8% for the wider Company award.

Part 2: Annual Remuneration Report

This Annual Remuneration Report, together with the Annual Statement on pages 127 to 131, will be put to shareholders for an advisory

The Committee has implemented the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders at the AGM in May 2023. The table below sets out the

Base salary See page 127 for details on the changes made to the 2024/25 executive directors' base salaries. Base salaries

for the executives in the year ahead will increase by 2.8% compared with base salary increases on average of

Performance and CEO remuneration comparison Analysis of Chief Executive's pay over 10 years Annual change in remuneration of each director

page 145 page 145

page 146 page 146 page 147 page 147

page 147 Page 148 page 148

Dilution of share capital by employee share plans Consideration of matters relating to directors'

compared to employees

Relative importance of spend on pay

Voting outcomes at General Meetings

Pay ratios

remuneration

Service Contracts

£000 2025/26 2024/25 Lord Wolfson 971 944 Richard Papp 720 700 Jane Shields 720 700 Jeremy Stakol 617 600 Jonathan Blanchard 617 600

The base annual salaries for the executive directors for 2025/26, effective from 1 April 2025, are:

The figures for 2024/25 are after the adjustments explained on page 127 of this report.

(non-binding) vote at the AGM to be held on 15 May 2025. Sections which have been subject to audit are noted accordingly.

page 132 page 134 page 136 page 139 page 139 page 140 page 143 page 143 page 144 page 144 page 144

way that the Policy was implemented in 2024/25 and any significant changes in the way it will be implemented in 2025/26.

REMUNERATION REPORT

Single total figure of remuneration (audited information)

Directors' remuneration

			<---------------------------- Fixed Remuneration ----------------------------->										<-------------------------- Variable Remuneration -------------------------->
£000		Salary/fees	Benefits¹		Pension²		Total fixed		Annual bonus³		LTIP⁴		Sharesave		Total variable		Total remuneration
	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24
Chairman
Michael Roney	397-	382-	5-	4-	--	--	402-	386-	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	402-	386_
Executive directors
Lord Wolfson	944-	908-	46-	36-	171-	136-	1,161-	1,080-	1,020-	1,362-	2,546-	2,182-	--	6-	3,566-	3,550-	4,727-	4,630_
Jonathan Blanchardᵃ	310-	--	269-	--	9-	--	588-	--	335-	--	--	--	3-	--	338-	--	926-	-_
Amanda Jamesᵇ	339-	553-	15-	24-	17-	28-	371-	605-	366-	553-	762-	1,328-	--	--	1,128-	1,881-	1,499-	2,486-
Richard Papp	700-	536-	32-	24-	35-	27-	767-	587-	756-	536-	1,503-	1,287-	--	--	2,259-	1,823-	3,026-	2,410-
Jane Shields	700-	536-	11-	11-	105-	80-	816-	627-	756-	536-	1,503-	1,287-	--	5-	2,259-	1,828-	3,075-	2,455-
Jeremy Stakolᶜ	600-	400-	29-	19-	1-	1-	630-	420-	648-	400-	577-	406-	--	--	1,225-	806-	1,855-	1,226-
Non-executive directors
Jonathan Bewes	111-	107-	1-	--	--	--	112-	107-	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	112-	107-
Venetia Butterfieldᵈ	64-	--	4-	--	--	--	68-	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	68-	--
Soumen Das	76-	74-	1-	--	--	--	77-	74-	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	77-	74-
Tom Hall	98-	95-	1-	--	--	--	99-	95-	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	99-	95-
Tristia Harrison	76-	74-	1-	--	--	--	77-	74-	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	77-	74-
Amy Stirlingᵈ	64-	--	3-	--	--	--	67-	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	67-	--
Dame Dianne Thompsonᵉ	22-	74-	2-	6-	--	--	24-	80-	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	24-	80-
	4,501-	3,739-	420-	124-	-338-	272-	5,259-	4,135-	3,881-	3,387-	6,891-	6,490-	3-	11-	10,775-	9,888-	16,034-	14,023-

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 134 31/03/2025 17:35

Jonathan Blanchard became CFO in July 2024, also joining the Board of NEXT plc at that time. Save for the relocation allowance he received, the table above shows his remuneration only for the period he was on the Board.

a.

b. Amanda James stepped down from the Board on 26 July 2024 and retired from the business on 26 September 2024. The table shows her fixed remuneration and annual bonus only for the period she remained on the Board. The LTIP values relate to the period up until she retired from the business. No compensation for loss of office was paid to her.

c. Jeremy Stakol was appointed to the Board as an executive director on 3 April 2023. Values disclosed for salary, benefits, pension and bonus in 2023/24 relate only to the period of his executive directorship. Jeremy Stakol was granted phantom LTIP awards before joining the Board, see page 142 for further information. These mirror the conditional LTIP awards in all respects, save for being cash settled.

d. Venetia Butterfield and Amy Stirling joined the Board on 2 April 2024.

Note 1: Benefits

Car/chauffeur

Medical insurance

Amanda James, Jonathan Blanchard and Jeremy Stakol were members of NEXT defined

contribution schemes during the year. For Jeremy, the Company contributes 3% of his salary

into an auto-enrolment scheme, subject to an upper earnings threshold. Amanda and

Jonathan made a contribution equal to 5% and 3% respectively of their salary into their

pension plans for just over two months of this year, which was matched by the Company

(Amanda in 2023/24: two months of that year). At the point Amanda and Jonathan had

reached the annual pension allowance limit (i.e. the total amount of contributions that can

be paid to defined contribution pension schemes and the total amount of benefits that can

build up in DB pension schemes each year, for UK income tax relief purposes), they opted to

receive an equivalent cash supplement in lieu of this Company contribution. This is

consistent with the Remuneration Policy and with the pension provision and alternatives

available to other members of the same defined contribution schemes who have exceeded

Supplements of 15% of base salary are paid to Lord Wolfson and Jane Shields in lieu of past

changes to their pension arrangements. Jane Shields has received this supplement from

2011 and Lord Wolfson from 2012. As noted on page 139, with effect from April 2024, Lord

Wolfson also receives an additional salary supplement of 5% of his pensionable earnings as

of October 2012. Richard Papp is a deferred member of both the defined benefit scheme

and a NEXT defined contribution pension scheme and receives a supplement of 5% of base

salary.

Note 3: Annual bonus

For the year to January 2025, performance targets were set based on requiring NEXT Group

pre-tax profit EPS of at least 805.3p (+6.4% on 2023/24), adjusted for special dividends. At

this threshold, a 30% of salary was payable. A maximum bonus of 150% of salary was

payable if NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS growth was +14.4% (866.9p). See page 133 for EPS

target ranges originally envisaged at the start of the year. NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS

growth achieved in the year was +11.6% versus 2023/24, being 845.2p. In accordance with

the bonus formula, 108% bonus was earned which the Committee considered to be

appropriate and approved without adjustment, for the reasons set out on page 129.

Annual bonus over 100% of base salary is payable in shares, deferred for two years and

subject to forfeiture if the director voluntarily resigns.

and NEXT clothing

allowance Relocation allowance Total

charges/cash

allowance Fuel

£000 Michael Roney

Lord Wolfson

Jonathan

Blanchard Amanda James

Richard Papp

Jane Shields Jeremy Stakol

The one-off relocation allowance paid to Jonathan Blanchard was in respect of him

relocating to our Leicester Head Office to take up his role as CFO.

The benefit amounts relating to Non-Executive Directors not shown in the Benefits table

above represent travel and subsistence costs incurred in attending NEXT plc Board and

associated meetings. These costs were borne by the Company.

Note 2: Pension

Until 1 April 2024, Lord Wolfson was accruing pensionable service under the defined benefit

supplemental pension arrangement. Consistent with other staff participating in the plans,

Lord Wolfson's salary was frozen for DB pension purposes in October 2012 although he

continued to accrue service related benefits until April 2024. See page 139 for details of

The DB pension entitlement of Lord Wolfson accrued during the year until 1 April 2024 is as

follows:

Age at January

Years of

Accrued annual

Change in accrued

Note 4: LTIP

annual pension net

of inflation

Two awards reached the end of their performance periods during the financial year and the

vesting results are shown in the tables overleaf. The Committee concluded that the

indicative formulaic levels of vesting were appropriate and allowed such vesting without

adjustment. The executives are required to retain LTIP shares that vest, net of any tax, for

two years.

Note 4 continued overleaf.

£000

annual pension

£000

pension

£000

pensionable

service

Lord Wolfson 57 29 505 9 (24)

As Lord Wolfson's change in accrued pension net of inflation is negative, the value in the

Directors' DB pension arrangements are subject to the same actuarial reduction as other

employees on termination or early retirement.

single figure of remuneration table in respect of this is zero.

2025

changes to Lord Wolfson's pension arrangements during 2024.

the annual limits.

n/a

250

n/a

269

n/a

2024/25

2023/24

2024/25

2023/24

2024/25

2023/24

2024/25

2023/24

2024/25

2023/24

e. Dame Dianne Thompson stepped down from the Board on 16 May 2024. No compensation for loss of office was paid to her. Total emoluments paid to directors (salary/fees, benefits, salary supplements and annual bonus) for the year to January 2025 were £9,134,000 (2024: £7,515,000).

Note 1: Benefits

Single total figure of remuneration (audited information)

<---------------------------- Fixed Remuneration ----------------------------->

£000 Salary/fees

2024/25

Chairman

Michael Roney 397- 382-

Executive directors

Lord Wolfson 944-

Jonathan Blanchardᵃ

Amanda Jamesᵇ

Richard Papp 700-

Jane Shields 700-

Jeremy Stakolᶜ

Non-executive directors

Jonathan Bewes 111-

Venetia Butterfieldᵈ

Soumen Das 76-

Tom Hall 98-

Tristia Harrison 76-

Amy Stirlingᵈ

Dame Dianne Thompsonᵉ

a. on the Board.

b. c. d. e.

Venetia Butterfield and Amy Stirling joined the Board on 2 April 2024.

Dame Dianne Thompson stepped down from the Board on 16 May 2024. No compensation for loss of office was paid to her.

Total emoluments paid to directors (salary/fees, benefits, salary supplements and annual bonus) for the year to January 2025 were £9,134,000 (2024: £7,515,000).

22- 4,501-

3,739-

420-

124-

-338-

272-

5,259-

4,135Jonathan Blanchard became CFO in July 2024, also joining the Board of NEXT plc at that time. Save for the relocation allowance he received, the table above shows his remuneration only for the period he was

Amanda James stepped down from the Board on 26 July 2024 and retired from the business on 26 September 2024. The table shows her fixed remuneration and annual bonus only for the period she remained

Jeremy Stakol was appointed to the Board as an executive director on 3 April 2023. Values disclosed for salary, benefits, pension and bonus in 2023/24 relate only to the period of his executive directorship.

Jeremy Stakol was granted phantom LTIP awards before joining the Board, see page 142 for further information. These mirror the conditional LTIP awards in all respects, save for being cash settled.

on the Board. The LTIP values relate to the period up until she retired from the business. No compensation for loss of office was paid to her.

3,881-

3,387-

6,891-

6,490-

11-

10,775-

9,888-

16,034-

14,023-

74-

24-

80-

24-

80-

64-

67-

74-

77-

74-

77-

74-

95-

99-

95-

99-

95-

74-

77-

74-

77-

74-

64-

68-

107-

112-

107-

112-

107-

600-

400-

29-

19-

630-

420-

648-

400-

577-

406-

1,225-

806-

1,855-

1,226-

536-

11-

105-

80-

816-

627-

756-

536-

1,503-

1,287-

2,259-

1,828-

3,075-

2,455-

536-

32-

24-

35-

27-

767-

587-

756-

536-

1,503-

1,287-

2,259-

1,823-

3,026-

2,410-

310- 339-

553-

15-

24-

17-

28-

371-

605-

366-

553-

762-

1,328-

1,128-

1,881-

1,499-

2,486-

269-

588-

335-

338-

926-

908-

46-

36-

171-

136-

1,161-

1,080-

1,020-

1,362-

2,546-

2,182-

3,566-

3,550-

4,727-

4,630_

402-

386-

402-

386_

2023/24 2024/25

2023/24

2024/25

2023/24 2024/25

2023/24

2024/25

2023/24

2024/25

2023/24

2024/25

2023/24

Benefits¹

Pension²

Total fixed

Annual bonus³

LTIP⁴

Sharesave

Total variable

Total remuneration

<-------------------------- Variable Remuneration -------------------------->

Directors' remuneration

	Car/chauffeur charges/cash					Medical insurance and NEXT clothing
	allowance		Fuel			allowance	Relocation allowance		Total
£000	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24	2024/25	2023/24
Michael Roney	-	-	-	-	1	-	-	-	1	-
Lord Wolfson	41	30	1	2	4	4	-	-	46	36
Blanchard Jonathan	17	n/a	-	n/a	2	n/a	250	n/a	269	n/a
Amanda James	14	21	-	1	1	2	-	-	15	24
Richard Papp	27	21	1	-	4	3	-	-	32	24
Jane Shields	6	6	2	2	3	3	-	-	11	11
Jeremy Stakol	26	17	1	-	2	2	-	-	29	19

The one-off relocation allowance paid to Jonathan Blanchard was in respect of him relocating to our Leicester Head Office to take up his role as CFO. The benefit amounts relating to Non-Executive Directors not shown in the Benefits table above represent travel and subsistence costs incurred in attending NEXT plc Board and associated meetings. These costs were borne by the Company.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 135 31/03/2025 17:35

Note 2: Pension

Until 1 April 2024, Lord Wolfson was accruing pensionable service under the defined benefit supplemental pension arrangement. Consistent with other staff participating in the plans, Lord Wolfson's salary was frozen for DB pension purposes in October 2012 although he continued to accrue service related benefits until April 2024. See page 139 for details of changes to Lord Wolfson's pension arrangements during 2024. The DB pension entitlement of Lord Wolfson accrued during the year until 1 April 2024 is as follows:

(24)	9	505	29
£000	£000	£000	service
of inflation	annual pension	pension	pensionable
annual pension net	Change in accrued	Accrued annual	Years of
Change in accrued

As Lord Wolfson's change in accrued pension net of inflation is negative, the value in the single figure of remuneration table in respect of this is zero. Directors' DB pension arrangements are subject to the same actuarial reduction as other employees on termination or early retirement.

Amanda James, Jonathan Blanchard and Jeremy Stakol were members of NEXT defined contribution schemes during the year. For Jeremy, the Company contributes 3% of his salary into an auto-enrolment scheme, subject to an upper earnings threshold. Amanda and Jonathan made a contribution equal to 5% and 3% respectively of their salary into their pension plans for just over two months of this year, which was matched by the Company (Amanda in 2023/24: two months of that year). At the point Amanda and Jonathan had reached the annual pension allowance limit (i.e. the total amount of contributions that can be paid to defined contribution pension schemes and the total amount of benefits that can build up in DB pension schemes each year, for UK income tax relief purposes), they opted to receive an equivalent cash supplement in lieu of this Company contribution. This is consistent with the Remuneration Policy and with the pension provision and alternatives available to other members of the same defined contribution schemes who have exceeded the annual limits. Supplements of 15% of base salary are paid to Lord Wolfson and Jane Shields in lieu of past changes to their pension arrangements. Jane Shields has received this supplement from 2011 and Lord Wolfson from 2012. As noted on page 139, with effect from April 2024, Lord Wolfson also receives an additional salary supplement of 5% of his pensionable earnings as of October 2012. Richard Papp is a deferred member of both the defined benefit scheme and a NEXT defined contribution pension scheme and receives a supplement of 5% of base salary.

Note 3: Annual bonus

For the year to January 2025, performance targets were set based on requiring NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS of at least 805.3p (+6.4% on 2023/24), adjusted for special dividends. At this threshold, a 30% of salary was payable. A maximum bonus of 150% of salary was payable if NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS growth was +14.4% (866.9p). See page 133 for EPS target ranges originally envisaged at the start of the year. NEXT Group pre-tax profit EPS growth achieved in the year was +11.6% versus 2023/24, being 845.2p. In accordance with the bonus formula, 108% bonus was earned which the Committee considered to be appropriate and approved without adjustment, for the reasons set out on page 129.

Annual bonus over 100% of base salary is payable in shares, deferred for two years and subject to forfeiture if the director voluntarily resigns.

Note 4: LTIP

Two awards reached the end of their performance periods during the financial year and the vesting results are shown in the tables overleaf. The Committee concluded that the indicative formulaic levels of vesting were appropriate and allowed such vesting without adjustment. The executives are required to retain LTIP shares that vest, net of any tax, for two years.

Note 4 continued overleaf. Financial Statements

REMUNERATION REPORT

LTIP vesting outturn

TSR compared with the comparator group for performance period ended	Threshold (20%)	Maximum (100%)	Actual position in comparator group	Vesting percentage	Share price at vest
July 2024	Median	Upper quintile	3/20	100%	£97.82
January 2025	Median	Upper quintile	3/19	100%	£97.221

REMUNERATION REPORT ®

The Committee's objective is to ensure that the remuneration paid to senior executives is appropriate in both amount and structure, is directly linked to the Company's annual and longer term performance and is aligned with the interests of shareholders. Careful consideration is given to ensuring there is an appropriate balance in the remuneration structure between annual and long term rewards, as well as

The following charts indicate the level of remuneration that could be received by each executive director in accordance with the Directors' Remuneration Policy at different levels of performance. The overall level of executive director pay remains modest compared with that available at other equivalently sized FTSE 100 companies and the maximum remuneration indicated in the charts below reflects the

Total remuneration opportunity

between cash and share-based payments.

Committee's conservative approach to executive pay.

This is the average NEXT share price over the final three months of the financial year and has been used in the single figure table to estimate the value of this award as it has not yet vested.

LTIP vesting outturn - value of awards

	Total number of awards granted	Value of award at grant (£000)	End of performance period	Vesting percentage	Number of awards vesting	Vesting date	Value attributable to share price movement (£000)	Value of LTIP shares vesting (£000)	Value of dividend equivalents (£000)	Value of LTIP award (single figure) (£000)
Simon Wolfson	11,615	926	July 2024	100%	11,615	Sept 2024	210	1,136	116	1,252
	12,245	973	January 2025	100%		12,245 March 2025	217	1,190	104	1,294
Amanda James	7,073	564	July 2024	100%	7,073	Sept 2024	128	692	70	762
Richard Papp	6,856	547	July 2024	100%	6,856	Sept 2024	124	671	68	739
	7,228	574	January 2025	100%		7,228 March 2025	129	703	61	764
Jane Shields	6,856	547	July 2024	100%	6,856	Sept 2024	124	671	68	739
	7,228	574	January 2025	100%		7,228 March 2025	129	703	61	764
Jeremy Stakol	2,632	210	July 2024	100%	2,632	Sept 2024	48	258	26	284
	2,775	220	January 2025	100%		2,775 March 2025	49	269	24	293

LTIP values included in the single figure table for the 2023/24 comparative figures have been updated to reflect the actual market values of the LTIP awards that vested on 8 April 2024 of £88.30 per share.

Total remuneration

UK Corporate Governance Code – Provision 40 disclosure

When developing the remuneration policy and considering its implementation, the Committee was mindful of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 and considered that the executive remuneration framework appropriately addresses the following factors:

Clarity NEXT's incentive pay arrangements are based entirely on objective financial performance targets. This provides clarity to all stakeholders on the relationship between pay and performance.
Simplicity Remuneration arrangements for our executives are simple and the principles which underpin them are applied at management levels below the Board and are well understood by both participants and shareholders. Careful consideration is given to ensuring there is an appropriate balance in the remuneration structure between annual and long term rewards, as well as between cash and share-based payments.
Risk The Committee considers that the incentive arrangements do not encourage inappropriate risk-taking. Malus and clawback provisions are in the service contracts of all executive directors and apply to annual bonuses and LTIP awards. The Committee also has overarching discretion to adjust formulaic outcomes to ensure that they are appropriate.
Predictability and proportionality Our policy provides for potential total remuneration below the median levels for companies of our size and has a strong history of delivering value when performance merits this and of nil payouts when performance has been weaker. Variable pay is linked to measures which are aligned with the Company's long term strategy and objectives.
Alignment to culture The remuneration performance targets set by the Committee are designed to drive the right behaviours across the business. The arrangements encourage our executives to focus on making the right decisions for the creation of long term shareholder value.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 136 31/03/2025 17:35

Total remuneration opportunity

REMUNERATION REPORT

Threshold (20%)

End of performance period

Vesting percentage

Maximum (100%)

Number of awards vesting

Simon Wolfson 11,615 926 July 2024 100% 11,615 Sept 2024 210 1,136 116 1,252

Amanda James 7,073 564 July 2024 100% 7,073 Sept 2024 128 692 70 762

Richard Papp 6,856 547 July 2024 100% 6,856 Sept 2024 124 671 68 739

Jane Shields 6,856 547 July 2024 100% 6,856 Sept 2024 124 671 68 739

Jeremy Stakol 2,632 210 July 2024 100% 2,632 Sept 2024 48 258 26 284

LTIP values included in the single figure table for the 2023/24 comparative figures have been updated to reflect the actual market values of

The Committee's objective is to ensure that the remuneration paid to senior executives is appropriate in both amount and structure, is

When developing the remuneration policy and considering its implementation, the Committee was mindful of the UK Corporate Governance

● Clarity – NEXT's incentive pay arrangements are based entirely on objective financial performance targets. This provides clarity to all

● Simplicity – Remuneration arrangements for our executives are simple and the principles which underpin them are applied at management levels below the Board and are well understood by both participants and shareholders. Careful consideration is given to ensuring there is an appropriate balance in the remuneration structure between annual and long term rewards, as well as between cash

● Risk – The Committee considers that the incentive arrangements do not encourage inappropriate risk-taking. Malus and clawback provisions are in the service contracts of all executive directors and apply to annual bonuses and LTIP awards. The Committee also has

● Predictability and proportionality – Our policy provides for potential total remuneration below the median levels for companies of our size and has a strong history of delivering value when performance merits this and of nil payouts when performance has been weaker.

● Alignment to culture – The remuneration performance targets set by the Committee are designed to drive the right behaviours across the business. The arrangements encourage our executives to focus on making the right decisions for the creation of long term shareholder

directly linked to the Company's annual and longer term performance, and is aligned with the interests of shareholders.

Code 2018 and considered that the executive remuneration framework appropriately addresses the following factors:

Variable pay is linked to measures which are aligned with the Company's long term strategy and objectives.

July 2024 Median Upper quintile 3/20 100% £97.82 January 2025 Median Upper quintile 3/19 100% £97.221 1. This is the average NEXT share price over the final three months of the financial year and has been used in the single figure table to estimate the value of

Actual position in comparator group

Value attributable to share price movement (£000)

Value of LTIP shares vesting (£000)

Vesting date

12,245 973 January 2025 100% 12,245 March 2025 217 1,190 104 1,294

7,228 574 January 2025 100% 7,228 March 2025 129 703 61 764

2,775 220 January 2025 100% 2,775 March 2025 49 269 24 293

Vesting percentage

Value of dividend equivalents (£000)

Share price at vest

Value of LTIP award (single figure) (£000)

LTIP vesting outturn

TSR compared with the comparator group for performance period ended

this award as it has not yet vested. LTIP vesting outturn - value of awards

Total number of awards granted

Value of award at grant (£000)

the LTIP awards that vested on 8 April 2024 of £88.30 per share.

UK Corporate Governance Code – Provision 40 disclosure

overarching discretion to adjust formulaic outcomes to ensure that they are appropriate.

stakeholders on the relationship between pay and performance.

Total remuneration

and share-based payments.

value.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 137 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

	In the charts on page 137, the following assumptions have been made:
Fixed/minimum	Base salaries and salary supplement values as at 2025/26, and benefits values as shown in 2024/25 single figure of remuneration, excluding relocation allowances. The pension value for Lord Wolfson has been assumed at 19% of his salary (see pages 133 and 139).
Mid-point/median	Includes the performance-related pay a director would receive in the scenario where: ● 50% of the maximum annual bonus is earned.
	● LTIP performance results in a median TSR ranking and therefore 20% of the maximum award would vest.
Maximum	Includes the performance-related pay a director would receive in the scenario where performance equalled or exceeded maximum targets: ● Maximum bonus at 150% of salary.
	● LTIP performance results in an upper quintile TSR ranking and therefore 100% of the maximum award would vest.
Maximum inc. 50% growth in share price across relevant performance period	As for the maximum scenario above, plus an increase in the value of the LTIP of 50% across the relevant performance period to reflect possible share price appreciation. Consistent with the reporting regulations, this does not separately include the impact of dividend accrual.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 138 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT ®

Pension entitlements for the Executive Directors are set out below:

aggregate of up to 24% of salary).

in April 2024.

Executive directors' external appointments

Pension entitlements (audited information)

● Richard Papp is also a deferred member of a defined contribution scheme.

deferred pensioners and accrued uniformly throughout their pensionable service.

have not received any enhancement to their pension provision upon joining the Board.

no additional benefits payable to directors in the event of early retirement.

No current executive director holds any non-executive directorships outside the Group.

● Amanda James was an active member of a defined contribution scheme until she retired from the business.

● Jeremy Stakol and Jonathan Blanchard are active members of defined contribution schemes.

● Lord Wolfson, Jane Shields and Richard Papp are deferred members of the defined benefit 2013 Plan, which has been approved by HMRC.

● Until 1 April 2024, Lord Wolfson was accruing service in an unfunded, unapproved supplementary pension arrangement (see below). Shortly after joining NEXT in 1991, Lord Wolfson became a member of the DB pension scheme, as was normal practice at NEXT and across the market more widely at the time. In 2012, the value of Lord Wolfson's DB pension benefits was reduced when his salary was frozen for DB pension purposes and he began to receive a 15% salary supplement as part of a renegotiation of terms by the Company. From February 2020, in addition, Lord Wolfson volunteered to cap the service accrual under his DB pension annually so that the single figure value attributed to the DB portion of his pension was no more than 9% of salary (giving a single figure of DB pension and salary supplement in

Effective from 1 April 2024, Lord Wolfson became a deferred member of the DB pension scheme and received a salary supplement at 5% of his pensionable earnings as at October 2012 (being a contribution of £35k), which is consistent with the treatment of other colleagues who ceased to accrue DB benefits. This is in addition to the 15% salary supplement paid to Lord Wolfson since 2012 which is in lieu of past changes to his pension. The total of Lord Wolfson's Company contribution and salary supplement was 18% of his 2024/25 salary, 6

Under the terms of the DB scheme, Lord Wolfson was entitled, on retirement at age 65, to receive a pension equal to two thirds of his pensionable earnings as at October 2012. The pension accrued uniformly throughout his pensionable service, subject to completion of at least 20 years' pensionable service by age 65. Following the change to being a deferred member, Lord Wolfson's pension entitlement on retirement at age 65 is based on the pensionable service up to April 2024, and thereafter grows based on an inflation linked index. This is consistent with the terms agreed with all other active members of the 2013 defined benefit plan which was closed to future service accrual

The deferred defined benefit pensions for Jane Shields and Richard Papp are based on their pensionable earnings at the time they became

All the executive directors are on pension arrangements no more generous than those offered to the wider colleague population recruited at the same time as them so that the pension proposals align with the relevant all-employee populations. Our executive directors receive pension contributions and/or salary supplements which are consistent with the levels available to staff at the time they joined and, therefore, consistent with the benefits enjoyed by other staff with an equivalent length of service. For many years, employees promoted to the Board

Currently, the DB Plan provides a lump sum death in service benefit and dependants' pensions on death in service or following retirement. In the case of ill-health retirement, only the accrued pension is payable. All benefits are subject to 2013 Plan limits. Increases to pensions in payment are at the discretion of the Trustee although pensionable service post 1997 is subject to limited price indexation. From 2006, sales and profit related bonuses were excluded from pensionable earnings and the normal retirement age was increased from 60 to 65. There are

Further information on the Group's DB and defined contribution pension arrangements is provided in Note 21 to the financial statements.

percentage points lower than the previous capped DB pension accrual plus salary supplement of 24% he received before 2024/25.

Executive directors' external appointments

No current executive director holds any non-executive directorships outside the Group.

Pension entitlements (audited information)

Pension entitlements for the Executive Directors are set out below:

REMUNERATION REPORT

In the charts on page 137, the following assumptions have been made:

salary (see pages 133 and 139).

exceeded maximum targets:

vest.

Maximum inc. 50% growth in share price across relevant performance period

● Maximum bonus at 150% of salary.

Mid-point/median Includes the performance-related pay a director would receive in the scenario where:

● 50% of the maximum annual bonus is earned.

not separately include the impact of dividend accrual.

Fixed/minimum Base salaries and salary supplement values as at 2025/26, and benefits values as shown in 2024/25 single figure of

Maximum Includes the performance-related pay a director would receive in the scenario where performance equalled or

remuneration, excluding relocation allowances. The pension value for Lord Wolfson has been assumed at 19% of his

● LTIP performance results in an upper quintile TSR ranking and therefore 100% of the maximum award would

As for the maximum scenario above, plus an increase in the value of the LTIP of 50% across the relevant performance period to reflect possible share price appreciation. Consistent with the reporting regulations, this does

● LTIP performance results in a median TSR ranking and therefore 20% of the maximum award would vest.

Lord Wolfson, Jane Shields and Richard Papp are deferred members of the defined benefit 2013 Plan, which has been approved by HMRC.
Richard Papp is also a deferred member of a defined contribution scheme.
Amanda James was an active member of a defined contribution scheme until she retired from the business.
Jeremy Stakol and Jonathan Blanchard are active members of defined contribution schemes.
Until 1 April 2024, Lord Wolfson was accruing service in an unfunded, unapproved supplementary pension arrangement (see below).

Shortly after joining NEXT in 1991, Lord Wolfson became a member of the DB pension scheme, as was normal practice at NEXT and across the market more widely at the time. In 2012, the value of Lord Wolfson's DB pension benefits was reduced when his salary was frozen for DB pension purposes and he began to receive a 15% salary supplement as part of a renegotiation of terms by the Company. From February 2020, in addition, Lord Wolfson volunteered to cap the service accrual under his DB pension annually so that the single figure value attributed to the DB portion of his pension was no more than 9% of salary (giving a single figure of DB pension and salary supplement in aggregate of up to 24% of salary).

The deferred defined benefit pensions for Jane Shields and Richard Papp are based on their pensionable earnings at the time they became deferred pensioners and accrued uniformly throughout their pensionable service.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 139 31/03/2025 17:35

Further information on the Group's DB and defined contribution pension arrangements is provided in Note 21 to the financial statements.

REMUNERATION REPORT

Directors' shareholding and share interests (audited information)

Directors' interests

Directors' interests in shares (including those of their connected persons) at the beginning and end of the financial year were as follows:

REMUNERATION REPORT ®

Maximum receivable at start of financial year

Awarded during the year

Dividend accrual shares awarded in the year

85,200 85,379

6,938 4,978

- 15,513

51,879 22,312

amount equal to 225% of salary is held.

a minimum period of two further years.

Lord Wolfson

Jonathan Blanchard

Amanda James⁵

Date of award

Post-cessation shareholding guidelines apply to all executive directors. Directors must hold a minimum of 225% of their salary for one year post-cessation. The Committee will have the normal discretion to disapply this in exceptional circumstances. The post-cessation guidelines apply and are enforced through the retention of any (after-tax) shares vesting in respect of LTIP grants into an escrow account until an

The table below shows share awards held by directors and movements during the year. LTIPs and Deferred Bonus are conditional share awards, and Sharesaves are options. All awards are subject to performance conditions except for Sharesave options and Deferred Bonus. LTIP awards granted to executive directors which vest must be taken in shares and the net shares (after payment of tax and NIC) must be held for

Shares vested/ exercised in

the year Lapsed

LTIP Apr 2021 13,178 - 1,168 (12,896) (1,450) - 70.32 nil 88.30 Jan 2024

Deferred bonus Apr 2022 6,938 - 434 (7,372) - - 59.36 nil 91.20 Apr 2024

Sharesave Oct 2023 270 - - - - 270 - 58.50 - Dec 2028 - Jun 2029

LTIP Mar 2024 - 8,108 - - - 8,108 79.80 nil - Jan 2027

Sharesave Oct 2024 - 194 - - - 194 - 80.80 - Dec 2029 - Jun 2030

LTIP Apr 2021 8,024 - 711 (7,852) (883) - 70.32 nil 88.30 Jan 2024

Sharesave Oct 2021 38 - - (38) - - - 64.53 102.10 Dec 2024 - Jun 2025

Maximum receivable at end of financial year

Sept 2021 11,615 - 1,182 (12,797) - - 79.78 nil 97.82 Jul 2024³ Mar 2022 12,245 - - - - 12,245 79.46 nil - Jan 2025³ Sept 2022 15,581 - - - - 15,581 62.45 nil - Jul 2025 Mar 2023 17,387 - - - - 17,387 58.76 nil - Jan 2026 Sept 2023 15,194 - - - - 15,194 67.24 nil - Jul 2026 Mar 2024 - 13,315 - - - 13,315 79.80 nil - Jan 2027 Sept 2024 - 11,657 - - - 11,657 91.15 nil - Jul 2027

Apr 2024 - 4,978⁴ - - - 4,978 91.20 nil - Apr 2026

Sept 2024 - 7,405 - - - 7,405 91.15 nil - Jul 2027

Sept 2021 7,073 - 719 (7,792) - - 79.78 nil 97.82 Jul 2024³ Mar 2022 7,456 - - - (1,225) 6,231 79.46 nil - Jan 2025³ Sept 2022 9,487 - - - (3,194) 6,293 62.45 nil - Jul 2025 Mar 2023 10,587 - - - (5,313) 5,274 58.76 nil - Jan 2026 Sept 2023 9,252 - - - (6,129) 3,123 67.24 nil - Jul 2026 Mar 2024 - 8,108 - - (6,717) 1,391 79.80 nil - Jan 2027

Calculated price at award date¹ £

Option/ award price £

Market price on date of vesting/ exercise £

Vesting date/ exercisable dates²

	Ordinary shares			Deferred Bonus Shares¹ LTIP²			Sharesave³
	2025	2024	2025	2024	2025	2024	2025	2024
Lord Wolfson⁴	1,119,313	1,391,790	4,978	6,938	85,379	85,200	270	270
Jonathan Bewes	1,750	1,750	-	-	-	-	-	-
Jonathan Blanchard	54,037	n/a	-	n/a	15,513	n/a	194	n/a
Venetia Butterfield	22	n/a	-	-	-	-	-	-
Soumen Das	1,289	1,289	-	-	-	-	-	-
Tom Hall	10,000	10,000	-	-	-	-	-	-
Dame Tristia Harrison	1,000	1,000	-	-	-	-	-	-
Amanda James⁵	30,629	26,468	-	-	22,312	51,879	-	38
Richard Papp	18,141	17,216	-	-	52,156	50,292	-	139
Michael Roney	54,821	54,821	-	-	-	-	-	-
Jane Shields	67,528	59,493	-	-	52,156	50,292	262	262
Jeremy Stakol⁶	106,317	165,770	-	-	35,195	20,752	208	186
Amy Stirling	nil	n/a	-	-	-	-	-	-
Dame Dianne Thompson	nil	nil	-	-	-	-	-	-

Full details of the basis of allocation and terms of the deferred bonus are set out on page 150.
The LTIP amounts above are the maximum potential conditional share awards that may vest, subject to performance conditions described on page 151.
Executive directors can participate in the Company's Sharesave scheme (see details on page 153) and the amounts above are the options which will become exercisable at maturity.
The connected persons of Lord Wolfson include The Charles Wolfson Charitable Trust which held 164,058 shares as at 25 January 2025 (2024: 164,058).
Amanda James stepped down from the Board in July 2024. In the table above the ordinary shares held are as at the date she stepped down, the LTIP and Sharesave amounts in the table above are as at 25 January 2025.
Includes shares held jointly with spouse.

There have been no changes to the directors' interests in the shares of the Company from the end of the financial year to 27 March 2025.

Share ownership guidelines

The minimum shareholding is 225% of salary for all executive directors. An executive director has up to five years from the date of appointment to acquire the minimum shareholding. Shares in which the executive director, their spouse/civil partner or minor children have a beneficial interest count towards the shareholding.

As at the 2024/25 financial year end, the shareholdings of the executives, based on the average share price over the preceding three months, were as follows:

	Date of appointment to Board	Shareholding % of base salary as at year end	Shareholding guidelines achieved
Lord Wolfson	February 1997	9,833%	Yes
Jonathan Blanchard	July 2024	876%	Yes
Amanda James¹	April 2015	425%	Yes
Richard Papp	May 2018	252%	Yes
Jane Shields	July 2013	938%	Yes
Jeremy Stakol	April 2023	1,723%	Yes

Amanda James stepped down from the Board in July 2024 and the shareholding percentage is based on the shares she held at the date she stepped down.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 140 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

Full details of the basis of allocation and terms of the deferred bonus are set out on page 150.

Sharesave amounts in the table above are as at 25 January 2025.

Directors' interests

exercisable at maturity.

were as follows:

Includes shares held jointly with spouse.

Share ownership guidelines

a beneficial interest count towards the shareholding.

Directors' shareholding and share interests (audited information)

Directors' interests in shares (including those of their connected persons) at the beginning and end of the financial year were as follows:

Lord Wolfson⁴ 1,119,313 1,391,790 4,978 6,938 85,379 85,200 270 270 Jonathan Bewes 1,750 1,750 - - - - - - Jonathan Blanchard 54,037 n/a - n/a 15,513 n/a 194 n/a Venetia Butterfield 22 n/a - - - - - - Soumen Das 1,289 1,289 - - - - - - Tom Hall 10,000 10,000 - - - - - - Dame Tristia Harrison 1,000 1,000 - - - - - - Amanda James⁵ 30,629 26,468 - - 22,312 51,879 - 38 Richard Papp 18,141 17,216 - - 52,156 50,292 - 139 Michael Roney 54,821 54,821 - - - - - - Jane Shields 67,528 59,493 - - 52,156 50,292 262 262 Jeremy Stakol⁶ 106,317 165,770 - - 35,195 20,752 208 186 Amy Stirling nil n/a - - - - - - Dame Dianne Thompson nil nil - - - - - -

Ordinary shares Deferred Bonus Shares¹ LTIP² Sharesave³

2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024

The LTIP amounts above are the maximum potential conditional share awards that may vest, subject to performance conditions described on page 151. 3. Executive directors can participate in the Company's Sharesave scheme (see details on page 153) and the amounts above are the options which will become
The connected persons of Lord Wolfson include The Charles Wolfson Charitable Trust which held 164,058 shares as at 25 January 2025 (2024: 164,058). 5. Amanda James stepped down from the Board in July 2024. In the table above the ordinary shares held are as at the date she stepped down, the LTIP and

There have been no changes to the directors' interests in the shares of the Company from the end of the financial year to 27 March 2025.

As at the 2024/25 financial year end, the shareholdings of the executives, based on the average share price over the preceding three months,

Lord Wolfson February 1997 9,833% Yes Jonathan Blanchard July 2024 876% Yes Amanda James¹ April 2015 425% Yes Richard Papp May 2018 252% Yes Jane Shields July 2013 938% Yes Jeremy Stakol April 2023 1,723% Yes

Date of appointment to

Board

Shareholding % of base salary as at year end

Shareholding guidelines

achieved

Amanda James stepped down from the Board in July 2024 and the shareholding percentage is based on the shares she held at the date she stepped down.

	Date of award	Maximum receivable at start of financial year	Awarded during the year	Dividend accrual shares awarded in the year	Shares vested/ exercised in the year	Lapsed	Maximum receivable at end of financial year	Calculated price at award date¹ £	Option/ award price £	Market price on date of vesting/ exercise £	Vesting date/ exercisable dates²
Lord Wolfson
LTIP	Apr 2021	13,178	-		1,168 (12,896)	(1,450)	-	70.32	nil	88.30	Jan 2024
	Sept 2021	11,615	-		1,182 (12,797)	-	-	79.78	nil	97.82	Jul 2024³
	Mar 2022	12,245	-	-	-	-	12,245	79.46	nil	-	Jan 2025³
	Sept 2022	15,581	-	-	-	-	15,581	62.45	nil	-	Jul 2025
	Mar 2023	17,387	-	-	-	-	17,387	58.76	nil	-	Jan 2026
	Sept 2023	15,194	-	-	-	-	15,194	67.24	nil	-	Jul 2026
	Mar 2024	-	13,315	-	-	-	13,315	79.80	nil	-	Jan 2027
	Sept 2024	-	11,657	-	-	-	11,657	91.15	nil	-	Jul 2027
		85,200					85,379
Deferred bonus	Apr 2022	6,938	-	434	(7,372)	-	-	59.36	nil	91.20	Apr 2024
	Apr 2024	-	4,978⁴	-	-	-	4,978	91.20	nil	-	Apr 2026
		6,938					4,978
Sharesave	Oct 2023	270	-	-	-	-	270	-	58.50	-	Dec 2028 - Jun 2029
Jonathan Blanchard
LTIP	Mar 2024	-	8,108	-	-	-	8,108	79.80	nil	-	Jan 2027
	Sept 2024	-	7,405	-	-	-	7,405	91.15	nil	-	Jul 2027
		-					15,513
Sharesave	Oct 2024	-	194	-	-	-	194	-	80.80	-	Dec 2029 - Jun 2030
Amanda James⁵
LTIP	Apr 2021	8,024	-	711	(7,852)	(883)	-	70.32	nil	88.30	Jan 2024
	Sept 2021	7,073	-	719	(7,792)	-	-	79.78	nil	97.82	Jul 2024³
	Mar 2022	7,456	-	-	-	(1,225)	6,231	79.46	nil	-	Jan 2025³
	Sept 2022	9,487	-	-	-	(3,194)	6,293	62.45	nil	-	Jul 2025
	Mar 2023	10,587	-	-	-	(5,313)	5,274	58.76	nil	-	Jan 2026
	Sept 2023	9,252	-	-	-	(6,129)	3,123	67.24	nil	-	Jul 2026
	Mar 2024	-	8,108	-	-	(6,717)	1,391	79.80	nil	-	Jan 2027
		51,879					22,312
Sharesave	Oct 2021	38	-	-	(38)	-	-	-		64.53 102.10	Dec 2024 - Jun 2025

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 141 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

	Date of award	Maximum receivable at start of financial year	Awarded during the year	Dividend accrual shares awarded in the year	Shares vested/ exercised in the year	Lapsed	Maximum receivable at end of financial year	Calculated price at award date¹ £	Option/ award price £	Market price on date of vesting/ exercise £	Vesting date/ exercisable dates²
Richard Papp
LTIP	Apr 2021	7,779	-	688	(7,611)	(856)	-	70.32	nil	88.30	Jan 2024
	Sept 2021	6,856	-	696	(7,552)	-	-	79.78	nil	97.82	Jul 2024³
	Mar 2022	7,228	-	-	-	-	7,228	79.46	nil	-	Jan 2025³
	Sept 2022	9,197	-	-	-	-	9,197	62.45	nil	-	Jul 2025
	Mar 2023	10,263	-	-	-	-	10,263	58.76	nil	-	Jan 2026
	Sept 2023	8,969	-	-	-	-	8,969	67.24	nil	-	Jul 2026
	Mar 2024	-	7,859	-	-	-	7,859	79.80	nil	-	Jan 2027
	Sept 2024	-	8,640	-	-	-	8,640	91.15	nil	-	Jul 2027
		50,292					52,156
Sharesave	Oct 2021	139	-	-	(139)	-	-	-	64.53	102.10	Dec 2024 - Jun 2025
Jane Shields							-
LTIP	Apr 2021 Sept 2021	7,779 6,856	- -	688 696	(7,611) (7,552)	(856) -	-	70.32 79.78	nil nil	88.30 97.82	Jan 2024 Jul 2024³
	Mar 2022	7,228	-	-	-	-	7,228	79.46	nil	-	Jan 2025³
	Sept 2022	9,197	-	-	-	-	9,197	62.45	nil	-	Jul 2025
	Mar 2023	10,263	-	-	-	-	10,263	58.76	nil	-	Jan 2026
	Sept 2023	8,969	-	-	-	-	8,969	67.24	nil	-	Jul 2026
	Mar 2024	-	7,859	-	-	-	7,859	79.80	nil	-	Jan 2027
	Sept 2024	-	8,640	-	-	-	8,640	91.15	nil	-	Jul 2027
		50,292					52,156
Sharesave	Oct 2021	41	-	-	-	-	41	-	64.53	-	Dec 2026 - Jun 2027
	Oct 2023	221	-	-	-	-	221	-	58.50	-	Dec 2028 - Jun 2029
		262					262
Jeremy Stakol
LTIP	Apr 2021⁶	2,986	-	265	(2,923)	(328)	-	70.32	nil	88.30	Jan 2024
	Sept 2021⁶	2,632	-	269	(2,901)	-	-	79.78	nil	97.82	July 2024³
	Mar 2022⁶	2,775	-	-	-	-	2,775	79.46	nil	-	Jan 2025³
	Sept 2022	3,531	-	-	-	-	3,531	62.45	nil	-	Jul 2025
	Mar 2023	9,190	-	-	-	-	9,190	58.76	nil	-	Jan 2026
	Sept 2023	8,031	-	-	-	-	8,031	67.24	nil	-	Jul 2026
	Mar 2024	-	7,038	-	-	-	7,038	79.80	nil	-	Jan 2027
	Sept 2024	-	7,405	-	-	-	7,405	91.15	nil	-	Jul 2027
		29,145					37,970
Sharesave	Oct 2022	186	-	-	-	-	186	-	38.69	-	Dec 2025 - Jun 2026
	Oct 2024	-	22	-	-	-	22	-	80.80	-	Dec 2027 - Jun 2028

		186					208

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 142 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT ®

dividends paid over the period from grant to vesting (assuming reinvestment at the prevailing share price) with such shares added on vesting.

Jeremy Stakol was granted phantom LTIP awards before joining the Board. These mirror the conditional LTIP awards in all respects save for being cash settled.

determine the award was the closing NEXT plc share price on 26 April 2024, which was the date the cash element of the bonus was paid.

(2023/24: £32k). At the end of the year there were no options that had vested but not yet been exercised.

base salaries outlined on page 127.

quintile.

Performance period March 2024 grant: three years to January 2027.

table on page 144.

Deferred bonus (audited information)

at the prevailing share price).

September 2024 grant: three years to July 2027.

group of other UK listed retail companies.

satisfied, or shortly thereafter.

as at the end of the financial year.

LTIP

Vesting if minimum performance achieved

(audited information)

For LTIP awards, the date in this column is the end of the three year performance period. Actual vesting will be the date on which the Committee determines whether any performance conditions have been
See page 135 for details of the performance conditions and vesting levels applicable to the LTIP schemes with performance periods ending in the financial year 2024/25. Awards are increased to reflect
The face value of the April 2024 deferred bonus award to Lord Wolfson equated to £454k, being the portion of his annual bonus for the year to January 2024 over 100% of base salary. The share price used to
Amanda James stepped down as Group Finance Director with effect from 26 July 2024. She remained an employee of the Company until 26 September 2024. Amanda's outstanding awards under the LTIP were treated in accordance with the rules of the Plan and as a 'good leaver', her entitlement is time pro-rated proportionately to her actual period of service. In the table above her LTIP and Sharesave interests are

The aggregate gains of directors arising from any exercise of options granted under the Sharesave scheme that vested in the 2024/25 year totalled £5k

Face value In respect of the LTIP conditional share awards granted during the year 2024/25, the maximum "face value" of

Performance measures Performance is measured over three years. Currently, performance is measured based on NEXT's TSR against a

Dividend roll-up The award will be increased to reflect dividends paid over the period from grant to vesting (assuming reinvestment

In addition to the scheme interests detailed above, any annual bonus over 100% of base salary is payable in shares, deferred for two years and subject to forfeiture if the executive voluntarily resigns before the end of that period. The award may be increased to reflect dividends paid over the period to vesting (assuming reinvestment at the prevailing share price) with such shares added on vesting. The value of the

2024/25 deferred bonus payable to the executives is included in the single total figure of remuneration on page 134.

awards (i.e. the maximum number of shares that would vest if all performance measures are met, multiplied by the average share price used to determine the award) is summarised below. Awards are granted twice a year at 112.5% of base salary. The first half LTIP grant was based on the executive's base salaries before the increase to

Lord Wolfson 1,062 1,062 2,124 Jonathan Blanchard n/a 675 675 Amanda James 647 n/a 647 Richard Papp 627 788 1,415 Jane Shields 627 788 1,415 Jeremy Stakol 562 675 1,237

20% of the entitlement will be earned for relative TSR at median. Full vesting requires relative TSR in the upper

Relative performance Percentage vesting Below median 0% Median 20% Upper quintile 100% If no entitlement has been earned at the end of a three year performance period then that award will lapse; there is no retesting. The companies in the TSR comparator group for awards granted during the financial year are in the

£000

Sept 2024 £000

Total £000

Scheme interests awarded during the financial year ended January 2025

Mar 2024

The calculated LTIP price at the award date is NEXT's average share price over the three months before the start of the performance period.
1. For LTIP awards, the date in this column is the end of the three year performance period. Actual vesting will be the date on which the Committee determines whether any performance conditions have been satisfied, or shortly thereafter.
1. See page 135 for details of the performance conditions and vesting levels applicable to the LTIP schemes with performance periods ending in the financial year 2024/25. Awards are increased to reflect dividends paid over the period from grant to vesting (assuming reinvestment at the prevailing share price) with such shares added on vesting.
1. The face value of the April 2024 deferred bonus award to Lord Wolfson equated to £454k, being the portion of his annual bonus for the year to January 2024 over 100% of base salary. The share price used to determine the award was the closing NEXT plc share price on 26 April 2024, which was the date the cash element of the bonus was paid.
1. Amanda James stepped down as Group Finance Director with effect from 26 July 2024. She remained an employee of the Company until 26 September 2024. Amanda's outstanding awards under the LTIP were treated in accordance with the rules of the Plan and as a 'good leaver', her entitlement is time pro-rated proportionately to her actual period of service. In the table above her LTIP and Sharesave interests are as at the end of the financial year.
1. Jeremy Stakol was granted phantom LTIP awards before joining the Board. These mirror the conditional LTIP awards in all respects save for being cash settled.

The aggregate gains of directors arising from any exercise of options granted under the Sharesave scheme that vested in the 2024/25 year totalled £5k (2023/24: £32k). At the end of the year there were no options that had vested but not yet been exercised.

Scheme interests awarded during the financial year ended January 2025 (audited information)

LTIP

REMUNERATION REPORT

Maximum receivable at start of financial year

Awarded during the year

Dividend accrual shares awarded in the year

50,292 52,156

262 262

29,145 37,970

186 208

Shares vested/ exercised in

the year Lapsed

LTIP Apr 2021 7,779 - 688 (7,611) (856) - 70.32 nil 88.30 Jan 2024

Sharesave Oct 2021 139 - - (139) - - - 64.53 102.10 Dec 2024 - Jun 2025

LTIP Apr 2021 7,779 - 688 (7,611) (856) - 70.32 nil 88.30 Jan 2024

Sharesave Oct 2021 41 - - - - 41 - 64.53 - Dec 2026 - Jun 2027

LTIP Apr 2021⁶ 2,986 - 265 (2,923) (328) - 70.32 nil 88.30 Jan 2024

Sharesave Oct 2022 186 - - - - 186 - 38.69 - Dec 2025 - Jun 2026

Maximum receivable at end of financial year

Sept 2021 6,856 - 696 (7,552) - - 79.78 nil 97.82 Jul 2024³ Mar 2022 7,228 - - - - 7,228 79.46 nil - Jan 2025³ Sept 2022 9,197 - - - - 9,197 62.45 nil - Jul 2025 Mar 2023 10,263 - - - - 10,263 58.76 nil - Jan 2026 Sept 2023 8,969 - - - - 8,969 67.24 nil - Jul 2026 Mar 2024 - 7,859 - - - 7,859 79.80 nil - Jan 2027 Sept 2024 - 8,640 - - - 8,640 91.15 nil - Jul 2027

Oct 2023 221 - - - - 221 - 58.50 - Dec 2028 - Jun 2029

Sept 2021⁶ 2,632 - 269 (2,901) - - 79.78 nil 97.82 July 2024³ Mar 2022⁶ 2,775 - - - - 2,775 79.46 nil - Jan 2025³ Sept 2022 3,531 - - - - 3,531 62.45 nil - Jul 2025 Mar 2023 9,190 - - - - 9,190 58.76 nil - Jan 2026 Sept 2023 8,031 - - - - 8,031 67.24 nil - Jul 2026 Mar 2024 - 7,038 - - - 7,038 79.80 nil - Jan 2027 Sept 2024 - 7,405 - - - 7,405 91.15 nil - Jul 2027

Oct 2024 - 22 - - - 22 - 80.80 - Dec 2027 - Jun 2028

Calculated price at award date¹ £

Option/ award price £

Market price on date of vesting/ exercise £

Vesting date/ exercisable dates²

Date of award

Richard Papp

Jane Shields

Jeremy Stakol

The calculated LTIP price at the award date is NEXT's average share price over the three months before the start of the performance period.

Face value In respect of the LTIP conditional share awards granted during the year 2024/25, the maximum "face value" of awards (i.e. the maximum number of shares that would vest if all performance measures are met, multiplied by the average share price used to determine the award) is summarised below. Awards are granted twice a year at 112.5% of base salary. The first half LTIP grant was based on the executive's base salaries before the increase to base salaries outlined on page 127.

		Mar 2024	Sept 2024	Total
		£000	£000	£000
	Lord Wolfson	1,062	1,062	2,124
	Jonathan Blanchard	n/a	675	675
	Amanda James	647	n/a	647
	Richard Papp	627	788	1,415
	Jane Shields	627	788	1,415
	Jeremy Stakol	562	675	1,237
Vesting if minimum performance achieved	20% of the entitlement will be earned for relative TSR at median. Full vesting requires relative TSR in the upper quintile.
Performance period	March 2024 grant: three years to January 2027.
	September 2024 grant: three years to July 2027.
Performance measures	Performance is measured over three years. Currently, performance is measured based on NEXT's TSR against a
	group of other UK listed retail companies.
	Relative performance			Percentage vesting
	Below median			0%
	Median 20%
	100% Upper quintile
	If no entitlement has been earned at the end of a three year performance period then that award will lapse; there
	is no retesting. The companies in the TSR comparator group for awards granted during the financial year are in the
	table on page 144.
Dividend roll-up	The award will be increased to reflect dividends paid over the period from grant to vesting (assuming reinvestment
	at the prevailing share price).

Deferred bonus (audited information)

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 143 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

Performance targets for outstanding LTIP awards (audited information)

REMUNERATION REPORT ®

Performance graph

Financial year to January

index over the ten years ended January 2025.

Performance and CEO remuneration comparison

Analysis of Chief Executive's pay over 10 years

Single figure of total remuneration £000

The maximum bonus for the Chief Executive is 150% of salary.

been 40% and his total remuneration would have been £1,642k for the financial year to January 2019.

The table below sets out the remuneration for Lord Wolfson who has been the Chief Executive throughout this period.

Annual bonus pay-out against

4,295 45% Two semi-annual awards vested at 76% and 77% 1,831 0% Two semi-annual awards vested at 61% and 20% 1,153 0% Two semi-annual awards vested at nil 1,327 13%² Two semi-annual awards vested at 20% and nil 2,639 29% Two semi-annual awards vested at 67% and 100% 3,582 0% Two semi-annual awards vested at 90% and 100% 4,148 100% Two semi-annual awards vested at 83% and 80% 2,529 54% Two semi-annual awards vested at 62% and 30% 4,630 100% Two semi-annual awards vested at 63% and 89% 4,727 72% Two semi-annual awards vested, both at 100%

Lord Wolfson waived his entitlement to a portion of his annual bonus. Had he not done so, his bonus pay-out against maximum opportunity would have

maximum opportunity¹ LTIP pay-out against maximum opportunity

The graph below illustrates the TSR performance of the Company when compared with the FTSE 100 and FTSE General Retailers indices. These have been selected to illustrate the Company's total shareholder return performance against a wide UK index and a sector specific

Details of the comparator groups for the LTIP three year performance periods commencing August 2021 are shown below.

	Performance period commencing:
Comparator Group Companies	Aug 21	Feb 22	Aug 22	Feb 23	Aug 23	Feb 24	Aug 24
AO World	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
ASOS	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
B&M European Value Retail	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
Boohoo	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
Burberry	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
Currys	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
DFS	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
Dr Martens	X	X	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
Dunelm	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
Halfords	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
J Sainsbury	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
JD Sports Fashion	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
Kingfisher	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
Marks and Spencer	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
N Brown¹	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	X	X
Pets at Home	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
Studio Retail Group²	✔	X	X	X	X	X	X
Tesco	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
Watches of Switzerland	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔
WH Smith	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔	✔

N Brown delisted in February 2025. Following our established practice, it was removed from the comparator group for awards where less than 18 months of the performance period had elapsed (i.e. performance periods commencing February 2024 and August 2024).
Studio Retail Group went into administration in February 2022, for all in-flight schemes its TSR was set to -100%.

Payments to retired director (audited information)

Amanda James stepped down as Group Finance Director with effect from 26 July 2024 and retired from the business on 26 September 2024. She received no compensation payments in lieu of notice or otherwise. As a 'good leaver', her entitlement to outstanding LTIP awards was time pro-rated proportionately to her actual period of service. The value of Amanda's LTIP which vested in September 2024 is included in the single figure of remuneration table on page 134. Amanda was also treated as a good leaver with respect to her outstanding Sharesave options. Amanda's outstanding time pro-rated LTIP awards are on page 141.

Payments for loss of office and to past directors (audited information)

Other than described in the section Payments to retired directors above, there were no other payments for loss of office or to past directors.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 144 31/03/2025 17:35

Performance and CEO remuneration comparison

Performance graph

REMUNERATION REPORT

Performance targets for outstanding LTIP awards (audited information)

Comparator Group Companies Aug 21 Feb 22 Aug 22 Feb 23 Aug 23 Feb 24 Aug 24 AO World ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ASOS ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ B&M European Value Retail ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Boohoo ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Burberry ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Currys ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ DFS ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Dr Martens X X ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Dunelm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Halfords ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ J Sainsbury ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ JD Sports Fashion ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Kingfisher ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Marks and Spencer ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ N Brown¹ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ X X Pets at Home ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Studio Retail Group² ✔ X X X X X X Tesco ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Watches of Switzerland ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ WH Smith ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 1. N Brown delisted in February 2025. Following our established practice, it was removed from the comparator group for awards where less than 18 months of

Performance period commencing:

Details of the comparator groups for the LTIP three year performance periods commencing August 2021 are shown below.

the performance period had elapsed (i.e. performance periods commencing February 2024 and August 2024). 2. Studio Retail Group went into administration in February 2022, for all in-flight schemes its TSR was set to -100%.

Other than described in the section Payments to retired directors above, there were no other payments for loss of office or to past directors.

Payments for loss of office and to past directors (audited information)

Payments to retired director (audited information)

options. Amanda's outstanding time pro-rated LTIP awards are on page 141.

Analysis of Chief Executive's pay over 10 years

The table below sets out the remuneration for Lord Wolfson who has been the Chief Executive throughout this period.

Financial year to January	Single figure of total remuneration £000	Annual bonus pay-out against maximum opportunity¹	LTIP pay-out against maximum opportunity
2016	4,295	45%	Two semi-annual awards vested at 76% and 77%
2017	1,831	0%	Two semi-annual awards vested at 61% and 20%
2018	1,153	0%	Two semi-annual awards vested at nil
2019	1,327	13%²	Two semi-annual awards vested at 20% and nil
2020	2,639	29%	Two semi-annual awards vested at 67% and 100%
2021	3,582	0%	Two semi-annual awards vested at 90% and 100%
2022	4,148	100%	Two semi-annual awards vested at 83% and 80%
2023	2,529	54%	Two semi-annual awards vested at 62% and 30%
2024	4,630	100%	Two semi-annual awards vested at 63% and 89%
2025	4,727	72%	Two semi-annual awards vested, both at 100%

The maximum bonus for the Chief Executive is 150% of salary.
Lord Wolfson waived his entitlement to a portion of his annual bonus. Had he not done so, his bonus pay-out against maximum opportunity would have been 40% and his total remuneration would have been £1,642k for the financial year to January 2019.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 145 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

Annual change in remuneration of each director compared to employees

The table below shows the year on year percentage changes in the directors' remuneration (i.e. salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus) over the last five years. There are no other employees of NEXT plc.

REMUNERATION REPORT ®

The ratio trends disclosed above are affected by the following factors:

division.

Year

Member

Jonathan Bewes

Dame Tristia Harrison Michael Roney

Soumen Das

reflect performance over the period.

workforce's base salary increase was on average 8.8%.

ESOT (refer to Note 27 to the financial statements).

Remuneration Committee

Tom Hall (Committee Chairman)

Amy Stirling (from April 2024)

Venetia Butterfield (from April 2024)

Dame Dianne Thompson (until May 2024)

Attendance at Committee meetings is shown on page 115. Role and work of Remuneration Committee

Relative importance of spend on pay

distributions and payments (i.e. for share buybacks and dividends).

full-time equivalents, to which we have added actual benefits, bonuses, long term incentives and pension (if applicable). The data points are reflective of our Company structure and types of roles across the organisation and accordingly the Committee believes the median pay ratio for 2024/25 to be consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for the Group's UK employees taken as a whole as at the reference

The base salary and total remuneration received during the financial year by the indicative employees on a full-time equivalent basis used in

Base salary £21,571 £23,320 £35,101 Total remuneration £21,571 £23,646 £36,450

● Of our UK workforce of 45,000, around 88% work in our retail stores, customer contact centres and warehouses where, in line with the retail sector more generally, rates of pay will not be as high as management grades and those employees based at our Head Office in more technical roles. The three indicative employees used in the calculations are either retail sales consultants or a driver in our Distribution

● A substantial proportion of the Chief Executive's total remuneration is performance related. The ratios will, therefore, depend significantly on his annual bonus and LTIP outcome and may fluctuate significantly year to year and is considered by the Committee to appropriately

● The median pay ratio for 2024/25 is slightly lower than the figure reported for 2023/24, which is largely attributable to relative changes in base salary. In last year's report, we disclosed that Lord Wolfson had been awarded an annual pay increase of 4%, whilst the wider

The table below shows the total remuneration paid to or receivable by all employees in the Group together with other significant

2024/25 1,016.5 360.2 257.8 2023/24 907.4 177.3 248.3 % change 12.0% 103.2% 3.8%

The Company monitors and complies with dilution limits in its various share scheme rules and has not issued new or treasury shares in satisfaction of share schemes in the last 10 years. Share-based incentives are in most cases satisfied from shares purchased and held by the

The Committee determines the remuneration of the Group's Chairman and executive directors, and approves that of senior executives (consistent with the Code). It is also responsible for determining the targets for performance-related pay schemes, approving any award of the Company's shares under share option or incentive schemes to employees, and overseeing any major changes in employee benefit structures. The Committee members have no conflicts of interest arising from cross-directorships and no director is permitted to be involved in any decisions as to his or her remuneration. The remuneration of non-executive directors is decided by the Chairman and executive

£m

25th percentile 50th percentile (median) 75th percentile

Buybacks £m

Dividends £m

date. We consider that these ratios are broadly appropriate in the context of comparison with other retailers.

Total wages and salaries

Consideration of matters relating to directors' remuneration

During the year, the Committee comprised the following independent non-executive directors and the Chairman:

Dilution of share capital by employee share plans

the above analysis are set out below. The reference date for determining the pay and benefits figures is the year end date.

	Base salary					Taxable benefits					Bonus
				2024/25 2023/24 2022/23 2021/22 2020/21¹ 2024/25 2023/24 2022/23 2021/22 2020/21 2024/25 2023/24 2022/23 2021/22 2020/21
Executive directors
Lord Wolfson	4%	5%	5%	6%	-3%	28%	-31%	-1%	26%	-13%	-25%	94%		-43% 100% -100%
Jonathan Blanchard²	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a
Amanda James	27%	5%	5%	6%	-3%	26%	1%	5%	-	-8%	37%	94%		-43% 100% -100%
Richard Papp	31%	5%	5%	6%	-3%	32%		- 1%	-		- 41%	94%		-43% 100% -100%
Jane Shields	31%	5%	5%	6%	-3%	4%	4%	14%	-78%		- 41%	94%		-43% 100% -100%
Jeremy Stakol	25%	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	28%	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	35%	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a
Non-executive directors
Michael Roney	4%	5%	5%	6%	-3%	32%		- -	-		- -		- -	-	-
Venetia Butterfield²	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a		- -	-		- -		- -	-	-
Jonathan Bewes³	4%	5%	28%	18%		-3% 1252%		- -	-		- -		- -	-	-
Soumen Das⁴ ⁶	4%	5%	18%	n/a		n/a 371%		- -	-		- -		- -	-	-
Tom Hall⁵ ⁶	4%	5%	33%	21%		n/a 184%		- -	-		- -		- -	-	-
Tristia Harrison	4%	5%	18%	6%		-3% 104%		- -	-		- -		- -	-	-
Amy Stirling²	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a		- -	-		- -		- -	-	-
Dame Dianne Thompson⁷	4%	5%	18%	6%	-3%	-71%		- -	-		- -		- -	-	-

The directors took a 20 per cent voluntary reduction in salary/fees during the initial COVID lockdown period between April and June 2020.
Jonathan Blanchard, Venetia Butterfield and Amy Stirling were all appointed to the Board during 2024/25.
Jonathan Bewes was appointed Senior Independent Director during 2021/22.
Soumen Das was appointed to the Board as a non-executive director on 1 September 2021.
Tom Hall was appointed Remuneration Committee Chairman during 2021/22.
The 2021/22 percentage changes in base salary for Tom Hall and Soumen Das are calculated on an annualised basis.
Dame Dianne Thompson retired from the Board in May 2024. The 2024/25 percentage changes in base salary is calculated on an annualised basis.

Pay ratios

Set out below are ratios which compare the total remuneration of Lord Wolfson (as included in the single total figure of remuneration table on page 134) to the remuneration of the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile of our UK employees. We expect the pay ratio to vary from year to year, driven largely by the variable pay outcome for Lord Wolfson, which will significantly outweigh any other changes in pay at NEXT.

Year	Method	25th percentile pay ratio	50th percentile (median) pay ratio	75th percentile pay ratio
2024/25	Option B	219:1	200:1	130:1
2023/24	Option B	232:1	207:1	155:1
2022/23	Option B	127:1	114:1	80:1
2021/22	Option B	265:1	232:1	190:1
2020/21	Option B	203:1	188:1	168:1
2019/20	Option B	151:1	148:1	106:1

We have used Option B in the legislation to calculate the full-time equivalent remuneration for the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile UK employees, leveraging the analysis completed as part of our most recent UK gender pay gap reporting as at 5 April 2024. As we have a very significant employee base, NEXT has chosen to calculate its Chief Executive pay ratio using this data as it was felt to be the simplest and most robust way to identify representative employees in the organisation at lower quartile, median and upper quartile.

The employees at the median, 25th and 75th percentile were identified using the 5 April 2024 gender pay gap data and were also in employment at the year end in January 2025. We have used their base contract salaries for the 2024/25 financial year, grossed up to the

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 146 31/03/2025 17:35

The base salary and total remuneration received during the financial year by the indicative employees on a full-time equivalent basis used in the above analysis are set out below. The reference date for determining the pay and benefits figures is the year end date.

	25th percentile	50th percentile (median)	75th percentile
Base salary	£21,571	£23,320	£35,101
Total remuneration	£21,571	£23,646	£36,450

The ratio trends disclosed above are affected by the following factors:

REMUNERATION REPORT

over the last five years. There are no other employees of NEXT plc.

Executive directors

Non-executive directors

Pay ratios

Year Method

Annual change in remuneration of each director compared to employees

The table below shows the year on year percentage changes in the directors' remuneration (i.e. salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus)

Lord Wolfson 4% 5% 5% 6% -3% 28% -31% -1% 26% -13% -25% 94% -43% 100% -100% Jonathan Blanchard² n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Amanda James 27% 5% 5% 6% -3% 26% 1% 5% - -8% 37% 94% -43% 100% -100% Richard Papp 31% 5% 5% 6% -3% 32% - 1% - - 41% 94% -43% 100% -100% Jane Shields 31% 5% 5% 6% -3% 4% 4% 14% -78% - 41% 94% -43% 100% -100% Jeremy Stakol 25% n/a n/a n/a n/a 28% n/a n/a n/a n/a 35% n/a n/a n/a n/a

Michael Roney 4% 5% 5% 6% -3% 32% - - - - - - - - - Venetia Butterfield² n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a - - - - - - - - - Jonathan Bewes³ 4% 5% 28% 18% -3% 1252% - - - - - - - - - Soumen Das⁴ ⁶ 4% 5% 18% n/a n/a 371% - - - - - - - - - Tom Hall⁵ ⁶ 4% 5% 33% 21% n/a 184% - - - - - - - - - Tristia Harrison 4% 5% 18% 6% -3% 104% - - - - - - - - - Amy Stirling² n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a - - - - - - - - - Dame Dianne Thompson⁷ 4% 5% 18% 6% -3% -71% - - - - - - - - -

The directors took a 20 per cent voluntary reduction in salary/fees during the initial COVID lockdown period between April and June 2020.
Dame Dianne Thompson retired from the Board in May 2024. The 2024/25 percentage changes in base salary is calculated on an annualised basis.

2024/25 Option B 219:1 200:1 130:1 2023/24 Option B 232:1 207:1 155:1 2022/23 Option B 127:1 114:1 80:1 2021/22 Option B 265:1 232:1 190:1 2020/21 Option B 203:1 188:1 168:1 2019/20 Option B 151:1 148:1 106:1 We have used Option B in the legislation to calculate the full-time equivalent remuneration for the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile UK employees, leveraging the analysis completed as part of our most recent UK gender pay gap reporting as at 5 April 2024. As we have a very significant employee base, NEXT has chosen to calculate its Chief Executive pay ratio using this data as it was felt to be the simplest and most

25th percentile pay ratio

50th percentile (median)

pay ratio

75th percentile pay ratio

Jonathan Blanchard, Venetia Butterfield and Amy Stirling were all appointed to the Board during 2024/25.
The 2021/22 percentage changes in base salary for Tom Hall and Soumen Das are calculated on an annualised basis.

robust way to identify representative employees in the organisation at lower quartile, median and upper quartile.

Jonathan Bewes was appointed Senior Independent Director during 2021/22.
Tom Hall was appointed Remuneration Committee Chairman during 2021/22.
Soumen Das was appointed to the Board as a non-executive director on 1 September 2021.

Base salary Taxable benefits Bonus 2024/25 2023/24 2022/23 2021/22 2020/21¹ 2024/25 2023/24 2022/23 2021/22 2020/21 2024/25 2023/24 2022/23 2021/22 2020/21

Of our UK workforce of 45,000, around 88% work in our retail stores, customer contact centres and warehouses where, in line with the retail sector more generally, rates of pay will not be as high as management grades and those employees based at our Head Office in more technical roles. The three indicative employees used in the calculations are either retail sales consultants or a driver in our Distribution division.
A substantial proportion of the Chief Executive's total remuneration is performance related. The ratios will, therefore, depend significantly on his annual bonus and LTIP outcome and may fluctuate significantly year to year and is considered by the Committee to appropriately reflect performance over the period.
The median pay ratio for 2024/25 is slightly lower than the figure reported for 2023/24, which is largely attributable to relative changes in base salary. In last year's report, we disclosed that Lord Wolfson had been awarded an annual pay increase of 4%, whilst the wider workforce's base salary increase was on average 8.8%.

Relative importance of spend on pay

The table below shows the total remuneration paid to or receivable by all employees in the Group together with other significant distributions and payments (i.e. for share buybacks and dividends).

	Total wages and salaries	Buybacks	Dividends
Year	£m	£m	£m
2024/25	1,016.5	360.2	257.8
2023/24	907.4	177.3	248.3
% change	12.0%	103.2%	3.8%

Dilution of share capital by employee share plans

Consideration of matters relating to directors' remuneration

Remuneration Committee

During the year, the Committee comprised the following independent non-executive directors and the Chairman:

Member
Tom Hall (Committee Chairman)
Jonathan Bewes
Venetia Butterfield (from April 2024)
Soumen Das
Dame Tristia Harrison
Michael Roney
Amy Stirling (from April 2024)
Dame Dianne Thompson (until May 2024)

Attendance at Committee meetings is shown on page 115.

Role and work of Remuneration Committee

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 147 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

directors of the Board. The Committee's terms of reference are available on our corporate website nextplc.co.uk or on request from the Company Secretary.

REMUNERATION REPORT ®

A shareholder vote on the Remuneration Policy is not required in 2025.

corporate website nextplc.co.uk.

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

been updated to this year's Remuneration Report.

To attract, motivate and retain high calibre individuals, while not overpaying. To provide a satisfactory base salary within a total package comprising salary and

Performance-related components and certain benefits are calculated by reference to base salary. The level of salary broadly reflects the value of the individual, their

Normally reviewed annually, generally effective 1 February. The Committee focuses particularly on ensuring that an appropriate base salary is paid to directors and senior managers. The Committee considers salaries in the context of overall packages with reference to individual experience and performance, the level and structure of remuneration for other employees, the external environment and market data. External benchmarking analysis is only occasionally undertaken and the Committee has not adopted a prescribed objective of setting salaries by reference to a

Tom Hall

27 March 2025

Base salary

Operation

Purpose and link to strategy

performance- related pay.

role, skills and experience.

particular percentile or benchmark.

Part 3: Remuneration Policy Table

The following table summarises the Company's policies with regard to each of the elements of remuneration for existing directors, as approved by shareholders on 18 May 2023 and is provided for ease of reference only. This is an extract of the policy report and has not been amended in any way. However, as noted earlier in this report (see pages 127 to 128) and as permitted under the policy, the Committee has decided to increase the bonus opportunity for the executive directors to 150%. See also page 129 for details of changes to Lord Wolfson's pension arrangements. The full Remuneration Policy is set out in the January 2023 Annual Report, pages 138 to 149, which is available on our

Remuneration Policy table, as approved in 2023. For clarity, where the policy table includes page cross references, these references have

accordingly.

Not applicable.

No change.

Maximum opportunity

wider Company cost of living awards.

Remuneration Policy approved in 2017. Performance measures and targets

Key changes to last approved policy

There is no guaranteed annual increase. The Committee considers it important that base salary increases are kept under tight control given the multiplier effect of such increases on future costs. In the normal course of events, increases in executive directors' salaries would be in line with the

The Committee reserves flexibility to grant larger increases where considered appropriate. For instance, where a new executive director, being an internal promotion, has been appointed to the Board with an initial salary which is considered below the normal market rate, then the Committee may make staged increases to bring the salary into line as the executive gains experience in the role. Also if there have been significant changes in the size and scope of the executive's role then the Committee would review salary levels

Under the reporting regulations, the Company is required to specify a maximum potential value for each component of pay. Accordingly, for the period of this Policy, no base salary paid to an executive director in any year will exceed £850,000 subject to the amount of the maximum base salary that may be paid to an executive director in any year increasing in line with the growth in RPI from the date of approval of that limit in accordance with the

Assistance to the Committee

During the period, the Committee received input from the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer. The Committee engaged FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP and FIT Remuneration Implementation LLP (together FIT) to provide independent external advice, including updates on legislative requirements, best practices, and other matters of a technical nature and related to share plans. FIT has no other connection with the Company. Deloitte LLP provided independent verification services of total shareholder returns for NEXT and the comparator group of companies under the LTIP. Deloitte provides other consultancy services to the Group on an ad hoc basis. FIT and Deloitte were appointed by the Committee based on their expertise in the relevant areas of interest.

During the year FIT was paid circa £32k and Deloitte was paid circa £6k for the services described above, charged at their standard hourly rates. Both are members of the Remuneration Consultants Group, the body that oversees the Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK and have confirmed to us that they adhere to its Code. Based on the nature of the advice, and the relatively modest fees, the Committee was satisfied that the advice received was objective and independent.

Voting outcomes at General Meetings

							% of
			%	Votes	%	Total votes	shares on	Votes
	AGM	Votes for	for	against	against	cast	register	withheld
To approve the Remuneration Policy	18 May 2023 82,611,467			84 15,751,694		16 98,363,161	77	65,153
To approve the 2023/24 Remuneration Report	16 May 2024 83,634,990			88 11,118,835		12 94,753,825	75	130,459

Service contracts

Executive directors

The Company's policy on notice periods and in relation to termination payments is set out in the Policy table on page 154. Apart from their service contracts, no director has had any material interest in any contract with the Company or its subsidiaries.

The executive directors' service contracts do not contain fixed term periods.

Non-executive directors

Letters of appointment for the Chairman and non-executive directors do not contain fixed term periods; however, they are appointed with the expectation that they will serve for a minimum of six years, subject to satisfactory performance and re-election at Annual General Meetings.

Dates of appointment and notice periods for directors are set out below:

	Date of appointment to Board	Notice period where given by the Company	Notice period where given by the director
Chairman
Michael Roney	14 February 2017*	12 months	6 months
Executive directors
Lord Wolfson	3 February 1997	12 months	6 months
Jonathan Blanchard	26 July 2024	12 months	6 months
Richard Papp	14 May 2018	12 months	6 months
Jane Shields	1 July 2013	12 months	6 months
Jeremy Stakol	3 April 2023	12 months	6 months
Non-executive directors
Jonathan Bewes	3 October 2016	1 month	1 month
Venetia Butterfield	2 April 2024	1 month	1 month
Soumen Das	1 September 2021	1 month	1 month
Tom Hall	13 July 2020	1 month	1 month
Dame Tristia Harrison	25 September 2018	1 month	1 month
Amy Stirling	2 April 2024	1 month	1 month

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 148 31/03/2025 17:35

* Appointed Chairman on 2 August 2017

Part 3: Remuneration Policy Table

A shareholder vote on the Remuneration Policy is not required in 2025.

REMUNERATION REPORT

Voting outcomes at General Meetings

The executive directors' service contracts do not contain fixed term periods.

Dates of appointment and notice periods for directors are set out below:

Company Secretary.

Assistance to the Committee

Service contracts Executive directors

Non-executive directors

Meetings.

Chairman

Executive directors

Non-executive directors

* Appointed Chairman on 2 August 2017

directors of the Board. The Committee's terms of reference are available on our corporate website nextplc.co.uk or on request from the

AGM Votes for

To approve the Remuneration Policy 18 May 2023 82,611,467 84 15,751,694 16 98,363,161 77 65,153 To approve the 2023/24 Remuneration Report 16 May 2024 83,634,990 88 11,118,835 12 94,753,825 75 130,459

The Company's policy on notice periods and in relation to termination payments is set out in the Policy table on page 154. Apart from their

Michael Roney 14 February 2017* 12 months 6 months

Lord Wolfson 3 February 1997 12 months 6 months Jonathan Blanchard 26 July 2024 12 months 6 months Richard Papp 14 May 2018 12 months 6 months Jane Shields 1 July 2013 12 months 6 months Jeremy Stakol 3 April 2023 12 months 6 months

Jonathan Bewes 3 October 2016 1 month 1 month Venetia Butterfield 2 April 2024 1 month 1 month Soumen Das 1 September 2021 1 month 1 month Tom Hall 13 July 2020 1 month 1 month Dame Tristia Harrison 25 September 2018 1 month 1 month Amy Stirling 2 April 2024 1 month 1 month

Date of appointment to Board

% for

Votes against

% against

Notice period where given by the Company

Total votes cast

% of shares on register

Votes withheld

Notice period where given by the director

Deloitte were appointed by the Committee based on their expertise in the relevant areas of interest.

relatively modest fees, the Committee was satisfied that the advice received was objective and independent.

service contracts, no director has had any material interest in any contract with the Company or its subsidiaries.

Tom Hall Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 27 March 2025

Remuneration Policy table, as approved in 2023. For clarity, where the policy table includes page cross references, these references have been updated to this year's Remuneration Report.

Base salary

Purpose and link to strategy

To attract, motivate and retain high calibre individuals, while not overpaying. To provide a satisfactory base salary within a total package comprising salary and performance- related pay.

Performance-related components and certain benefits are calculated by reference to base salary. The level of salary broadly reflects the value of the individual, their role, skills and experience.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures and targets Not applicable.

Key changes to last approved policy No change.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 149 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

Annual bonus

Purpose and link to strategy

To incentivise delivery of stretching annual goals.

To provide focus on the Company's key financial objectives.

To provide a retention element in the case of the Chief Executive as any annual bonus in excess of 100% of base salary is payable in shares, deferred for a period of two years and subject to forfeiture if he voluntarily resigns prior to the end of that period.

Operation

Performance measures and related performance targets are set at the commencement of each financial year by the Committee. Company policy is to set such measures by reference to financial measures (such as pre-tax EPS) but the Committee retains flexibility to use different performance measures during the period of this Policy if it considers it appropriate to do so, although at least 75% of any bonus will continue to be subject to financial measures.

At the threshold level of performance, no more than 20% of the maximum bonus may be earned (the Committee will determine the appropriate percentage each year and recent awards have been set at a lower level). Typically, a straight sliding scale of payments operates for performance between the minimum and maximum levels. There is no in-line target level although, for the purposes of the scenario charts on page 137, 50% of maximum bonus has been assumed.

Dividend accruals (both in respect of special and ordinary dividends) may be payable on any deferred bonus awards which vest.

The Company has the flexibility within the rules of the Deferred Share Bonus Plan to grant nil cost options as an alternative to conditional share awards or exceptionally to settle in cash.

Maximum opportunity

At present, Company policy is to provide a maximum bonus opportunity of 150% of salary for the Chief Executive and 100% of salary for other executive directors.

REMUNERATION REPORT ®

To incentivise management to deliver superior total shareholder returns (TSR) over three year performance periods relative to a selected group of retail companies, and align the interests of executives and shareholders. Retention of key, high calibre employees over three year performance periods and encouraging long term shareholding, through post vesting holding requirement,

Maximum opportunity

introduce a retention requirement. Performance measures and targets

Key changes to last approved policy

No change.

on an appropriate basis.

The maximum possible aggregate value of awards granted to all executive directors will be 225% of annual salary (i.e. typically 112.5% every six

The Committee reserves the right to vary these levels within the overall annual limits described above. In addition, awards granted to executive directors which vest must be taken in shares and the net shares (after payment of tax and NIC) must be held for a minimum period of two further years. The Committee reserves the right to lengthen (but not reduce) the performance period and to further increase the holding period or to

Performance is measured over a period of three years. Currently performance is measured based on NEXT's TSR against a group (currently 19 other UK listed retail companies) which are, in the view of the Committee, broadly comparable with NEXT in size or nature of their business. Comparison against such a group is more likely to reflect the Company's relative performance against its peers, thereby resulting in awards vesting

Relative performance Percentage vesting Below median 0% Median 20% Upper quintile 100% If no entitlement has been earned at the end of a three year performance period then that award will lapse; there is no retesting. The Committee may set different performance conditions for future awards subject to consulting

with major shareholders before any significant changes are made.

months) and up to 300% in exceptional circumstances.

A variable percentage of a pre-determined maximum number of shares can vest, depending on the achievement

The maximum number of shares that may be awarded to each director is a percentage of each director's base salary at the date of each grant, divided by NEXT's average share price over the three months prior to the start of the

LTIP awards are made twice a year to reduce the volatility inherent in any TSR performance measure and to enhance the portfolio effect for participants of more frequent, but

The Company has the flexibility within the rules of the LTIP to grant nil cost options as an alternative to conditional share awards and to settle vested LTIP awards in cash. Dividend accruals (both in respect of special and ordinary dividends) may be payable on any vested LTIP awards.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) Purpose and link to strategy

and commitment to the Company.

of performance conditions.

performance period.

smaller, grants.

Operation

Although the Committee has no current plan to make any changes, for the period of this Policy the Committee reserves flexibility to:

Increase maximum bonus levels for executive directors in any financial year to 200% of salary. This flexibility would be used only in exceptional circumstances and where the Committee considered any such increase to be in the best interests of shareholders and after appropriate consultation with key shareholders.
Lessen the current differentials in bonus maximums which exist between the Chief Executive and other executive directors.
Introduce or extend an element of compulsory deferral of bonus outcomes if considered appropriate by the Committee.

Performance measures and targets

Currently performance is assessed against pre-tax EPS targets set annually, which take account of factors including the Company's budgets and the wider background of the UK economy. Pre-tax EPS has been chosen as the basic metric to avoid executives benefiting from external factors such as reductions in the rate of corporation tax. The Committee reserves flexibility to apply discretion in the interests of fairness to shareholders and executives by making adjustments it considers appropriate.

The Committee reserves flexibility to apply different performance measures and targets in respect of the annual bonus for the period of this Policy but a financial measure will continue to be used for at least 75% of the award. The Committee will consult with major shareholders before any significant changes are made to the use of performance measures.

The basis of performance measurement incorporates an appropriate adjustment to EPS growth to reflect the benefit to shareholders from special dividends paid in any period in lieu of share buybacks.

Key changes to last approved policy

No change.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 150 31/03/2025 17:35

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Purpose and link to strategy

Retention of key, high calibre employees over three year performance periods and encouraging long term shareholding, through post vesting holding requirement, and commitment to the Company.

Operation

REMUNERATION REPORT

To provide focus on the Company's key financial objectives. To provide a retention element in the case of the Chief Executive as any annual bonus in excess of 100% of base salary is payable in shares, deferred for a period of two years and subject to forfeiture if he voluntarily resigns prior Maximum opportunity

executive directors.

At present, Company policy is to provide a maximum bonus opportunity of 150% of salary for the Chief Executive and 100% of salary for other

Although the Committee has no current plan to make any changes, for the

● Increase maximum bonus levels for executive directors in any financial year to 200% of salary. This flexibility would be used only in exceptional circumstances and where the Committee considered any such increase to be in the best interests of shareholders and after appropriate

● Lessen the current differentials in bonus maximums which exist

● Introduce or extend an element of compulsory deferral of bonus

The basis of performance measurement incorporates an appropriate adjustment to EPS growth to reflect the benefit to shareholders from

between the Chief Executive and other executive directors.

outcomes if considered appropriate by the Committee.

and executives by making adjustments it considers appropriate.

special dividends paid in any period in lieu of share buybacks.

period of this Policy the Committee reserves flexibility to:

consultation with key shareholders.

Performance measures and targets

Key changes to last approved policy

No change.

Dividend accruals (both in respect of special and ordinary dividends) may be payable on any deferred bonus awards

The Company has the flexibility within the rules of the Deferred Share Bonus Plan to grant nil cost options as an alternative to conditional share awards or exceptionally to

To incentivise delivery of stretching annual goals.

continue to be subject to financial measures.

Annual bonus

Operation

which vest.

settle in cash.

Purpose and link to strategy

to the end of that period.

A variable percentage of a pre-determined maximum number of shares can vest, depending on the achievement of performance conditions.

LTIP awards are made twice a year to reduce the volatility inherent in any TSR performance measure and to enhance the portfolio effect for participants of more frequent, but smaller, grants.

The Company has the flexibility within the rules of the LTIP to grant nil cost options as an alternative to conditional share awards and to settle vested LTIP awards in cash.

Dividend accruals (both in respect of special and ordinary dividends) may be payable on any vested LTIP awards.

Maximum opportunity

The maximum possible aggregate value of awards granted to all executive directors will be 225% of annual salary (i.e. typically 112.5% every six months) and up to 300% in exceptional circumstances.

Performance measures and targets

Relative performance	Percentage vesting
Below median	0%
Median	20%
Upper quintile	100%

If no entitlement has been earned at the end of a three year performance period then that award will lapse; there is no retesting. The Committee may set different performance conditions for future awards subject to consulting with major shareholders before any significant changes are made.

Key changes to last approved policy

No change.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 151 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

Pension

Purpose and link to strategy

To provide for retirement through Company sponsored schemes or a cash alternative for personal pension planning and therefore assist attraction and retention.

Operation

Lord Wolfson, Jane Shields and Richard Papp are deferred members of the defined benefit (DB) section of the 2013 NEXT Group Pension Plan (the Plan).

In addition to being a deferred member of the DB section of the Plan, Lord Wolfson is accruing service (subject to a cap, see opposite) in an unfunded, unapproved supplementary pension arrangement (SPA), described on page 139. His future pension is calculated by reference to his October 2012 salary, rather than his final earnings, and any future salary changes will have no effect.

Lord Wolfson and Jane Shields receive salary supplements of 15% in lieu of past changes to their pension arrangements. This arrangement was in line with other senior employee members of the DB section of the Plan.

Amanda James participates in a defined contribution pension scheme and the Company currently makes a contribution equal to 5% of her salary into her pension plan. Amanda James can opt to receive an equivalent cash supplement in lieu of this Company contribution. Richard Papp is a deferred member of the same defined contribution pension scheme and receives a 5% cash equivalent supplement. The arrangements for Amanda James and Richard Papp are consistent with the pension provision and alternatives available to employees who joined the DC scheme at a similar time. The 5% cash equivalent supplement is only available to members who have exceeded the Annual or Lifetime Allowance limits.Bonuses are not taken into account in assessing pensionable earnings in the Plan.

New employees of the Group can join the auto enrolment pension plan.

Maximum opportunity

Under the DB section and the SPA, the maximum potential pension is only achieved on completion of at least 20 years of pensionable service at age 65, when two thirds of the executive director's annual pensionable salary at October 2012 (plus any element of pension which was accrued on bonus payments made prior to 2006, when bonus was removed from the definition of pensionable earnings) could become payable.

REMUNERATION REPORT ®

To provide market competitive non-cash benefits to

Maximum opportunity

During the Policy period, the value of benefits (other than relocation costs) paid to an executive director in any year will not exceed £150,000. In addition, the Committee reserves the right to pay up to £250,000 relocation costs in any year to an executive director if considered appropriate to secure the better performance by an executive director of their duties. Relocation benefits would normally only be available for up to 12 months and the

During the Policy period, the actual level of taxable benefits provided will be

Investment is currently limited to a maximum amount of £250 per month. The Committee reserves the right to increase the maximum amount in line with

Committee would make appropriate disclosures of any provided.

included in the single total figure of remuneration.

limits set by HMRC (currently £500 per month).

Performance measures and targets

Key changes to last approved policy

Performance measures and targets

Key changes to last approved policy

Not applicable.

Maximum opportunity

Not applicable.

No change.

Executive directors receive benefits which may include the provision of a company car or cash alternative, private medical insurance, subscriptions to professional bodies and staff discount on Group merchandise. A driver is also

The Committee reserves discretion to introduce new benefits where it concludes that it is in the interests of NEXT to do so, having regard to the particular circumstances and to market practice, and reserves

Whilst not considered necessarily to be benefits, the Committee reserves the discretion to authorise attendance by directors and their family members (at the Company's cost if required) at corporate events and to receive reasonable levels of hospitality in accordance with

Reasonable business-related expenses will be reimbursed

To encourage all employees to make a long term

Executive directors can participate in the Company's Sharesave scheme which is HMRC approved and open to all employees in the UK. Option grants are generally made annually, with the exercise price discounted by a maximum of 20% of the share price at the date an invitation is issued. Options are exercisable three or five years from the date of grant. Alternatively, participants may ask for their

Other benefits

Operation

Company policies.

Operation

(including any tax thereon).

Purpose and link to strategy

contributions to be returned.

Save As You Earn Scheme (Sharesave)

investment in the Company's shares.

Purpose and link to strategy

attract and retain high calibre individuals.

made available to the executive directors.

flexibility to make relocation related payments.

The lump sum payable on death in service is four times base salary under the SPA, three times base salary under the DB and DC sections and one times base salary under the auto enrolment plan.

No DC contributions, or equivalent cash supplement payments, will be made to an executive director in any year that will exceed the level offered to the wider colleague population recruited at or about the same time as them.

Lord Wolfson has volunteered to cap the service accrual under his DB pension annually so that the single figure attributed to the DB portion of his pension is no more than 9% of salary (giving single figure of DB pension and salary supplement in aggregate of up to 24% of salary).

Any newly appointed executive directors, whether internal or external appointments, will be invited to join a NEXT Defined Contribution pension arrangement at the prevailing rate for staff across NEXT at the time. This is currently an employer pension contribution of 3% of pensionable salary.

Performance measures and targets Not applicable.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 152 31/03/2025 17:35

Key changes to last approved policy No change.

Other benefits

REMUNERATION REPORT

Pension

Maximum opportunity

them.

The lump sum payable on death in service is four times base salary under the SPA, three times base salary under the DB and DC sections and one

definition of pensionable earnings) could become payable.

times base salary under the auto enrolment plan.

salary supplement in aggregate of up to 24% of salary).

Performance measures and targets

Key changes to last approved policy

Not applicable.

No change.

To provide for retirement through Company sponsored schemes or a cash alternative for personal pension planning and therefore assist attraction and retention.

Lord Wolfson, Jane Shields and Richard Papp are deferred members of the defined benefit (DB) section of the 2013

Jane Shields and Richard Papp ceased to contribute to the Plan in 2011 and 2004 respectively. Their DB pensions are no longer linked to salary and will increase in line with statutory deferred revaluation only (i.e. in line with CPI). Lord Wolfson and Jane Shields receive salary supplements of 15% in lieu of past changes to their pension arrangements. This arrangement was in line with other senior employee members of the DB section of the Plan. Amanda James participates in a defined contribution pension scheme and the Company currently makes a contribution equal to 5% of her salary into her pension plan. Amanda James can opt to receive an equivalent cash supplement in lieu of this Company contribution. Richard Papp is a deferred member of the same defined contribution pension scheme and receives a 5% cash equivalent supplement. The arrangements for Amanda James and Richard Papp are consistent with the pension provision and alternatives available to employees who joined the DC scheme at a similar time. The 5% cash equivalent supplement is only available to members who have exceeded the Annual or Lifetime Allowance limits.Bonuses are not taken into account in assessing

Purpose and link to strategy

NEXT Group Pension Plan (the Plan).

any future salary changes will have no effect.

pensionable earnings in the Plan.

pension plan.

New employees of the Group can join the auto enrolment

Operation

Purpose and link to strategy

To provide market competitive non-cash benefits to attract and retain high calibre individuals.

Operation

Reasonable business-related expenses will be reimbursed (including any tax thereon).

Maximum opportunity

During the Policy period, the actual level of taxable benefits provided will be included in the single total figure of remuneration.

Performance measures and targets Not applicable.

Key changes to last approved policy No change.

Save As You Earn Scheme (Sharesave)

Purpose and link to strategy

To encourage all employees to make a long term investment in the Company's shares.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Investment is currently limited to a maximum amount of £250 per month. The Committee reserves the right to increase the maximum amount in line with limits set by HMRC (currently £500 per month).

Performance measures and targets Not applicable.

Key changes to last approved policy

No change.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 153 31/03/2025 17:35

REMUNERATION REPORT

Termination payments

Purpose and link to strategy

Consistent with market practice, to ensure NEXT can recruit and retain key executives, whilst protecting the Company from making payments for failure.

Operation

The Committee will consider the need for and quantum of any termination payments having regard to all the relevant facts and circumstances at that time.

Future service contracts will take into account relevant published guidance.

Maximum opportunity

Each of the executive directors has a rolling service contract. Dates of appointment and notice periods are disclosed on page 148. The contract is terminable by the Company on giving one year's notice and by the individual on giving six months' notice. For directors appointed prior to the 2017 Remuneration Policy, the Company has reserved the right to make a payment in lieu of notice on termination of an executive director's contract equal to their base salary and contractual benefits (excluding performance-related pay). For directors appointed after that time, any payment in lieu of notice is limited to their base salary only.

REMUNERATION REPORT ®

Maximum opportunity Not applicable.

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures and targets

share option or other incentive schemes. Key changes to last approved policy

per annum).

No change.

The total of fees paid to the Chairman and the non-executive directors in any year will not exceed the maximum level for such fees from time to time prescribed by the Company's Articles of Association (currently £1,000,000

Non-executive directors receive the normal staff discount on Group merchandise but do not participate in any of the Group's bonus, pension,

Not applicable.

No change.

Performance measures and targets

Key changes to last approved policy

To ensure the Company can recover any payments made or potentially due to executive directors under

Recovery and withholding provisions are in the service contracts of all executive directors and will be enforced where appropriate to recover or withhold performancerelated remuneration which has been overpaid due to: a material misstatement of the Company's accounts; errors made in the calculation of an award; a director's misconduct; insolvency of any group company; or circumstances that would lead to a sufficiently significant negative impact on the reputation and likely financial strength of the Company. These provisions allow for the recovery of sums paid and/or withholding of sums to be

To ensure fees paid to the Chairman and non-executive directors are competitive and comparable with other companies of equivalent size and complexity so that the Company attracts non-executive directors who have a broad range of experience and skills to oversee the

Remuneration of the non-executive directors is normally reviewed annually and determined by the Chairman and the executive directors. The Chairman's fee is determined

Additional fees are paid to non-executive directors who chair the Remuneration and Audit Committees, and act as the Senior Independent Director. The structure of fees may

External benchmarking is undertaken only occasionally and there is no prescribed policy regarding the benchmarks used or any objective of achieving a prescribed percentile

If the Chairman or non-executive directors are required to spend time on exceptional Company business significantly in excess of the normal time commitment, the Chairman will be paid £1,500 and the non-executive directors £1,000 for each day spent. These are subject to an annual review by the Board. Reasonable business related expenses will

The policies as set out above would apply to the promotion of an existing Group employee to the Board.

performance- related remuneration structures.

Chairman and non-executive director fees

by the Committee (excluding the Chairman).

be amended within the overall limits.

be reimbursed (including any tax thereon).

Purpose and link to strategy

implementation of our strategy.

Recovery and withholding provisions

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

paid.

Operation

level.

For directors appointed prior to the date of approval of the 2017 Remuneration Policy, if notice of termination is given immediately following a change of control of the Company, the executive director may request immediate termination of his/her contract and payment of liquidated damages equal to the value of his/her base salary and contractual benefits. Liquidated damages provisions will not be present in any service contract for executive directors appointed after that date and any service contract since that time will include provision for any termination payments to be made on a phased basis.

In normal circumstances executive directors have no entitlement to compensation in respect of loss of performance bonuses and all share awards would lapse following resignation. However, under certain circumstances (e.g. "good leaver" or change in control), and solely at the Committee's discretion, annual bonus payments may be made and would ordinarily be calculated up to the date of termination only, based on performance. In addition, awards made under the LTIP would in those circumstances generally be time pro-rated and remain subject to the application of the performance conditions at the normal measurement date. The Committee also has a standard discretion to vary the application of time pro- rating in such cases. "Good leaver" treatments are not automatic.

In the event of any termination payment being made to a director (including any performance-related pay elements), the Committee will take full account of that director's duty to mitigate any loss and, where appropriate, may seek independent professional advice and consider the views of shareholders as expressed in published guidance prior to authorising such payment.

Consistent with market practice, in the event of removal from office of an executive director, the Company may pay a contribution towards the individual's legal fees and fees for outplacement services as part of a negotiated settlement and such other amounts as the Committee considers to be necessary, having taken legal advice, in settlement of potential claims. Any such fees would be disclosed with all other termination arrangements. The Committee reserves the right, if necessary, to authorise additional payments in respect of such professional fees if not ascertained at the time of reporting such termination arrangements up to a maximum of £10,000.

A departing gift may be provided up to a value of £10,000 (plus related taxes) per director.

Performance measures and targets Not applicable.

Key changes to last approved policy No change.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 154 31/03/2025 17:35

Recovery and withholding provisions

Purpose and link to strategy

To ensure the Company can recover any payments made or potentially due to executive directors under performance- related remuneration structures.

Operation

REMUNERATION REPORT

Consistent with market practice, to ensure NEXT can recruit and retain key executives, whilst protecting the Maximum opportunity

limited to their base salary only.

"Good leaver" treatments are not automatic.

phased basis.

per director.

Not applicable.

No change.

Performance measures and targets

Key changes to last approved policy

expressed in published guidance prior to authorising such payment.

The Committee will consider the need for and quantum of any termination payments having regard to all the relevant

Future service contracts will take into account relevant

Company from making payments for failure.

facts and circumstances at that time.

Termination payments Purpose and link to strategy

published guidance.

Operation

Maximum opportunity Not applicable.

Performance measures and targets Not applicable.

Key changes to last approved policy No change.

Chairman and non-executive director fees

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Remuneration of the non-executive directors is normally reviewed annually and determined by the Chairman and the executive directors. The Chairman's fee is determined by the Committee (excluding the Chairman).

Additional fees are paid to non-executive directors who chair the Remuneration and Audit Committees, and act as the Senior Independent Director. The structure of fees may be amended within the overall limits.

External benchmarking is undertaken only occasionally and there is no prescribed policy regarding the benchmarks used or any objective of achieving a prescribed percentile level.

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures and targets

Non-executive directors receive the normal staff discount on Group merchandise but do not participate in any of the Group's bonus, pension, share option or other incentive schemes.

Key changes to last approved policy

No change.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 155 31/03/2025 17:35

The policies as set out above would apply to the promotion of an existing Group employee to the Board.

DIRECTORS' REPORT

Information contained in the Strategic Report

As permitted by section 414C of the Companies Act 2006, certain information required to be included in the Directors' Report has been included in the Strategic Report. Specifically, this relates to:

Information in respect of employee matters (including actions taken to introduce, maintain or develop arrangements aimed at employees, details on how the directors have engaged with employees and had regard to employee interests, our approach to investing in and rewarding the workforce, employee diversity and the employment, training and advancement of disabled persons) (see page 91).
Likely future developments.
Risk management (see pages 68 to 76).
Details on how the directors have had regard to the need to foster business relationships with stakeholders (see page 100).
Greenhouse gas emissions (see page 80 for our Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) disclosures and page 82 for our GHG Emissions).

Financial instruments

Information on financial instruments and the use of derivatives is given in Notes 28 to 31 to the financial statements.

DIRECTORS' REPORT

also prior approval to deal in the Company's securities.

annually.

Change of control

Company are required to hold certain shares for a set period and

● If the bonds at the time of the change of control have no credit rating and no investment grade rating is assigned within 90 days

The Company's share option plans and its Long Term Incentive Plan contain provisions regarding a change of control. Outstanding options and awards may vest on a change of control, subject to the

Directors' service contracts are terminable by the Company on giving one year's notice. There are no agreements between the Company and its directors or employees providing for additional compensation for loss of office or employment (whether through resignation, redundancy or otherwise) that occurs because of a

NEXT, through various subsidiaries, has established branches in a number of different countries in which the business operates.

No donations were made for political purposes during the year

The corporate governance statement as required by the UK Financial Conduct Authority's Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR 7.2.6) comprises the Additional Information section of this Directors' Report and the Corporate Governance statement included

satisfaction of any relevant performance conditions.

after the change in control.

takeover bid. Branches

(2024: £nil).

Political donations

Corporate governance

in this Annual Report.

On 7 January 2025, NEXT published a Group profit before tax (GPBT) guidance forecast for the year to

January 2025 of £1,010m. Actual GPBT for the period was £1,011m.

information and to establish that the Group and Parent Company's auditors are aware of that information. This Directors' Report, comprising pages 108 to 157, has been approved by the Board and is signed on its behalf by

dividends The NEXT Employee Share Ownership Trust typically waives its rights to receive dividends during the year.

● So far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group and Parent Company's auditors are unaware; and ● They have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit

The Company's Articles may only be amended by a special resolution at a General Meeting. Directors are elected or re-elected by ordinary resolution at a General Meeting; the Board may appoint a director but anyone so appointed must be elected by ordinary resolution at the next General Meeting. Under the Articles, directors retire and may offer themselves for re-election at a General Meeting at least every three years. However, in line with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, all directors stand for re-election

The Company is not party to any significant agreements which take effect, alter or terminate solely upon a change of control of the Company. However, in the event of a change of control of the Company or NEXT Group plc, NEXT Group plc's medium term borrowing facilities will be subject to early repayment in full if a majority of the lending banks give written notice, or in part if a lending bank gives written notice following a change of control. In addition, the holders of NEXT Group plc's corporate bonds will be entitled to call for redemption of the bonds by NEXT Group plc or the Company as guarantor at their nominal value together with

● Should a change of control cause a downgrading in the credit rating of the corporate bonds to sub-investment grade and this is not rectified within 120 days after the change of control, or ● If already sub-investment grade, a further credit rating downgrade occurs and this is not rectified within 120 days after

The following disclosures are required under UK Listing Rule 6.6.1 R:

In the case of each director in office at the date the Directors' Report is approved:

No further UK Listing Rule 6.6.1 disclosures are required.

accrued interest in the following circumstances:

the change of control, or

Publication of unaudited financial information

Shareholder waivers of

Jonathan Blanchard Chief Financial Officer

27 March 2025

Annual General Meeting

The 2025 Annual General Meeting (AGM) of NEXT plc will be held at Leicester Marriott Hotel, Smith Way, Grove Park, Leicester LE19 1SW on Thursday 15 May 2025 at 9.00 am. The Notice of Annual General Meeting, which includes the business to be transacted at the meeting, is set out from page 257.

Dividends

Information regarding dividends during 2024/25 is provided in the Strategic Report on page 54.

The Trustee of the NEXT ESOT has waived dividends paid in the year on the shares held by it. Please refer to Note 27 to the financial statements for further information.

Share capital and major shareholders

Details of the Company's share capital are shown in Note 23 to the financial statements.

The Company was authorised by its shareholders at the 2024 AGM to purchase its own shares. During the financial year the Company purchased and cancelled 3,780,954 ordinary shares with a nominal value of 10 pence each (none of which were purchased off-market), at a cost of £360m and representing 2.97% of its issued share capital at the start of the year.

At the financial year end 25 January 2025, the Company had 123,643,347 shares in issue. Subsequent to the end of the financial year the Company purchased for cancellation 445,003 of its own shares at a cost of £44m and as at 25 March 2025 the number of shares in issue was 123,198,344.

As at 25 January 2025, the Company had been notified under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR 5) of the following notifiable interests in the Company's issued share capital. The information provided below was correct at the date of notification. These holdings are likely to have changed since the Company was notified; however, notification of any change is not required until the next notifiable threshold is crossed.

	Notifications received as at 25 January 2025
	No. of voting rights at date of notification	% of voting rights at date of notification	Nature of holding	Date of notification
BlackRock, Inc.	12,691,696	9.68	Indirect interest	17 May 2022
Invesco Limited	6,378,187	4.97	Indirect interest	24 May 2023
FMR LLC (Fidelity)	6,278,493	4.92	Indirect interest	14 November 2023
NEXT plc Employee Share Option Trust	6,261,137	5.00	Direct interest	5 November 2024
The Capital Group Companies, Inc.	6,181,783	4.94	Indirect interest	4 November 2024
Norges Bank	3,862,059	2.99	Direct interest	21 October 2022

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 156 31/03/2025 17:35

No changes to major shareholdings were disclosed to the Company after 25 January 2025 up to 25 March 2025

Additional information

Shareholder and voting rights

All members who hold ordinary shares are entitled to attend and vote at the AGM. Voting on all resolutions at the 2025 AGM will be by way of a poll. On a poll, every member present in person or by proxy has one vote for every ordinary share held or represented. The Notice of Meeting specifies the deadlines for exercising voting rights. The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities and voting rights. There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the Company other than certain restrictions imposed by laws and regulations (such as insider trading laws and market requirements relating to closed periods) and requirements of internal rules and procedures whereby directors and certain employees of the Company are required to hold certain shares for a set period and also prior approval to deal in the Company's securities.

Change of control

DIRECTORS' REPORT

Information contained in the

As permitted by section 414C of the Companies Act 2006, certain information required to be included in the Directors' Report has been included in the Strategic Report. Specifically, this relates to: ● Information in respect of employee matters (including actions taken to introduce, maintain or develop arrangements aimed at employees, details on how the directors have engaged with employees and had regard to employee interests, our approach to investing in and rewarding the workforce, employee diversity and the employment, training and advancement of disabled Financial instruments

Annual General Meeting

meeting, is set out from page 257.

statements for further information.

Notifications received as at 25 January 2025

date of notification Nature of holding Date of notification

The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities and voting rights. There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the Company other than certain restrictions imposed by laws and regulations (such as insider trading laws and market requirements relating to closed periods) and requirements of internal rules and procedures whereby directors and certain employees of the

% of voting rights at

Strategic Report on page 54.

Dividends

BlackRock, Inc. 12,691,696 9.68 Indirect interest 17 May 2022 Invesco Limited 6,378,187 4.97 Indirect interest 24 May 2023 FMR LLC (Fidelity) 6,278,493 4.92 Indirect interest 14 November 2023 NEXT plc Employee Share Option Trust 6,261,137 5.00 Direct interest 5 November 2024 The Capital Group Companies, Inc. 6,181,783 4.94 Indirect interest 4 November 2024 Norges Bank 3,862,059 2.99 Direct interest 21 October 2022

No. of voting rights at date of notification

No changes to major shareholdings were disclosed to the Company after 25 January 2025 up to 25 March 2025

given in Notes 28 to 31 to the financial statements.

Information on financial instruments and the use of derivatives is

Information regarding dividends during 2024/25 is provided in the

The Trustee of the NEXT ESOT has waived dividends paid in the year on the shares held by it. Please refer to Note 27 to the financial

● Details on how the directors have had regard to the need to foster business relationships with stakeholders (see page 100). ● Greenhouse gas emissions (see page 80 for our Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) disclosures and page 82 for

Share capital and major shareholders

Details of the Company's share capital are shown in Note 23 to the financial statements.

cost of £360m and representing 2.97% of its issued share capital at the start of the year.

Strategic Report

persons) (see page 91). ● Likely future developments.

our GHG Emissions).

123,198,344.

is crossed.

● Risk management (see pages 68 to 76).

Additional information

Shareholder and voting rights

All members who hold ordinary shares are entitled to attend and vote at the AGM. Voting on all resolutions at the 2025 AGM will be by way of a poll. On a poll, every member present in person or by proxy has one vote for every ordinary share held or represented. The Notice of Meeting specifies the deadlines for exercising voting rights. The Company is not party to any significant agreements which take effect, alter or terminate solely upon a change of control of the Company. However, in the event of a change of control of the Company or NEXT Group plc, NEXT Group plc's medium term borrowing facilities will be subject to early repayment in full if a majority of the lending banks give written notice, or in part if a lending bank gives written notice following a change of control. In addition, the holders of NEXT Group plc's corporate bonds will be entitled to call for redemption of the bonds by NEXT Group plc or the Company as guarantor at their nominal value together with accrued interest in the following circumstances:

Should a change of control cause a downgrading in the credit rating of the corporate bonds to sub-investment grade and this is not rectified within 120 days after the change of control, or
If already sub-investment grade, a further credit rating downgrade occurs and this is not rectified within 120 days after the change of control, or

The following disclosures are required under UK Listing Rule 6.6.1 R:

● If the bonds at the time of the change of control have no credit rating and no investment grade rating is assigned within 90 days after the change in control.

The Company's share option plans and its Long Term Incentive Plan contain provisions regarding a change of control. Outstanding options and awards may vest on a change of control, subject to the satisfaction of any relevant performance conditions.

Branches

NEXT, through various subsidiaries, has established branches in a number of different countries in which the business operates.

Political donations

No donations were made for political purposes during the year (2024: £nil).

Corporate governance

Publication of unaudited	On 7 January 2025, NEXT published a Group profit before tax (GPBT) guidance forecast for the year to
financial information	January 2025 of £1,010m. Actual GPBT for the period was £1,011m.
Shareholder waivers of dividends	The NEXT Employee Share Ownership Trust typically waives its rights to receive dividends during the year.

No further UK Listing Rule 6.6.1 disclosures are required.

In the case of each director in office at the date the Directors' Report is approved:

So far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group and Parent Company's auditors are unaware; and
They have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Group and Parent Company's auditors are aware of that information.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 157 31/03/2025 17:35

This Directors' Report, comprising pages 108 to 157, has been approved by the Board and is signed on its behalf by

Jonathan Blanchard Chief Financial Officer 27 March 2025

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion

In our opinion:

● NEXT plc's group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the "financial statements") give a true and fair view of the state of the group's and of the parent company's affairs as at 25 January 2025 and of the group's profit and the group's cash flows for the 52 week period then ended;

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

● We conducted an audit of the complete financial information of one component and audited certain financial information over a further

● In addition, the group engagement team performed audit procedures over centralised functions and financial statement line items including goodwill, intangible assets, leases, taxation, treasury, post-retirement benefits, equity accounted investments, the group

● The components on which full scope audits, targeted specified procedures and centralised work was performed accounted for 86% of

● The application of key judgements and assumptions in relation to expected credit loss (ECL) provisioning for customer receivables (group)

● Overall group materiality: £50,000,000 (2024: £45,400,000) based on 5% of profit before tax before exceptional items.

● Performance materiality: £37,500,000 (2024: £34,000,000) (group) and 19,100,000 (2024: £20,250,000) (parent company).

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors' professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide

Equal pay claim is a new key audit matter this year. Valuation of acquired intangible assets & pensions assumptions, which were key audit matters last year, are no longer included because of the valuation of acquired intangible assets solely related to the acquisitions of Reiss and Fatface in the prior year. Pension assumptions has also been removed as the level of estimation uncertainty has reduced following

● Overall parent company materiality: 25,500,000 (2024: £27,000,000) based on 1% of total assets.

transaction activity in the year. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

● All in-scope components were audited by the UK group engagement team.

consolidation and financial statement disclosures.

● Net realisable valuation of inventories (group)

● Recoverability of investments (parent company)

Our audit approach

three components.

Overview Audit scope

revenue.

Materiality

Key audit matters

● Equal pay claim (group)

The scope of our audit

a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matters

the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006;
the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 "Reduced Disclosure Framework", and applicable law); and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report & Accounts (the "Annual Report"), which comprise: consolidated and parent company balance sheets as at 25 January 2025; the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity and the consolidated cash flow statement for the period then ended; the group accounting policies; and the notes to the financial statements.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) ("ISAs (UK)") and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors' responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC's Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC's Ethical Standard were not provided.

Other than those disclosed in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the parent company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 158 31/03/2025 17:35

Our audit approach

Overview

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Report on the audit of the financial statements

● the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

the period then ended; the group accounting policies; and the notes to the financial statements.

● the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards as applied

● the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 "Reduced Disclosure Framework", and applicable law); and

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC's Ethical Standard were not provided. Other than those disclosed in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the parent

TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006;

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit.

Opinion In our opinion:

the 52 week period then ended;

Basis for opinion

Independence

Audit scope

We conducted an audit of the complete financial information of one component and audited certain financial information over a further three components.
All in-scope components were audited by the UK group engagement team.
In addition, the group engagement team performed audit procedures over centralised functions and financial statement line items including goodwill, intangible assets, leases, taxation, treasury, post-retirement benefits, equity accounted investments, the group consolidation and financial statement disclosures.
The components on which full scope audits, targeted specified procedures and centralised work was performed accounted for 86% of revenue.

Key audit matters

The application of key judgements and assumptions in relation to expected credit loss (ECL) provisioning for customer receivables (group)
Net realisable valuation of inventories (group)
Equal pay claim (group)
Recoverability of investments (parent company)

Materiality

Overall group materiality: £50,000,000 (2024: £45,400,000) based on 5% of profit before tax before exceptional items.
Overall parent company materiality: £25,500,000 (2024: £27,000,000) based on 1% of total assets.
Performance materiality: £37,500,000 (2024: £34,000,000) (group) and £19,100,000 (2024: £20,250,000) (parent company).

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

Key audit matters

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 159 31/03/2025 17:35

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

The application of key judgements and assumptions in relation to expected credit loss (ECL) provisioning for customer receivables Group

Refer to the audit committee report, the major sources of estimation uncertainty and judgement within the group accounting policies and note 14 for customer and other receivables.

The determination of Expected Credit Loss (ECL) provisions is inherently subjective and requires the establishment of assumptions based on historical data while also incorporating forward-looking information that reflects the group's perspectives on potential future economic events. This can lead to heightened estimation uncertainty, particularly in the context of the UK's inflationary and interest rate environment, which impacts affordability.

After evaluating the economic outlook and recognizing the limitations of any provisioning model and macro overlay in fully capturing the inherent risks of the current economic environment, the group has implemented several post-model adjustments. These include an adjustment related to customer affordability. These adjustments increase provision coverage for customers identified as being at the highest risk of default, as well as other factors not accounted for by the underlying model.

We consider the following elements of the determination of modelled ECL for customer receivables to be significant:

The application of forward-looking unemployment assumptions used in the models and the weightings assigned to those scenarios; and
The completeness and appropriateness of post-model adjustments that are recorded to take into account latent risks and known model limitations, in particular those addressing the risk associated with customer affordability.

With the support of our financial services and credit risk modelling specialists, we performed the procedures below.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

amounts accurately.

value.

provision value.

evidence obtained.

for this position.

counsel opinion.

We validated the integrity of the provision model and inputs and ensured that it was using the underlying data correctly and calculating provision

We assessed rates against actual profits observed on clearance stock in the financial period to assess whether these rates are consistent with the key assumptions used in the inventory provision calculation at the year end. We tested sales price post year-end and compared this to cost, to assess whether inventory items were held at the lower of cost and net realisable

We recalculated the provision based on coverage levels seen in previous

We challenged management on the inclusion of specific judgemental parts of the provisions, in excess of calculations from recent trading results. We have performed sensitivity analysis over key judgements taken by management and assessed the impact of this sensitivity analysis on the

We found that the provisions recorded were materially consistent with the

We have held meetings with the NEXT legal team to understand the rationale for recognition as a contingent liability and challenge the evidence

We have engaged PwC's in-house legal team, as well as an external KC, to review the relevant documents to determine if recognition as a contingent liability is reasonable, including tribunal judgements and minutes; and

We have obtained and reviewed legal filings, correspondence and updates

We have reviewed the financial statements disclosures, including assessing

After considering the balance of evidence, we consider the position taken by management to recognise a contingent liability, and the related

We evaluated whether there were any indicators of an impairment trigger in relation to the parent company's investments balance, with specific

● the market capitalisation of the group, which is significantly in excess of the investments balance, noting that substantially all of the market capitalisation is considered to be in relation to one indirect subsidiary (NEXT Retail Limited) of the parent company; ● the trading results of NEXT Retail Limited, which are no worse than expected and are not expected to be worse in future

● any significant changes with an adverse impact in relation to the technological, market, economic or legal environment in which NEXT Retail Limited operates, noting that there were no such

We consider management's conclusion that there are no indicators of

on the case, through to the date of our audit opinion.

whether use of the prejudicial exemption is appropriate.

disclosures, are consistent with the evidence obtained.

consideration given to the following:

periods; and

changes.

impairment to be appropriate.

years and benchmarked against other retailers.

TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

Refer to the Inventories accounting policy within the group accounting

The valuation of inventory involves judgement in the recording of provisions for obsolescence and inventory that may have a lower net realisable value

Refer to the audit committee report, the other areas of estimation uncertainty and judgement within the group accounting policies and note

The recognition of a potential liability as a provision, or disclosure as a contingent liability, requires judgment in concluding whether there is a

No disclosure has been made of the estimate of the potential liability as management believes this could be prejudicial to NEXT's position.

Refer to note C2 of the parent company financial statements for

In accordance with IAS 36, the parent company's investments balance should be carried at no more than its recoverable amount, being the higher

Net realisable valuation of inventories

Group

policies.

than cost.

Equal pay claim

35 for contingent liabilities.

"probable outflow of economic resources".

Recoverability of investments

of fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.

Parent Company

Investments.

Group

We critically assessed the appropriateness of the model methodologies against IFRS 9 standards.Further we have assessed the mathematical accuracy of the models used by management by assessing its implementation and critically assessed data inputs into the models.

We have evaluated the implementation of the ECL model and its parameters (Probability of Default, Loss Given Default and Exposure At Default) by replicating them on a sample basis. Additionally, we have reviewed the code for all model parameters to ensure accurate and correct implementation.

We have assessed the reasonableness and likelihood of the forward looking economic assumptions and weightings assigned to the scenarios using a benchmarking tool. We assessed their reasonableness against known or likely economic, political and other relevant events.

The severity and magnitude of the unemployment forecasts were compared to external forecasts and data from historical economic downturns.

Based on our knowledge and understanding of the limitations in management's models and emerging industry risks, we evaluated the appropriateness and completeness of the post model adjustments proposed by management.

We conducted an aggregate evaluation of the macro overlay and post-model adjustments by rigorously assessing the applied methodology, judgements and testing the supporting evidence for the underlying assumptions used in the calculations. Additionally, we have replicated some of the PMAs and performed sensitivity analysis to assess the materiality of these to different inputs. For the most material PMA related to customer affordability, we independently developed a challenger model, based on our own assessment of latent and inherent credit risk to evaluate its appropriateness and assessing it against a range of reasonable outcomes.

We tested the ECL disclosures made by management to assess compliance with accounting standards.

We found that the provisions recorded were materially consistent with the evidence obtained.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 160 31/03/2025 17:35

Key audit matter	How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Net realisable valuation of inventories Group	We validated the integrity of the provision model and inputs and ensured that it was using the underlying data correctly and calculating provision amounts accurately.
Refer to the Inventories accounting policy within the group accounting policies. The valuation of inventory involves judgement in the recording of provisions for obsolescence and inventory that may have a lower net realisable value than cost.	We assessed rates against actual profits observed on clearance stock in the financial period to assess whether these rates are consistent with the key assumptions used in the inventory provision calculation at the year end.
	We tested sales price post year-end and compared this to cost, to assess whether inventory items were held at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
	We recalculated the provision based on coverage levels seen in previous years and benchmarked against other retailers.
	We challenged management on the inclusion of specific judgemental parts of the provisions, in excess of calculations from recent trading results.
	We have performed sensitivity analysis over key judgements taken by management and assessed the impact of this sensitivity analysis on the provision value.
	We found that the provisions recorded were materially consistent with the evidence obtained.
Equal pay claim Group	We have held meetings with the NEXT legal team to understand the rationale for recognition as a contingent liability and challenge the evidence for this position.
Refer to the audit committee report, the other areas of estimation uncertainty and judgement within the group accounting policies and note 35 for contingent liabilities.	We have engaged PwC's in-house legal team, as well as an external KC, to review the relevant documents to determine if recognition as a contingent
The recognition of a potential liability as a provision, or disclosure as a	liability is reasonable, including tribunal judgements and minutes; and counsel opinion.
contingent liability, requires judgment in concluding whether there is a "probable outflow of economic resources".	We have obtained and reviewed legal filings, correspondence and updates on the case, through to the date of our audit opinion.
No disclosure has been made of the estimate of the potential liability as management believes this could be prejudicial to NEXT's position.	We have reviewed the financial statements disclosures, including assessing whether use of the prejudicial exemption is appropriate.
	After considering the balance of evidence, we consider the position taken by management to recognise a contingent liability, and the related disclosures, are consistent with the evidence obtained.
Recoverability of investments Parent Company	We evaluated whether there were any indicators of an impairment trigger in relation to the parent company's investments balance, with specific

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 161 31/03/2025 17:35

Refer to note C2 of the parent company financial statements for Investments.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

With the support of our financial services and credit risk modelling

The severity and magnitude of the unemployment forecasts were compared to external forecasts and data from historical economic downturns.

Based on our knowledge and understanding of the limitations in management's models and emerging industry risks, we evaluated the appropriateness and completeness of the post model adjustments

We found that the provisions recorded were materially consistent with the

specialists, we performed the procedures below.

likely economic, political and other relevant events.

implementation.

proposed by management.

with accounting standards.

evidence obtained.

TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

The application of key judgements and assumptions in relation to expected credit loss (ECL) provisioning

Refer to the audit committee report, the major sources of estimation uncertainty and judgement within the group accounting policies and note

We consider the following elements of the determination of modelled ECL

● The application of forward-looking unemployment assumptions used in the models and the weightings assigned to those

● The completeness and appropriateness of post-model adjustments that are recorded to take into account latent risks and known model limitations, in particular those addressing the

risk associated with customer affordability.

for customer receivables

14 for customer and other receivables.

factors not accounted for by the underlying model.

for customer receivables to be significant:

scenarios; and

Group

affordability.

In accordance with IAS 36, the parent company's investments balance should be carried at no more than its recoverable amount, being the higher of fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.

consideration given to the following:

the market capitalisation of the group, which is significantly in excess of the investments balance, noting that substantially all of the market capitalisation is considered to be in relation to one indirect subsidiary (NEXT Retail Limited) of the parent company;
the trading results of NEXT Retail Limited, which are no worse than expected and are not expected to be worse in future periods; and
any significant changes with an adverse impact in relation to the technological, market, economic or legal environment in which NEXT Retail Limited operates, noting that there were no such changes.

We consider management's conclusion that there are no indicators of impairment to be appropriate.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the parent company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £2,500,000 (group audit) (2024: £2,260,000) and £1,275,000 (parent company audit) (2024: £1,350,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in

Our evaluation of the directors' assessment of the group's and the parent company's ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of

● We assessed the mathematical accuracy of the calculations for liquidity headroom for the base case and reverse stress test scenarios. We

● We considered the mitigating actions available to NEXT to increase liquidity, if required, with the key actions being reductions in stock

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group's and the parent company's ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors' use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group's and the parent

In relation to the directors' reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors' statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this

The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors' report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors' Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as

● We obtained management's going concern assessment which included a base case and other scenarios including a reverse stress test; ● We ensured the base case was consistent with Board approved budgets and we assessed the appropriateness of this budget and other

● We have evaluated management's ability to budget based on historical budgets / forecasts and the resulting performance;

● We assessed management's reverse stress test and were satisfied it was a scenario that, in our view, was not plausible;

TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

assumptions during the going concern period;

the financial statements is appropriate.

the going concern basis of accounting.

report.

of assurance thereon.

2006 have been included.

described below.

company's ability to continue as a going concern.

Reporting on other information

accounting included:

Conclusions relating to going concern

also tested the forecast covenant compliance for the base case;

purchases, capex and share purchases, as well as cessation of dividends;

● We reviewed the going concern disclosures within the financial statements.

twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

Our scoping is based on the group's consolidation structure. We define a component as a single reporting unit which feeds into the group consolidation. Of the group's 57 components, we identified one component which, in our view, required an audit of its complete financial information both due to its size and risk characteristics (it forms the majority of the NEXT Retail, NEXT Online and NEXT Finance segments).

We also performed testing over three other components which held balances of significance to the group financial statements.

The group engagement team performed audit procedures over centralised functions and financial statement line items including goodwill, intangible assets, leases, taxation, treasury, post-retirement benefits, equity accounted investments, the group consolidation and financial statement disclosures. The Group engagement team also performed analytical procedures on non-significant components that were not inconsequential.

The testing as described above resulted in an audit scope which accounted for 86% of revenue.

The parent company is comprised of one reporting unit which was subject to a full scope audit by the group engagement team for the purposes of the parent company financial statements.

The impact of climate risk on our audit

As part of our audit we made enquiries of management to understand the process adopted to assess the extent of the potential impact of climate risk on the financial statements.

Our risk assessment was based on these enquiries as well as review of NEXT's most recent corporate responsibility reporting and climate-related commitments.

As detailed in the group accounting policies, management considers that the impact of climate risk does not give rise to a material financial statement impact.

We also considered the consistency of the disclosures in relation to climate change (including the disclosures in the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) section) within the Annual Report with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained from our audit.

Our procedures did not identify any material impact in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, or our key audit matters for the year ended 25 January 2025.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

	Financial statements - Group	Financial statements - parent company
Overall materiality	£50,000,000 (2024: £45,400,000)	£25,500,000 (2024: £27,000,000)
How we determined it	5% of profit before tax before exceptional items	1% of total assets
Rationale for benchmark applied	Profit before tax before exceptional items is a commonly used benchmark in assessing the performance of profit-oriented groups	The parent company does not trade and therefore total assets is considered to be the most appropriate benchmark

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was £20,000,000 to £46,500,000.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2024: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £37,500,000 (2024: £34,000,000) for the group financial statements and £19,100,000 (2024: £20,250,000) for the parent company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 162 31/03/2025 17:35

Conclusions relating to going concern

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The testing as described above resulted in an audit scope which accounted for 86% of revenue.

The parent company is comprised of one reporting unit which was subject to a full scope audit by the group engagement team for the

As part of our audit we made enquiries of management to understand the process adopted to assess the extent of the potential impact of

Our risk assessment was based on these enquiries as well as review of NEXT's most recent corporate responsibility reporting and

As detailed in the group accounting policies, management considers that the impact of climate risk does not give rise to a material financial

We evaluated management's disclosures based on our knowledge of the business, including from our testing of goodwill, intangible assets, right-of-use assets and property plant and equipment, which were considered to be the assets at most risk of the effects of climate change. We also considered the consistency of the disclosures in relation to climate change (including the disclosures in the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) section) within the Annual Report with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained

Our procedures did not identify any material impact in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, or our key audit

Financial statements - Group Financial statements - parent company

The parent company does not trade and therefore total assets is considered to be the

most appropriate benchmark

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

How we determined it 5% of profit before tax before exceptional items 1% of total assets

Rationale for benchmark applied Profit before tax before exceptional items is a

statements and 19,100,000 (2024: £20,250,000) for the parent company financial statements.

materiality allocated across components was £20,000,000 to £46,500,000.

Overall materiality £50,000,000 (2024: £45,400,000) £25,500,000 (2024: £27,000,000)

commonly used benchmark in assessing the performance of profit-oriented groups

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of

We also performed testing over three other components which held balances of significance to the group financial statements.

TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

How we tailored the audit scope

purposes of the parent company financial statements. The impact of climate risk on our audit

climate risk on the financial statements.

matters for the year ended 25 January 2025.

and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

climate-related commitments.

statement impact.

from our audit.

Materiality

which they operate.

inconsequential.

Our evaluation of the directors' assessment of the group's and the parent company's ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

We obtained management's going concern assessment which included a base case and other scenarios including a reverse stress test;
We ensured the base case was consistent with Board approved budgets and we assessed the appropriateness of this budget and other assumptions during the going concern period;
We assessed the mathematical accuracy of the calculations for liquidity headroom for the base case and reverse stress test scenarios. We also tested the forecast covenant compliance for the base case;
We have evaluated management's ability to budget based on historical budgets / forecasts and the resulting performance;
We considered the mitigating actions available to NEXT to increase liquidity, if required, with the key actions being reductions in stock purchases, capex and share purchases, as well as cessation of dividends;
We assessed management's reverse stress test and were satisfied it was a scenario that, in our view, was not plausible;
We reviewed the going concern disclosures within the financial statements.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors' use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group's and the parent company's ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Reporting on other information

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors' Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 163 31/03/2025 17:35

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

Strategic report and Directors' Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors' Report for the period ended 25 January 2025 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

As explained more fully in the Directors' Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group's and the parent company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors' report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related to employment law and consumer credit regulations, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as tax legislation and the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management's incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting of inappropriate journal entries to manipulate revenue and/or profits and management bias in significant accounting estimates and

● Discussions with management, internal audit, internal legal counsel, compliance managers and the Audit Committee, including

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC's website at:

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company's members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our

● Assessment of matters reported on the group's whistle-blowing log and the results of management's investigation of such matters;

TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements

Auditors' responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

judgements. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:

conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

Use of this report

prior consent in writing.

expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation or fraud;

● Review of board minutes which may highlight any potential non-compliance with laws and regulations.

deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

● Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations;

● Review of filings and correspondence with the Financial Conduct Authority and tax authorities; ● Searches for news articles which would highlight potential non-compliance with laws and regulations;

● Challenging significant assumptions, estimates and judgements made by management; and

www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors' report.

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors' Report.

Directors' Remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Corporate governance statement

The Listing Rules require us to review the directors' statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the corporate governance statement relating to the parent company's compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance statement, included within the Strategic Report and Governance section is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

The directors' confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;
The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;
The directors' statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group's and parent company's ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;
The directors' explanation as to their assessment of the group's and parent company's prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate; and
The directors' statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the parent company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Our review of the directors' statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group and parent company was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors' process supporting their statement; checking that the statement is in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge and understanding of the group and parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit.

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

The directors' statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group's and parent company's position, performance, business model and strategy;
The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; and
The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit Committee.

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors' statement relating to the parent company's compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 164 31/03/2025 17:35

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors' Report.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and parent company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we

In our opinion, the part of the Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

● The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify emerging risks and an

● The directors' statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group's and parent company's ability to

● The directors' explanation as to their assessment of the group's and parent company's prospects, the period this assessment covers and

● The directors' statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the parent company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate

● The directors' statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group's and parent company's position, performance, business model and strategy;

● The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems; and

governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to: ● The directors' confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;

continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial statements;

TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

Strategic report and Directors' Report

Corporate governance statement

described in the Reporting on other information section of this report.

explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;

● The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit Committee.

why the period is appropriate; and

obtained in the course of the audit.

review by the auditors.

necessary qualifications or assumptions.

requirements.

Directors' Remuneration

Auditors' responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Discussions with management, internal audit, internal legal counsel, compliance managers and the Audit Committee, including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulation or fraud;
Assessment of matters reported on the group's whistle-blowing log and the results of management's investigation of such matters;
Review of filings and correspondence with the Financial Conduct Authority and tax authorities;
Searches for news articles which would highlight potential non-compliance with laws and regulations;
Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations;
Challenging significant assumptions, estimates and judgements made by management; and
Review of board minutes which may highlight any potential non-compliance with laws and regulations.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC's website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors' report.

Use of this report

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 165 31/03/2025 17:35

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
certain disclosures of directors' remuneration specified by law are not made; or
the parent company financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Appointment

Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the members on 18 May 2017 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 27 January 2018 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is eight years, covering the years ended 27 January 2018 to 25 January 2025.

Other matter

The parent company is required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules to include these financial statements in an annual financial report prepared under the structured digital format required by DTR 4.1.15R - 4.1.18R and filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority. This auditors' report provides no assurance over whether the structured digital format annual financial report has been prepared in accordance with those requirements.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 166 31/03/2025 17:35

GROUP

FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

168 Consolidated Income Statement

172 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

170 Consolidated Balance Sheet

173 Group Accounting Policies

169 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

171 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

189 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Mark Skedgel (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors Birmingham

27 March 2025

GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

TO THE MEMBERS OF NEXT PLC

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

● certain disclosures of directors' remuneration specified by law are not made; or

● we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

digital format annual financial report has been prepared in accordance with those requirements.

● adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from

● the parent company financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

years, covering the years ended 27 January 2018 to 25 January 2025.

Other required reporting

branches not visited by us; or

accounting records and returns.

Appointment

Other matter

Mark Skedgel (Senior Statutory Auditor) for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors

Birmingham 27 March 2025

168 Consolidated Income Statement
169 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
170 Consolidated Balance Sheet
171 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
172 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
173 Group Accounting Policies
189 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v14_Amended_Artworked.indd 167 02/04/2025 12:33

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

		52 weeks to	52 weeks to
		25 January 2025	27 January 2024
	Notes	£m	£m
Continuing operations
Revenue (including credit account interest)	1, 2	6,118.1	5,491.0
Cost of sales		(3,456.5)	(3,034.5)
Impairment losses on customer and other receivables	14	(19.4)	(36.0)
Gross profit		2,642.2	2,420.5
Distribution costs		(878.8)	(794.1)
Administrative expenses		(670.6)	(657.7)
Other gains	3	3.4	12.3
Trading profit		1,096.2	981.0
Share of results of associates and joint ventures	13	6.7	6.9
Impairment in associates and joint ventures	13	(13.0)	-
Curtailment loss - exceptional items	6	(14.5)	-
Operating profit	3	1,075.4	987.9
Gain on Reiss transaction - exceptional items	6	-	108.6
Finance income	5	8.2	6.8
Finance costs	5	(96.6)	(87.5)
Profit before taxation		987.0	1,015.8
Taxation	7	(243.8)	(215.3)
Profit for the year		743.2	800.5

Profit/(loss) attributable to:
- Equity holders of the Parent Company		736.1	802.3
- Non-controlling interests		7.1	(1.8)
		743.2	800.5

Earnings Per Share
Basic	9	615.1p	661.6p
Diluted	9	605.5p	655.9p

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 168 31/03/2025 17:35

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT

Other comprehensive income and expenses: Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Cost of hedging:

Foreign currency and commodity cash flow hedges:

OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Notes

Profit for the period 743.2 800.5

Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme 21 (13.8) (103.6) Tax relating to items which will not be reclassified 7 3.5 25.9 Subtotal items that will not be reclassified (10.3) (77.7)

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations (2.2) (3.8)

fair value movements 30 20.8 1.7
fair value movements 30 (0.6) (0.9) Tax relating to items which may be reclassified 7 (5.1) (0.2) Subtotal items that may be reclassified 12.9 (3.2)

Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period 2.6 (80.9)

Total comprehensive income for the period 745.8 719.6

Equity holders of the Parent Company 738.7 721.4 - Non-controlling interests 7.1 (1.8)

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

745.8 719.6

Notes 1 to 36 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

Continuing operations

Profit/(loss) attributable to:

Notes 1 to 36 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Earnings Per Share

Notes

Revenue (including credit account interest) 1, 2 6,118.1 5,491.0 Cost of sales (3,456.5) (3,034.5) Impairment losses on customer and other receivables 14 (19.4) (36.0) Gross profit 2,642.2 2,420.5 Distribution costs (878.8) (794.1) Administrative expenses (670.6) (657.7) Other gains 3 3.4 12.3 Trading profit 1,096.2 981.0 Share of results of associates and joint ventures 13 6.7 6.9 Impairment in associates and joint ventures 13 (13.0) - Curtailment loss - exceptional items 6 (14.5) - Operating profit 3 1,075.4 987.9 Gain on Reiss transaction - exceptional items 6 - 108.6 Finance income 5 8.2 6.8 Finance costs 5 (96.6) (87.5) Profit before taxation 987.0 1,015.8 Taxation 7 (243.8) (215.3) Profit for the year 743.2 800.5

Equity holders of the Parent Company 736.1 802.3 - Non-controlling interests 7.1 (1.8)

Basic 9 615.1p 661.6p Diluted 9 605.5p 655.9p

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

743.2 800.5

	Notes	52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m	52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m
Profit for the period		743.2	800.5
Other comprehensive income and expenses:
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Actuarial loss on defined benefit pension scheme	21	(13.8)	(103.6)
Tax relating to items which will not be reclassified	7	3.5	25.9
Subtotal items that will not be reclassified		(10.3)	(77.7)
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations		(2.2)	(3.8)
Foreign currency and commodity cash flow hedges:
- fair value movements	30	20.8	1.7
Cost of hedging:				Gro
- fair value movements	30	(0.6)	(0.9)	up
Tax relating to items which may be reclassified	7	(5.1)	(0.2)
Subtotal items that may be reclassified		12.9	(3.2)	Co
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period		2.6	(80.9)	mp any
Total comprehensive income for the period		745.8	719.6

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
- Equity holders of the Parent Company		738.7	721.4
- Non-controlling interests		7.1	(1.8)
		745.8	719.6

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 169 31/03/2025 17:35

Strategic Report

Governance

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

		25 January	27 January
		2025	2024
	Notes	£m	£m
ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment	10	686.4	687.5
Intangible assets	11	735.4	757.2
Right-of-use assets	12	737.3	734.6
Associates, joint ventures and other investments	13	32.7	38.0
Defined benefit pension asset	21	30.8	59.3
		2,222.6	2,276.6
Current assets
Inventories		865.2	769.0
Customer and other receivables	14	1,508.4	1,452.8
Right of return asset		34.8	30.7
Other financial assets	15	31.8	6.9
Current tax assets		9.3	-
Cash and short term deposits	16	200.4	188.3
		2,649.9	2,447.7
Total assets		4,872.5	4,724.3
Current liabilities
Bank loans and overdrafts	17	(60.6)	(58.7)
Corporate bonds	20	(250.0)	-
Trade payables and other liabilities	18	(1,076.7)	(991.8)
Lease liabilities	12	(170.8)	(167.8)
Other financial liabilities	19	(8.3)	(18.8)
Current tax liabilities		-	(8.6)
		(1,566.4)	(1,245.7)
Non-current liabilities
Bank loans and overdrafts	17	-	(29.5)
Corporate bonds	20	(543.8)	(790.8)
Provisions	22	(55.7)	(52.4)
Lease liabilities	12	(843.6)	(869.9)
Other financial liabilities	19	(39.1)	(37.4)
Other liabilities	18	(11.5)	(11.7)
Deferred tax liabilities	7	(58.1)	(48.1)
		(1,551.8)	(1,839.8)
Total liabilities		(3,118.2)	(3,085.5)
NET ASSETS		1,754.3	1,638.8
TOTAL EQUITY		1,754.3	1,638.8

The financial statements were approved by the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 27 March 2025. They were signed on its behalf by:

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 170 31/03/2025 17:35

Lord Wolfson of Aspley Guise Jonathan Blanchard Chief Executive Chief Financial Officer

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

ASSETS AND LIABILITIES Non-current assets

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

by:

Notes

Property, plant and equipment 10 686.4 687.5 Intangible assets 11 735.4 757.2 Right-of-use assets 12 737.3 734.6 Associates, joint ventures and other investments 13 32.7 38.0 Defined benefit pension asset 21 30.8 59.3

Inventories 865.2 769.0 Customer and other receivables 14 1,508.4 1,452.8 Right of return asset 34.8 30.7 Other financial assets 15 31.8 6.9 Current tax assets 9.3 - Cash and short term deposits 16 200.4 188.3

Total assets 4,872.5 4,724.3

Bank loans and overdrafts 17 (60.6) (58.7) Corporate bonds 20 (250.0) - Trade payables and other liabilities 18 (1,076.7) (991.8) Lease liabilities 12 (170.8) (167.8) Other financial liabilities 19 (8.3) (18.8) Current tax liabilities - (8.6)

Bank loans and overdrafts 17 - (29.5) Corporate bonds 20 (543.8) (790.8) Provisions 22 (55.7) (52.4) Lease liabilities 12 (843.6) (869.9) Other financial liabilities 19 (39.1) (37.4) Other liabilities 18 (11.5) (11.7) Deferred tax liabilities 7 (58.1) (48.1)

Total liabilities (3,118.2) (3,085.5) NET ASSETS 1,754.3 1,638.8 TOTAL EQUITY 1,754.3 1,638.8

The financial statements were approved by the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 27 March 2025. They were signed on its behalf

Lord Wolfson of Aspley Guise Jonathan Blanchard Chief Executive Chief Financial Officer 25 January 2025 £m

27 January 2024 £m

2,222.6 2,276.6

2,649.9 2,447.7

(1,566.4) (1,245.7)

(1,551.8) (1,839.8)

		Share	Capital		Cash flow	Cost of	Foreign	Other			Non
	Share capital £m	premium account £m	redemption reserve £m	ESOT reserve £m	hedge reserve £m	hedging reserve £m	currency translation £m	reserves (Note 24) £m	Retained earnings £m	Total £m	controlling interests £m	Total equity £m
At 28 January 2023	12.9	0.9	17.0	(396.7)	(11.3)	0.4	(3.7)	(1,443.8)	2,984.8	1,160.5	4.6	1,165.1
Profit for the period	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	802.3	802.3	(1.8)	800.5
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period	-	-	-	-	1.3	(0.7)	(3.8)	-	(77.7)	(80.9)	-	(80.9)
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the period	-	-	-	-	1.3	(0.7)	(3.8)	-	724.6	721.4	(1.8)	719.6
Shares issued in the year (Note 23)	0.1	53.3	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	53.4	-	53.4
Share buybacks and commitments (Note 23)	(0.3)	-	0.3	-	-	-	-	-	(177.3)	(177.3)	-	(177.3)
ESOT share purchases (Note 27)	-	-	-	(116.3)	-	-	-	-	-	(116.3)	-	(116.3)
Shares issued by ESOT (Note 27)	-	-	-	125.7	-	-	-	-	(31.7)	94.0	-	94.0
Share option charge	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	31.9	31.9	-	31.9
Reclassified to cost of inventory	-	-	-	-	7.1	-	-	-	-	7.1	-	7.1
Non-controlling interest on acquisition of subsidiary	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	124.1	124.1
Fair value on put options	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	(26.1)	(26.1)	-	(26.1)
Tax recognised directly in equity (Note 7)	-	-	-	-	(1.8)	-	-	-	13.4	11.6	-	11.6
Equity dividends (Note 8)	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	(248.3)	(248.3)	-	(248.3)
At 27 January 2024	12.7	54.2	17.3	(387.3)	(4.7)	(0.3)	(7.5)	(1,443.8)	3,271.3	1,511.9	126.9	1,638.8
Profit for the period	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	736.1	736.1	7.1	743.2
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period	-	-	-	-	15.6	(0.5)	(2.2)	-	(10.3)	2.6	-	2.6
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the period	-	-	-	-	15.6	(0.5)	(2.2)	-	725.8	738.7	7.1	745.8
Share buybacks and commitments (Note 23)	(0.3)	-	0.3	-	-	-	-	-	(360.2)	(360.2)	-	(360.2)
ESOT share purchases (Note 27)	-	-	-	(126.8)	-	-	-	-	-	(126.8)	-	(126.8)
Shares issued by ESOT (Note 27)	-	-	-	86.4	-	-	-	-	(16.7)	69.7	-	69.7
Share option charge	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	40.9	40.9	-	40.9
Reclassified to cost of inventory	-	-	-	-	10.9	0.8	-	-	-	11.7	-	11.7
Non-controlling interest on acquisition of subsidiary	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	8.5	8.5	(8.5)	-
Fair value on put options	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	(13.6)	(13.6)	-	(13.6)
Tax recognised directly in equity (Note 7)	-	-	-	-	(2.7)	(0.2)	-	-	16.0	13.1	-	13.1
Equity dividends (Note 8)	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	(257.8)	(257.8)	-	(257.8)
Gain on disposal of investment	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	0.2	0.2	-	0.2
Shares issued to non-controlling interests	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	0.5	0.5
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	(8.0)	(8.0)
Recycled to retained earnings	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	(5.1)	5.1	-	-	-
At 25 January 2025	12.4	54.2	17.6	(427.7)	19.1	(0.2)	(9.7)	(1,448.9)	3,419.5	1,636.3	118.0	1,754.3

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 171 31/03/2025 17:35

Strategic Report

Governance

Group Financial Statements

Company

Shareholder Information

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
Notes	2025 £m	2024 £m
Cash generated from operations 33	1,376.5	1,313.6
Corporation taxes paid	(242.6)	(193.3)
Net cash from operating activities	1,133.9	1,120.3
Cash flows from investing activities
Additions to property, plant and equipment	(122.9)	(160.9)
Movement in capital accruals	(6.4)	23.9
Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment	(129.3)	(137.0)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	2.6	2.0
Proceeds from sale and leaseback transactions	-	3.3
Purchase of intangible assets	(28.2)	(51.2)
Amounts loaned to joint ventures and associates	(0.9)	-
Investment in subsidiaries	(24.2)	(153.2)
Investment in associates and joint ventures	(1.2)	(0.9)
Dividend from jointly controlled entity	-	2.6
Net cash from investing activities	(181.2)	(334.4)
Cash flows from financing activities
Repurchase of own shares	(360.2)	(177.3)
Purchase of shares by ESOT	(126.8)	(116.3)
Disposal of shares by ESOT	77.0	97.8
Purchase of equity from non-controlling interests	(5.0)	-
Issue of shares in subsidiaries to non-controlling interests	0.5	-
Repayment of loan	(2.4)	(2.5)
Incentives received for leases within the scope of IFRS 16	1.0	-
Lease payments	(164.6)	(156.1)
Interest paid (including lease interest)	(93.3)	(79.2)
Proceeds from sale and leaseback transactions	-	18.6
Dividends paid to owners of NEXT plc 8	(257.8)	(248.3)
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries 25	(8.0)	-
Net cash from financing activities	(939.6)	(663.3)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	13.1	122.6
Opening cash and cash equivalents	124.3	2.7
Exclude bank loans	33.9	-
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held	-	(1.0)
Closing cash and cash equivalents 32	171.3	124.3

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 172 31/03/2025 17:35

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NEXT plc and its subsidiaries (the "Group") is a UK based retailer selling beautifully designed, excellent quality clothing, homeware and beauty products which are responsibly sourced and accessibly priced. The Company is a public limited company, which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and incorporated in England and Wales and domiciled in the UK. The address of the registered office is Desford Road,

The consolidated financial statements of NEXT plc have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for certain financial instruments, pension assets and liabilities and share-based payment liabilities which are measured at fair value. As is common in the retail sector, the Group operates a weekly accounting calendar and this year the financial statements are for the 52 weeks to 25 January 2025 (last year 52 weeks to 27 January 2024).

In adopting the going concern basis for preparing the financial statements, the directors have considered the business activities including the Group's principal risks and uncertainties. The Board also considered the Group's current cash position, the repayment profile of its obligations, its financial covenants and the resilience of its 12 month cash flow forecasts to a series of severe but plausible downside scenarios such as enforced store closures. Having considered these factors the Board is satisfied that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at least 12 months from the date of approval of these Financial Statements, meet its financial covenants and therefore it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements for the 52 weeks ended 25

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of NEXT plc (the "Company") and its subsidiary undertakings. Subsidiaries are entities over which the Group has control. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on

Associates and joint ventures are all entities over which the Group has significant influence, or joint control but not sole control. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not control of those policies. Investments in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, the investment is initially recognised at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognise the Group's share of the change in

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group's equity therein. Those interests of non-controlling shareholders are initially measured at the non-controlling interests' proportionate share of the fair value of the acquiree's identifiable net assets. Subsequent to acquisition, the carrying amount of non-controlling interests is the amount of those interests at initial recognition plus

The Group measures financial instruments such as derivatives and non-listed equity investments at fair value at each Balance Sheet date.

The fair value is the price that would have been received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial

and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.

January 2025 (see also the Going Concern and Viability Statements in the Annual Report and Accounts).

These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

General Information

Basis of Preparation

Basis of Consolidation

Fair Value Measurement

net assets of the associate or joint venture after the acquisition date.

the non-controlling interests' share of subsequent changes in equity.

statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy described in Note 29.

consolidation.

Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT.

Governance

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General Information

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Cash generated from operations 33 1,376.5 1,313.6 Corporation taxes paid (242.6) (193.3) Net cash from operating activities 1,133.9 1,120.3

Additions to property, plant and equipment (122.9) (160.9) Movement in capital accruals (6.4) 23.9 Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment (129.3) (137.0) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 2.6 2.0 Proceeds from sale and leaseback transactions - 3.3 Purchase of intangible assets (28.2) (51.2) Amounts loaned to joint ventures and associates (0.9) - Investment in subsidiaries (24.2) (153.2) Investment in associates and joint ventures (1.2) (0.9) Dividend from jointly controlled entity - 2.6 Net cash from investing activities (181.2) (334.4)

Repurchase of own shares (360.2) (177.3) Purchase of shares by ESOT (126.8) (116.3) Disposal of shares by ESOT 77.0 97.8 Purchase of equity from non-controlling interests (5.0) - Issue of shares in subsidiaries to non-controlling interests 0.5 - Repayment of loan (2.4) (2.5) Incentives received for leases within the scope of IFRS 16 1.0 - Lease payments (164.6) (156.1) Interest paid (including lease interest) (93.3) (79.2) Proceeds from sale and leaseback transactions - 18.6 Dividends paid to owners of NEXT plc 8 (257.8) (248.3) Dividends paid to non-controlling interests in subsidiaries 25 (8.0) - Net cash from financing activities (939.6) (663.3) Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 13.1 122.6 Opening cash and cash equivalents 124.3 2.7 Exclude bank loans 33.9 - Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held - (1.0) Closing cash and cash equivalents 32 171.3 124.3

Notes

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

Basis of Preparation

The consolidated financial statements of NEXT plc have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.

These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of Consolidation

Fair Value Measurement

The Group measures financial instruments such as derivatives and non-listed equity investments at fair value at each Balance Sheet date.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 173 31/03/2025 17:35

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Foreign Currencies

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, which is the Company's functional and presentation currency. The Group includes foreign entities whose functional currencies are not Sterling. On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of those entities are translated at the exchange rates at the Balance Sheet date and income and expenses are translated at weighted average rates during the period. Translation differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Exceptional Items

meet at least one of the following criteria:

management has assessed performance in the period.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Estimated useful lives are summarised as follows:

Goodwill

and is not subsequently reversed.

Business Combinations

IAS 12 Income Taxes and IAS 19 Employee Benefits respectively.

identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.

● It is unusual in nature or outside the normal course of business and significant in value.

restructuring programme which of itself has significant impact on the Income Statement.

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment.

● Leasehold improvements the period of the lease, or useful life if shorter

period adjustments are adjusted retrospectively, with corresponding adjustments against goodwill.

the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.

straight-line basis. Estimated useful lives and residual values are reviewed at least annually.

● Freehold and long leasehold property 50 years ● Plant and equipment 6 – 25 years

● Assets under the course of construction not depreciated

In these financial statements, the Group has used the term 'exceptional items'. The Group exercises judgement in assessing whether items should be classified as exceptional items. This assessment covers the nature of the item, cause of occurrence and scale of impact of that item on the reported performance. In determining whether an item should be presented as exceptional items, the Group considers items which are significant because of either their size and/or their nature. In order for an item to be presented as exceptional items, it should typically

● Items directly incurred as a result of either a significant acquisition or a divestment, or arising from a major business change or

The separate reporting of items, which are presented as exceptional items within the relevant category in the Consolidated Income Statement, helps provide an indication of the Group's trading performance in the normal course of business. It is also consistent with how

Depreciation is charged so as to write down the cost of assets to their estimated residual values over their remaining useful lives on a

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries and represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the acquisition cost over the Group's interest in the assets and liabilities recognised. Goodwill is not amortised, but is tested for impairment annually or whenever there is an indication of impairment. For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill acquired is allocated to the Cash Generating Unit (CGU) that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. The carrying value of the CGU containing the goodwill is compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use and the fair value less costs of disposal. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense

Acquisitions of businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration paid in a business combination is measured at fair value with acquisition-related costs recognised in profit or loss as incurred. When the consideration paid includes a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent consideration is measured at its acquisition-date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. Changes in fair value of the contingent consideration that qualify as measurement

At the acquisition date, the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired are recognised at their fair value, with the exception of any associated deferred tax assets or liabilities and assets or liabilities related to employee benefit arrangements which are recognised in accordance with

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any) over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the

Measurement period adjustments are adjustments that arise from additional information obtained during the 'measurement period' (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date) about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement period (see above), or additional assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of

Transactions in currencies other than an entity's functional currency are recorded at the exchange rate on the transaction date, whilst assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates at the Balance Sheet date. Exchange differences are recognised in the Income Statement.

Revenue

Revenue represents the fair value of amounts receivable for goods and services and is stated net of discounts, value added taxes and returns. Revenue is recognised when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer i.e. the customer accepts delivery of those goods.

Goods sold through our Retail stores and websites

It is the Group's policy to sell its products to the retail customer with a right to return within 28 days. The Group uses the expected value method to estimate the value of goods that will be returned because this method best predicts the amounts of variable consideration to which the Group will be entitled. A separate right of return asset is recognised on the face of the Balance Sheet which represents the right to recover product from the customer. The refund liability due to customers on return of their goods is recognised either as a component of trade payables and other liabilities (for cash payments) or as a deduction from customer receivables (for purchases using the 'nextpay' credit facility).

Where third-party goods are sold on a commission basis and NEXT are acting as the agent, only the commission receivable is included in statutory revenue. To aid comparability, "total NEXT sales" are disclosed in the Strategic Report and in Note 1 of the financial statements. Total NEXT sales is an APM used by management and includes the full customer sales value of commission based sales and interest income, excluding VAT.

Finance credit interest

Online credit account interest is accrued on a time basis by reference to the principal outstanding, the provision held (where credit impaired) and the effective interest rate. This is in accordance with IFRS 9.

Royalty income

Royalty income is recognised as income in line with the underlying sales and when the group has a contractual right to the income in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements (provided it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Company and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably).

Rental income

Rental income is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. It is recognised on a straight line basis over the period of the lease. This is in accordance with IFRS 16.

Service revenue

Revenue from our Total Platform services is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for the provision of services (for example the delivery of stock from the warehouse to retail stores) in the normal course of business, net of discounts, value added tax and other sales-related taxes. Revenue is recognised only when the related performance obligation is satisfied.

Loyalty programme and gift cards

The Group does not operate any loyalty programmes. Deferred income in relation to gift card redemptions is estimated on the basis of historical redemption rates. Revenue from gift cards is recognised when the customer redeems the gift card.

Dividends

Final dividends are recorded in the financial statements in the period in which they are approved by the Company's shareholders. Interim dividends (which include special dividends) are recorded in the period in which they are declared by the directors and paid.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 174 31/03/2025 17:35

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

Exceptional Items

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

period. Translation differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Goods sold through our Retail stores and websites

and the effective interest rate. This is in accordance with IFRS 9.

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably).

period of the lease. This is in accordance with IFRS 16.

Loyalty programme and gift cards

Online credit account interest is accrued on a time basis by reference to the principal outstanding, the provision held (where credit impaired)

Rental income is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable. It is recognised on a straight line basis over the

The Group does not operate any loyalty programmes. Deferred income in relation to gift card redemptions is estimated on the basis of

Final dividends are recorded in the financial statements in the period in which they are approved by the Company's shareholders. Interim

dividends (which include special dividends) are recorded in the period in which they are declared by the directors and paid.

historical redemption rates. Revenue from gift cards is recognised when the customer redeems the gift card.

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

Foreign Currencies

Revenue

goods.

facility).

excluding VAT.

Royalty income

Rental income

Service revenue

obligation is satisfied.

Dividends

Finance credit interest

It is unusual in nature or outside the normal course of business and significant in value.
Items directly incurred as a result of either a significant acquisition or a divestment, or arising from a major business change or restructuring programme which of itself has significant impact on the Income Statement.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment.

Depreciation is charged so as to write down the cost of assets to their estimated residual values over their remaining useful lives on a straight-line basis. Estimated useful lives and residual values are reviewed at least annually.

Estimated useful lives are summarised as follows:

Freehold and long leasehold property 50 years
Plant and equipment 6 25 years
Assets under the course of construction not depreciated
Leasehold improvements the period of the lease, or useful life if shorter

Goodwill

Business Combinations

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 175 31/03/2025 17:35

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Software

Capitalised software costs include both external direct costs of goods and services, and internal payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with the software project.

Impairment – Non-Financial Assets

equipment then included in any impairment testing.

adjustment is applied such that the cost of stock reflects the hedged exchange rate.

Income (FVOCI) or Fair Value through Profit or Loss (FVPL). The classification is based on two criteria:

Financial assets Classification under IFRS 9 Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments Fair Value through Profit or Loss Derivatives designated as hedging instruments Fair value – hedging instrument

Non-listed equity instruments Fair Value through Profit or Loss Call options over non-controlling interests Fair Value through Other Equity

Cash and short term deposits (excluding money market funds) Amortised cost

The material CGUs are:

purposes.

Inventories

Financial assets

Initial recognition and measurement

outstanding (the "SPPI criterion").

A summary of the Group's financial assets is as follows:

● the Group's business model for managing the assets; and

entity.

Generating Units (CGU's) fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use.

The carrying values of non-financial assets (excluding goodwill) are reviewed quarterly to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any impairment loss arises, the asset value is adjusted to its estimated recoverable amount and the difference is recognised in the Income Statement. The recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. An asset's recoverable amount is the higher of an asset or Cash

● Retail: Within the Retail segment, the lowest level CGU are the individual stores with the associated right-of-use asset and property, plant and equipment then included in any impairment testing. The Retail segment itself is also deemed a CGU for impairment testing

● Online and Finance: The Online business has been assessed as a CGU. The main assets which fall within this segment for impairment

● Total Platform: Within the Total Platform segment are the Reiss, Joules and FatFace businesses. Each of these is assessed as a CGU. The lowest level CGU within each business are the individual stores with the associated right-of-use asset and property, plant and

Inventories (stocks) are valued at the lower of standard cost or net realisable value. Standard cost comprises direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour costs and those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to the present location and condition. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling prices less further costs to be incurred to disposal. Where hedge accounting applies, an

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument in another

Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, and subsequently measured at amortised cost, Fair Value through Other Comprehensive

● whether the instrument's contractual cash flows represent "Solely Payments of Principal and Interest" on the principal amount

Preference shares Amortised cost – hold to collect business model and SPPI met Customer and other receivables Amortised cost – hold to collect business model and SPPI met

Financial Instruments – Initial Recognition and Subsequent Measurement

recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used.

testing are the warehouses and intangible assets associated with the warehouse operations and website.

Development costs are recognised as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:

It is technically feasible to complete the software so that it is available for use.
Management controls and intends to complete the software for use in the business.
There is an ability to use or sell the software.
It can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable economic benefits in the future.
Adequate technical, financial and other resources are available to complete the project.

Directly attributable software development costs in relation to the configuration and customisation of cloud computing arrangements, including Software-as-a-Service ('SaaS') are only capitalised to the extent they give rise to an asset controlled by the Group. When control cannot be demonstrated, expenditure in relation to such costs are expensed alongside the expected useful life of the solution.

Capitalised software development costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected economic lives, normally between 3 and 8 years. Computer software under development is held at cost less any recognised impairment loss and presented as "asset under the course of construction". Any impairment in value is recognised within the income statement.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets relate to brand names and customer relationships obtained on acquisition which were initially recognised at fair value. They are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives of:

Brand names and trademarks 15 25 years
Customer relationships 5 8 years

Investments in Subsidiaries (Parent Company only)

Investments in subsidiary companies (Parent Company only) are stated at cost, less any impairment.

Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control over those policies. Whereas joint ventures are entities over which the Group has joint control over such policies.

The Group's share of the results of associates and joint ventures is included in the Group income statement and Group statement of comprehensive income using the equity method of accounting. Investments in associates and joint ventures are carried in the Group Balance Sheet at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group's share of the net assets of the entity, less any dividends received and impairment in value. If the Group's share of losses in an associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its investment in the associate or joint venture, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations to do so or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture.

Dividends received from associates and joint ventures with nil carrying value are recognised in the Group income statement as part of the Group's share of post-tax profits/(losses) of associates and joint ventures. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with joint ventures and associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group's interest in the entity.

The Group discontinues the use of the equity method from the date when the investment ceases to be an associate or a joint venture. When the Group retains an interest in the former associate or a joint venture, the difference between the carrying amount of the associate or a joint venture at the date the equity method was discontinued, and the fair value of its new shareholding is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal of the associate or joint venture.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 176 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

Company

Impairment – Non-Financial Assets

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used.

The material CGUs are:

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Development costs are recognised as intangible assets when the following criteria are met: ● It is technically feasible to complete the software so that it is available for use. ● Management controls and intends to complete the software for use in the business.

● Adequate technical, financial and other resources are available to complete the project.

of construction". Any impairment in value is recognised within the income statement.

value. They are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives of: ● Brand names and trademarks 15 – 25 years ● Customer relationships 5 – 8 years

Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures

associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group's interest in the entity.

the gain or loss on disposal of the associate or joint venture.

Investments in Subsidiaries (Parent Company only)

Investments in subsidiary companies (Parent Company only) are stated at cost, less any impairment.

● It can be demonstrated how the software will generate probable economic benefits in the future.

Capitalised software costs include both external direct costs of goods and services, and internal payroll-related costs for employees who are

Other intangible assets relate to brand names and customer relationships obtained on acquisition which were initially recognised at fair

control over those policies. Whereas joint ventures are entities over which the Group has joint control over such policies.

cannot be demonstrated, expenditure in relation to such costs are expensed alongside the expected useful life of the solution.

Software

venture.

directly associated with the software project.

Other Intangible Assets

● There is an ability to use or sell the software.

Retail: Within the Retail segment, the lowest level CGU are the individual stores with the associated right-of-use asset and property, plant and equipment then included in any impairment testing. The Retail segment itself is also deemed a CGU for impairment testing purposes.
Online and Finance: The Online business has been assessed as a CGU. The main assets which fall within this segment for impairment testing are the warehouses and intangible assets associated with the warehouse operations and website.
Total Platform: Within the Total Platform segment are the Reiss, Joules and FatFace businesses. Each of these is assessed as a CGU. The lowest level CGU within each business are the individual stores with the associated right-of-use asset and property, plant and equipment then included in any impairment testing.

Inventories

Financial Instruments – Initial Recognition and Subsequent Measurement

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset in one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument in another entity.

Financial assets

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, and subsequently measured at amortised cost, Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) or Fair Value through Profit or Loss (FVPL). The classification is based on two criteria:

the Group's business model for managing the assets; and
whether the instrument's contractual cash flows represent "Solely Payments of Principal and Interest" on the principal amount outstanding (the "SPPI criterion").

A summary of the Group's financial assets is as follows:

Financial assets	Classification under IFRS 9
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	Fair Value through Profit or Loss
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments	Fair value – hedging instrument
Preference shares	Amortised cost – hold to collect business model and SPPI met
Customer and other receivables	Amortised cost – hold to collect business model and SPPI met
Cash and short term deposits (excluding money market funds)	Amortised cost
Non-listed equity instruments	Fair Value through Profit or Loss
Call options over non-controlling interests	Fair Value through Other Equity

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 177 31/03/2025 17:36

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Financial Instruments – Initial Recognition and Subsequent Measurement (continued)

Financial Instruments – Initial Recognition and Subsequent Measurement

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable

Financial liabilities at FVPL Subsequently measured at fair value. Gains and losses are recognised in the Income Statement. Loans and borrowings Subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. The EIR amortisation is included in

Corporate bonds Subsequently measured at amortised cost and adjusted where hedge accounting applies (see interest

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the de-recognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability. The

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the Balance Sheet if there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention and ability to settle on a net basis, to realise the assets and settle the

Customer receivables are outstanding customer balances less an allowance for impairment. Customer receivables are recognised when the Group becomes party to the contract which happens when the goods are dispatched. They are derecognised when the rights to receive the cash flows have expired, e.g. due to the settlement of the outstanding amount or where the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards associated with that contract. Other trade receivables are stated at invoice value less an allowance for impairment. Customer and other receivables are subsequently measured at amortised cost as the business model is to collect contractual cash flows and the debt

In accordance with the accounting policy for impairment – financial assets, the Group recognises an allowance for ECLs for customer and

The Group has taken the simplification available under IFRS 9 paragraph 5.5.15 which allows the loss amount in relation to a trade receivable to be measured at initial recognition and throughout its life at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. This simplification is permitted where there is either no significant financing component (such as customer receivables where the customer is expected to repay the balance in full prior to interest accruing), or where there is a significant financing component (such as where the customer expects to repay only the minimum amount each month), but the directors make an accounting policy choice to adopt the simplification. Adoption of this approach means that Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR) and Date of Initial Recognition (DOIR) concepts are not applicable to the Group's ECL calculations.

other receivables. IFRS 9 requires an impairment provision to be recognised on origination of a customer advance, based on its ECL.

Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.

rate derivatives in Note 30). Accrued interest is included within other creditors and accruals.

Subsequently measured at fair value. Gains and losses are recognised in Other Equity.

finance costs in the Income Statement.

(continued)

transaction costs.

interests

Derecognition

liabilities simultaneously.

meets the SPPI criterion.

Impairment

Subsequent measurement

Put options over non-controlling

Offsetting of financial instruments

Customer and Other Receivables

A summary of the subsequent measurement of financial liabilities is set out below.

difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognised in the Income Statement.

Financial assets (continued)

Under IFRS 9 the Group initially measures a financial asset at its fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs, unless the asset is classified as FVPL. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in the Income Statement. Further details on the accounting for customer and other receivables is included in Note 14.

For details on hedge accounting refer to Note 30.

Subsequent measurement

A summary of the subsequent measurement of financial assets is set out below.

Financial assets at FVPL	Subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend income, are recognised in the Income Statement.
Financial assets at amortised cost	Subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. The amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, impairment or gain or loss on derecognition are recognised in the Income Statement.
Equity instruments at FVPL	These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Dividends are recognised as income in the Income Statement unless the dividend clearly represents recovery of part of the cost of investments in which case they are recognised against the cost of investment. Other net gains and losses are recognised in the Income Statement.
Call options over non-controlling interests	These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Gains and losses are recognised in Other Equity.

Derecognition

A financial asset is derecognised primarily when:

the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired;
the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay to a third-party under a "pass-through" arrangement; and either a) the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or b) the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset; or
the Group has taken actions not to pursue collection, for example in instances of bankruptcy or individual voluntary arrangement.

Impairment – financial assets

The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit losses (ECLs) for all debt instruments not held at FVPL. The most significant financial assets of the Group are its trade receivables, which are referred to as "customer and other receivables". ECLs are based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted at an approximation of the original effective interest rate (EIR). For further details on the accounting for ECLs on customer and other receivables refer to Note 14.

Financial liabilities

Initial recognition and measurement

The Group has classified its financial liabilities as follows:

Financial liabilities	Classification under IFRS 9
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	Fair Value through Profit or Loss
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments	Fair value – hedging instrument
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings:
Corporate bonds	Amortised cost – designated in hedge relationships
Bank loans and overdrafts	Amortised cost
Trade and other payables	Amortised cost
Put options over non-controlling interests	Fair Value through Other Equity

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 178 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

Company

Financial Instruments – Initial Recognition and Subsequent Measurement (continued)

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

Subsequent measurement

A summary of the subsequent measurement of financial liabilities is set out below.

Financial liabilities at FVPL	Subsequently measured at fair value. Gains and losses are recognised in the Income Statement.
Loans and borrowings	Subsequently measured at amortised cost using the EIR method. The EIR amortisation is included in finance costs in the Income Statement.
Corporate bonds	Subsequently measured at amortised cost and adjusted where hedge accounting applies (see interest rate derivatives in Note 30). Accrued interest is included within other creditors and accruals.
Put options over non-controlling interests	Subsequently measured at fair value. Gains and losses are recognised in Other Equity.

Derecognition

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

accounting for customer and other receivables is included in Note 14.

A summary of the subsequent measurement of financial assets is set out below.

Equity.

Financial liabilities Classification under IFRS 9 Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments Fair Value through Profit or Loss Derivatives designated as hedging instruments Fair value – hedging instrument

Put options over non-controlling interests Fair Value through Other Equity

Bank loans and overdrafts Amortised cost Trade and other payables Amortised cost

Corporate bonds Amortised cost – designated in hedge relationships

(continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Subsequent measurement

Call options over non-controlling

Impairment – financial assets

Initial recognition and measurement

Interest-bearing loans and borrowings:

The Group has classified its financial liabilities as follows:

receivables refer to Note 14.

Financial liabilities

A financial asset is derecognised primarily when:

● the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired;

asset, but has transferred control of the asset; or

interests

Derecognition

For details on hedge accounting refer to Note 30.

Financial Instruments – Initial Recognition and Subsequent Measurement

Financial assets at FVPL Subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend income,

Financial assets at amortised cost Subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. The

● the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay to a third-party under a "pass-through" arrangement; and either a) the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or b) the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the

● the Group has taken actions not to pursue collection, for example in instances of bankruptcy or individual voluntary arrangement.

derecognition are recognised in the Income Statement. Equity instruments at FVPL These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Dividends are recognised as income in the

amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, impairment or gain or loss on

Income Statement unless the dividend clearly represents recovery of part of the cost of investments in which case they are recognised against the cost of investment. Other net gains and losses are

These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Gains and losses are recognised in Other

are recognised in the Income Statement.

recognised in the Income Statement.

Offsetting of financial instruments

Customer and Other Receivables

Impairment

In accordance with the accounting policy for impairment – financial assets, the Group recognises an allowance for ECLs for customer and other receivables. IFRS 9 requires an impairment provision to be recognised on origination of a customer advance, based on its ECL.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 179 31/03/2025 17:36

Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Customer and Other Receivables (continued)

ECL is the product of the probability of default (PD), exposure at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD), discounted at the original EIR. The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of ECL are required to be unbiased, probability-weighted and should incorporate all available information relevant to the assessment, including information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of economic conditions at the reporting date. The forward looking aspect of IFRS 9 requires considerable judgement as to how changes in economic factors might affect ECLs. The ECL model applies four macroeconomic scenarios including a base case which is viewed by management to be the most likely outturn, together with an upside, downside and extreme scenario. A 45% weighting is applied to the base case and 5% to the upside scenario, 35% to the downside scenario and 15% to the extreme scenario.

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Group designates certain derivatives as either:

ineffectiveness and how the hedge ratio is determined).

Interest rate derivatives – fair value hedges

Hedge documentation

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting

Derivative financial instruments ("derivatives") are used to manage risks arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates relating to the purchase of overseas sourced products, overseas sales, changes in commodity prices of certain purchases and changes in interest rates relating to the Group's debt. In accordance with its treasury policy, the Group does not enter into derivatives for speculative purposes. Foreign currency, commodity and interest rate derivatives are stated at their fair value, being the estimated amount that the Group would

b. Hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge).

At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Group formally designates and documents the hedge relationship to which it wishes to apply

The documentation includes identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the Group will assess whether the hedging relationship meets the hedge effectiveness requirements (including the analysis of sources of hedge

● The hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged items that the Group actually

The Group uses interest rate derivatives to hedge part of the interest rate risk associated with the Group's corporate bonds. The carrying values of the relevant bonds are adjusted only for changes in fair value attributable to the interest rate risk being hedged. The adjustment is

The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in OCI in the cash flow hedge reserve, while any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the Income Statement. The cash flow hedge reserve is adjusted to the lower of the cumulative gain or

The Group uses forward currency and option contracts as hedges of its exposure to foreign currency and commodity price risk in forecast transactions and firm commitments. Where forward contracts are used to hedge forecast transactions, the Group designates the change in fair value relating to both the spot and forward components as the hedging instrument. The ineffective portion relating to foreign currency

● the intrinsic value – which is determined by the difference between the strike price and the current market price of the underlying; and ● the time value – which is the remaining value of the option which reflects the volatility of the price of the underlying and the time

hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the Group actually uses to hedge that quantity of the hedged item.

no later than when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to the risk being hedged.

If the hedged item is derecognised, the unamortised fair value is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

receive or pay to terminate them at the Balance Sheet date based on prevailing foreign currency and interest rates.

A hedging relationship qualifies for hedge accounting if it meets all of the following effectiveness requirements:

● The effect of the credit risk does not "dominate the value changes" that result from the economic relationship.

a. Hedges of fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge); or

hedge accounting and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge.

● There is an "economic relationship" between the hedged item and the hedging instrument.

recognised in the Income Statement and is offset by movements in the fair value of the derivatives.

Foreign currency derivatives & commodity derivatives – cash flow hedges

loss on the hedging instrument and the cumulative change in fair value of the hedged item.

contracts is recognised as other gains/losses in the Income Statement.

The fair value of option contracts are divided into two portions:

remaining to maturity.

IFRS 9 "Financial instruments" paragraph 5.5.20 ordinarily requires an entity to not only consider a loan, but also the undrawn commitment and the ECL in respect of the undrawn commitment, where its ability to cancel or demand repayment of the facility does not limit its exposure to the credit risk of the undrawn element. However, the guidance in IFRS 9 on commitments relates only to commitments to provide a loan (that is, a commitment to provide financial assets, such as cash) and excludes from its scope rights and obligations from the delivery of goods as a result of a contract with a customer within the scope of IFRS 15 "Revenue from contracts with customers" (that is, a sales commitment). Thus, the sales commitment (unlike a loan commitment) is not a financial instrument, and therefore the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 do not apply until delivery has occurred and a receivable has been recognised.

Impairment charges in respect of customer receivables are recognised in the Income Statement within "Impairment losses on customer and other receivables".

Delinquency is taken as being in arrears and credit impaired is taken as being the loan has defaulted, which is considered to be the point at which the debt is passed to an internal or external Debt Collection Agency (DCA) and a default registered to a Credit Reference Agency (CRA), or any debt 90 days past due. Delinquency and default are relevant for the estimation of ECL, which segments the book by customer indebtedness, banded into 4 risk bands by arrears stage (see Note 30).

Financial assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as when a customer fails to engage in a repayment plan with the Group. If recoveries are subsequently made after receivables have been written off, they are recognised in the Income Statement.

The key inputs into the ECL calculation are:

PD: "Probability of Default" is an estimate of the likelihood of default over the expected lifetime of the debt. NEXT has assessed the expected lifetime of customer receivables and other trade receivables, based on historical payment practices. The debt is segmented by arrears stage, Experian's Consumer Indebtedness Index (a measure of customers' affordability) and expected time of default.
EAD: "Exposure at Default" is an estimate of the exposure at that future default date, taking into account expected changes in the exposure after the reporting date, i.e. repayments of principal and interest, whether scheduled by the contract or otherwise and accrued interest from missed payments. This is stratified by arrears stage, Experian's Consumer Indebtedness Index and expected time of default.
LGD: "Loss Given Default" is an estimate of the loss arising in the case where a default occurs at a given time. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that NEXT would expect to receive, discounted at the original EIR. It is usually expressed as a percentage of the EAD. NEXT includes all cash collected over five years from the point of default.

The Group uses probability weighted economic scenarios that are integrated into the model, in order to evaluate a range of possible outcomes as is required by IFRS 9. An analysis of historical performance suggests that the expected performance of the book is most closely aligned to the forecast change in unemployment rate. However, management considers that the inputs and models used for the ECLs may not always capture all characteristics of the market at the Balance Sheet date. To reflect this qualitative adjustments or overlays are made, based on external data, historical performance and future expected performance.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 180 31/03/2025 17:36

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedge Accounting

The Group designates certain derivatives as either:

a. Hedges of fair value of recognised assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge); or
b. Hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge).

Hedge documentation

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Customer and Other Receivables (continued)

indebtedness, banded into 4 risk bands by arrears stage (see Note 30).

based on external data, historical performance and future expected performance.

other receivables".

Statement.

The key inputs into the ECL calculation are:

time of default.

base case and 5% to the upside scenario, 35% to the downside scenario and 15% to the extreme scenario.

requirements in IFRS 9 do not apply until delivery has occurred and a receivable has been recognised.

Impairment charges in respect of customer receivables are recognised in the Income Statement within "Impairment losses on customer and

PD: "Probability of Default" is an estimate of the likelihood of default over the expected lifetime of the debt. NEXT has assessed the expected lifetime of customer receivables and other trade receivables, based on historical payment practices. The debt is segmented by arrears stage, Experian's Consumer Indebtedness Index (a measure of customers' affordability) and expected time of default. EAD: "Exposure at Default" is an estimate of the exposure at that future default date, taking into account expected changes in the exposure after the reporting date, i.e. repayments of principal and interest, whether scheduled by the contract or otherwise and accrued interest from missed payments. This is stratified by arrears stage, Experian's Consumer Indebtedness Index and expected

LGD: "Loss Given Default" is an estimate of the loss arising in the case where a default occurs at a given time. It is based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due and those that NEXT would expect to receive, discounted at the original EIR. It is usually

expressed as a percentage of the EAD. NEXT includes all cash collected over five years from the point of default.

At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Group formally designates and documents the hedge relationship to which it wishes to apply hedge accounting and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge.

A hedging relationship qualifies for hedge accounting if it meets all of the following effectiveness requirements:

There is an "economic relationship" between the hedged item and the hedging instrument.
The effect of the credit risk does not "dominate the value changes" that result from the economic relationship.
The hedge ratio of the hedging relationship is the same as that resulting from the quantity of the hedged items that the Group actually hedges and the quantity of the hedging instrument that the Group actually uses to hedge that quantity of the hedged item.

Interest rate derivatives – fair value hedges

For fair value hedges relating to items carried at amortised cost, any adjustment to the carrying value is amortised through the Income Statement over the remaining term of the hedge using the EIR method. The EIR amortisation may begin as soon as an adjustment exists and no later than when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to the risk being hedged.

If the hedged item is derecognised, the unamortised fair value is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

Foreign currency derivatives & commodity derivatives – cash flow hedges

The fair value of option contracts are divided into two portions:

the intrinsic value which is determined by the difference between the strike price and the current market price of the underlying; and
the time value which is the remaining value of the option which reflects the volatility of the price of the underlying and the time remaining to maturity.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 181 31/03/2025 17:36

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities (continued)

In accordance with IFRS 9 "Financial instruments", the Group designates the intrinsic value of foreign currency options as hedging instruments for hedging relationships entered into. The intrinsic value is determined with reference to the relevant spot market exchange rate. Changes in the time value of the options that relate to the hedged item are deferred in the cost of hedging reserve and recognised against the related hedge transaction when it occurs.

Share-based Payments

that period.

provides their services to.

Taxation

equity respectively.

at the Balance Sheet date.

are expected to apply when the asset or liability is settled.

offset and there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

in-house tax experts to determine the amounts to be provided.

The fair value of employee share options is calculated when they are granted using a Black-Scholes model and the fair value of equity-settled Long Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP") awards is calculated at grant using a Monte Carlo model. The resulting cost is charged in the Income Statement, as an employee benefit expense, over the vesting period of the option or award together with a corresponding increase in equity. The cumulative expense recognised is the Group's best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit in the Income Statement for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of

Service and non-service performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of the Group's best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest because of non-market performance and/or service conditions that have not been met. When awards include a market or non-vesting condition, the transactions are treated as vested irrespective of whether the market

The social security contributions payable in connection with the grant of the share options or LTIP award is considered an integral part of the grant itself, and the charge is treated as a cash-settled transaction. For cash-settled awards, the fair value of the liability is determined at each

Within the Parent Company accounts, share-based payments are recharged to the relevant Group undertaking to which the employee

Taxation, comprised of current and deferred tax, is charged or credited to the Income Statement unless it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In such cases, the related tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in

Current tax liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be paid, based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted

Deferred tax is accounted for using the Balance Sheet liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts. It is calculated using rates of taxation enacted or substantively enacted at the Balance Sheet date which

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of investments in subsidiaries and associates where the reversal of any taxable temporary differences can be controlled and are unlikely to reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to

Tax provisions are recognised when there is a potential exposure to an uncertain tax position. Management uses professional advisers and

During the year the Group continued to adopt the amendments to IAS 12. The IASB amends the scope of IAS 12 to clarify that the Standard applies to income taxes arising from tax law enacted or substantively enacted to implement the Pillar Two model rules published by the

The amendments introduce a mandatory temporary exception to the accounting requirements for deferred taxes in IAS 12, so that an entity

would neither recognise nor disclose information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.

OECD, including tax law that implements qualified domestic minimum top-up taxes described in those rules.

ultimately vest. Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value.

Balance Sheet date and the cost is recognised in the Income Statement over the vesting period.

or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are met.

The amounts accumulated in the cash flow hedge reserve are accounted for depending on the nature of the underlying hedged transaction. If the hedged transaction subsequently results in the recognition of a non-financial item, the amount accumulated in equity is removed from the separate component of equity and included in the initial cost for the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability. The deferred amounts are ultimately recognised in the Income Statement as the hedged item affects the Income Statement (e.g. when inventory impacts cost of sales). This is not a reclassification adjustment and will not be recognised in OCI for the period.

For any other cash flow hedges, the amount accumulated in OCI is reclassified to the Income Statement as a reclassification adjustment in the same period or periods during which the hedged cash flows affect the Income Statement.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, credit card receipts and bank overdrafts. Amounts held in money market funds are held at fair value through the profit and loss and are valued using Level 1 inputs. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities in the Balance Sheet. Refer to Note 32 of the financial statements.

Pension Arrangements

The Group provides pension benefits which include both defined benefit and defined contribution arrangements. Pension assets are held in separate trustee administered funds and the Group also provides other unfunded, pension benefits to certain members.

The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit and unfunded arrangements are determined separately for each plan using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each Balance Sheet date by external actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the related pension obligation. A net pension asset is only recognised to the extent that it is expected to be recoverable in the future through a cash refund or a reduction in future payments.

The current service cost of the defined benefit plan is recognised in the Income Statement as an employee benefit expense. Any curtailment gains and losses are recognised within the Income Statement during the year they are incurred. The net interest cost is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

The cost of defined contribution schemes is recognised in the Income Statement as incurred. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 182 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

Company

Share-based Payments

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

against the related hedge transaction when it occurs.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Pension Arrangements

future through a cash refund or a reduction in future payments.

comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

once the contributions have been paid.

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities (continued)

cost of sales). This is not a reclassification adjustment and will not be recognised in OCI for the period.

are shown within borrowings in current liabilities in the Balance Sheet. Refer to Note 32 of the financial statements.

separate trustee administered funds and the Group also provides other unfunded, pension benefits to certain members.

the discount rate to the net balance of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets.

the same period or periods during which the hedged cash flows affect the Income Statement.

For any other cash flow hedges, the amount accumulated in OCI is reclassified to the Income Statement as a reclassification adjustment in

The Group provides pension benefits which include both defined benefit and defined contribution arrangements. Pension assets are held in

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to other

The cost of defined contribution schemes is recognised in the Income Statement as incurred. The Group has no further payment obligations

Within the Parent Company accounts, share-based payments are recharged to the relevant Group undertaking to which the employee provides their services to.

Taxation

Current tax liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be paid, based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted at the Balance Sheet date.

Tax provisions are recognised when there is a potential exposure to an uncertain tax position. Management uses professional advisers and in-house tax experts to determine the amounts to be provided.

The amendments introduce a mandatory temporary exception to the accounting requirements for deferred taxes in IAS 12, so that an entity would neither recognise nor disclose information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 183 31/03/2025 17:36

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Share Buybacks

The Group has regularly returned surplus cash to shareholders through share buybacks. Shares purchased for cancellation are deducted from retained earnings at the total consideration paid or payable. The Company also uses contingent share purchase contracts and irrevocable closed period buyback programmes; the obligation to purchase shares is recognised in full at the inception of the contract, even when that obligation is conditional on the share price. Any subsequent reduction in the obligation caused by the expiry or termination of a contract is credited back to equity at that time. No gain or loss is recognised in the Income Statement on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Group's own equity instruments.

Lease Accounting (continued)

of "Expense on short term and low value leases" within Note 12.

interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

The costs are included in the related right-of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred to produce inventories.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and useful life of the underlying asset.

non-lease components as a single arrangement. The Group has not used this practical expedient.

zero, in which case any remaining amount is recognised in the Income Statement.

The right-of-use asset is presented as a separate line in the Balance Sheet.

Right-of-use asset – subsequent measurement

in the 'Impairment – non-financial assets' policy.

Short term leases and low value assets

Lease liability – subsequent measurement

lease payments using a revised discount rate;

Lease liability – remeasurement The lease liability is remeasured where:

losses recognised in the Income Statement.

impairment losses.

Impairment

Right-of-use asset – initial recognition

In some cases, at the end of the lease term, the Group will continue to occupy the premises under "hold over" terms. The assessment of the lease term does not include any potential payments for hold over periods. When a lease is in hold over, it is deemed short term and any charges are expensed to the Consolidated Income Statement over the period to which it relates. This charge is included within our disclosure

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective

● there is a change in the assessment of exercise of an option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised

● the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease

● the lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is

When the lease liability is remeasured, an equivalent adjustment is made to the right-of-use asset unless its carrying amount is reduced to

Where the lease liability is denominated in a foreign currency it is retranslated at the Balance Sheet date with foreign exchange gains and

The right-of-use asset comprises the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease incentives received, lease payments made at or before the commencement date and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and

Where the Group has an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognised and measured under IAS 37.

The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss as described

Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease liability and the right-of-use asset. The related payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers those payments occurs.

As a practical expedient, IFRS 16 permits a lessee not to separate non-lease components, and instead account for any lease and associated

For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used); or

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, split between current and non-current liabilities.

Share issue

The issue of ordinary shares is recognised on its settlement date (i.e. the date the proceeds are received and the shares are issued). Upon issuance, the shares are recorded at their fair value, being the fair value of the proceeds received. Those proceeds are allocated first to the par value of the shares (if any), with any excess over par value allocated to share premium.

Shares Held by ESOT

The NEXT Employee Share Ownership Trust (ESOT) provides for the issue of shares to Group employees, principally under share option schemes. Shares in the Company held by the ESOT are included in the Balance Sheet at cost, including any directly attributable incremental costs, as a deduction from equity.

Provisions

A provision is recognised where the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. When discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Contingent liabilities

A contingent liability is disclosed where the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event and it is possible that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Where the Group has a contingent liability the nature, timing and related information on the potential liability is explained. The value of any contingent liability is disclosed (but not recognised) and measured at the present value of the expenditures which may be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the potential obligation. In rare cases where it is not possible to form a reliable estimate of the potential obligation, or the disclosure of such a value would be considered prejudicial to the business, a value is not disclosed and this assessment is disclosed.

Lease Accounting

Group as lessee

At inception of a contract the Group assesses whether the contract is or contains a lease. A lease is present where the contract conveys, over a period of time, the right to control the use of an identified asset in exchange for consideration. Where a lease term ends and the Group remains within the site on holdover terms, the rental costs associated with this arrangement are recognised in the Income Statement as incurred.

Where a lease is identified the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability, except for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets.

Lease liability – initial recognition

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments which are to be made over the lease term. The lease payments are discounted at the Group's incremental borrowing rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives;
variable lease payments such as those that depend on an index or rate (such as RPI), initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date;

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 184 31/03/2025 17:36

the amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
the exercise price of purchase options where the Group is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the lease.

Group

Company

Lease Accounting (continued)

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

par value of the shares (if any), with any excess over par value allocated to share premium.

Where a lease is identified the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability, except for short-term leases (defined

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments which are to be made over the lease term. The lease

● variable lease payments such as those that depend on an index or rate (such as RPI), initially measured using the index or rate at the

Share Buybacks

Group's own equity instruments.

Shares Held by ESOT

costs, as a deduction from equity.

Contingent liabilities

disclosed and this assessment is disclosed.

Lease liability – initial recognition

commencement date;

as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:

● fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives;

● the exercise price of purchase options where the Group is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and

● payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the lease.

● the amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

payments are discounted at the Group's incremental borrowing rate.

Lease Accounting

Group as lessee

incurred.

Share issue

Provisions

finance cost.

The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, split between current and non-current liabilities.

Lease liability – subsequent measurement

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

Lease liability – remeasurement

The lease liability is remeasured where:

there is a change in the assessment of exercise of an option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate;
the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used); or
the lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

When the lease liability is remeasured, an equivalent adjustment is made to the right-of-use asset unless its carrying amount is reduced to zero, in which case any remaining amount is recognised in the Income Statement.

Where the lease liability is denominated in a foreign currency it is retranslated at the Balance Sheet date with foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in the Income Statement.

Right-of-use asset – initial recognition

The right-of-use asset is presented as a separate line in the Balance Sheet.

Right-of-use asset – subsequent measurement

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and useful life of the underlying asset.

Impairment

The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss as described in the 'Impairment – non-financial assets' policy.

As a practical expedient, IFRS 16 permits a lessee not to separate non-lease components, and instead account for any lease and associated non-lease components as a single arrangement. The Group has not used this practical expedient.

Short term leases and low value assets

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 185 31/03/2025 17:36

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Lease Accounting (continued)

The Group as lessor

The Group enters into lease agreements as a lessor with respect to some of its properties.

Leases for which the Group is a lessor are classified as finance or operating leases. Whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee, the contract is classified as a finance lease. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Major Sources of Estimation Uncertainty and Judgement

estimates are recognised in the year in which the estimate is revised and in any future years affected.

Expected credit losses on Online customer and other receivables (estimation)

been performed by management and the impact of a significant but plausible change would not be material.

indicators of distress and considered to be at higher risk of default

default. If the probability of default were to double, this would increase the provision by £50.2m.

recoveries due to the lack of significant variability in cash collection levels post default.

● Macroeconomic Uplift

risk levels of these particular customers.

● Sensitivity to the Probability of Default

The preparation of the financial statements requires estimates and assumptions to be made that affect the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting

In applying the Group's accounting policies described above, the directors have identified that the following areas are the key estimates that

Prior to default, the greatest sensitivity relates to the ability of customers to afford their payments (impacting the Probability of Default (PD) and, to a lesser extent, the Exposure at Default (EAD)). Once a customer receivable has defaulted, there is limited sensitivity in expected

Of the total ECL (Note 14), £71.1m (2024: £94.1m) relates to defaulted debt (without significant uncertainty) and £110.2m (2024: £113.0m) is

The first main area of major estimation uncertainty in calculating the ECL is the impact of a change in unemployment. Management use an independent forecast of unemployment, provided by Experian, and weights the effect of the expected (base case), upside, downside and extreme scenarios in the proportions 45/5/35/15. The expected scenario assumes a central unemployment rate peaking at 4.6% in Q4 2025. This weighted view adds £11.3m (2024: £9.6m) to the underlying model ECL. A sensitivity assessment on the unemployment scenarios has

The second main area of major estimation uncertainty in calculating the ECL is the impact of macroeconomic factors that are not included in the "macroeconomic uplift" calculation, due to it being solely based on changes in unemployment rate. Management have reviewed independent forecasts of real wage growth, along with recent worsening in job vacancies data, and continued signs of upward pressure on inflation (including mortgage costs) and has considered the potential negative effects these factors may have on customer payment behaviour. In order to reflect the underlying risk in the loan book, the following adjustment has been incorporated into the provision:

● Recognition of the ongoing risk of an increased ECL for customers who have shown recent

With consumer prices in the UK still elevated following an extended period of high inflation, along with the continued high interest rate, disposable income is likely to be constricted as mortgage rate rises continue to flow through into household budgets and energy bills remain elevated. In addition, whereas in recent years, pay deals have led to real terms wage growth, along with a buoyant jobs market providing opportunities for consumers to boost their incomes; both of these indicators have weakened in recent statistics and updated independent forecasts. Management believe this may adversely impact the recoverability of customer receivables, specifically customers who are modelled to have a low income, high mortgage repayment or are renting. A further overlay to increase the provision coverage of these customers has been applied, which forms £38.8m of the total ECL. We are not explicitly predicting that these customers will move towards a higher level of indebtedness (per the CII) but we are using this model mechanism to apply an appropriate and understood multiplier on the

Following application of the above overlays, management believes that there is adequate provision for ECL based on a stressed, but realistic level of payments. The primary area of estimation uncertainty which could have a material impact to the provision is the probability of

have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying value of assets and liabilities in the next financial year.

third party macro-economic forecasts) and future predicted cash collection levels (derived from past trends and future projections).

for non defaulted debt, where significant estimation uncertainty exists. The remainder of this section relates to non defaulted debt.

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for the head lease and the sublease as two separate contracts. The sublease is classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease.

Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Amounts due from lessees under finance leases are recognised as receivables at the amount of the Group's net investment in the leases. Finance lease income is allocated to accounting periods so as to reflect a constant periodic rate of return on the Group's net investment outstanding in respect of the leases.

Sale and leaseback

A sale and leaseback transaction is where the Group sells an asset and reacquires the use of the asset by entering into a lease with the counterparty. A sale is recognised when control of the underlying asset passes to the counterparty. The asset sold is derecognised and a lease liability and right-of-use asset recognised in relation to the lease. Where the rights to the asset have been transferred to the counterparty, a gain or loss is then recognised associated to the proportion of the asset where the Group no longer has control.

Climate change

In preparing the financial statements we have considered the potential impact of climate change. Given the identified risks are expected to be present in the medium to long term, our focus has been on the non-current assets within the Balance Sheet.

Specifically, for the material non-current assets, we note the following:

The plant, property and equipment associated with our stores have relatively short useful lives (in line with the store lease terms which average less than 5 years) and hence would not be at risk in the medium to long term. Furthermore, based on our current lease profile, we expect any potential future store refurbishments to be phased over several years and therefore any changes in the requirements associated with climate change would not have a material impact in any given year.
For the right-of-use assets associated with our warehouse and head office, and the machinery in our E3 warehouse, the risk from climate change is not considered material. The warehouse and head office sites are located in areas which we would not expect to be physically impacted by climate change, while the risk of impairment on such assets, for example due to the introduction of environmental taxes, is considered remote given the strong operational margins generated by the Online business which they support.
The intangible assets, which consist of goodwill, brands and internally generated software, are assessed annually for indicators of impairment. As part of this assessment consideration is given to the impact of potential climate change related regulations, capital expenditure or other items. As at the year end no material climate related change matters have been identified.
The associates, joint ventures and other investments comprise our equity investments. These businesses also operate in the retail and online fashion sector and consequently have a similar asset and risk profile to NEXT. There is no indication of any specific climate related risks to their assets or business that would represent a material risk to the carrying value of these investments.
Defined benefit pension assets primarily relate to insurance contracts. The value of these contracts is linked to the financial strength of the insurance company. Their financial strength and environmental credentials were reviewed and there was no indication of material risk from climate change.

The other non-current assets were also reviewed and no risk identified. Current assets, by their nature, are expected to be fully utilised within the business in the short term and no climate risk has been identified in this time horizon.

As a consequence there has been no material impact on the financial reporting judgements and estimates applied in the preparation of the 2025 Annual Report and Accounts. Please see page 84 of the Annual Report and Accounts for further detail on our climate change assessment.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 186 31/03/2025 17:36

Major Sources of Estimation Uncertainty and Judgement

In applying the Group's accounting policies described above, the directors have identified that the following areas are the key estimates that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying value of assets and liabilities in the next financial year.

Expected credit losses on Online customer and other receivables (estimation)

The allowance for ECL (Note 14) is calculated on a customer-by-customer basis, using a combination of internally and externally sourced information, including expected future default levels (derived from historical defaults, overlaid by arrears and indebtedness profiles, and third party macro-economic forecasts) and future predicted cash collection levels (derived from past trends and future projections).

Of the total ECL (Note 14), £71.1m (2024: £94.1m) relates to defaulted debt (without significant uncertainty) and £110.2m (2024: £113.0m) is for non defaulted debt, where significant estimation uncertainty exists. The remainder of this section relates to non defaulted debt.

● Macroeconomic Uplift

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Group enters into lease agreements as a lessor with respect to some of its properties.

classified as a finance or operating lease by reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease.

gain or loss is then recognised associated to the proportion of the asset where the Group no longer has control.

be present in the medium to long term, our focus has been on the non-current assets within the Balance Sheet.

associated with climate change would not have a material impact in any given year.

within the business in the short term and no climate risk has been identified in this time horizon.

Specifically, for the material non-current assets, we note the following:

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for the head lease and the sublease as two separate contracts. The sublease is

In preparing the financial statements we have considered the potential impact of climate change. Given the identified risks are expected to

● The plant, property and equipment associated with our stores have relatively short useful lives (in line with the store lease terms which average less than 5 years) and hence would not be at risk in the medium to long term. Furthermore, based on our current lease profile, we expect any potential future store refurbishments to be phased over several years and therefore any changes in the requirements

● For the right-of-use assets associated with our warehouse and head office, and the machinery in our E3 warehouse, the risk from climate change is not considered material. The warehouse and head office sites are located in areas which we would not expect to be physically impacted by climate change, while the risk of impairment on such assets, for example due to the introduction of environmental taxes, is considered remote given the strong operational margins generated by the Online business which they support. ● The intangible assets, which consist of goodwill, brands and internally generated software, are assessed annually for indicators of impairment. As part of this assessment consideration is given to the impact of potential climate change related regulations, capital

● The associates, joint ventures and other investments comprise our equity investments. These businesses also operate in the retail and online fashion sector and consequently have a similar asset and risk profile to NEXT. There is no indication of any specific climate

● Defined benefit pension assets primarily relate to insurance contracts. The value of these contracts is linked to the financial strength of the insurance company. Their financial strength and environmental credentials were reviewed and there was no indication of material

The other non-current assets were also reviewed and no risk identified. Current assets, by their nature, are expected to be fully utilised

expenditure or other items. As at the year end no material climate related change matters have been identified.

related risks to their assets or business that would represent a material risk to the carrying value of these investments.

Lease Accounting (continued)

The Group as lessor

leases.

over the lease term.

outstanding in respect of the leases.

Sale and leaseback

Climate change

risk from climate change.

assessment.

● Recognition of the ongoing risk of an increased ECL for customers who have shown recent indicators of distress and considered to be at higher risk of default

● Sensitivity to the Probability of Default

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 187 31/03/2025 17:36

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Other areas of estimation uncertainty and judgement

In addition, in applying the Group's accounting policies described above, the directors have identified the following areas as key estimates and judgements that relate to balances which the directors consider to be of particular importance to understanding the nature of the Balance Sheet. A significant change in these estimates could result in a significant (but not material) adjustment to the carrying value of assets and liabilities in the next financial year.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Group's operating segments are determined based on the Group's internal reporting to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The

● NEXT Online - note that within the Chief Executive's Review, this segment is split further into NEXT Online (UK) and NEXT Online

● Total Platform which represents the sales, profit and related assets from the Total Platform business which includes Reiss, FatFace and

● Other Business Activities (all other segments) which includes the Property Management segment which holds properties and property leases which are recharged to other segments and external parties and the Franchise, Sourcing and other segment. This segment also includes Central costs, the IFRS 2 "Share-based payment" expense and unrealised gains or losses on derivatives which do not qualify for

"Total NEXT Trading sales" as reported within the "Total NEXT sales excluding VAT" column represents the full customer sales value of NEXT owned product sales, third-party commission based sales and NEXT Finance interest income. The Total Platform sales represent the commission and service income on sales with our Total Platform partners. Revenue from other business activities relates primarily to sales from our Franchise, Property Management and Sourcing business. The CODM uses the Total NEXT sales as an important metric in assessing

The adjustments to arrive at statutory revenue are explained as: (i) "Revenue from acquired businesses and brands" relates to sales generated from our acquired brands, primarily Reiss, FatFace and Joules who retail through their own store portfolio and websites other than next.co.uk. (ii) "Commission sales adjustment": Where third-party branded goods are sold on a commission basis, only the commission receivable is included in statutory revenue; and (iii) Other IFRS 15 adjustments for customer delivery charges, promotional discounts, Interest

segment performance; accordingly, this is presented in this note and then reconciled to the statutory revenue.

CODM has been determined to be the Group Chief Executive, with support from the Board.

The Group's reportable segments have been identified as the following:

1. Segmental Analysis

Joules alongside our equity investments.

Free Credit commission costs and expired gift card balances.

(International) ● NEXT Retail ● NEXT Finance

hedge accounting.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (estimation)

Goodwill is allocated to the cash-generating units ('CGUs'), that are expected to benefit from the business combination from which goodwill was recognised. Other intangible assets arising on acquisition, such as brand names and customer relationships are also allocated to the same CGUs. The recoverable amount of an asset or Group CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal. Value in use is based on the estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or Group CGU. See Note 11 for further detail.

Equal Pay (judgement)

In August 2024 the first tier Employment Tribunal issued its decision on an Equal Pay case brought against NEXT by both current and former employees. The Board has reviewed this decision and obtained further legal advice on the implications of this decision. Having carefully considered this advice the Board has exercised judgement regarding the likely success of the appeals process and concluded that it is more likely than not that NEXT would be successful on Appeal. Our position was informed by internal legal advice and external Counsel. See Note 36 for further details.

Adoption of new accounting standards, interpretations and amendments

The Group has applied the following interpretations and amendments for the first time in these financial statements:

Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (Amendments to IAS 1)
Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback (Amendments to IFRS 16)
Non-current Liabilities with Covenants (amendments to IAS 1)
Supplier Finance Arrangements (Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7)

The application of these new interpretations and amendments did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

The Group has enhanced the detail in its segmental reporting to present details of the material costs that are included in the segment measure of profit that is reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. This is in response to the IFRIC Agenda Decision on IFRS 8 Operating Segments, issued in July 2024.

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not yet effective and have not been adopted by the Group. These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Alternative performance measures (APMs)

Management exercises judgement in determining the adjustments to apply to IFRS measurements in order to derive suitable APMs. As set out on page 66 and 67, APMs are used as management believe these measures provide additional useful information on the trends, performance and position of the Group. These measures are used for performance analysis by the Board. The APMs are not defined by IFRS and therefore may not be directly comparable with other companies' APMs. These measures are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measurements.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 188 31/03/2025 17:36

189

Governance

Group

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Segmental Analysis

The Group's operating segments are determined based on the Group's internal reporting to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM has been determined to be the Group Chief Executive, with support from the Board.

The Group's reportable segments have been identified as the following:

NEXT Online note that within the Chief Executive's Review, this segment is split further into NEXT Online (UK) and NEXT Online (International)
NEXT Retail

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

assets and liabilities in the next financial year.

Equal Pay (judgement)

Segments, issued in July 2024.

foreseeable future transactions.

superior to, IFRS measurements.

36 for further details.

Other areas of estimation uncertainty and judgement

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (estimation)

● Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current (Amendments to IAS 1)

● Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback (Amendments to IFRS 16) ● Non-current Liabilities with Covenants (amendments to IAS 1) ● Supplier Finance Arrangements (Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7)

Alternative performance measures (APMs)

assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or Group CGU. See Note 11 for further detail.

Adoption of new accounting standards, interpretations and amendments

The Group has applied the following interpretations and amendments for the first time in these financial statements:

The application of these new interpretations and amendments did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

NEXT Finance
Total Platform which represents the sales, profit and related assets from the Total Platform business which includes Reiss, FatFace and Joules alongside our equity investments.
Other Business Activities (all other segments) which includes the Property Management segment which holds properties and property leases which are recharged to other segments and external parties and the Franchise, Sourcing and other segment. This segment also includes Central costs, the IFRS 2 "Share-based payment" expense and unrealised gains or losses on derivatives which do not qualify for hedge accounting.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 189 31/03/2025 17:36

Financial Statements

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Segmental Analysis (continued)

which, as noted below, are reported within Central and Other costs.

joint venture investments) of £19.0m (2024: £9.8m).

● Property management cost of £1.7m (2024: profit of £1.7m) ● Franchise and wholesale profit of £7.5m (2024: profit of £5.8m)

● Sourcing profit of £31.4m (2024: profit of £27.4m)

a) Central costs of £23.4m (2024: £18.5m); b) Share option charge of £38.7m (2024: £31.9m);

The Total Platform segment within the Chief Executive's Review:

provided in the Chief Executive's Review.

Transactions between operating segments are made on an arm's length basis in a manner similar to those with third-parties. Segment revenue and segment profit include transactions between business segments which are eliminated on consolidation. The substantial majority of NEXT Sourcing's revenues and profits are derived from sales to NEXT Retail and NEXT Online. Further detail on the segment performance is

NEXT Online (1) 587.6 517.1 NEXT Retail 236.8 244.7 NEXT Finance 181.7 163.4 Profit from Trading 1,006.1 925.2 Total Platform (2) 66.2 31.2 Other business activities (all other segments) (3) (42.0) (18.8) Recharge of interest (4) 59.6 50.3 Curtailment loss - exceptional items (14.5) - Operating profit 1,075.4 987.9 Gain on Reiss transaction - exceptional items - 108.6 Finance income 8.2 6.8 Finance costs (96.6) (87.5) Profit before tax 987.0 1,015.8

(1) NEXT Online £587.6m (2024: £517.1m): Within the Chief Executive's Review, the Online segment is separated between NEXT Online (UK) £456.6m

(2) Total Platform (TP) £66.2m (2024: £31.2m): The TP segment includes NEXT's share of profits from its investments in associates and joint ventures. It also includes the profits from our TP subsidiaries (Joules, Reiss and FatFace). It excludes the non-recurring TP implementation costs for Joules and FatFace

2) excludes NEXT's share of the brand and customer relationship amortisation (both owned brands and those included within our associate and

d) 100% of non-recurring TP implementation costs associated with FatFace of £6.4m (2024: £15.6m relating to Joules and FatFace). Note that

(4) Recharge of interest £59.6m (2024: £50.3m): In the current year, the recharge of interest of £59.6m (2024: £50.3m) includes £9.3m (2024: £2.5m) of

interest that has been reallocated to Total Platform. The remaining element is the cost of funding relating to the NEXT Finance segment.

(2024: £421.1m) and NEXT Online (International) £131.0m (2024: £96.0m), whereas these are aggregated within this note.

1) excludes the operating profit of the non-controlling interest of £10.2m (2024: profit of £2.6m);

● Central and other costs of £79.2m cost (2024: £53.7m cost) comprises the following:

e) an impairment in our investment in JoJo Maman Bébé of £13.0m (2024: Nil).

c) Unrealised foreign exchange gains of £2.3m (2024: gain of £12.3m);

(3) Other Business Activities (all other segments) £42.0m cost (2024: £18.8m cost): This segment includes the following:

the Chief Executive's Review excludes the non controlling interest element of these costs; and

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

Segment profit

1. Segmental Analysis (continued)

Segment sales and revenue

	52 weeks to 25 January 2025
		Revenue
	Total NEXT	from
	sales excluding VAT	acquired businesses and brands £m	Commission sales adjustment £m	Other IFRS 15 adjustments £m			Total
					External	Internal	segment
					revenue £m	revenue	revenue
	£m					£m	£m
NEXT Online	3,470.6	-	(361.5)	92.1	3,201.2	-	3,201.2
NEXT Retail	1,848.7	-	(32.4)	4.9	1,821.2	1.3	1,822.5
NEXT Finance	300.3	-	-	0.7	301.0	-	301.0
Total NEXT Trading Sales	5,619.6	-	(393.9)	97.7	5,323.4	1.3	5,324.7
Total Platform	67.0	623.0	-	-	690.0	-	690.0
Other business activities (all other segments)	104.7	-	-	-	104.7	696.6	801.3
Total NEXT Sales	5,791.3	623.0	(393.9)	97.7	6,118.1	697.9	6,816.0
Eliminations	-	-	-	-	-	(697.9)	(697.9)
Total	5,791.3	623.0	(393.9)	97.7	6,118.1	-	6,118.1

	52 weeks to 27 January 2024
		Revenue
	Total NEXT	from acquired
	sales		Commission				Total
	excluding	businesses	sales	Other IFRS 15	External	Internal	segment
	VAT	and brands £m	adjustment £m	adjustments £m	revenue £m	revenue £m	revenue £m
	£m
NEXT Online	3,159.7	-	(334.6)	76.3	2,901.4	10.5	2,911.9
NEXT Retail	1,864.9	-	(22.5)	1.3	1,843.7	0.9	1,844.6
NEXT Finance	292.7	-	-	-	292.7	-	292.7
Total NEXT Trading Sales	5,317.3	-	(357.1)	77.6	5,037.8	11.4	5,049.2
Total Platform	52.5	308.5	-	2.8	363.8	-	363.8
Other business activities (all other segments)	89.4	-	-	-	89.4	646.8	736.2
Total NEXT Sales	5,459.2	308.5	(357.1)	80.4	5,491.0	658.2	6,149.2
Eliminations	-	-	-	-	-	(658.2)	(658.2)
Total	5,459.2	308.5	(357.1)	80.4	5,491.0	-	5,491.0

In the Chief Executive's Review, NEXT Online is separated between NEXT Online (UK) Total NEXT sales £2,540.4m (2024: £2,428.6m) and NEXT Online (International) Total NEXT sales of £930.2m (2024: £731.1m), whereas these are aggregated within this note.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 190 31/03/2025 17:36

1. Segmental Analysis (continued)

Segment profit

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Commission sales adjustment £m

NEXT Online 3,470.6 - (361.5) 92.1 3,201.2 - 3,201.2 NEXT Retail 1,848.7 - (32.4) 4.9 1,821.2 1.3 1,822.5 NEXT Finance 300.3 - - 0.7 301.0 - 301.0 Total NEXT Trading Sales 5,619.6 - (393.9) 97.7 5,323.4 1.3 5,324.7 Total Platform 67.0 623.0 - - 690.0 - 690.0

other segments) 104.7 - - - 104.7 696.6 801.3 Total NEXT Sales 5,791.3 623.0 (393.9) 97.7 6,118.1 697.9 6,816.0 Eliminations - - - - - (697.9) (697.9) Total 5,791.3 623.0 (393.9) 97.7 6,118.1 - 6,118.1

Commission sales adjustment £m

NEXT Online 3,159.7 - (334.6) 76.3 2,901.4 10.5 2,911.9 NEXT Retail 1,864.9 - (22.5) 1.3 1,843.7 0.9 1,844.6 NEXT Finance 292.7 - - - 292.7 - 292.7 Total NEXT Trading Sales 5,317.3 - (357.1) 77.6 5,037.8 11.4 5,049.2 Total Platform 52.5 308.5 - 2.8 363.8 - 363.8

other segments) 89.4 - - - 89.4 646.8 736.2 Total NEXT Sales 5,459.2 308.5 (357.1) 80.4 5,491.0 658.2 6,149.2 Eliminations - - - - - (658.2) (658.2) Total 5,459.2 308.5 (357.1) 80.4 5,491.0 - 5,491.0

In the Chief Executive's Review, NEXT Online is separated between NEXT Online (UK) Total NEXT sales £2,540.4m (2024: £2,428.6m) and NEXT

Revenue from acquired businesses and brands £m

Revenue from acquired businesses and brands £m

Online (International) Total NEXT sales of £930.2m (2024: £731.1m), whereas these are aggregated within this note.

52 weeks to 25 January 2025

Other IFRS 15 adjustments £m

52 weeks to 27 January 2024

Other IFRS 15 adjustments

£m

External revenue £m

External revenue £m

Internal revenue £m

Internal revenue £m

Total segment revenue £m

Total segment revenue £m

1. Segmental Analysis (continued)

Total NEXT sales excluding VAT £m

Total NEXT sales excluding VAT £m

Segment sales and revenue

Other business activities (all

	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
NEXT Online (1)	587.6	517.1
NEXT Retail	236.8	244.7
NEXT Finance	181.7	163.4
Profit from Trading	1,006.1	925.2
Total Platform (2)	66.2	31.2
Other business activities (all other segments) (3)	(42.0)	(18.8)
Recharge of interest (4)	59.6	50.3
Curtailment loss - exceptional items	(14.5)	-	Gro
Operating profit	1,075.4	987.9	up
Gain on Reiss transaction - exceptional items	-	108.6
Finance income	8.2	6.8	Co
Finance costs	(96.6)	(87.5)	mp
Profit before tax	987.0	1,015.8	any

(1) NEXT Online £587.6m (2024: £517.1m): Within the Chief Executive's Review, the Online segment is separated between NEXT Online (UK) £456.6m (2024: £421.1m) and NEXT Online (International) £131.0m (2024: £96.0m), whereas these are aggregated within this note.
(2) Total Platform (TP) £66.2m (2024: £31.2m): The TP segment includes NEXT's share of profits from its investments in associates and joint ventures. It also includes the profits from our TP subsidiaries (Joules, Reiss and FatFace). It excludes the non-recurring TP implementation costs for Joules and FatFace which, as noted below, are reported within Central and Other costs.

The Total Platform segment within the Chief Executive's Review:

1) excludes the operating profit of the non-controlling interest of £10.2m (2024: profit of £2.6m);
2) excludes NEXT's share of the brand and customer relationship amortisation (both owned brands and those included within our associate and joint venture investments) of £19.0m (2024: £9.8m).
(3) Other Business Activities (all other segments) £42.0m cost (2024: £18.8m cost): This segment includes the following:
- Property management cost of £1.7m (2024: profit of £1.7m)
- Franchise and wholesale profit of £7.5m (2024: profit of £5.8m)
- Sourcing profit of £31.4m (2024: profit of £27.4m)
- Central and other costs of £79.2m cost (2024: £53.7m cost) comprises the following:
  - a) Central costs of £23.4m (2024: £18.5m);
  - b) Share option charge of £38.7m (2024: £31.9m);
  - c) Unrealised foreign exchange gains of £2.3m (2024: gain of £12.3m);
  - d) 100% of non-recurring TP implementation costs associated with FatFace of £6.4m (2024: £15.6m relating to Joules and FatFace). Note that the Chief Executive's Review excludes the non controlling interest element of these costs; and
  - e) an impairment in our investment in JoJo Maman Bébé of £13.0m (2024: Nil).
(4) Recharge of interest £59.6m (2024: £50.3m): In the current year, the recharge of interest of £59.6m (2024: £50.3m) includes £9.3m (2024: £2.5m) of interest that has been reallocated to Total Platform. The remaining element is the cost of funding relating to the NEXT Finance segment.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 191 31/03/2025 17:36

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Segmental Analysis (continued)

Profit from Trading includes the following significant costs:

	52 weeks to 25 January 2025			52 weeks to 27 January 2024
	NEXT NEXT NEXT		NEXT	NEXT	NEXT
	Online	Retail	Finance	Online	Retail	Finance
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Bought-in costs	1,255.7	720.3	-	1,155.1	725.6	-
Store costs	-	565.0	-	-	567.0	-
Warehouse and logistics	774.6	127.4	-	702.0	128.9	-
Bad debt charge (Note 14)	1.9	-	17.5	3.8	-	32.2
Cost of funding	-	-	50.2	-	-	47.8

2. Revenue

Other business activities

The Group's disaggregated revenue recognised under contracts with customers relates to the following categories and operating segments:

Credit account interest £m

NEXT Online 3,201.2 - - - - 3,201.2 NEXT Retail 1,821.2 - - - - 1,821.2 NEXT Finance - 301.0 - - - 301.0 Total Platform 679.8 - - - 10.2 690.0

(all other segments) 68.4 - 14.5 21.8 - 104.7 Total 5,770.6 301.0 14.5 21.8 10.2 6,118.1

Credit account interest £m

NEXT Online 2,901.4 - - - - 2,901.4 NEXT Retail 1,843.7 - - - - 1,843.7 NEXT Finance - 292.7 - - - 292.7 Total Platform 346.7 - - - 17.1 363.8

(all other segments) 58.1 - 9.8 21.5 - 89.4 Total 5,149.9 292.7 9.8 21.5 17.1 5,491.0

Service income of £10.2m (2024: £17.1m) relates to our Total Platform services to non controlled entities. It excludes the value of Total Platform services to our controlled (ie consolidated) entities Joules, Reiss and FatFace. In the CEO report, the service income in relation to

Included within Sale of goods is £168.8m (2024: £134.4m) related to sales made through the redemption of gift cards.

Sale of goods £m

Sale of goods £m

both controlled and non controlled entities are reported within the Total Platform segment.

52 weeks to 25 January 2025

52 weeks to 27 January 2024

Royalties £m

Rental income £m

Rental income £m Service income £m

Service income £m Total £m

Total £m

Royalties £m

The costs set out in the table above are aligned to the grouping used by the CODM and board in their review of segment performance. See the Chief Executive's Review for further details including margin analysis.

Bought in costs relate to the costs directly attributable to the selling of goods. It will include the cost of the stock, shrinkage and related costs. Store costs include the rental costs on the Retail stores, payroll costs for our Retail employees and related costs such as rates. Warehouse and logistic costs include the costs for running our warehouse operations, distribution activity and related spend.

Segment assets, capital expenditure and depreciation

	Property, plant, equipment and software		Right-of-use assets		Capital expenditure inc. software		Depreciation and amortisation
	2025 £m	2024 £m	2025 £m	2024 £m	2025 £m	2024 £m	2025 £m	2024 £m
NEXT Online	465.8	481.3	194.5	153.1	54.3	86.8	76.9	54.7
NEXT Retail	226.2	210.6	458.3	488.7	85.1	73.7	165.3	163.1
NEXT Finance	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
Total Platform	22.7	24.0	81.1	90.0	10.4	5.4	66.1	28.4
Other business activities (all other segments)	54.1	55.2	3.4	2.8	1.2	37.7	3.2	2.6
Total	768.8	771.1	737.3	734.6	151.0	203.6	311.5	248.8

These assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment and the physical location of the asset. Depreciation and amortisation includes depreciation from property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets, as well as amortisation of brands, customer relationships and software.

Analyses of the Group's external revenues (by customer location) and non-current assets (by geographical location) are detailed below. Non current assets include plant, property and equipment and intangible assets. It does not include right-of-use assets (disclosed separately), investments or financial assets.

	External revenue		Non-current assets		Right-of-use assets
	2025 £m	2024 £m	2025 £m	2024 £m	2025 £m	2024 £m
United Kingdom	4,995.0	4,600.6	1,384.0	1,408.9	710.6	704.3
Rest of Europe	663.9	521.9	3.9	3.5	16.4	21.6
Middle East	295.8	255.0	4.3	4.3	-	-
Asia	46.8	41.9	28.2	28.0	2.6	2.8
Rest of World	116.6	71.6	1.4	-	7.7	5.9
Total	6,118.1	5,491.0	1,421.8	1,444.7	737.3	734.6

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 192 31/03/2025 17:36

For the geographical split of non current assets all of the brand and goodwill has been allocated to the United Kingdom segment.

2. Revenue

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NEXT Online £m

Bought-in costs 1,255.7 720.3 - 1,155.1 725.6 - Store costs - 565.0 - - 567.0 - Warehouse and logistics 774.6 127.4 - 702.0 128.9 - Bad debt charge (Note 14) 1.9 - 17.5 3.8 - 32.2 Cost of funding - - 50.2 - - 47.8

The costs set out in the table above are aligned to the grouping used by the CODM and board in their review of segment performance. See

2025 £m

NEXT Online 465.8 481.3 194.5 153.1 54.3 86.8 76.9 54.7 NEXT Retail 226.2 210.6 458.3 488.7 85.1 73.7 165.3 163.1 NEXT Finance - - - - - - - - Total Platform 22.7 24.0 81.1 90.0 10.4 5.4 66.1 28.4

(all other segments) 54.1 55.2 3.4 2.8 1.2 37.7 3.2 2.6 Total 768.8 771.1 737.3 734.6 151.0 203.6 311.5 248.8

2024 £m

United Kingdom 4,995.0 4,600.6 1,384.0 1,408.9 710.6 704.3 Rest of Europe 663.9 521.9 3.9 3.5 16.4 21.6 Middle East 295.8 255.0 4.3 4.3 - - Asia 46.8 41.9 28.2 28.0 2.6 2.8 Rest of World 116.6 71.6 1.4 - 7.7 5.9 Total 6,118.1 5,491.0 1,421.8 1,444.7 737.3 734.6

For the geographical split of non current assets all of the brand and goodwill has been allocated to the United Kingdom segment.

logistic costs include the costs for running our warehouse operations, distribution activity and related spend.

equipment and software Right-of-use assets

2024 £m

2025 £m

Property, plant,

2025 £m

NEXT Retail £m

2024 £m

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 52 weeks to 27 January 2024

Capital expenditure inc. software

2024 £m

2025 £m

External revenue Non-current assets Right-of-use assets

2024 £m

2025 £m

NEXT Online £m

NEXT Retail £m

Depreciation and amortisation

2024 £m

2024 £m

2025 £m

NEXT Finance £m

1. Segmental Analysis (continued) Profit from Trading includes the following significant costs:

the Chief Executive's Review for further details including margin analysis.

Segment assets, capital expenditure and depreciation

Other business activities

investments or financial assets.

and software.

The Group's disaggregated revenue recognised under contracts with customers relates to the following categories and operating segments:

	52 weeks to 25 January 2025
	Sale of goods £m	Credit account interest £m	Royalties £m	Rental income £m	Service income £m	Total £m
NEXT Online	3,201.2	-	-	-	-	3,201.2
NEXT Retail	1,821.2	-	-	-	-	1,821.2
NEXT Finance	-	301.0	-	-	-	301.0
Total Platform	679.8	-	-	-	10.2	690.0
Other business activities (all other segments)	68.4	-	14.5	21.8	-	104.7
Total	5,770.6	301.0	14.5	21.8	10.2	6,118.1

	52 weeks to 27 January 2024
	Sale of goods	Credit account interest	Royalties	Rental income	Service income	Total	Gro up
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
NEXT Online	2,901.4	-	-	-	-	2,901.4	Co mp
NEXT Retail	1,843.7	-	-	-	-	1,843.7	any
NEXT Finance	-	292.7	-	-	-	292.7
Total Platform	346.7	-	-	-	17.1	363.8
Other business activities (all other segments)	58.1	-	9.8	21.5	-	89.4
Total	5,149.9	292.7	9.8	21.5	17.1	5,491.0

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 193 31/03/2025 17:36

Included within Sale of goods is £168.8m (2024: £134.4m) related to sales made through the redemption of gift cards.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4. Staff Costs and Key Management Personnel

Wages and salaries 1,016.5 907.4 Social security costs 86.3 72.6 Other pension costs 25.5 42.1

Share-based payment expense - equity settled 35.9 31.5 Share-based payment expense - cash settled 0.2 0.2 Total 1,164.4 1,053.8

In the prior year, £21.5m of pension contributions made through salary sacrifice were netted off Wages and salaries and presented within Other pension costs. In the current year, such costs are presented in Wages and salaries. Prior year has not been restated on grounds of

Share-based payments comprise Management, Sharesave and Share Matching Plan options and LTIP share awards, details of which are given

NEXT Online, Retail and Finance 965.3 922.8 Total Platform 113.8 54.2 Other business activities (all other segments) 49.2 45.1 Total 1,128.3 1,022.1

NEXT Online, Retail and Finance 42,028 42,272 26,139 26,741 Total Platform 4,771 2,313 2,852 1,381 Other business activities (all other segments) 3,944 3,832 3,940 3,825 Total 50,743 48,417 32,931 31,947

Included within "Total Platform" staff costs and employee numbers are the Reiss, Joules and FatFace subsidiaries. The movement year on

The aggregate amounts charged in the financial statements for key management personnel (including employer's National Insurance

Short term employee benefits 9.1 7.5 Share-based payments 3.8 2.9 Total 12.9 10.4

2025 Number

Total staff costs excluding share-based payment expense by business segment were made up as follows:

year is primarily due to Reiss and Fatface only being included from the date of acquisition in the prior year.

contributions), being the directors of NEXT plc, were as follows:

Directors' remuneration is detailed in the Remuneration Report.

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

2025 Number

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

Average employees Full-time equivalents

2024 Number 52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

2024 Number

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

1,128.3 1,022.1

Total staff costs were as follows:

materiality.

in Note 26.

3. Operating Profit

Group operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):

	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment	114.5	94.9
Depreciation on right-of-use assets	144.6	117.7
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment	-	0.7
Gain on sale and leasebacks	-	(1.6)
Impairment charge on property, plant and equipment	3.4	1.7
Net impairment charge/(reversal) on right-of-use assets	(1.7)	(5.9)
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets (excluding software)	22.6	8.3
Amortisation, impairment and loss on software	32.6	30.1
Gain on lease modifications and early exit	(5.0)	(2.5)
Gain on financial instruments	(3.4)	(12.3)

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense	1,909.3	1,809.2
Write-down of inventories to net realisable value	153.4	125.8
Total	2,062.7	1,935.0

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense consists of those costs which are directly attributable to goods sold in the year, including packaging and inbound freight costs.

Gains on financial instruments of £3.4m (2024: gains of £12.3m) relate to derivative contracts which do not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS 9.

During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Company's auditor and its associates, including expenses:

	52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £000	52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £000
Auditor's remuneration
Audit of the financial statements	1,491	1,473
Audit of subsidiaries	1,386	1,251
Total audit fees	2,877	2,724
Tax compliance services	-	193
Tax advisory services	-	57
Other assurance services	194	99
Total	3,071	3,073

Non audit services totalled £194,000 in the year (2024: £349,000). The work related to Corporate Responsibility reporting. In the prior year the work included Corporate Responsibility reporting as well as tax services which were initiated by Reiss and FatFace prior to acquisition. In accordance with regulatory requirements these tax services were completed within 3 months of acquisition.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 194 31/03/2025 17:36

4. Staff Costs and Key Management Personnel

Total staff costs were as follows:

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 114.5 94.9 Depreciation on right-of-use assets 144.6 117.7 Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment - 0.7 Gain on sale and leasebacks - (1.6) Impairment charge on property, plant and equipment 3.4 1.7 Net impairment charge/(reversal) on right-of-use assets (1.7) (5.9) Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets (excluding software) 22.6 8.3 Amortisation, impairment and loss on software 32.6 30.1 Gain on lease modifications and early exit (5.0) (2.5) Gain on financial instruments (3.4) (12.3)

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense 1,909.3 1,809.2 Write-down of inventories to net realisable value 153.4 125.8 Total 2,062.7 1,935.0

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense consists of those costs which are directly attributable to goods sold in the year, including

Gains on financial instruments of £3.4m (2024: gains of £12.3m) relate to derivative contracts which do not qualify for hedge accounting

Audit of the financial statements 1,491 1,473 Audit of subsidiaries 1,386 1,251 Total audit fees 2,877 2,724 Tax compliance services - 193 Tax advisory services - 57 Other assurance services 194 99 Total 3,071 3,073

accordance with regulatory requirements these tax services were completed within 3 months of acquisition.

During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Company's auditor and its associates, including expenses:

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £000

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £000

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

3. Operating Profit

packaging and inbound freight costs.

under IFRS 9.

Auditor's remuneration

Group operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting):

	52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m	52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m
Wages and salaries	1,016.5	907.4
Social security costs	86.3	72.6
Other pension costs	25.5	42.1
	1,128.3	1,022.1
Share-based payment expense - equity settled	35.9	31.5
Share-based payment expense - cash settled	0.2	0.2
Total	1,164.4	1,053.8

Share-based payments comprise Management, Sharesave and Share Matching Plan options and LTIP share awards, details of which are given in Note 26.

Total staff costs excluding share-based payment expense by business segment were made up as follows:			Co mp
	52 weeks to	52 weeks to	any
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
NEXT Online, Retail and Finance	965.3	922.8
Total Platform	113.8	54.2
		45.1
Other business activities (all other segments)	49.2

	Average employees		Full-time equivalents
	2025	2024	2025	2024
	Number	Number	Number	Number
NEXT Online, Retail and Finance	42,028	42,272	26,139	26,741
Total Platform	4,771	2,313	2,852	1,381
Other business activities (all other segments)	3,944	3,832	3,940	3,825
Total	50,743	48,417	32,931	31,947

Included within "Total Platform" staff costs and employee numbers are the Reiss, Joules and FatFace subsidiaries. The movement year on year is primarily due to Reiss and Fatface only being included from the date of acquisition in the prior year.

The aggregate amounts charged in the financial statements for key management personnel (including employer's National Insurance contributions), being the directors of NEXT plc, were as follows:

	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Short term employee benefits	9.1	7.5
Share-based payments	3.8	2.9
Total	12.9	10.4

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 195 31/03/2025 17:36

Directors' remuneration is detailed in the Remuneration Report.

Group

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7. Taxation

Current tax:

Deferred tax:

related to IFRS 16 leases.

Factors affecting the tax charge in the period

Tax charge for the period

Our tax charge for the period is shown below. Tax is made up of current and deferred tax. Current tax is the amount payable on the taxable

Current tax on profits for the year 238.2 191.5 Adjustments in respect of prior years (6.3) 11.5 Total current tax 231.9 203.0

Origination and reversal of temporary differences 6.6 28.6 Adjustments in respect of prior years 5.3 (16.3) Total deferred tax 11.9 12.3

Tax expense reported in the Consolidated Income Statement 243.8 215.3

The prior year adjustment in 2024 relates to the correction of capital gains tax on property disposals and the true-up of deferred tax balances

UK corporation tax rate 25.0 24.0 Non-taxable income (0.2) (3.2) Non deductible expenses 0.9 1.0 Overseas tax (0.6) (0.6) Adjustments in respect of prior years (0.1) (0.4) Tax losses for which (deferred tax asset is recognised) / no deferred tax is recognised (0.3) 0.4 Statutory effective tax rate 24.7 21.2 Non-taxable exceptional income - 2.5 Effective tax rate before exceptionals 24.7 23.7

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 %

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 %

income in the period and any adjustments to tax payable in previous years. Deferred tax is explained on page 198.

The adjustments in respect of prior years relate to true-ups following the submission of the final tax returns.

The tax rate for the current period varied from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK due to the following factors:

5. Finance Income and Costs

	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Interest on bank deposits	7.2	2.5
Other interest receivable	1.0	4.3
Finance income	8.2	6.8

Interest on bonds and other borrowings	41.6	39.1
Discount unwind	0.2	0.5
Finance costs on lease liability	54.8	47.9
Finance costs	96.6	87.5

Online account interest from our Finance business is presented as a component of revenue.

6. Exceptional Items

	52 weeks to 25 January	52 weeks to 27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
- Curtailment loss on pension scheme (1)	(14.1)	-
- One-off costs associated with the closure of the pension scheme (1)	(0.4)	-
- Exceptional gain on acquisition of subsidiary previously presented as a joint venture (2)	-	110.1
- One-off costs associated with acquisitions (3)	-	(1.5)
Exceptional items	(14.5)	108.6

(1) In March 2024, the NEXT defined benefit scheme was closed to future service accrual. As a result, a curtailment loss of £14.1m was recognised in the P&L. This loss arises because:

(a) Our pension liability for active members, prior to closure, was based on the service that members had accrued up to the date of closure.

(b) Under a closure, the liability is based on the pension payable to date and an estimate of future inflationary increases.

This is a non-recurring and non-cash item. Given its nature this has been recognised within exceptional items alongside the associated costs.

(2) In the prior year, an exceptional gain was recognised on the step-acquisition of Reiss which equates to the fair value of our joint venture shareholding less the carrying value as at the date of the step-acquisition.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 196 31/03/2025 17:36

(3) There were one-off costs related to professional fees associated with the step-acquisition of Reiss in the prior year.

7. Taxation

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Interest on bank deposits 7.2 2.5 Other interest receivable 1.0 4.3 Finance income 8.2 6.8

Interest on bonds and other borrowings 41.6 39.1 Discount unwind 0.2 0.5 Finance costs on lease liability 54.8 47.9 Finance costs 96.6 87.5

Curtailment loss on pension scheme (1) (14.1) - - One-off costs associated with the closure of the pension scheme (1) (0.4) - - Exceptional gain on acquisition of subsidiary previously presented as a joint venture (2) - 110.1 - One-off costs associated with acquisitions (3) - (1.5) Exceptional items (14.5) 108.6

(1) In March 2024, the NEXT defined benefit scheme was closed to future service accrual. As a result, a curtailment loss of £14.1m was recognised in the

(a) Our pension liability for active members, prior to closure, was based on the service that members had accrued up to the date of closure.

(2) In the prior year, an exceptional gain was recognised on the step-acquisition of Reiss which equates to the fair value of our joint venture shareholding

This is a non-recurring and non-cash item. Given its nature this has been recognised within exceptional items alongside the associated costs.

(b) Under a closure, the liability is based on the pension payable to date and an estimate of future inflationary increases.

(3) There were one-off costs related to professional fees associated with the step-acquisition of Reiss in the prior year.

Online account interest from our Finance business is presented as a component of revenue.

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

5. Finance Income and Costs

6. Exceptional Items

P&L. This loss arises because:

less the carrying value as at the date of the step-acquisition.

Tax charge for the period

Our tax charge for the period is shown below. Tax is made up of current and deferred tax. Current tax is the amount payable on the taxable income in the period and any adjustments to tax payable in previous years. Deferred tax is explained on page 198.

	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Current tax:
Current tax on profits for the year	238.2	191.5
Adjustments in respect of prior years	(6.3)	11.5
Total current tax	231.9	203.0

Deferred tax:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences	6.6	28.6
Adjustments in respect of prior years	5.3	(16.3)
Total deferred tax	11.9	12.3

Tax expense reported in the Consolidated Income Statement	243.8	215.3

The adjustments in respect of prior years relate to true-ups following the submission of the final tax returns.

The prior year adjustment in 2024 relates to the correction of capital gains tax on property disposals and the true-up of deferred tax balances related to IFRS 16 leases.

Factors affecting the tax charge in the period

The tax rate for the current period varied from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK due to the following factors:

	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	%	%
UK corporation tax rate	25.0	24.0
Non-taxable income	(0.2)	(3.2)
Non deductible expenses	0.9	1.0
Overseas tax	(0.6)	(0.6)
Adjustments in respect of prior years	(0.1)	(0.4)
Tax losses for which (deferred tax asset is recognised) / no deferred tax is recognised	(0.3)	0.4
Statutory effective tax rate	24.7	21.2
Non-taxable exceptional income	-	2.5
Effective tax rate before exceptionals	24.7	23.7

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 197 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

Company

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7. Taxation (continued)

Tax recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

In addition to the amount charged to the Income Statement, tax movements recognised in other comprehensive income and in equity were as follows:

7. Taxation (continued)

implementation of IFRS 16.

recognised and do not expire.

Factors affecting tax charges in future years

which they are expected to unwind in the future.

Sourcing operation in its ordinary course of business.

relationships with all tax authorities.

Qualifying Domestic Minimum top-up Tax.

Income Tax - Pillar Two

The deferred tax asset of £35.7m in relation to IFRS 16 leases primarily relates to the transitional adjustment arising from the initial

Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future

Trading losses 14.6 3.7 14.3 3.6 Capital losses 28.9 7.2 - -

The capital losses this year have arisen from the finalisation of gain calculations in the submitted tax returns. The benefit of unrecognised capital losses will only accrue if taxable profits are realised on future disposals of the Group's capital assets. The trading losses have not been

Deferred taxes reflected in these financial statements have been measured using the enacted tax rates at the Balance Sheet date. Deferred tax balances materially relate to UK assets and liabilities. Therefore they have been measured at the UK headline rate of 25%, the rate at

Provisions, which are immaterial to the financial statements, have been recognised in relation to uncertain tax positions. These relate to the interpretation of tax legislation, including changes arising from the OECD's Base Erosion and Profit Shifting project, which impact our NEXT

NEXT manages its tax affairs responsibly and proactively to comply with tax legislation. We seek to build solid and constructive working

As part of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)/G20 Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) project, the OECD has introduced the Pillar Two model rules. The Group is within the scope of these OECD Pillar Two model rules. Pillar Two legislation was enacted in the United Kingdom, the jurisdiction in which NEXT Plc is incorporated, and came into effect for accounting periods starting on or after 31 December 2023, therefore this is the first accounting period to which these rules apply for the Group. Under the legislation, the Group is liable to pay a top-up tax for the difference between their Global Anti-base Erosion Rules (GloBE) effective tax rate per jurisdiction and the 15% minimum rate. Pillar Two Income Taxes could be payable in the UK, or the local jurisdiction if it has introduced a

In the year ended January 2025, the impact of Pillar Two on the Group's tax charge is immaterial for the financial statements.

Gross value 2025 £m

Unrecognised Unrecognised

Gross value 2024 £m Deferred tax 2024 £m

Deferred tax 2025 £m

taxable profits is probable. No recognition has been made of the following deferred tax assets:

	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Deferred tax:
Pension benefit obligation	(3.5)	(25.9)
Fair value movements on derivative instruments	5.1	0.2
Tax charge/(credit) in other comprehensive income	1.6	(25.7)

	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Current tax:
Share-based payments	(6.5)	(6.7)
Deferred tax:
Fair value movements on derivative instruments	2.9	1.8
Share-based payments	(9.5)	(6.7)
Total tax credit in the Statement of Changes in Equity	(13.1)	(11.6)

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable in the future arising from temporary differences that arise when the carrying value of assets and liabilities differ between accounting and tax treatments. Deferred tax assets represent the amounts of income taxes recoverable in the future in respect of those differences, while deferred tax liabilities represent the amounts of income taxes payable in the future in respect of those differences.

The deferred tax liability is made up of:

		Accelerated	Derivatives	Pension	Share		Other
	Intangible	capital	to fair	benefit	based	IFRS 16	temporary
	assets	allowances	value	obligation	payments	leases	differences	TOTAL
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 28 January 2023	-	6.0	7.9	(37.8)	16.5	33.6	7.1	33.3
Recognised in:
- Income Statement	1.6	(24.2)	(3.0)	(2.8)	3.1	7.8	5.2	(12.3)
- Other Comprehensive Income	-	-	(0.2)	25.9	-	-	-	25.7
- Statement of Changes in Equity	-	-	(1.8)	-	6.7	-	-	4.9
Acquisition of subsidiary	(111.0)	2.0	-	-	-	1.2	8.1	(99.7)
At 27 January 2024	(109.4)	(16.2)	2.9	(14.7)	26.3	42.6	20.4	(48.1)
Recognised in:
- Income Statement	(8.0)	(13.1)	(0.4)	3.5	4.1	(6.9)	8.9	(11.9)
- Other Comprehensive Income	-	-	(5.1)	3.5	-	-	-	(1.6)
- Statement of Changes in Equity	-	-	(2.9)	-	9.5	-	-	6.6
Acquisition of subsidiary	-	1.0	-	-	-	-	(4.1)	(3.1)
At 25 January 2025	(117.4)	(28.3)	(5.5)	(7.7)	39.9	35.7	25.2	(58.1)

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 198 31/03/2025 17:36

<-- PDF CHUNK SEPARATOR -->

Group

Company

7. Taxation (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In addition to the amount charged to the Income Statement, tax movements recognised in other comprehensive income and in equity were

Pension benefit obligation (3.5) (25.9) Fair value movements on derivative instruments 5.1 0.2 Tax charge/(credit) in other comprehensive income 1.6 (25.7)

Share-based payments (6.5) (6.7)

Fair value movements on derivative instruments 2.9 1.8 Share-based payments (9.5) (6.7) Total tax credit in the Statement of Changes in Equity (13.1) (11.6)

Derivatives to fair value £m

At 28 January 2023 - 6.0 7.9 (37.8) 16.5 33.6 7.1 33.3

Income Statement 1.6 (24.2) (3.0) (2.8) 3.1 7.8 5.2 (12.3) - Other Comprehensive Income - - (0.2) 25.9 - - - 25.7 - Statement of Changes in Equity - - (1.8) - 6.7 - - 4.9 Acquisition of subsidiary (111.0) 2.0 - - - 1.2 8.1 (99.7) At 27 January 2024 (109.4) (16.2) 2.9 (14.7) 26.3 42.6 20.4 (48.1)
Income Statement (8.0) (13.1) (0.4) 3.5 4.1 (6.9) 8.9 (11.9) - Other Comprehensive Income - - (5.1) 3.5 - - - (1.6) - Statement of Changes in Equity - - (2.9) - 9.5 - - 6.6 Acquisition of subsidiary - 1.0 - - - - (4.1) (3.1) At 25 January 2025 (117.4) (28.3) (5.5) (7.7) 39.9 35.7 25.2 (58.1)

Pension benefit obligation £m

Sharebased payments £m

IFRS 16 leases £m

Other temporary differences £m

TOTAL £m

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

7. Taxation (continued)

as follows:

Deferred tax:

Current tax:

Deferred tax:

Deferred tax

Recognised in:

future in respect of those differences.

The deferred tax liability is made up of:

Tax recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

Intangible assets £m

Accelerated capital allowances £m

The deferred tax asset of £35.7m in relation to IFRS 16 leases primarily relates to the transitional adjustment arising from the initial implementation of IFRS 16.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable. No recognition has been made of the following deferred tax assets:

	Unrecognised		Unrecognised
	Gross value	Deferred tax	Gross value	Deferred tax
	2025	2025	2024	2024
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Trading losses	14.6	3.7	14.3	3.6
Capital losses	28.9	7.2	-	-

Factors affecting tax charges in future years

NEXT manages its tax affairs responsibly and proactively to comply with tax legislation. We seek to build solid and constructive working relationships with all tax authorities.

Income Tax - Pillar Two

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 199 31/03/2025 17:36

In the year ended January 2025, the impact of Pillar Two on the Group's tax charge is immaterial for the financial statements.

9. Earnings Per Share

in the respective shareholder agreement.

Weighted average number of shares (millions)

tax (or NEXT Group pre tax profit) is included in the Glossary.

There were 950,885 non-dilutive share options in the current year (2024: 2,632,665).

The table below shows the key variables used in the Earnings Per Share calculations:

52 weeks to 25 January 2025

Basic Earnings Per Share 615.1p 661.6p Diluted Earnings Per Share 605.5p 655.9p

Basic Earnings Per Share is based on the profit for the period attributable to the equity holders of the Parent Company divided by the net of the weighted average number of shares ranking for dividend less the weighted average number of shares held by the ESOT during the period.

Diluted Earnings Per Share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares used for the calculation of Basic Earnings Per Share as increased by the dilutive effect of potential ordinary shares. Dilutive shares primarily arise from employee share option schemes where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company's ordinary shares during the period. Their dilutive effect is calculated on the basis of the equivalent number of nil cost options. Where the option price is above the average market price, the option is not dilutive and is excluded from the diluted EPS calculation. In addition, there are put and call options over the non-controlling interest shareholding in Reiss, FatFace and Joules. The Company has the option to settle these options in NEXT plc shares and therefore are dilutive in nature. Their dilutive effect is calculated based on the potential number of shares that could be issued using an option formula as prescribed

Profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company (£m) 736.1 802.3

Weighted average shares in issue 126.0 127.8 Weighted average shares held by ESOT (6.3) (6.5) Weighted average shares for basic EPS 119.7 121.3 Weighted average dilutive potential shares 1.9 1.1 Weighted average shares for diluted EPS 121.6 122.4

As detailed in the Remuneration Report, the 2024/25 annual bonus for executive directors, was based on NEXT Group pre-tax Profit Earnings per Share of 845.2p. The NEXT Group Profit before tax on a 52 week basis of £1,011.4m is divided by the net of the weighted average number of shares in issue less the weighted average number of shares held by the ESOT during the period. A definition of NEXT Group Profit before

52 weeks to 27 January 2024

8. Dividends

Year to 25 January 2025	Paid	Pence per share	Cash Flow Statement £m	Statement of Changes in Equity £m
Final ordinary dividend for the year to Jan 2024	1 Aug 2024	141p	168.9	168.9
Interim ordinary dividend for the year to Jan 2025	3 Jan 2025	75p	88.9	88.9
			257.8	257.8
Year to 27 January 2024	Paid	Pence per share	Cash Flow Statement £m	Statement of Changes in Equity £m
Final ordinary dividend for the year to Jan 2023	1 Aug 2023	140p	168.4	168.4
Interim ordinary dividend for the year to Jan 2024	3 Jan 2024	66p	79.9	79.9
			248.3	248.3

The Trustee of the ESOT waived dividends paid in the year on shares held by the ESOT.

The Board has recommended a final dividend for the year ended 25 January 2025 of 158p per share. If approved, it will be paid on 1 August 2025 to shareholders who are on the register of members on 4 July 2025. The proposed dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 15 May 2025 and has not been included as a liability in the financial statements.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 200 31/03/2025 17:36

9. Earnings Per Share

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Final ordinary dividend for the year to Jan 2024 1 Aug 2024 141p 168.9 168.9 Interim ordinary dividend for the year to Jan 2025 3 Jan 2025 75p 88.9 88.9

Final ordinary dividend for the year to Jan 2023 1 Aug 2023 140p 168.4 168.4 Interim ordinary dividend for the year to Jan 2024 3 Jan 2024 66p 79.9 79.9

the Annual General Meeting to be held on 15 May 2025 and has not been included as a liability in the financial statements.

Pence per share

Pence per share

Cash Flow Statement £m

Cash Flow Statement £m

Statement of Changes in Equity £m

Statement of Changes in Equity £m

257.8 257.8

248.3 248.3

8. Dividends

Year to 25 January 2025 Paid

Year to 27 January 2024 Paid

The Trustee of the ESOT waived dividends paid in the year on shares held by the ESOT.

	52 weeks to 25	52 weeks to 27
	January 2025	January 2024
Basic Earnings Per Share	615.1p	661.6p
Diluted Earnings Per Share	605.5p	655.9p

There were 950,885 non-dilutive share options in the current year (2024: 2,632,665).

The table below shows the key variables used in the Earnings Per Share calculations:

	52 weeks to 25	52 weeks to 27
	January 2025	January 2024	Co
Profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company (£m)	736.1	802.3	mp
			any
Weighted average number of shares (millions)
Weighted average shares in issue	126.0	127.8
Weighted average shares held by ESOT	(6.3)	(6.5)
Weighted average shares for basic EPS	119.7	121.3
Weighted average dilutive potential shares	1.9	1.1
Weighted average shares for diluted EPS	121.6	122.4

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 201 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

11. Intangible Assets

Reclassified from assets under the course

Transfer from property, plant and

Amortisation and Impairment

Transfer from property, plant and

Carrying amount

10).

Cost

Goodwill £m

Brand names

At January 2023 57.3 14.8 - 63.3 23.8 159.2 Additions - 8.5 - 33.0 9.7 51.2 Arising from acquisitions 169.9 430.5 13.5 3.0 - 616.9

of construction - - - 17.5 (17.5) - Transfer between categories - 3.4 - (3.4) - - Disposals - - - (2.0) - (2.0) Fair value adjustment (9.7) - - - - (9.7) At January 2024 217.5 457.2 13.5 111.4 16.0 815.6 Additions - 0.1 - 24.6 3.5 28.2

of construction - - - 8.4 (8.4) -

equipment - - - 4.3 - 4.3 Disposals - - - (9.4) (1.7) (11.1) Fair value adjustment 1.9 - - - - 1.9 At January 2025 219.4 457.3 13.5 139.3 9.4 838.9

At January 2023 1.8 4.6 - 15.7 - 22.1 Amortisation provided during the year - 7.6 0.6 28.0 - 36.2 Impairment - - - 1.3 - 1.3 Disposals - - - (1.2) - (1.2) At January 2024 1.8 12.2 0.6 43.8 - 58.4 Amortisation provided during the year - 20.5 2.1 29.8 - 52.4

equipment - - - 1.0 - 1.0 Disposals - - - (8.3) - (8.3) At January 2025 1.8 32.7 2.7 66.3 - 103.5

At January 2025 217.6 424.6 10.8 73.0 9.4 735.4 At January 2024 215.7 445.0 12.9 67.6 16.0 757.2 At January 2023 55.5 10.2 - 47.6 23.8 137.1

Assets under the course of construction relate to internally developed software that is not yet complete. Once complete it will be transferred

Intangible assets arising from acquisitions in the prior year relate to Reiss and FatFace brand names and customer relationships of £444.0m, goodwill arising from acquisitions of £169.9m and software intangibles of £3.0m. In the current year, goodwill in relation to Reiss and FatFace

During the year, £4.3m of assets that were previously categorised as plant and equipment, have been re-categorised to software (see Note

to "software" and amortised over its useful economic life (see Group Accounting Policies for more detail).

In the prior year, the Group acquired the Cath Kidston brand name for a consideration of £8.5m.

has been adjusted by £1.9m. See Note 35 for further details on acquisitions.

and trademarks £m

Customer relationships

£m

Software £m

Software assets under the course of construction £m

Total £m

10. Property, Plant and Equipment

				Assets under
	Freehold	Leasehold	Plant and	the course of
	property	property	equipment	construction	Total
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Cost
At January 2023	39.8	1.3	2,085.7	14.5	2,141.3
Exchange movement	-	-	(0.9)	-	(0.9)
Arising from acquisitions	-	-	18.6	-	18.6
Additions	13.8	-	124.2	22.9	160.9
Reclassification from assets under the course of construction	37.1	-	-	(37.1)	-
Disposals	(37.3)	-	(51.4)	-	(88.7)
At January 2024	53.4	1.3	2,176.2	0.3	2,231.2
Exchange movement	-	-	0.4	-	0.4
Additions	-	-	122.8	0.1	122.9
Transfer to intangible assets	-	-	(4.3)	-	(4.3)
Disposals	(0.1)	(1.3)	(26.9)	-	(28.3)
At January 2025	53.3	-	2,268.2	0.4	2,321.9

Depreciation
At January 2023	0.5	0.1	1,495.9	-	1,496.5
Exchange movement	-	-	(0.8)	-	(0.8)
Provided during the year	0.1	-	94.8	-	94.9
Net impairment charge	1.1	-	0.6	-	1.7
Disposals	-	-	(48.6)	-	(48.6)
At January 2024	1.7	0.1	1,541.9	-	1,543.7
Exchange movement	-	-	0.6	-	0.6
Provided during the year	0.2	-	114.3	-	114.5
Net impairment charge	-	-	3.4	-	3.4
Transfer to intangible assets	-	-	(1.0)	-	(1.0)
Disposals	-	(0.1)	(25.6)	-	(25.7)
At January 2025	1.9	-	1,633.6	-	1,635.5

Carrying amount
At January 2025	51.4	-	634.6	0.4	686.4
At January 2024	51.7	1.2	634.3	0.3	687.5
At January 2023	39.3	1.2	589.8	14.5	644.8

As at January 2025, the Group had entered into contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment amounting to £19.2m (2024: £33.3m). Plant and equipment includes leasehold improvements.

The assets under the course of construction in the prior year related to the build of the Dearne Valley warehouse extension.

During the year, £4.3m of assets that were previously categorised as plant and equipment, have been re-categorised to software (see Note 11).

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 202 31/03/2025 17:36

11. Intangible Assets

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Freehold property £m

At January 2023 39.8 1.3 2,085.7 14.5 2,141.3 Exchange movement - - (0.9) - (0.9) Arising from acquisitions - - 18.6 - 18.6 Additions 13.8 - 124.2 22.9 160.9

construction 37.1 - - (37.1) - Disposals (37.3) - (51.4) - (88.7) At January 2024 53.4 1.3 2,176.2 0.3 2,231.2 Exchange movement - - 0.4 - 0.4 Additions - - 122.8 0.1 122.9 Transfer to intangible assets - - (4.3) - (4.3) Disposals (0.1) (1.3) (26.9) - (28.3) At January 2025 53.3 - 2,268.2 0.4 2,321.9

At January 2023 0.5 0.1 1,495.9 - 1,496.5 Exchange movement - - (0.8) - (0.8) Provided during the year 0.1 - 94.8 - 94.9 Net impairment charge 1.1 - 0.6 - 1.7 Disposals - - (48.6) - (48.6) At January 2024 1.7 0.1 1,541.9 - 1,543.7 Exchange movement - - 0.6 - 0.6 Provided during the year 0.2 - 114.3 - 114.5 Net impairment charge - - 3.4 - 3.4 Transfer to intangible assets - - (1.0) - (1.0) Disposals - (0.1) (25.6) - (25.7) At January 2025 1.9 - 1,633.6 - 1,635.5

At January 2025 51.4 - 634.6 0.4 686.4 At January 2024 51.7 1.2 634.3 0.3 687.5 At January 2023 39.3 1.2 589.8 14.5 644.8

As at January 2025, the Group had entered into contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment amounting to

During the year, £4.3m of assets that were previously categorised as plant and equipment, have been re-categorised to software (see Note

The assets under the course of construction in the prior year related to the build of the Dearne Valley warehouse extension.

£19.2m (2024: £33.3m). Plant and equipment includes leasehold improvements.

Leasehold property £m

Plant and equipment £m

Assets under the course of construction £m

Total £m

10. Property, Plant and Equipment

Reclassification from assets under the course of

Cost

Depreciation

Carrying amount

11).

					Software
		Brand names			assets under
		and	Customer		the course of
	Goodwill	trademarks	relationships	Software	construction	Total
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Cost
At January 2023	57.3	14.8	-	63.3	23.8	159.2
Additions	-	8.5	-	33.0	9.7	51.2
Arising from acquisitions	169.9	430.5	13.5	3.0	-	616.9
Reclassified from assets under the course of construction	-	-	-	17.5	(17.5)	-
Transfer between categories	-	3.4	-	(3.4)	-	-
Disposals	-	-	-	(2.0)	-	(2.0)
Fair value adjustment	(9.7)	-	-	-	-	(9.7)
At January 2024	217.5	457.2	13.5	111.4	16.0	815.6
Additions	-	0.1	-	24.6	3.5	28.2
Reclassified from assets under the course of construction	-	-	-	8.4	(8.4)	-
Transfer from property, plant and equipment	-	-	-	4.3	-	4.3
Disposals	-	-	-	(9.4)	(1.7)	(11.1)
Fair value adjustment	1.9	-	-	-	-	1.9
At January 2025	219.4	457.3	13.5	139.3	9.4	838.9

Amortisation and Impairment
At January 2023	1.8	4.6	-	15.7	-	22.1
Amortisation provided during the year	-	7.6	0.6	28.0	-	36.2
Impairment	-	-	-	1.3	-	1.3
Disposals	-	-	-	(1.2)	-	(1.2)
At January 2024	1.8	12.2	0.6	43.8	-	58.4
Amortisation provided during the year	-	20.5	2.1	29.8	-	52.4
Transfer from property, plant and equipment	-	-	-	1.0	-	1.0
Disposals	-	-	-	(8.3)	-	(8.3)
At January 2025	1.8	32.7	2.7	66.3	-	103.5
Carrying amount
At January 2025	217.6	424.6	10.8	73.0	9.4	735.4
At January 2024	215.7	445.0	12.9	67.6	16.0	757.2
At January 2023	55.5	10.2	-	47.6	23.8	137.1

Assets under the course of construction relate to internally developed software that is not yet complete. Once complete it will be transferred to "software" and amortised over its useful economic life (see Group Accounting Policies for more detail).

In the prior year, the Group acquired the Cath Kidston brand name for a consideration of £8.5m.

During the year, £4.3m of assets that were previously categorised as plant and equipment, have been re-categorised to software (see Note 10).

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 203 31/03/2025 17:36

Company

Group

11. Intangible Assets (continued)

The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated to the following cash generating units:

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
NEXT Sourcing	30.5	30.5
Lipsy	12.1	12.1
NEXT Beauty	1.3	1.3
Joules	1.9	1.9
Reiss	140.1	140.6
FatFace	31.7	29.3
Total	217.6	215.7

12. Leases Right-of-use assets

Lease liability

The right-of-use assets are comprised of:

The right-of-use assets movement in the year is as follows:

The lease liability movement in the year is as follows:

2025 £m

Buildings - stores 410.7 455.0 Buildings - warehouses, head office and others 313.1 264.2 Equipment 0.5 0.7 Vehicles 13.0 14.7 Total 737.3 734.6

At the beginning of the year 734.6 662.0 Additions 130.8 40.2 Arising from acquisitions - 80.5 Disposals (18.5) (4.9) Modifications and amendments 33.3 68.6 Depreciation (144.6) (117.7) Reversal of impairment 1.7 5.9 At the end of the year 737.3 734.6

Additions to right-of-use assets include new leases and new contracts for leases previously on hold over.

The income from subleasing right-of use assets under operating leases is £21.3m (2024: £21.4m).

Modifications and the amendments relate to changes to the lease payments and lease terms after the inception of the lease.

At the beginning of the year (1,037.7) (1,023.3) Additions (131.9) (40.1) Arising from acquisitions - (84.7) Modifications and amendments (32.9) (52.9) Payments 219.4 204.0 Interest (54.8) (47.9) Disposals 23.1 6.3 Foreign exchange movement 0.4 0.9 At the end of the year (1,014.4) (1,037.7)

2024 £m

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the Balance Sheet date on the basis of value in use calculations. The assumptions and basis for the impairment testing on the significant goodwill balances is set out below.

NEXT Sourcing

The key assumptions in testing the goodwill for impairment are the future sourcing requirements of the Group and the ability of NEXT Sourcing to meet these requirements based on past experience. In assessing the recoverable amount of goodwill, internal budgets for the next year were used and extrapolated for five years using an operating profit growth rate of 0% (2024: 0% growth rate) with a terminal value of 0% applied thereafter. The cash flows were then discounted at a pre-tax rate of 9.7% (2024: 8.0%). In management's assessment, no reasonable change in assumptions would have resulted in an impairment of the goodwill.

Reiss

The key assumptions in testing the goodwill for impairment are the forecast sales for the Reiss products through their Retail, Online and wholesale channels. In assessing the recoverable amount of goodwill, internal budgets for next year and a five year forecast with an operating profit growth of 2% (2024: 5%) were used, with a long term, terminal value growth at 2% (2024: 2%). The cash flows were then discounted at a pre-tax rate of 11.7% (2024: 8%). In management's assessment, no reasonable change in assumptions would have resulted in an impairment of the goodwill.

FatFace

The key assumptions in testing the goodwill for impairment are the forecast sales for the FatFace products through their Retail, Online and wholesale channels. In assessing the recoverable amount of goodwill, internal budgets for next year and a five year forecast with an operating profit growth of 2% (2024: 2%) were used, with a long term, terminal value growth at 2% (2024: 2%). The cash flows were then discounted at a pre-tax rate of 12.0% (2024: 8%). In management's assessment, no reasonable change in assumptions would have resulted in an impairment of the goodwill.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 204 31/03/2025 17:36

12. Leases

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NEXT Sourcing 30.5 30.5 Lipsy 12.1 12.1 NEXT Beauty 1.3 1.3 Joules 1.9 1.9 Reiss 140.1 140.6 FatFace 31.7 29.3 Total 217.6 215.7

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the Balance Sheet date on the basis of value in use calculations. The assumptions and basis for the

2025 £m

2024 £m

11. Intangible Assets (continued)

The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated to the following cash generating units:

impairment testing on the significant goodwill balances is set out below.

reasonable change in assumptions would have resulted in an impairment of the goodwill.

NEXT Sourcing

an impairment of the goodwill.

Reiss

FatFace

Right-of-use assets

The right-of-use assets are comprised of:

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Buildings - stores	410.7	455.0
Buildings - warehouses, head office and others	313.1	264.2
Equipment	0.5	0.7
Vehicles	13.0	14.7
Total	737.3	734.6

The right-of-use assets movement in the year is as follows:

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
At the beginning of the year	734.6	662.0
Additions	130.8	40.2
Arising from acquisitions	-	80.5
Disposals	(18.5)	Gro (4.9) up
Modifications and amendments	33.3	68.6
Depreciation	(144.6)	(117.7)
Reversal of impairment	1.7	Co 5.9 mp
At the end of the year	737.3	734.6 any

Additions to right-of-use assets include new leases and new contracts for leases previously on hold over.

Modifications and the amendments relate to changes to the lease payments and lease terms after the inception of the lease.

The income from subleasing right-of use assets under operating leases is £21.3m (2024: £21.4m).

Lease liability

The lease liability movement in the year is as follows:

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
At the beginning of the year	(1,037.7)	(1,023.3)
Additions	(131.9)	(40.1)
Arising from acquisitions	-	(84.7)
Modifications and amendments	(32.9)	(52.9)
Payments	219.4	204.0
Interest	(54.8)	(47.9)
Disposals	23.1	6.3
Foreign exchange movement	0.4	0.9
At the end of the year	(1,014.4)	(1,037.7)

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 205 31/03/2025 17:36

12. Leases (continued)

Lease liability	2025 £m	2024 £m
Less than 1 year	(170.8)	(167.8)
More than 1 year	(843.6)	(869.9)
Total	(1,014.4)	(1,037.7)

13. Associates, Joint Ventures and Other Investments

During the year, the carrying value of JoJo Maman Bébé was impaired by £13.0m to £nil.

of their profit from continuing operations in the current period being £6.7m (2024: £4.6m).

presented as a disposal of our investment within this note and then as an acquisition of a subsidiary in Note 35.

Aggregate information of associates and joint ventures that are not individually material

At January 2023 114.3 1.9 116.2 Additions 0.9 - 0.9 Retained profit 6.9 - 6.9 Interest on preference shares 3.2 0.2 3.4 Dividend received (2.6) - (2.6) Disposal of interest in joint venture (see note below) (84.3) - (84.3) At January 2024 38.4 2.1 40.5 Additions 1.2 - 1.2 Retained profit 6.7 - 6.7 Interest on preference shares - 0.3 0.3 At January 2025 46.3 2.4 48.7

At January 2023 1.6 - 1.6 Provided during the year 0.9 - 0.9 At January 2024 2.5 - 2.5 Provided during the year 0.5 - 0.5 Impairment 13.0 - 13.0 At January 2025 16.0 - 16.0

At January 2025 30.3 2.4 32.7 At January 2024 35.9 2.1 38.0 At January 2023 112.7 1.9 114.6

Prior year - Disposal of interest in Reiss as a Joint Venture / Acquisition of controlling interest in Reiss In the prior year, NEXT acquired a further 21% interest in the Reiss group ("Reiss") thus increasing its existing shareholding from 51% to 72%. As NEXT gained control over Reiss' operational and financial activities, it was consolidated into the NEXT plc Group and therefore was

Within the line "interest on preference shares" there was £3.4m relating to interest on NEXT's share of preference shares in the Reiss group's ultimate holding company. This was recognised within the Finance income line of the Income Statement. However, following the acquisition of the additional 21% in the prior year, the finance income is now eliminated upon consolidation (see Note 35 for further details on the

The aggregate carrying amount of the individually immaterial associates and joint ventures is £30.3m (2024: £35.9m) with the Group's share

Cost

Amortisation/Impairment

Carrying amount

Current year

acquisition).

Interest in associates and joint ventures

£m

Other investments £m

Total £m

The weighted average remaining lease is 6.7 years (2024: 7.2 years). Whether or not management exercise options to extend lease terms is assessed on a case by case basis.

Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement

	2025	2024
Depreciation on right-of-use assets	£m	£m
Buildings - stores	116.1	94.1
Buildings - warehouses, head office and others	22.3	16.5
Equipment	0.3	0.5
Vehicles	5.9	6.6
Total	144.6	117.7

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Finance costs on leases	(54.8)	(47.9)
Expense on short term and low value leases	(7.3)	(6.3)
Expense on variable leases and concession-related rent	(63.5)	(60.1)
Gain on sale and leasebacks	-	1.6

During the prior year, the Group received proceeds of £21.9m in relation to the completion of the sale and leaseback of its Dearne Valley warehouse. The gain on completion of £1.6m was recognised in the Income Statement.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 206 31/03/2025 17:36

	Interest in associates and	Other	Total £m

	joint ventures	investments
	£m	£m
Cost
At January 2023	114.3	1.9	116.2
Additions	0.9	-	0.9
Retained profit	6.9	-	6.9
Interest on preference shares	3.2	0.2	3.4
Dividend received	(2.6)	-	(2.6)
Disposal of interest in joint venture (see note below)	(84.3)	-	(84.3)
At January 2024	38.4	2.1	40.5
Additions	1.2	-	1.2
Retained profit	6.7	-	6.7
Interest on preference shares	-	0.3	0.3
At January 2025	46.3	2.4	48.7 Gro
			up
Amortisation/Impairment
At January 2023	1.6	-	1.6 Co
Provided during the year	0.9	-	mp 0.9
At January 2024	2.5	-	any 2.5
Provided during the year	0.5	-	0.5
Impairment	13.0	-	13.0
At January 2025	16.0	-	16.0

Carrying amount
At January 2025	30.3	2.4	32.7
At January 2024	35.9	2.1	38.0
At January 2023	112.7	1.9	114.6

13. Associates, Joint Ventures and Other Investments

Current year

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Less than 1 year (170.8) (167.8) More than 1 year (843.6) (869.9) Total (1,014.4) (1,037.7)

The weighted average remaining lease is 6.7 years (2024: 7.2 years). Whether or not management exercise options to extend lease terms is

Buildings - stores 116.1 94.1 Buildings - warehouses, head office and others 22.3 16.5 Equipment 0.3 0.5 Vehicles 5.9 6.6 Total 144.6 117.7

Finance costs on leases (54.8) (47.9) Expense on short term and low value leases (7.3) (6.3) Expense on variable leases and concession-related rent (63.5) (60.1) Gain on sale and leasebacks - 1.6

During the prior year, the Group received proceeds of £21.9m in relation to the completion of the sale and leaseback of its Dearne Valley

2025 £m

2024 £m

12. Leases (continued)

assessed on a case by case basis.

Depreciation on right-of-use assets

Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement

warehouse. The gain on completion of £1.6m was recognised in the Income Statement.

Lease liability

During the year, the carrying value of JoJo Maman Bébé was impaired by £13.0m to £nil.

Prior year - Disposal of interest in Reiss as a Joint Venture / Acquisition of controlling interest in Reiss

In the prior year, NEXT acquired a further 21% interest in the Reiss group ("Reiss") thus increasing its existing shareholding from 51% to 72%. As NEXT gained control over Reiss' operational and financial activities, it was consolidated into the NEXT plc Group and therefore was presented as a disposal of our investment within this note and then as an acquisition of a subsidiary in Note 35.

Aggregate information of associates and joint ventures that are not individually material

The aggregate carrying amount of the individually immaterial associates and joint ventures is £30.3m (2024: £35.9m) with the Group's share of their profit from continuing operations in the current period being £6.7m (2024: £4.6m).

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 207 31/03/2025 17:36

14. Customer and Other Receivables (continued)

Gross carrying amount

Loss allowance

An analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount in relation to customer receivables and other trade receivables is as follows:

An analysis of the changes in the impairment allowance for customer receivables and other trade receivables is as follows:

At January 2023 1,403.4 96.4 1,499.8 New assets originated/recoveries 93.2 (14.5) 78.7 Transfers from lifetime ECL to credit impaired (46.3) 46.3 - Financial assets derecognised during the period - (20.7) (20.7) Amounts written off (9.3) (6.0) (15.3) At January 2024 1,441.0 101.5 1,542.5 New assets originated/recoveries 80.8 (15.3) 65.5 Transfers from lifetime ECL to credit impaired (38.5) 38.5 - Financial assets derecognised during the period - (42.9) (42.9) Amounts written off (7.6) (5.3) (12.9) At January 2025 1,475.7 76.5 1,552.2

At January 2023 (114.7) (87.8) (202.5) New assets originated/recoveries (3.5) 13.3 9.8 Transfers from lifetime ECL to credit impaired 3.8 (42.5) (38.7) Change in the allowance for expected credit losses (1.7) (1.6) (3.3) Financial assets derecognised during the period - 19.0 19.0 Amounts written off 0.8 5.5 6.3 At January 2024 (115.3) (94.1) (209.4) New assets originated/recoveries (2.7) 13.9 11.2 Transfers from lifetime ECL to credit impaired 2.9 (35.1) (32.2) Change in the allowance for expected credit losses 2.6 0.1 2.7 Financial assets derecognised during the period - 39.3 39.3 Amounts written off 0.6 4.8 5.4 At January 2025 (111.9) (71.1) (183.0)

Lifetime ECL £m

Credit impaired £m

Total £m

14. Customer and Other Receivables

The following table shows the components of net receivables:

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Gross customer receivables excluding Interest Free Credit receivable	1,546.5	1,550.7
Interest Free Credit receivable	9.3	-
Gross customer receivables	1,555.8	1,550.7
Less: refund liabilities*	(51.5)	(72.9)
Net customer receivables	1,504.3	1,477.8
Less: allowance for expected credit losses	(181.6)	(207.4)
	1,322.7	1,270.4
Other trade receivables	47.9	64.9
Less: allowance for doubtful debts	(1.4)	(2.0)
	1,369.2	1,333.3

Presentation of the above, split by total receivables and allowances:

	2025 £m	2024 £m
Net customer receivables	1,504.3	1,477.8
Other trade receivables	47.9	64.9
	1,552.2	1,542.7
Less: allowance for expected credit losses and doubtful debts	(183.0)	(209.4)
	1,369.2	1,333.3

Prepayments	68.3	63.6
Other debtors	58.7	43.8
Amounts due from associates and joint ventures	12.2	12.1
	1,508.4	1,452.8

*Refund liabilities represent the potential liability the Group has to pay out associated with customer returns. In the prior year, this included a provision for credit returns of £51.1m and cash returns of £21.8m. In the current year, the provision for cash returns of £26.6m has been reclassified into other creditors. Note that the prior year has not been restated on grounds of materiality.

No interest is charged on online credit account customer receivables if the statement balance is paid in full and to terms; otherwise balances bear interest at a variable annual percentage rate of 24.9% (2024: 24.9%) at the year-end date, except for £95.6m (2024: £72.9m) of balances on the "pay in 3" product (previously "next3step") which bears interest at 29.9% (2024: 29.9%) at the year end date.

The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses prescribed by IFRS 9, which permits the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. To measure the expected credit losses, other trade receivables have been allocated to the Risk band 1 (defined in Note 30), representing management's view of the risk and the days past due. The expected credit losses incorporate forward looking information.

The fair value of customer receivables and other trade receivables is approximately £1,340m (2024: £1,310m). This has been calculated based on future cash flows discounted at an appropriate rate for the risk of the debt. The fair value is within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (refer to the Fair Value Hierarchy table in Note 29).

Expected irrecoverable amounts on balances with indicators of impairment are provided for based on past default experience, adjusted for expected behaviour. Receivables which are impaired, other than by age or default, are separately identified and provided for as necessary.

The ECL allowance against other debtors and amounts due from associates and joint ventures is immaterial in the current and prior year. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of asset.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 208 31/03/2025 17:36

14. Customer and Other Receivables (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Gross customer receivables excluding Interest Free Credit receivable 1,546.5 1,550.7 Interest Free Credit receivable 9.3 - Gross customer receivables 1,555.8 1,550.7 Less: refund liabilities* (51.5) (72.9) Net customer receivables 1,504.3 1,477.8 Less: allowance for expected credit losses (181.6) (207.4)

Other trade receivables 47.9 64.9 Less: allowance for doubtful debts (1.4) (2.0)

Net customer receivables 1,504.3 1,477.8 Other trade receivables 47.9 64.9

Less: allowance for expected credit losses and doubtful debts (183.0) (209.4)

Prepayments 68.3 63.6 Other debtors 58.7 43.8 Amounts due from associates and joint ventures 12.2 12.1

The ECL allowance against other debtors and amounts due from associates and joint ventures is immaterial in the current and prior year. The

reclassified into other creditors. Note that the prior year has not been restated on grounds of materiality.

maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of asset.

on the "pay in 3" product (previously "next3step") which bears interest at 29.9% (2024: 29.9%) at the year end date.

2025 £m

1,322.7 1,270.4

1,369.2 1,333.3

1,552.2 1,542.7

1,369.2 1,333.3

1,508.4 1,452.8

2025 £m

2024 £m

14. Customer and Other Receivables The following table shows the components of net receivables:

Presentation of the above, split by total receivables and allowances:

forward looking information.

(refer to the Fair Value Hierarchy table in Note 29).

An analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount in relation to customer receivables and other trade receivables is as follows:

	Credit
	Lifetime ECL	impaired	Total
Gross carrying amount	£m	£m	£m
At January 2023	1,403.4	96.4	1,499.8
New assets originated/recoveries	93.2	(14.5)	78.7
Transfers from lifetime ECL to credit impaired	(46.3)	46.3	-
Financial assets derecognised during the period	-	(20.7)	(20.7)
Amounts written off	(9.3)	(6.0)	(15.3)
At January 2024	1,441.0	101.5	1,542.5
New assets originated/recoveries	80.8	(15.3)	65.5
Transfers from lifetime ECL to credit impaired	(38.5)	38.5	-
Financial assets derecognised during the period	-	(42.9)	(42.9)
Amounts written off	(7.6)	(5.3)	(12.9)
At January 2025	1,475.7	76.5	1,552.2

	An analysis of the changes in the impairment allowance for customer receivables and other trade receivables is as follows:
--	----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

		Credit
	Lifetime ECL	impaired	Total
Loss allowance	£m	£m	£m Co
At January 2023	(114.7)	(87.8)	mp (202.5) any
New assets originated/recoveries	(3.5)	13.3	9.8
Transfers from lifetime ECL to credit impaired	3.8	(42.5)	(38.7)
Change in the allowance for expected credit losses	(1.7)	(1.6)	(3.3)
Financial assets derecognised during the period	-	19.0	19.0
Amounts written off	0.8	5.5	6.3
At January 2024	(115.3)	(94.1)	(209.4)
New assets originated/recoveries	(2.7)	13.9	11.2
Transfers from lifetime ECL to credit impaired	2.9	(35.1)	(32.2)
Change in the allowance for expected credit losses	2.6	0.1	2.7
Financial assets derecognised during the period	-	39.3	39.3
Amounts written off	0.6	4.8	5.4
At January 2025	(111.9)	(71.1)	(183.0)

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 209 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

17. Bank Loans and Overdrafts

18. Trade Payables and Other Liabilities

2025 2024

1,076.7 11.5 991.8 11.7

Non-current £m

60.6 - 58.7 29.5

Current £m

Current £m Non-current £m

Non-current £m

Non-current £m

Current £m

Bank overdrafts and short term borrowings 29.1 - 30.1 - Bank loans 31.5 - 5.0 28.9 Loan notes - - 23.6 0.6

Bank overdrafts represent the gross overdraft positions, of which the majority are part of the Group's bank account interest and balance

Loan notes were issued to management of Reiss and FatFace as part of their respective acquisitions. The Reiss loan notes of £23.6m and the

Trade payables 355.8 - 297.1 - Amounts owed to associates and joint ventures 1.4 - 1.1 - Refund liabilities 47.7 - 11.1 - Other taxation and social security 123.0 - 133.4 - Deferred revenue from the sale of gift cards 107.5 - 99.0 - Share-based payment liability 0.2 0.2 - 0.2 Other creditors and accruals 441.1 11.3 450.1 11.5

Trade payables do not bear interest and are generally settled on 30 day terms. The year on year increase in trade payables and other

Refund liabilities represent the potential liability the Group has to pay out associated with customer returns. In the prior year, the provision of cash returns of £21.8m was included within customer receivables. In the current year, the provision for cash returns of £26.6m has been

Other creditors and accruals do not bear interest. Within other creditors and accruals are staff related accruals £75.7m (bonus, holiday pay and overtime) (2024: £93.8m), warehouse and duty related accruals of £120.0m (2024: £99.4m), property accruals £38.3m (2024: £48.0m),

liabilities is largely due to the acquisition of Reiss and FatFace, higher staff incentives and capital accruals.

reclassified into other creditors. Note that the prior year has not been restated on grounds of materiality.

marketing accruals £15.1m (2024: £15.3m) and IT systems, utilities and deferred income on NEXT Unlimited.

pooling arrangements. Bank overdrafts are repayable on demand and bear interest at a margin over bank base rates.

balances held by Reiss and unlimited cross guarantees to NatWest Bank PLC from other companies within the Reiss group.

FatFace loan notes of £0.6m were repaid in the current financial year. The loan notes are interest bearing on an arm's length basis.

14. Customer and Other Receivables (continued)

		Credit
	Lifetime ECL	impaired	Total
	£m	£m	£m
At January 2023	(114.7)	(87.8)	(202.5)
Impairment	(4.9)	(32.6)	(37.5)
Amounts recovered	0.1	1.4	1.5
Charged to the Income Statement	(4.8)	(31.2)	(36.0)
Used during the year	4.2	24.9	29.1
Total movement	(0.6)	(6.3)	(6.9)
At January 2024	(115.3)	(94.1)	(209.4)
Impairment	(3.4)	(19.8)	(23.2)
Amounts recovered	3.0	0.8	3.8
Charged to the Income Statement	(0.4)	(19.0)	(19.4)
Used during the year	3.8	42.0	45.8
Total movement	3.4	23.0	26.4
At January 2025	(111.9)	(71.1)	(183.0)

The amount charged to the Income Statement of £19.4m (2024: £36.0m) differs to the bad debt charge of £17.5m (2024: £32.2m) in the Chief Executive's Review on page 40 due to the inclusion of other trade receivables within this note not included within the Chief Executive review.

Information on the Group's credit risk in relation to customer receivables is provided in Note 30.

15. Other Financial Assets

	2025 £m	2024 £m
Foreign exchange contracts	31.8	6.8
Commodity price contracts	-	0.1
	31.8	6.9

Foreign exchange contracts comprise forward contracts and options, the majority of which are used to hedge exchange risk arising from the Group's merchandise purchases (refer to Note 30). These instruments are primarily for US Dollars and Euros.

16. Cash and Short Term Deposits

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Cash at bank and in hand	107.9	139.3
Short term deposits	92.5	-
Money market funds	-	49.0
	200.4	188.3

Cash at bank represents the gross cash positions, of which the majority are part of the Group's bank account and interest and balance pooling arrangements. Short term deposits and money market funds are used to manage the short-term liquidity requirements of the Group and are highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 210 31/03/2025 17:36

17. Bank Loans and Overdrafts

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At January 2023 (114.7) (87.8) (202.5) Impairment (4.9) (32.6) (37.5) Amounts recovered 0.1 1.4 1.5 Charged to the Income Statement (4.8) (31.2) (36.0) Used during the year 4.2 24.9 29.1 Total movement (0.6) (6.3) (6.9) At January 2024 (115.3) (94.1) (209.4) Impairment (3.4) (19.8) (23.2) Amounts recovered 3.0 0.8 3.8 Charged to the Income Statement (0.4) (19.0) (19.4) Used during the year 3.8 42.0 45.8 Total movement 3.4 23.0 26.4 At January 2025 (111.9) (71.1) (183.0)

Foreign exchange contracts 31.8 6.8 Commodity price contracts - 0.1

Foreign exchange contracts comprise forward contracts and options, the majority of which are used to hedge exchange risk arising from the

Cash at bank and in hand 107.9 139.3 Short term deposits 92.5 - Money market funds - 49.0

Lifetime ECL £m

Credit impaired £m

2025 £m

2025 £m

Total £m

2024 £m

31.8 6.9

200.4 188.3

14. Customer and Other Receivables (continued)

Information on the Group's credit risk in relation to customer receivables is provided in Note 30.

Group's merchandise purchases (refer to Note 30). These instruments are primarily for US Dollars and Euros.

review.

value.

15. Other Financial Assets

16. Cash and Short Term Deposits

	2025		2024
	Current £m	Non-current £m	Current £m	Non-current £m
Bank overdrafts and short term borrowings	29.1	-	30.1	-
Bank loans	31.5	-	5.0	28.9
Loan notes	-	-	23.6	0.6
	60.6	-	58.7	29.5

Bank overdrafts represent the gross overdraft positions, of which the majority are part of the Group's bank account interest and balance pooling arrangements. Bank overdrafts are repayable on demand and bear interest at a margin over bank base rates.

Bank loans represent facilities provided by external banks to Reiss on which the annual rate of interest is between 2.15% and 2.90% over SONIA based on net leverage. The loan is secured by a fixed and floating charge over the assets of the Reiss group, charges over credit balances held by Reiss and unlimited cross guarantees to NatWest Bank PLC from other companies within the Reiss group.

Loan notes were issued to management of Reiss and FatFace as part of their respective acquisitions. The Reiss loan notes of £23.6m and the FatFace loan notes of £0.6m were repaid in the current financial year. The loan notes are interest bearing on an arm's length basis.

18. Trade Payables and Other Liabilities

	2025		2024
	Current £m	Non-current £m	Current £m	mp Non-current any £m
Trade payables	355.8	-	297.1	-
Amounts owed to associates and joint ventures	1.4	-	1.1	-
Refund liabilities	47.7	-	11.1	-
Other taxation and social security	123.0	-	133.4	-
Deferred revenue from the sale of gift cards	107.5	-	99.0	-
Share-based payment liability	0.2	0.2	-	0.2
Other creditors and accruals	441.1	11.3	450.1	11.5
	1,076.7	11.5	991.8	11.7

Trade payables do not bear interest and are generally settled on 30 day terms. The year on year increase in trade payables and other liabilities is largely due to the acquisition of Reiss and FatFace, higher staff incentives and capital accruals.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 211 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

19. Other Financial Liabilities

	2025		2024
	Current	Non-current	Current	Non-current
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Foreign exchange contracts	8.0	-	18.5	-
Interest rate derivatives	-	8.0	-	11.3
Commodity price contracts	0.3	-	0.3	-
Put and call options	-	31.1	-	26.1
	8.3	39.1	18.8	37.4

20. Corporate Bonds

which is shown below:

Interest rate risk management is explained in Note 30.

The fair value of the corporate bonds held on the Balance Sheet is as follows:

Balance Sheet value Nominal value

793.8 790.8 800.0 800.0

2025 2024

793.8 798.4 790.8 783.7

Fair value £m

Aggregate interest rate

2025 £m

Nominal value £m

Carrying amount £m 2024 £m

Aggregate interest rate

Fair value £m

2024 £m

2025 £m

Nominal value £m

Carrying amount £m

Corporate bond 3.000% repayable 2025 250.0 250.0 250.0 250.0 Corporate bond 4.375% repayable 2026 243.8 240.8 250.0 250.0 Corporate bond 3.625% repayable 2028 300.0 300.0 300.0 300.0

The Group uses interest rate derivatives to manage the interest rate risk associated with its bonds, the profile of the post hedged interest rate

2025 Bonds - Fixed 250.0 3.000% 250.0 3.000% 2026 Bonds - Floating 250.0 SONIA + 1.7% 250.0 SONIA + 1.7% 2028 Bonds - Fixed 300.0 3.625% 300.0 3.625%

In hedging relationships 243.8 251.6 240.8 248.7 Not in hedging relationships 550.0 546.8 550.0 535.0

The fair value of corporate bonds is based on market values which includes accrued interest and changes in credit risk and interest rate risk.

Total 800.0 800.0

The fair value is within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy (refer to the Fair Value Hierarchy table in Note 29).

Foreign exchange contracts comprise forward contracts and options, of which the majority are used to hedge exchange risk arising from the Group's merchandise purchases (Note 30). These instruments are primarily for US Dollars and Euros. Interest rate derivatives are used to manage the fixed and floating interest rate risk associated with the corporate bonds (Note 20).

Commodity price contracts are used to hedge against movements in the Group's purchases of diesel fuel (refer to Note 30).

Put and call options

Put and call options are in place over some of the remaining non-controlling interest shareholding in Reiss, FatFace and Joules. These put and call options are accounted for at fair value. This recognises put and call options over non-controlling interests in its subsidiary undertakings as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the present value of the estimated exercise price of the put and call option.

Put and call options are entered into simultaneously, in contemplation of each other and are documented within a single agreement with the same counterparty in respect of each minority shareholding. The terms of the put and call are identical in respect of the valuation mechanic and the period on which they are derived, and therefore the underlying asset and risk associated to the put and call are considered to be the same. The only distinguishable difference between the put and the call, other than the party choosing to initiate the option, is the timing of the option window. There is a short period of time between the put option window commencing and the call option window commencing. Accordingly, the Group has assessed that the put and call options are to be accounted for as a single unit of account.

The present value of the exercise price of the put and call options is estimated using Board approved budget multiplied by an earnings ratio. The option formula is specific to each subsidiary and stated within the shareholder agreement. The forecast cash flows are discounted using a discount rate reflecting the current market assessment of the time value of money and any specific risk premiums relevant to the individual businesses involved. These discount rates are considered to be equivalent to the rates a market participant would use. Upon initial recognition of put and call options a corresponding entry is made to Other Equity, and for subsequent changes on remeasurement of the liability the corresponding entry is made to Other Equity.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 212 31/03/2025 17:36

The options relating to the 25 January 2025 total £31.1m (2024: £26.1m).

20. Corporate Bonds

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Foreign exchange contracts 8.0 - 18.5 - Interest rate derivatives - 8.0 - 11.3 Commodity price contracts 0.3 - 0.3 - Put and call options - 31.1 - 26.1

Commodity price contracts are used to hedge against movements in the Group's purchases of diesel fuel (refer to Note 30).

a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the present value of the estimated exercise price of the put and call option.

Accordingly, the Group has assessed that the put and call options are to be accounted for as a single unit of account.

manage the fixed and floating interest rate risk associated with the corporate bonds (Note 20).

Current £m

2025 2024

Current £m

8.3 39.1 18.8 37.4

Non-current £m

Non-current £m

19. Other Financial Liabilities

liability the corresponding entry is made to Other Equity.

The options relating to the 25 January 2025 total £31.1m (2024: £26.1m).

Put and call options

		Balance Sheet value		Nominal value
	2025	2024	2025	2024
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Corporate bond 3.000% repayable 2025	250.0	250.0	250.0	250.0
Corporate bond 4.375% repayable 2026	243.8	240.8	250.0	250.0
Corporate bond 3.625% repayable 2028	300.0	300.0	300.0	300.0
	793.8	790.8	800.0	800.0

The Group uses interest rate derivatives to manage the interest rate risk associated with its bonds, the profile of the post hedged interest rate which is shown below:

	2025		2024
	Nominal value £m	Aggregate interest rate	Nominal value £m	Aggregate interest rate
2025 Bonds - Fixed	250.0	3.000%	250.0	3.000%
2026 Bonds - Floating	250.0	SONIA + 1.7%	250.0	SONIA + 1.7%
2028 Bonds - Fixed	300.0	3.625%	300.0	3.625%
Total	800.0		800.0

Interest rate risk management is explained in Note 30.

The fair value of the corporate bonds held on the Balance Sheet is as follows:

	2025		2024
	Carrying amount £m	Fair value £m	Carrying amount £m	Fair value £m
In hedging relationships	243.8	251.6	240.8	248.7
Not in hedging relationships	550.0	546.8	550.0	535.0
	793.8	798.4	790.8	783.7

The fair value of corporate bonds is based on market values which includes accrued interest and changes in credit risk and interest rate risk. The fair value is within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy (refer to the Fair Value Hierarchy table in Note 29).

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 213 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

Company

21. Pension Benefits (continued)

Defined contribution arrangements

payable along with the current value of the member's fund.

Reiss and FatFace operate separate defined contribution plans for their employees.

Interest rate risk A fall in corporate bond yields would increase the value of the liabilities.

which are now mitigated by the insurance contract are set out below.

liabilities.

with which to meet the obligations as they fall due.

pensionable earnings and the Group contributes 3%.

Legal and General Master Trust

Virgin Media case

developments.

Other

Principal risks

Certain members whose accrued or projected pension fund value exceeds their personal lifetime allowance are provided with benefits through an unfunded, unapproved supplementary pension arrangement. The relevant members contribute towards the additional cost of providing these benefits by a payment of 5% on all pensionable earnings to the 2013 Plan. Since April 2011, where existing members have reached either the annual or lifetime pension contributions limits, the Company has offered those members the choice of leaving the 2013 Plan defined benefit section and either joining the Legal and General Master Trust (with an enhanced Company contribution) or taking a

The Virgin Media case concerned the validity of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes, specifically whether actuarial confirmation was required for amendments to be valid. In light of the recent ruling we have reviewed all the relevant scheme changes and assessed the potential impact on the Next 2013 Plan and Original Plan. Having carefully considered the ruling and sought appropriate advice, the Company is satisfied that the schemes are not significantly impacted. The Company will continue to monitor relevant legal and regulatory

The defined contribution section is administered by a Legal & General Master Trust which enables the pension scheme members to benefit from lower running costs, greater flexibility of retirement options and improved range of online tools and advice to support members in decisions they may make about their financial plans. The Master Trust is run by a board of independent trustees who are responsible for ensuring that the Trust is run in accordance with the law and that funds are invested properly. Members pay 5% of their pensionable earnings which is matched by the Company. For death prior to retirement, a lump sum of three times the member's base salary at the previous April is

The NEXT Group also operates an auto-enrolment scheme which is open to all employees to which employees contribute 5% of their

As at January 2025, the Group held buy-in insurance contracts with Aviva, PIC and JUST. These insurance contracts provide the 2013 and the Original Plan with an income flow which materially offsets the principal risks usually expected in a DB scheme. For completeness the risks

Investment risk The present value of defined benefit liabilities is calculated using a discount rate set by reference to high quality corporate bond yields. If plan assets underperform corporate bonds, this will create a deficit.

Inflation risk Pensions in payment are increased annually in line with RPI or CPI for Guaranteed Minimum Pensions built up

Longevity risk The present value of the defined benefit liabilities is calculated having regards to a best estimate of the mortality

As noted above each of the above risks has now been mitigated by the insurance contracts secured. The remaining risk relates to a potential insolvency or inability of the insurance company to meet its obligations. However, each insurer has a strong Balance Sheet and asset base

of plan members. If members live longer than this mortality assumption, this will increase liabilities.

since 1988. Pensions built up since 2005 are capped at 2.5% and pensions built up between 1997 and 2005 are capped at 5%. When discretionary increases have been awarded for pensions built up before 1997, they too have tended to take inflation into account. Therefore an increase in inflation would increase the value of pension

salary supplement, in both cases equal to 10% or 15% of their salary (depending on their existing contributions and benefits).

21. Pension Benefits

The Group's UK pension arrangements include the following:

The NEXT Group Pension Plan (the "Original Plan")
The 2013 NEXT Group Pension Plan (the "2013 Plan")
Legal & General Master Trust and the NEXT Supplemental Pension Arrangement (the "SPA")
NEXT contributes to the People's Pension which it uses for auto enrolment
Reiss and FatFace operate separate defined contribution plans for their employees.

The Original Plan and the 2013 Plan are defined benefit schemes.

The trustee of the Original Plan and 2013 Plan is a limited company, NEXT Pension Trustees Limited (the "Trustee"). The Board of the Trustee currently comprises six directors. Three of these are members of the 2013 Plan, and one director (the Chair) is independent and has no other connection to NEXT. Two of these directors are member nominated directors and cannot be removed by NEXT. The other four directors, including the independent director, are appointed by and can be removed by NEXT. All directors of the Trustee receive a fee for their services, including those directors who are also employees of NEXT. No director of the Company is a director of the Trustee.

The Plans' investments are kept separate from the business of the NEXT Group and the Trustee holds them in separate trusts. Responsibility for investment of the Plans' funds has been delegated to professional investment managers. Further details on each plan are set out below.

Defined benefit arrangements

The Original Plan

The Original Plan comprises predominantly of members with pensions in payment, following the transfer of active and deferred members (and associated liabilities) to the 2013 Plan. The risks associated with the payment of pensions of the Original Plan have been largely mitigated by the purchase of two insurance contracts ("buy-ins") with Aviva in 2010 and 2012 to cover the liabilities of this Plan, although it remains the ultimate responsibility of the Company to provide members with benefits. The pensions and matching insurance contracts held by the Original Plan will be converted to buy-out in due course and the Original Plan will then be dissolved.

The 2013 Plan

The 2013 Plan was established in 2013 via the transfer of liabilities and assets from the Original Plan. The 2013 Plan defined benefit scheme was closed to new members in 2000 and since 2012, the accrual of pension benefits has been based on pensionable salary frozen at October 2012, rather than final earnings. Those employees affected by the change to pensionable salary in 2012 could also elect to receive up to a 15% salary supplement or additional contributions to the defined contribution section. The 2013 Plan defined benefit scheme currently provides members with a retirement benefit of one sixtieth or one eightieth (depending on the member's chosen contribution rate) of pensionable earnings at October 2012 for each year of pensionable service. In March 2024, the 2013 Plan was closed to future accrual.

As at January 2025 more than 90% of the 2013 Plan assets consist of two insurance contracts:

In August 2018, the Trustees of the 2013 Plan undertook a buy-in in respect of certain pensioner members of the 2013 Plan, with a premium paid of £94m. As at 25 January 2025 this buy-in policy has a value of £51m (2024: £55m) within the pension scheme assets.
In January 2024, the Trustees of the 2013 Plan undertook another buy-in in respect of all remaining members of the 2013 Plan, with a premium paid of £511m. As at 25 January 2025 this buy-in policy has a value of £441m (2024: £476m) within the pension scheme assets.

These insurance contracts provide members with enhanced security over their pension.

During the period and following a consultation process with affected employees, the Company closed its defined benefit plan to future service accrual. Pension members who were previously accruing service are now deferred members and their accrued pension will be revalued each year on a basis linked to inflation and not ongoing service. As a result of this closure, a curtailment loss has been recognised of £14.1m in the period.

The 2013 Plan provides for contingent and dependants' pensions, along with guaranteed pension benefits upon death. All life assurance benefits are handled through an excepted group life trust. In case of ill health retirement, only the accrued pension is payable. All benefits are subject to 2013 Plan limits. Increases to pensions in payment are at the discretion of the Trustee although pensionable service post 1997 is subject to limited price indexation. From 2006, sales and profit related bonuses were excluded from pensionable earnings and the normal retirement age under the Original Plan was increased from 60 to 65.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 214 31/03/2025 17:36

21. Pension Benefits (continued)

Virgin Media case

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

● In August 2018, the Trustees of the 2013 Plan undertook a buy-in in respect of certain pensioner members of the 2013 Plan, with a premium paid of £94m. As at 25 January 2025 this buy-in policy has a value of £51m (2024: £55m) within the pension scheme assets. ● In January 2024, the Trustees of the 2013 Plan undertook another buy-in in respect of all remaining members of the 2013 Plan, with a premium paid of £511m. As at 25 January 2025 this buy-in policy has a value of £441m (2024: £476m) within the pension scheme

21. Pension Benefits

Defined benefit arrangements

The Original Plan

The 2013 Plan

assets.

£14.1m in the period.

The Group's UK pension arrangements include the following: ● The NEXT Group Pension Plan (the "Original Plan") ● The 2013 NEXT Group Pension Plan (the "2013 Plan")

The Original Plan and the 2013 Plan are defined benefit schemes.

● Legal & General Master Trust and the NEXT Supplemental Pension Arrangement (the "SPA")

including those directors who are also employees of NEXT. No director of the Company is a director of the Trustee.

by the Original Plan will be converted to buy-out in due course and the Original Plan will then be dissolved.

As at January 2025 more than 90% of the 2013 Plan assets consist of two insurance contracts:

These insurance contracts provide members with enhanced security over their pension.

retirement age under the Original Plan was increased from 60 to 65.

● NEXT contributes to the People's Pension which it uses for auto enrolment ● Reiss and FatFace operate separate defined contribution plans for their employees.

The Virgin Media case concerned the validity of amendments to defined benefit pension schemes, specifically whether actuarial confirmation was required for amendments to be valid. In light of the recent ruling we have reviewed all the relevant scheme changes and assessed the potential impact on the Next 2013 Plan and Original Plan. Having carefully considered the ruling and sought appropriate advice, the Company is satisfied that the schemes are not significantly impacted. The Company will continue to monitor relevant legal and regulatory developments.

Defined contribution arrangements

Legal and General Master Trust

Other

The NEXT Group also operates an auto-enrolment scheme which is open to all employees to which employees contribute 5% of their pensionable earnings and the Group contributes 3%.

Reiss and FatFace operate separate defined contribution plans for their employees.

Principal risks

Investment risk	The present value of defined benefit liabilities is calculated using a discount rate set by reference to high quality corporate bond yields. If plan assets underperform corporate bonds, this will create a deficit.
Interest rate risk	A fall in corporate bond yields would increase the value of the liabilities.
Inflation risk	Pensions in payment are increased annually in line with RPI or CPI for Guaranteed Minimum Pensions built up since 1988. Pensions built up since 2005 are capped at 2.5% and pensions built up between 1997 and 2005 are capped at 5%. When discretionary increases have been awarded for pensions built up before 1997, they too have tended to take inflation into account. Therefore an increase in inflation would increase the value of pension liabilities.
Longevity risk	The present value of the defined benefit liabilities is calculated having regards to a best estimate of the mortality of plan members. If members live longer than this mortality assumption, this will increase liabilities.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 215 31/03/2025 17:36

21. Pension Benefits (continued)

Changes in the present value of defined benefit pension obligations are analysed as follows:

2013 Plan £m

Original Plan £m

SPA £m

Opening obligation 512.7 89.5 6.9 609.1 521.1 95.2 6.8 623.1 Current service cost 0.6 - - 0.6 3.0 - - 3.0 Past service cost - - - - 2.4 - - 2.4 Curtailment loss 13.3 - 0.8 14.1 - - - - Interest cost 25.7 4.3 0.4 30.4 23.7 4.2 0.3 28.2 Employee contributions - - - - 0.1 - - 0.1 Benefits paid (15.4) (7.0) (0.1) (22.5) (14.6) (7.1) (0.1) (21.8)

financial assumptions (25.2) (3.2) (0.4) (28.8) (19.5) (3.9) (0.4) (23.8) - experience - (2.6) (0.2) (2.8) 7.6 1.1 0.4 9.1 - demographic assumptions (13.6) - - (13.6) (11.1) - (0.1) (11.2) Closing obligation 498.1 81.0 7.4 586.5 512.7 89.5 6.9 609.1

The present value of the defined benefit closing obligation of £586.5m (2024: £609.1m) was approximately 0% (2024: 20%) relating to active participants (due to closure of the 2013 Plan and SPA to future accrual during the year), 65% (2024: 43%) relating to deferred participants

SPA £m

Opening assets 577.7 90.7 - 668.4 684.0 96.6 - 780.6 Employer contributions 0.1 - 0.1 0.2 5.7 - 0.1 5.8 Employee contributions - - - - 0.1 - - 0.1 Benefits paid (15.4) (7.0) (0.1) (22.5) (14.6) (7.1) (0.1) (21.8) Interest income on assets 28.4 4.4 - 32.8 31.3 4.3 - 35.6

amounts included in interest) (53.0) (6.0) - (59.0) (126.5) (3.0) - (129.5) Administrative costs (2.5) (0.1) - (2.6) (2.3) (0.1) - (2.4) Closing assets 535.3 82.0 - 617.3 577.7 90.7 - 668.4

Total

Gilts 21.6 1.2 22.8 3.7 - 1.4 1.4 0.2 Insurance contracts 492.2 80.8 573.0 92.8 531.4 89.3 620.7 92.9 Cash and cash equivalents 21.5 - 21.5 3.5 46.3 - 46.3 6.9

£m %

2025 2024

535.3 82.0 617.3 100.0 577.7 90.7 668.4 100.0

2013 Plan £m Original Plan £m

SPA £m

Total

£m %

Total £m

Total £m

2013 Plan £m Original Plan £m

SPA £m Total £m

Total £m

Plan obligations

Actuarial (gains)/losses

Plan assets

and 35% (2024: 37%) relating to pensioners.

Return on plan assets (excluding

The fair value of defined benefit plan assets was as follows:

Changes in the fair value of defined benefit pension assets were as follows:

2013 Plan £m

The fair values of the gilts are determined based on quoted prices in active markets.

Original Plan £m

21. Pension Benefits (continued)

Income statement

The components of the net defined benefit expense, recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement are as follows:

		2025				2024
	2013	Original			2013	Original
	Plan	Plan	SPA	Total	Plan	Plan	SPA	Total
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Current service cost	0.6	-	-	0.6	3.0	-	-	3.0
Past service cost	-	-	-	-	2.4	-	-	2.4
Curtailment loss	13.3	-	0.8	14.1	-	-	-	-
Net interest	(2.7)	(0.1)	0.4	(2.4)	(7.6)	(0.1)	0.3	(7.4)
Administration costs	2.5	0.1	-	2.6	2.3	0.1	-	2.4
Net defined benefit expense	13.7	-	1.2	14.9	0.1	-	0.3	0.4

The curtailment loss has been recognised on the face of the Consolidated Income Statement as an exceptional item. All other components have been recognised within administrative expenses.

Other comprehensive income

The components of the net defined benefit expense recognised in other comprehensive income are as follows:

	2025			2024
	2013 Plan £m	Original Plan £m	SPA £m	Total £m	2013 Plan £m	Original Plan £m	SPA £m	Total £m
Actuarial gains/(losses) due to liability experience	-	2.6	0.2	2.8	(7.6)	(1.1)	(0.4)	(9.1)
Actuarial gains due to liability assumption changes	38.8	3.2	0.4	42.4	30.6	3.9	0.5	35.0
	38.8	5.8	0.6	45.2	23.0	2.8	0.1	25.9
Return on plan assets less than discount rate	(53.0)	(6.0)	-	(59.0)	(126.5)	(3.0)	-	(129.5)
Actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income	(14.2)	(0.2)	0.6	(13.8)	(103.5)	(0.2)	0.1	(103.6)

Balance Sheet valuation

The net defined benefit pension asset recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet is analysed as follows:

	2025			2024
	2013	Original			2013	Original
	Plan	Plan	SPA	Total	Plan	Plan	SPA	Total
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Present value of benefit obligations	(498.1)	(81.0)	(7.4)	(586.5)	(512.7)	(89.5)	(6.9)	(609.1)
Fair value of plan assets	535.3	82.0	-	617.3	577.7	90.7	-	668.4
Net pension asset	37.2	1.0	(7.4)	30.8	65.0	1.2	(6.9)	59.3

The surplus in the scheme has moved from £59.3m as at January 2024 to £30.8m as at January 2025, mainly due to the curtailment loss recognised in the year.

A net asset has been recognised as the Trust Deeds of the Original and 2013 Plans provide the Group with an unconditional right to a refund assuming the gradual settlement of the Plans' liabilities over time until all members have left the Plans.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 216 31/03/2025 17:36

21. Pension Benefits (continued)

Plan obligations

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SPA £m

Current service cost 0.6 - - 0.6 3.0 - - 3.0 Past service cost - - - - 2.4 - - 2.4 Curtailment loss 13.3 - 0.8 14.1 - - - - Net interest (2.7) (0.1) 0.4 (2.4) (7.6) (0.1) 0.3 (7.4) Administration costs 2.5 0.1 - 2.6 2.3 0.1 - 2.4 Net defined benefit expense 13.7 - 1.2 14.9 0.1 - 0.3 0.4

The curtailment loss has been recognised on the face of the Consolidated Income Statement as an exceptional item. All other components

experience - 2.6 0.2 2.8 (7.6) (1.1) (0.4) (9.1)

assumption changes 38.8 3.2 0.4 42.4 30.6 3.9 0.5 35.0

rate (53.0) (6.0) - (59.0) (126.5) (3.0) - (129.5)

other comprehensive income (14.2) (0.2) 0.6 (13.8) (103.5) (0.2) 0.1 (103.6)

Present value of benefit obligations (498.1) (81.0) (7.4) (586.5) (512.7) (89.5) (6.9) (609.1) Fair value of plan assets 535.3 82.0 - 617.3 577.7 90.7 - 668.4 Net pension asset 37.2 1.0 (7.4) 30.8 65.0 1.2 (6.9) 59.3

The surplus in the scheme has moved from £59.3m as at January 2024 to £30.8m as at January 2025, mainly due to the curtailment loss

A net asset has been recognised as the Trust Deeds of the Original and 2013 Plans provide the Group with an unconditional right to a refund

SPA £m

2025 2024

38.8 5.8 0.6 45.2 23.0 2.8 0.1 25.9

2025 2024

2013 Plan £m Original Plan £m

Total £m

2013 Plan £m Original Plan £m

Total £m

2013 Plan £m

Original Plan £m

SPA £m

SPA £m Total £m

Total £m

Total £m

The components of the net defined benefit expense, recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement are as follows:

Original Plan £m

2013 Plan £m

The components of the net defined benefit expense recognised in other comprehensive income are as follows:

Original Plan £m

2013 Plan £m

The net defined benefit pension asset recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet is analysed as follows:

Original Plan £m

2013 Plan £m

assuming the gradual settlement of the Plans' liabilities over time until all members have left the Plans.

21. Pension Benefits (continued)

have been recognised within administrative expenses.

Other comprehensive income

Actuarial gains/(losses) due to liability

Return on plan assets less than discount

Actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in

Balance Sheet valuation

recognised in the year.

Actuarial gains due to liability

Income statement

Changes in the present value of defined benefit pension obligations are analysed as follows:

		2025				2024
	2013	Original			2013	Original
	Plan	Plan	SPA	Total	Plan	Plan	SPA	Total
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Opening obligation	512.7	89.5	6.9	609.1	521.1	95.2	6.8	623.1
Current service cost	0.6	-	-	0.6	3.0	-	-	3.0
Past service cost	-	-	-	-	2.4	-	-	2.4
Curtailment loss	13.3	-	0.8	14.1	-	-	-	-
Interest cost	25.7	4.3	0.4	30.4	23.7	4.2	0.3	28.2
Employee contributions	-	-	-	-	0.1	-	-	0.1
Benefits paid	(15.4)	(7.0)	(0.1)	(22.5)	(14.6)	(7.1)	(0.1)	(21.8)
Actuarial (gains)/losses
- financial assumptions	(25.2)	(3.2)	(0.4)	(28.8)	(19.5)	(3.9)	(0.4)	(23.8)
- experience	-	(2.6)	(0.2)	(2.8)	7.6	1.1	0.4	9.1
- demographic assumptions	(13.6)	-	-	(13.6)	(11.1)	-	(0.1)	(11.2)
Closing obligation	498.1	81.0	7.4	586.5	512.7	89.5	6.9	609.1

Plan assets

Changes in the fair value of defined benefit pension assets were as follows:

	2025			2024
	2013 Plan £m	Original Plan £m	SPA £m	Total £m	2013 Plan £m	Original Plan £m	SPA £m	Total £m
Opening assets	577.7	90.7	-	668.4	684.0	96.6	-	780.6
Employer contributions	0.1	-	0.1	0.2	5.7	-	0.1	5.8
Employee contributions	-	-	-	-	0.1	-	-	0.1
Benefits paid	(15.4)	(7.0)	(0.1)	(22.5)	(14.6)	(7.1)	(0.1)	(21.8)
Interest income on assets	28.4	4.4	-	32.8	31.3	4.3	-	35.6
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest)	(53.0)	(6.0)	-	(59.0)	(126.5)	(3.0)	-	(129.5)
Administrative costs	(2.5)	(0.1)	-	(2.6)	(2.3)	(0.1)	-	(2.4)
Closing assets	535.3	82.0	-	617.3	577.7	90.7	-	668.4

The fair value of defined benefit plan assets was as follows:

	2025			2024
	2013	Original			2013	Original
	Plan	Plan	Total		Plan	Plan	Total
	£m	£m	£m	%	£m	£m	£m	%
Gilts	21.6	1.2	22.8	3.7	-	1.4	1.4	0.2
Insurance contracts	492.2	80.8	573.0	92.8	531.4	89.3	620.7	92.9
Cash and cash equivalents	21.5	-	21.5	3.5	46.3	-	46.3	6.9
	535.3	82.0	617.3	100.0	577.7	90.7	668.4	100.0

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 217 31/03/2025 17:36

The fair values of the gilts are determined based on quoted prices in active markets.

21. Pension Benefits (continued)

Principal assumptions

The IAS 19 (accounting) valuation of the defined benefit obligation was undertaken by an external qualified actuary as at January 2025 using the projected unit credit method. The principal actuarial assumptions used in the valuation were as follows:

21. Pension Benefits (continued)

Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity of the pension asset and obligation to changes in the principal assumptions is:

Discount rate 0.5% decrease £39.8m increase £41.0m increase Price inflation 0.5% increase to RPI and CPI £25.1m increase £26.0m increase Price inflation 0.1% decrease to CPI (i.e. increase in the gap between RPI and CPI) £1.4m decrease £1.5m decrease Mortality Life expectancy increased by one year £11.6m increase £12.0m increase

The sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. Aside from the matching insurance contracts held in the Original Plan, no allowance has been made for any change in assets that might arise under any of the scenarios set out above. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to changes in the significant assumptions, the same method has been applied as when calculating the pension liability recognised within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The inflation assumption impacts the "pension increases in payment" and

The sensitivities shown are just one possible outcome and should not be taken as an indication of the likelihood of a change occurring in the future. Market metrics used to derive the discount rate and price inflation assumptions could increase or decrease in the future, by more or

An actuarial valuation of the 2013 Plan was undertaken as at 30 September 2022 by Mercer, who were the 2013 Plan Actuary to the Trustees at the time (LCP were recently appointed as Plan Actuary). The valuation showed a funding surplus on a Technical Provisions basis required

Defined contribution 26.3 20.0 Automatic enrolment 29.2 21.4 Defined benefit 0.2 0.7

In March 2024, the 2013 Plan was closed to future accrual. Following this, no further contributions have been made into the Plan.

The 2013 Plan closed to future accrual on 31 March 2024, therefore pension contributions ceased from 1 April 2024.

Contributions paid by the Group (including salary sacrifice contributions) during the year are set out below:

Impact on pension asset

2025 £m

2024 £m

55.7 42.1

Impact on

pension obligation

Sensitivity analysis

deferred pension calculations.

less than the change set out.

Contributions

Full actuarial valuation

by legislation of 114.1% or £85.4m at that date.

The next actuarial valuation is due as at 30 September 2025.

	2025			2024
	Original 2013 and		Original	2013 and
	Plan	SPA	Plan	SPA
Discount rate	5.55%	5.55%	5.00%	5.00%
Inflation - RPI	3.50%	3.10%	3.30%	2.95%
Inflation - CPI	2.50%	2.85%	2.30%	2.65%
Salary increases	n/a	n/a	n/a	n/a
Pension increases in payment
- RPI with a maximum of 5.0%	3.25%	2.95%	3.10%	2.80%
- RPI with a maximum of 2.5% and discretionary increases	2.10%	1.95%	2.05%	1.90%

	2025			2024
	Pensioner aged 65	Non-pensioner aged 45	Pensioner aged 65	Non-pensioner aged 45
Life expectancy at age 65 (years)
- Male	21.2	22.7	21.3	22.8
- Female	23.3	25.2	23.2	25.2

The discount rate has been derived as the single average discount rate appropriate to the term of the liabilities, based on the yields available on high quality Sterling corporate bonds. The expected average duration of the Original Plan's liabilities is 9 years, the SPA is 13 years and the 2013 Plan is 15 years.

The rate of retail price inflation (RPI) has been derived in a consistent way to the discount rate, so that it is appropriate to the term of the liabilities. The RPI assumption for the 2013 Plan and SPA allows for the inflation risk premium of 0.3% per annum. As in previous years, the Original Plan does not allow for an inflation risk premium because its assets and liabilities are almost fully matched.

The rate of consumer price inflation (CPI) is set lower than the assumption for retail price inflation, reflecting the long term expected gap between the two indices and takes into account the alignment of RPI to CPI from 2030.

For the 2013 Plan and the SPA, the base mortality assumptions reflect the best estimate output from a postcode mortality study. This results in an assumption in line with the standard SAPS Series 3 All Pensioner tables (with a multiplier of 105% for male and female pensioners and 107% for male non-pensioners and 103% for female non-pensioners). Future improvement trends have been allowed for, in line with the most recent CMI core projection model (CMI 2023) with a long term trend towards 1.5% per annum and a smoothing factor of 7.0.

The base mortality assumption for the Original Plan is in line with the standard SAPS Series 1 All Pensioner tables, with medium cohort improvements to 2009, and CMI 2013 improvements applied from 2009 with a long term trend towards 1.5% per annum.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 218 31/03/2025 17:36

21. Pension Benefits (continued)

Sensitivity analysis

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The IAS 19 (accounting) valuation of the defined benefit obligation was undertaken by an external qualified actuary as at January 2025 using

Discount rate 5.55% 5.55% 5.00% 5.00% Inflation - RPI 3.50% 3.10% 3.30% 2.95% Inflation - CPI 2.50% 2.85% 2.30% 2.65% Salary increases n/a n/a n/a n/a

RPI with a maximum of 5.0% 3.25% 2.95% 3.10% 2.80% - RPI with a maximum of 2.5% and discretionary increases 2.10% 1.95% 2.05% 1.90%
Male 21.2 22.7 21.3 22.8 - Female 23.3 25.2 23.2 25.2

The rate of consumer price inflation (CPI) is set lower than the assumption for retail price inflation, reflecting the long term expected gap

The base mortality assumption for the Original Plan is in line with the standard SAPS Series 1 All Pensioner tables, with medium cohort

most recent CMI core projection model (CMI 2023) with a long term trend towards 1.5% per annum and a smoothing factor of 7.0.

improvements to 2009, and CMI 2013 improvements applied from 2009 with a long term trend towards 1.5% per annum.

Original Plan does not allow for an inflation risk premium because its assets and liabilities are almost fully matched.

between the two indices and takes into account the alignment of RPI to CPI from 2030.

Original Plan

Pensioner aged 65

2025 2024

Non-pensioner aged 45

Original Plan

Pensioner aged 65 2013 and SPA

Non-pensioner aged 45

2013 and SPA

the projected unit credit method. The principal actuarial assumptions used in the valuation were as follows:

21. Pension Benefits (continued)

Principal assumptions

Pension increases in payment

Life expectancy at age 65 (years)

2013 Plan is 15 years.

The sensitivity of the pension asset and obligation to changes in the principal assumptions is:

		Impact on	Impact on
	Sensitivity analysis	pension asset	pension obligation
Discount rate	0.5% decrease	£39.8m increase	£41.0m increase
Price inflation	0.5% increase to RPI and CPI	£25.1m increase	£26.0m increase
Price inflation	0.1% decrease to CPI (i.e. increase in the gap between RPI and CPI)	£1.4m decrease	£1.5m decrease
Mortality	Life expectancy increased by one year	£11.6m increase	£12.0m increase

Full actuarial valuation

In March 2024, the 2013 Plan was closed to future accrual. Following this, no further contributions have been made into the Plan.

The next actuarial valuation is due as at 30 September 2025.

Contributions

The 2013 Plan closed to future accrual on 31 March 2024, therefore pension contributions ceased from 1 April 2024.

Contributions paid by the Group (including salary sacrifice contributions) during the year are set out below:

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Defined contribution	26.3	20.0
Automatic enrolment	29.2	21.4
Defined benefit	0.2	0.7
	55.7	42.1

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 219 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

Company

22. Provisions

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
At the beginning of the year	52.4	33.8
Arising from acquisitions	-	13.1
Provisions made in the year	7.9	9.2
Utilisation of provisions	(1.2)	(4.1)
Release of provision	(3.6)	(0.1)
Unwind of discount	0.2	0.5
At the end of the year	55.7	52.4

25. Non-controlling Interests

Summary Statement of Comprehensive Income

eliminations.

post-acquisition only.

Summary cash flows

Summary Balance Sheet

The non-controlling interest in respect of Pink Holdco Limited is considered to be a material non-controlling interest. Pink Holdco is the parent company within the Reiss group (hereafter "Reiss"). Its principal place of business is the UK. During the year NEXT exercised a call option, increasing its equity interest by 2%. The non-controlling interest holds 26% (2024: 28%) of the ownership interest. Summarised financial information in respect of Reiss is set out below. The financial information in this note represents amounts before intragroup

Non-current assets 536.0 549.6 Current assets 137.7 141.1 Current liabilities (116.1) (108.1) Non-current liabilities (113.0) (137.1) Net assets 444.6 445.5

Equity attributable to owners of parent company 328.5 321.1 Non-controlling interest 116.1 124.4

Revenue 370.4 137.4

Profit after tax for the period 28.2 12.8 Other comprehensive income - - Total comprehensive income 28.2 12.8

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest 7.5 3.6 Dividends paid to non-controlling interest 7.8 -

Reiss became a subsidiary of the Group from September 2023, therefore the comparative period relates to the financial performance

Cash flow from operating activities 62.3 32.6 Cash flow from investing activities (30.5) (2.7) Cash flow from financing activities (51.3) (8.1) Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (19.5) 21.8

Reiss became a subsidiary of the Group from September 2023, therefore the comparative period relates to the cash flows generated

Reiss 2025 £m

444.6 445.5

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

Reiss

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

2024 £m

Provision is made for the committed cost or estimated exit costs of properties occupied by the Group.

23. Share Capital

	2025 Shares '000	2024 Shares '000	2025 £m	2024 £m
Allocated, called up and fully paid
Ordinary shares of 10p each
At the start of the year	127,424	129,263	12.7	12.9
Issued in the year	-	746	-	0.1
Purchased for cancellation in the year	(3,781)	(2,585)	(0.3)	(0.3)
	123,643	127,424	12.4	12.7

The table below shows the movements in equity from share purchases and commitments during the year:

	2025		2024
	Shares '000	Cost £m	Shares '000	Cost £m
Shares issued in the year	-	-	(746)	(53.4)
Shares purchased for cancellation in the year	3,781	360.2	2,585	177.3
Amount shown in Statement of Changes in Equity		360.2		123.9

During the prior year, 745,912 new ordinary shares were issued as part consideration for the acquisition of Fatface (see Note 35 for more detail). The shares had a nominal value of £0.10 and a share premium value of £71.51 per share. No amount was unpaid as at prior year end.

Subsequent to the end of the financial year, the Group entered into an irrevocable share purchase agreement with a total commitment value of £45.0m. As at 26 March 2025, none of the commitment was outstanding.

24. Other Reserves

Other reserves in the Consolidated Balance Sheet comprise the reserve created on reduction of share capital through a Scheme of Arrangement under Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 of £1,460.7m less share premium account of £3.8m and capital redemption reserve of £8.7m at the time of a capital reconstruction in 2002, plus the accumulated amount of goodwill arising on acquisition after taking into account subsequent disposals of £0.7m.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 220 31/03/2025 17:36

25. Non-controlling Interests

Summary Balance Sheet

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At the beginning of the year 52.4 33.8 Arising from acquisitions - 13.1 Provisions made in the year 7.9 9.2 Utilisation of provisions (1.2) (4.1) Release of provision (3.6) (0.1) Unwind of discount 0.2 0.5 At the end of the year 55.7 52.4

At the start of the year 127,424 129,263 12.7 12.9 Issued in the year - 746 - 0.1 Purchased for cancellation in the year (3,781) (2,585) (0.3) (0.3)

Shares issued in the year - - (746) (53.4) Shares purchased for cancellation in the year 3,781 360.2 2,585 177.3 Amount shown in Statement of Changes in Equity 360.2 123.9

Subsequent to the end of the financial year, the Group entered into an irrevocable share purchase agreement with a total commitment value

2025 Shares '000

Shares '000

2024 Shares '000

123,643 127,424 12.4 12.7

2025 2024

Cost £m

Provision is made for the committed cost or estimated exit costs of properties occupied by the Group.

The table below shows the movements in equity from share purchases and commitments during the year:

of £45.0m. As at 26 March 2025, none of the commitment was outstanding.

2025 £m

Shares '000 2024 £m

2024 £m

Cost £m

22. Provisions

23. Share Capital

Allocated, called up and fully paid Ordinary shares of 10p each

24. Other Reserves

into account subsequent disposals of £0.7m.

	Reiss
	2025 £m	2024 £m
Non-current assets	536.0	549.6
Current assets	137.7	141.1
Current liabilities	(116.1)	(108.1)
Non-current liabilities	(113.0)	(137.1)
Net assets	444.6	445.5

Equity attributable to owners of parent company	328.5	Gro 321.1
Non-controlling interest	116.1	up 124.4
	444.6	445.5

Summary Statement of Comprehensive Income

	Reiss
	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Revenue	370.4	137.4

Profit after tax for the period	28.2	12.8
Other comprehensive income	-	-
Total comprehensive income	28.2	12.8

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest	7.5	3.6
Dividends paid to non-controlling interest	7.8	-

Reiss became a subsidiary of the Group from September 2023, therefore the comparative period relates to the financial performance post-acquisition only.

Summary cash flows

	Reiss
	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Cash flow from operating activities	62.3	32.6
Cash flow from investing activities	(30.5)	(2.7)
Cash flow from financing activities	(51.3)	(8.1)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents	(19.5)	21.8

Reiss became a subsidiary of the Group from September 2023, therefore the comparative period relates to the cash flows generated post-acquisition only.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 221 31/03/2025 17:36

Company

26. Share-based Payments

The Group operates a number of share-based payment schemes as follows:

Management share options

The NEXT Management Share Option Plan provides for options over shares, exercisable between three and ten years following their grant, to be allocated to Group employees at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. This plan is primarily aimed at middle management and senior store staff. No options were granted to any directors or changes made to existing entitlements in the year under review. No employee is entitled to be granted options under the scheme if, in the same financial year, they have received an award under NEXT's Long Term Incentive Plan or Share Matching Plan.

26. Share-based Payments (continued)

The following table summarises the movements in nil cost SMP options during the year:

executives. Performance conditions for the LTIP awards are detailed in the Remuneration Report.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of these options is 1.4 years (2024: 1.5 years).

The following table summarises the movements in nil cost LTIP awards during the year:

The SMP is an equity-settled scheme open to a small number of senior executives below Board level. Executive directors are not granted SMP awards. Under the current awards participants who invest a proportion of any annual cash bonus in NEXT shares will receive up to a maximum of two times the original number of shares they purchase with their bonus. Any matching is conditional upon achieving performance measures over the following three years. The maximum matching ratio which is permitted under the SMP rules is 3:1, matching the pre-tax equivalent of the amount invested in shares. Participants are entitled to receive ordinary and special dividend accruals on any

The Remuneration Committee's policy is to set performance measures by reference to underlying fully diluted pre-tax EPS but the Committee has flexibility to use different measures. Under the formulae, a notional adjustment is made to actual EPS achieved for special dividends, on the basis that the cash distributed had instead been used to purchase shares at the prevailing share price on the day of the special dividend

Outstanding at beginning of year 28,202 31,698 Granted 13,174 7,980 Dividend accrual awarded in the year - 868 Exercised - (10,672) Forfeited (3,840) (1,672) Outstanding at end of year 37,536 28,202 Exercisable at end of year - -

The weighted average remaining contractual life of these options is 8.2 years (2024: 8.5 years). During the year ending 25 January 2025 no SMP options were exercised. During the year ending 27 January 2024 SMP options were exercised at different times and the weighted

As explained in the Remuneration Report, the Group operates an equity-settled LTIP scheme for executive directors and other senior

Outstanding at beginning of year 559,691 530,083 Granted 195,844 232,517 Dividend accrual awarded in the year 14,376 8,256 Vested (157,212) (105,877) Forfeited (51,573) (105,288) Outstanding at end of year 561,126 559,691

Share options are in place for the management teams of Reiss, FatFace and Joules. These are cash-settled schemes. The expense recognised

2025 No. of options

2025 No. of awards

2024 No. of options

2024 No. of awards

Share Matching Plan (SMP)

awards vesting under the SMP.

average share price during this period was £73.06.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Put and call options

in the year was £0.3m. See Note 19 for further details.

payment.

The total number of options which can be granted is subject to limits. There are no cash-settlement alternatives and they are therefore accounted for under IFRS 2 as equity-settled awards. Option prices are set at the prevailing market price at the time of grant. The maximum total market value of shares (i.e. the acquisition price of shares) over which options may be granted to any person during any financial year of the Company is three times salary, excluding bonuses and benefits in kind. This limit may be increased to five times salary in circumstances considered by the Remuneration Committee to be exceptional, for example on the grant of options following recruitment. Grants are generally made annually.

Sharesave options

The Company's Save As You Earn (Sharesave) scheme is open to nearly all UK employees. Invitations to participate are generally issued annually and the scheme is subject to HMRC rules. The current maximum monthly savings for the schemes detailed below is £250. Options are granted at the prevailing market rate less a discount of 20% and are exercisable three or five years from the date of grant. Sharesave options are also accounted for as equity-settled awards under IFRS 2.

Management and Sharesave options

The following table summarises the movements in Management and Sharesave options during the year:

	2025		2024
		Weighted		Weighted
	No. of	average	No. of	average exercise
	options	exercise price	options	price
Outstanding at beginning of year	6,047,428	£58.29	6,390,332	£54.04
Granted	1,494,874	£88.42	1,912,941	£63.24
Exercised	(1,160,187)	£65.41	(1,971,039)	£49.92
Forfeited	(229,598)	£59.43	(284,806)	£54.02
Outstanding at end of year	6,152,517	£64.23	6,047,428	£58.29
Exercisable at end of year	791,723	£59.30	1,061,154	£51.43

Options were exercised on a regular basis throughout the year and the weighted average share price during this period was £93.70 (2024: £72.95). Options outstanding at 25 January 2025 are exercisable at prices ranging between £38.69 and £89.86 (2024: £38.69 and £80.64) and have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6.3 years (2024: 6.3 years), as analysed in the table below:

	2025		2024
		Weighted		Weighted
		average		average
		remaining		remaining
	No. of	contractual life	No. of	contractual life
Exercise price range	options	(years)	options	(years)
£38.69-£41.09	961,562	1.8	1,074,356	2.8
£43.48-£58.50	798,909	3.5	1,252,595	4.5
£59.20-£61.86	1,248,599	7.2	1,307,884	8.2
£64.50	1,399,628	8.2	1,469,433	9.2
£64.53-£89.86	1,743,819	7.8	943,160	5.7
	6,152,517	6.3	6,047,428	6.3

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 222 31/03/2025 17:36

26. Share-based Payments (continued)

Share Matching Plan (SMP)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Outstanding at beginning of year 6,047,428 £58.29 6,390,332 £54.04 Granted 1,494,874 £88.42 1,912,941 £63.24 Exercised (1,160,187) £65.41 (1,971,039) £49.92 Forfeited (229,598) £59.43 (284,806) £54.02 Outstanding at end of year 6,152,517 £64.23 6,047,428 £58.29 Exercisable at end of year 791,723 £59.30 1,061,154 £51.43

£38.69-£41.09 961,562 1.8 1,074,356 2.8 £43.48-£58.50 798,909 3.5 1,252,595 4.5 £59.20-£61.86 1,248,599 7.2 1,307,884 8.2 £64.50 1,399,628 8.2 1,469,433 9.2 £64.53-£89.86 1,743,819 7.8 943,160 5.7

No. of options

2025 2024

6,152,517 6.3 6,047,428 6.3

Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)

No. of options

Weighted average exercise

Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)

price

Weighted average exercise price

26. Share-based Payments

Management share options

Incentive Plan or Share Matching Plan.

generally made annually.

Sharesave options

Exercise price range

The Group operates a number of share-based payment schemes as follows:

options are also accounted for as equity-settled awards under IFRS 2.

The following table summarises the movements in Management and Sharesave options during the year:

have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 6.3 years (2024: 6.3 years), as analysed in the table below:

Management and Sharesave options

The following table summarises the movements in nil cost SMP options during the year:

	2025	2024
	No. of	No. of
	options	options
Outstanding at beginning of year	28,202	31,698
Granted	13,174	7,980	Gro
Dividend accrual awarded in the year	-	868	up
Exercised	-	(10,672)
Forfeited	(3,840)	(1,672)	Co
Outstanding at end of year	37,536	28,202	mp
Exercisable at end of year	-	-	any

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

As explained in the Remuneration Report, the Group operates an equity-settled LTIP scheme for executive directors and other senior executives. Performance conditions for the LTIP awards are detailed in the Remuneration Report.

The following table summarises the movements in nil cost LTIP awards during the year:

	2025	2024
	No. of	No. of
	awards	awards
Outstanding at beginning of year	559,691	530,083
Granted	195,844	232,517
Dividend accrual awarded in the year	14,376	8,256
Vested	(157,212)	(105,877)
Forfeited	(51,573)	(105,288)
Outstanding at end of year	561,126	559,691

The weighted average remaining contractual life of these options is 1.4 years (2024: 1.5 years).

Put and call options

Share options are in place for the management teams of Reiss, FatFace and Joules. These are cash-settled schemes. The expense recognised in the year was £0.3m. See Note 19 for further details.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 223 31/03/2025 17:36

26. Share-based Payments (continued)

Fair value calculations

The fair value of Management, Sharesave and Share Matching Plan options granted is calculated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company's share price over a period equivalent to the expected life of the option. The expected life applied in the model is based on historical analyses of exercise patterns, taking into account any early exercises. The following table lists the inputs to the model used for options granted in the years ended 25 January 2025 and 27 January 2024 based on information at the date of grant:

26. Share-based Payments (continued)

the date of grant:

The fair value of LTIP awards granted is calculated at the date of grant using a Monte Carlo option pricing model. Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company's share price over a period equivalent to the life of the award. The following table lists the inputs to the model used for awards granted in the year ended 25 January 2025 and 27 January 2024 based on information at

Grant date March September March September Share price at date of grant £91.92 £99.76 £65.40 £72.98 Award price Nil Nil Nil Nil Volatility 28.48% 28.00% 35.22% 29.88% Life of award 3 years 3 years 3 years 3 years Risk free rate 3.89% 3.68% 3.47% 4.48% Dividend yield 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Fair value per award £38.32 £42.99 £30.38 £31.81

The NEXT 2003 ESOT has an independent trustee resident in Jersey and provides for the issue of shares to Group employees to satisfy awards

As at 25 January 2025, the ESOT held 6,238,649 (2024: 6,163,671) ordinary shares of 10p each in the Company, the market value of which

The consideration paid for the ordinary shares of 10p each in the Company held by the ESOT at 25 January 2025 and 27 January 2024 has been shown as an ESOT reserve and presented within equity for the Company and the Group. All other assets, liabilities, income and costs of

Shares purchased by ESOT in the year 1,382 126.8 1,713 116.3 Shares issued in respect of employee share schemes 1,307 69.7 2,019 94.0

Exercises in the year totalled £76.6m (2024: £97.8m) on Management and Sharesave options. The amount shown in the Statement of Changes in Equity of £69.7m (2024: £94.0m) is after the issue of any nil cost LTIP, SMP and Deferred bonus shares. The weighted average cost

During the year, £5.0m of ESOT purchases were used to part fund the acquisition of additional equity from a non-controlling interest in a

As at 26 March 2025, 80,742 employee share options had been exercised subsequent to the Balance Sheet date and had been satisfied by

Shares

'000 £m

2025 2024

'000 £m

LTIP awards 2025 2024

For LTIP awards, dividend accruals (both in respect of special and ordinary dividends) may be payable on vested awards.

which vest/are exercised in accordance with the terms of the various share-based schemes detailed in Note 26.

amounted to £582.7m (2024: £524.4m). Details of outstanding share awards and options are shown in Note 26.

the ESOT have been incorporated into the financial statements of the Company and the Group.

The table below shows the movements in equity from ESOT transactions during the year:

The charge to the Income Statement for all share option schemes is disclosed in Note 4.

27. Shares Held by ESOT

of shares issued by the ESOT was £86.4m (2024: £125.7m).

Group company.

ordinary shares issued by the ESOT.

Management share options	2025	2024
Share price at date of grant	£89.86	£64.50
Exercise price	£89.86	£64.50
Volatility	33.17%	38.90%
Expected life	4 years	4 years
Risk free rate	4.16%	3.43%
Dividend yield	2.29%	2.99%
Weighted average fair value per option	£23.62	£17.67

Sharesave plans	2025	2024
Share price at date of grant	£101.00	£73.12
Exercise price	£80.80	£58.50
Volatility	31.75%	33.53%
Expected life	3.2 years	3.2 years
Risk free rate	3.81%	4.78%
Dividend yield	2.05%	2.82%
Weighted average fair value per option	£32.28	£23.57

Share Matching Plan	2025	2024
Share price at date of grant	£90.42	£66.02
Exercise price	Nil	Nil
Volatility	31.56%	35.53%
Expected life	3 years	3 years
Risk free rate	4.28%	3.67%
Dividend yield	Nil	Nil
Weighted average fair value per option	£90.42	£66.02

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 224 31/03/2025 17:36

26. Share-based Payments (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management share options 2025 2024 Share price at date of grant £89.86 £64.50 Exercise price £89.86 £64.50 Volatility 33.17% 38.90% Expected life 4 years 4 years Risk free rate 4.16% 3.43% Dividend yield 2.29% 2.99% Weighted average fair value per option £23.62 £17.67

Sharesave plans 2025 2024 Share price at date of grant £101.00 £73.12 Exercise price £80.80 £58.50 Volatility 31.75% 33.53% Expected life 3.2 years 3.2 years Risk free rate 3.81% 4.78% Dividend yield 2.05% 2.82% Weighted average fair value per option £32.28 £23.57

Share Matching Plan 2025 2024 Share price at date of grant £90.42 £66.02 Exercise price Nil Nil Volatility 31.56% 35.53% Expected life 3 years 3 years Risk free rate 4.28% 3.67% Dividend yield Nil Nil Weighted average fair value per option £90.42 £66.02

26. Share-based Payments (continued)

January 2025 and 27 January 2024 based on information at the date of grant:

Fair value calculations

LTIP awards	2025		2024
Grant date	March	September	March	September
Share price at date of grant	£91.92	£99.76	£65.40	£72.98
Award price	Nil	Nil	Nil	Nil
Volatility	28.48%	28.00%	35.22%	29.88%
Life of award	3 years	3 years	3 years	3 years
Risk free rate	3.89%	3.68%	3.47%	4.48%
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Fair value per award	£38.32	£42.99	£30.38	£31.81

For LTIP awards, dividend accruals (both in respect of special and ordinary dividends) may be payable on vested awards.

The charge to the Income Statement for all share option schemes is disclosed in Note 4.

27. Shares Held by ESOT

The NEXT 2003 ESOT has an independent trustee resident in Jersey and provides for the issue of shares to Group employees to satisfy awards which vest/are exercised in accordance with the terms of the various share-based schemes detailed in Note 26.

As at 25 January 2025, the ESOT held 6,238,649 (2024: 6,163,671) ordinary shares of 10p each in the Company, the market value of which amounted to £582.7m (2024: £524.4m). Details of outstanding share awards and options are shown in Note 26.

The table below shows the movements in equity from ESOT transactions during the year:

	2025			2024
	Shares		Shares
	'000	£m	'000	£m
Shares purchased by ESOT in the year	1,382	126.8	1,713	116.3
Shares issued in respect of employee share schemes	1,307	69.7	2,019	94.0

During the year, £5.0m of ESOT purchases were used to part fund the acquisition of additional equity from a non-controlling interest in a Group company.

As at 26 March 2025, 80,742 employee share options had been exercised subsequent to the Balance Sheet date and had been satisfied by ordinary shares issued by the ESOT.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 225 31/03/2025 17:36

29. Financial Instruments: Fair Values (continued)

Hierarchy level Inputs Financial instruments Valuation methodology

Market Funds

Derivative financial instruments

Non-listed equity instruments at fair value through OCI and Put and Call options at fair value through

other equity

The fair values of financial instruments measured by reference to the following levels under IFRS 13 "Fair value measurement":

Market value includes accrued interest and change in credit risk and interest rate risk, and is therefore different to the

Valuation techniques include forward pricing and swap models using net present value calculation of future cash flows. The model inputs include the foreign exchange spot and forward rates, yield curves of the respective currencies, currency basis spreads between the respective currencies,

The fair value of these non-listed equity investments has been

The fair value of the put and call options have been estimated using a formula as stated within the relevant shareholder agreement. The inputs include management approved future cash flows and earnings ratios calculated from market quoted

commodity price indices and interest rate curves.

estimated using a discounted cash flow model.

reported carrying amounts.

prices.

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities The Board has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group's risk management framework and for establishing the

NEXT operates a centralised treasury function which is responsible for managing the liquidity, interest, commodity and foreign currency risks associated with the Group's activities. As part of its strategy for the management of these risks, the Group uses financial instruments. In accordance with the Group's treasury policy, financial instruments are not entered into for speculative purposes. The treasury policy is reviewed and approved by the Board and specifies the parameters within which treasury operations must be conducted, including authorised counterparties, instrument types and transaction limits, and principles governing the management of liquidity, interest and foreign currency

The Group's financial instruments also include cash, short term deposits, preference shares, bank overdrafts, loans and corporate bonds. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group's operations. In addition, the Group has various other financial

Corporate bonds, Money

Fair Value Hierarchy

Level 1 Quoted prices in active

or liabilities

Level 2 Inputs other than quoted

prices)

Level 3 Inputs for the asset or

Group's risk management policies.

● Liquidity risk ● Interest rate risk ● Foreign currency risk ● Commodity price risk

● Credit risk ● Capital risk

risks.

Treasury function

markets for identical assets

prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from

liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable market data)

The Group has exposure to the following risks arising from financial instruments:

assets and liabilities such as trade receivables and trade payables arising directly from its operations.

28. Financial Instruments: Categories

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Financial assets
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	1.2	0.7
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments	30.5	6.9
Customer and other receivables at amortised cost (1)	1,439.2	1,388.6
Cash, short term deposits (note 16)	200.4	188.3
Preference shares at amortised cost	2.2	2.0
Non-listed equity instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss / OCI	0.2	0.2
Financial liabilities
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments	(2.8)	(5.9)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments	(13.5)	(24.2)
Lease liabilities at amortised cost	(1,014.4)	(1,037.7)
Interest bearing loans and borrowings:
Corporate bonds at amortised cost adjusted for the fair value changes attributable to the risk being hedged	(793.8)	(790.8)
Bank loans and overdrafts at amortised cost	(60.6)	(88.2)
Put and call options over non-controlling interests	(31.1)	(26.1)
Trade and other payables at amortised cost (2)	(825.4)	(740.5)

(1) Prepayments of £68.3m (2024: £63.6m) and other debtors of £0.8m (2024: £0.5m) do not meet the definition of a financial instrument.

(2) Other taxation and social security payables of £123.0m (2024: £133.4m), deferred income of £107.5m (2024: £99.0m), share-based payment liabilities of £0.4m (2024: £0.2m) and other creditors of £31.9m (2024: £30.5m) do not meet the definition of a financial instrument.

29. Financial Instruments: Fair Values

The fair values of each category of the Group's financial instruments are based on the following assumptions:

Customer receivables	The fair value has been calculated based on future cash flows discounted at an appropriate rate for the risk of the debt. See Note 14 for further details.
Other trade receivables, trade payables, short term deposits, bank loans and overdrafts	The fair value approximates to the carrying amount because of the short maturity of these instruments.
Corporate bonds	The fair value is the market value which includes accrued interest and change in credit risk and interest rate risk. See Note 20 for further details.
Preference shares	The fair value approximates to the carrying amount because the percentage interest earned on the shares is equivalent to the effective interest rate used to calculate the amortised cost.
Non-listed equity instruments	The fair value approximates to the net assets of the investment given no observable market rates at the reporting date.
Bank loans - non-current	The fair value of bank loans and other borrowings approximates to the carrying value reported in the Balance Sheet as the majority are floating rate where interest rates are reset at intervals less than one year.
Derivative financial instruments	The fair value is determined as the net present value of cash flows using observable market rates at the reporting date.
Put and call options	The fair value is determined as the present value of the EBITDA forecasts multiplied by an earnings ratio which also equates to the carrying value. See Note 19 for details.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 226 31/03/2025 17:36

29. Financial Instruments: Fair Values (continued)

Fair Value Hierarchy

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments 1.2 0.7 Derivatives designated as hedging instruments 30.5 6.9 Customer and other receivables at amortised cost (1) 1,439.2 1,388.6 Cash, short term deposits (note 16) 200.4 188.3 Preference shares at amortised cost 2.2 2.0 Non-listed equity instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss / OCI 0.2 0.2

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (2.8) (5.9) Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (13.5) (24.2) Lease liabilities at amortised cost (1,014.4) (1,037.7)

Bank loans and overdrafts at amortised cost (60.6) (88.2) Put and call options over non-controlling interests (31.1) (26.1) Trade and other payables at amortised cost (2) (825.4) (740.5)

(2) Other taxation and social security payables of £123.0m (2024: £133.4m), deferred income of £107.5m (2024: £99.0m), share-based payment liabilities of

Customer receivables The fair value has been calculated based on future cash flows discounted at an appropriate

Corporate bonds The fair value is the market value which includes accrued interest and change in credit risk and interest rate risk. See Note 20 for further details. Preference shares The fair value approximates to the carrying amount because the percentage interest earned

Non-listed equity instruments The fair value approximates to the net assets of the investment given no observable market

Bank loans - non-current The fair value of bank loans and other borrowings approximates to the carrying value

Derivative financial instruments The fair value is determined as the net present value of cash flows using observable market

Put and call options The fair value is determined as the present value of the EBITDA forecasts multiplied by an

rates at the reporting date.

at intervals less than one year.

rates at the reporting date.

rate for the risk of the debt. See Note 14 for further details.

The fair value approximates to the carrying amount because of the short maturity of these

on the shares is equivalent to the effective interest rate used to calculate the amortised cost.

reported in the Balance Sheet as the majority are floating rate where interest rates are reset

earnings ratio which also equates to the carrying value. See Note 19 for details.

(1) Prepayments of £68.3m (2024: £63.6m) and other debtors of £0.8m (2024: £0.5m) do not meet the definition of a financial instrument.

£0.4m (2024: £0.2m) and other creditors of £31.9m (2024: £30.5m) do not meet the definition of a financial instrument.

The fair values of each category of the Group's financial instruments are based on the following assumptions:

instruments.

Corporate bonds at amortised cost adjusted for the fair value changes attributable to the risk being

2025 £m

(793.8) (790.8)

2024 £m

28. Financial Instruments: Categories

29. Financial Instruments: Fair Values

Other trade receivables, trade payables, short term deposits, bank loans and overdrafts

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

hedged

Interest bearing loans and borrowings:

The fair values of financial instruments measured by reference to the following levels under IFRS 13 "Fair value measurement":

Hierarchy level	Inputs	Financial instruments	Valuation methodology
Level 1	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities	Corporate bonds, Money Market Funds	Market value includes accrued interest and change in credit risk and interest rate risk, and is therefore different to the reported carrying amounts.
Level 2	Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)	Derivative financial instruments	Valuation techniques include forward pricing and swap models using net present value calculation of future cash flows. The model inputs include the foreign exchange spot and forward rates, yield curves of the respective currencies, currency basis spreads between the respective currencies, commodity price indices and interest rate curves.
Level 3	Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable market data)	Non-listed equity instruments at fair value through OCI and Put and Call options at fair value through other equity	The fair value of these non-listed equity investments has been estimated using a discounted cash flow model. The fair value of the put and call options have been estimated using a formula as stated within the relevant shareholder agreement. The inputs include management approved future cash flows and earnings ratios calculated from market quoted prices.

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities

The Board has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group's risk management framework and for establishing the Group's risk management policies.

The Group has exposure to the following risks arising from financial instruments:

Liquidity risk
Interest rate risk
Foreign currency risk
Commodity price risk
Credit risk
Capital risk

Treasury function

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 227 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

Company

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities (continued)

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities

The Group is exposed to fair value interest rate risk on its fixed rate corporate bonds and cash flow interest rate risk on floating rate loans and overdrafts. The forecast cash and borrowings profile of the Group is monitored regularly to assess the mix of fixed and variable rate debt, and the Group uses interest rate derivatives where appropriate to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates and the economic

The Group has interest rate swap agreements in place as fair value hedges against part of the interest rate risk associated with the corporate bonds. Under the terms of the swaps, which have matching features as the bonds, the Group receives a fixed rate of interest equivalent to the relevant coupon rate, and pays a variable rate interest related to SONIA. Details of the aggregate rates payable are given in Note 20.

There is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument as the terms of the interest rate swaps match the terms of the fixed rate corporate bonds (e.g. notional amount and maturity). The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risk of the interest rate swap is identical to the hedged risk component. To test the hedge effectiveness, the Group compares the changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument against the changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable

● The counterparties' credit risk differently impacts the fair value movements of the hedging instrument and the hedged item.

Derivatives in designated fair value hedging relationships (8.0) (11.3)

The fair values of derivatives have been calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and are based on

Maturity date of swap October 2026 October 2026 Interest rate swap Fixed to floating Fixed to floating Nominal amount (£m) 250.0 250.0 Average price SONIA + 1.7% SONIA + 1.7%

Line item in the Balance Sheet

Interest rate swaps - liabilities Other financial liabilities 250.0 (6.2) (3.0)

Interest rate swaps - liabilities Other financial liabilities 250.0 (9.2) (0.1)

* Other financial liabilities also includes £1.8m of interest payable (2024: £2.1m interest payable) on interest rate swaps that has been accrued at the Balance

2025 £m

Carrying amount* £m

Notional amount £m

2024 £m

2025 2024

Changes in fair value used for measuring ineffectiveness in the period

£m

● Different interest rate curve applied to discount the hedged item and the hedging instrument.

● Differences in timing of cash flows of the hedged item and hedging instrument.

The timing of the nominal amounts of the interest rate swaps are as follows:

The impact of the hedging instrument on the Balance Sheet is as follows:

The fair values of the Group's interest rate swaps, including accrued interest, are as follows:

(continued) Interest rate risk

environment.

to the hedged risk.

At 25 January 2025

At 27 January 2024

Sheet date.

Interest rates: fair value hedges

The hedge ineffectiveness can arise from:

Fair value of group swaps

market prices at the Balance Sheet date.

Liquidity risk

The Group manages its cash and borrowing requirements centrally to minimise net interest expense within risk parameters agreed by the Board, whilst ensuring that the Group has sufficient liquid resources to meet the operating needs of its businesses. The forecast cash and borrowings profile of the Group is monitored to ensure that adequate headroom remains under committed borrowing facilities.

The table below shows the maturity analysis of the undiscounted remaining contractual cash flows (including interest) of the Group's financial liabilities, including cash flows in respect of derivatives:

	Less than
	1 year	1 to 2 years	2 to 5 years	Over 5 years	Total
2025	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Bank loans and overdrafts	61.1	-	-	-	61.1
Lease liabilities	210.9	177.6	369.8	711.6	1,469.9
Trade and other payables	793.3	2.8	-	-	796.1
Corporate bonds	279.3	271.8	321.8	-	872.9
Put and call options	-	8.6	33.1	-	41.7
	1,344.6	460.8	724.7	711.6	3,241.7
Derivatives: net settled	4.6	3.5	-	-	8.1
Derivatives: gross settled
Cash inflows	(1,792.1)	-	-	-	(1,792.1)
Cash outflows	1,760.0	-	-	-	1,760.0
Total cash flows	1,317.1	464.3	724.7	711.6	3,217.7

	Less than
	1 year	1 to 2 years	2 to 5 years	Over 5 years	Total
2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Bank loans and overdrafts	37.6	29.4	-	-	67.0
Lease liabilities	205.7	175.9	366.1	735.0	1,482.7
Trade and other payables	703.8	2.8	-	-	706.6
Corporate bonds	29.3	279.3	593.6	-	902.2
Loan notes	23.6	0.6	-	-	24.2
Put and call options	-	-	26.1	-	26.1
	1,000.0	488.0	985.8	735.0	3,208.8
Derivatives: net settled	6.4	3.3	2.0	-	11.7
Derivatives: gross settled
Cash inflows	(1,241.2)	-	-	-	(1,241.2)
Cash outflows	1,250.0	-	-	-	1,250.0
Total cash flows	1,015.2	491.3	987.8	735.0	3,229.3

Within lease liabilities greater than 5 years are leases on stores with cash flows in years 5-10 of £116.5m (2024: £153.0m) and more than 10 years of £17.6m (2024: £27.8m). The lease liabilities greater than 5 years on warehouses and head office premises with cash flows in years 5-10 are £171.1m (2024: £146.3m) and more than 10 years of £406.4m (2024: £407.9m).

As at 25 January 2025, the Group had borrowing facilities of £425.0m (2024: £425.0m) committed until June 2029 (2024: June 2028), in respect of which all conditions precedent have been met. £nil of the facilities were drawn down as at January 2025 (2024: £nil).

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 228 31/03/2025 17:36

Company

Group

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities (continued)

Interest rate risk

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities

The table below shows the maturity analysis of the undiscounted remaining contractual cash flows (including interest) of the Group's

Bank loans and overdrafts 61.1 - - - 61.1 Lease liabilities 210.9 177.6 369.8 711.6 1,469.9 Trade and other payables 793.3 2.8 - - 796.1 Corporate bonds 279.3 271.8 321.8 - 872.9 Put and call options - 8.6 33.1 - 41.7

Derivatives: net settled 4.6 3.5 - - 8.1

Cash inflows (1,792.1) - - - (1,792.1) Cash outflows 1,760.0 - - - 1,760.0 Total cash flows 1,317.1 464.3 724.7 711.6 3,217.7

Less than 1 year £m

Bank loans and overdrafts 37.6 29.4 - - 67.0 Lease liabilities 205.7 175.9 366.1 735.0 1,482.7 Trade and other payables 703.8 2.8 - - 706.6 Corporate bonds 29.3 279.3 593.6 - 902.2 Loan notes 23.6 0.6 - - 24.2 Put and call options - - 26.1 - 26.1

Derivatives: net settled 6.4 3.3 2.0 - 11.7

Cash inflows (1,241.2) - - - (1,241.2) Cash outflows 1,250.0 - - - 1,250.0 Total cash flows 1,015.2 491.3 987.8 735.0 3,229.3

As at 25 January 2025, the Group had borrowing facilities of £425.0m (2024: £425.0m) committed until June 2029 (2024: June 2028), in

respect of which all conditions precedent have been met. £nil of the facilities were drawn down as at January 2025 (2024: £nil).

5-10 are £171.1m (2024: £146.3m) and more than 10 years of £406.4m (2024: £407.9m).

1 to 2 years £m

1 to 2 years £m 2 to 5 years £m

1,344.6 460.8 724.7 711.6 3,241.7

2 to 5 years £m

1,000.0 488.0 985.8 735.0 3,208.8

Over 5 years £m

Over 5 years

£m

Total £m

Total £m

Less than 1 year £m

borrowings profile of the Group is monitored to ensure that adequate headroom remains under committed borrowing facilities.

(continued) Liquidity risk

Derivatives: gross settled

2025

2024

financial liabilities, including cash flows in respect of derivatives:

Interest rates: fair value hedges

The hedge ineffectiveness can arise from:

Different interest rate curve applied to discount the hedged item and the hedging instrument.
Differences in timing of cash flows of the hedged item and hedging instrument.
The counterparties' credit risk differently impacts the fair value movements of the hedging instrument and the hedged item.

Fair value of group swaps

The fair values of the Group's interest rate swaps, including accrued interest, are as follows:

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Derivatives in designated fair value hedging relationships	(8.0)	(11.3)

The fair values of derivatives have been calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and are based on market prices at the Balance Sheet date.

The timing of the nominal amounts of the interest rate swaps are as follows:

	2025	2024
Maturity date of swap	October 2026	October 2026
Interest rate swap	Fixed to floating	Fixed to floating
Nominal amount (£m)	250.0	250.0
Average price	SONIA + 1.7%	SONIA + 1.7%

The impact of the hedging instrument on the Balance Sheet is as follows:

				Changes in fair value used for
		Notional amount	Carrying amount*	measuring ineffectiveness in the period
	Line item in the Balance Sheet	£m	£m	£m
At 25 January 2025
Interest rate swaps - liabilities	Other financial liabilities	250.0	(6.2)	(3.0)
At 27 January 2024
Interest rate swaps - liabilities	Other financial liabilities	250.0	(9.2)	(0.1)

* Other financial liabilities also includes £1.8m of interest payable (2024: £2.1m interest payable) on interest rate swaps that has been accrued at the Balance Sheet date.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 229 31/03/2025 17:36

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities (continued)

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities

Notional amount (in £m) 684.7 281.7 - 966.4 Average GBP: USD contract rate 1.28 1.28 - 1.28

Notional amount (in £m) 73.8 81.6 - 155.4 Average GBP: EURO contract rate 1.14 1.16 - 1.15

Notional amount (in £m) 144.5 47.1 - 191.6

Notional amount (in £m) 805.0 133.5 - 938.5 Average GBP: USD contract rate 1.26 1.28 - 1.26

Notional amount (in £m) 45.0 - - 45.0 Average GBP: EURO contract rate 1.16 - - 1.16

Notional amount (in £m) 42.0 8.8 - 50.8 Average GBP: EURO contract rate 1.14 1.14 - 1.14

Notional amount (in £m) 49.9 - - 49.9

(1) Note that in the prior year, there was significant Euro denominated capital expenditure, therefore the prior year comparative table shows additional

Average GBP: Other contract rate Various currencies*

* 6 currencies were hedged, which are individually not material to the financial statements.

* 10 currencies are hedged, which are individually not material to the financial statements.

Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 27 January 2024:

Maturity

Maturity

More than

More than

one year Total

one year Total

1-6 months 6-12 months

1-6 months 6-12 months

(continued)

Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 25 January 2025:

US Dollars (highly probable forecast purchases)

EURO (highly probable forecast purchases) (1)

EURO (highly probable forecast sales)

Other (highly probable forecast sales)

disclosure for Euro purchases.

EURO (highly probable forecast sales)

Other (highly probable forecast sales)

The impact of the hedged items on the Balance Sheet is as follows:

				Changes in fair value used for
		Carrying amount	Accumulated fair value adjustments	measuring ineffectiveness in the period
	Line item in the Balance Sheet	£m	£m	£m
At 25 January 2025
Fixed-rate borrowings	Corporate bonds	250.0	(6.2)	(3.0)
At 27 January 2024
Fixed-rate borrowings	Corporate bonds	250.0	(9.2)	(0.1)

The ineffectiveness recognised in the Income Statement for the period ended 25 January 2025 was £nil (2024: £nil).

Foreign currency risk

The Group's principal foreign currency exposures arise from the purchase of overseas sourced products. Group policy allows for these exposures to be hedged for up to 24 months ahead in order to fix the cost in Sterling. This hedging activity involves the use of spot, forward and option contracts.

The market value of outstanding foreign exchange contracts is reported regularly to the Board and reviewed in conjunction with percentage cover taken by season and current market conditions, in order to assess and manage the Group's ongoing exposure.

The Group does not have a material exposure to currency movements in relation to the translation of overseas investments and consequently does not hedge any such exposure. The Group's net exposure to foreign currencies, taking hedging activities into account, is illustrated by the sensitivity analysis in Note 31.

Foreign currency hedges

There is an economic relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instruments as the terms of the foreign exchange contracts match the terms of highly probable forecast transactions (e.g. notional amount and expected payment date). The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 for the hedging relationships as the underlying risk of the foreign exchange contracts are identical to the hedged risk components. To test hedge effectiveness, the Group uses the hypothetical derivative method and compares the changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments against the changes in the fair value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks.

In these hedge relationships, the main sources of ineffectiveness are:

Differences in the timing of the cash flows of the hedged items and the hedging instruments.
Different indices (and accordingly different curves) linked to the hedged risk of the hedged items and hedging instruments.
The counterparties' credit risk differently impacts the fair value movements of the hedging instruments and hedged items.
Changes to the forecasted amount of cash flows of hedged items and hedging instruments.

The fair values of foreign exchange derivatives are as follows:

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Derivatives in designated hedging relationships	25.4	(6.5)
Other foreign exchange derivatives not designated in hedging relationships	(1.6)	(5.2)
Total foreign exchange derivatives	23.8	(11.7)

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 230 31/03/2025 17:36

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities (continued)

Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 25 January 2025:

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities

Carrying amount £m

Accumulated fair value adjustments £m

Changes in fair value used for measuring ineffectiveness in the period

£m

Fixed-rate borrowings Corporate bonds 250.0 (6.2) (3.0)

Fixed-rate borrowings Corporate bonds 250.0 (9.2) (0.1)

The market value of outstanding foreign exchange contracts is reported regularly to the Board and reviewed in conjunction with percentage

Derivatives in designated hedging relationships 25.4 (6.5) Other foreign exchange derivatives not designated in hedging relationships (1.6) (5.2) Total foreign exchange derivatives 23.8 (11.7)

2025 £m

2024 £m

The ineffectiveness recognised in the Income Statement for the period ended 25 January 2025 was £nil (2024: £nil).

Line item in the Balance Sheet

cover taken by season and current market conditions, in order to assess and manage the Group's ongoing exposure.

the hedging instruments against the changes in the fair value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks.

● Different indices (and accordingly different curves) linked to the hedged risk of the hedged items and hedging instruments. ● The counterparties' credit risk differently impacts the fair value movements of the hedging instruments and hedged items.

● Differences in the timing of the cash flows of the hedged items and the hedging instruments.

● Changes to the forecasted amount of cash flows of hedged items and hedging instruments.

(continued)

At 25 January 2025

At 27 January 2024

Foreign currency risk

illustrated by the sensitivity analysis in Note 31.

In these hedge relationships, the main sources of ineffectiveness are:

The fair values of foreign exchange derivatives are as follows:

Foreign currency hedges

and option contracts.

The impact of the hedged items on the Balance Sheet is as follows:

		Maturity
		More than
	1-6 months	6-12 months	one year	Total
US Dollars (highly probable forecast purchases)
Notional amount (in £m)	684.7	281.7	-	966.4
Average GBP: USD contract rate	1.28	1.28	-	1.28
EURO (highly probable forecast sales)
Notional amount (in £m)	73.8	81.6	-	155.4
Average GBP: EURO contract rate	1.14	1.16	-	1.15
Other (highly probable forecast sales)
Notional amount (in £m)	144.5	47.1	-	191.6
Average GBP: Other contract rate		Various currencies*

* 10 currencies are hedged, which are individually not material to the financial statements.

Derivatives designated in hedging relationships at 27 January 2024:

		Maturity
	1-6 months	6-12 months	More than one year	Co mp Total any
US Dollars (highly probable forecast purchases)
Notional amount (in £m)	805.0	133.5	-	938.5
Average GBP: USD contract rate	1.26	1.28	-	1.26
EURO (highly probable forecast purchases) (1)
Notional amount (in £m)	45.0	-	-	45.0
Average GBP: EURO contract rate	1.16	-	-	1.16
EURO (highly probable forecast sales)
Notional amount (in £m)	42.0	8.8	-	50.8
Average GBP: EURO contract rate	1.14	1.14	-	1.14
Other (highly probable forecast sales)
Notional amount (in £m)	49.9	-	-	49.9
Average GBP: Other contract rate		Various currencies*

* 6 currencies were hedged, which are individually not material to the financial statements.

(1) Note that in the prior year, there was significant Euro denominated capital expenditure, therefore the prior year comparative table shows additional disclosure for Euro purchases.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 231 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities (continued)

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities

The Group's credit risk in relation to customer receivables is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Board has established a credit policy under which each new credit customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness and subject to credit verification procedures. Receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis and provision is made for estimated irrecoverable amounts using forward looking estimates. The concentration of credit risk is limited due to the Online customer base being large and diverse. As at January 2025, there were 3.00m active customers (2024: 2.94m) with an average balance of £512 (2024: £503). The Group's outstanding receivables balances and impairment losses are detailed in Note 14. The performance of our credit risk policies and the risk of the debtor book are monitored weekly by management. Any trends and deviations from expectations are investigated. Senior management review is

Customer receivables with a value of £8.3m (2024: £12.1m) were on a Reduced Payment Indicator (RPI) plan. An allowance for Expected Credit Losses (ECLs) of £5.9m (2024: £8.7m) has been made against these balances. Customers are typically on RPI plans for a period of 12 months during which no interest is charged and repayment rates are reduced. On completion of the RPI plan the customer would be returned to normal scoring, which considers multivariate factors, including indebtedness and repayment history, in the assessment of their

The Group uses Experian Delphi for Customer Management which provides a suite of characteristics and scores to monitor the credit behaviour of new and existing customers. The principal score for making risk decisions around credit limit changes, and monitoring the risk of associated sales, is the Account and Arrears Management ("AAM") score. The principal measure to assess a customer's ability to afford repayments, and our allowance for expected credit losses under IFRS 9, is the Consumer Indebtedness Index ("CII"). The CII is a score within the range of 0 to 99. A lower CII score is representative of a lower level of risk associated with the debt (i.e. a lower CII score indicates the

The following table contains an analysis of customer and other receivables segmented by CII score at the end of the reporting period. For the

Risk band 1 (CII<=5) 980.4 954.4 Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16) 236.2 231.1 Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48) 156.1 159.6 Risk band 4 (CII>48) 103.0 96.0 Gross carrying amount before credit impaired 1,475.7 1,441.1 Credit impaired 76.5 101.5 Gross carrying amount after credit impaired 1,552.2 1,542.6 Less allowance (183.0) (209.4) Carrying amount 1,369.2 1,333.2

2025 Total £m

2024 Total £m

expected risk levels. Any modification gain or loss recognised is immaterial to the financial statements.

maximum residual credit exposure, which was £1,369.2m at the reporting date (2024: £1,333.2m). These are detailed in Note 14.

(continued) Credit risk

carried out monthly.

customer has a greater ability to afford repayments).

Risk exposure determined by CII score

purpose of this analysis, trade receivables are recognised in Risk band 1.

The impact of the hedging instruments on the Balance Sheet are as follows:

				Changes in fair value used for
				measuring
		Notional	Carrying	ineffectiveness
		amount	amount	in the period
	Line item in the Balance Sheet	£m	£m	£m
At 25 January 2025
Foreign exchange contracts	Other financial assets	1,124.9	30.5	52.8
Foreign exchange contracts	Other financial liabilities	358.6	(5.2)	(33.0)
At 27 January 2024
Foreign exchange contracts	Other financial assets	548.0	6.8	29.2
Foreign exchange contracts	Other financial liabilities	605.9	(18.0)	(28.4)

The impact of the hedged items on the Balance Sheet is as follows:

	25 January 2025			27 January 2024
	Changes in fair value used for measuring ineffectiveness in the period £m	Closing cash flow hedge reserve £m	Closing cost of hedging reserve £m	Changes in fair value used for measuring ineffectiveness in the period £m	Closing cash flow hedge reserve £m	Closing cost of hedging reserve £m
Highly probable forecast sales	(0.9)	1.7	-	3.5	0.4	-
Highly probable forecast stock purchases	21.3	23.8	(0.2)	(1.8)	(6.5)	(0.4)

The effect of the cash flow hedge in the Income Statement or other comprehensive income is as follows:

				Amount
	Ineffectiveness			reclassified from
	recognised in		Cost of hedging	OCI to the
	Income	Recycled to cost	recognised in	Income	Line item in the
	Statement	of inventories	OCI	Statement	Income
	£m	£m	£m	£m	Statement
Year ended 25 January 2025
Highly probable forecast sales	-	-	-	1.4	Revenue
Highly probable forecast stock purchases	-	10.1	(0.6)	-	-
Year ended 27 January 2024
Highly probable forecast sales	-	-	-	(5.0)	Revenue
Highly probable forecast stock purchases	-	12.4	(0.9)	-	-

Commodity price risk

The Group is exposed to commodity price risk on contracts to purchase commodities at a floating price. In order to mitigate the risk arising from potential movements in commodity prices, the Group enters into deliverable fixed price contracts or financial derivatives. As at 25 January 2025, the Group had commodity derivative contracts with a fair value loss of £0.3m (2024: £0.3m) in relation to highly probable forecast diesel purchases. These contracts committed the Group to pay a fixed price and receive the floating index price on 12,213kL (2024: 12,623kL) of diesel and have been designated as cash flow hedges for reporting purposes.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 232 31/03/2025 17:36

Group

Company

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities (continued)

Credit risk

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities

Foreign exchange contracts Other financial assets 1,124.9 30.5 52.8 Foreign exchange contracts Other financial liabilities 358.6 (5.2) (33.0)

Foreign exchange contracts Other financial assets 548.0 6.8 29.2 Foreign exchange contracts Other financial liabilities 605.9 (18.0) (28.4)

sales (0.9) 1.7 - 3.5 0.4 -

stock purchases 21.3 23.8 (0.2) (1.8) (6.5) (0.4)

Highly probable forecast sales - - - 1.4 Revenue Highly probable forecast stock purchases - 10.1 (0.6) - -

Highly probable forecast sales - - - (5.0) Revenue Highly probable forecast stock purchases - 12.4 (0.9) - -

Recycled to cost of inventories

£m

25 January 2025 27 January 2024

Changes in fair value used for measuring ineffectiveness in the period

Cost of hedging recognised in

OCI £m

£m

Closing cost of hedging reserve £m

Notional amount £m

Carrying amount £m

Closing cash flow hedge reserve £m

Amount reclassified from OCI to the Income Statement £m

Changes in fair value used for measuring ineffectiveness in the period

£m

Closing cost of hedging reserve £m

Line item in the Income Statement

Line item in the Balance Sheet

Closing cash flow hedge reserve £m

(continued)

At 25 January 2025

At 27 January 2024

Highly probable forecast

Year ended 25 January 2025

Year ended 27 January 2024

Commodity price risk

The impact of the hedging instruments on the Balance Sheet are as follows:

The impact of the hedged items on the Balance Sheet is as follows:

Changes in fair value used for measuring ineffectiveness in the period

£m

12,623kL) of diesel and have been designated as cash flow hedges for reporting purposes.

The effect of the cash flow hedge in the Income Statement or other comprehensive income is as follows:

Ineffectiveness recognised in Income Statement £m

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises primarily from the Group's Online customer receivables. The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum residual credit exposure, which was £1,369.2m at the reporting date (2024: £1,333.2m). These are detailed in Note 14.

The following table contains an analysis of customer and other receivables segmented by CII score at the end of the reporting period. For the purpose of this analysis, trade receivables are recognised in Risk band 1.

	2025	2024
	Total	Total
	£m	£m
Risk exposure determined by CII score
Risk band 1 (CII<=5)	980.4	954.4
Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16)	236.2	231.1
Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48)	156.1	159.6
Risk band 4 (CII>48)	103.0	96.0
Gross carrying amount before credit impaired	1,475.7	1,441.1
Credit impaired	76.5	101.5
Gross carrying amount after credit impaired	1,552.2	1,542.6
Less allowance	(183.0)	(209.4)
Carrying amount	1,369.2	1,333.2

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 233 31/03/2025 17:37

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities (continued)

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities

31-60 days past due £m

Risk band 1 (CII<=5) 942.7 10.7 0.1 - - - 0.9 954.4 Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16) 222.7 7.1 0.2 - - - 1.1 231.1 Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48) 143.5 10.3 1.8 0.6 0.2 0.3 2.9 159.6 Risk band 4 (CII>48) 65.5 9.2 4.8 3.3 2.7 3.2 7.2 95.9 Otherwise impaired - - - - - 101.5 - 101.5 Total 1,374.4 37.3 6.9 3.9 2.9 105.0 12.1 1,542.5

Risk band 1 (CII<=5) (49.0) (1.4) - - - - (0.3) (50.7) Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16) (15.5) (1.1) (0.1) - - - (0.5) (17.2) Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48) (12.8) (1.7) (0.6) (0.4) (0.2) (0.2) (1.8) (17.7) Risk band 4 (CII>48) (12.8) (2.0) (2.0) (2.1) (2.1) (2.6) (6.1) (29.7) Otherwise impaired - - - - - (94.1) - (94.1) Total (90.1) (6.2) (2.7) (2.5) (2.3) (96.9) (8.7) (209.4)

Risk band 1 (CII<=5) 5.2% 13.3% 32.8% 63.7% - 79.3% 31.3% 5.3% Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16) 7.0% 15.2% 33.6% 62.7% - 79.2% 40.8% 7.4% Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48) 8.9% 16.9% 36.3% 61.4% 77.9% 77.3% 61.7% 11.1% Risk band 4 (CII>48) 19.5% 21.3% 40.8% 64.3% 80.6% 80.6% 84.6% 31.0% Otherwise impaired - - - - - 92.7% - 92.7% Total 6.6% 16.6% 39.3% 63.8% 80.4% 92.3% 71.3% 13.6%

Investments of cash surpluses and derivative contracts are made through banks and companies which must fulfil credit rating and investment criteria approved by the Board. Risk is further mitigated by diversification and limiting counterparty exposure. The Group does not consider there to be any impairment loss in respect of these balances (2024: £nil). The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, as analysed in Note 32, and equity attributable to the equity holders of the Parent Company, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. The Group manages its capital with the objective that all entities within the Group continue as going concerns while maintaining an efficient structure to

As part of its strategy for delivering sustainable returns to shareholders, the Group has been returning capital to shareholders by way of share buybacks in addition to dividends (including special dividends). Share buybacks may be transacted through both on-market purchases and

minimise the cost of capital. The Group is not restricted by any externally imposed capital requirements.

61-90 days past due £m

91-120 days past due £m

120 days past due £m

Payment plans £m

Total £m

1-30 days past due £m

Current £m

(continued)

Loss allowance

Expected loss rate %

Capital risk

off-market contingent contracts.

Customer receivables and other trade receivables

Credit risk on other financial assets

carrying value of each class of asset as the debt is not collateralised.

2024

Analysis of customer receivables and other trade receivables, stratified by credit grade, is provided in the tables below. Since 2024, CII scores have been based on GEN11.

		1-30	31-60	61-90	91-120	>120
		days past	days past	days past	days past	days past	Payment
	Current	due	due	due	due	due	plans	Total
2025	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Customer receivables and other trade receivables
Risk band 1 (CII<=5)	969.6	10.2	0.1	-	-	-	0.5	980.4
Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16)	229.1	6.3	0.2	-	-	-	0.6	236.2
Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48)	142.8	9.2	1.4	0.5	0.2	0.2	1.8	156.1
Risk band 4 (CII>48)	77.0	9.3	3.9	2.7	2.2	2.5	5.4	103.0
Otherwise impaired	-	-	-	-	-	76.5	-	76.5
Total	1,418.5	35.0	5.6	3.2	2.4	79.2	8.3	1,552.2
Loss allowance
Risk band 1 (CII<=5)	(52.3)	(1.0)	-	-	-	-	(0.2)	(53.5)
Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16)	(15.9)	(0.7)	(0.1)	-	-	-	(0.2)	(16.9)
Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48)	(11.5)	(1.0)	(0.4)	(0.3)	(0.2)	(0.2)	(1.0)	(14.6)
Risk band 4 (CII>48)	(13.8)	(1.9)	(1.4)	(1.7)	(1.7)	(1.9)	(4.5)	(26.9)
Otherwise impaired	-	-	-	-	-	(71.1)	-	(71.1)
Total	(93.5)	(4.6)	(1.9)	(2.0)	(1.9)	(73.2)	(5.9)	(183.0)
Expected loss rate %
Risk band 1 (CII<=5)	5.4%	9.4%	24.1%	-	-	-	29.2%	5.5%
Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16)	7.0%	10.4%	25.8%	-	-	-	35.9%	7.2%
Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48)	8.0%	11.3%	26.1%	57.3%	83.6%	80.5%	56.9%	9.3%
Risk band 4 (CII>48)	17.9%	19.9%	36.3%	61.7%	77.0%	75.9%	84.1%	26.0%
Otherwise impaired	-	-	-	-	-	93.1%	-	93.1%
Total	6.6%	12.9%	33.1%	61.1%	77.7%	92.5%	71.1%	11.8%

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 234 31/03/2025 17:37

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities (continued)

		1-30	31-60	61-90	91-120	>120
		days past	days past	days past	days past	days past	Payment
	Current	due	due	due	due	due	plans	Total
2024	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
Customer receivables and other trade receivables
Risk band 1 (CII<=5)	942.7	10.7	0.1	-	-	-	0.9	954.4
Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16)	222.7	7.1	0.2	-	-	-	1.1	231.1
Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48)	143.5	10.3	1.8	0.6	0.2	0.3	2.9	159.6
Risk band 4 (CII>48)	65.5	9.2	4.8	3.3	2.7	3.2	7.2	95.9
Otherwise impaired	-	-	-	-	-	101.5	-	101.5
Total	1,374.4	37.3	6.9	3.9	2.9	105.0	12.1	1,542.5
Loss allowance
Risk band 1 (CII<=5)	(49.0)	(1.4)	-	-	-	-	(0.3)	(50.7)
Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16)	(15.5)	(1.1)	(0.1)	-	-	-	(0.5)	(17.2)
Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48)	(12.8)	(1.7)	(0.6)	(0.4)	(0.2)	(0.2)	(1.8)	(17.7)	Gro
Risk band 4 (CII>48)	(12.8)	(2.0)	(2.0)	(2.1)	(2.1)	(2.6)	(6.1)	(29.7)	up
Otherwise impaired	-	-	-	-	-	(94.1)	-	(94.1)
Total	(90.1)	(6.2)	(2.7)	(2.5)	(2.3)	(96.9)	(8.7)	(209.4)	Co mp
Expected loss rate %									any
Risk band 1 (CII<=5)	5.2%	13.3%	32.8%	63.7%	-	79.3%	31.3%	5.3%
Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16)	7.0%	15.2%	33.6%	62.7%	-	79.2%	40.8%	7.4%
Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48)	8.9%	16.9%	36.3%	61.4%	77.9%	77.3%	61.7%	11.1%
Risk band 4 (CII>48)	19.5%	21.3%	40.8%	64.3%	80.6%	80.6%	84.6%	31.0%
Otherwise impaired	-	-	-	-	-	92.7%	-	92.7%
Total	6.6%	16.6%	39.3%	63.8%	80.4%	92.3%	71.3%	13.6%

Credit risk on other financial assets

Capital risk

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

30. Financial Instruments: Financial Risk Management and Hedging Activities

Analysis of customer receivables and other trade receivables, stratified by credit grade, is provided in the tables below. Since 2024, CII scores

31-60 days past due £m

Risk band 1 (CII<=5) 969.6 10.2 0.1 - - - 0.5 980.4 Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16) 229.1 6.3 0.2 - - - 0.6 236.2 Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48) 142.8 9.2 1.4 0.5 0.2 0.2 1.8 156.1 Risk band 4 (CII>48) 77.0 9.3 3.9 2.7 2.2 2.5 5.4 103.0 Otherwise impaired - - - - - 76.5 - 76.5 Total 1,418.5 35.0 5.6 3.2 2.4 79.2 8.3 1,552.2

Risk band 1 (CII<=5) (52.3) (1.0) - - - - (0.2) (53.5) Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16) (15.9) (0.7) (0.1) - - - (0.2) (16.9) Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48) (11.5) (1.0) (0.4) (0.3) (0.2) (0.2) (1.0) (14.6) Risk band 4 (CII>48) (13.8) (1.9) (1.4) (1.7) (1.7) (1.9) (4.5) (26.9) Otherwise impaired - - - - - (71.1) - (71.1) Total (93.5) (4.6) (1.9) (2.0) (1.9) (73.2) (5.9) (183.0)

Risk band 1 (CII<=5) 5.4% 9.4% 24.1% - - - 29.2% 5.5% Risk band 2 (5<CII<=16) 7.0% 10.4% 25.8% - - - 35.9% 7.2% Risk band 3 (16<CII<=48) 8.0% 11.3% 26.1% 57.3% 83.6% 80.5% 56.9% 9.3% Risk band 4 (CII>48) 17.9% 19.9% 36.3% 61.7% 77.0% 75.9% 84.1% 26.0% Otherwise impaired - - - - - 93.1% - 93.1% Total 6.6% 12.9% 33.1% 61.1% 77.7% 92.5% 71.1% 11.8%

61-90 days past due £m

91-120 days past due £m

>120 days past due £m

Payment plans £m

Total £m

1-30 days past due £m

Current £m

(continued)

2025

Loss allowance

Expected loss rate %

have been based on GEN11.

Customer receivables and other trade receivables

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 235 31/03/2025 17:37

31. Financial Instruments: Sensitivity Analysis

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The table below illustrates the hypothetical sensitivity of the Group's reported profit and closing equity to a 1.0% increase or decrease in interest rates, assuming all other variables were unchanged. The sensitivity rate of 1.0% represents the directors' assessment of a reasonably possible change, based on historic volatility.

32. Analysis of Net Debt

bonds. See Note 30 for further details.

Cash flows from operating activities

assets

Movements in net debt

Fair value movements £m

(1,037.7) - - 23.3 (1,014.4)

IFRS 16 movements £m

52 weeks to 25 January 2025 £m

52 weeks to 27 January 2024 £m

137.9 111.8

25 January 2025 £m

Net cash movements £m

Cash and short term deposits 188.3 12.1 - - 200.4 Overdrafts and short term borrowings (30.1) 1.0 - - (29.1) Cash and cash equivalents 158.2 13.1 - - 171.3 Bank loans (33.9) 2.4 - - (31.5) Loan notes (24.2) 24.2 - - - Corporate bonds (790.8) - (3.0) - (793.8) Fair value hedges on corporate bonds (9.2) - 3.0 - (6.2) Net debt excluding leases (699.9) 39.7 - - (660.2)

Current lease liability (167.8) - - (3.0) (170.8) Non-current lease liability (869.9) - - 26.3 (843.6)

Net debt including leases (1,737.6) 39.7 - 23.3 (1,674.6)

Fair value movements: In relation to the corporate bonds, the movement of £3.0m represents the movement in the fair value adjustment arising through the application of hedge accounting. This offsets with an equal and opposite movement of £3.0m in fair value hedges on

Operating profit 1,075.4 987.9 Depreciation, impairment and (profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 117.9 95.7

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets 55.2 38.5 Amortisation, impairment & disposals of associates, joint ventures and other investments 13.5 0.8 Share option charge 40.9 31.9 Share of profit of associates and joint ventures (6.7) (6.9) Interest received 7.4 2.8 Exchange movement (5.6) (15.5) (Increase)/decrease in inventories and right of return asset (100.3) 15.3 (Increase)/decrease in customer and other receivables (52.3) 3.7 Increase in trade and other payables 93.2 47.6 Cash generated from operations 1,376.5 1,313.6

In the current year, bank loans of £33.9m has been separated out of the cash and cash equivalent subtotal and disclosed separately above.

At January 2025, there is unpaid interest on the Corporate bonds of £16.0m (2024: £16.4m) recognised within accruals.

IFRS 16: The movement in the lease liability, including the cash flows, is explained in Note 12.

Depreciation, gains on lease modifications and disposals and impairment reversals on right-of-use

33. Cash Generated from Operations

27 January 2024 £m

The analysis has been prepared using the following assumptions:

For floating rate assets and liabilities, the amount of the asset or liability outstanding at the Balance Sheet date is assumed to have been outstanding for the whole year.
Fixed rate financial instruments that are carried at amortised cost are not subject to interest rate risk for the purpose of this analysis.

Positive figures represent an increase in profit or equity.

	Income Statement			Equity
	2025	2024	2025	2024
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Interest rate increase of 1.0%	(1.4)	(1.5)	(1.4)	(1.5)
Interest rate decrease of 1.0%	1.4	1.5	1.4	1.5

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Group's principal foreign currency exposures are to US Dollars and the Euro. The table below illustrates the hypothetical sensitivity of the Group's reported profit and closing equity to a 10% increase and decrease in the US Dollar/Sterling and Euro/Sterling exchange rates at the reporting date, assuming all other variables remain unchanged. The sensitivity rate of 10% represents the directors' assessment of a reasonably possible change, based on historic volatility.

The analysis assumes that exchange rate fluctuations on currency derivatives that form part of an effective cash flow hedge relationship affect the fair value reserve in equity and the fair value of the hedging derivatives. For foreign exchange derivatives which are not designated hedges, movements in exchange rates impact the Income Statement.

Positive figures represent an increase in profit or equity.

	Income Statement			Equity
	2025 £m	2024 £m	2025 £m	2024 £m
Sterling strengthens by 10%
US Dollar	(24.0)	(12.6)	(86.1)	(60.2)
Euro	1.1	-	9.8	1.3
Sterling weakens by 10%
US Dollar	8.5	3.4	83.1	66.2
Euro	(2.9)	-	(13.6)	(1.6)

Year end exchange rates applied in the above analysis are US Dollar 1.25 (2024: 1.27) and Euro 1.19 (2024: 1.17). Strengthening and weakening of Sterling may not produce symmetrical results depending on the proportion and nature of foreign exchange derivatives which do not qualify for hedge accounting.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 236 31/03/2025 17:37

32. Analysis of Net Debt

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

● For floating rate assets and liabilities, the amount of the asset or liability outstanding at the Balance Sheet date is assumed to have

2025 £m

Income Statement Equity

2024 £m

Income Statement Equity

2024 £m 2025 £m

2025 £m

2024 £m

● Fixed rate financial instruments that are carried at amortised cost are not subject to interest rate risk for the purpose of this analysis.

Interest rate increase of 1.0% (1.4) (1.5) (1.4) (1.5) Interest rate decrease of 1.0% 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.5

US Dollar (24.0) (12.6) (86.1) (60.2) Euro 1.1 - 9.8 1.3

US Dollar 8.5 3.4 83.1 66.2 Euro (2.9) - (13.6) (1.6)

31. Financial Instruments: Sensitivity Analysis

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

possible change, based on historic volatility.

been outstanding for the whole year.

Positive figures represent an increase in profit or equity.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

reasonably possible change, based on historic volatility.

Positive figures represent an increase in profit or equity.

Sterling strengthens by 10%

Sterling weakens by 10%

do not qualify for hedge accounting.

hedges, movements in exchange rates impact the Income Statement.

The analysis has been prepared using the following assumptions:

	Movements in net debt
	27 January 2024 £m	Net cash movements £m	Fair value movements £m	IFRS 16 movements £m	25 January 2025 £m
Cash and short term deposits	188.3	12.1	-	-	200.4
Overdrafts and short term borrowings	(30.1)	1.0	-	-	(29.1)
Cash and cash equivalents	158.2	13.1	-	-	171.3
Bank loans	(33.9)	2.4	-	-	(31.5)
Loan notes	(24.2)	24.2	-	-	-
Corporate bonds	(790.8)	-	(3.0)	-	(793.8)
Fair value hedges on corporate bonds	(9.2)	-	3.0	-	(6.2)
Net debt excluding leases	(699.9)	39.7	-	-	(660.2)
Current lease liability	(167.8)	-	-	(3.0)	(170.8)
Non-current lease liability	(869.9)	-	-	26.3	(843.6)
	(1,037.7)	-	-	23.3	Gro (1,014.4)
Net debt including leases	(1,737.6)	39.7	-	23.3	up (1,674.6)

In the current year, bank loans of £33.9m has been separated out of the cash and cash equivalent subtotal and disclosed separately above.

At January 2025, there is unpaid interest on the Corporate bonds of £16.0m (2024: £16.4m) recognised within accruals.

IFRS 16: The movement in the lease liability, including the cash flows, is explained in Note 12.

33. Cash Generated from Operations

	52 weeks to	52 weeks to
	25 January	27 January
	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Cash flows from operating activities
Operating profit	1,075.4	987.9
Depreciation, impairment and (profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment	117.9	95.7
Depreciation, gains on lease modifications and disposals and impairment reversals on right-of-use assets	137.9	111.8
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets	55.2	38.5
Amortisation, impairment & disposals of associates, joint ventures and other investments	13.5	0.8
Share option charge	40.9	31.9
Share of profit of associates and joint ventures	(6.7)	(6.9)
Interest received	7.4	2.8
Exchange movement	(5.6)	(15.5)
(Increase)/decrease in inventories and right of return asset	(100.3)	15.3
(Increase)/decrease in customer and other receivables	(52.3)	3.7
Increase in trade and other payables	93.2	47.6
Cash generated from operations	1,376.5	1,313.6

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 237 31/03/2025 17:37

34. Related Party Transactions

During the year, Group entities entered into the following transactions with related parties and their respective subsidiaries who are not members of the Group:

35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (continued)

share consideration paid by the non-controlling interest and amounted to £120.4m.

the business combination occurred at the beginning of the prior year.

value method of accounting. These options are required to be fair valued at each accounting period date.

Satisfied by:

shares themselves.

were settled in the current financial year.

The amounts recognised in respect of the identifiable assets acquired are set out in the table below:

Financial assets including cash 43.3 5.3 48.6 Inventory 61.7 - 61.7 Property, plant and equipment, software and right-of-use assets 42.6 (0.3) 42.3 Identifiable intangible assets 365.9 - 365.9 Financial liabilities including loans and lease liabilities (135.9) (1.4) (137.3) Deferred tax liabilities (86.6) (3.1) (89.7) Total identifiable assets acquired 291.0 0.5 291.5 Goodwill 140.6 (0.5) 140.1 Non-controlling interest in 28% of Pink Holdco Limited (120.4) - (120.4) Net assets attributable to NEXT 311.2 - 311.2

Cash 98.5 - 98.5 Fair value of joint venture holding 194.5 - 194.5 Loan note and deferred consideration 18.2 - 18.2 Total consideration 311.2 - 311.2

The non-controlling interest of 28% ownership interest in Reiss recognised at the acquisition date was measured by reference to the share for

In relation to the consideration paid, the cash of £98.5m was settled in the prior year, the loan notes and deferred consideration of £18.2m

In addition to the cash consideration paid, the Group received a contribution from the vendor of £2.0m towards the due diligence and legal costs as part of the acquisition. This has been excluded from the consideration amounts above as it did not relate to the purchase price of the

The existing Reiss management team reinvested their original shareholding into Pink Holdco Limited in exchange for a minority stake of 6.3%. Put and call options, to enable future exit opportunities for the Reiss management team, have also been agreed and become exercisable in 2027, 2028 and 2029. A valuation of these put options was performed using an earnings multiple, a suitable discount rate and approved forecasts, and the initial liability of £18.1m was recognised with the corresponding entry to Other Equity in accordance with the present

Reiss contributed £137.4m of revenue and £16.9m profit before tax to the Group's profit for the prior period between the date of acquisition and the January 2024 reporting date. Reiss would have contributed £345.5m revenue and £27.0m profit before tax to the Group's profits had

Previously reported £m

Fair Value Adjustments £m

Restated £m

	Joint ventures			Associates
	2025	2024	2025	2024
	£m	£m	£m	£m
Sales	38.9	64.2	22.6	20.8
Loans (repaid)/advanced	(0.4)	(5.5)	1.3	0.5
Transactions and loan interest	29.4	32.3	1.5	0.2
Amounts outstanding at year end	7.0	7.6	3.8	3.5

The amounts above are an aggregation of the transactions predominantly with the Group's associates and joint ventures, being:

VS Brand Holdings UK Limited and its subsidiaries (joint venture);
Pink TopCo Limited and its subsidiaries (the "Reiss" Group) (joint venture) up until September 2023 (see Note 13);
West Apparel UK Holdings Limited ("GAP") (joint venture);
Choice Discount Stores Limited (associate);
Aubin & Wills Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries (associate);
Regent Bidco 1 Limited and its subsidiaries (the "Jojo Maman Bébé" Group) (associate);
Swoon Limited (associate); and
Rockett St George Limited (associate).

All transactions are on an arm's length basis. Within transactions and loan interest are (i) recharges for payroll costs borne by the NEXT Group and then recharged to the related party and (ii) certain joint ventures are part of the NEXT VAT Group and accordingly includes transactions for the settlement of VAT by NEXT on behalf of the joint venture. Such amounts are immediately recharged by NEXT and then settled by the joint venture.

35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries

Prior period acquisitions

Reiss

In September 2023, the Group increased its shareholding in the Reiss Group ("Reiss") from 51% to 72%. In addition, due to a change in reserved rights within the Shareholder Agreement, the Group therefore has control of Reiss. Reiss' principal activity is the design and retail of high quality women's, men's and children's fashion clothing and accessories sold exclusively under the Reiss brand in the UK and overseas. Following NEXT's original equity shareholding and the Total Platform partnership, the Reiss business has grown significantly with excellent results. Through the additional shareholding, Reiss will be able to reap the infrastructural benefits of being part of a larger Group. This qualifies as a business as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations. NEXT's direct shareholding is in the Reiss group's ultimate parent company, Pink Holdco Limited.

The Group recognised a non cash gain of £110.1m as a result of remeasuring the equity interest held in Reiss to fair value before the business combination. This gain was recognised as an exceptional item in the Consolidated Income Statement (Note 6).

Included within the fair value of the net identifiable assets on acquisition is an intangible asset representing the Reiss brand and customer relationship value of £365.9m. Total identifiable assets acquired were £286.2m, which resulted in a goodwill value of £140.1m arising from the acquisition. The value of goodwill was higher than provisionally calculated predominantly due to additional provisions and deferred tax adjustments. The goodwill relates to expected synergies from combining Reiss into the NEXT Group and the effect of a combined workforce with Brand specific design experience.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 238 31/03/2025 17:37

35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (continued)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

During the year, Group entities entered into the following transactions with related parties and their respective subsidiaries who are not

Sales 38.9 64.2 22.6 20.8 Loans (repaid)/advanced (0.4) (5.5) 1.3 0.5 Transactions and loan interest 29.4 32.3 1.5 0.2 Amounts outstanding at year end 7.0 7.6 3.8 3.5

The Group recognised a non cash gain of £110.1m as a result of remeasuring the equity interest held in Reiss to fair value before the business

combination. This gain was recognised as an exceptional item in the Consolidated Income Statement (Note 6).

The amounts above are an aggregation of the transactions predominantly with the Group's associates and joint ventures, being:

● Pink TopCo Limited and its subsidiaries (the "Reiss" Group) (joint venture) - up until September 2023 (see Note 13);

2025 £m

Joint ventures Associates

2025 £m

2024 £m

34. Related Party Transactions

● VS Brand Holdings UK Limited and its subsidiaries (joint venture);

● West Apparel UK Holdings Limited ("GAP") (joint venture);

● Aubin & Wills Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries (associate);

● Regent Bidco 1 Limited and its subsidiaries (the "Jojo Maman Bébé" Group) (associate);

● Choice Discount Stores Limited (associate);

35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries

● Swoon Limited (associate); and ● Rockett St George Limited (associate).

Prior period acquisitions

with Brand specific design experience.

joint venture.

Reiss

Pink Holdco Limited.

members of the Group:

The amounts recognised in respect of the identifiable assets acquired are set out in the table below:

	Previously reported £m	Fair Value Adjustments £m	Restated £m
Financial assets including cash	43.3	5.3	48.6
Inventory	61.7	-	61.7
Property, plant and equipment, software and right-of-use assets	42.6	(0.3)	42.3
Identifiable intangible assets	365.9	-	365.9
Financial liabilities including loans and lease liabilities	(135.9)	(1.4)	(137.3)
Deferred tax liabilities	(86.6)	(3.1)	(89.7)
Total identifiable assets acquired	291.0	0.5	291.5
Goodwill	140.6	(0.5)	140.1
Non-controlling interest in 28% of Pink Holdco Limited	(120.4)	-	(120.4)
Net assets attributable to NEXT	311.2	-	311.2
Satisfied by:
Cash	98.5	-	98.5 Gro
Fair value of joint venture holding	194.5	-	up 194.5
Loan note and deferred consideration	18.2	-	18.2
Total consideration	311.2	-	311.2 Co
The non-controlling interest of 28% ownership interest in Reiss recognised at the acquisition date was measured by reference to the share for			mp any

The non-controlling interest of 28% ownership interest in Reiss recognised at the acquisition date was measured by reference to the share for share consideration paid by the non-controlling interest and amounted to £120.4m.

In relation to the consideration paid, the cash of £98.5m was settled in the prior year, the loan notes and deferred consideration of £18.2m were settled in the current financial year.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 239 31/03/2025 17:37

35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (continued)

FatFace

In October 2023, the Group acquired 97% of Bridgetown Holdco Limited, the new parent company of the FatFace group, a consolidated group whose principal activity is the design and retail of lifestyle clothing, footwear and accessories in the UK, Ireland and North America. It is expected that this acquisition will strengthen the Group's portfolio of brands while its Total Platform infrastructure will help grow the FatFace business. This qualifies as a business as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations.

36. Contingent Liabilities

legal matters are considered and subject to further hearings.

potential liability is not disclosed as doing so could be prejudicial to NEXT's position.

successful.

the appeal process.

As reported in our January 2024 Annual Report and Accounts, NEXT is currently subject to Equal Pay claims from former and current employees in our store network. A decision on this matter was issued by the Employment Tribunal in August 2024. While NEXT was successful in its defence on the majority (eleven) of matters considered by the tribunal, there were seven matters on which it was not

NEXT has carefully reviewed the findings of the Tribunal and, following advice from legal Counsel, has appealed the decision. The legal advice we have received suggests that we have good prospects of success with the appeal. As such, it remains the view of the Board that the likelihood of any payment remains possible, but not probable. Therefore, at this time, no provision has been made in the accounts pending

It is also important to recognise that there remains significant uncertainty in the total number of claims that may be received and the outcome from the appeals process is unknown. It is a complex case and is expected to continue to run for a number of years as important

It has been agreed between the parties that no payments should be made before the appeal process has completed. An estimate of the

The identifiable intangible assets include a brand and customer relationship value of £78.2m. Total identifiable assets acquired were £83.6m, which results in a goodwill value of £31.7m arising from the acquisition. The value of goodwill has been adjusted in the current year as a result of changes to the fair value of inventories and additional provisions. The goodwill relates to expected synergies from combining FatFace into the NEXT Group and the effect of a combined workforce with Brand specific design experience.

The amounts recognised in respect of the identifiable assets acquired are set out in the table below:

	Previously	Fair Value
	reported £m	Adjustments £m	Restated £m

Financial assets including cash	28.3	-	28.3
Inventory	48.7	(0.9)	47.8
Property, plant and equipment, software and right-of-use assets	59.5	(0.5)	59.0
Identifiable intangible assets	78.2	-	78.2
Financial liabilities including loans and lease liabilities	(115.6)	(1.0)	(116.6)
Deferred tax liabilities	(13.1)	-	(13.1)
Total identifiable assets acquired	86.0	(2.4)	83.6
Goodwill	29.3	2.4	31.7
Non-controlling interest in 3% of Bridgetown Holdco Limited	(3.7)	-	(3.7)
Net assets attributable to NEXT	111.6	-	111.6
Satisfied by:
Cash	57.6	-	57.6
Shares	53.4	-	53.4
Loan notes	0.6	-	0.6
Total consideration	111.6	-	111.6

The non-controlling interest of 3% ownership interest in FatFace recognised at the acquisition date was measured by reference to the overall valuation of the FatFace Group and amounted to £3.7m.

In relation to the consideration paid, the cash consideration of £57.6m and shares of £53.4m were settled in the prior year and the loan notes of £0.6m were settled in the current financial year.

As part of the transaction the existing FatFace management team reinvested their original shareholding into Bridgetown Holdco Limited in exchange for a minority stake of 3%. Management and NEXT hold put and call options over this minority stake which enables future exit opportunities for the FatFace management team. These options become exercisable in 2027, 2028 and 2029 (or earlier at NEXT discretion if management exits the business before these dates). A valuation of these put options was performed using an earnings multiple, a suitable discount rate and approved forecasts, and the initial liability of £3.8m was recognised with the corresponding entry to Other Equity in accordance with the present value method of accounting. These options are required to be fair valued at each accounting period date.

FatFace contributed £90.8m of revenue and £1.7m profit before tax to the Group's profit for the prior period between the date of acquisition and the January 2024 reporting date. FatFace would have contributed £268.8m revenue and £14.7m profit before tax (including exceptional items of £4.6m) to the Group's profits had the business combination occurred at the beginning of the prior year.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 240 31/03/2025 17:37

36. Contingent Liabilities

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial assets including cash 28.3 - 28.3 Inventory 48.7 (0.9) 47.8 Property, plant and equipment, software and right-of-use assets 59.5 (0.5) 59.0 Identifiable intangible assets 78.2 - 78.2 Financial liabilities including loans and lease liabilities (115.6) (1.0) (116.6) Deferred tax liabilities (13.1) - (13.1) Total identifiable assets acquired 86.0 (2.4) 83.6 Goodwill 29.3 2.4 31.7 Non-controlling interest in 3% of Bridgetown Holdco Limited (3.7) - (3.7) Net assets attributable to NEXT 111.6 - 111.6

Cash 57.6 - 57.6 Shares 53.4 - 53.4 Loan notes 0.6 - 0.6 Total consideration 111.6 - 111.6

The non-controlling interest of 3% ownership interest in FatFace recognised at the acquisition date was measured by reference to the overall

In relation to the consideration paid, the cash consideration of £57.6m and shares of £53.4m were settled in the prior year and the loan

items of £4.6m) to the Group's profits had the business combination occurred at the beginning of the prior year.

Previously reported £m

Fair Value Adjustments £m

Restated £m

35. Acquisition of Subsidiaries (continued)

FatFace business. This qualifies as a business as defined in IFRS 3 Business Combinations.

FatFace into the NEXT Group and the effect of a combined workforce with Brand specific design experience.

The amounts recognised in respect of the identifiable assets acquired are set out in the table below:

FatFace

Satisfied by:

valuation of the FatFace Group and amounted to £3.7m.

notes of £0.6m were settled in the current financial year.

It has been agreed between the parties that no payments should be made before the appeal process has completed. An estimate of the potential liability is not disclosed as doing so could be prejudicial to NEXT's position.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 241 31/03/2025 17:37

242

PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v14_Amended_Artworked.indd 242 02/04/2025 12:35

243		Parent Company Balance Sheet

244 Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
245 Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET

The profit for the year in the accounts of the Company is £700.1m (2024: £668.4m).

Lord Wolfson of Aspley Guise Jonathan Blanchard Chief Executive Chief Financial Officer

Fixed assets

Current assets

Capital and reserves

by:

Notes

Investments C2 2,475.7 2,475.7

Other debtors C3 81.4 222.2 Cash at bank and in hand 0.1 -

Bank loans and overdrafts (10.8) (5.5) Creditors: amounts falling due within one year C4 (321.0) (532.5)

Net current liabilities (250.3) (315.8)

Total assets less current liabilities 2,225.4 2,159.9

NET ASSETS 2,225.4 2,159.9

Called up share capital C5 12.4 12.7 Share premium account 54.2 54.2 Capital redemption reserve 17.6 17.3 ESOT reserve C5 (427.7) (387.2) Other reserves C5 985.2 985.2 Profit and loss account 1,583.7 1,477.7 TOTAL EQUITY 2,225.4 2,159.9

The financial statements were approved by the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 27 March 2025. They were signed on its behalf

25 January 2025 £m

27 January 2024 £m

2,475.7 2,475.7

81.5 222.2

(331.8) (538.0)

PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET

		25 January	27 January
		2025	2024
	Notes	£m	£m
Fixed assets
Investments	C2	2,475.7	2,475.7
		2,475.7	2,475.7
Current assets
Other debtors	C3	81.4	222.2
Cash at bank and in hand		0.1	-
		81.5	222.2

Bank loans and overdrafts		(10.8)	(5.5)
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year	C4	(321.0)	(532.5)
		(331.8)	(538.0)
Net current liabilities		(250.3)	(315.8)
Total assets less current liabilities		2,225.4	2,159.9	Gro up
NET ASSETS		2,225.4	2,159.9	Co
Capital and reserves				mp any
Called up share capital	C5	12.4	12.7
Share premium account		54.2	54.2
Capital redemption reserve		17.6	17.3
ESOT reserve	C5	(427.7)	(387.2)
Other reserves	C5	985.2	985.2
Profit and loss account		1,583.7	1,477.7
TOTAL EQUITY		2,225.4	2,159.9

The profit for the year in the accounts of the Company is £700.1m (2024: £668.4m).

The financial statements were approved by the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 27 March 2025. They were signed on its behalf by:

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 243 31/03/2025 17:37

PARENT

COMPANY

FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

243 Parent Company Balance Sheet

244 Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity 245 Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

Lord Wolfson of Aspley Guise Jonathan Blanchard Chief Executive Chief Financial Officer

PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY

There are no significant estimates or judgements within the Parent Company financial statements.

A full list of the Group's subsidiary undertakings as at 25 January 2025 is contained in the table below.

Belvoir Insurance Company Limited Suite 1 North, 1st Floor, Albert House, South Esplanade, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 1AJ, Guernsey

FatFace Corporation Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Rd, Suite 400,

NEXT (US), LLC Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, United States

Next Europe & North Africa Morocco SARL Jean Jaures SARL, 49 rue Jean Jaurès, Quartier Gauthier, 6ème étage, Apt N° 12, Casablanca, Morocco

NEXT General Trading FZE JAFZA View 18-19, 1st Floor, PO BOX 262746, Jebel Ali Free Zone, Dubai, United Arab Emirates

Arab Emirates

NEXT General Trading LLC 2nd Floor, Dubai Supreme Court Complex, Umm Hurair 2, Dubai, United

Next Germany GmbH c/o BDO AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, Zielstattstr. 40, 81379, Munich, Germany

The Parent Company financial statements of NEXT plc have been prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using Financial Reporting Standard 101 "Reduced disclosure framework" ("FRS 101"). FRS 101 enables the financial statements of the Parent Company to be prepared in accordance with IFRS but with certain disclosure exemptions. The areas of reduced disclosure are in respect of equity-settled share-based payments, financial instruments, the Cash Flow Statement, and related party transactions with Group companies. The accounting policies adopted for the Parent Company, NEXT plc, are otherwise consistent with those used for the Group which are set out on pages 173 to 188. The ESOT is consolidated on the basis that the parent has control, thus the assets and liabilities of the ESOT are included in the Balance Sheet and shares held by the ESOT in the Company are presented as a deduction from equity. As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Income Statement of the Company is not presented as part of the financial statements.

The £2,475.7m (2024: £2,475.7m) investment shown in the Balance Sheet of NEXT plc relates to its investment in NEXT Group plc.

Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808, United States

Agratech Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest)

Brecon Debt Recovery Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Bridgetown Holdco Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 97 Indirect (group interest) Fat Face Holdings Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 97 Indirect (group interest) Fat Face Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 97 Indirect (group interest) FatFace Canada Corporation PwC Tower, 2600-18 York Street, Toronto, ON M5J 0B2 97 Indirect (group interest)

FatFace Group Borrowings Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 97 Indirect (group interest) Fulham Parent Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 97 Indirect (group interest) Lipsy Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester, Leicestershire, LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) LLC Next 7 Dolgorukovskaya Street, 127006, Moscow, Russian Federation 100 Indirect (group interest)

Next Beauty Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester, Leicestershire, LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Next Brand Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Next Distribution Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest)

Next Europe & North Africa Tunisia SARL 14, rue Imam Abu Hanifa B5, 2 floor, 2078, La Marsa, Tunis, Tunisia 100 Indirect (group interest) Next Financial Services Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest)

Next Group plc Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Direct Next Holdings Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest)

915, Unit No. 9, Corporate Park II, 9th floor, VN Purav Marg, Near Swastik, Chambers, Chembur, Mumbai, Maharashtra-MH, 400071, India

% held by Group

companies Direct or indirect

100 Indirect (group interest)

97 Indirect (group interest)

100 Indirect (group interest)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Company name Registered office address

C1. Accounting Policies

C2. Investments

Next Holding Wholesale Private

Limited

		Share	Capital
	Share	premium	redemption	ESOT	Other	Retained	Total
	capital	account	reserve	reserve	reserves	earnings	equity
	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m	£m
At 28 January 2023	12.9	0.9	17.0	(396.6)	985.2	1,235.1	1,854.5
Profit for the period	-	-	-	-	-	668.4	668.4
Other comprehensive income for the period	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
Total comprehensive income for the period	-	-	-	-	-	668.4	668.4
Shares issued in the year (Note C5)	0.1	53.3	-	-	-	-	53.4
Share buybacks (Note C5)	(0.3)	-	0.3	-	-	(177.3)	(177.3)
ESOT share purchases (Note C5)	-	-	-	(116.3)	-	-	(116.3)
Shares sold/issued by ESOT	-	-	-	125.7	-	(31.7)	94.0
Share option charge	-	-	-	-	-	31.5	31.5
Equity dividends	-	-	-	-	-	(248.3)	(248.3)
At 27 January 2024	12.7	54.2	17.3	(387.2)	985.2	1,477.7	2,159.9
Profit for the period	-	-	-	-	-	700.1	700.1
Other comprehensive income for the period	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
Total comprehensive income for the period	-	-	-	-	-	700.1	700.1
Shares issued in the year (Note C5)	-	-	-	-	-	-	-
Share buybacks (Note C5)	(0.3)	-	0.3	-	-	(360.2)	(360.2)
ESOT share purchases (Note C5)	-	-	-	(126.8)	-	-	(126.8)
Shares sold/issued by ESOT	-	-	-	86.3	-	(16.6)	69.7
Share option charge	-	-	-	-	-	40.5	40.5
Equity dividends	-	-	-	-	-	(257.8)	(257.8)
At 25 January 2025	12.4	54.2	17.6	(427.7)	985.2	1,583.7	2,225.4

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 244 31/03/2025 17:37

NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C1. Accounting Policies

PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Share premium account £m

At 28 January 2023 12.9 0.9 17.0 (396.6) 985.2 1,235.1 1,854.5 Profit for the period - - - - - 668.4 668.4

period - - - - - - -

period - - - - - 668.4 668.4 Shares issued in the year (Note C5) 0.1 53.3 - - - - 53.4 Share buybacks (Note C5) (0.3) - 0.3 - - (177.3) (177.3) ESOT share purchases (Note C5) - - - (116.3) - - (116.3) Shares sold/issued by ESOT - - - 125.7 - (31.7) 94.0 Share option charge - - - - - 31.5 31.5 Equity dividends - - - - - (248.3) (248.3) At 27 January 2024 12.7 54.2 17.3 (387.2) 985.2 1,477.7 2,159.9 Profit for the period - - - - - 700.1 700.1

period - - - - - - -

period - - - - - 700.1 700.1 Shares issued in the year (Note C5) - - - - - - - Share buybacks (Note C5) (0.3) - 0.3 - - (360.2) (360.2) ESOT share purchases (Note C5) - - - (126.8) - - (126.8) Shares sold/issued by ESOT - - - 86.3 - (16.6) 69.7 Share option charge - - - - - 40.5 40.5 Equity dividends - - - - - (257.8) (257.8) At 25 January 2025 12.4 54.2 17.6 (427.7) 985.2 1,583.7 2,225.4

Capital redemption reserve £m

ESOT reserve £m

Other reserves £m

Retained earnings £m

Total equity £m

Share capital £m

Other comprehensive income for the

Total comprehensive income for the

Other comprehensive income for the

Total comprehensive income for the

There are no significant estimates or judgements within the Parent Company financial statements.

C2. Investments

The £2,475.7m (2024: £2,475.7m) investment shown in the Balance Sheet of NEXT plc relates to its investment in NEXT Group plc.

A full list of the Group's subsidiary undertakings as at 25 January 2025 is contained in the table below.

Company name	Registered office address	% held by Group companies	Direct or indirect
Agratech Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Belvoir Insurance Company Limited	Suite 1 North, 1st Floor, Albert House, South Esplanade, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 1AJ, Guernsey	100	Indirect (group interest)
Brecon Debt Recovery Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Bridgetown Holdco Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	97	Indirect (group interest)
Fat Face Holdings Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	97	Indirect (group interest)
Fat Face Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	97	Indirect (group interest)
FatFace Canada Corporation	PwC Tower, 2600-18 York Street, Toronto, ON M5J 0B2	97	Indirect (group interest)
FatFace Corporation	Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Rd, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808, United States	97	Indirect (group interest)
FatFace Group Borrowings Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	97	Indirect (group interest)
Fulham Parent Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	97	Indirect (group interest)
Lipsy Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester, Leicestershire, LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
LLC Next	7 Dolgorukovskaya Street, 127006, Moscow, Russian Federation	100	Indirect (group interest)
NEXT (US), LLC	Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, United States	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Beauty Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester, Leicestershire, LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Brand Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Distribution Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
	Next Europe & North Africa Morocco SARL Jean Jaures SARL, 49 rue Jean Jaurès, Quartier Gauthier, 6ème étage, Apt N° 12, Casablanca, Morocco	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Europe & North Africa Tunisia SARL	14, rue Imam Abu Hanifa B5, 2 floor, 2078, La Marsa, Tunis, Tunisia	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Financial Services Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
NEXT General Trading FZE	JAFZA View 18-19, 1st Floor, PO BOX 262746, Jebel Ali Free Zone, Dubai, United Arab Emirates	100	Indirect (group interest)
NEXT General Trading LLC	2nd Floor, Dubai Supreme Court Complex, Umm Hurair 2, Dubai, United Arab Emirates	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Germany GmbH	c/o BDO AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, Zielstattstr. 40, 81379, Munich, Germany	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Group plc	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Direct
Next Holdings Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Holding Wholesale Private Limited	915, Unit No. 9, Corporate Park II, 9th floor, VN Purav Marg, Near Swastik, Chambers, Chembur, Mumbai, Maharashtra-MH, 400071, India	100	Indirect (group interest)

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 245 31/03/2025 17:37

Company

Group

NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C2. Investments (continued)

Company name	Registered office address	% held by Group companies	Direct or indirect
Next Manufacturing (Private) Limited	Phase 1, Ring Road 2, Export Processing Zone, Katunayake,Sri Lanka	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Manufacturing Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Near East Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Pension Trustees Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Properties Ltd	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Retail (Ireland) Limited	13–18 City Quay, Dublin 2, D02 ED70, Ireland	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Retail Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Sourcing (UK) Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Sourcing Co. Limited	House No. 14, St. No. 106, Phoum 8, Sangkat Wat Phnom, Khan Daun Penh, Phnom Penh, Cambodia	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Sourcing ENA Limited (previously Next (Asia) Limited)	Suites 1404 to 1413 & Pt14, 1111 King's Road, Taikoo Shing, Hong Kong	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Sourcing Limited	Suites 1404 to 1413 & Pt14, 1111 King's Road, Taikoo Shing, Hong Kong	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Sourcing Limited Shanghai Office	Room 901-902, 908-921, 9th Floor, Bldg. 3, No. 283 West Jianguo Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Sourcing Services (India) Private Limited	207 Jaina Tower, 1 District Centre, Janakpuri, New Delhi, 110058, India	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Sourcing Services Limited	Giant Business Tower, Level 4 & 5, Plot #3, Sector-3, Dhaka Mymensingh Road, Uttara Commercial Area, Dhaka, 1230 Bangladesh	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next Sourcıng İç Ve Dış Ticaret Limited Şirketi	Esentepe Mah. Büyükdere Cad. Ferko Signature Blok No: 175 İç Kapi No: 69 Şişli / Istanbul	100	Indirect (group interest)
Next-E-NA Portugal, Unipessoal LDA	R. dos Transitários 182 RCH, 4455–565 Matosinhos, Portugal	100	Indirect (group interest)
Nothing Ordinary Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester, LE19 4AT	100	Indirect (group interest)
NSL Limited	Suites 1404 to 1413 & Pt14, 1111 King's Road, Taikoo Shing, Hong Kong	100	Indirect (group interest)
Paige Group Limited (The)	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Pink Holdco Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	74	Indirect (group interest)
Pink Topco Limited	22 Grenville Street, St. Helier, Jersey JE4 8PX, UK	74	Indirect (group interest)
Project Norwich Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Reiss (Australia) PTY Limited	Level 11 1 Margaret Street, 2000, Sydney, NSW, Austria	74	Indirect (group interest)
Reiss (Canada) Limited	Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW	74	Indirect (group interest)
Reiss (Holdings) Limited	Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW	74	Indirect (group interest)
Reiss (Holland) B.V.	Hoogoorddreef 15 1101 BA, Amsterdam, Noord-Holland Netherlands	74	Indirect (group interest)
Reiss (International) Limited	Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW	74	Indirect (group interest)
Reiss (U.S.A) Limited	Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW	74	Indirect (group interest)
Reiss Limited	Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW	74	Indirect (group interest)
Reiss Russia LLC	Poslannikov Pereulok 9, Building 3, 105005, Moscow, Russian Federation	74	Indirect (group interest)
The Harborough Hare Holdings Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	74	Indirect (group interest)
The Harborough Hare Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	74	Indirect (group interest)
The Next Directory Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Tom Joule Europe Limited	13–18 City Quay, Dublin 2, D02 ED70, Ireland	74	Indirect (group interest)
Ventura Group Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
Ventura Network Distribution Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100	Indirect (group interest)
WP R Holdco Limited	Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW	74	Indirect (group interest)
WP R Midco 1 Limited	Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW	74	Indirect (group interest)
WP R Midco 2 Limited	Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW	74	Indirect (group interest)
WP R Topco Limited	22 Grenville Street, St Helier, JE4 8PX, Jersey	74	Indirect (group interest)

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 246 31/03/2025 17:37

C2. Investments (continued)

C3. Other Debtors

Section 131 Companies Act 1985 merger relief.

Company name Registered office address

Aubin & Wills Holdings Limited 1110 Elliott Court, Coventry Business Park, Herald Avenue, Coventry,

Regent Bidco 1 Limited C/O Alter Domus (Uk) Limited, 10th Floor, 30 St Mary Axe, London, EC3A 8BF, UK

Rockett St George Limited Simpson Wreford & Partners, Suffolk House, George Street, Croydon,

VS Brands Holdings UK Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester, Leicestershire, United Kingdom, LE19

West Apparel UK Holdings Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester, Leicestershire, United Kingdom, LE19

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand.

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand.

C4. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

C5. Share Capital, ESOT Reserve and Other Reserves

CV5 6UB

CR0 0YN

4AT

table below.

A full list of the Company's significant holdings in undertakings other than subsidiary undertakings as at 25 January 2025 is contained in the

Choice Discount Stores Limited 14–14A Rectory Road, Hadleigh Benfleet, Essex, SS7 2ND, UK 49 Indirect (group interest)

Swoon Editions Limited 7 Bell Yard, London, WC2A 2JR, UK 25 Indirect (group interest)

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings 81.1 221.0 Other receivables 0.3 1.2

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings 321.0 532.5

Details of the Company's share capital and share buybacks are given in Note 23. ESOT transactions are detailed in Note 27. Other reserves in the Company Balance Sheet of £985.2m (2024: £985.2m) represent the difference between the market price and the nominal value of shares issued as part of the capital reconstruction in 2002 on acquisition of Next Holdings Limited (formerly NEXT Group plc) which was subject to

% held by Group

companies Direct or indirect

30 Indirect (group interest)

44 Indirect (group interest)

16 Indirect (group interest)

51 Indirect (group interest)

81.4 222.2

2024 £m

2025 £m

C2. Investments (continued)

NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY

Next Sourcing Co. Limited House No. 14, St. No. 106, Phoum 8, Sangkat Wat Phnom, Khan Daun Penh, Phnom Penh, Cambodia

Next Sourcing Limited Shanghai Office Room 901-902, 908-921, 9th Floor, Bldg. 3, No. 283 West Jianguo Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Next Sourcing Services Limited Giant Business Tower, Level 4 & 5, Plot #3, Sector-3, Dhaka

No: 69 Şişli / Istanbul

Reiss Russia LLC Poslannikov Pereulok 9, Building 3, 105005, Moscow, Russian Federation

Next Manufacturing (Private) Limited Phase 1, Ring Road 2, Export Processing Zone, Katunayake,Sri Lanka 100 Indirect (group interest) Next Manufacturing Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Next Near East Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Next Pension Trustees Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Next Properties Ltd Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Next Retail (Ireland) Limited 13–18 City Quay, Dublin 2, D02 ED70, Ireland 100 Indirect (group interest) Next Retail Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Next Sourcing (UK) Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest)

Next Sourcing Limited Suites 1404 to 1413 & Pt14, 1111 King's Road, Taikoo Shing, Hong Kong 100 Indirect (group interest)

Mymensingh Road, Uttara Commercial Area, Dhaka, 1230 Bangladesh

Esentepe Mah. Büyükdere Cad. Ferko Signature Blok No: 175 İç Kapi

Next-E-NA Portugal, Unipessoal LDA R. dos Transitários 182 RCH, 4455–565 Matosinhos, Portugal 100 Indirect (group interest) Nothing Ordinary Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester, LE19 4AT 100 Indirect (group interest) NSL Limited Suites 1404 to 1413 & Pt14, 1111 King's Road, Taikoo Shing, Hong Kong 100 Indirect (group interest) Paige Group Limited (The) Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Pink Holdco Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 74 Indirect (group interest) Pink Topco Limited 22 Grenville Street, St. Helier, Jersey JE4 8PX, UK 74 Indirect (group interest) Project Norwich Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Reiss (Australia) PTY Limited Level 11 1 Margaret Street, 2000, Sydney, NSW, Austria 74 Indirect (group interest) Reiss (Canada) Limited Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW 74 Indirect (group interest) Reiss (Holdings) Limited Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW 74 Indirect (group interest) Reiss (Holland) B.V. Hoogoorddreef 15 1101 BA, Amsterdam, Noord-Holland Netherlands 74 Indirect (group interest) Reiss (International) Limited Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW 74 Indirect (group interest) Reiss (U.S.A) Limited Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW 74 Indirect (group interest) Reiss Limited Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW 74 Indirect (group interest)

The Harborough Hare Holdings Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 74 Indirect (group interest) The Harborough Hare Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 74 Indirect (group interest) The Next Directory Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Tom Joule Europe Limited 13–18 City Quay, Dublin 2, D02 ED70, Ireland 74 Indirect (group interest) Ventura Group Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) Ventura Network Distribution Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Indirect (group interest) WP R Holdco Limited Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW 74 Indirect (group interest) WP R Midco 1 Limited Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW 74 Indirect (group interest) WP R Midco 2 Limited Reiss Building, 12 Picton Place, London, England, W1U 1BW 74 Indirect (group interest) WP R Topco Limited 22 Grenville Street, St Helier, JE4 8PX, Jersey 74 Indirect (group interest)

Suites 1404 to 1413 & Pt14, 1111 King's Road, Taikoo Shing, Hong Kong 100 Indirect (group interest)

207 Jaina Tower, 1 District Centre, Janakpuri, New Delhi, 110058, India 100 Indirect (group interest)

% held by Group

companies Direct or indirect

100 Indirect (group interest)

74 Indirect (group interest)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Company name Registered office address

C2. Investments (continued)

Next Sourcing ENA Limited (previously Next

Next Sourcing Services (India) Private

Next Sourcıng İç Ve Dış Ticaret Limited

(Asia) Limited)

Limited

Şirketi

A full list of the Company's significant holdings in undertakings other than subsidiary undertakings as at 25 January 2025 is contained in the table below.

		% held by Group
Company name	Registered office address	companies	Direct or indirect
Aubin & Wills Holdings Limited	1110 Elliott Court, Coventry Business Park, Herald Avenue, Coventry, CV5 6UB	30	Indirect (group interest)
Choice Discount Stores Limited	14–14A Rectory Road, Hadleigh Benfleet, Essex, SS7 2ND, UK	49	Indirect (group interest)
Regent Bidco 1 Limited	C/O Alter Domus (Uk) Limited, 10th Floor, 30 St Mary Axe, London, EC3A 8BF, UK	44	Indirect (group interest)
Rockett St George Limited	Simpson Wreford & Partners, Suffolk House, George Street, Croydon, CR0 0YN	16	Indirect (group interest)
Swoon Editions Limited	7 Bell Yard, London, WC2A 2JR, UK	25	Indirect (group interest)
VS Brands Holdings UK Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester, Leicestershire, United Kingdom, LE19 4AT	51	Indirect (group interest)
West Apparel UK Holdings Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester, Leicestershire, United Kingdom, LE19 4AT	51	Indirect (group interest)

C3. Other Debtors

	2025	2024
	£m	£m Co
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings	81.1	mp 221.0
Other receivables	0.3	any 1.2
	81.4	222.2

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand.

C4. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

	2025	2024
	£m	£m
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings	321.0	532.5

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, non-interest bearing and repayable on demand.

C5. Share Capital, ESOT Reserve and Other Reserves

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 247 31/03/2025 17:37

Group

NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C6. UK registered subsidiaries exempt from Audit

The following UK subsidiaries will take advantage of the audit exemption set out within Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 for the year ended 25 January 2025.

		% held by
Company name	Registered office address	Group companies
Agratech Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
Bridgetown Holdco Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	97
Lipsy Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
Next Beauty Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
Next Brand Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
Next Distribution Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
Next Holdings Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
Next Manufacturing Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
Next Near East Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
Next Properties Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
Next Retail Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
The Next Directory Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100
Project Norwich Limited	Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK	100

The Company will guarantee the debts and liabilities of the above UK subsidiary undertakings at the Balance Sheet date in accordance with Section 479C of the Companies Act 2006. The Company has assessed the probability of loss under the guarantee as remote.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 248 31/03/2025 17:37

SHAREHOLDER

INFORMATION

250 Half Year and Segment Analysis

269 Other Shareholder Information

251 Five Year History

257 Notice of Meeting

252 Glossary

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

250 Half Year and Segment Analysis
251 Five Year History
252 Glossary

NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY

C6. UK registered subsidiaries exempt from Audit

Company name Registered office address

The following UK subsidiaries will take advantage of the audit exemption set out within Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 for the year

Agratech Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Bridgetown Holdco Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 97 Lipsy Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Next Beauty Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Next Brand Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Next Distribution Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Next Holdings Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Next Manufacturing Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Next Near East Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Next Properties Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Next Retail Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 The Next Directory Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100 Project Norwich Limited Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT, UK 100

The Company will guarantee the debts and liabilities of the above UK subsidiary undertakings at the Balance Sheet date in accordance with

Section 479C of the Companies Act 2006. The Company has assessed the probability of loss under the guarantee as remote.

% held by Group companies

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ended 25 January 2025.

257 Notice of Meeting
269 Other Shareholder Information

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v14_Amended_Artworked.indd 249 02/04/2025 12:35

HALF YEAR AND SEGMENT ANALYSIS (UNAUDITED)

FIVE YEAR HISTORY (UNAUDITED)

2025 £m

2024 £m

Statutory revenue 6,118.1 5,491.0 5,034.0 4,625.9 3,534.4

Operating profit(1) 1,075.4 987.9 941.5 905.4 444.5 Exceptional items - 108.6 - - - Net finance costs (88.4) (80.7) (72.2) (82.3) (102.1) Profit before tax 987.0 1,015.8 869.3 823.1 342.4 Taxation (243.8) (215.3) (158.6) (145.6) (55.7) Profit after taxation 743.2 800.5 710.7 677.5 286.7

Total equity 1,754.3 1,638.8 1,165.1 1,010.0 660.9

Shares purchased for cancellation 3.8m 2.6m 3.5m 0.2m 0.3m

Shares issued in the year - 0.7m - - -

Dividends per share (paid) - ordinary 216.0p 206.0p 193.0p - -

Basic 615.1p 661.6p 573.4p 530.8p 223.3p

(1) Operating profit for 2025 includes an exceptional cost relating to a pension curtailment cost of £14.5m.

special - - - 270.0p -

2023 £m 2022 £m 2021 £m

Period to January

Earnings per share

Underlying continuing business

	First half £m	Second half £m	52 weeks to Jan 2025 £m	First half £m	Second half £m	52 weeks to Jan 2024 £m
Statutory sales
NEXT Online	1,480.6	1,720.6	3,201.2	1,384.5	1,516.9	2,901.4
NEXT Retail	856.3	964.9	1,821.2	875.6	968.1	1,843.7
NEXT Finance	150.1	150.9	301.0	143.1	149.6	292.7
Total Platform(1)	321.0	369.0	690.0	71.1	292.7	363.8
Other business activities (all other segments)	52.1	52.6	104.7	42.3	47.1	89.4
Total	2,860.1	3,258.0	6,118.1	2,516.6	2,974.4	5,491.0
Profit before tax NEXT Online NEXT Retail	265.1 97.8	322.5 139.0	587.6 236.8	245.5 101.2	271.6 143.5	517.1 244.7
NEXT Finance	96.6	85.1	181.7	80.2	83.2	163.4
Profit from Trading	459.5	546.6	1,006.1	426.9	498.3	925.2
Total Platform(2)	17.2	49.0	66.2	0.3	30.9	31.2
Other business activities (all other segments)	(16.1)	(25.9)	(42.0)	2.3	(21.1)	(18.8)
Recharge of interest	29.6	30.0	59.6	23.0	27.3	50.3
Net finance cost	(43.6)	(44.8)	(88.4)	(36.8)	(43.9)	(80.7)
Exceptional items	(14.5)	-	(14.5)	-	108.6	108.6
Profit before tax	432.1	554.9	987.0	415.7	600.1	1,015.8

(1) Total Platform includes: (1) sales from the equity investments we own in Reiss, FatFace and Joules, plus (2) income from our Total Platform Services business (for non-controlled entities). For clarity, the sales achieved by Reiss, FatFace and Joules through NEXT websites are treated as commission-based sales within NEXT Online. This means that the commission on the sales are reported within NEXT Online, and the residual of the Gross Transaction Value is reported within Total Platform.

(2) Total Platform profit before tax includes the trading profits from Reiss, FatFace and Joules, plus profits from investments in associates and joint ventures.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 250 31/03/2025 17:37

FIVE YEAR HISTORY (UNAUDITED)

HALF YEAR AND SEGMENT ANALYSIS (UNAUDITED)

First half £m

Second half £m

NEXT Online 1,480.6 1,720.6 3,201.2 1,384.5 1,516.9 2,901.4 NEXT Retail 856.3 964.9 1,821.2 875.6 968.1 1,843.7 NEXT Finance 150.1 150.9 301.0 143.1 149.6 292.7 Total Platform(1) 321.0 369.0 690.0 71.1 292.7 363.8 Other business activities (all other segments) 52.1 52.6 104.7 42.3 47.1 89.4 Total 2,860.1 3,258.0 6,118.1 2,516.6 2,974.4 5,491.0

NEXT Online 265.1 322.5 587.6 245.5 271.6 517.1 NEXT Retail 97.8 139.0 236.8 101.2 143.5 244.7 NEXT Finance 96.6 85.1 181.7 80.2 83.2 163.4 Profit from Trading 459.5 546.6 1,006.1 426.9 498.3 925.2 Total Platform(2) 17.2 49.0 66.2 0.3 30.9 31.2 Other business activities (all other segments) (16.1) (25.9) (42.0) 2.3 (21.1) (18.8) Recharge of interest 29.6 30.0 59.6 23.0 27.3 50.3 Net finance cost (43.6) (44.8) (88.4) (36.8) (43.9) (80.7) Exceptional items (14.5) - (14.5) - 108.6 108.6 Profit before tax 432.1 554.9 987.0 415.7 600.1 1,015.8

52 weeks to Jan 2025 £m

First half £m Second half

£m

52 weeks to Jan 2024 £m

(2) Total Platform profit before tax includes the trading profits from Reiss, FatFace and Joules, plus profits from investments in associates and joint ventures.

reported within Total Platform.

Statutory sales

Profit before tax

Period to January	2025 £m	2024 £m	2023 £m	2022 £m	2021 £m
Underlying continuing business
Statutory revenue	6,118.1	5,491.0	5,034.0	4,625.9	3,534.4

Operating profit(1)	1,075.4	987.9	941.5	905.4	444.5
Exceptional items	-	108.6	-	-	-
Net finance costs	(88.4)	(80.7)	(72.2)	(82.3)	(102.1)
Profit before tax	987.0	1,015.8	869.3	823.1	342.4
Taxation	(243.8)	(215.3)	(158.6)	(145.6)	(55.7)
Profit after taxation	743.2	800.5	710.7	677.5	286.7
Total equity	1,754.3	1,638.8	1,165.1	1,010.0	660.9
Shares purchased for cancellation	3.8m	2.6m	3.5m	0.2m	0.3m
Shares issued in the year	-	0.7m	-	-	-
Dividends per share (paid) - ordinary - special	216.0p -	206.0p -	193.0p -	- 270.0p	- -
Earnings per share
Basic	615.1p	661.6p	573.4p	530.8p	223.3p

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 251 31/03/2025 17:37

(1) Operating profit for 2025 includes an exceptional cost relating to a pension curtailment cost of £14.5m.

GLOSSARY

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) and other non-statutory financial measures

GLOSSARY

APM Definition Closest equivalent

VAT exclusive sales from customers who have purchased using their NEXT credit account ('nextpay' or 'pay in 3') inclusive of any interest income charges.

Total sales excluding items sold in our Sale events, our Clearance operations, Total Platform commission and the sales from subsidiaries. Full price sales includes

The gross interest billed to 'nextpay' and 'pay in 3' customers, before any deduction for unpaid interest

Change in sales from Retail stores which have been open for at least one full year and not impacted by any transfer of trade from/to nearby store closures and

Comprises cash and cash equivalents, bank loans, corporate bonds, and fair value hedges of corporate

Net debt is a measure of the Group's indebtedness.

The profit, including interest income and the bad debt charge, and after the allocation of central overheads

interest income on NEXT credit accounts.

Interest income (NEXT Finance)

measures

Credit sales

Full price sales

on bad debt.

openings.

Like-for-like sales

Net debt excluding leases

bonds but excludes lease debt.

Net profit (NEXT Finance)

and the cost of funding.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) and other non-statutory financial

where applicable

their full margin.

account interest".

not applicable.

NEXT Finance business.

Purpose and reconciliation to closest statutory measure

Reconciliation to closest equivalent statutory measure not applicable as the statutory accounts are split by business segment but not by the mechanism of customer payment.

Full price sales are a direct indicator of the performance and profitability of the business, as these sales are achieved at

Interest income for the Finance business is a direct indicator of the performance and profitability of the Finance business. This is presented within revenue on the face of the Income Statement and Note 2 of the financial statements as "credit

measured on a consistent year-on-year basis and is a common

Reconciliation to closest equivalent statutory measure is

Group's liquidity and is widely used by credit rating agencies. Net debt excluding leases is reconciled to net debt including

The net profit for the Finance Business is presented in Note 1

1) Amortisation on acquired brands and related acquired intangibles is removed from the NEXT Group profit before

2) For management purposes, the non-controlling interests in Reiss, FatFace and Joules are removed from the NEXT Group profit before tax. In contrast, in line with International accounting standards, the statutory profit includes 100% of the Reiss, FatFace and Joules results. 3) Exceptional items, as defined in the accounting policy section of the Financial Statements, are not included in the

The NEXT Group profit before tax and statutory profit before

None Credit sales are a direct indicator of the performance of the

None This metric enables the performance of Retail stores to be

None This measure is a good indication of the strength of the

leases in Note 32 of the financial statements.

A measure of profitability of the Finance business.

headline "NEXT Group profit before tax".

tax is reconciled in part 3 of the CEO Review.

term used in the retail industry.

to the financial statements.

before tax for 3 reasons:

tax.

statutory measure

Revenue – sale of goods

Revenue – credit account interest

Profit before tax (for the Finance segment)

NEXT Group profit before tax Profit before tax NEXT Group profit before tax differs from the statutory profit

APM Definition	Closest equivalent statutory measure	Purpose and reconciliation to closest statutory measure where applicable
Average customer receivables/ debtor balance The average amount of money owed by all 'nextpay' and 'pay in 3' (previously "next3step") customers less any provision for bad debt. This represents the total	None	Average debtor balance has a strong correlation with interest income on the Finance P&L and helps drive understanding of movements in income. It also helps to evaluate the overall health of the balance sheet for the Finance business. The average debtor balance in FY25 was £1,259m (FY24:
balances we expect to recover, averaged across the relevant period. This is referred to as 'customer receivables' or 'debtor' balance.		£1,243m). The statutory accounts do not disclose the monthly debtor balance needed to calculate the average debtor balance. The year end balance is disclosed in Note 14 to the financial statements.
Bad debt charge (NEXT Finance) The charge taken in relation to the performance of our NEXT Finance customer debtor book, for 'nextpay' and 'pay in 3' accounts. This consists predominantly of providing for future defaults.	Impairment losses Note 14	Measurement of the quality of the debtor book/customer receivables. A lower bad debt charge indicates that the quality and recoverability of the balance are higher.
		The bad debt charge is the total of the in-year impairment charge, less amounts recovered. In FY25 the bad debt charge disclosed in the CEO Review, including a non recurring release of £10m, was £18m (FY24: £32m).
		In Note 14, the total Expected Credit Loss charge was £19.4m (FY24: £36.0m). The difference between this value and those used in NEXT Finance section of the CEO relate to items such as recoveries on previously written off assets and provisions on other trade receivables.
Bought-in gross margin Difference between the cost of stock and the original VAT exclusive selling price, expressed as a percentage of the original VAT exclusive selling price.	None	Bought-in gross margin is a measure of the profit made on the sale of stock at full price. This is a key internal management metric for assessing category performance.
		Reconciliation to the closest equivalent statutory measure not applicable as full price sales is not a statutory metric.
Branch or store profitability Retail store total sales less cost of sales, payroll, controllable costs, occupancy costs and depreciation, and before allocation of central overheads. Expressed as a percentage of VAT inclusive sales. Net branch profit is a measure of the profitability on a store by store level.	None	Measurement of the Retail business profit by physical branch. It provides an indication of the performance of the store portfolio. This is based on costs which are directly attributable to the store. Therefore, it does not include costs such as central overheads which will be included in the statutory accounts. Reconciliation to the closest equivalent statutory is measure is therefore not applicable.
Cost of funding (NEXT Finance) An internal recharge of interest costs from the Group to the NEXT Finance business, in respect of funding costs for the NEXT Finance debtor balance (customer	None	Used by the business to evaluate the profitability of the Finance business. There is no statutory equivalent as this is a metric specific to how the Group manages its funding and cost allocations. In the year to January 2025 this has been calculated as:
receivables). It is calculated by applying the average Group interest rate (i.e. the external borrowing rate of the NEXT Group divided by the average NEXT Group borrowing excluding cash on deposit) to 85% of the average		Average Group interest: = External interest cost / Average debt excluding cash on deposit = £37.8m / £805.7m = 4.7%.
debtor/customer receivables balance (as we assume 85% of business funded by debt and 15% equity).		Then apply 4.7% to 85% of the Average Online customer balance of £1,259m (as we assume that 85% is funded by debt and 15% by equity). This equates to a Cost of Funding charge of £50.3m (2024: £47.8m).

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 252 31/03/2025 17:37

APM Definition	Closest equivalent statutory measure	Purpose and reconciliation to closest statutory measure where applicable
Credit sales VAT exclusive sales from customers who have	None	Credit sales are a direct indicator of the performance of the NEXT Finance business.
purchased using their NEXT credit account ('nextpay' or 'pay in 3') inclusive of any interest income charges.		Reconciliation to closest equivalent statutory measure not applicable as the statutory accounts are split by business segment but not by the mechanism of customer payment.
Full price sales Total sales excluding items sold in our Sale events, our Clearance operations, Total Platform commission and the sales from subsidiaries. Full price sales includes interest income on NEXT credit accounts.	Revenue – sale of goods	Full price sales are a direct indicator of the performance and profitability of the business, as these sales are achieved at their full margin.
Interest income (NEXT Finance)	Revenue – credit account interest	Interest income for the Finance business is a direct indicator of the performance and profitability of the Finance business.
The gross interest billed to 'nextpay' and 'pay in 3' customers, before any deduction for unpaid interest on bad debt.		This is presented within revenue on the face of the Income Statement and Note 2 of the financial statements as "credit account interest".
Like-for-like sales Change in sales from Retail stores which have been open for at least one full year and not impacted by any transfer of trade from/to nearby store closures and openings.	None	This metric enables the performance of Retail stores to be measured on a consistent year-on-year basis and is a common term used in the retail industry. Reconciliation to closest equivalent statutory measure is not applicable.
Net debt excluding leases Comprises cash and cash equivalents, bank loans, corporate bonds, and fair value hedges of corporate bonds but excludes lease debt. Net debt is a measure of the Group's indebtedness.	None	This measure is a good indication of the strength of the Group's liquidity and is widely used by credit rating agencies. Net debt excluding leases is reconciled to net debt including leases in Note 32 of the financial statements.
Net profit (NEXT Finance) The profit, including interest income and the bad debt charge, and after the allocation of central overheads	Profit before tax (for the Finance segment)	A measure of profitability of the Finance business. The net profit for the Finance Business is presented in Note 1 to the financial statements.
and the cost of funding. NEXT Group profit before tax	Profit before tax	NEXT Group profit before tax differs from the statutory profit before tax for 3 reasons:
		1) Amortisation on acquired brands and related acquired intangibles is removed from the NEXT Group profit before tax. 2) For management purposes, the non-controlling interests in Reiss, FatFace and Joules are removed from the NEXT Group profit before tax. In contrast, in line with International accounting standards, the statutory profit includes 100% of the Reiss, FatFace and Joules results. 3) Exceptional items, as defined in the accounting policy section of the Financial Statements, are not included in the headline "NEXT Group profit before tax". The NEXT Group profit before tax and statutory profit before
		tax is reconciled in part 3 of the CEO Review.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 253 31/03/2025 17:37

GLOSSARY

Average customer receivables/

Bad debt charge (NEXT Finance)

providing for future defaults.

Bought-in gross margin

of the original VAT exclusive selling price.

Cost of funding (NEXT Finance)

Branch or store profitability

store level.

receivables).

The average amount of money owed by all 'nextpay' and 'pay in 3' (previously "next3step") customers less any provision for bad debt. This represents the total balances we expect to recover, averaged across the

This is referred to as 'customer receivables' or 'debtor'

The charge taken in relation to the performance of our NEXT Finance customer debtor book, for 'nextpay' and 'pay in 3' accounts. This consists predominantly of

Difference between the cost of stock and the original VAT exclusive selling price, expressed as a percentage

Retail store total sales less cost of sales, payroll, controllable costs, occupancy costs and depreciation, and before allocation of central overheads. Expressed as a percentage of VAT inclusive sales. Net branch profit is a measure of the profitability on a store by

An internal recharge of interest costs from the Group to the NEXT Finance business, in respect of funding costs for the NEXT Finance debtor balance (customer

It is calculated by applying the average Group interest rate (i.e. the external borrowing rate of the NEXT Group divided by the average NEXT Group borrowing excluding cash on deposit) to 85% of the average debtor/customer receivables balance (as we assume 85% of business funded by debt and 15% equity).

APM Definition Closest equivalent

measures

debtor balance

relevant period.

balance.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) and other non-statutory financial

where applicable

financial statements.

Purpose and reconciliation to closest statutory measure

health of the balance sheet for the Finance business.

income on the Finance P&L and helps drive understanding of movements in income. It also helps to evaluate the overall

The average debtor balance in FY25 was £1,259m (FY24: £1,243m). The statutory accounts do not disclose the monthly debtor balance needed to calculate the average debtor balance. The year end balance is disclosed in Note 14 to the

Measurement of the quality of the debtor book/customer receivables. A lower bad debt charge indicates that the quality

The bad debt charge is the total of the in-year impairment charge, less amounts recovered. In FY25 the bad debt charge disclosed in the CEO Review, including a non recurring release

In Note 14, the total Expected Credit Loss charge was £19.4m (FY24: £36.0m). The difference between this value and those used in NEXT Finance section of the CEO relate to items such as recoveries on previously written off assets and provisions

sale of stock at full price. This is a key internal management

Reconciliation to the closest equivalent statutory measure not applicable as full price sales is not a statutory metric.

It provides an indication of the performance of the store portfolio. This is based on costs which are directly attributable to the store. Therefore, it does not include costs such as central overheads which will be included in the

Reconciliation to the closest equivalent statutory is measure is

Finance business. There is no statutory equivalent as this is a metric specific to how the Group manages its funding and cost allocations. In the year to January 2025 this has been

= External interest cost / Average debt excluding cash on

Then apply 4.7% to 85% of the Average Online customer balance of £1,259m (as we assume that 85% is funded by debt and 15% by equity). This equates to a Cost of Funding charge

None Average debtor balance has a strong correlation with interest

and recoverability of the balance are higher.

of £10m, was £18m (FY24: £32m).

None Bought-in gross margin is a measure of the profit made on the

metric for assessing category performance.

None Measurement of the Retail business profit by physical branch.

None Used by the business to evaluate the profitability of the

on other trade receivables.

statutory accounts.

calculated as:

deposit

= 4.7%.

therefore not applicable.

Average Group interest:

= £37.8m / £805.7m

of £50.3m (2024: £47.8m).

statutory measure

Impairment losses

Note 14

GLOSSARY

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) and other non-statutory financial measures

GLOSSARY

NEXT Online margin

in "Total NEXT Trading sales")

NEXT Retail margin

reported excluding VAT).

Online customers

as 'Credit' or 'Cash'.

International).

reported as commission sales.

and International.

margin".

sales")

margin".

APM Definition Closest equivalent

NEXT Operating profit for the Online business after deducting lease interest, as a percentage of the Total sales of the Online division (which in turn is included

Online margin is analysed further by division into UK

Sometimes referred to as "NEXT Online operating

Operating profit after deducting lease interest, as a percentage of the Total sales of the Retail division (which in turn is included in "Total NEXT Trading

Sometimes referred to as "NEXT Retail operating

NEXT Trading full price sales include all items sold in Retail and Online plus NEXT Finance interest income, but excludes Sale events, Clearance, Total Platform commission and the sales from subsidiaries. (Sales are

Items sold on a commission basis, through the Online LABEL business, are reported at their Gross Transaction Value, which in the statutory accounts are

Total number of customers who have placed an online order in the last 12 months. Customers are categorised

Credit customers are those who order using an Online

Cash customers are those who pay when ordering, using credit/debit cards or other tenders (includes

credit account, ('nextpay' or 'pay in 3').

NEXT Trading full price sales

Sometimes referred to as NEXT full price sales.

measures

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) and other non-statutory financial

where applicable

that segment.

their full margin.

not applicable.

Purpose and reconciliation to closest statutory measure

metric that can be used to compare performance to other businesses. Net margin measures whether profitability is changing at a higher or lower rate relative to revenue.

The margin is based on the segmental operating profit, as disclosed in Note 1 of the financial statements, less allocation of lease interest, as a percentage of the NEXT Trading Sales for

metric that can be used to compare performance to other businesses. Net margin measures whether profitability is changing at a higher or lower rate relative to revenue.

The margin is based on the segmental operating profit, as disclosed in Note 1 of the financial statements, less allocation of lease interest, as a percentage of the NEXT Trading Sales for

Full price sales are a direct indicator of the performance and profitability of the business, as these sales are achieved at

Reconciliation to closest equivalent statutory measure is

None A measure of the profitability of the Group. A commonly used

None The number of online customers is a useful metric to establish the average spend per customer.

statutory measure

Revenue – sale of goods

APM Definition	Closest equivalent statutory measure	Purpose and reconciliation to closest statutory measure where applicable
NEXT Group profit after tax	Profit after tax	NEXT Group profit after tax differs from the statutory profit before tax for 2 reasons:
		1) It starts with the NEXT Group profit before tax (defined above). 2) It then applies the tax rate to the items included in NEXT Group profit before tax.
		A comparison of the NEXT Group after tax and statutory profit after tax is included in appendix 1 of the CEO Review.
NEXT Operating profit	Operating profit	Within the CEO Review the NEXT Operating profit is based on the same principles and adjustments (compared to statutory operating profit) as the NEXT Group profit before tax noted above.
		It differs from the statutory operating profit for 4 reasons:
		1) It excludes the impact of non-controlling interests. 2) It excludes the effect of amortisation of acquired brands and related intangible assets. 3) Within NEXT Operating profit, external interest costs borne by Reiss, FatFace and Joules are allocated to those businesses. This contrasts to statutory accounting where finance costs are reported below operating profit. 4) It excludes exceptional items reported within statutory operating profit.
		Note 1 to the financial statements provides an explanation with values for how the operating profit on a statutory basis differs from the approach of the CEO.
NEXT Group pre-tax Earnings Per Share A measure of the NEXT Group profit before tax expressed over the average number of shares.	Basic Earnings per share	Earnings per share provides a measure of how much profit has been generated for each share in issue. It is a commonly used metric for listed entities.
		A comparison of how the NEXT Group pre-tax earnings per share and its closest statutory equivalent is provided in Appendix 1 of the CEO Review.
NEXT Group post tax Earnings Per Share A measure of the NEXT Group profit after tax expressed over the average number of shares.	Basic Earnings per share	Earnings per share provides a measure of how much profit has been generated for each share in issue. It is a commonly used metric for listed entities.
		A comparison of how the NEXT post tax earnings per share and its closest statutory equivalent is provided in Appendix 1 of the CEO Review.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 254 31/03/2025 17:37

APM Definition	Closest equivalent statutory measure	Purpose and reconciliation to closest statutory measure where applicable
NEXT Online margin NEXT Operating profit for the Online business after deducting lease interest, as a percentage of the Total sales of the Online division (which in turn is included in "Total NEXT Trading sales") Online margin is analysed further by division into UK and International. Sometimes referred to as "NEXT Online operating	None	A measure of the profitability of the Group. A commonly used metric that can be used to compare performance to other businesses. Net margin measures whether profitability is changing at a higher or lower rate relative to revenue. The margin is based on the segmental operating profit, as disclosed in Note 1 of the financial statements, less allocation of lease interest, as a percentage of the NEXT Trading Sales for that segment.
margin". NEXT Retail margin Operating profit after deducting lease interest, as a percentage of the Total sales of the Retail division (which in turn is included in "Total NEXT Trading sales") Sometimes referred to as "NEXT Retail operating margin".	None	A measure of the profitability of the Group. A commonly used metric that can be used to compare performance to other businesses. Net margin measures whether profitability is changing at a higher or lower rate relative to revenue. The margin is based on the segmental operating profit, as disclosed in Note 1 of the financial statements, less allocation of lease interest, as a percentage of the NEXT Trading Sales for that segment.
NEXT Trading full price sales Sometimes referred to as NEXT full price sales. NEXT Trading full price sales include all items sold in Retail and Online plus NEXT Finance interest income, but excludes Sale events, Clearance, Total Platform commission and the sales from subsidiaries. (Sales are reported excluding VAT). Items sold on a commission basis, through the Online LABEL business, are reported at their Gross Transaction Value, which in the statutory accounts are reported as commission sales.	Revenue – sale of goods	Full price sales are a direct indicator of the performance and profitability of the business, as these sales are achieved at their full margin.
Online customers Total number of customers who have placed an online order in the last 12 months. Customers are categorised as 'Credit' or 'Cash'. Credit customers are those who order using an Online credit account, ('nextpay' or 'pay in 3'). Cash customers are those who pay when ordering, using credit/debit cards or other tenders (includes	None	The number of online customers is a useful metric to establish the average spend per customer. Reconciliation to closest equivalent statutory measure is not applicable.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 255 31/03/2025 17:37

International).

GLOSSARY

APM Definition Closest equivalent

NEXT Group pre-tax Earnings Per Share A measure of the NEXT Group profit before tax expressed over the average number of shares.

NEXT Group post tax Earnings Per Share A measure of the NEXT Group profit after tax expressed over the average number of shares.

measures

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) and other non-statutory financial

NEXT Group profit after tax Profit after tax NEXT Group profit after tax differs from the statutory profit

NEXT Operating profit Operating profit Within the CEO Review the NEXT Operating profit is based on

Basic Earnings per

where applicable

above).

above.

before tax for 2 reasons:

Group profit before tax.

and related intangible assets.

differs from the approach of the CEO.

operating profit.

metric for listed entities.

of the CEO Review.

Appendix 1 of the CEO Review.

Purpose and reconciliation to closest statutory measure

1) It starts with the NEXT Group profit before tax (defined

2) It then applies the tax rate to the items included in NEXT

A comparison of the NEXT Group after tax and statutory profit

the same principles and adjustments (compared to statutory operating profit) as the NEXT Group profit before tax noted

It differs from the statutory operating profit for 4 reasons: 1) It excludes the impact of non-controlling interests. 2) It excludes the effect of amortisation of acquired brands

3) Within NEXT Operating profit, external interest costs borne by Reiss, FatFace and Joules are allocated to those businesses. This contrasts to statutory accounting where finance costs are reported below operating profit. 4) It excludes exceptional items reported within statutory

Note 1 to the financial statements provides an explanation with values for how the operating profit on a statutory basis

Earnings per share provides a measure of how much profit has been generated for each share in issue. It is a commonly used

A comparison of how the NEXT Group pre-tax earnings per share and its closest statutory equivalent is provided in

Earnings per share provides a measure of how much profit has been generated for each share in issue. It is a commonly used

A comparison of how the NEXT post tax earnings per share and its closest statutory equivalent is provided in Appendix 1

after tax is included in appendix 1 of the CEO Review.

statutory measure

GLOSSARY

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) and other non-statutory financial measures

NOTICE OF MEETING

under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

ATTENTION.

transferee.

meeting as appropriate.

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS Report and accounts

127 to 148. Final dividend

articles of association: 4. Jonathan Blanchard

Jonathan Bewes. 6. Venetia Butterfield. 7. Soumen Das. 8. Tom Hall.
Dame Tristia Harrison.

Auditor re-appointment and remuneration

general meeting at which accounts are laid.

Richard Papp.

re-election:

pages 108 to 109 of the Annual Report.

(together the Annual Report).

Election and re-election of directors

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE

To authorise the Audit Committee of the Board to set the
That the rules of the NEXT Long Term Incentive Plan 2015 (the LTIP), produced in draft to this meeting (the terms of which are summarised in Appendix 2 to this Notice of Meeting) be and are hereby extended for a further ten years and the directors be

a. do all acts and things which they may consider necessary or expedient for the purposes of implementing and giving effect

b. establish and/or extend further plans based on the LTIP but modified to take account of local tax, exchange control or securities laws in overseas territories, provided that any shares made available under such further plans are treated as counting against the limits on individual or overall

That the directors be authorised, generally and unconditionally, to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 560 of the Companies Act 2006 (the 2006 Act)) in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares in

a. up to a maximum nominal amount of £4,100,000 (as reduced by any equity securities allotted under paragraph (b)

b. up to a maximum nominal amount of £8,200,000 (as reduced by any equity securities allotted under paragraph (a) above) in connection with a pre-emptive offer (including an

(i) to ordinary shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may

(ii) to holders of other equity securities as required by the rights of those securities or as the directors otherwise consider necessary, and so that the Board may impose any limits or restrictions and make any arrangements which it considers necessary or appropriate to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, any

This authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company after the passing of this resolution, or, if earlier, at the close of business on 15 August 2026. All previous unutilised authorities under Section 551 of the 2006 Act shall cease to have effect (save to the extent that the same are exercisable pursuant to Section 551(7) of the 2006 Act by reason of any offer or agreement made prior to the date of this resolution which would or might require shares to be allotted on or after that date).

offer by way of a rights issue or open offer);

be practicable) to their existing holdings; and

territory or any other matter.

remuneration of the Company's auditor. Extension of NEXT Long Term Incentive Plan

authorised to:

the Company:

below); and

to the LTIP; and

participation in the LTIP. Directors' authority to allot shares

If you are in any doubt as to the action you should take, you should immediately consult your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant or other independent financial advisor authorised

If you have sold or otherwise transferred all your NEXT plc (NEXT and/or the Company) shares, please send this document, together with the accompanying Form of Proxy, to the purchaser or transferee, or to the stockbroker or other agent through whom the sale or transfer was effected, for delivery to the purchaser or

Notice is given that the Annual General Meeting (AGM) of NEXT will be held at Leicester Marriott Hotel, Smith Way, Grove Park, Leicester LE19 1SW on Thursday 15 May 2025 at 9.00 am. Any changes to the AGM will be communicated to shareholders through our website at nextplc.co.uk/investors/shareholder-information/company-meetings

Shareholders may submit questions in advance on resolutions to be put to the AGM by emailing [email protected]. Questions submitted by 5.00 pm on 14 May 2025 will be answered at the

The following resolutions will be proposed at the AGM, resolutions 1 to 19 as ordinary resolutions and 20 to 26 as special resolutions. Further information on these resolutions can be found in the Appendices to this Notice. Biographies of the directors are shown on

To receive the Company's accounts for the year ended 25 January 2025, together with the Directors' and Auditors' Reports
To approve the Directors' Remuneration Report set out on pages

To elect the following director appointed by the directors since the last AGM who is seeking election in accordance with the Company's

To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) as the Company's auditor, to hold office until the conclusion of the next
Michael Roney. 12. Jane Shields. 13. Jeremy Stakol. 14. Amy Stirling. 15. Lord Wolfson.
To declare a final dividend of 158 pence per ordinary share.

To re-elect the following directors who are seeking annual

and, where appropriate, by stock exchange announcement.

APM Definition	Closest equivalent statutory measure	Purpose and reconciliation to closest statutory measure where applicable
Return on Capital Employed – ROCE (NEXT Finance) NEXT Finance net profit (after the interest charge relating to the cost of funding), divided by the average customer receivables balance of 'nextpay' and 'pay in 3' accounts.	None	A commonly used metric that can be used to compare performance to other financial businesses.
		It measures the profit (i.e. return) relative to the amount of capital employed. The higher the ROCE, the greater the return for the capital employed in the business.
		The ROCE for NEXT Finance in the year to January 2025 was calculated by dividing the Operating profit for the segment (excluding a non-recurring £10.2m bad debt provision release) of £171.5m (2024: £163.4m) by the average customer receivables balance of £1,259m (2024: £1,243m). As a percentage, this is 13.6% (2024: 13.1%).
		The Operating profit for the segment is disclosed in Note 1 to the financial statements.
Total Group sales Total Group sales are the aggregation of Total NEXT Sales for all of the Group segments plus revenue from investments, which are reported in proportion to our equity share of our investments. For further detail see CEO Review Appendix 2.	Statutory revenue	Total Group sales are a direct indicator of the performance and profitability of the entire Group, including NEXT's share of subsidiaries and investments.
		Total Group sales excluding NEXT's share of sales from investments is reconciled to Statutory revenue in Note 1 to the financial statements.
Total NEXT sales	Statutory revenue	Total NEXT sales are a direct indicator of the performance and profitability of the segment.
Total NEXT sales are the sum of Total NEXT Trading sales (see below) plus income from our Total Platform services business and other business activities.		Total NEXT sales are reconciled to statutory revenue in Note 1 to the financial statements.
Total NEXT Trading sales Total NEXT Trading sales are the VAT exclusive sum of sales from our core trading segments of Retail, Online	Statutory revenue	Total NEXT Trading sales are a direct indicator of the performance and profitability of the business from the Online, Retail and Finance business.
and Finance.		Total NEXT Trading sales are reconciled to statutory revenue in Note 1 to the financial statements.
It therefore includes NEXT Trading full price sales, and the value of sales from Sale events and Clearance.
Items sold on a commission basis through the Online LABEL business are reported at their Gross Transaction Value, which in the statutory accounts are reported as commission sales.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 256 31/03/2025 17:37

GLOSSARY

Return on Capital Employed – ROCE

NEXT Finance net profit (after the interest charge relating to the cost of funding), divided by the average customer receivables balance of 'nextpay' and 'pay in

Total Group sales are the aggregation of Total NEXT Sales for all of the Group segments plus revenue from investments, which are reported in proportion to our equity share of our investments. For further detail see

Total NEXT sales are the sum of Total NEXT Trading sales (see below) plus income from our Total Platform services business and other business activities.

Total NEXT Trading sales are the VAT exclusive sum of sales from our core trading segments of Retail, Online

It therefore includes NEXT Trading full price sales, and the value of sales from Sale events and Clearance. Items sold on a commission basis through the Online LABEL business are reported at their Gross Transaction Value, which in the statutory accounts are reported as

APM Definition Closest equivalent

measures

(NEXT Finance)

Total Group sales

CEO Review Appendix 2.

Total NEXT Trading sales

Total NEXT sales

and Finance.

commission sales.

3' accounts.

Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) and other non-statutory financial

where applicable

Purpose and reconciliation to closest statutory measure

It measures the profit (i.e. return) relative to the amount of capital employed. The higher the ROCE, the greater the return

The ROCE for NEXT Finance in the year to January 2025 was calculated by dividing the Operating profit for the segment (excluding a non-recurring £10.2m bad debt provision release) of £171.5m (2024: £163.4m) by the average customer receivables balance of £1,259m (2024: £1,243m). As a

The Operating profit for the segment is disclosed in Note 1 to

profitability of the entire Group, including NEXT's share of

Total Group sales excluding NEXT's share of sales from investments is reconciled to Statutory revenue in Note 1 to the

Total NEXT sales are reconciled to statutory revenue in Note 1

performance and profitability of the business from the Online,

Total NEXT Trading sales are reconciled to statutory revenue in

None A commonly used metric that can be used to compare performance to other financial businesses.

for the capital employed in the business.

percentage, this is 13.6% (2024: 13.1%).

Statutory revenue Total Group sales are a direct indicator of the performance and

Statutory revenue Total NEXT sales are a direct indicator of the performance and

Statutory revenue Total NEXT Trading sales are a direct indicator of the

the financial statements.

financial statements.

subsidiaries and investments.

profitability of the segment.

to the financial statements.

Retail and Finance business.

Note 1 to the financial statements.

statutory measure

THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION.

If you are in any doubt as to the action you should take, you should immediately consult your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant or other independent financial advisor authorised under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Shareholders may submit questions in advance on resolutions to be put to the AGM by emailing [email protected]. Questions submitted by 5.00 pm on 14 May 2025 will be answered at the meeting as appropriate.

ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS

Report and accounts

1. To receive the Company's accounts for the year ended 25 January 2025, together with the Directors' and Auditors' Reports (together the Annual Report).
1. To approve the Directors' Remuneration Report set out on pages 127 to 148.

Final dividend

To declare a final dividend of 158 pence per ordinary share.

Election and re-election of directors

To elect the following director appointed by the directors since the last AGM who is seeking election in accordance with the Company's articles of association:

Jonathan Blanchard

To re-elect the following directors who are seeking annual re-election:

1. Jonathan Bewes. 11. Michael Roney.
1. Venetia Butterfield. 12. Jane Shields.
1. Soumen Das. 13. Jeremy Stakol.
1. Tom Hall. 14. Amy Stirling.
1. Dame Tristia Harrison. 15. Lord Wolfson.
1. Richard Papp.

Auditor re-appointment and remuneration

To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) as the Company's auditor, to hold office until the conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts are laid.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 257 31/03/2025 17:37

To authorise the Audit Committee of the Board to set the remuneration of the Company's auditor.

Extension of NEXT Long Term Incentive Plan

1. That the rules of the NEXT Long Term Incentive Plan 2015 (the LTIP), produced in draft to this meeting (the terms of which are summarised in Appendix 2 to this Notice of Meeting) be and are hereby extended for a further ten years and the directors be authorised to:
2. a. do all acts and things which they may consider necessary or expedient for the purposes of implementing and giving effect to the LTIP; and
3. b. establish and/or extend further plans based on the LTIP but modified to take account of local tax, exchange control or securities laws in overseas territories, provided that any shares made available under such further plans are treated as counting against the limits on individual or overall participation in the LTIP.

Directors' authority to allot shares

1. That the directors be authorised, generally and unconditionally, to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 560 of the Companies Act 2006 (the 2006 Act)) in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares in the Company:
2. a. up to a maximum nominal amount of £4,100,000 (as reduced by any equity securities allotted under paragraph (b) below); and
3. b. up to a maximum nominal amount of £8,200,000 (as reduced by any equity securities allotted under paragraph (a) above) in connection with a pre-emptive offer (including an offer by way of a rights issue or open offer);

(i) to ordinary shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their existing holdings; and

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

Disapplication of pre-emption rights

That, subject to resolution 19 being passed:
a. the directors be given power to allot equity securities (as defined in the 2006 Act) for cash under the authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the 2006 Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale;
b. the power under paragraph (a) above shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities and sale of treasury shares in connection with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of resolution 19, by way of a pre-emptive offer (including an offer by way of a rights issue or open offer) only):

(i) to ordinary shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their existing holdings; and

(ii) to holders of other equity securities, as required by the rights of those securities, or as the Board otherwise considers necessary, and so that the Board may impose any limits or restrictions and make any arrangements which it considers necessary or appropriate to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, any territory or any other matter;

c. the power under paragraph (a) above shall be limited to, in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (a) of resolution 19 and/or in the case of treasury shares, to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than under paragraph (b) above) up to a nominal amount not exceeding in aggregate £1,231,000 representing 10% of the issued ordinary share capital;
d. this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, at the close of business on 15 August 2026; and
e. all previous unutilised authorities under Sections 570 and 573 of the 2006 Act shall cease to have effect (save to the extent that they are exercisable by reason of any offer or agreement made prior to the date of this new resolution which would or might require shares to be allotted on or after that date).
1. Additional disapplication of pre-emption rights that, subject to resolutions 19 and 20 being passed:
2. a. the directors be given the power to allot, in addition to any power granted under resolution 20, equity securities (as defined in the 2006 Act) for cash under the authority granted under paragraph (a) of resolution 19 and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the 2006 Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale;
3. b. the power under paragraph (a) above shall be:

(i) limited to the allotment of equity securities having a nominal amount not exceeding in aggregate £1,231,000 representing 10% of the issued ordinary share capital; and

(ii) used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within twelve months after the original transaction) a transaction which the directors determine to be an acquisition or other capital investment of

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 258 31/03/2025 17:37

a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this Notice;

NOTICE OF MEETING

That, in accordance with Section 694 of the 2006 Act, the proposed programme agreements to be entered into between the Company and any of Goldman Sachs International, UBS AG London Branch, BNP Paribas and Barclays Bank plc (the Banks) (in the form produced to this meeting and initialled by the Chairman for the purpose of identification) (the Programme Agreements) be and are approved and the Company be and is authorised to enter into the Programme Agreements and all and any forward trades which may be effected or made from time to time for the off-market purchase by the Company of its ordinary shares of 10 pence each under or pursuant to the Programme Agreements, as more fully described on pages 261 and 262. The authority conferred by this special resolution shall expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, at close of business on 15 August 2026 (except in relation to the purchase of ordinary shares under any forward trade effected or made before the expiry of such authority and which might be completed wholly or partly after

to provide all workers with a wage that meets the cost of living. The Report should be prepared in a reasonable timeframe and

The Board recommends that shareholders vote AGAINST this resolution. Our response to this requisitioned resolution is set

Registered Office: Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT

omit any proprietary information.

out on pages 262 to 264.

By order of the Board

Seonna Anderson Company Secretary

9 April 2025

That the articles of association produced at the AGM are adopted as the articles of association of the Company in substitution for, and to the exclusion of, the Company's existing
That a general meeting (other than an AGM) may be called on

The following resolution has been put forward by a small group of shareholders coordinated by ShareAction who together own less than 1% of NEXT's shares in issue. The NEXT Board does NOT

To provide investors with the information needed to assess the Company's approach to human capital management, shareholders request that the Board and management oversee

a. The Company's approach to setting base pay for hourly paid direct employees and which committee of the Board has

b. Number of direct employees whose base pay is below the real Living Wage, broken down by contract type (permanent or fixed-term) and working hours (full-time, part-time or

c. Hourly paid direct employee turnover rates, broken down by base pay and working hours (full-time, part-time or

d. The Company's approach to setting base pay for regular, on-site, third-party contracted staff and which committee of

e. Number of regular, on-site, third-party contracted staff whose base pay is below the real Living Wage; and f. Cost/benefit analysis of implementing the real Living Wage as a minimum rate of pay for direct employees and regular,

This Report will strengthen investors' understanding of the Company's human capital management strategy and its approach to ensuring its wage policies are reasonably designed

Off-market purchases of own shares

such expiry).

articles of association. Notice of general meetings

Amendment to the articles of association

not less than 14 clear days' notice. ShareAction Requisitioned Resolution

support this resolution, which follows:

oversight of this;

the preparation of a report outlining:

non-guaranteed hours employees);

non-guaranteed hours);

the Board has oversight of this;

on-site, third-party contracted staff.

c. this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, at the close of business on 15 August 2026; and
d. other than in respect of authorities granted pursuant to resolution 20, all previous unutilised authorities under Sections 570 and 573 of the 2006 Act shall cease to have effect (save to the extent that they are exercisable by reason of any offer or agreement made prior to the date of this new resolution which would or might require shares to be allotted on or after that date).

On-market purchases of own shares

1. That in accordance with the 2006 Act, the Company be granted general and unconditional authority to make market purchases (as defined in Section 693 of the 2006 Act) of any of its own ordinary shares on such terms and in such manner as the directors may determine provided that:
2. a. the authority conferred by this resolution shall be limited to the lesser of 18,467,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each and no more than 14.99% of the issued ordinary shares outstanding at the date of the AGM, such limit to be reduced by the number of shares purchased pursuant to the authority granted at resolution 23 below;
3. b. the minimum price which may be paid for ordinary shares (exclusive of expenses) is 10 pence per ordinary share;
4. c. the maximum price which may be paid for each ordinary share (exclusive of expenses) is an amount not more than the higher of: (i) 105% of the average of the middle market price of the ordinary shares of the Company according to the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange for the five business days immediately preceding the date of purchase and (ii) an amount equal to the higher of the price of the last independent trade of an ordinary share of the Company and the highest current independent bid for an ordinary share of the Company as derived from the London Stock Exchange Trading System;
5. d. this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, at the close of business 15 August 2026;
6. e. the Company may make a contract or contracts to purchase ordinary shares under the authority hereby conferred prior to the expiry of such authority which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority and may make a purchase of ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract; and
7. f. all existing authorities for the Company to make market purchases of its own ordinary shares are revoked, except in relation to the purchase of shares under a contract or contracts concluded before the date of this resolution and which has or have not yet been executed.

Off-market purchases of own shares

a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this Notice; c. this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, at the close of business on 15 August 2026; and d. other than in respect of authorities granted pursuant to resolution 20, all previous unutilised authorities under Sections 570 and 573 of the 2006 Act shall cease to have effect (save to the extent that they are exercisable by reason of any offer or agreement made prior to the date of this new resolution which would or might require shares to be

That in accordance with the 2006 Act, the Company be granted general and unconditional authority to make market purchases (as defined in Section 693 of the 2006 Act) of any of its own ordinary shares on such terms and in such manner as the

a. the authority conferred by this resolution shall be limited to the lesser of 18,467,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each and no more than 14.99% of the issued ordinary shares outstanding at the date of the AGM, such limit to be reduced by the number of shares purchased pursuant to the

b. the minimum price which may be paid for ordinary shares (exclusive of expenses) is 10 pence per ordinary share; c. the maximum price which may be paid for each ordinary share (exclusive of expenses) is an amount not more than the higher of: (i) 105% of the average of the middle market price of the ordinary shares of the Company according to the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange for the five business days immediately preceding the date of purchase and (ii) an amount equal to the higher of the price of the last independent trade of an ordinary share of the Company and the highest current independent bid for an ordinary share of the Company as derived from the London Stock Exchange

d. this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company after the passing of this resolution or, if

e. the Company may make a contract or contracts to purchase ordinary shares under the authority hereby conferred prior to the expiry of such authority which will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority and may make a purchase of ordinary shares in pursuance of any such

f. all existing authorities for the Company to make market purchases of its own ordinary shares are revoked, except in relation to the purchase of shares under a contract or contracts concluded before the date of this resolution and

earlier, at the close of business 15 August 2026;

which has or have not yet been executed.

allotted on or after that date).

directors may determine provided that:

authority granted at resolution 23 below;

On-market purchases of own shares

Trading System;

contract; and

NOTICE OF MEETING

SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS

only):

Disapplication of pre-emption rights

That, subject to resolution 19 being passed:

a. the directors be given power to allot equity securities (as defined in the 2006 Act) for cash under the authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the 2006 Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale; b. the power under paragraph (a) above shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities and sale of treasury shares in connection with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity securities (but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of resolution 19, by way of a pre-emptive offer (including an offer by way of a rights issue or open offer)

(i) to ordinary shareholders in proportion (as nearly as may

c. the power under paragraph (a) above shall be limited to, in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (a) of resolution 19 and/or in the case of treasury shares, to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than under paragraph (b) above) up to a nominal amount not exceeding in aggregate £1,231,000 representing

d. this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, at the close of business on 15 August 2026; and e. all previous unutilised authorities under Sections 570 and 573 of the 2006 Act shall cease to have effect (save to the extent that they are exercisable by reason of any offer or agreement made prior to the date of this new resolution which would or might require shares to be allotted on or

Additional disapplication of pre-emption rights that, subject to

b. the power under paragraph (a) above shall be:

a. the directors be given the power to allot, in addition to any power granted under resolution 20, equity securities (as defined in the 2006 Act) for cash under the authority granted under paragraph (a) of resolution 19 and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561 of the 2006 Act did not apply to any such

(i) limited to the allotment of equity securities having a nominal amount not exceeding in aggregate £1,231,000 representing 10% of the issued ordinary share capital; and (ii) used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within twelve months after the original transaction) a transaction which the directors determine to be an acquisition or other capital investment of

be practicable) to their existing holdings; and

territory or any other matter;

after that date).

allotment or sale;

resolutions 19 and 20 being passed:

10% of the issued ordinary share capital;

That, in accordance with Section 694 of the 2006 Act, the proposed programme agreements to be entered into between the Company and any of Goldman Sachs International, UBS AG London Branch, BNP Paribas and Barclays Bank plc (the Banks) (in the form produced to this meeting and initialled by the Chairman for the purpose of identification) (the Programme Agreements) be and are approved and the Company be and is authorised to enter into the Programme Agreements and all and any forward trades which may be effected or made from time to time for the off-market purchase by the Company of its ordinary shares of 10 pence each under or pursuant to the Programme Agreements, as more fully described on pages 261 and 262. The authority conferred by this special resolution shall expire at the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company after the passing of this resolution or, if earlier, at close of business on 15 August 2026 (except in relation to the purchase of ordinary shares under any forward trade effected or made before the expiry of such authority and which might be completed wholly or partly after such expiry).

Amendment to the articles of association

That the articles of association produced at the AGM are adopted as the articles of association of the Company in substitution for, and to the exclusion of, the Company's existing articles of association.

Notice of general meetings

That a general meeting (other than an AGM) may be called on not less than 14 clear days' notice.

ShareAction Requisitioned Resolution

The following resolution has been put forward by a small group of shareholders coordinated by ShareAction who together own less than 1% of NEXT's shares in issue. The NEXT Board does NOT support this resolution, which follows:

1. To provide investors with the information needed to assess the Company's approach to human capital management, shareholders request that the Board and management oversee the preparation of a report outlining:
2. a. The Company's approach to setting base pay for hourly paid direct employees and which committee of the Board has oversight of this;
3. b. Number of direct employees whose base pay is below the real Living Wage, broken down by contract type (permanent or fixed-term) and working hours (full-time, part-time or non-guaranteed hours employees);
4. c. Hourly paid direct employee turnover rates, broken down by base pay and working hours (full-time, part-time or non-guaranteed hours);
5. d. The Company's approach to setting base pay for regular, on-site, third-party contracted staff and which committee of the Board has oversight of this;
6. e. Number of regular, on-site, third-party contracted staff whose base pay is below the real Living Wage; and
7. f. Cost/benefit analysis of implementing the real Living Wage as a minimum rate of pay for direct employees and regular, on-site, third-party contracted staff.

This Report will strengthen investors' understanding of the Company's human capital management strategy and its approach to ensuring its wage policies are reasonably designed to provide all workers with a wage that meets the cost of living. The Report should be prepared in a reasonable timeframe and omit any proprietary information.

The Board recommends that shareholders vote AGAINST this resolution. Our response to this requisitioned resolution is set out on pages 262 to 264.

By order of the Board

Seonna Anderson Company Secretary Registered Office: Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT

9 April 2025

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 259 31/03/2025 17:37

Appendix ¹X

Explanatory notes to resolutions

Ordinary resolutions

1. To receive the Annual Report

The Company is required by the 2006 Act to present its Annual Report to shareholders at its AGM.

2. To approve the Directors' Remuneration Report

The Directors' Remuneration Report sets out the pay and benefits received by each of the directors for the period ended 25 January 2025 and is subject to an advisory vote by shareholders. The Report (excluding the Directors' Remuneration Policy) is set out on pages 127 to 148 of the Annual Report for the period ended 25 January 2025.

3. To declare a final dividend

The Company requires shareholder approval to pay a final dividend. The directors recommend that a final dividend of 158 pence per share be paid on 1 August 2025 to shareholders on the register of members at close of business on 4 July 2025. This resolution relates only to this dividend. If, in line with the Company's policy of returning surplus cash to shareholders, the directors decide to pay special dividends any such dividends will be paid by the directors as interim dividends. The announcement of any dividend will clearly indicate whether it is a special dividend or not. The Trustee of the NEXT ESOT has waived dividends paid in the year on shares held by it, refer to Note 27 of the financial statements.

4 – 15. Election and re-election of Directors

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all directors will stand for election or re-election at this year's AGM.

Directors' biographies are set out on pages 108 to 109 of the Annual Report and provide a summary of the range of skills, knowledge and experience of each director.

Following a formal performance evaluation, the Chairman confirms that each director has demonstrated that they continue to be an effective and valuable member of the Board and that they remain committed to their role (including making sufficient time available for Board and Committee meetings and other duties).

The Board is satisfied that, excluding the Chairman, each non-executive director offering themselves for election or re-election is independent in both character and judgement, and that their experience, knowledge and other business interests enable them to contribute significantly to the work and balance of the Board.

16 and 17. Auditor re-appointment and remuneration

The Audit Committee oversees the relationship with the external auditor. The Audit Committee is also responsible for the external auditor selection process and for making recommendations to the Board for shareholder approval regarding the appointment and re-appointment of the external auditor. An overview of the Audit Committee's process and conclusions can be found on pages 124 to 125 of the Annual Report.

On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, the Board proposes that PwC be re-appointed as the Company's auditor. Resolution 17 proposes that the auditors' remuneration be determined by the Audit Committee.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 260 31/03/2025 17:37

18. Extension of NEXT Long Term Incentive Plan

Resolution 18 seeks authority from shareholders to continue to operate the LTIP for a period of ten years from the 2025 AGM. There are no changes to the LTIP that has been operated by the Company for many years.

NOTICE OF MEETING

capital expenditure to support and grow the business.

any shares purchased under this authority.

(refer to Note 27 to the financial statements).

compared to on-market share purchases:

at the 2024 AGM up to 25 March 2025.

23. Off-market purchases of own shares

consideration paid.

15 August 2026.

outflow.

periods.

and forecast dividends.

22. On-market purchase of the Company's own

● The Company would also have the option to set a suspension price in individual contracts whereby they would automatically

As with any share buyback decision, the directors would use this authority only after careful consideration, taking into account market conditions prevailing at the time, other investment opportunities and the overall financial position of the Company. The directors will only purchase shares using such contracts if, based on the contract discounted price (rather than any future price), it is earnings enhancing and promotes the success of the Company for the benefit of its shareholders generally. It is the directors' present intention to

Special resolution 22, passed at the Company's 2024 AGM, granted authority to the Company to make off-market purchases of shares for cancellation under contingent purchase contracts to be entered into with any of Goldman Sachs International, UBS AG London Branch, BNP Paribas and Barclays Bank plc. This authority was limited to a maximum of 3,000,000 shares and expires on the earlier

Sections 693 and 694 of the 2006 Act provide that the terms of any contract to make off-market purchases or contingent purchases of its

In order to achieve maximum flexibility in its share purchase activities, the Company is permitted outside of Closed Periods to enter into irrevocable and non-discretionary programmes and/or contingent forward purchase contracts which would allow it to buy shares during Closed Periods. As in previous years, the Company intends to enter into new agreements with each of the Banks, under which the Company may (but is not obliged to) enter into contingent forward trades (Contingent Forward Trades or CFT) from time to

The terms of a CFT will be agreed between the Company and the Bank before it is entered into. The Company is committed to purchasing shares under a CFT on the day it is executed subject to the terms of the Programme Agreement. The terms of each CFT will provide for the Company to purchase a fixed number of shares each week over a period of between 20 to 30 weeks. The maximum number of shares that can be purchased under each CFT is limited to

Whether or not the Company purchases shares in a particular week during the term of a CFT is dependent upon the Company's share price either not rising to, or above, a level (the Upper Suspension Level) or, if applicable, falling to or below a level (the Lower Suspension Level and together with the Upper Suspension Level, the Suspension Levels). The Suspension Levels and duration are determined by the Company and are set at the time the CFT is entered into. The Upper Suspension Level must be set between 104% and 110% of the Company's share price at the start of the CFT. If the Company chooses to incorporate a Lower Suspension Level, it must be set between 80% and 95% of the price at the start of the CFT. The inclusion of a Lower Suspension Level would help mitigate the Company's financial commitment under a CFT if its share price were to fall below this level after the CFT had been executed. If the Lower Suspension Level is not included, the level of discount to the

The price at which the Company may purchase shares during the term of a CFT (the Forward Price) is fixed at the start of the CFT. The Forward Price is determined by the Bank with reference to the volume weighted average price for shares traded in NEXT on the day

terminate if the Company's share price was to fall.

cancel any shares purchased under this authority.

of the date of the 2025 AGM or 16 August 2025.

shares must be approved by shareholders.

time.

30,000 shares per week.

market share price would be higher.

NEXT has been returning capital to its shareholders through share repurchases as well as special and ordinary dividends since March 2000 as part of its strategy for delivering sustainable long term returns to shareholders. Over this period, and up to 25 March 2025, NEXT has returned over £5.2bn to shareholders by way of share buybacks and over £4.8bn in dividends, of which £1.2bn comprised special dividends. This buyback activity has enhanced Earnings Per Share, given shareholders the opportunity for capital returns (as well as dividends) and has been transparent to the financial markets. Share buybacks have not been made at the expense of investment in the business. Over the last five years, NEXT has invested over £1bn in

The directors intend that this authority will only be exercised if doing so will result in an increase in Earnings Per Share and, being in the interests of shareholders generally, it is considered to promote the success of the Company. The directors will also give careful consideration to the financial gearing levels of the Company and its general financial position. The purchase price would be paid out of distributable profits. It is the directors' present intention to cancel

The repurchase of ordinary shares would give rise to a stamp duty liability of the Company at the rate currently of 0.5% of the

The Company has no warrants in issue in relation to its shares and no options to subscribe for its shares outstanding. Exercise of outstanding employee share options and share awards are generally satisfied by the transfer of market-purchased shares from the ESOT

The renewed authority will expire at the AGM in 2026 or, if earlier,

The directors consider that share buybacks are an important means of returning value to shareholders and maximising sustainable long term growth in Earnings Per Share. Contingent contracts for off-market share purchases offer a number of additional benefits

● Contingent contracts allow the Company to purchase shares at a discount to the market price prevailing at the date each contract is entered into. No shares have been bought back under contingent purchase contracts pursuant to the authority granted

● Low share liquidity can often prevent the Company from purchasing sufficient numbers of shares on a single day without risk of affecting the prevailing market price. Contingent contracts enable the Company to purchase shares over time without risk of distorting the prevailing share price, and also spread the cash

● Contingent contracts entered into prior to any Closed Period allow the Company to take delivery of shares during these

● Competitive tendering involving up to five banks is used which minimises the risk of hidden purchase costs. The pricing mechanism ensures the Company retains the benefit of declared

Appendix ¹X

shares

A summary of the principal terms of the LTIP is set out in Appendix 2 to this Notice.

19. Renewal of the powers of directors to allot shares

Ordinary resolution 19(a) seeks authority to allow the directors to allot ordinary shares up to a maximum nominal amount of £4,100,000, representing approximately one third of the Company's existing issued share capital, excluding treasury shares, as at 25 March 2025. In accordance with institutional guidelines, resolution 19(b) will also allow directors to allot further ordinary shares, in connection with a pre-emptive offer by way of a pre-emptive offer, including a rights issue or open offer, up to a total maximum nominal amount of £8,200,000, representing approximately two thirds of the Company's existing issued share capital, excluding treasury shares, as at that date. As at 25 March 2025 (being the latest practicable date prior to publication of this document) the Company's issued share capital amounted to £12,319,834.40 comprising 123,198,344 ordinary shares of 10 pence each. No shares were held in treasury. The directors have no present intention of exercising this authority, however, the Board wishes to ensure that the Company has maximum flexibility in managing the Group's capital resources. The authority sought under this resolution will expire at the conclusion of the AGM in 2026 or, if earlier, 15 August 2026.

20 and 21. Authority to disapply pre-emption rights

In special resolution 20, the directors are seeking authority to allot equity securities for cash without first offering them to existing shareholders in proportion to their holdings. This resolution limits the aggregate nominal value of ordinary shares which may be issued by the directors on a non pre-emptive basis to £1,231,000, representing 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 25 March 2025. This authority also allows the directors, within the same aggregate limit, to sell for cash, shares that may be held by the Company in treasury.

Special resolution 21 seeks separate and additional authority to allot up to an additional 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company on a non pre-emptive basis in connection with an acquisition or specified capital investment (within the meaning given in the Pre-Emption Group's 2022 Statement of Principles) which is announced at the same time as the allotment, or which has taken place in the twelve month period before and is disclosed in the announcement of the allotment.

The directors have no present intention to exercise the powers sought by resolutions 20 or 21. If the powers sought by resolutions 20 or 21 are used in relation to a non-pre-emptive offer, the directors confirm their intention to follow the shareholder protections in paragraph 1 of Part 2B of the Pre-emption Group's Statement of Principles published in November 2022 and, where relevant, follow the expected features of a follow-on offer as set out in paragraph 3 of Part 2B of the Pre-emption Group's Statement of Principles. The authority sought under resolutions 20 and 21 will expire at the AGM in 2026 or, if earlier, 15 August 2026.

22. On-market purchase of the Company's own shares

NOTICE OF MEETING

Explanatory notes to resolutions

1. To receive the Annual Report

The Company is required by the 2006 Act to present its Annual

18. Extension of NEXT Long Term Incentive Plan Resolution 18 seeks authority from shareholders to continue to operate the LTIP for a period of ten years from the 2025 AGM. There are no changes to the LTIP that has been operated by the Company

A summary of the principal terms of the LTIP is set out in Appendix 2

19. Renewal of the powers of directors to allot

of the AGM in 2026 or, if earlier, 15 August 2026.

that may be held by the Company in treasury.

announcement of the allotment.

20 and 21. Authority to disapply pre-emption

expire at the AGM in 2026 or, if earlier, 15 August 2026.

for many years.

to this Notice.

shares

rights

2. To approve the Directors' Remuneration Report The Directors' Remuneration Report sets out the pay and benefits received by each of the directors for the period ended 25 January 2025 and is subject to an advisory vote by shareholders. The Report (excluding the Directors' Remuneration Policy) is set out on pages 127 to 148 of the Annual Report for the period ended 25 January

Appendix ¹X

Ordinary resolutions

2025.

Report to shareholders at its AGM.

3. To declare a final dividend

it, refer to Note 27 of the financial statements.

experience of each director.

the Board.

remuneration

125 of the Annual Report.

determined by the Audit Committee.

4 – 15. Election and re-election of Directors

will stand for election or re-election at this year's AGM.

for Board and Committee meetings and other duties).

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all directors

Directors' biographies are set out on pages 108 to 109 of the Annual Report and provide a summary of the range of skills, knowledge and

16 and 17. Auditor re-appointment and

On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, the Board proposes that PwC be re-appointed as the Company's auditor. Resolution 17 proposes that the auditors' remuneration be

The repurchase of ordinary shares would give rise to a stamp duty liability of the Company at the rate currently of 0.5% of the consideration paid.

The renewed authority will expire at the AGM in 2026 or, if earlier, 15 August 2026.

23. Off-market purchases of own shares

Contingent contracts allow the Company to purchase shares at a discount to the market price prevailing at the date each contract is entered into. No shares have been bought back under contingent purchase contracts pursuant to the authority granted at the 2024 AGM up to 25 March 2025.
Low share liquidity can often prevent the Company from purchasing sufficient numbers of shares on a single day without risk of affecting the prevailing market price. Contingent contracts enable the Company to purchase shares over time without risk of distorting the prevailing share price, and also spread the cash outflow.
Contingent contracts entered into prior to any Closed Period allow the Company to take delivery of shares during these periods.
Competitive tendering involving up to five banks is used which minimises the risk of hidden purchase costs. The pricing mechanism ensures the Company retains the benefit of declared and forecast dividends.

● The Company would also have the option to set a suspension price in individual contracts whereby they would automatically terminate if the Company's share price was to fall.

Sections 693 and 694 of the 2006 Act provide that the terms of any contract to make off-market purchases or contingent purchases of its shares must be approved by shareholders.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 261 31/03/2025 17:37

Appendix ¹ X

the CFT is entered into. The Forward Price is subject to a maximum of 99% of the share price at the start of the contract and a minimum of 10 pence (the par value of an ordinary share). The minimum and maximum period between entering a CFT and shares being purchased is 5 days and 30 weeks respectively. The Company will announce the details of each CFT on the day it is entered into and any subsequent termination via the Financial Conduct Authority's Regulatory News Service. This structure would allow the Company to purchase shares at a discount to the market price (as at the time each CFT commences), for so long as the Suspension Levels are not reached, without breaching the Listing Rules. If any Suspension Level is reached, the CFT terminates automatically at that time and no further shares would be purchased under that contract.

Under Sections 693 and 694 of the 2006 Act, the Programme Agreements and Contingent Forward Trades are contingent purchase contracts to purchase shares by the Company off-market. Accordingly, resolution 23, which will be proposed as a special resolution, seeks shareholder approval of the terms of the Programme Agreements to be entered into between the Company and each of the Banks. The Programme Agreements will have a duration of the shorter of the period to the date of the next AGM to be held in 2026 and 15 August 2026 and will incorporate the terms of an ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule. The Programme Agreements will be entered into and each CFT will be effected outside a Closed Period but shares may be purchased by the Company during a Closed Period.

Should shareholder approval be granted, any number of CFT may be effected with the Banks at any time, provided that:

the total maximum number of shares which the Company is permitted to purchase pursuant to this authority would be 3,000,000, representing circa 2% of its issued share capital at 25 March 2025;
the total cost of shares that the Company would be permitted to purchase pursuant to this authority may not exceed £300m (including costs);
the Forward Price may not exceed 105% of the average of the middle market price of a share according to the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange for the 5 business days immediately preceding the day on which the share is purchased;
the Forward Price will be no more than 99% of the share price at the time the CFT was effected;
the minimum price that can be paid for any share is 10 pence; and
only one CFT will be entered into on any particular day.

Shares purchased under the Programme Agreements will reduce the number of shares that the Company may purchase under any authority granted at the AGM on 15 May 2025 for on-market purchases. No shares will be purchased under that authority on the same day that a CFT is entered into. The authority granted to the Company under this resolution will expire at the conclusion of the AGM in 2026 or on 15 August 2026, whichever is the earlier, unless such authority is renewed prior to that time (except in relation to the purchase of shares under any CFT effected before the expiry of such authority and which might be completed wholly or partly after such expiry). The purchase of shares under the Programme Agreements will always be physically settled by delivery of shares to the Company (except in the case of certain events of default or termination events).

A copy of each of the Programme Agreements will be available for inspection at the AGM on 15 May 2025. Copies will also be available for inspection at the Company's registered office at Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT and at the offices of Slaughter and May at One Bunhill Row, London EC1Y 8YY during usual business hours from the publication of this Notice until the close of the AGM.

NOTICE OF MEETING

NEXT has a reputation among its investors for providing clear and comprehensive information, including information on our workforce. We do not believe it is appropriate to produce additional bespoke reports beyond our current disclosures, which already align with our

and productivity of a motivated workforce. Transparent reporting on approaches to pay will enable investors to assess how NEXT balances operational costs with long-term sustainability, including the risks associated with wages that do not meet the cost of living for its

NEXT is an established retailer, with over 450 stores and directly employing over 40,000 workers in the UK. The Company's stated aim is to 'provide a workplace in which everyone is supported, treated fairly and with respect, listened to, [and] motivated to achieve their full potential' (NEXT, Annual Report & Accounts, 2024), however its

NEXT currently pays retail workers in line with statutory minimums, including use of age-related National Minimum Wage rates. Payment of the National Living Wage as a baseline for all staff is only guaranteed after one year in service and there is a performance
The Company has higher rates of pay for Inner and Outer London, however these do not meet the real Living Wage rate for London. The Company has not disclosed the pay rates of regular, on-site, third-party contractors, such as cleaners and security guards. The definition of third-party contracted workers refers to staff: i. providing a service, ii. on premises the employer is currently occupying (rented or owned) or premises necessary to the work being carried out, iii. for two or more hours a week for eight or more consecutive weeks (in line with the requirements of Living Wage

Employee wages constitute one of the largest costs for the Company, with a significant proportion of the workforce being paid at, or near, statutory minimums. Therefore, the Company's approach to setting minimum wages is an important part of its human capital management strategy and of material concern to investors. Separate studies conducted by MIT Sloan School of Management (2014), University of Cambridge (2022) and Cardiff University (2023) show that, despite tight profit margins in the retail sector, improving pay helps to build resilient businesses by lowering staff turnover and absence, improving productivity and customer experience, as well as

The real Living Wage, as defined by the Living Wage Foundation, is the only independently calculated UK hourly wage which is based on the cost of living, with separate rates for London and the rest of the UK, providing an established and evidence-based benchmark for responsible company practice. Over 15,000 businesses are accredited Living Wage Employers, including 50 of the FTSE100. In April 2025, the National Living Wage will be £12.21 per hour and the National Minimum Wage will be £10 per hour. The real Living Wage is £12.60 per hour in the UK and £13.85 per hour in London. By disclosing information that isn't currently available, the Report will support investors' understanding of the sources of information and the factors considered in setting base rates of pay, including the potential impact of wages on recruitment, retention and productivity, as well as the considerations of the Board in determining minimum wages that support the long-term

The retail and wholesale sector is one of the largest employers of low-paid workers in the UK, employing over 3.5 million workers with 23 per cent of jobs being paid below the real Living Wage (Living

current pay policy may not fulfil this ambition.

requirement attached to the uplift.

Employer accreditation).

bringing reputational benefits.

sustainability of the business. Why this is relevant for UK retailers

employees.

Indeed:

NEXT is committed to paying fair wages and providing competitive benefits. Setting the right wages is a fine balance between the interests of investors (who are ultimately savers and pension funds), consumers and employees (many of whom are also savers and investors). NEXT pays very close attention to trying to find the appropriate balance, and we do not support formal accreditation as

Flexibility in Pay Decisions: Accreditation would transfer responsibility for annual pay adjustments to an external third party — the Living Wage Foundation. This would limit our ability

to adjust pay based on Company performance, specific circumstances, and the needs of our colleagues and investors. 2. Significant Cost Implications: We disclosed a detailed analysis of anticipated wage cost increases in our January 2025 Trading Statement. NEXT's annual wage bill exceeds £900 million, one of our largest investments. Further mandated increases will inevitably impact pricing and potentially reduce employment opportunities. The National Living Wage has increased by 88% over the past decade, whereas general inflation has been around

We recognise the challenges of living on retail wages, particularly for those supporting families. However, not all circumstances are the same. Many people, such as students and families, value retail jobs

NEXT retail jobs remain among the most sought-after in the industry. In addition to wages, our colleagues get a 25% discount on all

We do not believe it is appropriate to produce additional bespoke reports beyond our current disclosures, which already align with our legal obligations. We are committed to paying fair wages and acting in the best interests of all stakeholders. However, we believe it is vital for the Company to retain control over pay and benefits decisions rather than ceding this responsibility to an external body. Formal "Living Wage" accreditation would compromise this flexibility, increase costs, and impact employment opportunities.

The Board therefore DOES NOT consider resolution 26 to be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders as a whole and RECOMMENDS THAT YOU

In accordance with section 314 of the Companies Act 2006, the statement supporting the resolution from the shareholders

Effective approaches to setting minimum pay rates are fundamental to human capital management, supporting retention, recruitment

coordinated by ShareAction is set out in full as follows:

Our Reporting and Governance Approach

Balancing the needs of all stakeholders

a "real Living Wage" employer because:

35% over that same period. Retail Employment at NEXT

for their flexibility and supplemental income.

purchases of NEXT branded products.

VOTE AGAINST RESOLUTION 26.

Conclusion

Appendix ¹X

legal obligations.

The Company has no warrants in issue in relation to its shares and no options to subscribe for its shares outstanding. Exercise of all outstanding employee share options and share awards will generally be satisfied by the transfer of market-purchased shares from the ESOT (refer to Note 27 to the financial statements).

24. Amendments to the articles of association

Special resolution 24 proposes a change to the Company's articles of association to increase the maximum total fees payable to non-executive directors. The current Article 61 (directors' fees) of the articles will be amended by increasing the numerical limit from £1,000,000 to £2,000,000. This increase will bring the Company's articles in line with its peers and will provide the Company with the flexibility to appoint additional non-executive directors if appropriate.

25. Notice of general meetings

In accordance with the 2006 Act, the notice period for general meetings (other than an annual general meeting) is 21 clear days' notice unless the Company:

(i) has gained shareholder approval for the holding of general meetings on 14 clear days' notice by passing a special resolution at the most recent AGM; and

(ii) offers the facility for all shareholders to vote by electronic means.

The Company would like to preserve its ability to call general meetings (other than an AGM) on 14 clear days' notice. This shorter notice period would not be used as a matter of routine, but only where the flexibility is merited by the business of the meeting and is thought to be in the interests of shareholders as a whole.

Resolution 25 seeks such approval and, should this resolution be approved, it will be valid until the end of the next AGM. This is the same authority that was sought and granted at last year's AGM.

26. ShareAction Resolution

NEXT's response to resolution 26.

The NEXT Board does NOT support this resolution and RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE AGAINST RESOLUTION 26.

The Resolution

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 262 31/03/2025 17:37

Shortly before our financial year end, we received a request to table a resolution at our AGM from a small group of shareholders, coordinated by ShareAction. Together, this group represents just 0.7% of our issued share capital.

The resolution seeks additional disclosure on how we set pay for our colleagues and how this compares to the "real Living Wage".

Our Reporting and Governance Approach

NOTICE OF MEETING

further shares would be purchased under that contract.

Company during a Closed Period.

March 2025;

and

events).

(including costs);

the time the CFT was effected;

Should shareholder approval be granted, any number of CFT may be

● the total maximum number of shares which the Company is permitted to purchase pursuant to this authority would be 3,000,000, representing circa 2% of its issued share capital at 25

● the total cost of shares that the Company would be permitted to purchase pursuant to this authority may not exceed £300m

● the Forward Price may not exceed 105% of the average of the middle market price of a share according to the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange for the 5 business days immediately preceding the day on which the share is purchased; ● the Forward Price will be no more than 99% of the share price at

● the minimum price that can be paid for any share is 10 pence;

● only one CFT will be entered into on any particular day.

effected with the Banks at any time, provided that:

the CFT is entered into. The Forward Price is subject to a maximum of 99% of the share price at the start of the contract and a minimum of 10 pence (the par value of an ordinary share). The minimum and maximum period between entering a CFT and shares being purchased is 5 days and 30 weeks respectively. The Company will announce the details of each CFT on the day it is entered into and any subsequent termination via the Financial Conduct Authority's Regulatory News Service. This structure would allow the Company to purchase shares at a discount to the market price (as at the time each CFT commences), for so long as the Suspension Levels are not reached, without breaching the Listing Rules. If any Suspension Level is reached, the CFT terminates automatically at that time and no A copy of each of the Programme Agreements will be available for inspection at the AGM on 15 May 2025. Copies will also be available for inspection at the Company's registered office at Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT and at the offices of Slaughter and May at One Bunhill Row, London EC1Y 8YY during usual business hours from the publication of this Notice until the close of the AGM.

24. Amendments to the articles of association

In accordance with the 2006 Act, the notice period for general meetings (other than an annual general meeting) is 21 clear days'

(ii) offers the facility for all shareholders to vote by electronic means. The Company would like to preserve its ability to call general meetings (other than an AGM) on 14 clear days' notice. This shorter notice period would not be used as a matter of routine, but only where the flexibility is merited by the business of the meeting and is

Resolution 25 seeks such approval and, should this resolution be approved, it will be valid until the end of the next AGM. This is the same authority that was sought and granted at last year's AGM.

The NEXT Board does NOT support this resolution and RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE

Shortly before our financial year end, we received a request to table a resolution at our AGM from a small group of shareholders, coordinated by ShareAction. Together, this group represents just

The resolution seeks additional disclosure on how we set pay for our colleagues and how this compares to the "real Living Wage".

(i) has gained shareholder approval for the holding of general meetings on 14 clear days' notice by passing a special resolution at

thought to be in the interests of shareholders as a whole.

ESOT (refer to Note 27 to the financial statements).

25. Notice of general meetings

notice unless the Company:

the most recent AGM; and

26. ShareAction Resolution NEXT's response to resolution 26.

AGAINST RESOLUTION 26.

0.7% of our issued share capital.

The Resolution

appropriate.

Appendix ¹ X

NEXT has a reputation among its investors for providing clear and comprehensive information, including information on our workforce.

We do not believe it is appropriate to produce additional bespoke reports beyond our current disclosures, which already align with our legal obligations.

Balancing the needs of all stakeholders

1. Flexibility in Pay Decisions: Accreditation would transfer responsibility for annual pay adjustments to an external third party — the Living Wage Foundation. This would limit our ability to adjust pay based on Company performance, specific circumstances, and the needs of our colleagues and investors.
1. Significant Cost Implications: We disclosed a detailed analysis of anticipated wage cost increases in our January 2025 Trading Statement. NEXT's annual wage bill exceeds £900 million, one of our largest investments. Further mandated increases will inevitably impact pricing and potentially reduce employment opportunities. The National Living Wage has increased by 88% over the past decade, whereas general inflation has been around 35% over that same period.

Retail Employment at NEXT

NEXT retail jobs remain among the most sought-after in the industry. In addition to wages, our colleagues get a 25% discount on all purchases of NEXT branded products.

Conclusion

The Board therefore DOES NOT consider resolution 26 to be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders as a whole and RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE AGAINST RESOLUTION 26.

In accordance with section 314 of the Companies Act 2006, the statement supporting the resolution from the shareholders coordinated by ShareAction is set out in full as follows:

Effective approaches to setting minimum pay rates are fundamental to human capital management, supporting retention, recruitment and productivity of a motivated workforce. Transparent reporting on approaches to pay will enable investors to assess how NEXT balances operational costs with long-term sustainability, including the risks associated with wages that do not meet the cost of living for its employees.

Indeed:

NEXT currently pays retail workers in line with statutory minimums, including use of age-related National Minimum Wage rates. Payment of the National Living Wage as a baseline for all staff is only guaranteed after one year in service and there is a performance requirement attached to the uplift.
The Company has higher rates of pay for Inner and Outer London, however these do not meet the real Living Wage rate for London.

The Company has not disclosed the pay rates of regular, on-site, third-party contractors, such as cleaners and security guards. The definition of third-party contracted workers refers to staff: i. providing a service, ii. on premises the employer is currently occupying (rented or owned) or premises necessary to the work being carried out, iii. for two or more hours a week for eight or more consecutive weeks (in line with the requirements of Living Wage Employer accreditation).

In April 2025, the National Living Wage will be £12.21 per hour and the National Minimum Wage will be £10 per hour. The real Living Wage is £12.60 per hour in the UK and £13.85 per hour in London.

By disclosing information that isn't currently available, the Report will support investors' understanding of the sources of information and the factors considered in setting base rates of pay, including the potential impact of wages on recruitment, retention and productivity, as well as the considerations of the Board in determining minimum wages that support the long-term sustainability of the business.

Why this is relevant for UK retailers

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 263 31/03/2025 17:37

Appendix ¹ X

Wage Foundation, 'Employee jobs paid below the real Living Wage: 2023', 2024). The sector also has an employee turnover rate of 41.6%, above the national average of 34% (CIPD, 'Benchmarking employee turnover', 2024). The combination of low pay and high employee turnover means that approaches to setting minimum pay rates are particularly important to UK Retailers.

NOTICE OF MEETING

Summary of the Principal Terms of the NEXT LTIP

Vesting of awards

Performance conditions

less difficult to satisfy as a result of the change.

Reduction of vesting of awards

award pending further investigation. Recovery and withholding provisions

sums to be paid.

material period.

Leaving employment

measured over the shorter period.

Awards will normally vest on the later of: (a) the expiry of the vesting period; (b) the third anniversary of the grant date; (c) the date that the Committee determines the extent to which the applicable performance conditions (see below) have been satisfied; and (d) such later date (within three months of the third anniversary of the grant date) as specified by the Committee; and provided the participant is still a director or employee in the Company's group.

The performance conditions for awards will be set each year in line with the Company's approved directors' remuneration policy. The Committee will also have the power to vary the terms of existing performance conditions if an event occurs that causes the Committee to consider that the performance condition would not, if left unamended, achieve its original purpose. However, the amended performance condition will have to be, in the Committee's view, no

If at any time before an award vests a participant has been either suspended for a disciplinary matter or the subject of an investigation in relation to a disciplinary matter, or if the participant has performed in a manner considered by the Committee to be unsatisfactory (as evidenced by notifying the participant in writing) then the Committee may reduce the vesting of that award in such manner as it considers appropriate or withhold the vesting of that

Recovery and withholding provisions are in the service contracts of all executive directors and will be enforced where appropriate to recover or withhold performance related remuneration which has been overpaid due to: a material misstatement of the Company's accounts; errors made in the calculation of an award; a director's misconduct; insolvency of any group company; or circumstances that would lead to a sufficiently significant negative impact on the reputation and likely financial strength of the Company. These provisions allow for the recovery of sums paid and/or withholding of

As a general rule, an award will lapse upon a participant leaving the employment of the Company's group. However, if before the vesting of an award a participant ceases to be a director or employee within the Company's group by reason of death or in other circumstances which the Committee in its absolute discretion determines are exceptional circumstances, then the award will be retained and may vest on the normal vesting date to the extent determined by the performance conditions measured over the full performance period. The Committee may, at its discretion, allow awards to vest in such circumstances at the time of cessation of employment, in which case awards would normally be subject to the performance conditions as

In either case, there will also be a pro-rata reduction in the size of the award for the time that has elapsed up to the date of cessation compared to a three-year vesting period unless the Committee determines that it would be inappropriate to apply a pro-rata reduction in the particular circumstances. The Committee may also apply further restrictions on the vesting of awards held by individuals who either cease employment or who, while remaining employed, reduce their base salary and/or hours worked for a

The Remuneration Committee of the Board of directors of the Company (the Committee) will supervise the operation of the LTIP.

Any employee (including an executive director) of the Company and any of its subsidiaries will be eligible to participate in the LTIP at the

(i) a conditional award, where a participant will receive free ordinary shares in the Company (Shares) on the vesting of his/her award; or (ii) nil or nominal cost options, where a participant can decide when to exercise his/her award over Shares during a limited period of time

The Committee may also allow the grant of cash-based awards of an equivalent value to share–based awards or may allow share-based awards to be settled in cash (in whole or part) where the Committee

The Committee may normally grant awards for a period following the Company's announcement of its results for any period. The Committee may also grant awards when there are exceptional circumstances which the Committee considers justify the granting of

Awards may only be granted within 10 years of the 2025 AGM. No payment will be required for the grant of an award. Awards are not transferable (other than to the participant's personal representatives

The maximum number of Shares that may be awarded to a participant in any financial year will be limited so that the market value of such Shares when awarded and in the aggregate will not exceed 225% of the individual's base salary. However, if the Committee decides that exceptional circumstances exist in relation to the recruitment or retention of an individual, then the individual may be granted awards over Shares with a market value of up to 300% of the individual's base salary in a financial year. In calculating these limits, the average closing share price over the 3 months preceding the start of the period over which performance conditions are measured (or such later date as specified by the Committee) will

The LTIP may operate over new issue Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased in the market. The current intention is that all awards will be satisfied using Shares purchased in the market. In any period of ten years, the Company may not issue (or have the

(a) 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company under the LTIP and any other employees' share plan adopted by the

(b) 5% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company under the LTIP and any other executive share plan adopted by the Company. Treasury Shares will count as new issue Shares for the purposes of this limit but they will also cease to count towards this limit if institutional investor bodies decide that they need not count.

in the event of death). Awards are not pensionable.

The Committee may grant an award in one of two forms:

Appendix 2 X

discretion of the Committee.

considers it appropriate to do so.

Operation

Eligibility

Grant of awards

after it has vested.

awards.

be used.

Overall LTIP limits

Company; and

possibility to issue) more than:

Individual limit

UK retailers are facing increases in employer National Insurance contributions announced in the Government's Autumn Budget 2024. Given the large number of low-paid workers in the sector, this policy will have a significant impact. It is important for retailers to disclose their approach to human capital management in this context, particularly how they will address low pay in their workforce.

Rising prices of essential goods and services over the last three years have left families struggling to make ends meet, with 8.1 million working-age adults in the UK living in poverty (Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 'UK Poverty 2024', 2024). While inflation has returned close to the Bank of England's 2 per cent target in the second half of 2024, food prices have risen by a third more than the rise in the overall price levels since 2021, while retail energy prices have increased by 90 per cent more. (Resolution Foundation, 'Paying the price', 2024). These lasting rises in prices disproportionately affect the poorest people in society, who are forced to spend a larger proportion of their income on essentials.

Wages that do not meet the cost of living increase the burden on state support systems, worsen health outcomes and suppress aggregate demand, externalising the costs of low pay onto the wider economy. It is in the interests of diversified investors to support the overall health and resilience of the economy by addressing low pay and the inequality it creates (The Shareholder Commons, 'Living Wage and the Engagement Gap', 2023). Providing wages that meet the cost of living is an action that retailers can take to protect the economic and social systems upon which prosperity is based.

There is recognition that pay practices which do not provide a real Living Wage perpetuate economic insecurity, which threatens both social and economic stability. As the Business Commission to Tackle Inequality (2023) notes, disparities in income and wealth contribute towards the long-term erosion of social cohesion, diminishing trust in institutions and fuelling political polarisation.

Paying the real Living Wage is also a key indicator of a Company's, and its investors', support for the achievement of the UN's Sustainable Development Goal 8, promoting inclusive and sustainable economic growth, employment and decent work for all.

Recommendation

The Board believes that resolutions 1 to 25 are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and unanimously recommends voting in favour of them, as the directors will do with their own beneficial shareholdings. The Board does not consider resolution 26 to be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and unanimously recommends voting against it.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 264 31/03/2025 17:37

Appendix 2 X

NOTICE OF MEETING

rates are particularly important to UK Retailers.

proportion of their income on essentials.

in institutions and fuelling political polarisation.

unanimously recommends voting against it.

Recommendation

Appendix ¹ X

Summary of the Principal Terms of the NEXT LTIP Operation

The Remuneration Committee of the Board of directors of the Company (the Committee) will supervise the operation of the LTIP.

Eligibility

Any employee (including an executive director) of the Company and any of its subsidiaries will be eligible to participate in the LTIP at the discretion of the Committee.

Grant of awards

The Committee may grant an award in one of two forms:

(i) a conditional award, where a participant will receive free ordinary shares in the Company (Shares) on the vesting of his/her award; or

(ii) nil or nominal cost options, where a participant can decide when to exercise his/her award over Shares during a limited period of time after it has vested.

The Committee may also allow the grant of cash-based awards of an equivalent value to share–based awards or may allow share-based awards to be settled in cash (in whole or part) where the Committee considers it appropriate to do so.

Individual limit

Overall LTIP limits

(a) 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company under the LTIP and any other employees' share plan adopted by the Company; and

Vesting of awards

Performance conditions

Reduction of vesting of awards

Recovery and withholding provisions

Recovery and withholding provisions are in the service contracts of all executive directors and will be enforced where appropriate to recover or withhold performance related remuneration which has been overpaid due to: a material misstatement of the Company's accounts; errors made in the calculation of an award; a director's misconduct; insolvency of any group company; or circumstances that would lead to a sufficiently significant negative impact on the reputation and likely financial strength of the Company. These provisions allow for the recovery of sums paid and/or withholding of sums to be paid.

Leaving employment

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 265 31/03/2025 17:37

Appendix 2 X

Corporate events

In the event of a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding up of the Company (not being an internal corporate reorganisation), all awards would vest early to the extent that the performance conditions have, in the opinion of the Committee, been satisfied at that time. The awards would normally be pro–rated to reflect the shorter than normal period of time between the date of the award and the time of vesting. The Committee can decide not to pro-rate awards if it regards it as inappropriate to do so in the particular circumstances.

In the event of an internal corporate reorganisation, awards will be replaced by equivalent new awards over shares in a new holding company, unless the Committee decides that awards should vest on the same basis as described above.

Awards may also vest on the same basis if a demerger, special dividend or other similar event is proposed which, in the opinion of the Committee, would affect the market price of the Shares to a material extent.

Participants' rights

Awards structured as conditional awards and options will not confer any shareholder rights on participants until the awards have vested and the participants have received their Shares. Participants receive the benefit of dividends paid in the period between the grant date of these awards and the date when these awards vest (which is normally the third anniversary of the date of grant). Any benefit from this provision will normally be delivered in the form of additional NEXT shares when an LTIP award vests, with such shares representing the cumulative value of dividends which would have been paid on the number of vesting shares since the grant date, and assuming re-investment in NEXT shares on each ex-dividend date. No benefits will be delivered in respect of dividends which relate to award shares which lapse due to nonfulfilment of applicable performance vesting conditions.

Rights attaching to Shares

Any Shares allotted when an award vests (or for an award structured as an option, when it is exercised) will rank equally with all other Shares then in issue (except for rights arising by reference to a record date prior to their allotment).

Variation of capital

In the event of any variation of the Company's share capital, or in the event of a demerger, payment of a special dividend or other similar event which materially affects the market price of the Shares, the Committee may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate to the number of Shares subject to an award and/or the exercise price payable (if any).

Alterations to the LTIP

The requirement to obtain the prior approval of shareholders will not, however, apply to any minor alteration made to benefit the administration of the LTIP, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 266 31/03/2025 17:37

regulatory treatment for participants or for any company in the Company's group.

NOTICE OF MEETING

Attending the Annual General Meeting

the adjourned meeting.

the AGM.

Voting and proxies

attend and vote at the AGM if you wish.

later than 9.00 am on 13 May 2025.

specified deadline.

Meeting Formalities and Voting x

To be entitled to attend, speak and vote at the AGM and for the purposes of determining the number of votes they may cast, shareholders must be registered in the register of members of the Company as at 6.30 pm on 13 May 2025 or, if the meeting is adjourned, at 6.30 pm on the day which is two working days before shareholder of the Company and may vote on any other business

The statements of the rights of members in relation to the appointment of proxies in the above paragraphs and in the paragraph headed "CREST voting facility" below can only be exercised by registered members of the Company and do not apply to a Nominated Person. Nominated persons should contact the registered holder of their shares (and not the Company) on matters

In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint a proxy, only the appointment submitted by the most senior holder (i.e. the first named joint holder

A member who appoints as their proxy someone other than the Chairman of the meeting, should ensure that the proxy is aware of the voting intention of the member. If no voting instruction is given,

A person to whom this Notice is sent who is a person nominated under Section 146 of the 2006 Act to enjoy information rights (a "Nominated Person") may, under an agreement between them and the shareholder by whom they were nominated, have a right to be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy for the AGM. If a Nominated Person has no such proxy appointment right or does not wish to exercise it, they may, under any such agreement, have a right to give instructions to the shareholder as to the exercise

If a member submits more than one valid proxy appointment, the appointment received last before the latest time for the receipt of

Those shareholders who hold shares through CREST may choose to appoint a proxy or proxies using CREST for the AGM to be held on 15 May 2025 and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a CREST Proxy Instruction) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited's specifications and must contain the information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or is an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer's agent (ID RA19) by the latest time(s) for receipt of proxy appointments specified in this Notice. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the time stamp applied to the message by the CREST Applications Host) from which the issuer's agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be

communicated to the appointee through other means.

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited does not make available special procedures in CREST for any

recorded in the Company's share register) will be accepted.

the proxy has discretion on whether and how to vote.

of voting rights.

proxies will take precedence. CREST voting facility

appropriate action on their behalf.

which may properly come before the meeting.

relating to their investments in the Company.

The resolutions being proposed are a very important part of the governance of the Company and all shareholders are urged to vote. In line with best practice, voting on all resolutions at the AGM will be by way of a poll. On a poll, every member present in person or by proxy, has one vote for every ordinary share held or represented. The directors believe a poll is most representative of shareholders' voting intentions because shareholders' votes are counted according to the number of shares held, and the proxy vote is added to the votes of shareholders present so that all votes are taken into account. The procedures for the poll votes will be explained during

In respect of resolution 23 on off-market share purchase contracts, the 2006 Act provides that this resolution will not be effective if any member of the Company holding shares to which it relates (i.e. shares which may be purchased pursuant to the Programme Agreements) voted for the resolution and the resolution would not have been passed if they had not done so. Therefore, NEXT intends to disregard any poll votes which are cast in favour of resolution 23 attaching to 3,000,000 shares (being the total maximum number of shares which the Company is permitted to purchase pursuant to the Programme Agreements) from both the total number of votes cast in

favour of this resolution and the total number of votes cast.

The total number of the Company's issued share capital on 25 March 2025, which is the latest practicable date before the publication of this Notice, is 123,198,344 ordinary shares. All of the ordinary shares carry one vote each and there are no shares held in treasury.

Whether or not you intend to attend the AGM in person, please complete and return the Form of Proxy to Equiniti, to arrive not later than 9.00 am on 13 May 2025 (or 48 hours before any adjourned meeting). If you complete and return a Form of Proxy you can still

It is possible for you to submit your proxy votes online by going to Equiniti's Shareview website, www.shareview.co.uk, and logging in to your Shareview Portfolio. Once you have logged in, simply click 'View' on the 'My Investments' page and then click on the link to vote and follow the on-screen instructions. If you have not yet registered for a Shareview Portfolio, go to www.shareview.co.uk and enter the requested information. It is important that you register for a Shareview Portfolio with enough time to complete the registration and authentication processes. Electronic proxies must be completed and lodged in accordance with the instructions on the website by no

If you are unable to attend in person, you are strongly encouraged to appoint a proxy and return the completed Form of Proxy by the

A shareholder who is entitled to vote at the AGM may appoint one or more proxies to vote instead of him/her, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that shareholder. A proxy need not also be a

Overseas plans

The Board may at any time without further shareholder approval establish further plans in overseas territories, any such plan to be similar to the LTIP, but modified to take account of local tax, exchange control or securities laws. Any Shares made available under such further plans will count against the LTIP's limits on individual and overall participation.

NOTICE OF MEETING

Company's group. Overseas plans

individual and overall participation.

In the event of an internal corporate reorganisation, awards will be replaced by equivalent new awards over shares in a new holding company, unless the Committee decides that awards should vest on

Awards may also vest on the same basis if a demerger, special dividend or other similar event is proposed which, in the opinion of the Committee, would affect the market price of the Shares to a

The Committee may, at any time, amend the provisions of the LTIP in any respect, provided that the prior approval of shareholders must be obtained for any amendments that are to the advantage of participants in respect of the rules governing eligibility, limits on individual participation, the overall limits on the issue of Shares or the transfer of Shares held in treasury, the basis for determining a participant's entitlement to, and the terms of, the Shares or cash to be provided under the LTIP and the adjustment of awards or options. The requirement to obtain the prior approval of shareholders will not, however, apply to any minor alteration made to benefit the administration of the LTIP, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or

Appendix 2 X

Corporate events

circumstances.

material extent. Participants' rights

the same basis as described above.

performance vesting conditions. Rights attaching to Shares

date prior to their allotment).

Variation of capital

price payable (if any). Alterations to the LTIP

Meeting Formalities and Voting x

Attending the Annual General Meeting

The resolutions being proposed are a very important part of the governance of the Company and all shareholders are urged to vote.

In line with best practice, voting on all resolutions at the AGM will be by way of a poll. On a poll, every member present in person or by proxy, has one vote for every ordinary share held or represented.

The directors believe a poll is most representative of shareholders' voting intentions because shareholders' votes are counted according to the number of shares held, and the proxy vote is added to the votes of shareholders present so that all votes are taken into account. The procedures for the poll votes will be explained during the AGM.

Voting and proxies

If you are unable to attend in person, you are strongly encouraged to appoint a proxy and return the completed Form of Proxy by the specified deadline.

In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint a proxy, only the appointment submitted by the most senior holder (i.e. the first named joint holder recorded in the Company's share register) will be accepted.

A member who appoints as their proxy someone other than the Chairman of the meeting, should ensure that the proxy is aware of the voting intention of the member. If no voting instruction is given, the proxy has discretion on whether and how to vote.

If a member submits more than one valid proxy appointment, the appointment received last before the latest time for the receipt of proxies will take precedence.

CREST voting facility

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 267 31/03/2025 17:37

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited does not make available special procedures in CREST for any

Meeting Formalities and Voting x

particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s) are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings. The CREST Manual is available at euroclear.com.

The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

Corporate representatives

Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a member provided that they do not do so in relation to the same shares.

Right to ask questions

Shareholders may submit questions in advance on the resolutions to be put to the AGM by emailing [email protected]. Any shareholder attending the meeting has the right to ask questions. The Company will answer any such question relating to the business being dealt with at the AGM but no such answer need be given if (i) to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential information, (ii) the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question, or (iii) it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the AGM that the question be answered.

Data protection statement

Your personal data includes all data the Company holds which relates to you as a shareholder, including your name and contact details, the votes you cast and your Shareholder Reference Number (attributed to you by the Company). The Company determines the purposes for which and the manner in which your personal data is to be processed. The Company and any third party to which it discloses the data (including the Company's registrar) may process your personal data for the purposes of compiling and updating the Company's records, fulfilling its legal obligations and processing the shareholder rights you exercise. A copy of the Company's privacy policy can be found at

www.nextplc.co.uk/site-services/privacy-and-cookies.

Documents available for inspection

Copies of the following documents will be available for inspection at the Company's registered office during usual business hours and for 15 minutes prior to and for the duration of the AGM:

A copy of each executive director's contract of service.
A copy of each non-executive director's letter of appointment.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 268 31/03/2025 17:37

The Programme Agreements pursuant to resolution 23.
The rules of the NEXT Long Term Incentive Plan.
Articles that reflect the change proposed in resolution 24.

Copies will also be available for inspection at the offices of Slaughter and May at One Bunhill Row, London EC1Y 8YY during usual business hours, from publication of this Notice until the close of the AGM.

OTHER SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

including recent balance movements and a daily valuation of investments held in your portfolio, visit www.shareview.co.uk. For shareholders with disabilities EQ provides the following:

● if requested, future communications produced by them will be

● hearing loop facilities in their buildings for use by visiting

You can also contact EQ by using the Relay UK website at

The Company's ordinary shares are available for electronic

Payments of dividends to mandated

Since January 2025, payments to shareholders are no longer made by cheque. If you have not already taken any action, to continue to receive dividends and any other money payable to you in connection with your NEXT ordinary shares, you will need to provide your bank or building society account details so that payments can be made

This Report and Accounts contains statements which are all matters that are not historical facts, including anticipated financial and operational performance, business prospects and similar matters. Forward looking statements are identifiable by words such as "aim", "anticipate", "believe", "budget", "estimate", "expect", "forecast", "intend", "plan", "project" and similar expressions. These statements reflect NEXT's current expectations concerning future events but actual results may differ materially from current expectations or historical results. Any such forward looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those risks described in "Risks and Uncertainties" on pages 68 to 76 failure by NEXT to predict accurately customer fashion preferences; decline in the demand for merchandise offered by NEXT; competitive influences; changes in level of store traffic or consumer spending habits; effectiveness of NEXT's Brand awareness and marketing programmes; general economic conditions or a downturn in the retail industry; the inability of NEXT to successfully implement relocation or expansion of existing stores; insufficient consumer interest in NEXT Online; acts of war or terrorism worldwide; work stoppages, slowdowns or strikes; and changes in financial or equity markets. These forward looking statements do not amount to any representation that they will be achieved. They involve risks and uncertainties and relate to events and depend upon circumstances which may or may not occur in the future and there can be no guarantee of future performance. Undue reliance should not be placed on forward looking statements which speak only as of the date of this document. NEXT does not undertake any obligation to update publicly or revise forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except to the

directly to your nominated account by direct payment.

Forward looking statements

sent in the appropriate format; and

shareholders.

www.relayuk.bt.com

CREST

settlement.

accounts

extent legally required.

Registered office

be removed from the meeting.

Discount voucher

([email protected]).

5.30 pm Monday to Friday.

Shareholder enquiries

● change of name and address;

combine accounts; and

confirmation;

shareholding including the following matters:

shareholder communications electronically.

6DA.

Registrars and transfer office

Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99

Telephone +44 (0) 371 384 2164 (if calling from outside the UK, please ensure the country code is used). Lines are open 8.30 am to

The Company share register is maintained by Equiniti ("EQ"). Please contact them online at www.shareview.co.uk or using the contact details above if you have any enquiries about your NEXT

● loss of share certificate, dividend warrant or dividend

● if you receive duplicate sets of Company mailings as a result of an inconsistency in name or address and wish, if appropriate, to

● help on how to register your email address to receive

The Shareview Portfolio service from EQ gives you more online information about your NEXT shares and other investments. For direct access to information held for you on the share register,

transacted.

Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT.

Annual General Meeting

Registered in England and Wales, company no. 4412362.

The AGM will be held at Leicester Marriott Hotel, Smith Way, Grove Park, Leicester LE19 1SW at 9.00 am on Thursday 15 May 2025. The Notice of Meeting on pages 257 to 268 sets out the business to be

The safety of our shareholders is our main priority. We will not permit behaviour that may interfere with anyone's security or safety or the good order of the meeting. Anyone who does not comply may

The Company offers a discount voucher to any first named, registered shareholder holding a minimum number of 100 ordinary shares as at 1 April each year. The shareholder discount voucher entitles the recipient or their immediate family to a 25% discount against most purchases at any one time of full price NEXT merchandise in NEXT Retail stores. There is no limit on the value of goods that can be purchased at that time. The voucher expires on 31 October of the year in which it was issued. It cannot be used in conjunction with any other discount voucher or offer, nor can it be used for the purchase of gift cards, Sale merchandise, electrical goods, non-NEXT branded goods or purchases from NEXT Online (unless ordered through one of our Retail stores). Shareholders holding shares in nominee or ISA accounts are also eligible, but must request the voucher through their nominee or ISA account manager who should contact the Company Secretary's office

Company website

A full copy of the Annual Report (which includes this Notice), together with those for prior years, and other information required by Section 311A of the 2006 Act can be found at www.nextplc.co.uk.

Under Section 527 of the 2006 Act members meeting the threshold requirements set out in that section have the right to require the Company to publish on a website a statement setting out any matter relating to: (i) the audit of the Company's accounts (including the auditors' report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the AGM; or (ii) any circumstance connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at which annual accounts and reports were laid in accordance with Section 437 of the 2006 Act. The Company may not require the members requesting such website publication to pay its expenses in complying with Sections 527 or 528 of the 2006 Act, and it must forward the statement to the Company's auditor no later than the time when it makes the statement available on the website. The business which may be dealt with at the AGM includes any statement that the Company has been required under Section 527 of the 2006 Act to publish on its website.

You may not use any electronic address provided in this Notice to communicate with the Company for any purposes other than those expressly stated.

Registered office

A full copy of the Annual Report (which includes this Notice), together with those for prior years, and other information required by Section 311A of the 2006 Act can be found at www.nextplc.co.uk. Under Section 527 of the 2006 Act members meeting the threshold requirements set out in that section have the right to require the Company to publish on a website a statement setting out any matter relating to: (i) the audit of the Company's accounts (including the auditors' report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the AGM; or (ii) any circumstance connected with an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at which annual accounts and reports were laid in accordance with Section 437 of the 2006 Act. The Company may not require the members requesting such website publication to pay its expenses in complying with Sections 527 or 528 of the 2006 Act, and it must forward the statement to the Company's auditor no later than the time when it makes the statement available on the website. The business which may be dealt with at the AGM includes any statement that the Company has been required under Section 527 of

You may not use any electronic address provided in this Notice to communicate with the Company for any purposes other than those

Company website

the 2006 Act to publish on its website.

expressly stated.

NOTICE OF MEETING

euroclear.com.

the same shares.

policy can be found at

Securities Regulations 2001.

Right to ask questions

Corporate representatives

Meeting Formalities and Voting x

The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated

Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its powers as a member provided that they do not do so in relation to

the good order of the AGM that the question be answered.

Data protection statement

www.nextplc.co.uk/site-services/privacy-and-cookies.

15 minutes prior to and for the duration of the AGM: ● A copy of each executive director's contract of service.

Documents available for inspection

Copies of the following documents will be available for inspection at the Company's registered office during usual business hours and for

● A copy of each non-executive director's letter of appointment. ● The Programme Agreements pursuant to resolution 23. ● The rules of the NEXT Long Term Incentive Plan.

● Articles that reflect the change proposed in resolution 24.

Desford Road, Enderby, Leicester LE19 4AT.

Registered in England and Wales, company no. 4412362.

Annual General Meeting

The AGM will be held at Leicester Marriott Hotel, Smith Way, Grove Park, Leicester LE19 1SW at 9.00 am on Thursday 15 May 2025. The Notice of Meeting on pages 257 to 268 sets out the business to be transacted.

The safety of our shareholders is our main priority. We will not permit behaviour that may interfere with anyone's security or safety or the good order of the meeting. Anyone who does not comply may be removed from the meeting.

Discount voucher

Registrars and transfer office

Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA.

Telephone +44 (0) 371 384 2164 (if calling from outside the UK, please ensure the country code is used). Lines are open 8.30 am to 5.30 pm Monday to Friday.

Shareholder enquiries

The Company share register is maintained by Equiniti ("EQ"). Please contact them online at www.shareview.co.uk or using the contact details above if you have any enquiries about your NEXT shareholding including the following matters:

change of name and address;
loss of share certificate, dividend warrant or dividend confirmation;
if you receive duplicate sets of Company mailings as a result of an inconsistency in name or address and wish, if appropriate, to combine accounts; and
help on how to register your email address to receive shareholder communications electronically.

The Shareview Portfolio service from EQ gives you more online information about your NEXT shares and other investments. For direct access to information held for you on the share register, including recent balance movements and a daily valuation of investments held in your portfolio, visit www.shareview.co.uk.

For shareholders with disabilities EQ provides the following:

if requested, future communications produced by them will be sent in the appropriate format; and
hearing loop facilities in their buildings for use by visiting shareholders.

You can also contact EQ by using the Relay UK website at www.relayuk.bt.com

CREST

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 269 31/03/2025 17:37

The Company's ordinary shares are available for electronic settlement.

Payments of dividends to mandated accounts

Forward looking statements

27666_NEXT_AR2025_GoogleDocs_BUILD_v13_Artworked.indd 270 31/03/2025 17:37

Printed using vegetable oil based inks by Pureprint Group, a CarbonNeutral® Company with FSC® certification. Pureprint is a CarbonNeutral Company and FSC certified.

This document is printed on Revive Silk 100 paper, manufactured from FSC® Recycled certified fibre derived from 100% pre and post-consumer waste and Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust.

The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the purchase and preservation of high conservation value land.

Through protecting standing forests, under threat of clearance, carbon is locked in that would otherwise be released. These protected forests are then able to continue absorbing carbon from the atmosphere, referred to as REDD (Reduced Emissions from Deforestation and forest Degradation). This is now recognised as one of the most costeffective and swiftest ways to arrest the rise in atmospheric CO2 and global warming effects. Additional to the carbon benefits is the flora and fauna this land preserves, including a number of species identified at risk of extinction on the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.

27666_NEXT_AR2025_Cover.indd 6 02/04/2025 15:39

ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS

25 JANUARY 2025

27666_NEXT_AR2025_Cover.indd 1 02/04/2025 15:39

AI Terminal

Next PLC

4824_10-k_2025-04-09_a4d60eed-114c-42de-b606-4a56d56382dc.pdf

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Group Financial Statements

Parent Company Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

NEXT GROUP PBT £1,011m

NEXT GROUP POST TAX EPS 636.3p

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS ON A STATUTORY BASIS

STRATEGIC REPORT

CHIEF EXECUTIVE'S REVIEW

STRUCTURE OF THIS REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART ONE HEADLINES

HEADLINES

Sales and Profit for the Year to January 2025

Guidance for the Year to January 2026 (for detailed guidance see page 25)

SUMMARY OF SALES AND PROFIT FOR 2024/25

PART TWO THE BIG PICTURE

WHERE WE STAND

A new era?

Building momentum

GROWTH BEYOND HISTORIC CONSTRAINTS

The NEXT Brand - growing beyond the constraints of its own infrastructure

The NEXT Platform - growing beyond the reach of the NEXT Brand

Two increasingly independent business activities

● A Product Development Business

● An Aggregation Platform

The shape of the business today

PARTICIPATION BY CHANNEL AND PRODUCT CATEGORY

GROWTH VERSUS LAST YEAR BY CHANNEL AND PRODUCT CATEGORY

Managing complexity

Follow the money

An important boundary to third-party collaborations

A 'LOCAL' AGGREGATION PLATFORM AND A 'GLOBAL' BRAND?

'Local' aggregation platform

An increasingly global brand

Execution is everything…

£1 BILLION - WHAT'S IN A NUMBER?

Talk of a billion pounds…

Healthy attitudes to managing the business

A corporation is not a person

And a broader message for those outside the business

FOCUS ON PRODUCT

Embracing newness

Improving quality

Breadth of appeal

Supply base

The results…

FOCUS ON INTERNATIONAL GROWTH

Improving Website Functionality and Service

International Marketing

Why not spend more?

High investment hurdles for marketing

European Hub Consolidation - ZEOS

The benefits

Risks and mitigation

A Note on Tariffs and Removal of the 'De-Minimis' Rule

Growth - Long Haul Versus Short Haul

Reasons for lower penetration in long haul territories

FOCUS ON WAREHOUSING

Elmsall 3 - a big increase in capacity

Cost per unit14 set to fall as we grow

Teething problems

FOCUS ON TECHNOLOGY

Step change in technology costs and investment

Technology Spend 2020/21 - 2025/26 (e)

Peak technology costs?

Technology Modernisation Programme

FOCUS ON TOTAL PLATFORM

The dog that did not bark…

A new service

PART THREE GROUP FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE AND GUIDANCE

NOTES ON THE PRESENTATION OF SALES AND PROFIT

Note 1 - Group sales

Note 2 - Brand amortisation costs